diff --git a/charts/kgateway/config b/charts/kgateway/config new file mode 100644 index 000000000..03342f144 --- /dev/null +++ b/charts/kgateway/config @@ -0,0 +1,19 @@ +export USE_OPENSOURCE_CHART=false + + # must + export REPO_URL=oci://cr.kgateway.dev/kgateway-dev/charts + export REPO_NAME=kgateway + export CHART_NAME=kgateway + export VERSION=v2.2.1 + + # pr, issue, none + export UPGRADE_METHOD=pr + export UPGRADE_REVIWER=cyclinder + export TEST_ASSIGNER=cyclinder + + # optional, for wrapper chart + export CUSTOM_SHELL=custom.sh + # push to daocloud repo + export DAOCLOUD_REPO_PROJECT=addon + + export NO_TRIVY=true \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/charts/kgateway/custom.sh b/charts/kgateway/custom.sh new file mode 100755 index 000000000..7abee23ac --- /dev/null +++ b/charts/kgateway/custom.sh @@ -0,0 +1,66 @@ +#! /bin/bash + +set -euo pipefail + +if ! which helm-docs &>/dev/null ; then + echo " 'helm-docs' no found, try to install..." + wget https://github.com/norwoodj/helm-docs/releases/download/v1.11.0/helm-docs_1.11.0_Linux_x86_64.tar.gz -O /tmp/helm-docs_1.11.0_Linux_x86_64.tar.gz && + tar -xzf /tmp/helm-docs_1.11.0_Linux_x86_64.tar.gz -C /tmp && + mv /tmp/helm-docs /usr/local/bin/helm-docs +fi + +CHART_BUILD_DIR=${1} +[ -n "${CHART_BUILD_DIR}" ] || { echo "error, empty CHART_BUILD_DIR" ; exit 1 ; } +[ -d "${CHART_BUILD_DIR}" ] || { echo "error, CHART_BUILD_DIR not found: ${CHART_BUILD_DIR}" ; exit 1 ; } + +CURRENT_DIR_PATH=$(cd $(dirname "$0"); pwd) +PROJECT_ROOT_PATH=$( cd ${CURRENT_DIR_PATH}/../.. && pwd ) + +GATEWAY_API_CHART_SRC=${PROJECT_ROOT_PATH}/charts/gateway-api/gateway-api +[ -d "${GATEWAY_API_CHART_SRC}" ] || { echo "error, failed to find gateway-api chart: ${GATEWAY_API_CHART_SRC}" ; exit 1 ; } + +mkdir -p "${CHART_BUILD_DIR}/charts" + +rm -rf "${CHART_BUILD_DIR}/charts/gateway-api" +cp -R "${GATEWAY_API_CHART_SRC}" "${CHART_BUILD_DIR}/charts/gateway-api" + +KGATEWAY_CRDS_OCI_REF="oci://cr.kgateway.dev/kgateway-dev/charts/kgateway-crds" +KGATEWAY_VERSION=$(yq -r '.dependencies[] | select(.name == "kgateway") | .version' "${CHART_BUILD_DIR}/Chart.yaml" 2>/dev/null || true) + +if [ -z "${KGATEWAY_VERSION}" ] ; then + KGATEWAY_VERSION=$(yq -r '.version' "${CHART_BUILD_DIR}/charts/kgateway/Chart.yaml" 2>/dev/null || true) +fi + +rm -rf "${CHART_BUILD_DIR}/charts/kgateway-crds" +if [ -n "${KGATEWAY_VERSION}" ] ; then + helm pull "${KGATEWAY_CRDS_OCI_REF}" --untar --untardir "${CHART_BUILD_DIR}/charts" --version "${KGATEWAY_VERSION}" +else + helm pull "${KGATEWAY_CRDS_OCI_REF}" --untar --untardir "${CHART_BUILD_DIR}/charts" +fi + +cd "${CHART_BUILD_DIR}" + +GATEWAY_API_VERSION=$(yq -r '.version' "${CHART_BUILD_DIR}/charts/gateway-api/Chart.yaml") +KGATEWAY_CRDS_VERSION=$(yq -r '.version' "${CHART_BUILD_DIR}/charts/kgateway-crds/Chart.yaml") +KGATEWAY_CHILD_VERSION=$(yq -r '.version' "${CHART_BUILD_DIR}/charts/kgateway/Chart.yaml") + +yq -i '.dependencies = [ + {"name": "gateway-api", "version": strenv(GATEWAY_API_VERSION), "repository": "file://charts/gateway-api", "condition": "installGatewayApiCrd"}, + {"name": "kgateway-crds", "version": strenv(KGATEWAY_CRDS_VERSION), "repository": "file://charts/kgateway-crds"}, + {"name": "kgateway", "version": strenv(KGATEWAY_CHILD_VERSION), "repository": "file://charts/kgateway"} +]' Chart.yaml + +yq -i '.keywords = ["kubernetes", "networking", "api-gateway"]' Chart.yaml + +export CHART_VERSION=$(yq -r '.version' Chart.yaml) +yq -i ' + .kgateway.image.tag=strenv(CHART_VERSION) | + .kgateway.resources.requests.cpu="256mi" | + .kgateway.resources.requests.memory="400Mi" | + .kgateway.resources.limits.cpu="512mi" | + .kgateway.resources.limits.memory="800Mi" | + .installK8sGatewayAPI=false +' values.yaml + +helm-docs +exit 0 diff --git a/charts/kgateway/kgateway/.relok8s-images.yaml b/charts/kgateway/kgateway/.relok8s-images.yaml new file mode 100644 index 000000000..31c2ac8e3 --- /dev/null +++ b/charts/kgateway/kgateway/.relok8s-images.yaml @@ -0,0 +1,2 @@ +- "{{ .kgateway.image.registry }}/{{ .kgateway.controller.image.repository }}:{{ .kgateway.controller.image.tag | default .kgateway.image.tag | default \"v2.2.1\" }}" +- "{{ .kgateway.image.registry }}/envoy-wrapper:{{ .kgateway.image.tag }}" diff --git a/charts/kgateway/kgateway/Chart.yaml b/charts/kgateway/kgateway/Chart.yaml new file mode 100644 index 000000000..40651ae2b --- /dev/null +++ b/charts/kgateway/kgateway/Chart.yaml @@ -0,0 +1,22 @@ +apiVersion: v2 +appVersion: v2.2.1 +description: A Helm chart for the kgateway project +icon: https://raw.githubusercontent.com/kgateway-dev/kgateway.dev/main/static/favicon.svg +name: kgateway +type: application +version: v2.2.1 +dependencies: + - name: gateway-api + version: "" + repository: file://charts/gateway-api + condition: installGatewayApiCrd + - name: kgateway-crds + version: "" + repository: file://charts/kgateway-crds + - name: kgateway + version: "" + repository: file://charts/kgateway +keywords: + - kubernetes + - networking + - api-gateway diff --git a/charts/kgateway/kgateway/README.md b/charts/kgateway/kgateway/README.md new file mode 100644 index 000000000..32ce7b475 --- /dev/null +++ b/charts/kgateway/kgateway/README.md @@ -0,0 +1,63 @@ +# kgateway + +![Version: v2.2.1](https://img.shields.io/badge/Version-v2.2.1-informational?style=flat-square) ![Type: application](https://img.shields.io/badge/Type-application-informational?style=flat-square) ![AppVersion: v2.2.1](https://img.shields.io/badge/AppVersion-v2.2.1-informational?style=flat-square) + +A Helm chart for the kgateway project + +## Requirements + +| Repository | Name | Version | +|------------|------|---------| +| file://charts/gateway-api | gateway-api | | +| file://charts/kgateway-crds | kgateway-crds | | +| file://charts/kgateway | kgateway | | + +## Values + +| Key | Type | Default | Description | +|-----|------|---------|-------------| +| installK8sGatewayAPI | bool | `false` | | +| kgateway.affinity | object | `{}` | Set affinity rules for pod scheduling, such as 'nodeAffinity:'. | +| kgateway.controller | object | `{"extraEnv":{},"image":{"pullPolicy":"","registry":"","repository":"kgateway","tag":""},"logLevel":"info","podDisruptionBudget":{},"replicaCount":1,"service":{"ports":{"grpc":9977,"health":9093,"metrics":9092},"type":"ClusterIP"},"strategy":{},"xds":{"tls":{"enabled":false}}}` | Configure the kgateway control plane deployment. | +| kgateway.controller.extraEnv | object | `{}` | Add extra environment variables to the controller container. | +| kgateway.controller.image | object | `{"pullPolicy":"","registry":"","repository":"kgateway","tag":""}` | Configure the controller container image. | +| kgateway.controller.image.pullPolicy | string | `""` | Set the image pull policy for the controller. | +| kgateway.controller.image.registry | string | `""` | Set the image registry for the controller. | +| kgateway.controller.image.repository | string | `"kgateway"` | Set the image repository for the controller. | +| kgateway.controller.image.tag | string | `""` | Set the image tag for the controller. | +| kgateway.controller.logLevel | string | `"info"` | Set the log level for the controller. | +| kgateway.controller.podDisruptionBudget | object | `{}` | Set pod disruption budget for the controller. Note that this does not affect the data plane. E.g.: podDisruptionBudget: minAvailable: 100% | +| kgateway.controller.replicaCount | int | `1` | Set the number of controller pod replicas. | +| kgateway.controller.service | object | `{"ports":{"grpc":9977,"health":9093,"metrics":9092},"type":"ClusterIP"}` | Configure the controller service. | +| kgateway.controller.service.ports | object | `{"grpc":9977,"health":9093,"metrics":9092}` | Set the service ports for gRPC and health endpoints. | +| kgateway.controller.service.type | string | `"ClusterIP"` | Set the service type for the controller. | +| kgateway.controller.strategy | object | `{}` | Change the rollout strategy from the Kubernetes default of a RollingUpdate with 25% maxUnavailable, 25% maxSurge. E.g., to recreate pods, minimizing resources for the rollout but causing downtime: strategy: type: Recreate E.g., to roll out as a RollingUpdate but with non-default parameters: strategy: type: RollingUpdate rollingUpdate: maxSurge: 100% | +| kgateway.controller.xds | object | `{"tls":{"enabled":false}}` | Configure TLS settings for the xDS gRPC servers. | +| kgateway.controller.xds.tls.enabled | bool | `false` | Enable TLS encryption for xDS communication. When enabled, both the main xDS server (port 9977) and agent gateway xDS server (port 9978) will use TLS. When TLS is enabled, you must create a Secret named 'kgateway-xds-cert' in the kgateway installation namespace. The Secret must be of type 'kubernetes.io/tls' with 'tls.crt', 'tls.key', and 'ca.crt' data fields present. | +| kgateway.deploymentAnnotations | object | `{}` | Add annotations to the kgateway deployment. | +| kgateway.discoveryNamespaceSelectors | list | `[]` | List of namespace selectors (OR'ed): each entry can use 'matchLabels' or 'matchExpressions' (AND'ed within each entry if used together). Kgateway includes the selected namespaces in config discovery. For more information, see the docs https://kgateway.dev/docs/latest/install/advanced/#namespace-discovery. | +| kgateway.fullnameOverride | string | `""` | Override the full name of resources created by the Helm chart, which is 'kgateway'. If you set 'fullnameOverride: "foo", the full name of the resources that the Helm release creates become 'foo', such as the deployment, service, and service account for the kgateway control plane in the kgateway-system namespace. | +| kgateway.gatewayClassParametersRefs | object | `{}` | Map of GatewayClass names to GatewayParameters references that will be set on the default GatewayClasses managed by kgateway. Each entry must define both the name and namespace of the GatewayParameters resource. The default GatewayClasses managed by kgateway are: - kgateway - kgateway-waypoint Example: gatewayClassParametersRefs: kgateway: name: shared-gwp namespace: kgateway-system | +| kgateway.image | object | `{"pullPolicy":"IfNotPresent","registry":"cr.kgateway.dev/kgateway-dev","tag":"v2.2.1"}` | Configure the default container image for the components that Helm deploys. You can override these settings for each particular component in that component's section, such as 'controller.image' for the kgateway control plane. If you use your own private registry, make sure to include the imagePullSecrets. | +| kgateway.image.pullPolicy | string | `"IfNotPresent"` | Set the default image pull policy. | +| kgateway.image.registry | string | `"cr.kgateway.dev/kgateway-dev"` | Set the default image registry. | +| kgateway.image.tag | string | `"v2.2.1"` | Set the default image tag. | +| kgateway.imagePullSecrets | list | `[]` | Set a list of image pull secrets for Kubernetes to use when pulling container images from your own private registry instead of the default kgateway registry. | +| kgateway.nameOverride | string | `""` | Add a name to the default Helm base release, which is 'kgateway'. If you set 'nameOverride: "foo", the name of the resources that the Helm release creates become 'kgateway-foo', such as the deployment, service, and service account for the kgateway control plane in the kgateway-system namespace. | +| kgateway.nodeSelector | object | `{}` | Set node selector labels for pod scheduling, such as 'kubernetes.io/arch: amd64'. | +| kgateway.podAnnotations | object | `{"prometheus.io/scrape":"true"}` | Add annotations to the kgateway pods. | +| kgateway.podSecurityContext | object | `{}` | Set the pod-level security context. For example, 'fsGroup: 2000' sets the filesystem group to 2000. | +| kgateway.policyMerge | object | `{}` | Policy merging settings. Currently, TrafficPolicy's extAuth, extProc, and transformation policies support deep merging. E.g., to enable deep merging of extProc policy in TrafficPolicy: policyMerge: trafficPolicy: extProc: DeepMerge | +| kgateway.resources | object | `{"limits":{"cpu":"512mi","memory":"800Mi"},"requests":{"cpu":"256mi","memory":"400Mi"}}` | Configure resource requests and limits for the container, such as 'limits.cpu: 100m' or 'requests.memory: 128Mi'. | +| kgateway.securityContext | object | `{}` | Set the container-level security context, such as 'runAsNonRoot: true'. | +| kgateway.serviceAccount | object | `{"annotations":{},"create":true,"name":""}` | Configure the service account for the deployment. | +| kgateway.serviceAccount.annotations | object | `{}` | Add annotations to the service account. | +| kgateway.serviceAccount.create | bool | `true` | Specify whether a service account should be created. | +| kgateway.serviceAccount.name | string | `""` | Set the name of the service account to use. If not set and create is true, a name is generated using the fullname template. | +| kgateway.tolerations | list | `[]` | Set tolerations for pod scheduling, such as 'key: "nvidia.com/gpu"'. | +| kgateway.validation | object | `{"level":"standard"}` | Configure validation behavior for route and policy safety checks in the control plane. This setting determines how invalid configuration is handled to prevent security bypasses and to maintain multi-tenant isolation. | +| kgateway.validation.level | string | `"standard"` | Validation level. Accepted values: "standard" or "strict" (case-insensitive). Standard replaces invalid routes with a direct 500 response and continues applying valid configuration. Strict adds xDS preflight validation and blocks snapshots that would NACK in Envoy. Default is "standard". | +| kgateway.waypoint | object | `{"enabled":false}` | Enable the waypoint integration. This enables kgateway to translate istio waypoints and use kgateway as a waypoint in an Istio Ambient service mesh setup. | + +---------------------------------------------- +Autogenerated from chart metadata using [helm-docs v1.11.0](https://github.com/norwoodj/helm-docs/releases/v1.11.0) diff --git a/charts/kgateway/kgateway/charts/gateway-api/.helmignore b/charts/kgateway/kgateway/charts/gateway-api/.helmignore new file mode 100644 index 000000000..351b35f48 --- /dev/null +++ b/charts/kgateway/kgateway/charts/gateway-api/.helmignore @@ -0,0 +1,20 @@ +.DS_Store +# Common VCS dirs +.git/ +.gitignore +.bzr/ +.bzrignore +.hg/ +.hgignore +.svn/ +# Common backup files +*.swp +*.bak +*.tmp +*.orig +*~ +# Various IDEs +.project +.idea/ +*.tmproj +.vscode/ diff --git a/charts/kgateway/kgateway/charts/gateway-api/Chart.yaml b/charts/kgateway/kgateway/charts/gateway-api/Chart.yaml new file mode 100644 index 000000000..bb2afff2d --- /dev/null +++ b/charts/kgateway/kgateway/charts/gateway-api/Chart.yaml @@ -0,0 +1,27 @@ +apiVersion: v2 +name: gateway-api +description: Gateway API CRDs + +# A chart can be either an 'application' or a 'library' chart. +# +# Application charts are a collection of templates that can be packaged into versioned archives +# to be deployed. +# +# Library charts provide useful utilities or functions for the chart developer. They're included as +# a dependency of application charts to inject those utilities and functions into the rendering +# pipeline. Library charts do not define any templates and therefore cannot be deployed. +type: application + +# This is the chart version. This version number should be incremented each time you make changes +# to the chart and its templates, including the app version. +# Versions are expected to follow Semantic Versioning (https://semver.org/) +version: 1.4.0 + +# This is the version number of the application being deployed. This version number should be +# incremented each time you make changes to the application. Versions are not expected to +# follow Semantic Versioning. They should reflect the version the application is using. +# It is recommended to use it with quotes. +appVersion: "1.4.0" +keywords: + - network + - gateway-api diff --git a/charts/kgateway/kgateway/charts/gateway-api/README.md b/charts/kgateway/kgateway/charts/gateway-api/README.md new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e5ff849fe --- /dev/null +++ b/charts/kgateway/kgateway/charts/gateway-api/README.md @@ -0,0 +1,14 @@ +# gateway-api + +![Version: 1.4.0](https://img.shields.io/badge/Version-1.4.0-informational?style=flat-square) ![Type: application](https://img.shields.io/badge/Type-application-informational?style=flat-square) ![AppVersion: 1.4.0](https://img.shields.io/badge/AppVersion-1.4.0-informational?style=flat-square) + +Gateway API CRDs + +## Values + +| Key | Type | Default | Description | +|-----|------|---------|-------------| +| specification | string | `"standard"` | | + +---------------------------------------------- +Autogenerated from chart metadata using [helm-docs v1.11.0](https://github.com/norwoodj/helm-docs/releases/v1.11.0) diff --git a/charts/kgateway/kgateway/charts/gateway-api/templates/NOTES.txt b/charts/kgateway/kgateway/charts/gateway-api/templates/NOTES.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000..605caec78 --- /dev/null +++ b/charts/kgateway/kgateway/charts/gateway-api/templates/NOTES.txt @@ -0,0 +1,8 @@ +You can use the following command to check the installation: + +---------------------- + +kubectl api-resources --api-group=gateway.networking.k8s.io +kubectl api-resources --api-group=gateway.networking.x-k8s.io + +---------------------- \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/charts/kgateway/kgateway/charts/gateway-api/templates/_helpers.tpl b/charts/kgateway/kgateway/charts/gateway-api/templates/_helpers.tpl new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e69de29bb diff --git a/charts/kgateway/kgateway/charts/gateway-api/templates/crds/experimental/gateway.networking.k8s.io_backendtlspolicies.yaml b/charts/kgateway/kgateway/charts/gateway-api/templates/crds/experimental/gateway.networking.k8s.io_backendtlspolicies.yaml new file mode 100644 index 000000000..1811776b9 --- /dev/null +++ b/charts/kgateway/kgateway/charts/gateway-api/templates/crds/experimental/gateway.networking.k8s.io_backendtlspolicies.yaml @@ -0,0 +1,1359 @@ +{{- if eq .Values.specification "experimental" }} +{{- $crd := lookup "apiextensions.k8s.io/v1" "CustomResourceDefinition" "" "backendtlspolicies.gateway.networking.k8s.io" }} +{{- if not $crd }} +apiVersion: apiextensions.k8s.io/v1 +kind: CustomResourceDefinition +metadata: + annotations: + api-approved.kubernetes.io: https://github.com/kubernetes-sigs/gateway-api/pull/3328 + helm.sh/resource-policy: keep + gateway.networking.k8s.io/channel: experimental + labels: + gateway.networking.k8s.io/policy: Direct + name: backendtlspolicies.gateway.networking.k8s.io +spec: + group: gateway.networking.k8s.io + names: + categories: + - gateway-api + kind: BackendTLSPolicy + listKind: BackendTLSPolicyList + plural: backendtlspolicies + shortNames: + - btlspolicy + singular: backendtlspolicy + scope: Namespaced + versions: + - additionalPrinterColumns: + - jsonPath: .metadata.creationTimestamp + name: Age + type: date + name: v1 + schema: + openAPIV3Schema: + description: |- + BackendTLSPolicy provides a way to configure how a Gateway + connects to a Backend via TLS. + properties: + apiVersion: + description: |- + APIVersion defines the versioned schema of this representation of an object. + Servers should convert recognized schemas to the latest internal value, and + may reject unrecognized values. + More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#resources + type: string + kind: + description: |- + Kind is a string value representing the REST resource this object represents. + Servers may infer this from the endpoint the client submits requests to. + Cannot be updated. + In CamelCase. + More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#types-kinds + type: string + metadata: + type: object + spec: + description: Spec defines the desired state of BackendTLSPolicy. + properties: + options: + additionalProperties: + description: |- + AnnotationValue is the value of an annotation in Gateway API. This is used + for validation of maps such as TLS options. This roughly matches Kubernetes + annotation validation, although the length validation in that case is based + on the entire size of the annotations struct. + maxLength: 4096 + minLength: 0 + type: string + description: |- + Options are a list of key/value pairs to enable extended TLS + configuration for each implementation. For example, configuring the + minimum TLS version or supported cipher suites. + + A set of common keys MAY be defined by the API in the future. To avoid + any ambiguity, implementation-specific definitions MUST use + domain-prefixed names, such as `example.com/my-custom-option`. + Un-prefixed names are reserved for key names defined by Gateway API. + + Support: Implementation-specific + maxProperties: 16 + type: object + targetRefs: + description: |- + TargetRefs identifies an API object to apply the policy to. + Only Services have Extended support. Implementations MAY support + additional objects, with Implementation Specific support. + Note that this config applies to the entire referenced resource + by default, but this default may change in the future to provide + a more granular application of the policy. + + TargetRefs must be _distinct_. This means either that: + + * They select different targets. If this is the case, then targetRef + entries are distinct. In terms of fields, this means that the + multi-part key defined by `group`, `kind`, and `name` must + be unique across all targetRef entries in the BackendTLSPolicy. + * They select different sectionNames in the same target. + + When more than one BackendTLSPolicy selects the same target and + sectionName, implementations MUST determine precedence using the + following criteria, continuing on ties: + + * The older policy by creation timestamp takes precedence. For + example, a policy with a creation timestamp of "2021-07-15 + 01:02:03" MUST be given precedence over a policy with a + creation timestamp of "2021-07-15 01:02:04". + * The policy appearing first in alphabetical order by {name}. + For example, a policy named `bar` is given precedence over a + policy named `baz`. + + For any BackendTLSPolicy that does not take precedence, the + implementation MUST ensure the `Accepted` Condition is set to + `status: False`, with Reason `Conflicted`. + + Support: Extended for Kubernetes Service + + Support: Implementation-specific for any other resource + items: + description: |- + LocalPolicyTargetReferenceWithSectionName identifies an API object to apply a + direct policy to. This should be used as part of Policy resources that can + target single resources. For more information on how this policy attachment + mode works, and a sample Policy resource, refer to the policy attachment + documentation for Gateway API. + + Note: This should only be used for direct policy attachment when references + to SectionName are actually needed. In all other cases, + LocalPolicyTargetReference should be used. + properties: + group: + description: Group is the group of the target resource. + maxLength: 253 + pattern: ^$|^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$ + type: string + kind: + description: Kind is kind of the target resource. + maxLength: 63 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[a-zA-Z]([-a-zA-Z0-9]*[a-zA-Z0-9])?$ + type: string + name: + description: Name is the name of the target resource. + maxLength: 253 + minLength: 1 + type: string + sectionName: + description: |- + SectionName is the name of a section within the target resource. When + unspecified, this targetRef targets the entire resource. In the following + resources, SectionName is interpreted as the following: + + * Gateway: Listener name + * HTTPRoute: HTTPRouteRule name + * Service: Port name + + If a SectionName is specified, but does not exist on the targeted object, + the Policy must fail to attach, and the policy implementation should record + a `ResolvedRefs` or similar Condition in the Policy's status. + maxLength: 253 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$ + type: string + required: + - group + - kind + - name + type: object + maxItems: 16 + minItems: 1 + type: array + x-kubernetes-list-type: atomic + x-kubernetes-validations: + - message: sectionName must be specified when targetRefs includes + 2 or more references to the same target + rule: 'self.all(p1, self.all(p2, p1.group == p2.group && p1.kind + == p2.kind && p1.name == p2.name ? ((!has(p1.sectionName) || p1.sectionName + == '''') == (!has(p2.sectionName) || p2.sectionName == '''')) + : true))' + - message: sectionName must be unique when targetRefs includes 2 or + more references to the same target + rule: self.all(p1, self.exists_one(p2, p1.group == p2.group && p1.kind + == p2.kind && p1.name == p2.name && (((!has(p1.sectionName) || + p1.sectionName == '') && (!has(p2.sectionName) || p2.sectionName + == '')) || (has(p1.sectionName) && has(p2.sectionName) && p1.sectionName + == p2.sectionName)))) + validation: + description: Validation contains backend TLS validation configuration. + properties: + caCertificateRefs: + description: |- + CACertificateRefs contains one or more references to Kubernetes objects that + contain a PEM-encoded TLS CA certificate bundle, which is used to + validate a TLS handshake between the Gateway and backend Pod. + + If CACertificateRefs is empty or unspecified, then WellKnownCACertificates must be + specified. Only one of CACertificateRefs or WellKnownCACertificates may be specified, + not both. If CACertificateRefs is empty or unspecified, the configuration for + WellKnownCACertificates MUST be honored instead if supported by the implementation. + + A CACertificateRef is invalid if: + + * It refers to a resource that cannot be resolved (e.g., the referenced resource + does not exist) or is misconfigured (e.g., a ConfigMap does not contain a key + named `ca.crt`). In this case, the Reason must be set to `InvalidCACertificateRef` + and the Message of the Condition must indicate which reference is invalid and why. + + * It refers to an unknown or unsupported kind of resource. In this case, the Reason + must be set to `InvalidKind` and the Message of the Condition must explain which + kind of resource is unknown or unsupported. + + * It refers to a resource in another namespace. This may change in future + spec updates. + + Implementations MAY choose to perform further validation of the certificate + content (e.g., checking expiry or enforcing specific formats). In such cases, + an implementation-specific Reason and Message must be set for the invalid reference. + + In all cases, the implementation MUST ensure the `ResolvedRefs` Condition on + the BackendTLSPolicy is set to `status: False`, with a Reason and Message + that indicate the cause of the error. Connections using an invalid + CACertificateRef MUST fail, and the client MUST receive an HTTP 5xx error + response. If ALL CACertificateRefs are invalid, the implementation MUST also + ensure the `Accepted` Condition on the BackendTLSPolicy is set to + `status: False`, with a Reason `NoValidCACertificate`. + + A single CACertificateRef to a Kubernetes ConfigMap kind has "Core" support. + Implementations MAY choose to support attaching multiple certificates to + a backend, but this behavior is implementation-specific. + + Support: Core - An optional single reference to a Kubernetes ConfigMap, + with the CA certificate in a key named `ca.crt`. + + Support: Implementation-specific - More than one reference, other kinds + of resources, or a single reference that includes multiple certificates. + items: + description: |- + LocalObjectReference identifies an API object within the namespace of the + referrer. + The API object must be valid in the cluster; the Group and Kind must + be registered in the cluster for this reference to be valid. + + References to objects with invalid Group and Kind are not valid, and must + be rejected by the implementation, with appropriate Conditions set + on the containing object. + properties: + group: + description: |- + Group is the group of the referent. For example, "gateway.networking.k8s.io". + When unspecified or empty string, core API group is inferred. + maxLength: 253 + pattern: ^$|^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$ + type: string + kind: + description: Kind is kind of the referent. For example "HTTPRoute" + or "Service". + maxLength: 63 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[a-zA-Z]([-a-zA-Z0-9]*[a-zA-Z0-9])?$ + type: string + name: + description: Name is the name of the referent. + maxLength: 253 + minLength: 1 + type: string + required: + - group + - kind + - name + type: object + maxItems: 8 + type: array + x-kubernetes-list-type: atomic + hostname: + description: |- + Hostname is used for two purposes in the connection between Gateways and + backends: + + 1. Hostname MUST be used as the SNI to connect to the backend (RFC 6066). + 2. Hostname MUST be used for authentication and MUST match the certificate + served by the matching backend, unless SubjectAltNames is specified. + 3. If SubjectAltNames are specified, Hostname can be used for certificate selection + but MUST NOT be used for authentication. If you want to use the value + of the Hostname field for authentication, you MUST add it to the SubjectAltNames list. + + Support: Core + maxLength: 253 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$ + type: string + subjectAltNames: + description: |- + SubjectAltNames contains one or more Subject Alternative Names. + When specified the certificate served from the backend MUST + have at least one Subject Alternate Name matching one of the specified SubjectAltNames. + + Support: Extended + items: + description: SubjectAltName represents Subject Alternative Name. + properties: + hostname: + description: |- + Hostname contains Subject Alternative Name specified in DNS name format. + Required when Type is set to Hostname, ignored otherwise. + + Support: Core + maxLength: 253 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^(\*\.)?[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$ + type: string + type: + description: |- + Type determines the format of the Subject Alternative Name. Always required. + + Support: Core + enum: + - Hostname + - URI + type: string + uri: + description: |- + URI contains Subject Alternative Name specified in a full URI format. + It MUST include both a scheme (e.g., "http" or "ftp") and a scheme-specific-part. + Common values include SPIFFE IDs like "spiffe://mycluster.example.com/ns/myns/sa/svc1sa". + Required when Type is set to URI, ignored otherwise. + + Support: Core + maxLength: 253 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^(([^:/?#]+):)(//([^/?#]*))([^?#]*)(\?([^#]*))?(#(.*))? + type: string + required: + - type + type: object + x-kubernetes-validations: + - message: SubjectAltName element must contain Hostname, if + Type is set to Hostname + rule: '!(self.type == "Hostname" && (!has(self.hostname) || + self.hostname == ""))' + - message: SubjectAltName element must not contain Hostname, + if Type is not set to Hostname + rule: '!(self.type != "Hostname" && has(self.hostname) && + self.hostname != "")' + - message: SubjectAltName element must contain URI, if Type + is set to URI + rule: '!(self.type == "URI" && (!has(self.uri) || self.uri + == ""))' + - message: SubjectAltName element must not contain URI, if Type + is not set to URI + rule: '!(self.type != "URI" && has(self.uri) && self.uri != + "")' + maxItems: 5 + type: array + x-kubernetes-list-type: atomic + wellKnownCACertificates: + description: |- + WellKnownCACertificates specifies whether system CA certificates may be used in + the TLS handshake between the gateway and backend pod. + + If WellKnownCACertificates is unspecified or empty (""), then CACertificateRefs + must be specified with at least one entry for a valid configuration. Only one of + CACertificateRefs or WellKnownCACertificates may be specified, not both. + If an implementation does not support the WellKnownCACertificates field, or + the supplied value is not recognized, the implementation MUST ensure the + `Accepted` Condition on the BackendTLSPolicy is set to `status: False`, with + a Reason `Invalid`. + + Support: Implementation-specific + enum: + - System + type: string + required: + - hostname + type: object + x-kubernetes-validations: + - message: must not contain both CACertificateRefs and WellKnownCACertificates + rule: '!(has(self.caCertificateRefs) && size(self.caCertificateRefs) + > 0 && has(self.wellKnownCACertificates) && self.wellKnownCACertificates + != "")' + - message: must specify either CACertificateRefs or WellKnownCACertificates + rule: (has(self.caCertificateRefs) && size(self.caCertificateRefs) + > 0 || has(self.wellKnownCACertificates) && self.wellKnownCACertificates + != "") + required: + - targetRefs + - validation + type: object + status: + description: Status defines the current state of BackendTLSPolicy. + properties: + ancestors: + description: |- + Ancestors is a list of ancestor resources (usually Gateways) that are + associated with the policy, and the status of the policy with respect to + each ancestor. When this policy attaches to a parent, the controller that + manages the parent and the ancestors MUST add an entry to this list when + the controller first sees the policy and SHOULD update the entry as + appropriate when the relevant ancestor is modified. + + Note that choosing the relevant ancestor is left to the Policy designers; + an important part of Policy design is designing the right object level at + which to namespace this status. + + Note also that implementations MUST ONLY populate ancestor status for + the Ancestor resources they are responsible for. Implementations MUST + use the ControllerName field to uniquely identify the entries in this list + that they are responsible for. + + Note that to achieve this, the list of PolicyAncestorStatus structs + MUST be treated as a map with a composite key, made up of the AncestorRef + and ControllerName fields combined. + + A maximum of 16 ancestors will be represented in this list. An empty list + means the Policy is not relevant for any ancestors. + + If this slice is full, implementations MUST NOT add further entries. + Instead they MUST consider the policy unimplementable and signal that + on any related resources such as the ancestor that would be referenced + here. For example, if this list was full on BackendTLSPolicy, no + additional Gateways would be able to reference the Service targeted by + the BackendTLSPolicy. + items: + description: |- + PolicyAncestorStatus describes the status of a route with respect to an + associated Ancestor. + + Ancestors refer to objects that are either the Target of a policy or above it + in terms of object hierarchy. For example, if a policy targets a Service, the + Policy's Ancestors are, in order, the Service, the HTTPRoute, the Gateway, and + the GatewayClass. Almost always, in this hierarchy, the Gateway will be the most + useful object to place Policy status on, so we recommend that implementations + SHOULD use Gateway as the PolicyAncestorStatus object unless the designers + have a _very_ good reason otherwise. + + In the context of policy attachment, the Ancestor is used to distinguish which + resource results in a distinct application of this policy. For example, if a policy + targets a Service, it may have a distinct result per attached Gateway. + + Policies targeting the same resource may have different effects depending on the + ancestors of those resources. For example, different Gateways targeting the same + Service may have different capabilities, especially if they have different underlying + implementations. + + For example, in BackendTLSPolicy, the Policy attaches to a Service that is + used as a backend in a HTTPRoute that is itself attached to a Gateway. + In this case, the relevant object for status is the Gateway, and that is the + ancestor object referred to in this status. + + Note that a parent is also an ancestor, so for objects where the parent is the + relevant object for status, this struct SHOULD still be used. + + This struct is intended to be used in a slice that's effectively a map, + with a composite key made up of the AncestorRef and the ControllerName. + properties: + ancestorRef: + description: |- + AncestorRef corresponds with a ParentRef in the spec that this + PolicyAncestorStatus struct describes the status of. + properties: + group: + default: gateway.networking.k8s.io + description: |- + Group is the group of the referent. + When unspecified, "gateway.networking.k8s.io" is inferred. + To set the core API group (such as for a "Service" kind referent), + Group must be explicitly set to "" (empty string). + + Support: Core + maxLength: 253 + pattern: ^$|^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$ + type: string + kind: + default: Gateway + description: |- + Kind is kind of the referent. + + There are two kinds of parent resources with "Core" support: + + * Gateway (Gateway conformance profile) + * Service (Mesh conformance profile, ClusterIP Services only) + + Support for other resources is Implementation-Specific. + maxLength: 63 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[a-zA-Z]([-a-zA-Z0-9]*[a-zA-Z0-9])?$ + type: string + name: + description: |- + Name is the name of the referent. + + Support: Core + maxLength: 253 + minLength: 1 + type: string + namespace: + description: |- + Namespace is the namespace of the referent. When unspecified, this refers + to the local namespace of the Route. + + Note that there are specific rules for ParentRefs which cross namespace + boundaries. Cross-namespace references are only valid if they are explicitly + allowed by something in the namespace they are referring to. For example: + Gateway has the AllowedRoutes field, and ReferenceGrant provides a + generic way to enable any other kind of cross-namespace reference. + + + ParentRefs from a Route to a Service in the same namespace are "producer" + routes, which apply default routing rules to inbound connections from + any namespace to the Service. + + ParentRefs from a Route to a Service in a different namespace are + "consumer" routes, and these routing rules are only applied to outbound + connections originating from the same namespace as the Route, for which + the intended destination of the connections are a Service targeted as a + ParentRef of the Route. + + + Support: Core + maxLength: 63 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?$ + type: string + port: + description: |- + Port is the network port this Route targets. It can be interpreted + differently based on the type of parent resource. + + When the parent resource is a Gateway, this targets all listeners + listening on the specified port that also support this kind of Route(and + select this Route). It's not recommended to set `Port` unless the + networking behaviors specified in a Route must apply to a specific port + as opposed to a listener(s) whose port(s) may be changed. When both Port + and SectionName are specified, the name and port of the selected listener + must match both specified values. + + + When the parent resource is a Service, this targets a specific port in the + Service spec. When both Port (experimental) and SectionName are specified, + the name and port of the selected port must match both specified values. + + + Implementations MAY choose to support other parent resources. + Implementations supporting other types of parent resources MUST clearly + document how/if Port is interpreted. + + For the purpose of status, an attachment is considered successful as + long as the parent resource accepts it partially. For example, Gateway + listeners can restrict which Routes can attach to them by Route kind, + namespace, or hostname. If 1 of 2 Gateway listeners accept attachment + from the referencing Route, the Route MUST be considered successfully + attached. If no Gateway listeners accept attachment from this Route, + the Route MUST be considered detached from the Gateway. + + Support: Extended + format: int32 + maximum: 65535 + minimum: 1 + type: integer + sectionName: + description: |- + SectionName is the name of a section within the target resource. In the + following resources, SectionName is interpreted as the following: + + * Gateway: Listener name. When both Port (experimental) and SectionName + are specified, the name and port of the selected listener must match + both specified values. + * Service: Port name. When both Port (experimental) and SectionName + are specified, the name and port of the selected listener must match + both specified values. + + Implementations MAY choose to support attaching Routes to other resources. + If that is the case, they MUST clearly document how SectionName is + interpreted. + + When unspecified (empty string), this will reference the entire resource. + For the purpose of status, an attachment is considered successful if at + least one section in the parent resource accepts it. For example, Gateway + listeners can restrict which Routes can attach to them by Route kind, + namespace, or hostname. If 1 of 2 Gateway listeners accept attachment from + the referencing Route, the Route MUST be considered successfully + attached. If no Gateway listeners accept attachment from this Route, the + Route MUST be considered detached from the Gateway. + + Support: Core + maxLength: 253 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$ + type: string + required: + - name + type: object + conditions: + description: Conditions describes the status of the Policy with + respect to the given Ancestor. + items: + description: Condition contains details for one aspect of + the current state of this API Resource. + properties: + lastTransitionTime: + description: |- + lastTransitionTime is the last time the condition transitioned from one status to another. + This should be when the underlying condition changed. If that is not known, then using the time when the API field changed is acceptable. + format: date-time + type: string + message: + description: |- + message is a human readable message indicating details about the transition. + This may be an empty string. + maxLength: 32768 + type: string + observedGeneration: + description: |- + observedGeneration represents the .metadata.generation that the condition was set based upon. + For instance, if .metadata.generation is currently 12, but the .status.conditions[x].observedGeneration is 9, the condition is out of date + with respect to the current state of the instance. + format: int64 + minimum: 0 + type: integer + reason: + description: |- + reason contains a programmatic identifier indicating the reason for the condition's last transition. + Producers of specific condition types may define expected values and meanings for this field, + and whether the values are considered a guaranteed API. + The value should be a CamelCase string. + This field may not be empty. + maxLength: 1024 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[A-Za-z]([A-Za-z0-9_,:]*[A-Za-z0-9_])?$ + type: string + status: + description: status of the condition, one of True, False, + Unknown. + enum: + - "True" + - "False" + - Unknown + type: string + type: + description: type of condition in CamelCase or in foo.example.com/CamelCase. + maxLength: 316 + pattern: ^([a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*/)?(([A-Za-z0-9][-A-Za-z0-9_.]*)?[A-Za-z0-9])$ + type: string + required: + - lastTransitionTime + - message + - reason + - status + - type + type: object + maxItems: 8 + minItems: 1 + type: array + x-kubernetes-list-map-keys: + - type + x-kubernetes-list-type: map + controllerName: + description: |- + ControllerName is a domain/path string that indicates the name of the + controller that wrote this status. This corresponds with the + controllerName field on GatewayClass. + + Example: "example.net/gateway-controller". + + The format of this field is DOMAIN "/" PATH, where DOMAIN and PATH are + valid Kubernetes names + (https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/names/#names). + + Controllers MUST populate this field when writing status. Controllers should ensure that + entries to status populated with their ControllerName are cleaned up when they are no + longer necessary. + maxLength: 253 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*\/[A-Za-z0-9\/\-._~%!$&'()*+,;=:]+$ + type: string + required: + - ancestorRef + - conditions + - controllerName + type: object + maxItems: 16 + type: array + x-kubernetes-list-type: atomic + required: + - ancestors + type: object + required: + - spec + type: object + served: true + storage: true + subresources: + status: {} + - deprecated: true + deprecationWarning: The v1alpha3 version of BackendTLSPolicy has been deprecated + and will be removed in a future release of the API. Please upgrade to v1. + name: v1alpha3 + schema: + openAPIV3Schema: + description: |- + BackendTLSPolicy provides a way to configure how a Gateway + connects to a Backend via TLS. + properties: + apiVersion: + description: |- + APIVersion defines the versioned schema of this representation of an object. + Servers should convert recognized schemas to the latest internal value, and + may reject unrecognized values. + More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#resources + type: string + kind: + description: |- + Kind is a string value representing the REST resource this object represents. + Servers may infer this from the endpoint the client submits requests to. + Cannot be updated. + In CamelCase. + More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#types-kinds + type: string + metadata: + type: object + spec: + description: Spec defines the desired state of BackendTLSPolicy. + properties: + options: + additionalProperties: + description: |- + AnnotationValue is the value of an annotation in Gateway API. This is used + for validation of maps such as TLS options. This roughly matches Kubernetes + annotation validation, although the length validation in that case is based + on the entire size of the annotations struct. + maxLength: 4096 + minLength: 0 + type: string + description: |- + Options are a list of key/value pairs to enable extended TLS + configuration for each implementation. For example, configuring the + minimum TLS version or supported cipher suites. + + A set of common keys MAY be defined by the API in the future. To avoid + any ambiguity, implementation-specific definitions MUST use + domain-prefixed names, such as `example.com/my-custom-option`. + Un-prefixed names are reserved for key names defined by Gateway API. + + Support: Implementation-specific + maxProperties: 16 + type: object + targetRefs: + description: |- + TargetRefs identifies an API object to apply the policy to. + Only Services have Extended support. Implementations MAY support + additional objects, with Implementation Specific support. + Note that this config applies to the entire referenced resource + by default, but this default may change in the future to provide + a more granular application of the policy. + + TargetRefs must be _distinct_. This means either that: + + * They select different targets. If this is the case, then targetRef + entries are distinct. In terms of fields, this means that the + multi-part key defined by `group`, `kind`, and `name` must + be unique across all targetRef entries in the BackendTLSPolicy. + * They select different sectionNames in the same target. + + When more than one BackendTLSPolicy selects the same target and + sectionName, implementations MUST determine precedence using the + following criteria, continuing on ties: + + * The older policy by creation timestamp takes precedence. For + example, a policy with a creation timestamp of "2021-07-15 + 01:02:03" MUST be given precedence over a policy with a + creation timestamp of "2021-07-15 01:02:04". + * The policy appearing first in alphabetical order by {name}. + For example, a policy named `bar` is given precedence over a + policy named `baz`. + + For any BackendTLSPolicy that does not take precedence, the + implementation MUST ensure the `Accepted` Condition is set to + `status: False`, with Reason `Conflicted`. + + Support: Extended for Kubernetes Service + + Support: Implementation-specific for any other resource + items: + description: |- + LocalPolicyTargetReferenceWithSectionName identifies an API object to apply a + direct policy to. This should be used as part of Policy resources that can + target single resources. For more information on how this policy attachment + mode works, and a sample Policy resource, refer to the policy attachment + documentation for Gateway API. + + Note: This should only be used for direct policy attachment when references + to SectionName are actually needed. In all other cases, + LocalPolicyTargetReference should be used. + properties: + group: + description: Group is the group of the target resource. + maxLength: 253 + pattern: ^$|^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$ + type: string + kind: + description: Kind is kind of the target resource. + maxLength: 63 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[a-zA-Z]([-a-zA-Z0-9]*[a-zA-Z0-9])?$ + type: string + name: + description: Name is the name of the target resource. + maxLength: 253 + minLength: 1 + type: string + sectionName: + description: |- + SectionName is the name of a section within the target resource. When + unspecified, this targetRef targets the entire resource. In the following + resources, SectionName is interpreted as the following: + + * Gateway: Listener name + * HTTPRoute: HTTPRouteRule name + * Service: Port name + + If a SectionName is specified, but does not exist on the targeted object, + the Policy must fail to attach, and the policy implementation should record + a `ResolvedRefs` or similar Condition in the Policy's status. + maxLength: 253 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$ + type: string + required: + - group + - kind + - name + type: object + maxItems: 16 + minItems: 1 + type: array + x-kubernetes-list-type: atomic + x-kubernetes-validations: + - message: sectionName must be specified when targetRefs includes + 2 or more references to the same target + rule: 'self.all(p1, self.all(p2, p1.group == p2.group && p1.kind + == p2.kind && p1.name == p2.name ? ((!has(p1.sectionName) || p1.sectionName + == '''') == (!has(p2.sectionName) || p2.sectionName == '''')) + : true))' + - message: sectionName must be unique when targetRefs includes 2 or + more references to the same target + rule: self.all(p1, self.exists_one(p2, p1.group == p2.group && p1.kind + == p2.kind && p1.name == p2.name && (((!has(p1.sectionName) || + p1.sectionName == '') && (!has(p2.sectionName) || p2.sectionName + == '')) || (has(p1.sectionName) && has(p2.sectionName) && p1.sectionName + == p2.sectionName)))) + validation: + description: Validation contains backend TLS validation configuration. + properties: + caCertificateRefs: + description: |- + CACertificateRefs contains one or more references to Kubernetes objects that + contain a PEM-encoded TLS CA certificate bundle, which is used to + validate a TLS handshake between the Gateway and backend Pod. + + If CACertificateRefs is empty or unspecified, then WellKnownCACertificates must be + specified. Only one of CACertificateRefs or WellKnownCACertificates may be specified, + not both. If CACertificateRefs is empty or unspecified, the configuration for + WellKnownCACertificates MUST be honored instead if supported by the implementation. + + A CACertificateRef is invalid if: + + * It refers to a resource that cannot be resolved (e.g., the referenced resource + does not exist) or is misconfigured (e.g., a ConfigMap does not contain a key + named `ca.crt`). In this case, the Reason must be set to `InvalidCACertificateRef` + and the Message of the Condition must indicate which reference is invalid and why. + + * It refers to an unknown or unsupported kind of resource. In this case, the Reason + must be set to `InvalidKind` and the Message of the Condition must explain which + kind of resource is unknown or unsupported. + + * It refers to a resource in another namespace. This may change in future + spec updates. + + Implementations MAY choose to perform further validation of the certificate + content (e.g., checking expiry or enforcing specific formats). In such cases, + an implementation-specific Reason and Message must be set for the invalid reference. + + In all cases, the implementation MUST ensure the `ResolvedRefs` Condition on + the BackendTLSPolicy is set to `status: False`, with a Reason and Message + that indicate the cause of the error. Connections using an invalid + CACertificateRef MUST fail, and the client MUST receive an HTTP 5xx error + response. If ALL CACertificateRefs are invalid, the implementation MUST also + ensure the `Accepted` Condition on the BackendTLSPolicy is set to + `status: False`, with a Reason `NoValidCACertificate`. + + A single CACertificateRef to a Kubernetes ConfigMap kind has "Core" support. + Implementations MAY choose to support attaching multiple certificates to + a backend, but this behavior is implementation-specific. + + Support: Core - An optional single reference to a Kubernetes ConfigMap, + with the CA certificate in a key named `ca.crt`. + + Support: Implementation-specific - More than one reference, other kinds + of resources, or a single reference that includes multiple certificates. + items: + description: |- + LocalObjectReference identifies an API object within the namespace of the + referrer. + The API object must be valid in the cluster; the Group and Kind must + be registered in the cluster for this reference to be valid. + + References to objects with invalid Group and Kind are not valid, and must + be rejected by the implementation, with appropriate Conditions set + on the containing object. + properties: + group: + description: |- + Group is the group of the referent. For example, "gateway.networking.k8s.io". + When unspecified or empty string, core API group is inferred. + maxLength: 253 + pattern: ^$|^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$ + type: string + kind: + description: Kind is kind of the referent. For example "HTTPRoute" + or "Service". + maxLength: 63 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[a-zA-Z]([-a-zA-Z0-9]*[a-zA-Z0-9])?$ + type: string + name: + description: Name is the name of the referent. + maxLength: 253 + minLength: 1 + type: string + required: + - group + - kind + - name + type: object + maxItems: 8 + type: array + x-kubernetes-list-type: atomic + hostname: + description: |- + Hostname is used for two purposes in the connection between Gateways and + backends: + + 1. Hostname MUST be used as the SNI to connect to the backend (RFC 6066). + 2. Hostname MUST be used for authentication and MUST match the certificate + served by the matching backend, unless SubjectAltNames is specified. + 3. If SubjectAltNames are specified, Hostname can be used for certificate selection + but MUST NOT be used for authentication. If you want to use the value + of the Hostname field for authentication, you MUST add it to the SubjectAltNames list. + + Support: Core + maxLength: 253 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$ + type: string + subjectAltNames: + description: |- + SubjectAltNames contains one or more Subject Alternative Names. + When specified the certificate served from the backend MUST + have at least one Subject Alternate Name matching one of the specified SubjectAltNames. + + Support: Extended + items: + description: SubjectAltName represents Subject Alternative Name. + properties: + hostname: + description: |- + Hostname contains Subject Alternative Name specified in DNS name format. + Required when Type is set to Hostname, ignored otherwise. + + Support: Core + maxLength: 253 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^(\*\.)?[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$ + type: string + type: + description: |- + Type determines the format of the Subject Alternative Name. Always required. + + Support: Core + enum: + - Hostname + - URI + type: string + uri: + description: |- + URI contains Subject Alternative Name specified in a full URI format. + It MUST include both a scheme (e.g., "http" or "ftp") and a scheme-specific-part. + Common values include SPIFFE IDs like "spiffe://mycluster.example.com/ns/myns/sa/svc1sa". + Required when Type is set to URI, ignored otherwise. + + Support: Core + maxLength: 253 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^(([^:/?#]+):)(//([^/?#]*))([^?#]*)(\?([^#]*))?(#(.*))? + type: string + required: + - type + type: object + x-kubernetes-validations: + - message: SubjectAltName element must contain Hostname, if + Type is set to Hostname + rule: '!(self.type == "Hostname" && (!has(self.hostname) || + self.hostname == ""))' + - message: SubjectAltName element must not contain Hostname, + if Type is not set to Hostname + rule: '!(self.type != "Hostname" && has(self.hostname) && + self.hostname != "")' + - message: SubjectAltName element must contain URI, if Type + is set to URI + rule: '!(self.type == "URI" && (!has(self.uri) || self.uri + == ""))' + - message: SubjectAltName element must not contain URI, if Type + is not set to URI + rule: '!(self.type != "URI" && has(self.uri) && self.uri != + "")' + maxItems: 5 + type: array + x-kubernetes-list-type: atomic + wellKnownCACertificates: + description: |- + WellKnownCACertificates specifies whether system CA certificates may be used in + the TLS handshake between the gateway and backend pod. + + If WellKnownCACertificates is unspecified or empty (""), then CACertificateRefs + must be specified with at least one entry for a valid configuration. Only one of + CACertificateRefs or WellKnownCACertificates may be specified, not both. + If an implementation does not support the WellKnownCACertificates field, or + the supplied value is not recognized, the implementation MUST ensure the + `Accepted` Condition on the BackendTLSPolicy is set to `status: False`, with + a Reason `Invalid`. + + Support: Implementation-specific + enum: + - System + type: string + required: + - hostname + type: object + x-kubernetes-validations: + - message: must not contain both CACertificateRefs and WellKnownCACertificates + rule: '!(has(self.caCertificateRefs) && size(self.caCertificateRefs) + > 0 && has(self.wellKnownCACertificates) && self.wellKnownCACertificates + != "")' + - message: must specify either CACertificateRefs or WellKnownCACertificates + rule: (has(self.caCertificateRefs) && size(self.caCertificateRefs) + > 0 || has(self.wellKnownCACertificates) && self.wellKnownCACertificates + != "") + required: + - targetRefs + - validation + type: object + status: + description: Status defines the current state of BackendTLSPolicy. + properties: + ancestors: + description: |- + Ancestors is a list of ancestor resources (usually Gateways) that are + associated with the policy, and the status of the policy with respect to + each ancestor. When this policy attaches to a parent, the controller that + manages the parent and the ancestors MUST add an entry to this list when + the controller first sees the policy and SHOULD update the entry as + appropriate when the relevant ancestor is modified. + + Note that choosing the relevant ancestor is left to the Policy designers; + an important part of Policy design is designing the right object level at + which to namespace this status. + + Note also that implementations MUST ONLY populate ancestor status for + the Ancestor resources they are responsible for. Implementations MUST + use the ControllerName field to uniquely identify the entries in this list + that they are responsible for. + + Note that to achieve this, the list of PolicyAncestorStatus structs + MUST be treated as a map with a composite key, made up of the AncestorRef + and ControllerName fields combined. + + A maximum of 16 ancestors will be represented in this list. An empty list + means the Policy is not relevant for any ancestors. + + If this slice is full, implementations MUST NOT add further entries. + Instead they MUST consider the policy unimplementable and signal that + on any related resources such as the ancestor that would be referenced + here. For example, if this list was full on BackendTLSPolicy, no + additional Gateways would be able to reference the Service targeted by + the BackendTLSPolicy. + items: + description: |- + PolicyAncestorStatus describes the status of a route with respect to an + associated Ancestor. + + Ancestors refer to objects that are either the Target of a policy or above it + in terms of object hierarchy. For example, if a policy targets a Service, the + Policy's Ancestors are, in order, the Service, the HTTPRoute, the Gateway, and + the GatewayClass. Almost always, in this hierarchy, the Gateway will be the most + useful object to place Policy status on, so we recommend that implementations + SHOULD use Gateway as the PolicyAncestorStatus object unless the designers + have a _very_ good reason otherwise. + + In the context of policy attachment, the Ancestor is used to distinguish which + resource results in a distinct application of this policy. For example, if a policy + targets a Service, it may have a distinct result per attached Gateway. + + Policies targeting the same resource may have different effects depending on the + ancestors of those resources. For example, different Gateways targeting the same + Service may have different capabilities, especially if they have different underlying + implementations. + + For example, in BackendTLSPolicy, the Policy attaches to a Service that is + used as a backend in a HTTPRoute that is itself attached to a Gateway. + In this case, the relevant object for status is the Gateway, and that is the + ancestor object referred to in this status. + + Note that a parent is also an ancestor, so for objects where the parent is the + relevant object for status, this struct SHOULD still be used. + + This struct is intended to be used in a slice that's effectively a map, + with a composite key made up of the AncestorRef and the ControllerName. + properties: + ancestorRef: + description: |- + AncestorRef corresponds with a ParentRef in the spec that this + PolicyAncestorStatus struct describes the status of. + properties: + group: + default: gateway.networking.k8s.io + description: |- + Group is the group of the referent. + When unspecified, "gateway.networking.k8s.io" is inferred. + To set the core API group (such as for a "Service" kind referent), + Group must be explicitly set to "" (empty string). + + Support: Core + maxLength: 253 + pattern: ^$|^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$ + type: string + kind: + default: Gateway + description: |- + Kind is kind of the referent. + + There are two kinds of parent resources with "Core" support: + + * Gateway (Gateway conformance profile) + * Service (Mesh conformance profile, ClusterIP Services only) + + Support for other resources is Implementation-Specific. + maxLength: 63 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[a-zA-Z]([-a-zA-Z0-9]*[a-zA-Z0-9])?$ + type: string + name: + description: |- + Name is the name of the referent. + + Support: Core + maxLength: 253 + minLength: 1 + type: string + namespace: + description: |- + Namespace is the namespace of the referent. When unspecified, this refers + to the local namespace of the Route. + + Note that there are specific rules for ParentRefs which cross namespace + boundaries. Cross-namespace references are only valid if they are explicitly + allowed by something in the namespace they are referring to. For example: + Gateway has the AllowedRoutes field, and ReferenceGrant provides a + generic way to enable any other kind of cross-namespace reference. + + + ParentRefs from a Route to a Service in the same namespace are "producer" + routes, which apply default routing rules to inbound connections from + any namespace to the Service. + + ParentRefs from a Route to a Service in a different namespace are + "consumer" routes, and these routing rules are only applied to outbound + connections originating from the same namespace as the Route, for which + the intended destination of the connections are a Service targeted as a + ParentRef of the Route. + + + Support: Core + maxLength: 63 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?$ + type: string + port: + description: |- + Port is the network port this Route targets. It can be interpreted + differently based on the type of parent resource. + + When the parent resource is a Gateway, this targets all listeners + listening on the specified port that also support this kind of Route(and + select this Route). It's not recommended to set `Port` unless the + networking behaviors specified in a Route must apply to a specific port + as opposed to a listener(s) whose port(s) may be changed. When both Port + and SectionName are specified, the name and port of the selected listener + must match both specified values. + + + When the parent resource is a Service, this targets a specific port in the + Service spec. When both Port (experimental) and SectionName are specified, + the name and port of the selected port must match both specified values. + + + Implementations MAY choose to support other parent resources. + Implementations supporting other types of parent resources MUST clearly + document how/if Port is interpreted. + + For the purpose of status, an attachment is considered successful as + long as the parent resource accepts it partially. For example, Gateway + listeners can restrict which Routes can attach to them by Route kind, + namespace, or hostname. If 1 of 2 Gateway listeners accept attachment + from the referencing Route, the Route MUST be considered successfully + attached. If no Gateway listeners accept attachment from this Route, + the Route MUST be considered detached from the Gateway. + + Support: Extended + format: int32 + maximum: 65535 + minimum: 1 + type: integer + sectionName: + description: |- + SectionName is the name of a section within the target resource. In the + following resources, SectionName is interpreted as the following: + + * Gateway: Listener name. When both Port (experimental) and SectionName + are specified, the name and port of the selected listener must match + both specified values. + * Service: Port name. When both Port (experimental) and SectionName + are specified, the name and port of the selected listener must match + both specified values. + + Implementations MAY choose to support attaching Routes to other resources. + If that is the case, they MUST clearly document how SectionName is + interpreted. + + When unspecified (empty string), this will reference the entire resource. + For the purpose of status, an attachment is considered successful if at + least one section in the parent resource accepts it. For example, Gateway + listeners can restrict which Routes can attach to them by Route kind, + namespace, or hostname. If 1 of 2 Gateway listeners accept attachment from + the referencing Route, the Route MUST be considered successfully + attached. If no Gateway listeners accept attachment from this Route, the + Route MUST be considered detached from the Gateway. + + Support: Core + maxLength: 253 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$ + type: string + required: + - name + type: object + conditions: + description: Conditions describes the status of the Policy with + respect to the given Ancestor. + items: + description: Condition contains details for one aspect of + the current state of this API Resource. + properties: + lastTransitionTime: + description: |- + lastTransitionTime is the last time the condition transitioned from one status to another. + This should be when the underlying condition changed. If that is not known, then using the time when the API field changed is acceptable. + format: date-time + type: string + message: + description: |- + message is a human readable message indicating details about the transition. + This may be an empty string. + maxLength: 32768 + type: string + observedGeneration: + description: |- + observedGeneration represents the .metadata.generation that the condition was set based upon. + For instance, if .metadata.generation is currently 12, but the .status.conditions[x].observedGeneration is 9, the condition is out of date + with respect to the current state of the instance. + format: int64 + minimum: 0 + type: integer + reason: + description: |- + reason contains a programmatic identifier indicating the reason for the condition's last transition. + Producers of specific condition types may define expected values and meanings for this field, + and whether the values are considered a guaranteed API. + The value should be a CamelCase string. + This field may not be empty. + maxLength: 1024 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[A-Za-z]([A-Za-z0-9_,:]*[A-Za-z0-9_])?$ + type: string + status: + description: status of the condition, one of True, False, + Unknown. + enum: + - "True" + - "False" + - Unknown + type: string + type: + description: type of condition in CamelCase or in foo.example.com/CamelCase. + maxLength: 316 + pattern: ^([a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*/)?(([A-Za-z0-9][-A-Za-z0-9_.]*)?[A-Za-z0-9])$ + type: string + required: + - lastTransitionTime + - message + - reason + - status + - type + type: object + maxItems: 8 + minItems: 1 + type: array + x-kubernetes-list-map-keys: + - type + x-kubernetes-list-type: map + controllerName: + description: |- + ControllerName is a domain/path string that indicates the name of the + controller that wrote this status. This corresponds with the + controllerName field on GatewayClass. + + Example: "example.net/gateway-controller". + + The format of this field is DOMAIN "/" PATH, where DOMAIN and PATH are + valid Kubernetes names + (https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/names/#names). + + Controllers MUST populate this field when writing status. Controllers should ensure that + entries to status populated with their ControllerName are cleaned up when they are no + longer necessary. + maxLength: 253 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*\/[A-Za-z0-9\/\-._~%!$&'()*+,;=:]+$ + type: string + required: + - ancestorRef + - conditions + - controllerName + type: object + maxItems: 16 + type: array + x-kubernetes-list-type: atomic + required: + - ancestors + type: object + required: + - spec + type: object + served: true + storage: false +status: + acceptedNames: + kind: "" + plural: "" + conditions: null + storedVersions: null +{{- end }} +{{- end }} diff --git a/charts/kgateway/kgateway/charts/gateway-api/templates/crds/experimental/gateway.networking.k8s.io_gatewayclasses.yaml b/charts/kgateway/kgateway/charts/gateway-api/templates/crds/experimental/gateway.networking.k8s.io_gatewayclasses.yaml new file mode 100644 index 000000000..d87ce3398 --- /dev/null +++ b/charts/kgateway/kgateway/charts/gateway-api/templates/crds/experimental/gateway.networking.k8s.io_gatewayclasses.yaml @@ -0,0 +1,520 @@ +{{- if eq .Values.specification "experimental" }} +{{- $crd := lookup "apiextensions.k8s.io/v1" "CustomResourceDefinition" "" "gatewayclasses.gateway.networking.k8s.io" }} +{{- if not $crd }} +apiVersion: apiextensions.k8s.io/v1 +kind: CustomResourceDefinition +metadata: + annotations: + api-approved.kubernetes.io: https://github.com/kubernetes-sigs/gateway-api/pull/3328 + helm.sh/resource-policy: keep + gateway.networking.k8s.io/channel: experimental + name: gatewayclasses.gateway.networking.k8s.io +spec: + group: gateway.networking.k8s.io + names: + categories: + - gateway-api + kind: GatewayClass + listKind: GatewayClassList + plural: gatewayclasses + shortNames: + - gc + singular: gatewayclass + scope: Cluster + versions: + - additionalPrinterColumns: + - jsonPath: .spec.controllerName + name: Controller + type: string + - jsonPath: .status.conditions[?(@.type=="Accepted")].status + name: Accepted + type: string + - jsonPath: .metadata.creationTimestamp + name: Age + type: date + - jsonPath: .spec.description + name: Description + priority: 1 + type: string + name: v1 + schema: + openAPIV3Schema: + description: |- + GatewayClass describes a class of Gateways available to the user for creating + Gateway resources. + + It is recommended that this resource be used as a template for Gateways. This + means that a Gateway is based on the state of the GatewayClass at the time it + was created and changes to the GatewayClass or associated parameters are not + propagated down to existing Gateways. This recommendation is intended to + limit the blast radius of changes to GatewayClass or associated parameters. + If implementations choose to propagate GatewayClass changes to existing + Gateways, that MUST be clearly documented by the implementation. + + Whenever one or more Gateways are using a GatewayClass, implementations SHOULD + add the `gateway-exists-finalizer.gateway.networking.k8s.io` finalizer on the + associated GatewayClass. This ensures that a GatewayClass associated with a + Gateway is not deleted while in use. + + GatewayClass is a Cluster level resource. + properties: + apiVersion: + description: |- + APIVersion defines the versioned schema of this representation of an object. + Servers should convert recognized schemas to the latest internal value, and + may reject unrecognized values. + More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#resources + type: string + kind: + description: |- + Kind is a string value representing the REST resource this object represents. + Servers may infer this from the endpoint the client submits requests to. + Cannot be updated. + In CamelCase. + More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#types-kinds + type: string + metadata: + type: object + spec: + description: Spec defines the desired state of GatewayClass. + properties: + controllerName: + description: |- + ControllerName is the name of the controller that is managing Gateways of + this class. The value of this field MUST be a domain prefixed path. + + Example: "example.net/gateway-controller". + + This field is not mutable and cannot be empty. + + Support: Core + maxLength: 253 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*\/[A-Za-z0-9\/\-._~%!$&'()*+,;=:]+$ + type: string + x-kubernetes-validations: + - message: Value is immutable + rule: self == oldSelf + description: + description: Description helps describe a GatewayClass with more details. + maxLength: 64 + type: string + parametersRef: + description: |- + ParametersRef is a reference to a resource that contains the configuration + parameters corresponding to the GatewayClass. This is optional if the + controller does not require any additional configuration. + + ParametersRef can reference a standard Kubernetes resource, i.e. ConfigMap, + or an implementation-specific custom resource. The resource can be + cluster-scoped or namespace-scoped. + + If the referent cannot be found, refers to an unsupported kind, or when + the data within that resource is malformed, the GatewayClass SHOULD be + rejected with the "Accepted" status condition set to "False" and an + "InvalidParameters" reason. + + A Gateway for this GatewayClass may provide its own `parametersRef`. When both are specified, + the merging behavior is implementation specific. + It is generally recommended that GatewayClass provides defaults that can be overridden by a Gateway. + + Support: Implementation-specific + properties: + group: + description: Group is the group of the referent. + maxLength: 253 + pattern: ^$|^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$ + type: string + kind: + description: Kind is kind of the referent. + maxLength: 63 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[a-zA-Z]([-a-zA-Z0-9]*[a-zA-Z0-9])?$ + type: string + name: + description: Name is the name of the referent. + maxLength: 253 + minLength: 1 + type: string + namespace: + description: |- + Namespace is the namespace of the referent. + This field is required when referring to a Namespace-scoped resource and + MUST be unset when referring to a Cluster-scoped resource. + maxLength: 63 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?$ + type: string + required: + - group + - kind + - name + type: object + required: + - controllerName + type: object + status: + default: + conditions: + - lastTransitionTime: "1970-01-01T00:00:00Z" + message: Waiting for controller + reason: Pending + status: Unknown + type: Accepted + description: |- + Status defines the current state of GatewayClass. + + Implementations MUST populate status on all GatewayClass resources which + specify their controller name. + properties: + conditions: + default: + - lastTransitionTime: "1970-01-01T00:00:00Z" + message: Waiting for controller + reason: Pending + status: Unknown + type: Accepted + description: |- + Conditions is the current status from the controller for + this GatewayClass. + + Controllers should prefer to publish conditions using values + of GatewayClassConditionType for the type of each Condition. + items: + description: Condition contains details for one aspect of the current + state of this API Resource. + properties: + lastTransitionTime: + description: |- + lastTransitionTime is the last time the condition transitioned from one status to another. + This should be when the underlying condition changed. If that is not known, then using the time when the API field changed is acceptable. + format: date-time + type: string + message: + description: |- + message is a human readable message indicating details about the transition. + This may be an empty string. + maxLength: 32768 + type: string + observedGeneration: + description: |- + observedGeneration represents the .metadata.generation that the condition was set based upon. + For instance, if .metadata.generation is currently 12, but the .status.conditions[x].observedGeneration is 9, the condition is out of date + with respect to the current state of the instance. + format: int64 + minimum: 0 + type: integer + reason: + description: |- + reason contains a programmatic identifier indicating the reason for the condition's last transition. + Producers of specific condition types may define expected values and meanings for this field, + and whether the values are considered a guaranteed API. + The value should be a CamelCase string. + This field may not be empty. + maxLength: 1024 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[A-Za-z]([A-Za-z0-9_,:]*[A-Za-z0-9_])?$ + type: string + status: + description: status of the condition, one of True, False, Unknown. + enum: + - "True" + - "False" + - Unknown + type: string + type: + description: type of condition in CamelCase or in foo.example.com/CamelCase. + maxLength: 316 + pattern: ^([a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*/)?(([A-Za-z0-9][-A-Za-z0-9_.]*)?[A-Za-z0-9])$ + type: string + required: + - lastTransitionTime + - message + - reason + - status + - type + type: object + maxItems: 8 + type: array + x-kubernetes-list-map-keys: + - type + x-kubernetes-list-type: map + supportedFeatures: + description: |- + SupportedFeatures is the set of features the GatewayClass support. + It MUST be sorted in ascending alphabetical order by the Name key. + items: + properties: + name: + description: |- + FeatureName is used to describe distinct features that are covered by + conformance tests. + type: string + required: + - name + type: object + maxItems: 64 + type: array + x-kubernetes-list-map-keys: + - name + x-kubernetes-list-type: map + type: object + required: + - spec + type: object + served: true + storage: true + subresources: + status: {} + - additionalPrinterColumns: + - jsonPath: .spec.controllerName + name: Controller + type: string + - jsonPath: .status.conditions[?(@.type=="Accepted")].status + name: Accepted + type: string + - jsonPath: .metadata.creationTimestamp + name: Age + type: date + - jsonPath: .spec.description + name: Description + priority: 1 + type: string + name: v1beta1 + schema: + openAPIV3Schema: + description: |- + GatewayClass describes a class of Gateways available to the user for creating + Gateway resources. + + It is recommended that this resource be used as a template for Gateways. This + means that a Gateway is based on the state of the GatewayClass at the time it + was created and changes to the GatewayClass or associated parameters are not + propagated down to existing Gateways. This recommendation is intended to + limit the blast radius of changes to GatewayClass or associated parameters. + If implementations choose to propagate GatewayClass changes to existing + Gateways, that MUST be clearly documented by the implementation. + + Whenever one or more Gateways are using a GatewayClass, implementations SHOULD + add the `gateway-exists-finalizer.gateway.networking.k8s.io` finalizer on the + associated GatewayClass. This ensures that a GatewayClass associated with a + Gateway is not deleted while in use. + + GatewayClass is a Cluster level resource. + properties: + apiVersion: + description: |- + APIVersion defines the versioned schema of this representation of an object. + Servers should convert recognized schemas to the latest internal value, and + may reject unrecognized values. + More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#resources + type: string + kind: + description: |- + Kind is a string value representing the REST resource this object represents. + Servers may infer this from the endpoint the client submits requests to. + Cannot be updated. + In CamelCase. + More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#types-kinds + type: string + metadata: + type: object + spec: + description: Spec defines the desired state of GatewayClass. + properties: + controllerName: + description: |- + ControllerName is the name of the controller that is managing Gateways of + this class. The value of this field MUST be a domain prefixed path. + + Example: "example.net/gateway-controller". + + This field is not mutable and cannot be empty. + + Support: Core + maxLength: 253 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*\/[A-Za-z0-9\/\-._~%!$&'()*+,;=:]+$ + type: string + x-kubernetes-validations: + - message: Value is immutable + rule: self == oldSelf + description: + description: Description helps describe a GatewayClass with more details. + maxLength: 64 + type: string + parametersRef: + description: |- + ParametersRef is a reference to a resource that contains the configuration + parameters corresponding to the GatewayClass. This is optional if the + controller does not require any additional configuration. + + ParametersRef can reference a standard Kubernetes resource, i.e. ConfigMap, + or an implementation-specific custom resource. The resource can be + cluster-scoped or namespace-scoped. + + If the referent cannot be found, refers to an unsupported kind, or when + the data within that resource is malformed, the GatewayClass SHOULD be + rejected with the "Accepted" status condition set to "False" and an + "InvalidParameters" reason. + + A Gateway for this GatewayClass may provide its own `parametersRef`. When both are specified, + the merging behavior is implementation specific. + It is generally recommended that GatewayClass provides defaults that can be overridden by a Gateway. + + Support: Implementation-specific + properties: + group: + description: Group is the group of the referent. + maxLength: 253 + pattern: ^$|^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$ + type: string + kind: + description: Kind is kind of the referent. + maxLength: 63 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[a-zA-Z]([-a-zA-Z0-9]*[a-zA-Z0-9])?$ + type: string + name: + description: Name is the name of the referent. + maxLength: 253 + minLength: 1 + type: string + namespace: + description: |- + Namespace is the namespace of the referent. + This field is required when referring to a Namespace-scoped resource and + MUST be unset when referring to a Cluster-scoped resource. + maxLength: 63 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?$ + type: string + required: + - group + - kind + - name + type: object + required: + - controllerName + type: object + status: + default: + conditions: + - lastTransitionTime: "1970-01-01T00:00:00Z" + message: Waiting for controller + reason: Pending + status: Unknown + type: Accepted + description: |- + Status defines the current state of GatewayClass. + + Implementations MUST populate status on all GatewayClass resources which + specify their controller name. + properties: + conditions: + default: + - lastTransitionTime: "1970-01-01T00:00:00Z" + message: Waiting for controller + reason: Pending + status: Unknown + type: Accepted + description: |- + Conditions is the current status from the controller for + this GatewayClass. + + Controllers should prefer to publish conditions using values + of GatewayClassConditionType for the type of each Condition. + items: + description: Condition contains details for one aspect of the current + state of this API Resource. + properties: + lastTransitionTime: + description: |- + lastTransitionTime is the last time the condition transitioned from one status to another. + This should be when the underlying condition changed. If that is not known, then using the time when the API field changed is acceptable. + format: date-time + type: string + message: + description: |- + message is a human readable message indicating details about the transition. + This may be an empty string. + maxLength: 32768 + type: string + observedGeneration: + description: |- + observedGeneration represents the .metadata.generation that the condition was set based upon. + For instance, if .metadata.generation is currently 12, but the .status.conditions[x].observedGeneration is 9, the condition is out of date + with respect to the current state of the instance. + format: int64 + minimum: 0 + type: integer + reason: + description: |- + reason contains a programmatic identifier indicating the reason for the condition's last transition. + Producers of specific condition types may define expected values and meanings for this field, + and whether the values are considered a guaranteed API. + The value should be a CamelCase string. + This field may not be empty. + maxLength: 1024 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[A-Za-z]([A-Za-z0-9_,:]*[A-Za-z0-9_])?$ + type: string + status: + description: status of the condition, one of True, False, Unknown. + enum: + - "True" + - "False" + - Unknown + type: string + type: + description: type of condition in CamelCase or in foo.example.com/CamelCase. + maxLength: 316 + pattern: ^([a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*/)?(([A-Za-z0-9][-A-Za-z0-9_.]*)?[A-Za-z0-9])$ + type: string + required: + - lastTransitionTime + - message + - reason + - status + - type + type: object + maxItems: 8 + type: array + x-kubernetes-list-map-keys: + - type + x-kubernetes-list-type: map + supportedFeatures: + description: |- + SupportedFeatures is the set of features the GatewayClass support. + It MUST be sorted in ascending alphabetical order by the Name key. + items: + properties: + name: + description: |- + FeatureName is used to describe distinct features that are covered by + conformance tests. + type: string + required: + - name + type: object + maxItems: 64 + type: array + x-kubernetes-list-map-keys: + - name + x-kubernetes-list-type: map + type: object + required: + - spec + type: object + served: true + storage: false + subresources: + status: {} +status: + acceptedNames: + kind: "" + plural: "" + conditions: null + storedVersions: null +{{- end }} +{{- end }} diff --git a/charts/kgateway/kgateway/charts/gateway-api/templates/crds/experimental/gateway.networking.k8s.io_gateways.yaml b/charts/kgateway/kgateway/charts/gateway-api/templates/crds/experimental/gateway.networking.k8s.io_gateways.yaml new file mode 100644 index 000000000..6a0b9ac39 --- /dev/null +++ b/charts/kgateway/kgateway/charts/gateway-api/templates/crds/experimental/gateway.networking.k8s.io_gateways.yaml @@ -0,0 +1,3186 @@ +{{- if eq .Values.specification "experimental" }} +{{- $crd := lookup "apiextensions.k8s.io/v1" "CustomResourceDefinition" "" "gateways.gateway.networking.k8s.io" }} +{{- if not $crd }} +apiVersion: apiextensions.k8s.io/v1 +kind: CustomResourceDefinition +metadata: + annotations: + api-approved.kubernetes.io: https://github.com/kubernetes-sigs/gateway-api/pull/3328 + helm.sh/resource-policy: keep + gateway.networking.k8s.io/channel: experimental + name: gateways.gateway.networking.k8s.io +spec: + group: gateway.networking.k8s.io + names: + categories: + - gateway-api + kind: Gateway + listKind: GatewayList + plural: gateways + shortNames: + - gtw + singular: gateway + scope: Namespaced + versions: + - additionalPrinterColumns: + - jsonPath: .spec.gatewayClassName + name: Class + type: string + - jsonPath: .status.addresses[*].value + name: Address + type: string + - jsonPath: .status.conditions[?(@.type=="Programmed")].status + name: Programmed + type: string + - jsonPath: .metadata.creationTimestamp + name: Age + type: date + name: v1 + schema: + openAPIV3Schema: + description: |- + Gateway represents an instance of a service-traffic handling infrastructure + by binding Listeners to a set of IP addresses. + properties: + apiVersion: + description: |- + APIVersion defines the versioned schema of this representation of an object. + Servers should convert recognized schemas to the latest internal value, and + may reject unrecognized values. + More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#resources + type: string + kind: + description: |- + Kind is a string value representing the REST resource this object represents. + Servers may infer this from the endpoint the client submits requests to. + Cannot be updated. + In CamelCase. + More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#types-kinds + type: string + metadata: + type: object + spec: + description: Spec defines the desired state of Gateway. + properties: + addresses: + description: |- + Addresses requested for this Gateway. This is optional and behavior can + depend on the implementation. If a value is set in the spec and the + requested address is invalid or unavailable, the implementation MUST + indicate this in an associated entry in GatewayStatus.Conditions. + + The Addresses field represents a request for the address(es) on the + "outside of the Gateway", that traffic bound for this Gateway will use. + This could be the IP address or hostname of an external load balancer or + other networking infrastructure, or some other address that traffic will + be sent to. + + If no Addresses are specified, the implementation MAY schedule the + Gateway in an implementation-specific manner, assigning an appropriate + set of Addresses. + + The implementation MUST bind all Listeners to every GatewayAddress that + it assigns to the Gateway and add a corresponding entry in + GatewayStatus.Addresses. + + Support: Extended + items: + description: GatewaySpecAddress describes an address that can be + bound to a Gateway. + oneOf: + - properties: + type: + enum: + - IPAddress + value: + anyOf: + - format: ipv4 + - format: ipv6 + - properties: + type: + not: + enum: + - IPAddress + properties: + type: + default: IPAddress + description: Type of the address. + maxLength: 253 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^Hostname|IPAddress|NamedAddress|[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*\/[A-Za-z0-9\/\-._~%!$&'()*+,;=:]+$ + type: string + value: + description: |- + When a value is unspecified, an implementation SHOULD automatically + assign an address matching the requested type if possible. + + If an implementation does not support an empty value, they MUST set the + "Programmed" condition in status to False with a reason of "AddressNotAssigned". + + Examples: `1.2.3.4`, `128::1`, `my-ip-address`. + maxLength: 253 + type: string + type: object + x-kubernetes-validations: + - message: Hostname value must be empty or contain only valid characters + (matching ^(\*\.)?[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$) + rule: 'self.type == ''Hostname'' ? (!has(self.value) || self.value.matches(r"""^(\*\.)?[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$""")): + true' + maxItems: 16 + type: array + x-kubernetes-list-type: atomic + x-kubernetes-validations: + - message: IPAddress values must be unique + rule: 'self.all(a1, a1.type == ''IPAddress'' && has(a1.value) ? + self.exists_one(a2, a2.type == a1.type && has(a2.value) && a2.value + == a1.value) : true )' + - message: Hostname values must be unique + rule: 'self.all(a1, a1.type == ''Hostname'' && has(a1.value) ? + self.exists_one(a2, a2.type == a1.type && has(a2.value) && a2.value + == a1.value) : true )' + allowedListeners: + description: |- + AllowedListeners defines which ListenerSets can be attached to this Gateway. + While this feature is experimental, the default value is to allow no ListenerSets. + properties: + namespaces: + default: + from: None + description: |- + Namespaces defines which namespaces ListenerSets can be attached to this Gateway. + While this feature is experimental, the default value is to allow no ListenerSets. + properties: + from: + default: None + description: |- + From indicates where ListenerSets can attach to this Gateway. Possible + values are: + + * Same: Only ListenerSets in the same namespace may be attached to this Gateway. + * Selector: ListenerSets in namespaces selected by the selector may be attached to this Gateway. + * All: ListenerSets in all namespaces may be attached to this Gateway. + * None: Only listeners defined in the Gateway's spec are allowed + + While this feature is experimental, the default value None + enum: + - All + - Selector + - Same + - None + type: string + selector: + description: |- + Selector must be specified when From is set to "Selector". In that case, + only ListenerSets in Namespaces matching this Selector will be selected by this + Gateway. This field is ignored for other values of "From". + properties: + matchExpressions: + description: matchExpressions is a list of label selector + requirements. The requirements are ANDed. + items: + description: |- + A label selector requirement is a selector that contains values, a key, and an operator that + relates the key and values. + properties: + key: + description: key is the label key that the selector + applies to. + type: string + operator: + description: |- + operator represents a key's relationship to a set of values. + Valid operators are In, NotIn, Exists and DoesNotExist. + type: string + values: + description: |- + values is an array of string values. If the operator is In or NotIn, + the values array must be non-empty. If the operator is Exists or DoesNotExist, + the values array must be empty. This array is replaced during a strategic + merge patch. + items: + type: string + type: array + x-kubernetes-list-type: atomic + required: + - key + - operator + type: object + type: array + x-kubernetes-list-type: atomic + matchLabels: + additionalProperties: + type: string + description: |- + matchLabels is a map of {key,value} pairs. A single {key,value} in the matchLabels + map is equivalent to an element of matchExpressions, whose key field is "key", the + operator is "In", and the values array contains only "value". The requirements are ANDed. + type: object + type: object + x-kubernetes-map-type: atomic + type: object + type: object + defaultScope: + description: |- + DefaultScope, when set, configures the Gateway as a default Gateway, + meaning it will dynamically and implicitly have Routes (e.g. HTTPRoute) + attached to it, according to the scope configured here. + + If unset (the default) or set to None, the Gateway will not act as a + default Gateway; if set, the Gateway will claim any Route with a + matching scope set in its UseDefaultGateway field, subject to the usual + rules about which routes the Gateway can attach to. + + Think carefully before using this functionality! While the normal rules + about which Route can apply are still enforced, it is simply easier for + the wrong Route to be accidentally attached to this Gateway in this + configuration. If the Gateway operator is not also the operator in + control of the scope (e.g. namespace) with tight controls and checks on + what kind of workloads and Routes get added in that scope, we strongly + recommend not using this just because it seems convenient, and instead + stick to direct Route attachment. + enum: + - All + - None + type: string + gatewayClassName: + description: |- + GatewayClassName used for this Gateway. This is the name of a + GatewayClass resource. + maxLength: 253 + minLength: 1 + type: string + infrastructure: + description: |- + Infrastructure defines infrastructure level attributes about this Gateway instance. + + Support: Extended + properties: + annotations: + additionalProperties: + description: |- + AnnotationValue is the value of an annotation in Gateway API. This is used + for validation of maps such as TLS options. This roughly matches Kubernetes + annotation validation, although the length validation in that case is based + on the entire size of the annotations struct. + maxLength: 4096 + minLength: 0 + type: string + description: |- + Annotations that SHOULD be applied to any resources created in response to this Gateway. + + For implementations creating other Kubernetes objects, this should be the `metadata.annotations` field on resources. + For other implementations, this refers to any relevant (implementation specific) "annotations" concepts. + + An implementation may chose to add additional implementation-specific annotations as they see fit. + + Support: Extended + maxProperties: 8 + type: object + x-kubernetes-validations: + - message: Annotation keys must be in the form of an optional + DNS subdomain prefix followed by a required name segment of + up to 63 characters. + rule: self.all(key, key.matches(r"""^([a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*/)?([A-Za-z0-9][-A-Za-z0-9_.]{0,61})?[A-Za-z0-9]$""")) + - message: If specified, the annotation key's prefix must be a + DNS subdomain not longer than 253 characters in total. + rule: self.all(key, key.split("/")[0].size() < 253) + labels: + additionalProperties: + description: |- + LabelValue is the value of a label in the Gateway API. This is used for validation + of maps such as Gateway infrastructure labels. This matches the Kubernetes + label validation rules: + * must be 63 characters or less (can be empty), + * unless empty, must begin and end with an alphanumeric character ([a-z0-9A-Z]), + * could contain dashes (-), underscores (_), dots (.), and alphanumerics between. + + Valid values include: + + * MyValue + * my.name + * 123-my-value + maxLength: 63 + minLength: 0 + pattern: ^(([A-Za-z0-9][-A-Za-z0-9_.]*)?[A-Za-z0-9])?$ + type: string + description: |- + Labels that SHOULD be applied to any resources created in response to this Gateway. + + For implementations creating other Kubernetes objects, this should be the `metadata.labels` field on resources. + For other implementations, this refers to any relevant (implementation specific) "labels" concepts. + + An implementation may chose to add additional implementation-specific labels as they see fit. + + If an implementation maps these labels to Pods, or any other resource that would need to be recreated when labels + change, it SHOULD clearly warn about this behavior in documentation. + + Support: Extended + maxProperties: 8 + type: object + x-kubernetes-validations: + - message: Label keys must be in the form of an optional DNS subdomain + prefix followed by a required name segment of up to 63 characters. + rule: self.all(key, key.matches(r"""^([a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*/)?([A-Za-z0-9][-A-Za-z0-9_.]{0,61})?[A-Za-z0-9]$""")) + - message: If specified, the label key's prefix must be a DNS + subdomain not longer than 253 characters in total. + rule: self.all(key, key.split("/")[0].size() < 253) + parametersRef: + description: |- + ParametersRef is a reference to a resource that contains the configuration + parameters corresponding to the Gateway. This is optional if the + controller does not require any additional configuration. + + This follows the same semantics as GatewayClass's `parametersRef`, but on a per-Gateway basis + + The Gateway's GatewayClass may provide its own `parametersRef`. When both are specified, + the merging behavior is implementation specific. + It is generally recommended that GatewayClass provides defaults that can be overridden by a Gateway. + + If the referent cannot be found, refers to an unsupported kind, or when + the data within that resource is malformed, the Gateway SHOULD be + rejected with the "Accepted" status condition set to "False" and an + "InvalidParameters" reason. + + Support: Implementation-specific + properties: + group: + description: Group is the group of the referent. + maxLength: 253 + pattern: ^$|^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$ + type: string + kind: + description: Kind is kind of the referent. + maxLength: 63 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[a-zA-Z]([-a-zA-Z0-9]*[a-zA-Z0-9])?$ + type: string + name: + description: Name is the name of the referent. + maxLength: 253 + minLength: 1 + type: string + required: + - group + - kind + - name + type: object + type: object + listeners: + description: |- + Listeners associated with this Gateway. Listeners define + logical endpoints that are bound on this Gateway's addresses. + At least one Listener MUST be specified. + + ## Distinct Listeners + + Each Listener in a set of Listeners (for example, in a single Gateway) + MUST be _distinct_, in that a traffic flow MUST be able to be assigned to + exactly one listener. (This section uses "set of Listeners" rather than + "Listeners in a single Gateway" because implementations MAY merge configuration + from multiple Gateways onto a single data plane, and these rules _also_ + apply in that case). + + Practically, this means that each listener in a set MUST have a unique + combination of Port, Protocol, and, if supported by the protocol, Hostname. + + Some combinations of port, protocol, and TLS settings are considered + Core support and MUST be supported by implementations based on the objects + they support: + + HTTPRoute + + 1. HTTPRoute, Port: 80, Protocol: HTTP + 2. HTTPRoute, Port: 443, Protocol: HTTPS, TLS Mode: Terminate, TLS keypair provided + + TLSRoute + + 1. TLSRoute, Port: 443, Protocol: TLS, TLS Mode: Passthrough + + "Distinct" Listeners have the following property: + + **The implementation can match inbound requests to a single distinct + Listener**. + + When multiple Listeners share values for fields (for + example, two Listeners with the same Port value), the implementation + can match requests to only one of the Listeners using other + Listener fields. + + When multiple listeners have the same value for the Protocol field, then + each of the Listeners with matching Protocol values MUST have different + values for other fields. + + The set of fields that MUST be different for a Listener differs per protocol. + The following rules define the rules for what fields MUST be considered for + Listeners to be distinct with each protocol currently defined in the + Gateway API spec. + + The set of listeners that all share a protocol value MUST have _different_ + values for _at least one_ of these fields to be distinct: + + * **HTTP, HTTPS, TLS**: Port, Hostname + * **TCP, UDP**: Port + + One **very** important rule to call out involves what happens when an + implementation: + + * Supports TCP protocol Listeners, as well as HTTP, HTTPS, or TLS protocol + Listeners, and + * sees HTTP, HTTPS, or TLS protocols with the same `port` as one with TCP + Protocol. + + In this case all the Listeners that share a port with the + TCP Listener are not distinct and so MUST NOT be accepted. + + If an implementation does not support TCP Protocol Listeners, then the + previous rule does not apply, and the TCP Listeners SHOULD NOT be + accepted. + + Note that the `tls` field is not used for determining if a listener is distinct, because + Listeners that _only_ differ on TLS config will still conflict in all cases. + + ### Listeners that are distinct only by Hostname + + When the Listeners are distinct based only on Hostname, inbound request + hostnames MUST match from the most specific to least specific Hostname + values to choose the correct Listener and its associated set of Routes. + + Exact matches MUST be processed before wildcard matches, and wildcard + matches MUST be processed before fallback (empty Hostname value) + matches. For example, `"foo.example.com"` takes precedence over + `"*.example.com"`, and `"*.example.com"` takes precedence over `""`. + + Additionally, if there are multiple wildcard entries, more specific + wildcard entries must be processed before less specific wildcard entries. + For example, `"*.foo.example.com"` takes precedence over `"*.example.com"`. + + The precise definition here is that the higher the number of dots in the + hostname to the right of the wildcard character, the higher the precedence. + + The wildcard character will match any number of characters _and dots_ to + the left, however, so `"*.example.com"` will match both + `"foo.bar.example.com"` _and_ `"bar.example.com"`. + + ## Handling indistinct Listeners + + If a set of Listeners contains Listeners that are not distinct, then those + Listeners are _Conflicted_, and the implementation MUST set the "Conflicted" + condition in the Listener Status to "True". + + The words "indistinct" and "conflicted" are considered equivalent for the + purpose of this documentation. + + Implementations MAY choose to accept a Gateway with some Conflicted + Listeners only if they only accept the partial Listener set that contains + no Conflicted Listeners. + + Specifically, an implementation MAY accept a partial Listener set subject to + the following rules: + + * The implementation MUST NOT pick one conflicting Listener as the winner. + ALL indistinct Listeners must not be accepted for processing. + * At least one distinct Listener MUST be present, or else the Gateway effectively + contains _no_ Listeners, and must be rejected from processing as a whole. + + The implementation MUST set a "ListenersNotValid" condition on the + Gateway Status when the Gateway contains Conflicted Listeners whether or + not they accept the Gateway. That Condition SHOULD clearly + indicate in the Message which Listeners are conflicted, and which are + Accepted. Additionally, the Listener status for those listeners SHOULD + indicate which Listeners are conflicted and not Accepted. + + ## General Listener behavior + + Note that, for all distinct Listeners, requests SHOULD match at most one Listener. + For example, if Listeners are defined for "foo.example.com" and "*.example.com", a + request to "foo.example.com" SHOULD only be routed using routes attached + to the "foo.example.com" Listener (and not the "*.example.com" Listener). + + This concept is known as "Listener Isolation", and it is an Extended feature + of Gateway API. Implementations that do not support Listener Isolation MUST + clearly document this, and MUST NOT claim support for the + `GatewayHTTPListenerIsolation` feature. + + Implementations that _do_ support Listener Isolation SHOULD claim support + for the Extended `GatewayHTTPListenerIsolation` feature and pass the associated + conformance tests. + + ## Compatible Listeners + + A Gateway's Listeners are considered _compatible_ if: + + 1. They are distinct. + 2. The implementation can serve them in compliance with the Addresses + requirement that all Listeners are available on all assigned + addresses. + + Compatible combinations in Extended support are expected to vary across + implementations. A combination that is compatible for one implementation + may not be compatible for another. + + For example, an implementation that cannot serve both TCP and UDP listeners + on the same address, or cannot mix HTTPS and generic TLS listens on the same port + would not consider those cases compatible, even though they are distinct. + + Implementations MAY merge separate Gateways onto a single set of + Addresses if all Listeners across all Gateways are compatible. + + In a future release the MinItems=1 requirement MAY be dropped. + + Support: Core + items: + description: |- + Listener embodies the concept of a logical endpoint where a Gateway accepts + network connections. + properties: + allowedRoutes: + default: + namespaces: + from: Same + description: |- + AllowedRoutes defines the types of routes that MAY be attached to a + Listener and the trusted namespaces where those Route resources MAY be + present. + + Although a client request may match multiple route rules, only one rule + may ultimately receive the request. Matching precedence MUST be + determined in order of the following criteria: + + * The most specific match as defined by the Route type. + * The oldest Route based on creation timestamp. For example, a Route with + a creation timestamp of "2020-09-08 01:02:03" is given precedence over + a Route with a creation timestamp of "2020-09-08 01:02:04". + * If everything else is equivalent, the Route appearing first in + alphabetical order (namespace/name) should be given precedence. For + example, foo/bar is given precedence over foo/baz. + + All valid rules within a Route attached to this Listener should be + implemented. Invalid Route rules can be ignored (sometimes that will mean + the full Route). If a Route rule transitions from valid to invalid, + support for that Route rule should be dropped to ensure consistency. For + example, even if a filter specified by a Route rule is invalid, the rest + of the rules within that Route should still be supported. + + Support: Core + properties: + kinds: + description: |- + Kinds specifies the groups and kinds of Routes that are allowed to bind + to this Gateway Listener. When unspecified or empty, the kinds of Routes + selected are determined using the Listener protocol. + + A RouteGroupKind MUST correspond to kinds of Routes that are compatible + with the application protocol specified in the Listener's Protocol field. + If an implementation does not support or recognize this resource type, it + MUST set the "ResolvedRefs" condition to False for this Listener with the + "InvalidRouteKinds" reason. + + Support: Core + items: + description: RouteGroupKind indicates the group and kind + of a Route resource. + properties: + group: + default: gateway.networking.k8s.io + description: Group is the group of the Route. + maxLength: 253 + pattern: ^$|^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$ + type: string + kind: + description: Kind is the kind of the Route. + maxLength: 63 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[a-zA-Z]([-a-zA-Z0-9]*[a-zA-Z0-9])?$ + type: string + required: + - kind + type: object + maxItems: 8 + type: array + x-kubernetes-list-type: atomic + namespaces: + default: + from: Same + description: |- + Namespaces indicates namespaces from which Routes may be attached to this + Listener. This is restricted to the namespace of this Gateway by default. + + Support: Core + properties: + from: + default: Same + description: |- + From indicates where Routes will be selected for this Gateway. Possible + values are: + + * All: Routes in all namespaces may be used by this Gateway. + * Selector: Routes in namespaces selected by the selector may be used by + this Gateway. + * Same: Only Routes in the same namespace may be used by this Gateway. + + Support: Core + enum: + - All + - Selector + - Same + type: string + selector: + description: |- + Selector must be specified when From is set to "Selector". In that case, + only Routes in Namespaces matching this Selector will be selected by this + Gateway. This field is ignored for other values of "From". + + Support: Core + properties: + matchExpressions: + description: matchExpressions is a list of label + selector requirements. The requirements are ANDed. + items: + description: |- + A label selector requirement is a selector that contains values, a key, and an operator that + relates the key and values. + properties: + key: + description: key is the label key that the + selector applies to. + type: string + operator: + description: |- + operator represents a key's relationship to a set of values. + Valid operators are In, NotIn, Exists and DoesNotExist. + type: string + values: + description: |- + values is an array of string values. If the operator is In or NotIn, + the values array must be non-empty. If the operator is Exists or DoesNotExist, + the values array must be empty. This array is replaced during a strategic + merge patch. + items: + type: string + type: array + x-kubernetes-list-type: atomic + required: + - key + - operator + type: object + type: array + x-kubernetes-list-type: atomic + matchLabels: + additionalProperties: + type: string + description: |- + matchLabels is a map of {key,value} pairs. A single {key,value} in the matchLabels + map is equivalent to an element of matchExpressions, whose key field is "key", the + operator is "In", and the values array contains only "value". The requirements are ANDed. + type: object + type: object + x-kubernetes-map-type: atomic + type: object + type: object + hostname: + description: |- + Hostname specifies the virtual hostname to match for protocol types that + define this concept. When unspecified, all hostnames are matched. This + field is ignored for protocols that don't require hostname based + matching. + + Implementations MUST apply Hostname matching appropriately for each of + the following protocols: + + * TLS: The Listener Hostname MUST match the SNI. + * HTTP: The Listener Hostname MUST match the Host header of the request. + * HTTPS: The Listener Hostname SHOULD match both the SNI and Host header. + Note that this does not require the SNI and Host header to be the same. + The semantics of this are described in more detail below. + + To ensure security, Section 11.1 of RFC-6066 emphasizes that server + implementations that rely on SNI hostname matching MUST also verify + hostnames within the application protocol. + + Section 9.1.2 of RFC-7540 provides a mechanism for servers to reject the + reuse of a connection by responding with the HTTP 421 Misdirected Request + status code. This indicates that the origin server has rejected the + request because it appears to have been misdirected. + + To detect misdirected requests, Gateways SHOULD match the authority of + the requests with all the SNI hostname(s) configured across all the + Gateway Listeners on the same port and protocol: + + * If another Listener has an exact match or more specific wildcard entry, + the Gateway SHOULD return a 421. + * If the current Listener (selected by SNI matching during ClientHello) + does not match the Host: + * If another Listener does match the Host the Gateway SHOULD return a + 421. + * If no other Listener matches the Host, the Gateway MUST return a + 404. + + For HTTPRoute and TLSRoute resources, there is an interaction with the + `spec.hostnames` array. When both listener and route specify hostnames, + there MUST be an intersection between the values for a Route to be + accepted. For more information, refer to the Route specific Hostnames + documentation. + + Hostnames that are prefixed with a wildcard label (`*.`) are interpreted + as a suffix match. That means that a match for `*.example.com` would match + both `test.example.com`, and `foo.test.example.com`, but not `example.com`. + + Support: Core + maxLength: 253 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^(\*\.)?[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$ + type: string + name: + description: |- + Name is the name of the Listener. This name MUST be unique within a + Gateway. + + Support: Core + maxLength: 253 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$ + type: string + port: + description: |- + Port is the network port. Multiple listeners may use the + same port, subject to the Listener compatibility rules. + + Support: Core + format: int32 + maximum: 65535 + minimum: 1 + type: integer + protocol: + description: |- + Protocol specifies the network protocol this listener expects to receive. + + Support: Core + maxLength: 255 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[a-zA-Z0-9]([-a-zA-Z0-9]*[a-zA-Z0-9])?$|[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*\/[A-Za-z0-9]+$ + type: string + tls: + description: |- + TLS is the TLS configuration for the Listener. This field is required if + the Protocol field is "HTTPS" or "TLS". It is invalid to set this field + if the Protocol field is "HTTP", "TCP", or "UDP". + + The association of SNIs to Certificate defined in ListenerTLSConfig is + defined based on the Hostname field for this listener. + + The GatewayClass MUST use the longest matching SNI out of all + available certificates for any TLS handshake. + + Support: Core + properties: + certificateRefs: + description: |- + CertificateRefs contains a series of references to Kubernetes objects that + contains TLS certificates and private keys. These certificates are used to + establish a TLS handshake for requests that match the hostname of the + associated listener. + + A single CertificateRef to a Kubernetes Secret has "Core" support. + Implementations MAY choose to support attaching multiple certificates to + a Listener, but this behavior is implementation-specific. + + References to a resource in different namespace are invalid UNLESS there + is a ReferenceGrant in the target namespace that allows the certificate + to be attached. If a ReferenceGrant does not allow this reference, the + "ResolvedRefs" condition MUST be set to False for this listener with the + "RefNotPermitted" reason. + + This field is required to have at least one element when the mode is set + to "Terminate" (default) and is optional otherwise. + + CertificateRefs can reference to standard Kubernetes resources, i.e. + Secret, or implementation-specific custom resources. + + Support: Core - A single reference to a Kubernetes Secret of type kubernetes.io/tls + + Support: Implementation-specific (More than one reference or other resource types) + items: + description: |- + SecretObjectReference identifies an API object including its namespace, + defaulting to Secret. + + The API object must be valid in the cluster; the Group and Kind must + be registered in the cluster for this reference to be valid. + + References to objects with invalid Group and Kind are not valid, and must + be rejected by the implementation, with appropriate Conditions set + on the containing object. + properties: + group: + default: "" + description: |- + Group is the group of the referent. For example, "gateway.networking.k8s.io". + When unspecified or empty string, core API group is inferred. + maxLength: 253 + pattern: ^$|^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$ + type: string + kind: + default: Secret + description: Kind is kind of the referent. For example + "Secret". + maxLength: 63 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[a-zA-Z]([-a-zA-Z0-9]*[a-zA-Z0-9])?$ + type: string + name: + description: Name is the name of the referent. + maxLength: 253 + minLength: 1 + type: string + namespace: + description: |- + Namespace is the namespace of the referenced object. When unspecified, the local + namespace is inferred. + + Note that when a namespace different than the local namespace is specified, + a ReferenceGrant object is required in the referent namespace to allow that + namespace's owner to accept the reference. See the ReferenceGrant + documentation for details. + + Support: Core + maxLength: 63 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?$ + type: string + required: + - name + type: object + maxItems: 64 + type: array + x-kubernetes-list-type: atomic + mode: + default: Terminate + description: |- + Mode defines the TLS behavior for the TLS session initiated by the client. + There are two possible modes: + + - Terminate: The TLS session between the downstream client and the + Gateway is terminated at the Gateway. This mode requires certificates + to be specified in some way, such as populating the certificateRefs + field. + - Passthrough: The TLS session is NOT terminated by the Gateway. This + implies that the Gateway can't decipher the TLS stream except for + the ClientHello message of the TLS protocol. The certificateRefs field + is ignored in this mode. + + Support: Core + enum: + - Terminate + - Passthrough + type: string + options: + additionalProperties: + description: |- + AnnotationValue is the value of an annotation in Gateway API. This is used + for validation of maps such as TLS options. This roughly matches Kubernetes + annotation validation, although the length validation in that case is based + on the entire size of the annotations struct. + maxLength: 4096 + minLength: 0 + type: string + description: |- + Options are a list of key/value pairs to enable extended TLS + configuration for each implementation. For example, configuring the + minimum TLS version or supported cipher suites. + + A set of common keys MAY be defined by the API in the future. To avoid + any ambiguity, implementation-specific definitions MUST use + domain-prefixed names, such as `example.com/my-custom-option`. + Un-prefixed names are reserved for key names defined by Gateway API. + + Support: Implementation-specific + maxProperties: 16 + type: object + type: object + x-kubernetes-validations: + - message: certificateRefs or options must be specified when + mode is Terminate + rule: 'self.mode == ''Terminate'' ? size(self.certificateRefs) + > 0 || size(self.options) > 0 : true' + required: + - name + - port + - protocol + type: object + maxItems: 64 + minItems: 1 + type: array + x-kubernetes-list-map-keys: + - name + x-kubernetes-list-type: map + x-kubernetes-validations: + - message: tls must not be specified for protocols ['HTTP', 'TCP', + 'UDP'] + rule: 'self.all(l, l.protocol in [''HTTP'', ''TCP'', ''UDP''] ? + !has(l.tls) : true)' + - message: tls mode must be Terminate for protocol HTTPS + rule: 'self.all(l, (l.protocol == ''HTTPS'' && has(l.tls)) ? (l.tls.mode + == '''' || l.tls.mode == ''Terminate'') : true)' + - message: hostname must not be specified for protocols ['TCP', 'UDP'] + rule: 'self.all(l, l.protocol in [''TCP'', ''UDP''] ? (!has(l.hostname) + || l.hostname == '''') : true)' + - message: Listener name must be unique within the Gateway + rule: self.all(l1, self.exists_one(l2, l1.name == l2.name)) + - message: Combination of port, protocol and hostname must be unique + for each listener + rule: 'self.all(l1, self.exists_one(l2, l1.port == l2.port && l1.protocol + == l2.protocol && (has(l1.hostname) && has(l2.hostname) ? l1.hostname + == l2.hostname : !has(l1.hostname) && !has(l2.hostname))))' + tls: + description: |- + TLS specifies frontend and backend tls configuration for entire gateway. + + Support: Extended + properties: + backend: + description: |- + Backend describes TLS configuration for gateway when connecting + to backends. + + Note that this contains only details for the Gateway as a TLS client, + and does _not_ imply behavior about how to choose which backend should + get a TLS connection. That is determined by the presence of a BackendTLSPolicy. + + Support: Core + properties: + clientCertificateRef: + description: |- + ClientCertificateRef is a reference to an object that contains a Client + Certificate and the associated private key. + + References to a resource in different namespace are invalid UNLESS there + is a ReferenceGrant in the target namespace that allows the certificate + to be attached. If a ReferenceGrant does not allow this reference, the + "ResolvedRefs" condition MUST be set to False for this listener with the + "RefNotPermitted" reason. + + ClientCertificateRef can reference to standard Kubernetes resources, i.e. + Secret, or implementation-specific custom resources. + + Support: Core + properties: + group: + default: "" + description: |- + Group is the group of the referent. For example, "gateway.networking.k8s.io". + When unspecified or empty string, core API group is inferred. + maxLength: 253 + pattern: ^$|^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$ + type: string + kind: + default: Secret + description: Kind is kind of the referent. For example + "Secret". + maxLength: 63 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[a-zA-Z]([-a-zA-Z0-9]*[a-zA-Z0-9])?$ + type: string + name: + description: Name is the name of the referent. + maxLength: 253 + minLength: 1 + type: string + namespace: + description: |- + Namespace is the namespace of the referenced object. When unspecified, the local + namespace is inferred. + + Note that when a namespace different than the local namespace is specified, + a ReferenceGrant object is required in the referent namespace to allow that + namespace's owner to accept the reference. See the ReferenceGrant + documentation for details. + + Support: Core + maxLength: 63 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?$ + type: string + required: + - name + type: object + type: object + frontend: + description: |- + Frontend describes TLS config when client connects to Gateway. + Support: Core + properties: + default: + description: |- + Default specifies the default client certificate validation configuration + for all Listeners handling HTTPS traffic, unless a per-port configuration + is defined. + + support: Core + properties: + validation: + description: |- + Validation holds configuration information for validating the frontend (client). + Setting this field will result in mutual authentication when connecting to the gateway. + In browsers this may result in a dialog appearing + that requests a user to specify the client certificate. + The maximum depth of a certificate chain accepted in verification is Implementation specific. + + Support: Core + properties: + caCertificateRefs: + description: |- + CACertificateRefs contains one or more references to + Kubernetes objects that contain TLS certificates of + the Certificate Authorities that can be used + as a trust anchor to validate the certificates presented by the client. + + A single CA certificate reference to a Kubernetes ConfigMap + has "Core" support. + Implementations MAY choose to support attaching multiple CA certificates to + a Listener, but this behavior is implementation-specific. + + Support: Core - A single reference to a Kubernetes ConfigMap + with the CA certificate in a key named `ca.crt`. + + Support: Implementation-specific (More than one certificate in a ConfigMap + with different keys or more than one reference, or other kinds of resources). + + References to a resource in a different namespace are invalid UNLESS there + is a ReferenceGrant in the target namespace that allows the certificate + to be attached. If a ReferenceGrant does not allow this reference, the + "ResolvedRefs" condition MUST be set to False for this listener with the + "RefNotPermitted" reason. + items: + description: |- + ObjectReference identifies an API object including its namespace. + + The API object must be valid in the cluster; the Group and Kind must + be registered in the cluster for this reference to be valid. + + References to objects with invalid Group and Kind are not valid, and must + be rejected by the implementation, with appropriate Conditions set + on the containing object. + properties: + group: + description: |- + Group is the group of the referent. For example, "gateway.networking.k8s.io". + When set to the empty string, core API group is inferred. + maxLength: 253 + pattern: ^$|^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$ + type: string + kind: + description: Kind is kind of the referent. For + example "ConfigMap" or "Service". + maxLength: 63 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[a-zA-Z]([-a-zA-Z0-9]*[a-zA-Z0-9])?$ + type: string + name: + description: Name is the name of the referent. + maxLength: 253 + minLength: 1 + type: string + namespace: + description: |- + Namespace is the namespace of the referenced object. When unspecified, the local + namespace is inferred. + + Note that when a namespace different than the local namespace is specified, + a ReferenceGrant object is required in the referent namespace to allow that + namespace's owner to accept the reference. See the ReferenceGrant + documentation for details. + + Support: Core + maxLength: 63 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?$ + type: string + required: + - group + - kind + - name + type: object + maxItems: 8 + minItems: 1 + type: array + x-kubernetes-list-type: atomic + mode: + default: AllowValidOnly + description: |- + FrontendValidationMode defines the mode for validating the client certificate. + There are two possible modes: + + - AllowValidOnly: In this mode, the gateway will accept connections only if + the client presents a valid certificate. This certificate must successfully + pass validation against the CA certificates specified in `CACertificateRefs`. + - AllowInsecureFallback: In this mode, the gateway will accept connections + even if the client certificate is not presented or fails verification. + + This approach delegates client authorization to the backend and introduce + a significant security risk. It should be used in testing environments or + on a temporary basis in non-testing environments. + + Defaults to AllowValidOnly. + + Support: Core + enum: + - AllowValidOnly + - AllowInsecureFallback + type: string + required: + - caCertificateRefs + type: object + type: object + perPort: + description: |- + PerPort specifies tls configuration assigned per port. + Per port configuration is optional. Once set this configuration overrides + the default configuration for all Listeners handling HTTPS traffic + that match this port. + Each override port requires a unique TLS configuration. + + support: Core + items: + properties: + port: + description: |- + The Port indicates the Port Number to which the TLS configuration will be + applied. This configuration will be applied to all Listeners handling HTTPS + traffic that match this port. + + Support: Core + format: int32 + maximum: 65535 + minimum: 1 + type: integer + tls: + description: |- + TLS store the configuration that will be applied to all Listeners handling + HTTPS traffic and matching given port. + + Support: Core + properties: + validation: + description: |- + Validation holds configuration information for validating the frontend (client). + Setting this field will result in mutual authentication when connecting to the gateway. + In browsers this may result in a dialog appearing + that requests a user to specify the client certificate. + The maximum depth of a certificate chain accepted in verification is Implementation specific. + + Support: Core + properties: + caCertificateRefs: + description: |- + CACertificateRefs contains one or more references to + Kubernetes objects that contain TLS certificates of + the Certificate Authorities that can be used + as a trust anchor to validate the certificates presented by the client. + + A single CA certificate reference to a Kubernetes ConfigMap + has "Core" support. + Implementations MAY choose to support attaching multiple CA certificates to + a Listener, but this behavior is implementation-specific. + + Support: Core - A single reference to a Kubernetes ConfigMap + with the CA certificate in a key named `ca.crt`. + + Support: Implementation-specific (More than one certificate in a ConfigMap + with different keys or more than one reference, or other kinds of resources). + + References to a resource in a different namespace are invalid UNLESS there + is a ReferenceGrant in the target namespace that allows the certificate + to be attached. If a ReferenceGrant does not allow this reference, the + "ResolvedRefs" condition MUST be set to False for this listener with the + "RefNotPermitted" reason. + items: + description: |- + ObjectReference identifies an API object including its namespace. + + The API object must be valid in the cluster; the Group and Kind must + be registered in the cluster for this reference to be valid. + + References to objects with invalid Group and Kind are not valid, and must + be rejected by the implementation, with appropriate Conditions set + on the containing object. + properties: + group: + description: |- + Group is the group of the referent. For example, "gateway.networking.k8s.io". + When set to the empty string, core API group is inferred. + maxLength: 253 + pattern: ^$|^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$ + type: string + kind: + description: Kind is kind of the referent. + For example "ConfigMap" or "Service". + maxLength: 63 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[a-zA-Z]([-a-zA-Z0-9]*[a-zA-Z0-9])?$ + type: string + name: + description: Name is the name of the referent. + maxLength: 253 + minLength: 1 + type: string + namespace: + description: |- + Namespace is the namespace of the referenced object. When unspecified, the local + namespace is inferred. + + Note that when a namespace different than the local namespace is specified, + a ReferenceGrant object is required in the referent namespace to allow that + namespace's owner to accept the reference. See the ReferenceGrant + documentation for details. + + Support: Core + maxLength: 63 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?$ + type: string + required: + - group + - kind + - name + type: object + maxItems: 8 + minItems: 1 + type: array + x-kubernetes-list-type: atomic + mode: + default: AllowValidOnly + description: |- + FrontendValidationMode defines the mode for validating the client certificate. + There are two possible modes: + + - AllowValidOnly: In this mode, the gateway will accept connections only if + the client presents a valid certificate. This certificate must successfully + pass validation against the CA certificates specified in `CACertificateRefs`. + - AllowInsecureFallback: In this mode, the gateway will accept connections + even if the client certificate is not presented or fails verification. + + This approach delegates client authorization to the backend and introduce + a significant security risk. It should be used in testing environments or + on a temporary basis in non-testing environments. + + Defaults to AllowValidOnly. + + Support: Core + enum: + - AllowValidOnly + - AllowInsecureFallback + type: string + required: + - caCertificateRefs + type: object + type: object + required: + - port + - tls + type: object + maxItems: 64 + type: array + x-kubernetes-list-map-keys: + - port + x-kubernetes-list-type: map + x-kubernetes-validations: + - message: Port for TLS configuration must be unique within + the Gateway + rule: self.all(t1, self.exists_one(t2, t1.port == t2.port)) + required: + - default + type: object + type: object + required: + - gatewayClassName + - listeners + type: object + status: + default: + conditions: + - lastTransitionTime: "1970-01-01T00:00:00Z" + message: Waiting for controller + reason: Pending + status: Unknown + type: Accepted + - lastTransitionTime: "1970-01-01T00:00:00Z" + message: Waiting for controller + reason: Pending + status: Unknown + type: Programmed + description: Status defines the current state of Gateway. + properties: + addresses: + description: |- + Addresses lists the network addresses that have been bound to the + Gateway. + + This list may differ from the addresses provided in the spec under some + conditions: + + * no addresses are specified, all addresses are dynamically assigned + * a combination of specified and dynamic addresses are assigned + * a specified address was unusable (e.g. already in use) + items: + description: GatewayStatusAddress describes a network address that + is bound to a Gateway. + oneOf: + - properties: + type: + enum: + - IPAddress + value: + anyOf: + - format: ipv4 + - format: ipv6 + - properties: + type: + not: + enum: + - IPAddress + properties: + type: + default: IPAddress + description: Type of the address. + maxLength: 253 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^Hostname|IPAddress|NamedAddress|[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*\/[A-Za-z0-9\/\-._~%!$&'()*+,;=:]+$ + type: string + value: + description: |- + Value of the address. The validity of the values will depend + on the type and support by the controller. + + Examples: `1.2.3.4`, `128::1`, `my-ip-address`. + maxLength: 253 + minLength: 1 + type: string + required: + - value + type: object + x-kubernetes-validations: + - message: Hostname value must only contain valid characters (matching + ^(\*\.)?[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$) + rule: 'self.type == ''Hostname'' ? self.value.matches(r"""^(\*\.)?[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$"""): + true' + maxItems: 16 + type: array + x-kubernetes-list-type: atomic + conditions: + default: + - lastTransitionTime: "1970-01-01T00:00:00Z" + message: Waiting for controller + reason: Pending + status: Unknown + type: Accepted + - lastTransitionTime: "1970-01-01T00:00:00Z" + message: Waiting for controller + reason: Pending + status: Unknown + type: Programmed + description: |- + Conditions describe the current conditions of the Gateway. + + Implementations should prefer to express Gateway conditions + using the `GatewayConditionType` and `GatewayConditionReason` + constants so that operators and tools can converge on a common + vocabulary to describe Gateway state. + + Known condition types are: + + * "Accepted" + * "Programmed" + * "Ready" + items: + description: Condition contains details for one aspect of the current + state of this API Resource. + properties: + lastTransitionTime: + description: |- + lastTransitionTime is the last time the condition transitioned from one status to another. + This should be when the underlying condition changed. If that is not known, then using the time when the API field changed is acceptable. + format: date-time + type: string + message: + description: |- + message is a human readable message indicating details about the transition. + This may be an empty string. + maxLength: 32768 + type: string + observedGeneration: + description: |- + observedGeneration represents the .metadata.generation that the condition was set based upon. + For instance, if .metadata.generation is currently 12, but the .status.conditions[x].observedGeneration is 9, the condition is out of date + with respect to the current state of the instance. + format: int64 + minimum: 0 + type: integer + reason: + description: |- + reason contains a programmatic identifier indicating the reason for the condition's last transition. + Producers of specific condition types may define expected values and meanings for this field, + and whether the values are considered a guaranteed API. + The value should be a CamelCase string. + This field may not be empty. + maxLength: 1024 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[A-Za-z]([A-Za-z0-9_,:]*[A-Za-z0-9_])?$ + type: string + status: + description: status of the condition, one of True, False, Unknown. + enum: + - "True" + - "False" + - Unknown + type: string + type: + description: type of condition in CamelCase or in foo.example.com/CamelCase. + maxLength: 316 + pattern: ^([a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*/)?(([A-Za-z0-9][-A-Za-z0-9_.]*)?[A-Za-z0-9])$ + type: string + required: + - lastTransitionTime + - message + - reason + - status + - type + type: object + maxItems: 8 + type: array + x-kubernetes-list-map-keys: + - type + x-kubernetes-list-type: map + listeners: + description: Listeners provide status for each unique listener port + defined in the Spec. + items: + description: ListenerStatus is the status associated with a Listener. + properties: + attachedRoutes: + description: |- + AttachedRoutes represents the total number of Routes that have been + successfully attached to this Listener. + + Successful attachment of a Route to a Listener is based solely on the + combination of the AllowedRoutes field on the corresponding Listener + and the Route's ParentRefs field. A Route is successfully attached to + a Listener when it is selected by the Listener's AllowedRoutes field + AND the Route has a valid ParentRef selecting the whole Gateway + resource or a specific Listener as a parent resource (more detail on + attachment semantics can be found in the documentation on the various + Route kinds ParentRefs fields). Listener or Route status does not impact + successful attachment, i.e. the AttachedRoutes field count MUST be set + for Listeners with condition Accepted: false and MUST count successfully + attached Routes that may themselves have Accepted: false conditions. + + Uses for this field include troubleshooting Route attachment and + measuring blast radius/impact of changes to a Listener. + format: int32 + type: integer + conditions: + description: Conditions describe the current condition of this + listener. + items: + description: Condition contains details for one aspect of + the current state of this API Resource. + properties: + lastTransitionTime: + description: |- + lastTransitionTime is the last time the condition transitioned from one status to another. + This should be when the underlying condition changed. If that is not known, then using the time when the API field changed is acceptable. + format: date-time + type: string + message: + description: |- + message is a human readable message indicating details about the transition. + This may be an empty string. + maxLength: 32768 + type: string + observedGeneration: + description: |- + observedGeneration represents the .metadata.generation that the condition was set based upon. + For instance, if .metadata.generation is currently 12, but the .status.conditions[x].observedGeneration is 9, the condition is out of date + with respect to the current state of the instance. + format: int64 + minimum: 0 + type: integer + reason: + description: |- + reason contains a programmatic identifier indicating the reason for the condition's last transition. + Producers of specific condition types may define expected values and meanings for this field, + and whether the values are considered a guaranteed API. + The value should be a CamelCase string. + This field may not be empty. + maxLength: 1024 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[A-Za-z]([A-Za-z0-9_,:]*[A-Za-z0-9_])?$ + type: string + status: + description: status of the condition, one of True, False, + Unknown. + enum: + - "True" + - "False" + - Unknown + type: string + type: + description: type of condition in CamelCase or in foo.example.com/CamelCase. + maxLength: 316 + pattern: ^([a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*/)?(([A-Za-z0-9][-A-Za-z0-9_.]*)?[A-Za-z0-9])$ + type: string + required: + - lastTransitionTime + - message + - reason + - status + - type + type: object + maxItems: 8 + type: array + x-kubernetes-list-map-keys: + - type + x-kubernetes-list-type: map + name: + description: Name is the name of the Listener that this status + corresponds to. + maxLength: 253 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$ + type: string + supportedKinds: + description: |- + SupportedKinds is the list indicating the Kinds supported by this + listener. This MUST represent the kinds an implementation supports for + that Listener configuration. + + If kinds are specified in Spec that are not supported, they MUST NOT + appear in this list and an implementation MUST set the "ResolvedRefs" + condition to "False" with the "InvalidRouteKinds" reason. If both valid + and invalid Route kinds are specified, the implementation MUST + reference the valid Route kinds that have been specified. + items: + description: RouteGroupKind indicates the group and kind of + a Route resource. + properties: + group: + default: gateway.networking.k8s.io + description: Group is the group of the Route. + maxLength: 253 + pattern: ^$|^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$ + type: string + kind: + description: Kind is the kind of the Route. + maxLength: 63 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[a-zA-Z]([-a-zA-Z0-9]*[a-zA-Z0-9])?$ + type: string + required: + - kind + type: object + maxItems: 8 + type: array + x-kubernetes-list-type: atomic + required: + - attachedRoutes + - conditions + - name + - supportedKinds + type: object + maxItems: 64 + type: array + x-kubernetes-list-map-keys: + - name + x-kubernetes-list-type: map + type: object + required: + - spec + type: object + served: true + storage: true + subresources: + status: {} + - additionalPrinterColumns: + - jsonPath: .spec.gatewayClassName + name: Class + type: string + - jsonPath: .status.addresses[*].value + name: Address + type: string + - jsonPath: .status.conditions[?(@.type=="Programmed")].status + name: Programmed + type: string + - jsonPath: .metadata.creationTimestamp + name: Age + type: date + name: v1beta1 + schema: + openAPIV3Schema: + description: |- + Gateway represents an instance of a service-traffic handling infrastructure + by binding Listeners to a set of IP addresses. + properties: + apiVersion: + description: |- + APIVersion defines the versioned schema of this representation of an object. + Servers should convert recognized schemas to the latest internal value, and + may reject unrecognized values. + More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#resources + type: string + kind: + description: |- + Kind is a string value representing the REST resource this object represents. + Servers may infer this from the endpoint the client submits requests to. + Cannot be updated. + In CamelCase. + More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#types-kinds + type: string + metadata: + type: object + spec: + description: Spec defines the desired state of Gateway. + properties: + addresses: + description: |- + Addresses requested for this Gateway. This is optional and behavior can + depend on the implementation. If a value is set in the spec and the + requested address is invalid or unavailable, the implementation MUST + indicate this in an associated entry in GatewayStatus.Conditions. + + The Addresses field represents a request for the address(es) on the + "outside of the Gateway", that traffic bound for this Gateway will use. + This could be the IP address or hostname of an external load balancer or + other networking infrastructure, or some other address that traffic will + be sent to. + + If no Addresses are specified, the implementation MAY schedule the + Gateway in an implementation-specific manner, assigning an appropriate + set of Addresses. + + The implementation MUST bind all Listeners to every GatewayAddress that + it assigns to the Gateway and add a corresponding entry in + GatewayStatus.Addresses. + + Support: Extended + items: + description: GatewaySpecAddress describes an address that can be + bound to a Gateway. + oneOf: + - properties: + type: + enum: + - IPAddress + value: + anyOf: + - format: ipv4 + - format: ipv6 + - properties: + type: + not: + enum: + - IPAddress + properties: + type: + default: IPAddress + description: Type of the address. + maxLength: 253 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^Hostname|IPAddress|NamedAddress|[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*\/[A-Za-z0-9\/\-._~%!$&'()*+,;=:]+$ + type: string + value: + description: |- + When a value is unspecified, an implementation SHOULD automatically + assign an address matching the requested type if possible. + + If an implementation does not support an empty value, they MUST set the + "Programmed" condition in status to False with a reason of "AddressNotAssigned". + + Examples: `1.2.3.4`, `128::1`, `my-ip-address`. + maxLength: 253 + type: string + type: object + x-kubernetes-validations: + - message: Hostname value must be empty or contain only valid characters + (matching ^(\*\.)?[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$) + rule: 'self.type == ''Hostname'' ? (!has(self.value) || self.value.matches(r"""^(\*\.)?[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$""")): + true' + maxItems: 16 + type: array + x-kubernetes-list-type: atomic + x-kubernetes-validations: + - message: IPAddress values must be unique + rule: 'self.all(a1, a1.type == ''IPAddress'' && has(a1.value) ? + self.exists_one(a2, a2.type == a1.type && has(a2.value) && a2.value + == a1.value) : true )' + - message: Hostname values must be unique + rule: 'self.all(a1, a1.type == ''Hostname'' && has(a1.value) ? + self.exists_one(a2, a2.type == a1.type && has(a2.value) && a2.value + == a1.value) : true )' + allowedListeners: + description: |- + AllowedListeners defines which ListenerSets can be attached to this Gateway. + While this feature is experimental, the default value is to allow no ListenerSets. + properties: + namespaces: + default: + from: None + description: |- + Namespaces defines which namespaces ListenerSets can be attached to this Gateway. + While this feature is experimental, the default value is to allow no ListenerSets. + properties: + from: + default: None + description: |- + From indicates where ListenerSets can attach to this Gateway. Possible + values are: + + * Same: Only ListenerSets in the same namespace may be attached to this Gateway. + * Selector: ListenerSets in namespaces selected by the selector may be attached to this Gateway. + * All: ListenerSets in all namespaces may be attached to this Gateway. + * None: Only listeners defined in the Gateway's spec are allowed + + While this feature is experimental, the default value None + enum: + - All + - Selector + - Same + - None + type: string + selector: + description: |- + Selector must be specified when From is set to "Selector". In that case, + only ListenerSets in Namespaces matching this Selector will be selected by this + Gateway. This field is ignored for other values of "From". + properties: + matchExpressions: + description: matchExpressions is a list of label selector + requirements. The requirements are ANDed. + items: + description: |- + A label selector requirement is a selector that contains values, a key, and an operator that + relates the key and values. + properties: + key: + description: key is the label key that the selector + applies to. + type: string + operator: + description: |- + operator represents a key's relationship to a set of values. + Valid operators are In, NotIn, Exists and DoesNotExist. + type: string + values: + description: |- + values is an array of string values. If the operator is In or NotIn, + the values array must be non-empty. If the operator is Exists or DoesNotExist, + the values array must be empty. This array is replaced during a strategic + merge patch. + items: + type: string + type: array + x-kubernetes-list-type: atomic + required: + - key + - operator + type: object + type: array + x-kubernetes-list-type: atomic + matchLabels: + additionalProperties: + type: string + description: |- + matchLabels is a map of {key,value} pairs. A single {key,value} in the matchLabels + map is equivalent to an element of matchExpressions, whose key field is "key", the + operator is "In", and the values array contains only "value". The requirements are ANDed. + type: object + type: object + x-kubernetes-map-type: atomic + type: object + type: object + defaultScope: + description: |- + DefaultScope, when set, configures the Gateway as a default Gateway, + meaning it will dynamically and implicitly have Routes (e.g. HTTPRoute) + attached to it, according to the scope configured here. + + If unset (the default) or set to None, the Gateway will not act as a + default Gateway; if set, the Gateway will claim any Route with a + matching scope set in its UseDefaultGateway field, subject to the usual + rules about which routes the Gateway can attach to. + + Think carefully before using this functionality! While the normal rules + about which Route can apply are still enforced, it is simply easier for + the wrong Route to be accidentally attached to this Gateway in this + configuration. If the Gateway operator is not also the operator in + control of the scope (e.g. namespace) with tight controls and checks on + what kind of workloads and Routes get added in that scope, we strongly + recommend not using this just because it seems convenient, and instead + stick to direct Route attachment. + enum: + - All + - None + type: string + gatewayClassName: + description: |- + GatewayClassName used for this Gateway. This is the name of a + GatewayClass resource. + maxLength: 253 + minLength: 1 + type: string + infrastructure: + description: |- + Infrastructure defines infrastructure level attributes about this Gateway instance. + + Support: Extended + properties: + annotations: + additionalProperties: + description: |- + AnnotationValue is the value of an annotation in Gateway API. This is used + for validation of maps such as TLS options. This roughly matches Kubernetes + annotation validation, although the length validation in that case is based + on the entire size of the annotations struct. + maxLength: 4096 + minLength: 0 + type: string + description: |- + Annotations that SHOULD be applied to any resources created in response to this Gateway. + + For implementations creating other Kubernetes objects, this should be the `metadata.annotations` field on resources. + For other implementations, this refers to any relevant (implementation specific) "annotations" concepts. + + An implementation may chose to add additional implementation-specific annotations as they see fit. + + Support: Extended + maxProperties: 8 + type: object + x-kubernetes-validations: + - message: Annotation keys must be in the form of an optional + DNS subdomain prefix followed by a required name segment of + up to 63 characters. + rule: self.all(key, key.matches(r"""^([a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*/)?([A-Za-z0-9][-A-Za-z0-9_.]{0,61})?[A-Za-z0-9]$""")) + - message: If specified, the annotation key's prefix must be a + DNS subdomain not longer than 253 characters in total. + rule: self.all(key, key.split("/")[0].size() < 253) + labels: + additionalProperties: + description: |- + LabelValue is the value of a label in the Gateway API. This is used for validation + of maps such as Gateway infrastructure labels. This matches the Kubernetes + label validation rules: + * must be 63 characters or less (can be empty), + * unless empty, must begin and end with an alphanumeric character ([a-z0-9A-Z]), + * could contain dashes (-), underscores (_), dots (.), and alphanumerics between. + + Valid values include: + + * MyValue + * my.name + * 123-my-value + maxLength: 63 + minLength: 0 + pattern: ^(([A-Za-z0-9][-A-Za-z0-9_.]*)?[A-Za-z0-9])?$ + type: string + description: |- + Labels that SHOULD be applied to any resources created in response to this Gateway. + + For implementations creating other Kubernetes objects, this should be the `metadata.labels` field on resources. + For other implementations, this refers to any relevant (implementation specific) "labels" concepts. + + An implementation may chose to add additional implementation-specific labels as they see fit. + + If an implementation maps these labels to Pods, or any other resource that would need to be recreated when labels + change, it SHOULD clearly warn about this behavior in documentation. + + Support: Extended + maxProperties: 8 + type: object + x-kubernetes-validations: + - message: Label keys must be in the form of an optional DNS subdomain + prefix followed by a required name segment of up to 63 characters. + rule: self.all(key, key.matches(r"""^([a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*/)?([A-Za-z0-9][-A-Za-z0-9_.]{0,61})?[A-Za-z0-9]$""")) + - message: If specified, the label key's prefix must be a DNS + subdomain not longer than 253 characters in total. + rule: self.all(key, key.split("/")[0].size() < 253) + parametersRef: + description: |- + ParametersRef is a reference to a resource that contains the configuration + parameters corresponding to the Gateway. This is optional if the + controller does not require any additional configuration. + + This follows the same semantics as GatewayClass's `parametersRef`, but on a per-Gateway basis + + The Gateway's GatewayClass may provide its own `parametersRef`. When both are specified, + the merging behavior is implementation specific. + It is generally recommended that GatewayClass provides defaults that can be overridden by a Gateway. + + If the referent cannot be found, refers to an unsupported kind, or when + the data within that resource is malformed, the Gateway SHOULD be + rejected with the "Accepted" status condition set to "False" and an + "InvalidParameters" reason. + + Support: Implementation-specific + properties: + group: + description: Group is the group of the referent. + maxLength: 253 + pattern: ^$|^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$ + type: string + kind: + description: Kind is kind of the referent. + maxLength: 63 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[a-zA-Z]([-a-zA-Z0-9]*[a-zA-Z0-9])?$ + type: string + name: + description: Name is the name of the referent. + maxLength: 253 + minLength: 1 + type: string + required: + - group + - kind + - name + type: object + type: object + listeners: + description: |- + Listeners associated with this Gateway. Listeners define + logical endpoints that are bound on this Gateway's addresses. + At least one Listener MUST be specified. + + ## Distinct Listeners + + Each Listener in a set of Listeners (for example, in a single Gateway) + MUST be _distinct_, in that a traffic flow MUST be able to be assigned to + exactly one listener. (This section uses "set of Listeners" rather than + "Listeners in a single Gateway" because implementations MAY merge configuration + from multiple Gateways onto a single data plane, and these rules _also_ + apply in that case). + + Practically, this means that each listener in a set MUST have a unique + combination of Port, Protocol, and, if supported by the protocol, Hostname. + + Some combinations of port, protocol, and TLS settings are considered + Core support and MUST be supported by implementations based on the objects + they support: + + HTTPRoute + + 1. HTTPRoute, Port: 80, Protocol: HTTP + 2. HTTPRoute, Port: 443, Protocol: HTTPS, TLS Mode: Terminate, TLS keypair provided + + TLSRoute + + 1. TLSRoute, Port: 443, Protocol: TLS, TLS Mode: Passthrough + + "Distinct" Listeners have the following property: + + **The implementation can match inbound requests to a single distinct + Listener**. + + When multiple Listeners share values for fields (for + example, two Listeners with the same Port value), the implementation + can match requests to only one of the Listeners using other + Listener fields. + + When multiple listeners have the same value for the Protocol field, then + each of the Listeners with matching Protocol values MUST have different + values for other fields. + + The set of fields that MUST be different for a Listener differs per protocol. + The following rules define the rules for what fields MUST be considered for + Listeners to be distinct with each protocol currently defined in the + Gateway API spec. + + The set of listeners that all share a protocol value MUST have _different_ + values for _at least one_ of these fields to be distinct: + + * **HTTP, HTTPS, TLS**: Port, Hostname + * **TCP, UDP**: Port + + One **very** important rule to call out involves what happens when an + implementation: + + * Supports TCP protocol Listeners, as well as HTTP, HTTPS, or TLS protocol + Listeners, and + * sees HTTP, HTTPS, or TLS protocols with the same `port` as one with TCP + Protocol. + + In this case all the Listeners that share a port with the + TCP Listener are not distinct and so MUST NOT be accepted. + + If an implementation does not support TCP Protocol Listeners, then the + previous rule does not apply, and the TCP Listeners SHOULD NOT be + accepted. + + Note that the `tls` field is not used for determining if a listener is distinct, because + Listeners that _only_ differ on TLS config will still conflict in all cases. + + ### Listeners that are distinct only by Hostname + + When the Listeners are distinct based only on Hostname, inbound request + hostnames MUST match from the most specific to least specific Hostname + values to choose the correct Listener and its associated set of Routes. + + Exact matches MUST be processed before wildcard matches, and wildcard + matches MUST be processed before fallback (empty Hostname value) + matches. For example, `"foo.example.com"` takes precedence over + `"*.example.com"`, and `"*.example.com"` takes precedence over `""`. + + Additionally, if there are multiple wildcard entries, more specific + wildcard entries must be processed before less specific wildcard entries. + For example, `"*.foo.example.com"` takes precedence over `"*.example.com"`. + + The precise definition here is that the higher the number of dots in the + hostname to the right of the wildcard character, the higher the precedence. + + The wildcard character will match any number of characters _and dots_ to + the left, however, so `"*.example.com"` will match both + `"foo.bar.example.com"` _and_ `"bar.example.com"`. + + ## Handling indistinct Listeners + + If a set of Listeners contains Listeners that are not distinct, then those + Listeners are _Conflicted_, and the implementation MUST set the "Conflicted" + condition in the Listener Status to "True". + + The words "indistinct" and "conflicted" are considered equivalent for the + purpose of this documentation. + + Implementations MAY choose to accept a Gateway with some Conflicted + Listeners only if they only accept the partial Listener set that contains + no Conflicted Listeners. + + Specifically, an implementation MAY accept a partial Listener set subject to + the following rules: + + * The implementation MUST NOT pick one conflicting Listener as the winner. + ALL indistinct Listeners must not be accepted for processing. + * At least one distinct Listener MUST be present, or else the Gateway effectively + contains _no_ Listeners, and must be rejected from processing as a whole. + + The implementation MUST set a "ListenersNotValid" condition on the + Gateway Status when the Gateway contains Conflicted Listeners whether or + not they accept the Gateway. That Condition SHOULD clearly + indicate in the Message which Listeners are conflicted, and which are + Accepted. Additionally, the Listener status for those listeners SHOULD + indicate which Listeners are conflicted and not Accepted. + + ## General Listener behavior + + Note that, for all distinct Listeners, requests SHOULD match at most one Listener. + For example, if Listeners are defined for "foo.example.com" and "*.example.com", a + request to "foo.example.com" SHOULD only be routed using routes attached + to the "foo.example.com" Listener (and not the "*.example.com" Listener). + + This concept is known as "Listener Isolation", and it is an Extended feature + of Gateway API. Implementations that do not support Listener Isolation MUST + clearly document this, and MUST NOT claim support for the + `GatewayHTTPListenerIsolation` feature. + + Implementations that _do_ support Listener Isolation SHOULD claim support + for the Extended `GatewayHTTPListenerIsolation` feature and pass the associated + conformance tests. + + ## Compatible Listeners + + A Gateway's Listeners are considered _compatible_ if: + + 1. They are distinct. + 2. The implementation can serve them in compliance with the Addresses + requirement that all Listeners are available on all assigned + addresses. + + Compatible combinations in Extended support are expected to vary across + implementations. A combination that is compatible for one implementation + may not be compatible for another. + + For example, an implementation that cannot serve both TCP and UDP listeners + on the same address, or cannot mix HTTPS and generic TLS listens on the same port + would not consider those cases compatible, even though they are distinct. + + Implementations MAY merge separate Gateways onto a single set of + Addresses if all Listeners across all Gateways are compatible. + + In a future release the MinItems=1 requirement MAY be dropped. + + Support: Core + items: + description: |- + Listener embodies the concept of a logical endpoint where a Gateway accepts + network connections. + properties: + allowedRoutes: + default: + namespaces: + from: Same + description: |- + AllowedRoutes defines the types of routes that MAY be attached to a + Listener and the trusted namespaces where those Route resources MAY be + present. + + Although a client request may match multiple route rules, only one rule + may ultimately receive the request. Matching precedence MUST be + determined in order of the following criteria: + + * The most specific match as defined by the Route type. + * The oldest Route based on creation timestamp. For example, a Route with + a creation timestamp of "2020-09-08 01:02:03" is given precedence over + a Route with a creation timestamp of "2020-09-08 01:02:04". + * If everything else is equivalent, the Route appearing first in + alphabetical order (namespace/name) should be given precedence. For + example, foo/bar is given precedence over foo/baz. + + All valid rules within a Route attached to this Listener should be + implemented. Invalid Route rules can be ignored (sometimes that will mean + the full Route). If a Route rule transitions from valid to invalid, + support for that Route rule should be dropped to ensure consistency. For + example, even if a filter specified by a Route rule is invalid, the rest + of the rules within that Route should still be supported. + + Support: Core + properties: + kinds: + description: |- + Kinds specifies the groups and kinds of Routes that are allowed to bind + to this Gateway Listener. When unspecified or empty, the kinds of Routes + selected are determined using the Listener protocol. + + A RouteGroupKind MUST correspond to kinds of Routes that are compatible + with the application protocol specified in the Listener's Protocol field. + If an implementation does not support or recognize this resource type, it + MUST set the "ResolvedRefs" condition to False for this Listener with the + "InvalidRouteKinds" reason. + + Support: Core + items: + description: RouteGroupKind indicates the group and kind + of a Route resource. + properties: + group: + default: gateway.networking.k8s.io + description: Group is the group of the Route. + maxLength: 253 + pattern: ^$|^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$ + type: string + kind: + description: Kind is the kind of the Route. + maxLength: 63 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[a-zA-Z]([-a-zA-Z0-9]*[a-zA-Z0-9])?$ + type: string + required: + - kind + type: object + maxItems: 8 + type: array + x-kubernetes-list-type: atomic + namespaces: + default: + from: Same + description: |- + Namespaces indicates namespaces from which Routes may be attached to this + Listener. This is restricted to the namespace of this Gateway by default. + + Support: Core + properties: + from: + default: Same + description: |- + From indicates where Routes will be selected for this Gateway. Possible + values are: + + * All: Routes in all namespaces may be used by this Gateway. + * Selector: Routes in namespaces selected by the selector may be used by + this Gateway. + * Same: Only Routes in the same namespace may be used by this Gateway. + + Support: Core + enum: + - All + - Selector + - Same + type: string + selector: + description: |- + Selector must be specified when From is set to "Selector". In that case, + only Routes in Namespaces matching this Selector will be selected by this + Gateway. This field is ignored for other values of "From". + + Support: Core + properties: + matchExpressions: + description: matchExpressions is a list of label + selector requirements. The requirements are ANDed. + items: + description: |- + A label selector requirement is a selector that contains values, a key, and an operator that + relates the key and values. + properties: + key: + description: key is the label key that the + selector applies to. + type: string + operator: + description: |- + operator represents a key's relationship to a set of values. + Valid operators are In, NotIn, Exists and DoesNotExist. + type: string + values: + description: |- + values is an array of string values. If the operator is In or NotIn, + the values array must be non-empty. If the operator is Exists or DoesNotExist, + the values array must be empty. This array is replaced during a strategic + merge patch. + items: + type: string + type: array + x-kubernetes-list-type: atomic + required: + - key + - operator + type: object + type: array + x-kubernetes-list-type: atomic + matchLabels: + additionalProperties: + type: string + description: |- + matchLabels is a map of {key,value} pairs. A single {key,value} in the matchLabels + map is equivalent to an element of matchExpressions, whose key field is "key", the + operator is "In", and the values array contains only "value". The requirements are ANDed. + type: object + type: object + x-kubernetes-map-type: atomic + type: object + type: object + hostname: + description: |- + Hostname specifies the virtual hostname to match for protocol types that + define this concept. When unspecified, all hostnames are matched. This + field is ignored for protocols that don't require hostname based + matching. + + Implementations MUST apply Hostname matching appropriately for each of + the following protocols: + + * TLS: The Listener Hostname MUST match the SNI. + * HTTP: The Listener Hostname MUST match the Host header of the request. + * HTTPS: The Listener Hostname SHOULD match both the SNI and Host header. + Note that this does not require the SNI and Host header to be the same. + The semantics of this are described in more detail below. + + To ensure security, Section 11.1 of RFC-6066 emphasizes that server + implementations that rely on SNI hostname matching MUST also verify + hostnames within the application protocol. + + Section 9.1.2 of RFC-7540 provides a mechanism for servers to reject the + reuse of a connection by responding with the HTTP 421 Misdirected Request + status code. This indicates that the origin server has rejected the + request because it appears to have been misdirected. + + To detect misdirected requests, Gateways SHOULD match the authority of + the requests with all the SNI hostname(s) configured across all the + Gateway Listeners on the same port and protocol: + + * If another Listener has an exact match or more specific wildcard entry, + the Gateway SHOULD return a 421. + * If the current Listener (selected by SNI matching during ClientHello) + does not match the Host: + * If another Listener does match the Host the Gateway SHOULD return a + 421. + * If no other Listener matches the Host, the Gateway MUST return a + 404. + + For HTTPRoute and TLSRoute resources, there is an interaction with the + `spec.hostnames` array. When both listener and route specify hostnames, + there MUST be an intersection between the values for a Route to be + accepted. For more information, refer to the Route specific Hostnames + documentation. + + Hostnames that are prefixed with a wildcard label (`*.`) are interpreted + as a suffix match. That means that a match for `*.example.com` would match + both `test.example.com`, and `foo.test.example.com`, but not `example.com`. + + Support: Core + maxLength: 253 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^(\*\.)?[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$ + type: string + name: + description: |- + Name is the name of the Listener. This name MUST be unique within a + Gateway. + + Support: Core + maxLength: 253 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$ + type: string + port: + description: |- + Port is the network port. Multiple listeners may use the + same port, subject to the Listener compatibility rules. + + Support: Core + format: int32 + maximum: 65535 + minimum: 1 + type: integer + protocol: + description: |- + Protocol specifies the network protocol this listener expects to receive. + + Support: Core + maxLength: 255 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[a-zA-Z0-9]([-a-zA-Z0-9]*[a-zA-Z0-9])?$|[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*\/[A-Za-z0-9]+$ + type: string + tls: + description: |- + TLS is the TLS configuration for the Listener. This field is required if + the Protocol field is "HTTPS" or "TLS". It is invalid to set this field + if the Protocol field is "HTTP", "TCP", or "UDP". + + The association of SNIs to Certificate defined in ListenerTLSConfig is + defined based on the Hostname field for this listener. + + The GatewayClass MUST use the longest matching SNI out of all + available certificates for any TLS handshake. + + Support: Core + properties: + certificateRefs: + description: |- + CertificateRefs contains a series of references to Kubernetes objects that + contains TLS certificates and private keys. These certificates are used to + establish a TLS handshake for requests that match the hostname of the + associated listener. + + A single CertificateRef to a Kubernetes Secret has "Core" support. + Implementations MAY choose to support attaching multiple certificates to + a Listener, but this behavior is implementation-specific. + + References to a resource in different namespace are invalid UNLESS there + is a ReferenceGrant in the target namespace that allows the certificate + to be attached. If a ReferenceGrant does not allow this reference, the + "ResolvedRefs" condition MUST be set to False for this listener with the + "RefNotPermitted" reason. + + This field is required to have at least one element when the mode is set + to "Terminate" (default) and is optional otherwise. + + CertificateRefs can reference to standard Kubernetes resources, i.e. + Secret, or implementation-specific custom resources. + + Support: Core - A single reference to a Kubernetes Secret of type kubernetes.io/tls + + Support: Implementation-specific (More than one reference or other resource types) + items: + description: |- + SecretObjectReference identifies an API object including its namespace, + defaulting to Secret. + + The API object must be valid in the cluster; the Group and Kind must + be registered in the cluster for this reference to be valid. + + References to objects with invalid Group and Kind are not valid, and must + be rejected by the implementation, with appropriate Conditions set + on the containing object. + properties: + group: + default: "" + description: |- + Group is the group of the referent. For example, "gateway.networking.k8s.io". + When unspecified or empty string, core API group is inferred. + maxLength: 253 + pattern: ^$|^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$ + type: string + kind: + default: Secret + description: Kind is kind of the referent. For example + "Secret". + maxLength: 63 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[a-zA-Z]([-a-zA-Z0-9]*[a-zA-Z0-9])?$ + type: string + name: + description: Name is the name of the referent. + maxLength: 253 + minLength: 1 + type: string + namespace: + description: |- + Namespace is the namespace of the referenced object. When unspecified, the local + namespace is inferred. + + Note that when a namespace different than the local namespace is specified, + a ReferenceGrant object is required in the referent namespace to allow that + namespace's owner to accept the reference. See the ReferenceGrant + documentation for details. + + Support: Core + maxLength: 63 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?$ + type: string + required: + - name + type: object + maxItems: 64 + type: array + x-kubernetes-list-type: atomic + mode: + default: Terminate + description: |- + Mode defines the TLS behavior for the TLS session initiated by the client. + There are two possible modes: + + - Terminate: The TLS session between the downstream client and the + Gateway is terminated at the Gateway. This mode requires certificates + to be specified in some way, such as populating the certificateRefs + field. + - Passthrough: The TLS session is NOT terminated by the Gateway. This + implies that the Gateway can't decipher the TLS stream except for + the ClientHello message of the TLS protocol. The certificateRefs field + is ignored in this mode. + + Support: Core + enum: + - Terminate + - Passthrough + type: string + options: + additionalProperties: + description: |- + AnnotationValue is the value of an annotation in Gateway API. This is used + for validation of maps such as TLS options. This roughly matches Kubernetes + annotation validation, although the length validation in that case is based + on the entire size of the annotations struct. + maxLength: 4096 + minLength: 0 + type: string + description: |- + Options are a list of key/value pairs to enable extended TLS + configuration for each implementation. For example, configuring the + minimum TLS version or supported cipher suites. + + A set of common keys MAY be defined by the API in the future. To avoid + any ambiguity, implementation-specific definitions MUST use + domain-prefixed names, such as `example.com/my-custom-option`. + Un-prefixed names are reserved for key names defined by Gateway API. + + Support: Implementation-specific + maxProperties: 16 + type: object + type: object + x-kubernetes-validations: + - message: certificateRefs or options must be specified when + mode is Terminate + rule: 'self.mode == ''Terminate'' ? size(self.certificateRefs) + > 0 || size(self.options) > 0 : true' + required: + - name + - port + - protocol + type: object + maxItems: 64 + minItems: 1 + type: array + x-kubernetes-list-map-keys: + - name + x-kubernetes-list-type: map + x-kubernetes-validations: + - message: tls must not be specified for protocols ['HTTP', 'TCP', + 'UDP'] + rule: 'self.all(l, l.protocol in [''HTTP'', ''TCP'', ''UDP''] ? + !has(l.tls) : true)' + - message: tls mode must be Terminate for protocol HTTPS + rule: 'self.all(l, (l.protocol == ''HTTPS'' && has(l.tls)) ? (l.tls.mode + == '''' || l.tls.mode == ''Terminate'') : true)' + - message: hostname must not be specified for protocols ['TCP', 'UDP'] + rule: 'self.all(l, l.protocol in [''TCP'', ''UDP''] ? (!has(l.hostname) + || l.hostname == '''') : true)' + - message: Listener name must be unique within the Gateway + rule: self.all(l1, self.exists_one(l2, l1.name == l2.name)) + - message: Combination of port, protocol and hostname must be unique + for each listener + rule: 'self.all(l1, self.exists_one(l2, l1.port == l2.port && l1.protocol + == l2.protocol && (has(l1.hostname) && has(l2.hostname) ? l1.hostname + == l2.hostname : !has(l1.hostname) && !has(l2.hostname))))' + tls: + description: |- + TLS specifies frontend and backend tls configuration for entire gateway. + + Support: Extended + properties: + backend: + description: |- + Backend describes TLS configuration for gateway when connecting + to backends. + + Note that this contains only details for the Gateway as a TLS client, + and does _not_ imply behavior about how to choose which backend should + get a TLS connection. That is determined by the presence of a BackendTLSPolicy. + + Support: Core + properties: + clientCertificateRef: + description: |- + ClientCertificateRef is a reference to an object that contains a Client + Certificate and the associated private key. + + References to a resource in different namespace are invalid UNLESS there + is a ReferenceGrant in the target namespace that allows the certificate + to be attached. If a ReferenceGrant does not allow this reference, the + "ResolvedRefs" condition MUST be set to False for this listener with the + "RefNotPermitted" reason. + + ClientCertificateRef can reference to standard Kubernetes resources, i.e. + Secret, or implementation-specific custom resources. + + Support: Core + properties: + group: + default: "" + description: |- + Group is the group of the referent. For example, "gateway.networking.k8s.io". + When unspecified or empty string, core API group is inferred. + maxLength: 253 + pattern: ^$|^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$ + type: string + kind: + default: Secret + description: Kind is kind of the referent. For example + "Secret". + maxLength: 63 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[a-zA-Z]([-a-zA-Z0-9]*[a-zA-Z0-9])?$ + type: string + name: + description: Name is the name of the referent. + maxLength: 253 + minLength: 1 + type: string + namespace: + description: |- + Namespace is the namespace of the referenced object. When unspecified, the local + namespace is inferred. + + Note that when a namespace different than the local namespace is specified, + a ReferenceGrant object is required in the referent namespace to allow that + namespace's owner to accept the reference. See the ReferenceGrant + documentation for details. + + Support: Core + maxLength: 63 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?$ + type: string + required: + - name + type: object + type: object + frontend: + description: |- + Frontend describes TLS config when client connects to Gateway. + Support: Core + properties: + default: + description: |- + Default specifies the default client certificate validation configuration + for all Listeners handling HTTPS traffic, unless a per-port configuration + is defined. + + support: Core + properties: + validation: + description: |- + Validation holds configuration information for validating the frontend (client). + Setting this field will result in mutual authentication when connecting to the gateway. + In browsers this may result in a dialog appearing + that requests a user to specify the client certificate. + The maximum depth of a certificate chain accepted in verification is Implementation specific. + + Support: Core + properties: + caCertificateRefs: + description: |- + CACertificateRefs contains one or more references to + Kubernetes objects that contain TLS certificates of + the Certificate Authorities that can be used + as a trust anchor to validate the certificates presented by the client. + + A single CA certificate reference to a Kubernetes ConfigMap + has "Core" support. + Implementations MAY choose to support attaching multiple CA certificates to + a Listener, but this behavior is implementation-specific. + + Support: Core - A single reference to a Kubernetes ConfigMap + with the CA certificate in a key named `ca.crt`. + + Support: Implementation-specific (More than one certificate in a ConfigMap + with different keys or more than one reference, or other kinds of resources). + + References to a resource in a different namespace are invalid UNLESS there + is a ReferenceGrant in the target namespace that allows the certificate + to be attached. If a ReferenceGrant does not allow this reference, the + "ResolvedRefs" condition MUST be set to False for this listener with the + "RefNotPermitted" reason. + items: + description: |- + ObjectReference identifies an API object including its namespace. + + The API object must be valid in the cluster; the Group and Kind must + be registered in the cluster for this reference to be valid. + + References to objects with invalid Group and Kind are not valid, and must + be rejected by the implementation, with appropriate Conditions set + on the containing object. + properties: + group: + description: |- + Group is the group of the referent. For example, "gateway.networking.k8s.io". + When set to the empty string, core API group is inferred. + maxLength: 253 + pattern: ^$|^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$ + type: string + kind: + description: Kind is kind of the referent. For + example "ConfigMap" or "Service". + maxLength: 63 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[a-zA-Z]([-a-zA-Z0-9]*[a-zA-Z0-9])?$ + type: string + name: + description: Name is the name of the referent. + maxLength: 253 + minLength: 1 + type: string + namespace: + description: |- + Namespace is the namespace of the referenced object. When unspecified, the local + namespace is inferred. + + Note that when a namespace different than the local namespace is specified, + a ReferenceGrant object is required in the referent namespace to allow that + namespace's owner to accept the reference. See the ReferenceGrant + documentation for details. + + Support: Core + maxLength: 63 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?$ + type: string + required: + - group + - kind + - name + type: object + maxItems: 8 + minItems: 1 + type: array + x-kubernetes-list-type: atomic + mode: + default: AllowValidOnly + description: |- + FrontendValidationMode defines the mode for validating the client certificate. + There are two possible modes: + + - AllowValidOnly: In this mode, the gateway will accept connections only if + the client presents a valid certificate. This certificate must successfully + pass validation against the CA certificates specified in `CACertificateRefs`. + - AllowInsecureFallback: In this mode, the gateway will accept connections + even if the client certificate is not presented or fails verification. + + This approach delegates client authorization to the backend and introduce + a significant security risk. It should be used in testing environments or + on a temporary basis in non-testing environments. + + Defaults to AllowValidOnly. + + Support: Core + enum: + - AllowValidOnly + - AllowInsecureFallback + type: string + required: + - caCertificateRefs + type: object + type: object + perPort: + description: |- + PerPort specifies tls configuration assigned per port. + Per port configuration is optional. Once set this configuration overrides + the default configuration for all Listeners handling HTTPS traffic + that match this port. + Each override port requires a unique TLS configuration. + + support: Core + items: + properties: + port: + description: |- + The Port indicates the Port Number to which the TLS configuration will be + applied. This configuration will be applied to all Listeners handling HTTPS + traffic that match this port. + + Support: Core + format: int32 + maximum: 65535 + minimum: 1 + type: integer + tls: + description: |- + TLS store the configuration that will be applied to all Listeners handling + HTTPS traffic and matching given port. + + Support: Core + properties: + validation: + description: |- + Validation holds configuration information for validating the frontend (client). + Setting this field will result in mutual authentication when connecting to the gateway. + In browsers this may result in a dialog appearing + that requests a user to specify the client certificate. + The maximum depth of a certificate chain accepted in verification is Implementation specific. + + Support: Core + properties: + caCertificateRefs: + description: |- + CACertificateRefs contains one or more references to + Kubernetes objects that contain TLS certificates of + the Certificate Authorities that can be used + as a trust anchor to validate the certificates presented by the client. + + A single CA certificate reference to a Kubernetes ConfigMap + has "Core" support. + Implementations MAY choose to support attaching multiple CA certificates to + a Listener, but this behavior is implementation-specific. + + Support: Core - A single reference to a Kubernetes ConfigMap + with the CA certificate in a key named `ca.crt`. + + Support: Implementation-specific (More than one certificate in a ConfigMap + with different keys or more than one reference, or other kinds of resources). + + References to a resource in a different namespace are invalid UNLESS there + is a ReferenceGrant in the target namespace that allows the certificate + to be attached. If a ReferenceGrant does not allow this reference, the + "ResolvedRefs" condition MUST be set to False for this listener with the + "RefNotPermitted" reason. + items: + description: |- + ObjectReference identifies an API object including its namespace. + + The API object must be valid in the cluster; the Group and Kind must + be registered in the cluster for this reference to be valid. + + References to objects with invalid Group and Kind are not valid, and must + be rejected by the implementation, with appropriate Conditions set + on the containing object. + properties: + group: + description: |- + Group is the group of the referent. For example, "gateway.networking.k8s.io". + When set to the empty string, core API group is inferred. + maxLength: 253 + pattern: ^$|^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$ + type: string + kind: + description: Kind is kind of the referent. + For example "ConfigMap" or "Service". + maxLength: 63 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[a-zA-Z]([-a-zA-Z0-9]*[a-zA-Z0-9])?$ + type: string + name: + description: Name is the name of the referent. + maxLength: 253 + minLength: 1 + type: string + namespace: + description: |- + Namespace is the namespace of the referenced object. When unspecified, the local + namespace is inferred. + + Note that when a namespace different than the local namespace is specified, + a ReferenceGrant object is required in the referent namespace to allow that + namespace's owner to accept the reference. See the ReferenceGrant + documentation for details. + + Support: Core + maxLength: 63 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?$ + type: string + required: + - group + - kind + - name + type: object + maxItems: 8 + minItems: 1 + type: array + x-kubernetes-list-type: atomic + mode: + default: AllowValidOnly + description: |- + FrontendValidationMode defines the mode for validating the client certificate. + There are two possible modes: + + - AllowValidOnly: In this mode, the gateway will accept connections only if + the client presents a valid certificate. This certificate must successfully + pass validation against the CA certificates specified in `CACertificateRefs`. + - AllowInsecureFallback: In this mode, the gateway will accept connections + even if the client certificate is not presented or fails verification. + + This approach delegates client authorization to the backend and introduce + a significant security risk. It should be used in testing environments or + on a temporary basis in non-testing environments. + + Defaults to AllowValidOnly. + + Support: Core + enum: + - AllowValidOnly + - AllowInsecureFallback + type: string + required: + - caCertificateRefs + type: object + type: object + required: + - port + - tls + type: object + maxItems: 64 + type: array + x-kubernetes-list-map-keys: + - port + x-kubernetes-list-type: map + x-kubernetes-validations: + - message: Port for TLS configuration must be unique within + the Gateway + rule: self.all(t1, self.exists_one(t2, t1.port == t2.port)) + required: + - default + type: object + type: object + required: + - gatewayClassName + - listeners + type: object + status: + default: + conditions: + - lastTransitionTime: "1970-01-01T00:00:00Z" + message: Waiting for controller + reason: Pending + status: Unknown + type: Accepted + - lastTransitionTime: "1970-01-01T00:00:00Z" + message: Waiting for controller + reason: Pending + status: Unknown + type: Programmed + description: Status defines the current state of Gateway. + properties: + addresses: + description: |- + Addresses lists the network addresses that have been bound to the + Gateway. + + This list may differ from the addresses provided in the spec under some + conditions: + + * no addresses are specified, all addresses are dynamically assigned + * a combination of specified and dynamic addresses are assigned + * a specified address was unusable (e.g. already in use) + items: + description: GatewayStatusAddress describes a network address that + is bound to a Gateway. + oneOf: + - properties: + type: + enum: + - IPAddress + value: + anyOf: + - format: ipv4 + - format: ipv6 + - properties: + type: + not: + enum: + - IPAddress + properties: + type: + default: IPAddress + description: Type of the address. + maxLength: 253 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^Hostname|IPAddress|NamedAddress|[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*\/[A-Za-z0-9\/\-._~%!$&'()*+,;=:]+$ + type: string + value: + description: |- + Value of the address. The validity of the values will depend + on the type and support by the controller. + + Examples: `1.2.3.4`, `128::1`, `my-ip-address`. + maxLength: 253 + minLength: 1 + type: string + required: + - value + type: object + x-kubernetes-validations: + - message: Hostname value must only contain valid characters (matching + ^(\*\.)?[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$) + rule: 'self.type == ''Hostname'' ? self.value.matches(r"""^(\*\.)?[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$"""): + true' + maxItems: 16 + type: array + x-kubernetes-list-type: atomic + conditions: + default: + - lastTransitionTime: "1970-01-01T00:00:00Z" + message: Waiting for controller + reason: Pending + status: Unknown + type: Accepted + - lastTransitionTime: "1970-01-01T00:00:00Z" + message: Waiting for controller + reason: Pending + status: Unknown + type: Programmed + description: |- + Conditions describe the current conditions of the Gateway. + + Implementations should prefer to express Gateway conditions + using the `GatewayConditionType` and `GatewayConditionReason` + constants so that operators and tools can converge on a common + vocabulary to describe Gateway state. + + Known condition types are: + + * "Accepted" + * "Programmed" + * "Ready" + items: + description: Condition contains details for one aspect of the current + state of this API Resource. + properties: + lastTransitionTime: + description: |- + lastTransitionTime is the last time the condition transitioned from one status to another. + This should be when the underlying condition changed. If that is not known, then using the time when the API field changed is acceptable. + format: date-time + type: string + message: + description: |- + message is a human readable message indicating details about the transition. + This may be an empty string. + maxLength: 32768 + type: string + observedGeneration: + description: |- + observedGeneration represents the .metadata.generation that the condition was set based upon. + For instance, if .metadata.generation is currently 12, but the .status.conditions[x].observedGeneration is 9, the condition is out of date + with respect to the current state of the instance. + format: int64 + minimum: 0 + type: integer + reason: + description: |- + reason contains a programmatic identifier indicating the reason for the condition's last transition. + Producers of specific condition types may define expected values and meanings for this field, + and whether the values are considered a guaranteed API. + The value should be a CamelCase string. + This field may not be empty. + maxLength: 1024 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[A-Za-z]([A-Za-z0-9_,:]*[A-Za-z0-9_])?$ + type: string + status: + description: status of the condition, one of True, False, Unknown. + enum: + - "True" + - "False" + - Unknown + type: string + type: + description: type of condition in CamelCase or in foo.example.com/CamelCase. + maxLength: 316 + pattern: ^([a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*/)?(([A-Za-z0-9][-A-Za-z0-9_.]*)?[A-Za-z0-9])$ + type: string + required: + - lastTransitionTime + - message + - reason + - status + - type + type: object + maxItems: 8 + type: array + x-kubernetes-list-map-keys: + - type + x-kubernetes-list-type: map + listeners: + description: Listeners provide status for each unique listener port + defined in the Spec. + items: + description: ListenerStatus is the status associated with a Listener. + properties: + attachedRoutes: + description: |- + AttachedRoutes represents the total number of Routes that have been + successfully attached to this Listener. + + Successful attachment of a Route to a Listener is based solely on the + combination of the AllowedRoutes field on the corresponding Listener + and the Route's ParentRefs field. A Route is successfully attached to + a Listener when it is selected by the Listener's AllowedRoutes field + AND the Route has a valid ParentRef selecting the whole Gateway + resource or a specific Listener as a parent resource (more detail on + attachment semantics can be found in the documentation on the various + Route kinds ParentRefs fields). Listener or Route status does not impact + successful attachment, i.e. the AttachedRoutes field count MUST be set + for Listeners with condition Accepted: false and MUST count successfully + attached Routes that may themselves have Accepted: false conditions. + + Uses for this field include troubleshooting Route attachment and + measuring blast radius/impact of changes to a Listener. + format: int32 + type: integer + conditions: + description: Conditions describe the current condition of this + listener. + items: + description: Condition contains details for one aspect of + the current state of this API Resource. + properties: + lastTransitionTime: + description: |- + lastTransitionTime is the last time the condition transitioned from one status to another. + This should be when the underlying condition changed. If that is not known, then using the time when the API field changed is acceptable. + format: date-time + type: string + message: + description: |- + message is a human readable message indicating details about the transition. + This may be an empty string. + maxLength: 32768 + type: string + observedGeneration: + description: |- + observedGeneration represents the .metadata.generation that the condition was set based upon. + For instance, if .metadata.generation is currently 12, but the .status.conditions[x].observedGeneration is 9, the condition is out of date + with respect to the current state of the instance. + format: int64 + minimum: 0 + type: integer + reason: + description: |- + reason contains a programmatic identifier indicating the reason for the condition's last transition. + Producers of specific condition types may define expected values and meanings for this field, + and whether the values are considered a guaranteed API. + The value should be a CamelCase string. + This field may not be empty. + maxLength: 1024 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[A-Za-z]([A-Za-z0-9_,:]*[A-Za-z0-9_])?$ + type: string + status: + description: status of the condition, one of True, False, + Unknown. + enum: + - "True" + - "False" + - Unknown + type: string + type: + description: type of condition in CamelCase or in foo.example.com/CamelCase. + maxLength: 316 + pattern: ^([a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*/)?(([A-Za-z0-9][-A-Za-z0-9_.]*)?[A-Za-z0-9])$ + type: string + required: + - lastTransitionTime + - message + - reason + - status + - type + type: object + maxItems: 8 + type: array + x-kubernetes-list-map-keys: + - type + x-kubernetes-list-type: map + name: + description: Name is the name of the Listener that this status + corresponds to. + maxLength: 253 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$ + type: string + supportedKinds: + description: |- + SupportedKinds is the list indicating the Kinds supported by this + listener. This MUST represent the kinds an implementation supports for + that Listener configuration. + + If kinds are specified in Spec that are not supported, they MUST NOT + appear in this list and an implementation MUST set the "ResolvedRefs" + condition to "False" with the "InvalidRouteKinds" reason. If both valid + and invalid Route kinds are specified, the implementation MUST + reference the valid Route kinds that have been specified. + items: + description: RouteGroupKind indicates the group and kind of + a Route resource. + properties: + group: + default: gateway.networking.k8s.io + description: Group is the group of the Route. + maxLength: 253 + pattern: ^$|^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$ + type: string + kind: + description: Kind is the kind of the Route. + maxLength: 63 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[a-zA-Z]([-a-zA-Z0-9]*[a-zA-Z0-9])?$ + type: string + required: + - kind + type: object + maxItems: 8 + type: array + x-kubernetes-list-type: atomic + required: + - attachedRoutes + - conditions + - name + - supportedKinds + type: object + maxItems: 64 + type: array + x-kubernetes-list-map-keys: + - name + x-kubernetes-list-type: map + type: object + required: + - spec + type: object + served: true + storage: false + subresources: + status: {} +status: + acceptedNames: + kind: "" + plural: "" + conditions: null + storedVersions: null +{{- end }} +{{- end }} diff --git a/charts/kgateway/kgateway/charts/gateway-api/templates/crds/experimental/gateway.networking.k8s.io_grpcroutes.yaml b/charts/kgateway/kgateway/charts/gateway-api/templates/crds/experimental/gateway.networking.k8s.io_grpcroutes.yaml new file mode 100644 index 000000000..1bc4bdfb3 --- /dev/null +++ b/charts/kgateway/kgateway/charts/gateway-api/templates/crds/experimental/gateway.networking.k8s.io_grpcroutes.yaml @@ -0,0 +1,2250 @@ +{{- if eq .Values.specification "experimental" }} +{{- $crd := lookup "apiextensions.k8s.io/v1" "CustomResourceDefinition" "" "grpcroutes.gateway.networking.k8s.io" }} +{{- if not $crd }} +apiVersion: apiextensions.k8s.io/v1 +kind: CustomResourceDefinition +metadata: + annotations: + api-approved.kubernetes.io: https://github.com/kubernetes-sigs/gateway-api/pull/3328 + helm.sh/resource-policy: keep + gateway.networking.k8s.io/channel: experimental + name: grpcroutes.gateway.networking.k8s.io +spec: + group: gateway.networking.k8s.io + names: + categories: + - gateway-api + kind: GRPCRoute + listKind: GRPCRouteList + plural: grpcroutes + singular: grpcroute + scope: Namespaced + versions: + - additionalPrinterColumns: + - jsonPath: .spec.hostnames + name: Hostnames + type: string + - jsonPath: .metadata.creationTimestamp + name: Age + type: date + name: v1 + schema: + openAPIV3Schema: + description: |- + GRPCRoute provides a way to route gRPC requests. This includes the capability + to match requests by hostname, gRPC service, gRPC method, or HTTP/2 header. + Filters can be used to specify additional processing steps. Backends specify + where matching requests will be routed. + + GRPCRoute falls under extended support within the Gateway API. Within the + following specification, the word "MUST" indicates that an implementation + supporting GRPCRoute must conform to the indicated requirement, but an + implementation not supporting this route type need not follow the requirement + unless explicitly indicated. + + Implementations supporting `GRPCRoute` with the `HTTPS` `ProtocolType` MUST + accept HTTP/2 connections without an initial upgrade from HTTP/1.1, i.e. via + ALPN. If the implementation does not support this, then it MUST set the + "Accepted" condition to "False" for the affected listener with a reason of + "UnsupportedProtocol". Implementations MAY also accept HTTP/2 connections + with an upgrade from HTTP/1. + + Implementations supporting `GRPCRoute` with the `HTTP` `ProtocolType` MUST + support HTTP/2 over cleartext TCP (h2c, + https://www.rfc-editor.org/rfc/rfc7540#section-3.1) without an initial + upgrade from HTTP/1.1, i.e. with prior knowledge + (https://www.rfc-editor.org/rfc/rfc7540#section-3.4). If the implementation + does not support this, then it MUST set the "Accepted" condition to "False" + for the affected listener with a reason of "UnsupportedProtocol". + Implementations MAY also accept HTTP/2 connections with an upgrade from + HTTP/1, i.e. without prior knowledge. + properties: + apiVersion: + description: |- + APIVersion defines the versioned schema of this representation of an object. + Servers should convert recognized schemas to the latest internal value, and + may reject unrecognized values. + More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#resources + type: string + kind: + description: |- + Kind is a string value representing the REST resource this object represents. + Servers may infer this from the endpoint the client submits requests to. + Cannot be updated. + In CamelCase. + More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#types-kinds + type: string + metadata: + type: object + spec: + description: Spec defines the desired state of GRPCRoute. + properties: + hostnames: + description: |- + Hostnames defines a set of hostnames to match against the GRPC + Host header to select a GRPCRoute to process the request. This matches + the RFC 1123 definition of a hostname with 2 notable exceptions: + + 1. IPs are not allowed. + 2. A hostname may be prefixed with a wildcard label (`*.`). The wildcard + label MUST appear by itself as the first label. + + If a hostname is specified by both the Listener and GRPCRoute, there + MUST be at least one intersecting hostname for the GRPCRoute to be + attached to the Listener. For example: + + * A Listener with `test.example.com` as the hostname matches GRPCRoutes + that have either not specified any hostnames, or have specified at + least one of `test.example.com` or `*.example.com`. + * A Listener with `*.example.com` as the hostname matches GRPCRoutes + that have either not specified any hostnames or have specified at least + one hostname that matches the Listener hostname. For example, + `test.example.com` and `*.example.com` would both match. On the other + hand, `example.com` and `test.example.net` would not match. + + Hostnames that are prefixed with a wildcard label (`*.`) are interpreted + as a suffix match. That means that a match for `*.example.com` would match + both `test.example.com`, and `foo.test.example.com`, but not `example.com`. + + If both the Listener and GRPCRoute have specified hostnames, any + GRPCRoute hostnames that do not match the Listener hostname MUST be + ignored. For example, if a Listener specified `*.example.com`, and the + GRPCRoute specified `test.example.com` and `test.example.net`, + `test.example.net` MUST NOT be considered for a match. + + If both the Listener and GRPCRoute have specified hostnames, and none + match with the criteria above, then the GRPCRoute MUST NOT be accepted by + the implementation. The implementation MUST raise an 'Accepted' Condition + with a status of `False` in the corresponding RouteParentStatus. + + If a Route (A) of type HTTPRoute or GRPCRoute is attached to a + Listener and that listener already has another Route (B) of the other + type attached and the intersection of the hostnames of A and B is + non-empty, then the implementation MUST accept exactly one of these two + routes, determined by the following criteria, in order: + + * The oldest Route based on creation timestamp. + * The Route appearing first in alphabetical order by + "{namespace}/{name}". + + The rejected Route MUST raise an 'Accepted' condition with a status of + 'False' in the corresponding RouteParentStatus. + + Support: Core + items: + description: |- + Hostname is the fully qualified domain name of a network host. This matches + the RFC 1123 definition of a hostname with 2 notable exceptions: + + 1. IPs are not allowed. + 2. A hostname may be prefixed with a wildcard label (`*.`). The wildcard + label must appear by itself as the first label. + + Hostname can be "precise" which is a domain name without the terminating + dot of a network host (e.g. "foo.example.com") or "wildcard", which is a + domain name prefixed with a single wildcard label (e.g. `*.example.com`). + + Note that as per RFC1035 and RFC1123, a *label* must consist of lower case + alphanumeric characters or '-', and must start and end with an alphanumeric + character. No other punctuation is allowed. + maxLength: 253 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^(\*\.)?[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$ + type: string + maxItems: 16 + type: array + x-kubernetes-list-type: atomic + parentRefs: + description: |- + ParentRefs references the resources (usually Gateways) that a Route wants + to be attached to. Note that the referenced parent resource needs to + allow this for the attachment to be complete. For Gateways, that means + the Gateway needs to allow attachment from Routes of this kind and + namespace. For Services, that means the Service must either be in the same + namespace for a "producer" route, or the mesh implementation must support + and allow "consumer" routes for the referenced Service. ReferenceGrant is + not applicable for governing ParentRefs to Services - it is not possible to + create a "producer" route for a Service in a different namespace from the + Route. + + There are two kinds of parent resources with "Core" support: + + * Gateway (Gateway conformance profile) + * Service (Mesh conformance profile, ClusterIP Services only) + + This API may be extended in the future to support additional kinds of parent + resources. + + ParentRefs must be _distinct_. This means either that: + + * They select different objects. If this is the case, then parentRef + entries are distinct. In terms of fields, this means that the + multi-part key defined by `group`, `kind`, `namespace`, and `name` must + be unique across all parentRef entries in the Route. + * They do not select different objects, but for each optional field used, + each ParentRef that selects the same object must set the same set of + optional fields to different values. If one ParentRef sets a + combination of optional fields, all must set the same combination. + + Some examples: + + * If one ParentRef sets `sectionName`, all ParentRefs referencing the + same object must also set `sectionName`. + * If one ParentRef sets `port`, all ParentRefs referencing the same + object must also set `port`. + * If one ParentRef sets `sectionName` and `port`, all ParentRefs + referencing the same object must also set `sectionName` and `port`. + + It is possible to separately reference multiple distinct objects that may + be collapsed by an implementation. For example, some implementations may + choose to merge compatible Gateway Listeners together. If that is the + case, the list of routes attached to those resources should also be + merged. + + Note that for ParentRefs that cross namespace boundaries, there are specific + rules. Cross-namespace references are only valid if they are explicitly + allowed by something in the namespace they are referring to. For example, + Gateway has the AllowedRoutes field, and ReferenceGrant provides a + generic way to enable other kinds of cross-namespace reference. + + + ParentRefs from a Route to a Service in the same namespace are "producer" + routes, which apply default routing rules to inbound connections from + any namespace to the Service. + + ParentRefs from a Route to a Service in a different namespace are + "consumer" routes, and these routing rules are only applied to outbound + connections originating from the same namespace as the Route, for which + the intended destination of the connections are a Service targeted as a + ParentRef of the Route. + items: + description: |- + ParentReference identifies an API object (usually a Gateway) that can be considered + a parent of this resource (usually a route). There are two kinds of parent resources + with "Core" support: + + * Gateway (Gateway conformance profile) + * Service (Mesh conformance profile, ClusterIP Services only) + + This API may be extended in the future to support additional kinds of parent + resources. + + The API object must be valid in the cluster; the Group and Kind must + be registered in the cluster for this reference to be valid. + properties: + group: + default: gateway.networking.k8s.io + description: |- + Group is the group of the referent. + When unspecified, "gateway.networking.k8s.io" is inferred. + To set the core API group (such as for a "Service" kind referent), + Group must be explicitly set to "" (empty string). + + Support: Core + maxLength: 253 + pattern: ^$|^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$ + type: string + kind: + default: Gateway + description: |- + Kind is kind of the referent. + + There are two kinds of parent resources with "Core" support: + + * Gateway (Gateway conformance profile) + * Service (Mesh conformance profile, ClusterIP Services only) + + Support for other resources is Implementation-Specific. + maxLength: 63 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[a-zA-Z]([-a-zA-Z0-9]*[a-zA-Z0-9])?$ + type: string + name: + description: |- + Name is the name of the referent. + + Support: Core + maxLength: 253 + minLength: 1 + type: string + namespace: + description: |- + Namespace is the namespace of the referent. When unspecified, this refers + to the local namespace of the Route. + + Note that there are specific rules for ParentRefs which cross namespace + boundaries. Cross-namespace references are only valid if they are explicitly + allowed by something in the namespace they are referring to. For example: + Gateway has the AllowedRoutes field, and ReferenceGrant provides a + generic way to enable any other kind of cross-namespace reference. + + + ParentRefs from a Route to a Service in the same namespace are "producer" + routes, which apply default routing rules to inbound connections from + any namespace to the Service. + + ParentRefs from a Route to a Service in a different namespace are + "consumer" routes, and these routing rules are only applied to outbound + connections originating from the same namespace as the Route, for which + the intended destination of the connections are a Service targeted as a + ParentRef of the Route. + + + Support: Core + maxLength: 63 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?$ + type: string + port: + description: |- + Port is the network port this Route targets. It can be interpreted + differently based on the type of parent resource. + + When the parent resource is a Gateway, this targets all listeners + listening on the specified port that also support this kind of Route(and + select this Route). It's not recommended to set `Port` unless the + networking behaviors specified in a Route must apply to a specific port + as opposed to a listener(s) whose port(s) may be changed. When both Port + and SectionName are specified, the name and port of the selected listener + must match both specified values. + + + When the parent resource is a Service, this targets a specific port in the + Service spec. When both Port (experimental) and SectionName are specified, + the name and port of the selected port must match both specified values. + + + Implementations MAY choose to support other parent resources. + Implementations supporting other types of parent resources MUST clearly + document how/if Port is interpreted. + + For the purpose of status, an attachment is considered successful as + long as the parent resource accepts it partially. For example, Gateway + listeners can restrict which Routes can attach to them by Route kind, + namespace, or hostname. If 1 of 2 Gateway listeners accept attachment + from the referencing Route, the Route MUST be considered successfully + attached. If no Gateway listeners accept attachment from this Route, + the Route MUST be considered detached from the Gateway. + + Support: Extended + format: int32 + maximum: 65535 + minimum: 1 + type: integer + sectionName: + description: |- + SectionName is the name of a section within the target resource. In the + following resources, SectionName is interpreted as the following: + + * Gateway: Listener name. When both Port (experimental) and SectionName + are specified, the name and port of the selected listener must match + both specified values. + * Service: Port name. When both Port (experimental) and SectionName + are specified, the name and port of the selected listener must match + both specified values. + + Implementations MAY choose to support attaching Routes to other resources. + If that is the case, they MUST clearly document how SectionName is + interpreted. + + When unspecified (empty string), this will reference the entire resource. + For the purpose of status, an attachment is considered successful if at + least one section in the parent resource accepts it. For example, Gateway + listeners can restrict which Routes can attach to them by Route kind, + namespace, or hostname. If 1 of 2 Gateway listeners accept attachment from + the referencing Route, the Route MUST be considered successfully + attached. If no Gateway listeners accept attachment from this Route, the + Route MUST be considered detached from the Gateway. + + Support: Core + maxLength: 253 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$ + type: string + required: + - name + type: object + maxItems: 32 + type: array + x-kubernetes-list-type: atomic + x-kubernetes-validations: + - message: sectionName or port must be specified when parentRefs includes + 2 or more references to the same parent + rule: 'self.all(p1, self.all(p2, p1.group == p2.group && p1.kind + == p2.kind && p1.name == p2.name && (((!has(p1.__namespace__) + || p1.__namespace__ == '''') && (!has(p2.__namespace__) || p2.__namespace__ + == '''')) || (has(p1.__namespace__) && has(p2.__namespace__) && + p1.__namespace__ == p2.__namespace__)) ? ((!has(p1.sectionName) + || p1.sectionName == '''') == (!has(p2.sectionName) || p2.sectionName + == '''') && (!has(p1.port) || p1.port == 0) == (!has(p2.port) + || p2.port == 0)): true))' + - message: sectionName or port must be unique when parentRefs includes + 2 or more references to the same parent + rule: self.all(p1, self.exists_one(p2, p1.group == p2.group && p1.kind + == p2.kind && p1.name == p2.name && (((!has(p1.__namespace__) + || p1.__namespace__ == '') && (!has(p2.__namespace__) || p2.__namespace__ + == '')) || (has(p1.__namespace__) && has(p2.__namespace__) && + p1.__namespace__ == p2.__namespace__ )) && (((!has(p1.sectionName) + || p1.sectionName == '') && (!has(p2.sectionName) || p2.sectionName + == '')) || ( has(p1.sectionName) && has(p2.sectionName) && p1.sectionName + == p2.sectionName)) && (((!has(p1.port) || p1.port == 0) && (!has(p2.port) + || p2.port == 0)) || (has(p1.port) && has(p2.port) && p1.port + == p2.port)))) + rules: + description: Rules are a list of GRPC matchers, filters and actions. + items: + description: |- + GRPCRouteRule defines the semantics for matching a gRPC request based on + conditions (matches), processing it (filters), and forwarding the request to + an API object (backendRefs). + properties: + backendRefs: + description: |- + BackendRefs defines the backend(s) where matching requests should be + sent. + + Failure behavior here depends on how many BackendRefs are specified and + how many are invalid. + + If *all* entries in BackendRefs are invalid, and there are also no filters + specified in this route rule, *all* traffic which matches this rule MUST + receive an `UNAVAILABLE` status. + + See the GRPCBackendRef definition for the rules about what makes a single + GRPCBackendRef invalid. + + When a GRPCBackendRef is invalid, `UNAVAILABLE` statuses MUST be returned for + requests that would have otherwise been routed to an invalid backend. If + multiple backends are specified, and some are invalid, the proportion of + requests that would otherwise have been routed to an invalid backend + MUST receive an `UNAVAILABLE` status. + + For example, if two backends are specified with equal weights, and one is + invalid, 50 percent of traffic MUST receive an `UNAVAILABLE` status. + Implementations may choose how that 50 percent is determined. + + Support: Core for Kubernetes Service + + Support: Implementation-specific for any other resource + + Support for weight: Core + items: + description: |- + GRPCBackendRef defines how a GRPCRoute forwards a gRPC request. + + Note that when a namespace different than the local namespace is specified, a + ReferenceGrant object is required in the referent namespace to allow that + namespace's owner to accept the reference. See the ReferenceGrant + documentation for details. + + + When the BackendRef points to a Kubernetes Service, implementations SHOULD + honor the appProtocol field if it is set for the target Service Port. + + Implementations supporting appProtocol SHOULD recognize the Kubernetes + Standard Application Protocols defined in KEP-3726. + + If a Service appProtocol isn't specified, an implementation MAY infer the + backend protocol through its own means. Implementations MAY infer the + protocol from the Route type referring to the backend Service. + + If a Route is not able to send traffic to the backend using the specified + protocol then the backend is considered invalid. Implementations MUST set the + "ResolvedRefs" condition to "False" with the "UnsupportedProtocol" reason. + properties: + filters: + description: |- + Filters defined at this level MUST be executed if and only if the + request is being forwarded to the backend defined here. + + Support: Implementation-specific (For broader support of filters, use the + Filters field in GRPCRouteRule.) + items: + description: |- + GRPCRouteFilter defines processing steps that must be completed during the + request or response lifecycle. GRPCRouteFilters are meant as an extension + point to express processing that may be done in Gateway implementations. Some + examples include request or response modification, implementing + authentication strategies, rate-limiting, and traffic shaping. API + guarantee/conformance is defined based on the type of the filter. + properties: + extensionRef: + description: |- + ExtensionRef is an optional, implementation-specific extension to the + "filter" behavior. For example, resource "myroutefilter" in group + "networking.example.net"). ExtensionRef MUST NOT be used for core and + extended filters. + + Support: Implementation-specific + + This filter can be used multiple times within the same rule. + properties: + group: + description: |- + Group is the group of the referent. For example, "gateway.networking.k8s.io". + When unspecified or empty string, core API group is inferred. + maxLength: 253 + pattern: ^$|^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$ + type: string + kind: + description: Kind is kind of the referent. For + example "HTTPRoute" or "Service". + maxLength: 63 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[a-zA-Z]([-a-zA-Z0-9]*[a-zA-Z0-9])?$ + type: string + name: + description: Name is the name of the referent. + maxLength: 253 + minLength: 1 + type: string + required: + - group + - kind + - name + type: object + requestHeaderModifier: + description: |- + RequestHeaderModifier defines a schema for a filter that modifies request + headers. + + Support: Core + properties: + add: + description: |- + Add adds the given header(s) (name, value) to the request + before the action. It appends to any existing values associated + with the header name. + + Input: + GET /foo HTTP/1.1 + my-header: foo + + Config: + add: + - name: "my-header" + value: "bar,baz" + + Output: + GET /foo HTTP/1.1 + my-header: foo,bar,baz + items: + description: HTTPHeader represents an HTTP + Header name and value as defined by RFC + 7230. + properties: + name: + description: |- + Name is the name of the HTTP Header to be matched. Name matching MUST be + case-insensitive. (See https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc7230#section-3.2). + + If multiple entries specify equivalent header names, the first entry with + an equivalent name MUST be considered for a match. Subsequent entries + with an equivalent header name MUST be ignored. Due to the + case-insensitivity of header names, "foo" and "Foo" are considered + equivalent. + maxLength: 256 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[A-Za-z0-9!#$%&'*+\-.^_\x60|~]+$ + type: string + value: + description: Value is the value of HTTP + Header to be matched. + maxLength: 4096 + minLength: 1 + type: string + required: + - name + - value + type: object + maxItems: 16 + type: array + x-kubernetes-list-map-keys: + - name + x-kubernetes-list-type: map + remove: + description: |- + Remove the given header(s) from the HTTP request before the action. The + value of Remove is a list of HTTP header names. Note that the header + names are case-insensitive (see + https://datatracker.ietf.org/doc/html/rfc2616#section-4.2). + + Input: + GET /foo HTTP/1.1 + my-header1: foo + my-header2: bar + my-header3: baz + + Config: + remove: ["my-header1", "my-header3"] + + Output: + GET /foo HTTP/1.1 + my-header2: bar + items: + type: string + maxItems: 16 + type: array + x-kubernetes-list-type: set + set: + description: |- + Set overwrites the request with the given header (name, value) + before the action. + + Input: + GET /foo HTTP/1.1 + my-header: foo + + Config: + set: + - name: "my-header" + value: "bar" + + Output: + GET /foo HTTP/1.1 + my-header: bar + items: + description: HTTPHeader represents an HTTP + Header name and value as defined by RFC + 7230. + properties: + name: + description: |- + Name is the name of the HTTP Header to be matched. Name matching MUST be + case-insensitive. (See https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc7230#section-3.2). + + If multiple entries specify equivalent header names, the first entry with + an equivalent name MUST be considered for a match. Subsequent entries + with an equivalent header name MUST be ignored. Due to the + case-insensitivity of header names, "foo" and "Foo" are considered + equivalent. + maxLength: 256 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[A-Za-z0-9!#$%&'*+\-.^_\x60|~]+$ + type: string + value: + description: Value is the value of HTTP + Header to be matched. + maxLength: 4096 + minLength: 1 + type: string + required: + - name + - value + type: object + maxItems: 16 + type: array + x-kubernetes-list-map-keys: + - name + x-kubernetes-list-type: map + type: object + requestMirror: + description: |- + RequestMirror defines a schema for a filter that mirrors requests. + Requests are sent to the specified destination, but responses from + that destination are ignored. + + This filter can be used multiple times within the same rule. Note that + not all implementations will be able to support mirroring to multiple + backends. + + Support: Extended + properties: + backendRef: + description: |- + BackendRef references a resource where mirrored requests are sent. + + Mirrored requests must be sent only to a single destination endpoint + within this BackendRef, irrespective of how many endpoints are present + within this BackendRef. + + If the referent cannot be found, this BackendRef is invalid and must be + dropped from the Gateway. The controller must ensure the "ResolvedRefs" + condition on the Route status is set to `status: False` and not configure + this backend in the underlying implementation. + + If there is a cross-namespace reference to an *existing* object + that is not allowed by a ReferenceGrant, the controller must ensure the + "ResolvedRefs" condition on the Route is set to `status: False`, + with the "RefNotPermitted" reason and not configure this backend in the + underlying implementation. + + In either error case, the Message of the `ResolvedRefs` Condition + should be used to provide more detail about the problem. + + Support: Extended for Kubernetes Service + + Support: Implementation-specific for any other resource + properties: + group: + default: "" + description: |- + Group is the group of the referent. For example, "gateway.networking.k8s.io". + When unspecified or empty string, core API group is inferred. + maxLength: 253 + pattern: ^$|^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$ + type: string + kind: + default: Service + description: |- + Kind is the Kubernetes resource kind of the referent. For example + "Service". + + Defaults to "Service" when not specified. + + ExternalName services can refer to CNAME DNS records that may live + outside of the cluster and as such are difficult to reason about in + terms of conformance. They also may not be safe to forward to (see + CVE-2021-25740 for more information). Implementations SHOULD NOT + support ExternalName Services. + + Support: Core (Services with a type other than ExternalName) + + Support: Implementation-specific (Services with type ExternalName) + maxLength: 63 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[a-zA-Z]([-a-zA-Z0-9]*[a-zA-Z0-9])?$ + type: string + name: + description: Name is the name of the referent. + maxLength: 253 + minLength: 1 + type: string + namespace: + description: |- + Namespace is the namespace of the backend. When unspecified, the local + namespace is inferred. + + Note that when a namespace different than the local namespace is specified, + a ReferenceGrant object is required in the referent namespace to allow that + namespace's owner to accept the reference. See the ReferenceGrant + documentation for details. + + Support: Core + maxLength: 63 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?$ + type: string + port: + description: |- + Port specifies the destination port number to use for this resource. + Port is required when the referent is a Kubernetes Service. In this + case, the port number is the service port number, not the target port. + For other resources, destination port might be derived from the referent + resource or this field. + format: int32 + maximum: 65535 + minimum: 1 + type: integer + required: + - name + type: object + x-kubernetes-validations: + - message: Must have port for Service reference + rule: '(size(self.group) == 0 && self.kind + == ''Service'') ? has(self.port) : true' + fraction: + description: |- + Fraction represents the fraction of requests that should be + mirrored to BackendRef. + + Only one of Fraction or Percent may be specified. If neither field + is specified, 100% of requests will be mirrored. + properties: + denominator: + default: 100 + format: int32 + minimum: 1 + type: integer + numerator: + format: int32 + minimum: 0 + type: integer + required: + - numerator + type: object + x-kubernetes-validations: + - message: numerator must be less than or equal + to denominator + rule: self.numerator <= self.denominator + percent: + description: |- + Percent represents the percentage of requests that should be + mirrored to BackendRef. Its minimum value is 0 (indicating 0% of + requests) and its maximum value is 100 (indicating 100% of requests). + + Only one of Fraction or Percent may be specified. If neither field + is specified, 100% of requests will be mirrored. + format: int32 + maximum: 100 + minimum: 0 + type: integer + required: + - backendRef + type: object + x-kubernetes-validations: + - message: Only one of percent or fraction may be + specified in HTTPRequestMirrorFilter + rule: '!(has(self.percent) && has(self.fraction))' + responseHeaderModifier: + description: |- + ResponseHeaderModifier defines a schema for a filter that modifies response + headers. + + Support: Extended + properties: + add: + description: |- + Add adds the given header(s) (name, value) to the request + before the action. It appends to any existing values associated + with the header name. + + Input: + GET /foo HTTP/1.1 + my-header: foo + + Config: + add: + - name: "my-header" + value: "bar,baz" + + Output: + GET /foo HTTP/1.1 + my-header: foo,bar,baz + items: + description: HTTPHeader represents an HTTP + Header name and value as defined by RFC + 7230. + properties: + name: + description: |- + Name is the name of the HTTP Header to be matched. Name matching MUST be + case-insensitive. (See https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc7230#section-3.2). + + If multiple entries specify equivalent header names, the first entry with + an equivalent name MUST be considered for a match. Subsequent entries + with an equivalent header name MUST be ignored. Due to the + case-insensitivity of header names, "foo" and "Foo" are considered + equivalent. + maxLength: 256 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[A-Za-z0-9!#$%&'*+\-.^_\x60|~]+$ + type: string + value: + description: Value is the value of HTTP + Header to be matched. + maxLength: 4096 + minLength: 1 + type: string + required: + - name + - value + type: object + maxItems: 16 + type: array + x-kubernetes-list-map-keys: + - name + x-kubernetes-list-type: map + remove: + description: |- + Remove the given header(s) from the HTTP request before the action. The + value of Remove is a list of HTTP header names. Note that the header + names are case-insensitive (see + https://datatracker.ietf.org/doc/html/rfc2616#section-4.2). + + Input: + GET /foo HTTP/1.1 + my-header1: foo + my-header2: bar + my-header3: baz + + Config: + remove: ["my-header1", "my-header3"] + + Output: + GET /foo HTTP/1.1 + my-header2: bar + items: + type: string + maxItems: 16 + type: array + x-kubernetes-list-type: set + set: + description: |- + Set overwrites the request with the given header (name, value) + before the action. + + Input: + GET /foo HTTP/1.1 + my-header: foo + + Config: + set: + - name: "my-header" + value: "bar" + + Output: + GET /foo HTTP/1.1 + my-header: bar + items: + description: HTTPHeader represents an HTTP + Header name and value as defined by RFC + 7230. + properties: + name: + description: |- + Name is the name of the HTTP Header to be matched. Name matching MUST be + case-insensitive. (See https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc7230#section-3.2). + + If multiple entries specify equivalent header names, the first entry with + an equivalent name MUST be considered for a match. Subsequent entries + with an equivalent header name MUST be ignored. Due to the + case-insensitivity of header names, "foo" and "Foo" are considered + equivalent. + maxLength: 256 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[A-Za-z0-9!#$%&'*+\-.^_\x60|~]+$ + type: string + value: + description: Value is the value of HTTP + Header to be matched. + maxLength: 4096 + minLength: 1 + type: string + required: + - name + - value + type: object + maxItems: 16 + type: array + x-kubernetes-list-map-keys: + - name + x-kubernetes-list-type: map + type: object + type: + description: |- + Type identifies the type of filter to apply. As with other API fields, + types are classified into three conformance levels: + + - Core: Filter types and their corresponding configuration defined by + "Support: Core" in this package, e.g. "RequestHeaderModifier". All + implementations supporting GRPCRoute MUST support core filters. + + - Extended: Filter types and their corresponding configuration defined by + "Support: Extended" in this package, e.g. "RequestMirror". Implementers + are encouraged to support extended filters. + + - Implementation-specific: Filters that are defined and supported by specific vendors. + In the future, filters showing convergence in behavior across multiple + implementations will be considered for inclusion in extended or core + conformance levels. Filter-specific configuration for such filters + is specified using the ExtensionRef field. `Type` MUST be set to + "ExtensionRef" for custom filters. + + Implementers are encouraged to define custom implementation types to + extend the core API with implementation-specific behavior. + + If a reference to a custom filter type cannot be resolved, the filter + MUST NOT be skipped. Instead, requests that would have been processed by + that filter MUST receive a HTTP error response. + enum: + - ResponseHeaderModifier + - RequestHeaderModifier + - RequestMirror + - ExtensionRef + type: string + required: + - type + type: object + x-kubernetes-validations: + - message: filter.requestHeaderModifier must be nil + if the filter.type is not RequestHeaderModifier + rule: '!(has(self.requestHeaderModifier) && self.type + != ''RequestHeaderModifier'')' + - message: filter.requestHeaderModifier must be specified + for RequestHeaderModifier filter.type + rule: '!(!has(self.requestHeaderModifier) && self.type + == ''RequestHeaderModifier'')' + - message: filter.responseHeaderModifier must be nil + if the filter.type is not ResponseHeaderModifier + rule: '!(has(self.responseHeaderModifier) && self.type + != ''ResponseHeaderModifier'')' + - message: filter.responseHeaderModifier must be specified + for ResponseHeaderModifier filter.type + rule: '!(!has(self.responseHeaderModifier) && self.type + == ''ResponseHeaderModifier'')' + - message: filter.requestMirror must be nil if the filter.type + is not RequestMirror + rule: '!(has(self.requestMirror) && self.type != ''RequestMirror'')' + - message: filter.requestMirror must be specified for + RequestMirror filter.type + rule: '!(!has(self.requestMirror) && self.type == + ''RequestMirror'')' + - message: filter.extensionRef must be nil if the filter.type + is not ExtensionRef + rule: '!(has(self.extensionRef) && self.type != ''ExtensionRef'')' + - message: filter.extensionRef must be specified for + ExtensionRef filter.type + rule: '!(!has(self.extensionRef) && self.type == ''ExtensionRef'')' + maxItems: 16 + type: array + x-kubernetes-list-type: atomic + x-kubernetes-validations: + - message: RequestHeaderModifier filter cannot be repeated + rule: self.filter(f, f.type == 'RequestHeaderModifier').size() + <= 1 + - message: ResponseHeaderModifier filter cannot be repeated + rule: self.filter(f, f.type == 'ResponseHeaderModifier').size() + <= 1 + group: + default: "" + description: |- + Group is the group of the referent. For example, "gateway.networking.k8s.io". + When unspecified or empty string, core API group is inferred. + maxLength: 253 + pattern: ^$|^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$ + type: string + kind: + default: Service + description: |- + Kind is the Kubernetes resource kind of the referent. For example + "Service". + + Defaults to "Service" when not specified. + + ExternalName services can refer to CNAME DNS records that may live + outside of the cluster and as such are difficult to reason about in + terms of conformance. They also may not be safe to forward to (see + CVE-2021-25740 for more information). Implementations SHOULD NOT + support ExternalName Services. + + Support: Core (Services with a type other than ExternalName) + + Support: Implementation-specific (Services with type ExternalName) + maxLength: 63 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[a-zA-Z]([-a-zA-Z0-9]*[a-zA-Z0-9])?$ + type: string + name: + description: Name is the name of the referent. + maxLength: 253 + minLength: 1 + type: string + namespace: + description: |- + Namespace is the namespace of the backend. When unspecified, the local + namespace is inferred. + + Note that when a namespace different than the local namespace is specified, + a ReferenceGrant object is required in the referent namespace to allow that + namespace's owner to accept the reference. See the ReferenceGrant + documentation for details. + + Support: Core + maxLength: 63 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?$ + type: string + port: + description: |- + Port specifies the destination port number to use for this resource. + Port is required when the referent is a Kubernetes Service. In this + case, the port number is the service port number, not the target port. + For other resources, destination port might be derived from the referent + resource or this field. + format: int32 + maximum: 65535 + minimum: 1 + type: integer + weight: + default: 1 + description: |- + Weight specifies the proportion of requests forwarded to the referenced + backend. This is computed as weight/(sum of all weights in this + BackendRefs list). For non-zero values, there may be some epsilon from + the exact proportion defined here depending on the precision an + implementation supports. Weight is not a percentage and the sum of + weights does not need to equal 100. + + If only one backend is specified and it has a weight greater than 0, 100% + of the traffic is forwarded to that backend. If weight is set to 0, no + traffic should be forwarded for this entry. If unspecified, weight + defaults to 1. + + Support for this field varies based on the context where used. + format: int32 + maximum: 1000000 + minimum: 0 + type: integer + required: + - name + type: object + x-kubernetes-validations: + - message: Must have port for Service reference + rule: '(size(self.group) == 0 && self.kind == ''Service'') + ? has(self.port) : true' + maxItems: 16 + type: array + x-kubernetes-list-type: atomic + filters: + description: |- + Filters define the filters that are applied to requests that match + this rule. + + The effects of ordering of multiple behaviors are currently unspecified. + This can change in the future based on feedback during the alpha stage. + + Conformance-levels at this level are defined based on the type of filter: + + - ALL core filters MUST be supported by all implementations that support + GRPCRoute. + - Implementers are encouraged to support extended filters. + - Implementation-specific custom filters have no API guarantees across + implementations. + + Specifying the same filter multiple times is not supported unless explicitly + indicated in the filter. + + If an implementation cannot support a combination of filters, it must clearly + document that limitation. In cases where incompatible or unsupported + filters are specified and cause the `Accepted` condition to be set to status + `False`, implementations may use the `IncompatibleFilters` reason to specify + this configuration error. + + Support: Core + items: + description: |- + GRPCRouteFilter defines processing steps that must be completed during the + request or response lifecycle. GRPCRouteFilters are meant as an extension + point to express processing that may be done in Gateway implementations. Some + examples include request or response modification, implementing + authentication strategies, rate-limiting, and traffic shaping. API + guarantee/conformance is defined based on the type of the filter. + properties: + extensionRef: + description: |- + ExtensionRef is an optional, implementation-specific extension to the + "filter" behavior. For example, resource "myroutefilter" in group + "networking.example.net"). ExtensionRef MUST NOT be used for core and + extended filters. + + Support: Implementation-specific + + This filter can be used multiple times within the same rule. + properties: + group: + description: |- + Group is the group of the referent. For example, "gateway.networking.k8s.io". + When unspecified or empty string, core API group is inferred. + maxLength: 253 + pattern: ^$|^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$ + type: string + kind: + description: Kind is kind of the referent. For example + "HTTPRoute" or "Service". + maxLength: 63 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[a-zA-Z]([-a-zA-Z0-9]*[a-zA-Z0-9])?$ + type: string + name: + description: Name is the name of the referent. + maxLength: 253 + minLength: 1 + type: string + required: + - group + - kind + - name + type: object + requestHeaderModifier: + description: |- + RequestHeaderModifier defines a schema for a filter that modifies request + headers. + + Support: Core + properties: + add: + description: |- + Add adds the given header(s) (name, value) to the request + before the action. It appends to any existing values associated + with the header name. + + Input: + GET /foo HTTP/1.1 + my-header: foo + + Config: + add: + - name: "my-header" + value: "bar,baz" + + Output: + GET /foo HTTP/1.1 + my-header: foo,bar,baz + items: + description: HTTPHeader represents an HTTP Header + name and value as defined by RFC 7230. + properties: + name: + description: |- + Name is the name of the HTTP Header to be matched. Name matching MUST be + case-insensitive. (See https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc7230#section-3.2). + + If multiple entries specify equivalent header names, the first entry with + an equivalent name MUST be considered for a match. Subsequent entries + with an equivalent header name MUST be ignored. Due to the + case-insensitivity of header names, "foo" and "Foo" are considered + equivalent. + maxLength: 256 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[A-Za-z0-9!#$%&'*+\-.^_\x60|~]+$ + type: string + value: + description: Value is the value of HTTP Header + to be matched. + maxLength: 4096 + minLength: 1 + type: string + required: + - name + - value + type: object + maxItems: 16 + type: array + x-kubernetes-list-map-keys: + - name + x-kubernetes-list-type: map + remove: + description: |- + Remove the given header(s) from the HTTP request before the action. The + value of Remove is a list of HTTP header names. Note that the header + names are case-insensitive (see + https://datatracker.ietf.org/doc/html/rfc2616#section-4.2). + + Input: + GET /foo HTTP/1.1 + my-header1: foo + my-header2: bar + my-header3: baz + + Config: + remove: ["my-header1", "my-header3"] + + Output: + GET /foo HTTP/1.1 + my-header2: bar + items: + type: string + maxItems: 16 + type: array + x-kubernetes-list-type: set + set: + description: |- + Set overwrites the request with the given header (name, value) + before the action. + + Input: + GET /foo HTTP/1.1 + my-header: foo + + Config: + set: + - name: "my-header" + value: "bar" + + Output: + GET /foo HTTP/1.1 + my-header: bar + items: + description: HTTPHeader represents an HTTP Header + name and value as defined by RFC 7230. + properties: + name: + description: |- + Name is the name of the HTTP Header to be matched. Name matching MUST be + case-insensitive. (See https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc7230#section-3.2). + + If multiple entries specify equivalent header names, the first entry with + an equivalent name MUST be considered for a match. Subsequent entries + with an equivalent header name MUST be ignored. Due to the + case-insensitivity of header names, "foo" and "Foo" are considered + equivalent. + maxLength: 256 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[A-Za-z0-9!#$%&'*+\-.^_\x60|~]+$ + type: string + value: + description: Value is the value of HTTP Header + to be matched. + maxLength: 4096 + minLength: 1 + type: string + required: + - name + - value + type: object + maxItems: 16 + type: array + x-kubernetes-list-map-keys: + - name + x-kubernetes-list-type: map + type: object + requestMirror: + description: |- + RequestMirror defines a schema for a filter that mirrors requests. + Requests are sent to the specified destination, but responses from + that destination are ignored. + + This filter can be used multiple times within the same rule. Note that + not all implementations will be able to support mirroring to multiple + backends. + + Support: Extended + properties: + backendRef: + description: |- + BackendRef references a resource where mirrored requests are sent. + + Mirrored requests must be sent only to a single destination endpoint + within this BackendRef, irrespective of how many endpoints are present + within this BackendRef. + + If the referent cannot be found, this BackendRef is invalid and must be + dropped from the Gateway. The controller must ensure the "ResolvedRefs" + condition on the Route status is set to `status: False` and not configure + this backend in the underlying implementation. + + If there is a cross-namespace reference to an *existing* object + that is not allowed by a ReferenceGrant, the controller must ensure the + "ResolvedRefs" condition on the Route is set to `status: False`, + with the "RefNotPermitted" reason and not configure this backend in the + underlying implementation. + + In either error case, the Message of the `ResolvedRefs` Condition + should be used to provide more detail about the problem. + + Support: Extended for Kubernetes Service + + Support: Implementation-specific for any other resource + properties: + group: + default: "" + description: |- + Group is the group of the referent. For example, "gateway.networking.k8s.io". + When unspecified or empty string, core API group is inferred. + maxLength: 253 + pattern: ^$|^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$ + type: string + kind: + default: Service + description: |- + Kind is the Kubernetes resource kind of the referent. For example + "Service". + + Defaults to "Service" when not specified. + + ExternalName services can refer to CNAME DNS records that may live + outside of the cluster and as such are difficult to reason about in + terms of conformance. They also may not be safe to forward to (see + CVE-2021-25740 for more information). Implementations SHOULD NOT + support ExternalName Services. + + Support: Core (Services with a type other than ExternalName) + + Support: Implementation-specific (Services with type ExternalName) + maxLength: 63 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[a-zA-Z]([-a-zA-Z0-9]*[a-zA-Z0-9])?$ + type: string + name: + description: Name is the name of the referent. + maxLength: 253 + minLength: 1 + type: string + namespace: + description: |- + Namespace is the namespace of the backend. When unspecified, the local + namespace is inferred. + + Note that when a namespace different than the local namespace is specified, + a ReferenceGrant object is required in the referent namespace to allow that + namespace's owner to accept the reference. See the ReferenceGrant + documentation for details. + + Support: Core + maxLength: 63 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?$ + type: string + port: + description: |- + Port specifies the destination port number to use for this resource. + Port is required when the referent is a Kubernetes Service. In this + case, the port number is the service port number, not the target port. + For other resources, destination port might be derived from the referent + resource or this field. + format: int32 + maximum: 65535 + minimum: 1 + type: integer + required: + - name + type: object + x-kubernetes-validations: + - message: Must have port for Service reference + rule: '(size(self.group) == 0 && self.kind == ''Service'') + ? has(self.port) : true' + fraction: + description: |- + Fraction represents the fraction of requests that should be + mirrored to BackendRef. + + Only one of Fraction or Percent may be specified. If neither field + is specified, 100% of requests will be mirrored. + properties: + denominator: + default: 100 + format: int32 + minimum: 1 + type: integer + numerator: + format: int32 + minimum: 0 + type: integer + required: + - numerator + type: object + x-kubernetes-validations: + - message: numerator must be less than or equal to + denominator + rule: self.numerator <= self.denominator + percent: + description: |- + Percent represents the percentage of requests that should be + mirrored to BackendRef. Its minimum value is 0 (indicating 0% of + requests) and its maximum value is 100 (indicating 100% of requests). + + Only one of Fraction or Percent may be specified. If neither field + is specified, 100% of requests will be mirrored. + format: int32 + maximum: 100 + minimum: 0 + type: integer + required: + - backendRef + type: object + x-kubernetes-validations: + - message: Only one of percent or fraction may be specified + in HTTPRequestMirrorFilter + rule: '!(has(self.percent) && has(self.fraction))' + responseHeaderModifier: + description: |- + ResponseHeaderModifier defines a schema for a filter that modifies response + headers. + + Support: Extended + properties: + add: + description: |- + Add adds the given header(s) (name, value) to the request + before the action. It appends to any existing values associated + with the header name. + + Input: + GET /foo HTTP/1.1 + my-header: foo + + Config: + add: + - name: "my-header" + value: "bar,baz" + + Output: + GET /foo HTTP/1.1 + my-header: foo,bar,baz + items: + description: HTTPHeader represents an HTTP Header + name and value as defined by RFC 7230. + properties: + name: + description: |- + Name is the name of the HTTP Header to be matched. Name matching MUST be + case-insensitive. (See https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc7230#section-3.2). + + If multiple entries specify equivalent header names, the first entry with + an equivalent name MUST be considered for a match. Subsequent entries + with an equivalent header name MUST be ignored. Due to the + case-insensitivity of header names, "foo" and "Foo" are considered + equivalent. + maxLength: 256 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[A-Za-z0-9!#$%&'*+\-.^_\x60|~]+$ + type: string + value: + description: Value is the value of HTTP Header + to be matched. + maxLength: 4096 + minLength: 1 + type: string + required: + - name + - value + type: object + maxItems: 16 + type: array + x-kubernetes-list-map-keys: + - name + x-kubernetes-list-type: map + remove: + description: |- + Remove the given header(s) from the HTTP request before the action. The + value of Remove is a list of HTTP header names. Note that the header + names are case-insensitive (see + https://datatracker.ietf.org/doc/html/rfc2616#section-4.2). + + Input: + GET /foo HTTP/1.1 + my-header1: foo + my-header2: bar + my-header3: baz + + Config: + remove: ["my-header1", "my-header3"] + + Output: + GET /foo HTTP/1.1 + my-header2: bar + items: + type: string + maxItems: 16 + type: array + x-kubernetes-list-type: set + set: + description: |- + Set overwrites the request with the given header (name, value) + before the action. + + Input: + GET /foo HTTP/1.1 + my-header: foo + + Config: + set: + - name: "my-header" + value: "bar" + + Output: + GET /foo HTTP/1.1 + my-header: bar + items: + description: HTTPHeader represents an HTTP Header + name and value as defined by RFC 7230. + properties: + name: + description: |- + Name is the name of the HTTP Header to be matched. Name matching MUST be + case-insensitive. (See https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc7230#section-3.2). + + If multiple entries specify equivalent header names, the first entry with + an equivalent name MUST be considered for a match. Subsequent entries + with an equivalent header name MUST be ignored. Due to the + case-insensitivity of header names, "foo" and "Foo" are considered + equivalent. + maxLength: 256 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[A-Za-z0-9!#$%&'*+\-.^_\x60|~]+$ + type: string + value: + description: Value is the value of HTTP Header + to be matched. + maxLength: 4096 + minLength: 1 + type: string + required: + - name + - value + type: object + maxItems: 16 + type: array + x-kubernetes-list-map-keys: + - name + x-kubernetes-list-type: map + type: object + type: + description: |- + Type identifies the type of filter to apply. As with other API fields, + types are classified into three conformance levels: + + - Core: Filter types and their corresponding configuration defined by + "Support: Core" in this package, e.g. "RequestHeaderModifier". All + implementations supporting GRPCRoute MUST support core filters. + + - Extended: Filter types and their corresponding configuration defined by + "Support: Extended" in this package, e.g. "RequestMirror". Implementers + are encouraged to support extended filters. + + - Implementation-specific: Filters that are defined and supported by specific vendors. + In the future, filters showing convergence in behavior across multiple + implementations will be considered for inclusion in extended or core + conformance levels. Filter-specific configuration for such filters + is specified using the ExtensionRef field. `Type` MUST be set to + "ExtensionRef" for custom filters. + + Implementers are encouraged to define custom implementation types to + extend the core API with implementation-specific behavior. + + If a reference to a custom filter type cannot be resolved, the filter + MUST NOT be skipped. Instead, requests that would have been processed by + that filter MUST receive a HTTP error response. + enum: + - ResponseHeaderModifier + - RequestHeaderModifier + - RequestMirror + - ExtensionRef + type: string + required: + - type + type: object + x-kubernetes-validations: + - message: filter.requestHeaderModifier must be nil if the + filter.type is not RequestHeaderModifier + rule: '!(has(self.requestHeaderModifier) && self.type != + ''RequestHeaderModifier'')' + - message: filter.requestHeaderModifier must be specified + for RequestHeaderModifier filter.type + rule: '!(!has(self.requestHeaderModifier) && self.type == + ''RequestHeaderModifier'')' + - message: filter.responseHeaderModifier must be nil if the + filter.type is not ResponseHeaderModifier + rule: '!(has(self.responseHeaderModifier) && self.type != + ''ResponseHeaderModifier'')' + - message: filter.responseHeaderModifier must be specified + for ResponseHeaderModifier filter.type + rule: '!(!has(self.responseHeaderModifier) && self.type + == ''ResponseHeaderModifier'')' + - message: filter.requestMirror must be nil if the filter.type + is not RequestMirror + rule: '!(has(self.requestMirror) && self.type != ''RequestMirror'')' + - message: filter.requestMirror must be specified for RequestMirror + filter.type + rule: '!(!has(self.requestMirror) && self.type == ''RequestMirror'')' + - message: filter.extensionRef must be nil if the filter.type + is not ExtensionRef + rule: '!(has(self.extensionRef) && self.type != ''ExtensionRef'')' + - message: filter.extensionRef must be specified for ExtensionRef + filter.type + rule: '!(!has(self.extensionRef) && self.type == ''ExtensionRef'')' + maxItems: 16 + type: array + x-kubernetes-list-type: atomic + x-kubernetes-validations: + - message: RequestHeaderModifier filter cannot be repeated + rule: self.filter(f, f.type == 'RequestHeaderModifier').size() + <= 1 + - message: ResponseHeaderModifier filter cannot be repeated + rule: self.filter(f, f.type == 'ResponseHeaderModifier').size() + <= 1 + matches: + description: |- + Matches define conditions used for matching the rule against incoming + gRPC requests. Each match is independent, i.e. this rule will be matched + if **any** one of the matches is satisfied. + + For example, take the following matches configuration: + + ``` + matches: + - method: + service: foo.bar + headers: + values: + version: 2 + - method: + service: foo.bar.v2 + ``` + + For a request to match against this rule, it MUST satisfy + EITHER of the two conditions: + + - service of foo.bar AND contains the header `version: 2` + - service of foo.bar.v2 + + See the documentation for GRPCRouteMatch on how to specify multiple + match conditions to be ANDed together. + + If no matches are specified, the implementation MUST match every gRPC request. + + Proxy or Load Balancer routing configuration generated from GRPCRoutes + MUST prioritize rules based on the following criteria, continuing on + ties. Merging MUST not be done between GRPCRoutes and HTTPRoutes. + Precedence MUST be given to the rule with the largest number of: + + * Characters in a matching non-wildcard hostname. + * Characters in a matching hostname. + * Characters in a matching service. + * Characters in a matching method. + * Header matches. + + If ties still exist across multiple Routes, matching precedence MUST be + determined in order of the following criteria, continuing on ties: + + * The oldest Route based on creation timestamp. + * The Route appearing first in alphabetical order by + "{namespace}/{name}". + + If ties still exist within the Route that has been given precedence, + matching precedence MUST be granted to the first matching rule meeting + the above criteria. + items: + description: |- + GRPCRouteMatch defines the predicate used to match requests to a given + action. Multiple match types are ANDed together, i.e. the match will + evaluate to true only if all conditions are satisfied. + + For example, the match below will match a gRPC request only if its service + is `foo` AND it contains the `version: v1` header: + + ``` + matches: + - method: + type: Exact + service: "foo" + headers: + - name: "version" + value "v1" + + ``` + properties: + headers: + description: |- + Headers specifies gRPC request header matchers. Multiple match values are + ANDed together, meaning, a request MUST match all the specified headers + to select the route. + items: + description: |- + GRPCHeaderMatch describes how to select a gRPC route by matching gRPC request + headers. + properties: + name: + description: |- + Name is the name of the gRPC Header to be matched. + + If multiple entries specify equivalent header names, only the first + entry with an equivalent name MUST be considered for a match. Subsequent + entries with an equivalent header name MUST be ignored. Due to the + case-insensitivity of header names, "foo" and "Foo" are considered + equivalent. + maxLength: 256 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[A-Za-z0-9!#$%&'*+\-.^_\x60|~]+$ + type: string + type: + default: Exact + description: Type specifies how to match against + the value of the header. + enum: + - Exact + - RegularExpression + type: string + value: + description: Value is the value of the gRPC Header + to be matched. + maxLength: 4096 + minLength: 1 + type: string + required: + - name + - value + type: object + maxItems: 16 + type: array + x-kubernetes-list-map-keys: + - name + x-kubernetes-list-type: map + method: + description: |- + Method specifies a gRPC request service/method matcher. If this field is + not specified, all services and methods will match. + properties: + method: + description: |- + Value of the method to match against. If left empty or omitted, will + match all services. + + At least one of Service and Method MUST be a non-empty string. + maxLength: 1024 + type: string + service: + description: |- + Value of the service to match against. If left empty or omitted, will + match any service. + + At least one of Service and Method MUST be a non-empty string. + maxLength: 1024 + type: string + type: + default: Exact + description: |- + Type specifies how to match against the service and/or method. + Support: Core (Exact with service and method specified) + + Support: Implementation-specific (Exact with method specified but no service specified) + + Support: Implementation-specific (RegularExpression) + enum: + - Exact + - RegularExpression + type: string + type: object + x-kubernetes-validations: + - message: One or both of 'service' or 'method' must be + specified + rule: 'has(self.type) ? has(self.service) || has(self.method) + : true' + - message: service must only contain valid characters + (matching ^(?i)\.?[a-z_][a-z_0-9]*(\.[a-z_][a-z_0-9]*)*$) + rule: '(!has(self.type) || self.type == ''Exact'') && + has(self.service) ? self.service.matches(r"""^(?i)\.?[a-z_][a-z_0-9]*(\.[a-z_][a-z_0-9]*)*$"""): + true' + - message: method must only contain valid characters (matching + ^[A-Za-z_][A-Za-z_0-9]*$) + rule: '(!has(self.type) || self.type == ''Exact'') && + has(self.method) ? self.method.matches(r"""^[A-Za-z_][A-Za-z_0-9]*$"""): + true' + type: object + maxItems: 64 + type: array + x-kubernetes-list-type: atomic + name: + description: |- + Name is the name of the route rule. This name MUST be unique within a Route if it is set. + + Support: Extended + maxLength: 253 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$ + type: string + sessionPersistence: + description: |- + SessionPersistence defines and configures session persistence + for the route rule. + + Support: Extended + properties: + absoluteTimeout: + description: |- + AbsoluteTimeout defines the absolute timeout of the persistent + session. Once the AbsoluteTimeout duration has elapsed, the + session becomes invalid. + + Support: Extended + pattern: ^([0-9]{1,5}(h|m|s|ms)){1,4}$ + type: string + cookieConfig: + description: |- + CookieConfig provides configuration settings that are specific + to cookie-based session persistence. + + Support: Core + properties: + lifetimeType: + default: Session + description: |- + LifetimeType specifies whether the cookie has a permanent or + session-based lifetime. A permanent cookie persists until its + specified expiry time, defined by the Expires or Max-Age cookie + attributes, while a session cookie is deleted when the current + session ends. + + When set to "Permanent", AbsoluteTimeout indicates the + cookie's lifetime via the Expires or Max-Age cookie attributes + and is required. + + When set to "Session", AbsoluteTimeout indicates the + absolute lifetime of the cookie tracked by the gateway and + is optional. + + Defaults to "Session". + + Support: Core for "Session" type + + Support: Extended for "Permanent" type + enum: + - Permanent + - Session + type: string + type: object + idleTimeout: + description: |- + IdleTimeout defines the idle timeout of the persistent session. + Once the session has been idle for more than the specified + IdleTimeout duration, the session becomes invalid. + + Support: Extended + pattern: ^([0-9]{1,5}(h|m|s|ms)){1,4}$ + type: string + sessionName: + description: |- + SessionName defines the name of the persistent session token + which may be reflected in the cookie or the header. Users + should avoid reusing session names to prevent unintended + consequences, such as rejection or unpredictable behavior. + + Support: Implementation-specific + maxLength: 128 + type: string + type: + default: Cookie + description: |- + Type defines the type of session persistence such as through + the use a header or cookie. Defaults to cookie based session + persistence. + + Support: Core for "Cookie" type + + Support: Extended for "Header" type + enum: + - Cookie + - Header + type: string + type: object + x-kubernetes-validations: + - message: AbsoluteTimeout must be specified when cookie lifetimeType + is Permanent + rule: '!has(self.cookieConfig) || !has(self.cookieConfig.lifetimeType) + || self.cookieConfig.lifetimeType != ''Permanent'' || has(self.absoluteTimeout)' + type: object + maxItems: 16 + type: array + x-kubernetes-list-type: atomic + x-kubernetes-validations: + - message: While 16 rules and 64 matches per rule are allowed, the + total number of matches across all rules in a route must be less + than 128 + rule: '(self.size() > 0 ? (has(self[0].matches) ? self[0].matches.size() + : 0) : 0) + (self.size() > 1 ? (has(self[1].matches) ? self[1].matches.size() + : 0) : 0) + (self.size() > 2 ? (has(self[2].matches) ? self[2].matches.size() + : 0) : 0) + (self.size() > 3 ? (has(self[3].matches) ? self[3].matches.size() + : 0) : 0) + (self.size() > 4 ? (has(self[4].matches) ? self[4].matches.size() + : 0) : 0) + (self.size() > 5 ? (has(self[5].matches) ? self[5].matches.size() + : 0) : 0) + (self.size() > 6 ? (has(self[6].matches) ? self[6].matches.size() + : 0) : 0) + (self.size() > 7 ? (has(self[7].matches) ? self[7].matches.size() + : 0) : 0) + (self.size() > 8 ? (has(self[8].matches) ? self[8].matches.size() + : 0) : 0) + (self.size() > 9 ? (has(self[9].matches) ? self[9].matches.size() + : 0) : 0) + (self.size() > 10 ? (has(self[10].matches) ? self[10].matches.size() + : 0) : 0) + (self.size() > 11 ? (has(self[11].matches) ? self[11].matches.size() + : 0) : 0) + (self.size() > 12 ? (has(self[12].matches) ? self[12].matches.size() + : 0) : 0) + (self.size() > 13 ? (has(self[13].matches) ? self[13].matches.size() + : 0) : 0) + (self.size() > 14 ? (has(self[14].matches) ? self[14].matches.size() + : 0) : 0) + (self.size() > 15 ? (has(self[15].matches) ? self[15].matches.size() + : 0) : 0) <= 128' + - message: Rule name must be unique within the route + rule: self.all(l1, !has(l1.name) || self.exists_one(l2, has(l2.name) + && l1.name == l2.name)) + useDefaultGateways: + description: |- + UseDefaultGateways indicates the default Gateway scope to use for this + Route. If unset (the default) or set to None, the Route will not be + attached to any default Gateway; if set, it will be attached to any + default Gateway supporting the named scope, subject to the usual rules + about which Routes a Gateway is allowed to claim. + + Think carefully before using this functionality! The set of default + Gateways supporting the requested scope can change over time without + any notice to the Route author, and in many situations it will not be + appropriate to request a default Gateway for a given Route -- for + example, a Route with specific security requirements should almost + certainly not use a default Gateway. + enum: + - All + - None + type: string + type: object + status: + description: Status defines the current state of GRPCRoute. + properties: + parents: + description: |- + Parents is a list of parent resources (usually Gateways) that are + associated with the route, and the status of the route with respect to + each parent. When this route attaches to a parent, the controller that + manages the parent must add an entry to this list when the controller + first sees the route and should update the entry as appropriate when the + route or gateway is modified. + + Note that parent references that cannot be resolved by an implementation + of this API will not be added to this list. Implementations of this API + can only populate Route status for the Gateways/parent resources they are + responsible for. + + A maximum of 32 Gateways will be represented in this list. An empty list + means the route has not been attached to any Gateway. + items: + description: |- + RouteParentStatus describes the status of a route with respect to an + associated Parent. + properties: + conditions: + description: |- + Conditions describes the status of the route with respect to the Gateway. + Note that the route's availability is also subject to the Gateway's own + status conditions and listener status. + + If the Route's ParentRef specifies an existing Gateway that supports + Routes of this kind AND that Gateway's controller has sufficient access, + then that Gateway's controller MUST set the "Accepted" condition on the + Route, to indicate whether the route has been accepted or rejected by the + Gateway, and why. + + A Route MUST be considered "Accepted" if at least one of the Route's + rules is implemented by the Gateway. + + There are a number of cases where the "Accepted" condition may not be set + due to lack of controller visibility, that includes when: + + * The Route refers to a nonexistent parent. + * The Route is of a type that the controller does not support. + * The Route is in a namespace the controller does not have access to. + items: + description: Condition contains details for one aspect of + the current state of this API Resource. + properties: + lastTransitionTime: + description: |- + lastTransitionTime is the last time the condition transitioned from one status to another. + This should be when the underlying condition changed. If that is not known, then using the time when the API field changed is acceptable. + format: date-time + type: string + message: + description: |- + message is a human readable message indicating details about the transition. + This may be an empty string. + maxLength: 32768 + type: string + observedGeneration: + description: |- + observedGeneration represents the .metadata.generation that the condition was set based upon. + For instance, if .metadata.generation is currently 12, but the .status.conditions[x].observedGeneration is 9, the condition is out of date + with respect to the current state of the instance. + format: int64 + minimum: 0 + type: integer + reason: + description: |- + reason contains a programmatic identifier indicating the reason for the condition's last transition. + Producers of specific condition types may define expected values and meanings for this field, + and whether the values are considered a guaranteed API. + The value should be a CamelCase string. + This field may not be empty. + maxLength: 1024 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[A-Za-z]([A-Za-z0-9_,:]*[A-Za-z0-9_])?$ + type: string + status: + description: status of the condition, one of True, False, + Unknown. + enum: + - "True" + - "False" + - Unknown + type: string + type: + description: type of condition in CamelCase or in foo.example.com/CamelCase. + maxLength: 316 + pattern: ^([a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*/)?(([A-Za-z0-9][-A-Za-z0-9_.]*)?[A-Za-z0-9])$ + type: string + required: + - lastTransitionTime + - message + - reason + - status + - type + type: object + maxItems: 8 + minItems: 1 + type: array + x-kubernetes-list-map-keys: + - type + x-kubernetes-list-type: map + controllerName: + description: |- + ControllerName is a domain/path string that indicates the name of the + controller that wrote this status. This corresponds with the + controllerName field on GatewayClass. + + Example: "example.net/gateway-controller". + + The format of this field is DOMAIN "/" PATH, where DOMAIN and PATH are + valid Kubernetes names + (https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/names/#names). + + Controllers MUST populate this field when writing status. Controllers should ensure that + entries to status populated with their ControllerName are cleaned up when they are no + longer necessary. + maxLength: 253 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*\/[A-Za-z0-9\/\-._~%!$&'()*+,;=:]+$ + type: string + parentRef: + description: |- + ParentRef corresponds with a ParentRef in the spec that this + RouteParentStatus struct describes the status of. + properties: + group: + default: gateway.networking.k8s.io + description: |- + Group is the group of the referent. + When unspecified, "gateway.networking.k8s.io" is inferred. + To set the core API group (such as for a "Service" kind referent), + Group must be explicitly set to "" (empty string). + + Support: Core + maxLength: 253 + pattern: ^$|^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$ + type: string + kind: + default: Gateway + description: |- + Kind is kind of the referent. + + There are two kinds of parent resources with "Core" support: + + * Gateway (Gateway conformance profile) + * Service (Mesh conformance profile, ClusterIP Services only) + + Support for other resources is Implementation-Specific. + maxLength: 63 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[a-zA-Z]([-a-zA-Z0-9]*[a-zA-Z0-9])?$ + type: string + name: + description: |- + Name is the name of the referent. + + Support: Core + maxLength: 253 + minLength: 1 + type: string + namespace: + description: |- + Namespace is the namespace of the referent. When unspecified, this refers + to the local namespace of the Route. + + Note that there are specific rules for ParentRefs which cross namespace + boundaries. Cross-namespace references are only valid if they are explicitly + allowed by something in the namespace they are referring to. For example: + Gateway has the AllowedRoutes field, and ReferenceGrant provides a + generic way to enable any other kind of cross-namespace reference. + + + ParentRefs from a Route to a Service in the same namespace are "producer" + routes, which apply default routing rules to inbound connections from + any namespace to the Service. + + ParentRefs from a Route to a Service in a different namespace are + "consumer" routes, and these routing rules are only applied to outbound + connections originating from the same namespace as the Route, for which + the intended destination of the connections are a Service targeted as a + ParentRef of the Route. + + + Support: Core + maxLength: 63 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?$ + type: string + port: + description: |- + Port is the network port this Route targets. It can be interpreted + differently based on the type of parent resource. + + When the parent resource is a Gateway, this targets all listeners + listening on the specified port that also support this kind of Route(and + select this Route). It's not recommended to set `Port` unless the + networking behaviors specified in a Route must apply to a specific port + as opposed to a listener(s) whose port(s) may be changed. When both Port + and SectionName are specified, the name and port of the selected listener + must match both specified values. + + + When the parent resource is a Service, this targets a specific port in the + Service spec. When both Port (experimental) and SectionName are specified, + the name and port of the selected port must match both specified values. + + + Implementations MAY choose to support other parent resources. + Implementations supporting other types of parent resources MUST clearly + document how/if Port is interpreted. + + For the purpose of status, an attachment is considered successful as + long as the parent resource accepts it partially. For example, Gateway + listeners can restrict which Routes can attach to them by Route kind, + namespace, or hostname. If 1 of 2 Gateway listeners accept attachment + from the referencing Route, the Route MUST be considered successfully + attached. If no Gateway listeners accept attachment from this Route, + the Route MUST be considered detached from the Gateway. + + Support: Extended + format: int32 + maximum: 65535 + minimum: 1 + type: integer + sectionName: + description: |- + SectionName is the name of a section within the target resource. In the + following resources, SectionName is interpreted as the following: + + * Gateway: Listener name. When both Port (experimental) and SectionName + are specified, the name and port of the selected listener must match + both specified values. + * Service: Port name. When both Port (experimental) and SectionName + are specified, the name and port of the selected listener must match + both specified values. + + Implementations MAY choose to support attaching Routes to other resources. + If that is the case, they MUST clearly document how SectionName is + interpreted. + + When unspecified (empty string), this will reference the entire resource. + For the purpose of status, an attachment is considered successful if at + least one section in the parent resource accepts it. For example, Gateway + listeners can restrict which Routes can attach to them by Route kind, + namespace, or hostname. If 1 of 2 Gateway listeners accept attachment from + the referencing Route, the Route MUST be considered successfully + attached. If no Gateway listeners accept attachment from this Route, the + Route MUST be considered detached from the Gateway. + + Support: Core + maxLength: 253 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$ + type: string + required: + - name + type: object + required: + - conditions + - controllerName + - parentRef + type: object + maxItems: 32 + type: array + x-kubernetes-list-type: atomic + required: + - parents + type: object + required: + - spec + type: object + served: true + storage: true + subresources: + status: {} +status: + acceptedNames: + kind: "" + plural: "" + conditions: null + storedVersions: null +{{- end }} +{{- end }} diff --git a/charts/kgateway/kgateway/charts/gateway-api/templates/crds/experimental/gateway.networking.k8s.io_httproutes.yaml b/charts/kgateway/kgateway/charts/gateway-api/templates/crds/experimental/gateway.networking.k8s.io_httproutes.yaml new file mode 100644 index 000000000..afc9e3566 --- /dev/null +++ b/charts/kgateway/kgateway/charts/gateway-api/templates/crds/experimental/gateway.networking.k8s.io_httproutes.yaml @@ -0,0 +1,8370 @@ +{{- if eq .Values.specification "experimental" }} +{{- $crd := lookup "apiextensions.k8s.io/v1" "CustomResourceDefinition" "" "httproutes.gateway.networking.k8s.io" }} +{{- if not $crd }} +apiVersion: apiextensions.k8s.io/v1 +kind: CustomResourceDefinition +metadata: + annotations: + api-approved.kubernetes.io: https://github.com/kubernetes-sigs/gateway-api/pull/3328 + helm.sh/resource-policy: keep + gateway.networking.k8s.io/channel: experimental + name: httproutes.gateway.networking.k8s.io +spec: + group: gateway.networking.k8s.io + names: + categories: + - gateway-api + kind: HTTPRoute + listKind: HTTPRouteList + plural: httproutes + singular: httproute + scope: Namespaced + versions: + - additionalPrinterColumns: + - jsonPath: .spec.hostnames + name: Hostnames + type: string + - jsonPath: .metadata.creationTimestamp + name: Age + type: date + name: v1 + schema: + openAPIV3Schema: + description: |- + HTTPRoute provides a way to route HTTP requests. This includes the capability + to match requests by hostname, path, header, or query param. Filters can be + used to specify additional processing steps. Backends specify where matching + requests should be routed. + properties: + apiVersion: + description: |- + APIVersion defines the versioned schema of this representation of an object. + Servers should convert recognized schemas to the latest internal value, and + may reject unrecognized values. + More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#resources + type: string + kind: + description: |- + Kind is a string value representing the REST resource this object represents. + Servers may infer this from the endpoint the client submits requests to. + Cannot be updated. + In CamelCase. + More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#types-kinds + type: string + metadata: + type: object + spec: + description: Spec defines the desired state of HTTPRoute. + properties: + hostnames: + description: |- + Hostnames defines a set of hostnames that should match against the HTTP Host + header to select a HTTPRoute used to process the request. Implementations + MUST ignore any port value specified in the HTTP Host header while + performing a match and (absent of any applicable header modification + configuration) MUST forward this header unmodified to the backend. + + Valid values for Hostnames are determined by RFC 1123 definition of a + hostname with 2 notable exceptions: + + 1. IPs are not allowed. + 2. A hostname may be prefixed with a wildcard label (`*.`). The wildcard + label must appear by itself as the first label. + + If a hostname is specified by both the Listener and HTTPRoute, there + must be at least one intersecting hostname for the HTTPRoute to be + attached to the Listener. For example: + + * A Listener with `test.example.com` as the hostname matches HTTPRoutes + that have either not specified any hostnames, or have specified at + least one of `test.example.com` or `*.example.com`. + * A Listener with `*.example.com` as the hostname matches HTTPRoutes + that have either not specified any hostnames or have specified at least + one hostname that matches the Listener hostname. For example, + `*.example.com`, `test.example.com`, and `foo.test.example.com` would + all match. On the other hand, `example.com` and `test.example.net` would + not match. + + Hostnames that are prefixed with a wildcard label (`*.`) are interpreted + as a suffix match. That means that a match for `*.example.com` would match + both `test.example.com`, and `foo.test.example.com`, but not `example.com`. + + If both the Listener and HTTPRoute have specified hostnames, any + HTTPRoute hostnames that do not match the Listener hostname MUST be + ignored. For example, if a Listener specified `*.example.com`, and the + HTTPRoute specified `test.example.com` and `test.example.net`, + `test.example.net` must not be considered for a match. + + If both the Listener and HTTPRoute have specified hostnames, and none + match with the criteria above, then the HTTPRoute is not accepted. The + implementation must raise an 'Accepted' Condition with a status of + `False` in the corresponding RouteParentStatus. + + In the event that multiple HTTPRoutes specify intersecting hostnames (e.g. + overlapping wildcard matching and exact matching hostnames), precedence must + be given to rules from the HTTPRoute with the largest number of: + + * Characters in a matching non-wildcard hostname. + * Characters in a matching hostname. + + If ties exist across multiple Routes, the matching precedence rules for + HTTPRouteMatches takes over. + + Support: Core + items: + description: |- + Hostname is the fully qualified domain name of a network host. This matches + the RFC 1123 definition of a hostname with 2 notable exceptions: + + 1. IPs are not allowed. + 2. A hostname may be prefixed with a wildcard label (`*.`). The wildcard + label must appear by itself as the first label. + + Hostname can be "precise" which is a domain name without the terminating + dot of a network host (e.g. "foo.example.com") or "wildcard", which is a + domain name prefixed with a single wildcard label (e.g. `*.example.com`). + + Note that as per RFC1035 and RFC1123, a *label* must consist of lower case + alphanumeric characters or '-', and must start and end with an alphanumeric + character. No other punctuation is allowed. + maxLength: 253 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^(\*\.)?[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$ + type: string + maxItems: 16 + type: array + x-kubernetes-list-type: atomic + parentRefs: + description: |- + ParentRefs references the resources (usually Gateways) that a Route wants + to be attached to. Note that the referenced parent resource needs to + allow this for the attachment to be complete. For Gateways, that means + the Gateway needs to allow attachment from Routes of this kind and + namespace. For Services, that means the Service must either be in the same + namespace for a "producer" route, or the mesh implementation must support + and allow "consumer" routes for the referenced Service. ReferenceGrant is + not applicable for governing ParentRefs to Services - it is not possible to + create a "producer" route for a Service in a different namespace from the + Route. + + There are two kinds of parent resources with "Core" support: + + * Gateway (Gateway conformance profile) + * Service (Mesh conformance profile, ClusterIP Services only) + + This API may be extended in the future to support additional kinds of parent + resources. + + ParentRefs must be _distinct_. This means either that: + + * They select different objects. If this is the case, then parentRef + entries are distinct. In terms of fields, this means that the + multi-part key defined by `group`, `kind`, `namespace`, and `name` must + be unique across all parentRef entries in the Route. + * They do not select different objects, but for each optional field used, + each ParentRef that selects the same object must set the same set of + optional fields to different values. If one ParentRef sets a + combination of optional fields, all must set the same combination. + + Some examples: + + * If one ParentRef sets `sectionName`, all ParentRefs referencing the + same object must also set `sectionName`. + * If one ParentRef sets `port`, all ParentRefs referencing the same + object must also set `port`. + * If one ParentRef sets `sectionName` and `port`, all ParentRefs + referencing the same object must also set `sectionName` and `port`. + + It is possible to separately reference multiple distinct objects that may + be collapsed by an implementation. For example, some implementations may + choose to merge compatible Gateway Listeners together. If that is the + case, the list of routes attached to those resources should also be + merged. + + Note that for ParentRefs that cross namespace boundaries, there are specific + rules. Cross-namespace references are only valid if they are explicitly + allowed by something in the namespace they are referring to. For example, + Gateway has the AllowedRoutes field, and ReferenceGrant provides a + generic way to enable other kinds of cross-namespace reference. + + + ParentRefs from a Route to a Service in the same namespace are "producer" + routes, which apply default routing rules to inbound connections from + any namespace to the Service. + + ParentRefs from a Route to a Service in a different namespace are + "consumer" routes, and these routing rules are only applied to outbound + connections originating from the same namespace as the Route, for which + the intended destination of the connections are a Service targeted as a + ParentRef of the Route. + items: + description: |- + ParentReference identifies an API object (usually a Gateway) that can be considered + a parent of this resource (usually a route). There are two kinds of parent resources + with "Core" support: + + * Gateway (Gateway conformance profile) + * Service (Mesh conformance profile, ClusterIP Services only) + + This API may be extended in the future to support additional kinds of parent + resources. + + The API object must be valid in the cluster; the Group and Kind must + be registered in the cluster for this reference to be valid. + properties: + group: + default: gateway.networking.k8s.io + description: |- + Group is the group of the referent. + When unspecified, "gateway.networking.k8s.io" is inferred. + To set the core API group (such as for a "Service" kind referent), + Group must be explicitly set to "" (empty string). + + Support: Core + maxLength: 253 + pattern: ^$|^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$ + type: string + kind: + default: Gateway + description: |- + Kind is kind of the referent. + + There are two kinds of parent resources with "Core" support: + + * Gateway (Gateway conformance profile) + * Service (Mesh conformance profile, ClusterIP Services only) + + Support for other resources is Implementation-Specific. + maxLength: 63 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[a-zA-Z]([-a-zA-Z0-9]*[a-zA-Z0-9])?$ + type: string + name: + description: |- + Name is the name of the referent. + + Support: Core + maxLength: 253 + minLength: 1 + type: string + namespace: + description: |- + Namespace is the namespace of the referent. When unspecified, this refers + to the local namespace of the Route. + + Note that there are specific rules for ParentRefs which cross namespace + boundaries. Cross-namespace references are only valid if they are explicitly + allowed by something in the namespace they are referring to. For example: + Gateway has the AllowedRoutes field, and ReferenceGrant provides a + generic way to enable any other kind of cross-namespace reference. + + + ParentRefs from a Route to a Service in the same namespace are "producer" + routes, which apply default routing rules to inbound connections from + any namespace to the Service. + + ParentRefs from a Route to a Service in a different namespace are + "consumer" routes, and these routing rules are only applied to outbound + connections originating from the same namespace as the Route, for which + the intended destination of the connections are a Service targeted as a + ParentRef of the Route. + + + Support: Core + maxLength: 63 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?$ + type: string + port: + description: |- + Port is the network port this Route targets. It can be interpreted + differently based on the type of parent resource. + + When the parent resource is a Gateway, this targets all listeners + listening on the specified port that also support this kind of Route(and + select this Route). It's not recommended to set `Port` unless the + networking behaviors specified in a Route must apply to a specific port + as opposed to a listener(s) whose port(s) may be changed. When both Port + and SectionName are specified, the name and port of the selected listener + must match both specified values. + + + When the parent resource is a Service, this targets a specific port in the + Service spec. When both Port (experimental) and SectionName are specified, + the name and port of the selected port must match both specified values. + + + Implementations MAY choose to support other parent resources. + Implementations supporting other types of parent resources MUST clearly + document how/if Port is interpreted. + + For the purpose of status, an attachment is considered successful as + long as the parent resource accepts it partially. For example, Gateway + listeners can restrict which Routes can attach to them by Route kind, + namespace, or hostname. If 1 of 2 Gateway listeners accept attachment + from the referencing Route, the Route MUST be considered successfully + attached. If no Gateway listeners accept attachment from this Route, + the Route MUST be considered detached from the Gateway. + + Support: Extended + format: int32 + maximum: 65535 + minimum: 1 + type: integer + sectionName: + description: |- + SectionName is the name of a section within the target resource. In the + following resources, SectionName is interpreted as the following: + + * Gateway: Listener name. When both Port (experimental) and SectionName + are specified, the name and port of the selected listener must match + both specified values. + * Service: Port name. When both Port (experimental) and SectionName + are specified, the name and port of the selected listener must match + both specified values. + + Implementations MAY choose to support attaching Routes to other resources. + If that is the case, they MUST clearly document how SectionName is + interpreted. + + When unspecified (empty string), this will reference the entire resource. + For the purpose of status, an attachment is considered successful if at + least one section in the parent resource accepts it. For example, Gateway + listeners can restrict which Routes can attach to them by Route kind, + namespace, or hostname. If 1 of 2 Gateway listeners accept attachment from + the referencing Route, the Route MUST be considered successfully + attached. If no Gateway listeners accept attachment from this Route, the + Route MUST be considered detached from the Gateway. + + Support: Core + maxLength: 253 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$ + type: string + required: + - name + type: object + maxItems: 32 + type: array + x-kubernetes-list-type: atomic + x-kubernetes-validations: + - message: sectionName or port must be specified when parentRefs includes + 2 or more references to the same parent + rule: 'self.all(p1, self.all(p2, p1.group == p2.group && p1.kind + == p2.kind && p1.name == p2.name && (((!has(p1.__namespace__) + || p1.__namespace__ == '''') && (!has(p2.__namespace__) || p2.__namespace__ + == '''')) || (has(p1.__namespace__) && has(p2.__namespace__) && + p1.__namespace__ == p2.__namespace__)) ? ((!has(p1.sectionName) + || p1.sectionName == '''') == (!has(p2.sectionName) || p2.sectionName + == '''') && (!has(p1.port) || p1.port == 0) == (!has(p2.port) + || p2.port == 0)): true))' + - message: sectionName or port must be unique when parentRefs includes + 2 or more references to the same parent + rule: self.all(p1, self.exists_one(p2, p1.group == p2.group && p1.kind + == p2.kind && p1.name == p2.name && (((!has(p1.__namespace__) + || p1.__namespace__ == '') && (!has(p2.__namespace__) || p2.__namespace__ + == '')) || (has(p1.__namespace__) && has(p2.__namespace__) && + p1.__namespace__ == p2.__namespace__ )) && (((!has(p1.sectionName) + || p1.sectionName == '') && (!has(p2.sectionName) || p2.sectionName + == '')) || ( has(p1.sectionName) && has(p2.sectionName) && p1.sectionName + == p2.sectionName)) && (((!has(p1.port) || p1.port == 0) && (!has(p2.port) + || p2.port == 0)) || (has(p1.port) && has(p2.port) && p1.port + == p2.port)))) + rules: + default: + - matches: + - path: + type: PathPrefix + value: / + description: Rules are a list of HTTP matchers, filters and actions. + items: + description: |- + HTTPRouteRule defines semantics for matching an HTTP request based on + conditions (matches), processing it (filters), and forwarding the request to + an API object (backendRefs). + properties: + backendRefs: + description: |- + BackendRefs defines the backend(s) where matching requests should be + sent. + + Failure behavior here depends on how many BackendRefs are specified and + how many are invalid. + + If *all* entries in BackendRefs are invalid, and there are also no filters + specified in this route rule, *all* traffic which matches this rule MUST + receive a 500 status code. + + See the HTTPBackendRef definition for the rules about what makes a single + HTTPBackendRef invalid. + + When a HTTPBackendRef is invalid, 500 status codes MUST be returned for + requests that would have otherwise been routed to an invalid backend. If + multiple backends are specified, and some are invalid, the proportion of + requests that would otherwise have been routed to an invalid backend + MUST receive a 500 status code. + + For example, if two backends are specified with equal weights, and one is + invalid, 50 percent of traffic must receive a 500. Implementations may + choose how that 50 percent is determined. + + When a HTTPBackendRef refers to a Service that has no ready endpoints, + implementations SHOULD return a 503 for requests to that backend instead. + If an implementation chooses to do this, all of the above rules for 500 responses + MUST also apply for responses that return a 503. + + Support: Core for Kubernetes Service + + Support: Extended for Kubernetes ServiceImport + + Support: Implementation-specific for any other resource + + Support for weight: Core + items: + description: |- + HTTPBackendRef defines how a HTTPRoute forwards a HTTP request. + + Note that when a namespace different than the local namespace is specified, a + ReferenceGrant object is required in the referent namespace to allow that + namespace's owner to accept the reference. See the ReferenceGrant + documentation for details. + + + When the BackendRef points to a Kubernetes Service, implementations SHOULD + honor the appProtocol field if it is set for the target Service Port. + + Implementations supporting appProtocol SHOULD recognize the Kubernetes + Standard Application Protocols defined in KEP-3726. + + If a Service appProtocol isn't specified, an implementation MAY infer the + backend protocol through its own means. Implementations MAY infer the + protocol from the Route type referring to the backend Service. + + If a Route is not able to send traffic to the backend using the specified + protocol then the backend is considered invalid. Implementations MUST set the + "ResolvedRefs" condition to "False" with the "UnsupportedProtocol" reason. + properties: + filters: + description: |- + Filters defined at this level should be executed if and only if the + request is being forwarded to the backend defined here. + + Support: Implementation-specific (For broader support of filters, use the + Filters field in HTTPRouteRule.) + items: + description: |- + HTTPRouteFilter defines processing steps that must be completed during the + request or response lifecycle. HTTPRouteFilters are meant as an extension + point to express processing that may be done in Gateway implementations. Some + examples include request or response modification, implementing + authentication strategies, rate-limiting, and traffic shaping. API + guarantee/conformance is defined based on the type of the filter. + properties: + cors: + description: |- + CORS defines a schema for a filter that responds to the + cross-origin request based on HTTP response header. + + Support: Extended + properties: + allowCredentials: + description: |- + AllowCredentials indicates whether the actual cross-origin request allows + to include credentials. + + When set to true, the gateway will include the `Access-Control-Allow-Credentials` + response header with value true (case-sensitive). + + When set to false or omitted the gateway will omit the header + `Access-Control-Allow-Credentials` entirely (this is the standard CORS + behavior). + + Support: Extended + type: boolean + allowHeaders: + description: |- + AllowHeaders indicates which HTTP request headers are supported for + accessing the requested resource. + + Header names are not case sensitive. + + Multiple header names in the value of the `Access-Control-Allow-Headers` + response header are separated by a comma (","). + + When the `AllowHeaders` field is configured with one or more headers, the + gateway must return the `Access-Control-Allow-Headers` response header + which value is present in the `AllowHeaders` field. + + If any header name in the `Access-Control-Request-Headers` request header + is not included in the list of header names specified by the response + header `Access-Control-Allow-Headers`, it will present an error on the + client side. + + If any header name in the `Access-Control-Allow-Headers` response header + does not recognize by the client, it will also occur an error on the + client side. + + A wildcard indicates that the requests with all HTTP headers are allowed. + The `Access-Control-Allow-Headers` response header can only use `*` + wildcard as value when the `AllowCredentials` field is false or omitted. + + When the `AllowCredentials` field is true and `AllowHeaders` field + specified with the `*` wildcard, the gateway must specify one or more + HTTP headers in the value of the `Access-Control-Allow-Headers` response + header. The value of the header `Access-Control-Allow-Headers` is same as + the `Access-Control-Request-Headers` header provided by the client. If + the header `Access-Control-Request-Headers` is not included in the + request, the gateway will omit the `Access-Control-Allow-Headers` + response header, instead of specifying the `*` wildcard. A Gateway + implementation may choose to add implementation-specific default headers. + + Support: Extended + items: + description: |- + HTTPHeaderName is the name of an HTTP header. + + Valid values include: + + * "Authorization" + * "Set-Cookie" + + Invalid values include: + + - ":method" - ":" is an invalid character. This means that HTTP/2 pseudo + headers are not currently supported by this type. + - "/invalid" - "/ " is an invalid character + maxLength: 256 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[A-Za-z0-9!#$%&'*+\-.^_\x60|~]+$ + type: string + maxItems: 64 + type: array + x-kubernetes-list-type: set + allowMethods: + description: |- + AllowMethods indicates which HTTP methods are supported for accessing the + requested resource. + + Valid values are any method defined by RFC9110, along with the special + value `*`, which represents all HTTP methods are allowed. + + Method names are case sensitive, so these values are also case-sensitive. + (See https://www.rfc-editor.org/rfc/rfc2616#section-5.1.1) + + Multiple method names in the value of the `Access-Control-Allow-Methods` + response header are separated by a comma (","). + + A CORS-safelisted method is a method that is `GET`, `HEAD`, or `POST`. + (See https://fetch.spec.whatwg.org/#cors-safelisted-method) The + CORS-safelisted methods are always allowed, regardless of whether they + are specified in the `AllowMethods` field. + + When the `AllowMethods` field is configured with one or more methods, the + gateway must return the `Access-Control-Allow-Methods` response header + which value is present in the `AllowMethods` field. + + If the HTTP method of the `Access-Control-Request-Method` request header + is not included in the list of methods specified by the response header + `Access-Control-Allow-Methods`, it will present an error on the client + side. + + The `Access-Control-Allow-Methods` response header can only use `*` + wildcard as value when the `AllowCredentials` field is false or omitted. + + When the `AllowCredentials` field is true and `AllowMethods` field + specified with the `*` wildcard, the gateway must specify one HTTP method + in the value of the Access-Control-Allow-Methods response header. The + value of the header `Access-Control-Allow-Methods` is same as the + `Access-Control-Request-Method` header provided by the client. If the + header `Access-Control-Request-Method` is not included in the request, + the gateway will omit the `Access-Control-Allow-Methods` response header, + instead of specifying the `*` wildcard. A Gateway implementation may + choose to add implementation-specific default methods. + + Support: Extended + items: + enum: + - GET + - HEAD + - POST + - PUT + - DELETE + - CONNECT + - OPTIONS + - TRACE + - PATCH + - '*' + type: string + maxItems: 9 + type: array + x-kubernetes-list-type: set + x-kubernetes-validations: + - message: AllowMethods cannot contain '*' alongside + other methods + rule: '!(''*'' in self && self.size() > 1)' + allowOrigins: + description: |- + AllowOrigins indicates whether the response can be shared with requested + resource from the given `Origin`. + + The `Origin` consists of a scheme and a host, with an optional port, and + takes the form `://(:)`. + + Valid values for scheme are: `http` and `https`. + + Valid values for port are any integer between 1 and 65535 (the list of + available TCP/UDP ports). Note that, if not included, port `80` is + assumed for `http` scheme origins, and port `443` is assumed for `https` + origins. This may affect origin matching. + + The host part of the origin may contain the wildcard character `*`. These + wildcard characters behave as follows: + + * `*` is a greedy match to the _left_, including any number of + DNS labels to the left of its position. This also means that + `*` will include any number of period `.` characters to the + left of its position. + * A wildcard by itself matches all hosts. + + An origin value that includes _only_ the `*` character indicates requests + from all `Origin`s are allowed. + + When the `AllowOrigins` field is configured with multiple origins, it + means the server supports clients from multiple origins. If the request + `Origin` matches the configured allowed origins, the gateway must return + the given `Origin` and sets value of the header + `Access-Control-Allow-Origin` same as the `Origin` header provided by the + client. + + The status code of a successful response to a "preflight" request is + always an OK status (i.e., 204 or 200). + + If the request `Origin` does not match the configured allowed origins, + the gateway returns 204/200 response but doesn't set the relevant + cross-origin response headers. Alternatively, the gateway responds with + 403 status to the "preflight" request is denied, coupled with omitting + the CORS headers. The cross-origin request fails on the client side. + Therefore, the client doesn't attempt the actual cross-origin request. + + The `Access-Control-Allow-Origin` response header can only use `*` + wildcard as value when the `AllowCredentials` field is false or omitted. + + When the `AllowCredentials` field is true and `AllowOrigins` field + specified with the `*` wildcard, the gateway must return a single origin + in the value of the `Access-Control-Allow-Origin` response header, + instead of specifying the `*` wildcard. The value of the header + `Access-Control-Allow-Origin` is same as the `Origin` header provided by + the client. + + Support: Extended + items: + description: |- + The CORSOrigin MUST NOT be a relative URI, and it MUST follow the URI syntax and + encoding rules specified in RFC3986. The CORSOrigin MUST include both a + scheme (e.g., "http" or "spiffe") and a scheme-specific-part, or it should be a single '*' character. + URIs that include an authority MUST include a fully qualified domain name or + IP address as the host. + maxLength: 253 + minLength: 1 + pattern: (^\*$)|(^([a-zA-Z][a-zA-Z0-9+\-.]+):\/\/([^:/?#]+)(:([0-9]{1,5}))?$) + type: string + maxItems: 64 + type: array + x-kubernetes-list-type: set + x-kubernetes-validations: + - message: AllowOrigins cannot contain '*' alongside + other origins + rule: '!(''*'' in self && self.size() > 1)' + exposeHeaders: + description: |- + ExposeHeaders indicates which HTTP response headers can be exposed + to client-side scripts in response to a cross-origin request. + + A CORS-safelisted response header is an HTTP header in a CORS response + that it is considered safe to expose to the client scripts. + The CORS-safelisted response headers include the following headers: + `Cache-Control` + `Content-Language` + `Content-Length` + `Content-Type` + `Expires` + `Last-Modified` + `Pragma` + (See https://fetch.spec.whatwg.org/#cors-safelisted-response-header-name) + The CORS-safelisted response headers are exposed to client by default. + + When an HTTP header name is specified using the `ExposeHeaders` field, + this additional header will be exposed as part of the response to the + client. + + Header names are not case sensitive. + + Multiple header names in the value of the `Access-Control-Expose-Headers` + response header are separated by a comma (","). + + A wildcard indicates that the responses with all HTTP headers are exposed + to clients. The `Access-Control-Expose-Headers` response header can only + use `*` wildcard as value when the `AllowCredentials` field is false or omitted. + + Support: Extended + items: + description: |- + HTTPHeaderName is the name of an HTTP header. + + Valid values include: + + * "Authorization" + * "Set-Cookie" + + Invalid values include: + + - ":method" - ":" is an invalid character. This means that HTTP/2 pseudo + headers are not currently supported by this type. + - "/invalid" - "/ " is an invalid character + maxLength: 256 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[A-Za-z0-9!#$%&'*+\-.^_\x60|~]+$ + type: string + maxItems: 64 + type: array + x-kubernetes-list-type: set + maxAge: + default: 5 + description: |- + MaxAge indicates the duration (in seconds) for the client to cache the + results of a "preflight" request. + + The information provided by the `Access-Control-Allow-Methods` and + `Access-Control-Allow-Headers` response headers can be cached by the + client until the time specified by `Access-Control-Max-Age` elapses. + + The default value of `Access-Control-Max-Age` response header is 5 + (seconds). + format: int32 + minimum: 1 + type: integer + type: object + extensionRef: + description: |- + ExtensionRef is an optional, implementation-specific extension to the + "filter" behavior. For example, resource "myroutefilter" in group + "networking.example.net"). ExtensionRef MUST NOT be used for core and + extended filters. + + This filter can be used multiple times within the same rule. + + Support: Implementation-specific + properties: + group: + description: |- + Group is the group of the referent. For example, "gateway.networking.k8s.io". + When unspecified or empty string, core API group is inferred. + maxLength: 253 + pattern: ^$|^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$ + type: string + kind: + description: Kind is kind of the referent. For + example "HTTPRoute" or "Service". + maxLength: 63 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[a-zA-Z]([-a-zA-Z0-9]*[a-zA-Z0-9])?$ + type: string + name: + description: Name is the name of the referent. + maxLength: 253 + minLength: 1 + type: string + required: + - group + - kind + - name + type: object + externalAuth: + description: |- + ExternalAuth configures settings related to sending request details + to an external auth service. The external service MUST authenticate + the request, and MAY authorize the request as well. + + If there is any problem communicating with the external service, + this filter MUST fail closed. + + Support: Extended + properties: + backendRef: + description: |- + BackendRef is a reference to a backend to send authorization + requests to. + + The backend must speak the selected protocol (GRPC or HTTP) on the + referenced port. + + If the backend service requires TLS, use BackendTLSPolicy to tell the + implementation to supply the TLS details to be used to connect to that + backend. + properties: + group: + default: "" + description: |- + Group is the group of the referent. For example, "gateway.networking.k8s.io". + When unspecified or empty string, core API group is inferred. + maxLength: 253 + pattern: ^$|^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$ + type: string + kind: + default: Service + description: |- + Kind is the Kubernetes resource kind of the referent. For example + "Service". + + Defaults to "Service" when not specified. + + ExternalName services can refer to CNAME DNS records that may live + outside of the cluster and as such are difficult to reason about in + terms of conformance. They also may not be safe to forward to (see + CVE-2021-25740 for more information). Implementations SHOULD NOT + support ExternalName Services. + + Support: Core (Services with a type other than ExternalName) + + Support: Implementation-specific (Services with type ExternalName) + maxLength: 63 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[a-zA-Z]([-a-zA-Z0-9]*[a-zA-Z0-9])?$ + type: string + name: + description: Name is the name of the referent. + maxLength: 253 + minLength: 1 + type: string + namespace: + description: |- + Namespace is the namespace of the backend. When unspecified, the local + namespace is inferred. + + Note that when a namespace different than the local namespace is specified, + a ReferenceGrant object is required in the referent namespace to allow that + namespace's owner to accept the reference. See the ReferenceGrant + documentation for details. + + Support: Core + maxLength: 63 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?$ + type: string + port: + description: |- + Port specifies the destination port number to use for this resource. + Port is required when the referent is a Kubernetes Service. In this + case, the port number is the service port number, not the target port. + For other resources, destination port might be derived from the referent + resource or this field. + format: int32 + maximum: 65535 + minimum: 1 + type: integer + required: + - name + type: object + x-kubernetes-validations: + - message: Must have port for Service reference + rule: '(size(self.group) == 0 && self.kind + == ''Service'') ? has(self.port) : true' + forwardBody: + description: |- + ForwardBody controls if requests to the authorization server should include + the body of the client request; and if so, how big that body is allowed + to be. + + It is expected that implementations will buffer the request body up to + `forwardBody.maxSize` bytes. Bodies over that size must be rejected with a + 4xx series error (413 or 403 are common examples), and fail processing + of the filter. + + If unset, or `forwardBody.maxSize` is set to `0`, then the body will not + be forwarded. + + Feature Name: HTTPRouteExternalAuthForwardBody + properties: + maxSize: + description: |- + MaxSize specifies how large in bytes the largest body that will be buffered + and sent to the authorization server. If the body size is larger than + `maxSize`, then the body sent to the authorization server must be + truncated to `maxSize` bytes. + + Experimental note: This behavior needs to be checked against + various dataplanes; it may need to be changed. + See https://github.com/kubernetes-sigs/gateway-api/pull/4001#discussion_r2291405746 + for more. + + If 0, the body will not be sent to the authorization server. + type: integer + type: object + grpc: + description: |- + GRPCAuthConfig contains configuration for communication with ext_authz + protocol-speaking backends. + + If unset, implementations must assume the default behavior for each + included field is intended. + properties: + allowedHeaders: + description: |- + AllowedRequestHeaders specifies what headers from the client request + will be sent to the authorization server. + + If this list is empty, then all headers must be sent. + + If the list has entries, only those entries must be sent. + items: + type: string + maxItems: 64 + type: array + x-kubernetes-list-type: set + type: object + http: + description: |- + HTTPAuthConfig contains configuration for communication with HTTP-speaking + backends. + + If unset, implementations must assume the default behavior for each + included field is intended. + properties: + allowedHeaders: + description: |- + AllowedRequestHeaders specifies what additional headers from the client request + will be sent to the authorization server. + + The following headers must always be sent to the authorization server, + regardless of this setting: + + * `Host` + * `Method` + * `Path` + * `Content-Length` + * `Authorization` + + If this list is empty, then only those headers must be sent. + + Note that `Content-Length` has a special behavior, in that the length + sent must be correct for the actual request to the external authorization + server - that is, it must reflect the actual number of bytes sent in the + body of the request to the authorization server. + + So if the `forwardBody` stanza is unset, or `forwardBody.maxSize` is set + to `0`, then `Content-Length` must be `0`. If `forwardBody.maxSize` is set + to anything other than `0`, then the `Content-Length` of the authorization + request must be set to the actual number of bytes forwarded. + items: + type: string + maxItems: 64 + type: array + x-kubernetes-list-type: set + allowedResponseHeaders: + description: |- + AllowedResponseHeaders specifies what headers from the authorization response + will be copied into the request to the backend. + + If this list is empty, then all headers from the authorization server + except Authority or Host must be copied. + items: + type: string + maxItems: 64 + type: array + x-kubernetes-list-type: set + path: + description: |- + Path sets the prefix that paths from the client request will have added + when forwarded to the authorization server. + + When empty or unspecified, no prefix is added. + + Valid values are the same as the "value" regex for path values in the `match` + stanza, and the validation regex will screen out invalid paths in the same way. + Even with the validation, implementations MUST sanitize this input before using it + directly. + maxLength: 1024 + pattern: ^(?:[-A-Za-z0-9/._~!$&'()*+,;=:@]|[%][0-9a-fA-F]{2})+$ + type: string + type: object + protocol: + description: |- + ExternalAuthProtocol describes which protocol to use when communicating with an + ext_authz authorization server. + + When this is set to GRPC, each backend must use the Envoy ext_authz protocol + on the port specified in `backendRefs`. Requests and responses are defined + in the protobufs explained at: + https://www.envoyproxy.io/docs/envoy/latest/api-v3/service/auth/v3/external_auth.proto + + When this is set to HTTP, each backend must respond with a `200` status + code in on a successful authorization. Any other code is considered + an authorization failure. + + Feature Names: + GRPC Support - HTTPRouteExternalAuthGRPC + HTTP Support - HTTPRouteExternalAuthHTTP + enum: + - HTTP + - GRPC + type: string + required: + - backendRef + - protocol + type: object + x-kubernetes-validations: + - message: grpc must be specified when protocol + is set to 'GRPC' + rule: 'self.protocol == ''GRPC'' ? has(self.grpc) + : true' + - message: protocol must be 'GRPC' when grpc is + set + rule: 'has(self.grpc) ? self.protocol == ''GRPC'' + : true' + - message: http must be specified when protocol + is set to 'HTTP' + rule: 'self.protocol == ''HTTP'' ? has(self.http) + : true' + - message: protocol must be 'HTTP' when http is + set + rule: 'has(self.http) ? self.protocol == ''HTTP'' + : true' + requestHeaderModifier: + description: |- + RequestHeaderModifier defines a schema for a filter that modifies request + headers. + + Support: Core + properties: + add: + description: |- + Add adds the given header(s) (name, value) to the request + before the action. It appends to any existing values associated + with the header name. + + Input: + GET /foo HTTP/1.1 + my-header: foo + + Config: + add: + - name: "my-header" + value: "bar,baz" + + Output: + GET /foo HTTP/1.1 + my-header: foo,bar,baz + items: + description: HTTPHeader represents an HTTP + Header name and value as defined by RFC + 7230. + properties: + name: + description: |- + Name is the name of the HTTP Header to be matched. Name matching MUST be + case-insensitive. (See https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc7230#section-3.2). + + If multiple entries specify equivalent header names, the first entry with + an equivalent name MUST be considered for a match. Subsequent entries + with an equivalent header name MUST be ignored. Due to the + case-insensitivity of header names, "foo" and "Foo" are considered + equivalent. + maxLength: 256 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[A-Za-z0-9!#$%&'*+\-.^_\x60|~]+$ + type: string + value: + description: Value is the value of HTTP + Header to be matched. + maxLength: 4096 + minLength: 1 + type: string + required: + - name + - value + type: object + maxItems: 16 + type: array + x-kubernetes-list-map-keys: + - name + x-kubernetes-list-type: map + remove: + description: |- + Remove the given header(s) from the HTTP request before the action. The + value of Remove is a list of HTTP header names. Note that the header + names are case-insensitive (see + https://datatracker.ietf.org/doc/html/rfc2616#section-4.2). + + Input: + GET /foo HTTP/1.1 + my-header1: foo + my-header2: bar + my-header3: baz + + Config: + remove: ["my-header1", "my-header3"] + + Output: + GET /foo HTTP/1.1 + my-header2: bar + items: + type: string + maxItems: 16 + type: array + x-kubernetes-list-type: set + set: + description: |- + Set overwrites the request with the given header (name, value) + before the action. + + Input: + GET /foo HTTP/1.1 + my-header: foo + + Config: + set: + - name: "my-header" + value: "bar" + + Output: + GET /foo HTTP/1.1 + my-header: bar + items: + description: HTTPHeader represents an HTTP + Header name and value as defined by RFC + 7230. + properties: + name: + description: |- + Name is the name of the HTTP Header to be matched. Name matching MUST be + case-insensitive. (See https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc7230#section-3.2). + + If multiple entries specify equivalent header names, the first entry with + an equivalent name MUST be considered for a match. Subsequent entries + with an equivalent header name MUST be ignored. Due to the + case-insensitivity of header names, "foo" and "Foo" are considered + equivalent. + maxLength: 256 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[A-Za-z0-9!#$%&'*+\-.^_\x60|~]+$ + type: string + value: + description: Value is the value of HTTP + Header to be matched. + maxLength: 4096 + minLength: 1 + type: string + required: + - name + - value + type: object + maxItems: 16 + type: array + x-kubernetes-list-map-keys: + - name + x-kubernetes-list-type: map + type: object + requestMirror: + description: |- + RequestMirror defines a schema for a filter that mirrors requests. + Requests are sent to the specified destination, but responses from + that destination are ignored. + + This filter can be used multiple times within the same rule. Note that + not all implementations will be able to support mirroring to multiple + backends. + + Support: Extended + properties: + backendRef: + description: |- + BackendRef references a resource where mirrored requests are sent. + + Mirrored requests must be sent only to a single destination endpoint + within this BackendRef, irrespective of how many endpoints are present + within this BackendRef. + + If the referent cannot be found, this BackendRef is invalid and must be + dropped from the Gateway. The controller must ensure the "ResolvedRefs" + condition on the Route status is set to `status: False` and not configure + this backend in the underlying implementation. + + If there is a cross-namespace reference to an *existing* object + that is not allowed by a ReferenceGrant, the controller must ensure the + "ResolvedRefs" condition on the Route is set to `status: False`, + with the "RefNotPermitted" reason and not configure this backend in the + underlying implementation. + + In either error case, the Message of the `ResolvedRefs` Condition + should be used to provide more detail about the problem. + + Support: Extended for Kubernetes Service + + Support: Implementation-specific for any other resource + properties: + group: + default: "" + description: |- + Group is the group of the referent. For example, "gateway.networking.k8s.io". + When unspecified or empty string, core API group is inferred. + maxLength: 253 + pattern: ^$|^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$ + type: string + kind: + default: Service + description: |- + Kind is the Kubernetes resource kind of the referent. For example + "Service". + + Defaults to "Service" when not specified. + + ExternalName services can refer to CNAME DNS records that may live + outside of the cluster and as such are difficult to reason about in + terms of conformance. They also may not be safe to forward to (see + CVE-2021-25740 for more information). Implementations SHOULD NOT + support ExternalName Services. + + Support: Core (Services with a type other than ExternalName) + + Support: Implementation-specific (Services with type ExternalName) + maxLength: 63 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[a-zA-Z]([-a-zA-Z0-9]*[a-zA-Z0-9])?$ + type: string + name: + description: Name is the name of the referent. + maxLength: 253 + minLength: 1 + type: string + namespace: + description: |- + Namespace is the namespace of the backend. When unspecified, the local + namespace is inferred. + + Note that when a namespace different than the local namespace is specified, + a ReferenceGrant object is required in the referent namespace to allow that + namespace's owner to accept the reference. See the ReferenceGrant + documentation for details. + + Support: Core + maxLength: 63 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?$ + type: string + port: + description: |- + Port specifies the destination port number to use for this resource. + Port is required when the referent is a Kubernetes Service. In this + case, the port number is the service port number, not the target port. + For other resources, destination port might be derived from the referent + resource or this field. + format: int32 + maximum: 65535 + minimum: 1 + type: integer + required: + - name + type: object + x-kubernetes-validations: + - message: Must have port for Service reference + rule: '(size(self.group) == 0 && self.kind + == ''Service'') ? has(self.port) : true' + fraction: + description: |- + Fraction represents the fraction of requests that should be + mirrored to BackendRef. + + Only one of Fraction or Percent may be specified. If neither field + is specified, 100% of requests will be mirrored. + properties: + denominator: + default: 100 + format: int32 + minimum: 1 + type: integer + numerator: + format: int32 + minimum: 0 + type: integer + required: + - numerator + type: object + x-kubernetes-validations: + - message: numerator must be less than or equal + to denominator + rule: self.numerator <= self.denominator + percent: + description: |- + Percent represents the percentage of requests that should be + mirrored to BackendRef. Its minimum value is 0 (indicating 0% of + requests) and its maximum value is 100 (indicating 100% of requests). + + Only one of Fraction or Percent may be specified. If neither field + is specified, 100% of requests will be mirrored. + format: int32 + maximum: 100 + minimum: 0 + type: integer + required: + - backendRef + type: object + x-kubernetes-validations: + - message: Only one of percent or fraction may be + specified in HTTPRequestMirrorFilter + rule: '!(has(self.percent) && has(self.fraction))' + requestRedirect: + description: |- + RequestRedirect defines a schema for a filter that responds to the + request with an HTTP redirection. + + Support: Core + properties: + hostname: + description: |- + Hostname is the hostname to be used in the value of the `Location` + header in the response. + When empty, the hostname in the `Host` header of the request is used. + + Support: Core + maxLength: 253 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$ + type: string + path: + description: |- + Path defines parameters used to modify the path of the incoming request. + The modified path is then used to construct the `Location` header. When + empty, the request path is used as-is. + + Support: Extended + properties: + replaceFullPath: + description: |- + ReplaceFullPath specifies the value with which to replace the full path + of a request during a rewrite or redirect. + maxLength: 1024 + type: string + replacePrefixMatch: + description: |- + ReplacePrefixMatch specifies the value with which to replace the prefix + match of a request during a rewrite or redirect. For example, a request + to "/foo/bar" with a prefix match of "/foo" and a ReplacePrefixMatch + of "/xyz" would be modified to "/xyz/bar". + + Note that this matches the behavior of the PathPrefix match type. This + matches full path elements. A path element refers to the list of labels + in the path split by the `/` separator. When specified, a trailing `/` is + ignored. For example, the paths `/abc`, `/abc/`, and `/abc/def` would all + match the prefix `/abc`, but the path `/abcd` would not. + + ReplacePrefixMatch is only compatible with a `PathPrefix` HTTPRouteMatch. + Using any other HTTPRouteMatch type on the same HTTPRouteRule will result in + the implementation setting the Accepted Condition for the Route to `status: False`. + + Request Path | Prefix Match | Replace Prefix | Modified Path + maxLength: 1024 + type: string + type: + description: |- + Type defines the type of path modifier. Additional types may be + added in a future release of the API. + + Note that values may be added to this enum, implementations + must ensure that unknown values will not cause a crash. + + Unknown values here must result in the implementation setting the + Accepted Condition for the Route to `status: False`, with a + Reason of `UnsupportedValue`. + enum: + - ReplaceFullPath + - ReplacePrefixMatch + type: string + required: + - type + type: object + x-kubernetes-validations: + - message: replaceFullPath must be specified + when type is set to 'ReplaceFullPath' + rule: 'self.type == ''ReplaceFullPath'' ? + has(self.replaceFullPath) : true' + - message: type must be 'ReplaceFullPath' when + replaceFullPath is set + rule: 'has(self.replaceFullPath) ? self.type + == ''ReplaceFullPath'' : true' + - message: replacePrefixMatch must be specified + when type is set to 'ReplacePrefixMatch' + rule: 'self.type == ''ReplacePrefixMatch'' + ? has(self.replacePrefixMatch) : true' + - message: type must be 'ReplacePrefixMatch' + when replacePrefixMatch is set + rule: 'has(self.replacePrefixMatch) ? self.type + == ''ReplacePrefixMatch'' : true' + port: + description: |- + Port is the port to be used in the value of the `Location` + header in the response. + + If no port is specified, the redirect port MUST be derived using the + following rules: + + * If redirect scheme is not-empty, the redirect port MUST be the well-known + port associated with the redirect scheme. Specifically "http" to port 80 + and "https" to port 443. If the redirect scheme does not have a + well-known port, the listener port of the Gateway SHOULD be used. + * If redirect scheme is empty, the redirect port MUST be the Gateway + Listener port. + + Implementations SHOULD NOT add the port number in the 'Location' + header in the following cases: + + * A Location header that will use HTTP (whether that is determined via + the Listener protocol or the Scheme field) _and_ use port 80. + * A Location header that will use HTTPS (whether that is determined via + the Listener protocol or the Scheme field) _and_ use port 443. + + Support: Extended + format: int32 + maximum: 65535 + minimum: 1 + type: integer + scheme: + description: |- + Scheme is the scheme to be used in the value of the `Location` header in + the response. When empty, the scheme of the request is used. + + Scheme redirects can affect the port of the redirect, for more information, + refer to the documentation for the port field of this filter. + + Note that values may be added to this enum, implementations + must ensure that unknown values will not cause a crash. + + Unknown values here must result in the implementation setting the + Accepted Condition for the Route to `status: False`, with a + Reason of `UnsupportedValue`. + + Support: Extended + enum: + - http + - https + type: string + statusCode: + default: 302 + description: |- + StatusCode is the HTTP status code to be used in response. + + Note that values may be added to this enum, implementations + must ensure that unknown values will not cause a crash. + + Unknown values here must result in the implementation setting the + Accepted Condition for the Route to `status: False`, with a + Reason of `UnsupportedValue`. + + Support: Core + enum: + - 301 + - 302 + - 303 + - 307 + - 308 + type: integer + type: object + responseHeaderModifier: + description: |- + ResponseHeaderModifier defines a schema for a filter that modifies response + headers. + + Support: Extended + properties: + add: + description: |- + Add adds the given header(s) (name, value) to the request + before the action. It appends to any existing values associated + with the header name. + + Input: + GET /foo HTTP/1.1 + my-header: foo + + Config: + add: + - name: "my-header" + value: "bar,baz" + + Output: + GET /foo HTTP/1.1 + my-header: foo,bar,baz + items: + description: HTTPHeader represents an HTTP + Header name and value as defined by RFC + 7230. + properties: + name: + description: |- + Name is the name of the HTTP Header to be matched. Name matching MUST be + case-insensitive. (See https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc7230#section-3.2). + + If multiple entries specify equivalent header names, the first entry with + an equivalent name MUST be considered for a match. Subsequent entries + with an equivalent header name MUST be ignored. Due to the + case-insensitivity of header names, "foo" and "Foo" are considered + equivalent. + maxLength: 256 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[A-Za-z0-9!#$%&'*+\-.^_\x60|~]+$ + type: string + value: + description: Value is the value of HTTP + Header to be matched. + maxLength: 4096 + minLength: 1 + type: string + required: + - name + - value + type: object + maxItems: 16 + type: array + x-kubernetes-list-map-keys: + - name + x-kubernetes-list-type: map + remove: + description: |- + Remove the given header(s) from the HTTP request before the action. The + value of Remove is a list of HTTP header names. Note that the header + names are case-insensitive (see + https://datatracker.ietf.org/doc/html/rfc2616#section-4.2). + + Input: + GET /foo HTTP/1.1 + my-header1: foo + my-header2: bar + my-header3: baz + + Config: + remove: ["my-header1", "my-header3"] + + Output: + GET /foo HTTP/1.1 + my-header2: bar + items: + type: string + maxItems: 16 + type: array + x-kubernetes-list-type: set + set: + description: |- + Set overwrites the request with the given header (name, value) + before the action. + + Input: + GET /foo HTTP/1.1 + my-header: foo + + Config: + set: + - name: "my-header" + value: "bar" + + Output: + GET /foo HTTP/1.1 + my-header: bar + items: + description: HTTPHeader represents an HTTP + Header name and value as defined by RFC + 7230. + properties: + name: + description: |- + Name is the name of the HTTP Header to be matched. Name matching MUST be + case-insensitive. (See https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc7230#section-3.2). + + If multiple entries specify equivalent header names, the first entry with + an equivalent name MUST be considered for a match. Subsequent entries + with an equivalent header name MUST be ignored. Due to the + case-insensitivity of header names, "foo" and "Foo" are considered + equivalent. + maxLength: 256 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[A-Za-z0-9!#$%&'*+\-.^_\x60|~]+$ + type: string + value: + description: Value is the value of HTTP + Header to be matched. + maxLength: 4096 + minLength: 1 + type: string + required: + - name + - value + type: object + maxItems: 16 + type: array + x-kubernetes-list-map-keys: + - name + x-kubernetes-list-type: map + type: object + type: + description: |- + Type identifies the type of filter to apply. As with other API fields, + types are classified into three conformance levels: + + - Core: Filter types and their corresponding configuration defined by + "Support: Core" in this package, e.g. "RequestHeaderModifier". All + implementations must support core filters. + + - Extended: Filter types and their corresponding configuration defined by + "Support: Extended" in this package, e.g. "RequestMirror". Implementers + are encouraged to support extended filters. + + - Implementation-specific: Filters that are defined and supported by + specific vendors. + In the future, filters showing convergence in behavior across multiple + implementations will be considered for inclusion in extended or core + conformance levels. Filter-specific configuration for such filters + is specified using the ExtensionRef field. `Type` should be set to + "ExtensionRef" for custom filters. + + Implementers are encouraged to define custom implementation types to + extend the core API with implementation-specific behavior. + + If a reference to a custom filter type cannot be resolved, the filter + MUST NOT be skipped. Instead, requests that would have been processed by + that filter MUST receive a HTTP error response. + + Note that values may be added to this enum, implementations + must ensure that unknown values will not cause a crash. + + Unknown values here must result in the implementation setting the + Accepted Condition for the Route to `status: False`, with a + Reason of `UnsupportedValue`. + enum: + - RequestHeaderModifier + - ResponseHeaderModifier + - RequestMirror + - RequestRedirect + - URLRewrite + - ExtensionRef + - CORS + - ExternalAuth + type: string + urlRewrite: + description: |- + URLRewrite defines a schema for a filter that modifies a request during forwarding. + + Support: Extended + properties: + hostname: + description: |- + Hostname is the value to be used to replace the Host header value during + forwarding. + + Support: Extended + maxLength: 253 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$ + type: string + path: + description: |- + Path defines a path rewrite. + + Support: Extended + properties: + replaceFullPath: + description: |- + ReplaceFullPath specifies the value with which to replace the full path + of a request during a rewrite or redirect. + maxLength: 1024 + type: string + replacePrefixMatch: + description: |- + ReplacePrefixMatch specifies the value with which to replace the prefix + match of a request during a rewrite or redirect. For example, a request + to "/foo/bar" with a prefix match of "/foo" and a ReplacePrefixMatch + of "/xyz" would be modified to "/xyz/bar". + + Note that this matches the behavior of the PathPrefix match type. This + matches full path elements. A path element refers to the list of labels + in the path split by the `/` separator. When specified, a trailing `/` is + ignored. For example, the paths `/abc`, `/abc/`, and `/abc/def` would all + match the prefix `/abc`, but the path `/abcd` would not. + + ReplacePrefixMatch is only compatible with a `PathPrefix` HTTPRouteMatch. + Using any other HTTPRouteMatch type on the same HTTPRouteRule will result in + the implementation setting the Accepted Condition for the Route to `status: False`. + + Request Path | Prefix Match | Replace Prefix | Modified Path + maxLength: 1024 + type: string + type: + description: |- + Type defines the type of path modifier. Additional types may be + added in a future release of the API. + + Note that values may be added to this enum, implementations + must ensure that unknown values will not cause a crash. + + Unknown values here must result in the implementation setting the + Accepted Condition for the Route to `status: False`, with a + Reason of `UnsupportedValue`. + enum: + - ReplaceFullPath + - ReplacePrefixMatch + type: string + required: + - type + type: object + x-kubernetes-validations: + - message: replaceFullPath must be specified + when type is set to 'ReplaceFullPath' + rule: 'self.type == ''ReplaceFullPath'' ? + has(self.replaceFullPath) : true' + - message: type must be 'ReplaceFullPath' when + replaceFullPath is set + rule: 'has(self.replaceFullPath) ? self.type + == ''ReplaceFullPath'' : true' + - message: replacePrefixMatch must be specified + when type is set to 'ReplacePrefixMatch' + rule: 'self.type == ''ReplacePrefixMatch'' + ? has(self.replacePrefixMatch) : true' + - message: type must be 'ReplacePrefixMatch' + when replacePrefixMatch is set + rule: 'has(self.replacePrefixMatch) ? self.type + == ''ReplacePrefixMatch'' : true' + type: object + required: + - type + type: object + x-kubernetes-validations: + - message: filter.requestHeaderModifier must be nil + if the filter.type is not RequestHeaderModifier + rule: '!(has(self.requestHeaderModifier) && self.type + != ''RequestHeaderModifier'')' + - message: filter.requestHeaderModifier must be specified + for RequestHeaderModifier filter.type + rule: '!(!has(self.requestHeaderModifier) && self.type + == ''RequestHeaderModifier'')' + - message: filter.responseHeaderModifier must be nil + if the filter.type is not ResponseHeaderModifier + rule: '!(has(self.responseHeaderModifier) && self.type + != ''ResponseHeaderModifier'')' + - message: filter.responseHeaderModifier must be specified + for ResponseHeaderModifier filter.type + rule: '!(!has(self.responseHeaderModifier) && self.type + == ''ResponseHeaderModifier'')' + - message: filter.requestMirror must be nil if the filter.type + is not RequestMirror + rule: '!(has(self.requestMirror) && self.type != ''RequestMirror'')' + - message: filter.requestMirror must be specified for + RequestMirror filter.type + rule: '!(!has(self.requestMirror) && self.type == + ''RequestMirror'')' + - message: filter.requestRedirect must be nil if the + filter.type is not RequestRedirect + rule: '!(has(self.requestRedirect) && self.type != + ''RequestRedirect'')' + - message: filter.requestRedirect must be specified + for RequestRedirect filter.type + rule: '!(!has(self.requestRedirect) && self.type == + ''RequestRedirect'')' + - message: filter.urlRewrite must be nil if the filter.type + is not URLRewrite + rule: '!(has(self.urlRewrite) && self.type != ''URLRewrite'')' + - message: filter.urlRewrite must be specified for URLRewrite + filter.type + rule: '!(!has(self.urlRewrite) && self.type == ''URLRewrite'')' + - message: filter.extensionRef must be nil if the filter.type + is not ExtensionRef + rule: '!(has(self.extensionRef) && self.type != ''ExtensionRef'')' + - message: filter.extensionRef must be specified for + ExtensionRef filter.type + rule: '!(!has(self.extensionRef) && self.type == ''ExtensionRef'')' + - message: filter.cors must be nil if the filter.type + is not CORS + rule: '!(has(self.cors) && self.type != ''CORS'')' + - message: filter.cors must be specified for CORS filter.type + rule: '!(!has(self.cors) && self.type == ''CORS'')' + - message: filter.externalAuth must be nil if the filter.type + is not ExternalAuth + rule: '!(has(self.externalAuth) && self.type != ''ExternalAuth'')' + - message: filter.externalAuth must be specified for + ExternalAuth filter.type + rule: '!(!has(self.externalAuth) && self.type == ''ExternalAuth'')' + maxItems: 16 + type: array + x-kubernetes-list-type: atomic + x-kubernetes-validations: + - message: May specify either httpRouteFilterRequestRedirect + or httpRouteFilterRequestRewrite, but not both + rule: '!(self.exists(f, f.type == ''RequestRedirect'') + && self.exists(f, f.type == ''URLRewrite''))' + - message: RequestHeaderModifier filter cannot be repeated + rule: self.filter(f, f.type == 'RequestHeaderModifier').size() + <= 1 + - message: ResponseHeaderModifier filter cannot be repeated + rule: self.filter(f, f.type == 'ResponseHeaderModifier').size() + <= 1 + - message: RequestRedirect filter cannot be repeated + rule: self.filter(f, f.type == 'RequestRedirect').size() + <= 1 + - message: URLRewrite filter cannot be repeated + rule: self.filter(f, f.type == 'URLRewrite').size() + <= 1 + group: + default: "" + description: |- + Group is the group of the referent. For example, "gateway.networking.k8s.io". + When unspecified or empty string, core API group is inferred. + maxLength: 253 + pattern: ^$|^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$ + type: string + kind: + default: Service + description: |- + Kind is the Kubernetes resource kind of the referent. For example + "Service". + + Defaults to "Service" when not specified. + + ExternalName services can refer to CNAME DNS records that may live + outside of the cluster and as such are difficult to reason about in + terms of conformance. They also may not be safe to forward to (see + CVE-2021-25740 for more information). Implementations SHOULD NOT + support ExternalName Services. + + Support: Core (Services with a type other than ExternalName) + + Support: Implementation-specific (Services with type ExternalName) + maxLength: 63 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[a-zA-Z]([-a-zA-Z0-9]*[a-zA-Z0-9])?$ + type: string + name: + description: Name is the name of the referent. + maxLength: 253 + minLength: 1 + type: string + namespace: + description: |- + Namespace is the namespace of the backend. When unspecified, the local + namespace is inferred. + + Note that when a namespace different than the local namespace is specified, + a ReferenceGrant object is required in the referent namespace to allow that + namespace's owner to accept the reference. See the ReferenceGrant + documentation for details. + + Support: Core + maxLength: 63 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?$ + type: string + port: + description: |- + Port specifies the destination port number to use for this resource. + Port is required when the referent is a Kubernetes Service. In this + case, the port number is the service port number, not the target port. + For other resources, destination port might be derived from the referent + resource or this field. + format: int32 + maximum: 65535 + minimum: 1 + type: integer + weight: + default: 1 + description: |- + Weight specifies the proportion of requests forwarded to the referenced + backend. This is computed as weight/(sum of all weights in this + BackendRefs list). For non-zero values, there may be some epsilon from + the exact proportion defined here depending on the precision an + implementation supports. Weight is not a percentage and the sum of + weights does not need to equal 100. + + If only one backend is specified and it has a weight greater than 0, 100% + of the traffic is forwarded to that backend. If weight is set to 0, no + traffic should be forwarded for this entry. If unspecified, weight + defaults to 1. + + Support for this field varies based on the context where used. + format: int32 + maximum: 1000000 + minimum: 0 + type: integer + required: + - name + type: object + x-kubernetes-validations: + - message: Must have port for Service reference + rule: '(size(self.group) == 0 && self.kind == ''Service'') + ? has(self.port) : true' + maxItems: 16 + type: array + x-kubernetes-list-type: atomic + filters: + description: |- + Filters define the filters that are applied to requests that match + this rule. + + Wherever possible, implementations SHOULD implement filters in the order + they are specified. + + Implementations MAY choose to implement this ordering strictly, rejecting + any combination or order of filters that cannot be supported. If implementations + choose a strict interpretation of filter ordering, they MUST clearly document + that behavior. + + To reject an invalid combination or order of filters, implementations SHOULD + consider the Route Rules with this configuration invalid. If all Route Rules + in a Route are invalid, the entire Route would be considered invalid. If only + a portion of Route Rules are invalid, implementations MUST set the + "PartiallyInvalid" condition for the Route. + + Conformance-levels at this level are defined based on the type of filter: + + - ALL core filters MUST be supported by all implementations. + - Implementers are encouraged to support extended filters. + - Implementation-specific custom filters have no API guarantees across + implementations. + + Specifying the same filter multiple times is not supported unless explicitly + indicated in the filter. + + All filters are expected to be compatible with each other except for the + URLRewrite and RequestRedirect filters, which may not be combined. If an + implementation cannot support other combinations of filters, they must clearly + document that limitation. In cases where incompatible or unsupported + filters are specified and cause the `Accepted` condition to be set to status + `False`, implementations may use the `IncompatibleFilters` reason to specify + this configuration error. + + Support: Core + items: + description: |- + HTTPRouteFilter defines processing steps that must be completed during the + request or response lifecycle. HTTPRouteFilters are meant as an extension + point to express processing that may be done in Gateway implementations. Some + examples include request or response modification, implementing + authentication strategies, rate-limiting, and traffic shaping. API + guarantee/conformance is defined based on the type of the filter. + properties: + cors: + description: |- + CORS defines a schema for a filter that responds to the + cross-origin request based on HTTP response header. + + Support: Extended + properties: + allowCredentials: + description: |- + AllowCredentials indicates whether the actual cross-origin request allows + to include credentials. + + When set to true, the gateway will include the `Access-Control-Allow-Credentials` + response header with value true (case-sensitive). + + When set to false or omitted the gateway will omit the header + `Access-Control-Allow-Credentials` entirely (this is the standard CORS + behavior). + + Support: Extended + type: boolean + allowHeaders: + description: |- + AllowHeaders indicates which HTTP request headers are supported for + accessing the requested resource. + + Header names are not case sensitive. + + Multiple header names in the value of the `Access-Control-Allow-Headers` + response header are separated by a comma (","). + + When the `AllowHeaders` field is configured with one or more headers, the + gateway must return the `Access-Control-Allow-Headers` response header + which value is present in the `AllowHeaders` field. + + If any header name in the `Access-Control-Request-Headers` request header + is not included in the list of header names specified by the response + header `Access-Control-Allow-Headers`, it will present an error on the + client side. + + If any header name in the `Access-Control-Allow-Headers` response header + does not recognize by the client, it will also occur an error on the + client side. + + A wildcard indicates that the requests with all HTTP headers are allowed. + The `Access-Control-Allow-Headers` response header can only use `*` + wildcard as value when the `AllowCredentials` field is false or omitted. + + When the `AllowCredentials` field is true and `AllowHeaders` field + specified with the `*` wildcard, the gateway must specify one or more + HTTP headers in the value of the `Access-Control-Allow-Headers` response + header. The value of the header `Access-Control-Allow-Headers` is same as + the `Access-Control-Request-Headers` header provided by the client. If + the header `Access-Control-Request-Headers` is not included in the + request, the gateway will omit the `Access-Control-Allow-Headers` + response header, instead of specifying the `*` wildcard. A Gateway + implementation may choose to add implementation-specific default headers. + + Support: Extended + items: + description: |- + HTTPHeaderName is the name of an HTTP header. + + Valid values include: + + * "Authorization" + * "Set-Cookie" + + Invalid values include: + + - ":method" - ":" is an invalid character. This means that HTTP/2 pseudo + headers are not currently supported by this type. + - "/invalid" - "/ " is an invalid character + maxLength: 256 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[A-Za-z0-9!#$%&'*+\-.^_\x60|~]+$ + type: string + maxItems: 64 + type: array + x-kubernetes-list-type: set + allowMethods: + description: |- + AllowMethods indicates which HTTP methods are supported for accessing the + requested resource. + + Valid values are any method defined by RFC9110, along with the special + value `*`, which represents all HTTP methods are allowed. + + Method names are case sensitive, so these values are also case-sensitive. + (See https://www.rfc-editor.org/rfc/rfc2616#section-5.1.1) + + Multiple method names in the value of the `Access-Control-Allow-Methods` + response header are separated by a comma (","). + + A CORS-safelisted method is a method that is `GET`, `HEAD`, or `POST`. + (See https://fetch.spec.whatwg.org/#cors-safelisted-method) The + CORS-safelisted methods are always allowed, regardless of whether they + are specified in the `AllowMethods` field. + + When the `AllowMethods` field is configured with one or more methods, the + gateway must return the `Access-Control-Allow-Methods` response header + which value is present in the `AllowMethods` field. + + If the HTTP method of the `Access-Control-Request-Method` request header + is not included in the list of methods specified by the response header + `Access-Control-Allow-Methods`, it will present an error on the client + side. + + The `Access-Control-Allow-Methods` response header can only use `*` + wildcard as value when the `AllowCredentials` field is false or omitted. + + When the `AllowCredentials` field is true and `AllowMethods` field + specified with the `*` wildcard, the gateway must specify one HTTP method + in the value of the Access-Control-Allow-Methods response header. The + value of the header `Access-Control-Allow-Methods` is same as the + `Access-Control-Request-Method` header provided by the client. If the + header `Access-Control-Request-Method` is not included in the request, + the gateway will omit the `Access-Control-Allow-Methods` response header, + instead of specifying the `*` wildcard. A Gateway implementation may + choose to add implementation-specific default methods. + + Support: Extended + items: + enum: + - GET + - HEAD + - POST + - PUT + - DELETE + - CONNECT + - OPTIONS + - TRACE + - PATCH + - '*' + type: string + maxItems: 9 + type: array + x-kubernetes-list-type: set + x-kubernetes-validations: + - message: AllowMethods cannot contain '*' alongside + other methods + rule: '!(''*'' in self && self.size() > 1)' + allowOrigins: + description: |- + AllowOrigins indicates whether the response can be shared with requested + resource from the given `Origin`. + + The `Origin` consists of a scheme and a host, with an optional port, and + takes the form `://(:)`. + + Valid values for scheme are: `http` and `https`. + + Valid values for port are any integer between 1 and 65535 (the list of + available TCP/UDP ports). Note that, if not included, port `80` is + assumed for `http` scheme origins, and port `443` is assumed for `https` + origins. This may affect origin matching. + + The host part of the origin may contain the wildcard character `*`. These + wildcard characters behave as follows: + + * `*` is a greedy match to the _left_, including any number of + DNS labels to the left of its position. This also means that + `*` will include any number of period `.` characters to the + left of its position. + * A wildcard by itself matches all hosts. + + An origin value that includes _only_ the `*` character indicates requests + from all `Origin`s are allowed. + + When the `AllowOrigins` field is configured with multiple origins, it + means the server supports clients from multiple origins. If the request + `Origin` matches the configured allowed origins, the gateway must return + the given `Origin` and sets value of the header + `Access-Control-Allow-Origin` same as the `Origin` header provided by the + client. + + The status code of a successful response to a "preflight" request is + always an OK status (i.e., 204 or 200). + + If the request `Origin` does not match the configured allowed origins, + the gateway returns 204/200 response but doesn't set the relevant + cross-origin response headers. Alternatively, the gateway responds with + 403 status to the "preflight" request is denied, coupled with omitting + the CORS headers. The cross-origin request fails on the client side. + Therefore, the client doesn't attempt the actual cross-origin request. + + The `Access-Control-Allow-Origin` response header can only use `*` + wildcard as value when the `AllowCredentials` field is false or omitted. + + When the `AllowCredentials` field is true and `AllowOrigins` field + specified with the `*` wildcard, the gateway must return a single origin + in the value of the `Access-Control-Allow-Origin` response header, + instead of specifying the `*` wildcard. The value of the header + `Access-Control-Allow-Origin` is same as the `Origin` header provided by + the client. + + Support: Extended + items: + description: |- + The CORSOrigin MUST NOT be a relative URI, and it MUST follow the URI syntax and + encoding rules specified in RFC3986. The CORSOrigin MUST include both a + scheme (e.g., "http" or "spiffe") and a scheme-specific-part, or it should be a single '*' character. + URIs that include an authority MUST include a fully qualified domain name or + IP address as the host. + maxLength: 253 + minLength: 1 + pattern: (^\*$)|(^([a-zA-Z][a-zA-Z0-9+\-.]+):\/\/([^:/?#]+)(:([0-9]{1,5}))?$) + type: string + maxItems: 64 + type: array + x-kubernetes-list-type: set + x-kubernetes-validations: + - message: AllowOrigins cannot contain '*' alongside + other origins + rule: '!(''*'' in self && self.size() > 1)' + exposeHeaders: + description: |- + ExposeHeaders indicates which HTTP response headers can be exposed + to client-side scripts in response to a cross-origin request. + + A CORS-safelisted response header is an HTTP header in a CORS response + that it is considered safe to expose to the client scripts. + The CORS-safelisted response headers include the following headers: + `Cache-Control` + `Content-Language` + `Content-Length` + `Content-Type` + `Expires` + `Last-Modified` + `Pragma` + (See https://fetch.spec.whatwg.org/#cors-safelisted-response-header-name) + The CORS-safelisted response headers are exposed to client by default. + + When an HTTP header name is specified using the `ExposeHeaders` field, + this additional header will be exposed as part of the response to the + client. + + Header names are not case sensitive. + + Multiple header names in the value of the `Access-Control-Expose-Headers` + response header are separated by a comma (","). + + A wildcard indicates that the responses with all HTTP headers are exposed + to clients. The `Access-Control-Expose-Headers` response header can only + use `*` wildcard as value when the `AllowCredentials` field is false or omitted. + + Support: Extended + items: + description: |- + HTTPHeaderName is the name of an HTTP header. + + Valid values include: + + * "Authorization" + * "Set-Cookie" + + Invalid values include: + + - ":method" - ":" is an invalid character. This means that HTTP/2 pseudo + headers are not currently supported by this type. + - "/invalid" - "/ " is an invalid character + maxLength: 256 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[A-Za-z0-9!#$%&'*+\-.^_\x60|~]+$ + type: string + maxItems: 64 + type: array + x-kubernetes-list-type: set + maxAge: + default: 5 + description: |- + MaxAge indicates the duration (in seconds) for the client to cache the + results of a "preflight" request. + + The information provided by the `Access-Control-Allow-Methods` and + `Access-Control-Allow-Headers` response headers can be cached by the + client until the time specified by `Access-Control-Max-Age` elapses. + + The default value of `Access-Control-Max-Age` response header is 5 + (seconds). + format: int32 + minimum: 1 + type: integer + type: object + extensionRef: + description: |- + ExtensionRef is an optional, implementation-specific extension to the + "filter" behavior. For example, resource "myroutefilter" in group + "networking.example.net"). ExtensionRef MUST NOT be used for core and + extended filters. + + This filter can be used multiple times within the same rule. + + Support: Implementation-specific + properties: + group: + description: |- + Group is the group of the referent. For example, "gateway.networking.k8s.io". + When unspecified or empty string, core API group is inferred. + maxLength: 253 + pattern: ^$|^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$ + type: string + kind: + description: Kind is kind of the referent. For example + "HTTPRoute" or "Service". + maxLength: 63 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[a-zA-Z]([-a-zA-Z0-9]*[a-zA-Z0-9])?$ + type: string + name: + description: Name is the name of the referent. + maxLength: 253 + minLength: 1 + type: string + required: + - group + - kind + - name + type: object + externalAuth: + description: |- + ExternalAuth configures settings related to sending request details + to an external auth service. The external service MUST authenticate + the request, and MAY authorize the request as well. + + If there is any problem communicating with the external service, + this filter MUST fail closed. + + Support: Extended + properties: + backendRef: + description: |- + BackendRef is a reference to a backend to send authorization + requests to. + + The backend must speak the selected protocol (GRPC or HTTP) on the + referenced port. + + If the backend service requires TLS, use BackendTLSPolicy to tell the + implementation to supply the TLS details to be used to connect to that + backend. + properties: + group: + default: "" + description: |- + Group is the group of the referent. For example, "gateway.networking.k8s.io". + When unspecified or empty string, core API group is inferred. + maxLength: 253 + pattern: ^$|^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$ + type: string + kind: + default: Service + description: |- + Kind is the Kubernetes resource kind of the referent. For example + "Service". + + Defaults to "Service" when not specified. + + ExternalName services can refer to CNAME DNS records that may live + outside of the cluster and as such are difficult to reason about in + terms of conformance. They also may not be safe to forward to (see + CVE-2021-25740 for more information). Implementations SHOULD NOT + support ExternalName Services. + + Support: Core (Services with a type other than ExternalName) + + Support: Implementation-specific (Services with type ExternalName) + maxLength: 63 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[a-zA-Z]([-a-zA-Z0-9]*[a-zA-Z0-9])?$ + type: string + name: + description: Name is the name of the referent. + maxLength: 253 + minLength: 1 + type: string + namespace: + description: |- + Namespace is the namespace of the backend. When unspecified, the local + namespace is inferred. + + Note that when a namespace different than the local namespace is specified, + a ReferenceGrant object is required in the referent namespace to allow that + namespace's owner to accept the reference. See the ReferenceGrant + documentation for details. + + Support: Core + maxLength: 63 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?$ + type: string + port: + description: |- + Port specifies the destination port number to use for this resource. + Port is required when the referent is a Kubernetes Service. In this + case, the port number is the service port number, not the target port. + For other resources, destination port might be derived from the referent + resource or this field. + format: int32 + maximum: 65535 + minimum: 1 + type: integer + required: + - name + type: object + x-kubernetes-validations: + - message: Must have port for Service reference + rule: '(size(self.group) == 0 && self.kind == ''Service'') + ? has(self.port) : true' + forwardBody: + description: |- + ForwardBody controls if requests to the authorization server should include + the body of the client request; and if so, how big that body is allowed + to be. + + It is expected that implementations will buffer the request body up to + `forwardBody.maxSize` bytes. Bodies over that size must be rejected with a + 4xx series error (413 or 403 are common examples), and fail processing + of the filter. + + If unset, or `forwardBody.maxSize` is set to `0`, then the body will not + be forwarded. + + Feature Name: HTTPRouteExternalAuthForwardBody + properties: + maxSize: + description: |- + MaxSize specifies how large in bytes the largest body that will be buffered + and sent to the authorization server. If the body size is larger than + `maxSize`, then the body sent to the authorization server must be + truncated to `maxSize` bytes. + + Experimental note: This behavior needs to be checked against + various dataplanes; it may need to be changed. + See https://github.com/kubernetes-sigs/gateway-api/pull/4001#discussion_r2291405746 + for more. + + If 0, the body will not be sent to the authorization server. + type: integer + type: object + grpc: + description: |- + GRPCAuthConfig contains configuration for communication with ext_authz + protocol-speaking backends. + + If unset, implementations must assume the default behavior for each + included field is intended. + properties: + allowedHeaders: + description: |- + AllowedRequestHeaders specifies what headers from the client request + will be sent to the authorization server. + + If this list is empty, then all headers must be sent. + + If the list has entries, only those entries must be sent. + items: + type: string + maxItems: 64 + type: array + x-kubernetes-list-type: set + type: object + http: + description: |- + HTTPAuthConfig contains configuration for communication with HTTP-speaking + backends. + + If unset, implementations must assume the default behavior for each + included field is intended. + properties: + allowedHeaders: + description: |- + AllowedRequestHeaders specifies what additional headers from the client request + will be sent to the authorization server. + + The following headers must always be sent to the authorization server, + regardless of this setting: + + * `Host` + * `Method` + * `Path` + * `Content-Length` + * `Authorization` + + If this list is empty, then only those headers must be sent. + + Note that `Content-Length` has a special behavior, in that the length + sent must be correct for the actual request to the external authorization + server - that is, it must reflect the actual number of bytes sent in the + body of the request to the authorization server. + + So if the `forwardBody` stanza is unset, or `forwardBody.maxSize` is set + to `0`, then `Content-Length` must be `0`. If `forwardBody.maxSize` is set + to anything other than `0`, then the `Content-Length` of the authorization + request must be set to the actual number of bytes forwarded. + items: + type: string + maxItems: 64 + type: array + x-kubernetes-list-type: set + allowedResponseHeaders: + description: |- + AllowedResponseHeaders specifies what headers from the authorization response + will be copied into the request to the backend. + + If this list is empty, then all headers from the authorization server + except Authority or Host must be copied. + items: + type: string + maxItems: 64 + type: array + x-kubernetes-list-type: set + path: + description: |- + Path sets the prefix that paths from the client request will have added + when forwarded to the authorization server. + + When empty or unspecified, no prefix is added. + + Valid values are the same as the "value" regex for path values in the `match` + stanza, and the validation regex will screen out invalid paths in the same way. + Even with the validation, implementations MUST sanitize this input before using it + directly. + maxLength: 1024 + pattern: ^(?:[-A-Za-z0-9/._~!$&'()*+,;=:@]|[%][0-9a-fA-F]{2})+$ + type: string + type: object + protocol: + description: |- + ExternalAuthProtocol describes which protocol to use when communicating with an + ext_authz authorization server. + + When this is set to GRPC, each backend must use the Envoy ext_authz protocol + on the port specified in `backendRefs`. Requests and responses are defined + in the protobufs explained at: + https://www.envoyproxy.io/docs/envoy/latest/api-v3/service/auth/v3/external_auth.proto + + When this is set to HTTP, each backend must respond with a `200` status + code in on a successful authorization. Any other code is considered + an authorization failure. + + Feature Names: + GRPC Support - HTTPRouteExternalAuthGRPC + HTTP Support - HTTPRouteExternalAuthHTTP + enum: + - HTTP + - GRPC + type: string + required: + - backendRef + - protocol + type: object + x-kubernetes-validations: + - message: grpc must be specified when protocol is set + to 'GRPC' + rule: 'self.protocol == ''GRPC'' ? has(self.grpc) : + true' + - message: protocol must be 'GRPC' when grpc is set + rule: 'has(self.grpc) ? self.protocol == ''GRPC'' : + true' + - message: http must be specified when protocol is set + to 'HTTP' + rule: 'self.protocol == ''HTTP'' ? has(self.http) : + true' + - message: protocol must be 'HTTP' when http is set + rule: 'has(self.http) ? self.protocol == ''HTTP'' : + true' + requestHeaderModifier: + description: |- + RequestHeaderModifier defines a schema for a filter that modifies request + headers. + + Support: Core + properties: + add: + description: |- + Add adds the given header(s) (name, value) to the request + before the action. It appends to any existing values associated + with the header name. + + Input: + GET /foo HTTP/1.1 + my-header: foo + + Config: + add: + - name: "my-header" + value: "bar,baz" + + Output: + GET /foo HTTP/1.1 + my-header: foo,bar,baz + items: + description: HTTPHeader represents an HTTP Header + name and value as defined by RFC 7230. + properties: + name: + description: |- + Name is the name of the HTTP Header to be matched. Name matching MUST be + case-insensitive. (See https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc7230#section-3.2). + + If multiple entries specify equivalent header names, the first entry with + an equivalent name MUST be considered for a match. Subsequent entries + with an equivalent header name MUST be ignored. Due to the + case-insensitivity of header names, "foo" and "Foo" are considered + equivalent. + maxLength: 256 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[A-Za-z0-9!#$%&'*+\-.^_\x60|~]+$ + type: string + value: + description: Value is the value of HTTP Header + to be matched. + maxLength: 4096 + minLength: 1 + type: string + required: + - name + - value + type: object + maxItems: 16 + type: array + x-kubernetes-list-map-keys: + - name + x-kubernetes-list-type: map + remove: + description: |- + Remove the given header(s) from the HTTP request before the action. The + value of Remove is a list of HTTP header names. Note that the header + names are case-insensitive (see + https://datatracker.ietf.org/doc/html/rfc2616#section-4.2). + + Input: + GET /foo HTTP/1.1 + my-header1: foo + my-header2: bar + my-header3: baz + + Config: + remove: ["my-header1", "my-header3"] + + Output: + GET /foo HTTP/1.1 + my-header2: bar + items: + type: string + maxItems: 16 + type: array + x-kubernetes-list-type: set + set: + description: |- + Set overwrites the request with the given header (name, value) + before the action. + + Input: + GET /foo HTTP/1.1 + my-header: foo + + Config: + set: + - name: "my-header" + value: "bar" + + Output: + GET /foo HTTP/1.1 + my-header: bar + items: + description: HTTPHeader represents an HTTP Header + name and value as defined by RFC 7230. + properties: + name: + description: |- + Name is the name of the HTTP Header to be matched. Name matching MUST be + case-insensitive. (See https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc7230#section-3.2). + + If multiple entries specify equivalent header names, the first entry with + an equivalent name MUST be considered for a match. Subsequent entries + with an equivalent header name MUST be ignored. Due to the + case-insensitivity of header names, "foo" and "Foo" are considered + equivalent. + maxLength: 256 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[A-Za-z0-9!#$%&'*+\-.^_\x60|~]+$ + type: string + value: + description: Value is the value of HTTP Header + to be matched. + maxLength: 4096 + minLength: 1 + type: string + required: + - name + - value + type: object + maxItems: 16 + type: array + x-kubernetes-list-map-keys: + - name + x-kubernetes-list-type: map + type: object + requestMirror: + description: |- + RequestMirror defines a schema for a filter that mirrors requests. + Requests are sent to the specified destination, but responses from + that destination are ignored. + + This filter can be used multiple times within the same rule. Note that + not all implementations will be able to support mirroring to multiple + backends. + + Support: Extended + properties: + backendRef: + description: |- + BackendRef references a resource where mirrored requests are sent. + + Mirrored requests must be sent only to a single destination endpoint + within this BackendRef, irrespective of how many endpoints are present + within this BackendRef. + + If the referent cannot be found, this BackendRef is invalid and must be + dropped from the Gateway. The controller must ensure the "ResolvedRefs" + condition on the Route status is set to `status: False` and not configure + this backend in the underlying implementation. + + If there is a cross-namespace reference to an *existing* object + that is not allowed by a ReferenceGrant, the controller must ensure the + "ResolvedRefs" condition on the Route is set to `status: False`, + with the "RefNotPermitted" reason and not configure this backend in the + underlying implementation. + + In either error case, the Message of the `ResolvedRefs` Condition + should be used to provide more detail about the problem. + + Support: Extended for Kubernetes Service + + Support: Implementation-specific for any other resource + properties: + group: + default: "" + description: |- + Group is the group of the referent. For example, "gateway.networking.k8s.io". + When unspecified or empty string, core API group is inferred. + maxLength: 253 + pattern: ^$|^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$ + type: string + kind: + default: Service + description: |- + Kind is the Kubernetes resource kind of the referent. For example + "Service". + + Defaults to "Service" when not specified. + + ExternalName services can refer to CNAME DNS records that may live + outside of the cluster and as such are difficult to reason about in + terms of conformance. They also may not be safe to forward to (see + CVE-2021-25740 for more information). Implementations SHOULD NOT + support ExternalName Services. + + Support: Core (Services with a type other than ExternalName) + + Support: Implementation-specific (Services with type ExternalName) + maxLength: 63 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[a-zA-Z]([-a-zA-Z0-9]*[a-zA-Z0-9])?$ + type: string + name: + description: Name is the name of the referent. + maxLength: 253 + minLength: 1 + type: string + namespace: + description: |- + Namespace is the namespace of the backend. When unspecified, the local + namespace is inferred. + + Note that when a namespace different than the local namespace is specified, + a ReferenceGrant object is required in the referent namespace to allow that + namespace's owner to accept the reference. See the ReferenceGrant + documentation for details. + + Support: Core + maxLength: 63 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?$ + type: string + port: + description: |- + Port specifies the destination port number to use for this resource. + Port is required when the referent is a Kubernetes Service. In this + case, the port number is the service port number, not the target port. + For other resources, destination port might be derived from the referent + resource or this field. + format: int32 + maximum: 65535 + minimum: 1 + type: integer + required: + - name + type: object + x-kubernetes-validations: + - message: Must have port for Service reference + rule: '(size(self.group) == 0 && self.kind == ''Service'') + ? has(self.port) : true' + fraction: + description: |- + Fraction represents the fraction of requests that should be + mirrored to BackendRef. + + Only one of Fraction or Percent may be specified. If neither field + is specified, 100% of requests will be mirrored. + properties: + denominator: + default: 100 + format: int32 + minimum: 1 + type: integer + numerator: + format: int32 + minimum: 0 + type: integer + required: + - numerator + type: object + x-kubernetes-validations: + - message: numerator must be less than or equal to + denominator + rule: self.numerator <= self.denominator + percent: + description: |- + Percent represents the percentage of requests that should be + mirrored to BackendRef. Its minimum value is 0 (indicating 0% of + requests) and its maximum value is 100 (indicating 100% of requests). + + Only one of Fraction or Percent may be specified. If neither field + is specified, 100% of requests will be mirrored. + format: int32 + maximum: 100 + minimum: 0 + type: integer + required: + - backendRef + type: object + x-kubernetes-validations: + - message: Only one of percent or fraction may be specified + in HTTPRequestMirrorFilter + rule: '!(has(self.percent) && has(self.fraction))' + requestRedirect: + description: |- + RequestRedirect defines a schema for a filter that responds to the + request with an HTTP redirection. + + Support: Core + properties: + hostname: + description: |- + Hostname is the hostname to be used in the value of the `Location` + header in the response. + When empty, the hostname in the `Host` header of the request is used. + + Support: Core + maxLength: 253 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$ + type: string + path: + description: |- + Path defines parameters used to modify the path of the incoming request. + The modified path is then used to construct the `Location` header. When + empty, the request path is used as-is. + + Support: Extended + properties: + replaceFullPath: + description: |- + ReplaceFullPath specifies the value with which to replace the full path + of a request during a rewrite or redirect. + maxLength: 1024 + type: string + replacePrefixMatch: + description: |- + ReplacePrefixMatch specifies the value with which to replace the prefix + match of a request during a rewrite or redirect. For example, a request + to "/foo/bar" with a prefix match of "/foo" and a ReplacePrefixMatch + of "/xyz" would be modified to "/xyz/bar". + + Note that this matches the behavior of the PathPrefix match type. This + matches full path elements. A path element refers to the list of labels + in the path split by the `/` separator. When specified, a trailing `/` is + ignored. For example, the paths `/abc`, `/abc/`, and `/abc/def` would all + match the prefix `/abc`, but the path `/abcd` would not. + + ReplacePrefixMatch is only compatible with a `PathPrefix` HTTPRouteMatch. + Using any other HTTPRouteMatch type on the same HTTPRouteRule will result in + the implementation setting the Accepted Condition for the Route to `status: False`. + + Request Path | Prefix Match | Replace Prefix | Modified Path + maxLength: 1024 + type: string + type: + description: |- + Type defines the type of path modifier. Additional types may be + added in a future release of the API. + + Note that values may be added to this enum, implementations + must ensure that unknown values will not cause a crash. + + Unknown values here must result in the implementation setting the + Accepted Condition for the Route to `status: False`, with a + Reason of `UnsupportedValue`. + enum: + - ReplaceFullPath + - ReplacePrefixMatch + type: string + required: + - type + type: object + x-kubernetes-validations: + - message: replaceFullPath must be specified when + type is set to 'ReplaceFullPath' + rule: 'self.type == ''ReplaceFullPath'' ? has(self.replaceFullPath) + : true' + - message: type must be 'ReplaceFullPath' when replaceFullPath + is set + rule: 'has(self.replaceFullPath) ? self.type == + ''ReplaceFullPath'' : true' + - message: replacePrefixMatch must be specified when + type is set to 'ReplacePrefixMatch' + rule: 'self.type == ''ReplacePrefixMatch'' ? has(self.replacePrefixMatch) + : true' + - message: type must be 'ReplacePrefixMatch' when + replacePrefixMatch is set + rule: 'has(self.replacePrefixMatch) ? self.type + == ''ReplacePrefixMatch'' : true' + port: + description: |- + Port is the port to be used in the value of the `Location` + header in the response. + + If no port is specified, the redirect port MUST be derived using the + following rules: + + * If redirect scheme is not-empty, the redirect port MUST be the well-known + port associated with the redirect scheme. Specifically "http" to port 80 + and "https" to port 443. If the redirect scheme does not have a + well-known port, the listener port of the Gateway SHOULD be used. + * If redirect scheme is empty, the redirect port MUST be the Gateway + Listener port. + + Implementations SHOULD NOT add the port number in the 'Location' + header in the following cases: + + * A Location header that will use HTTP (whether that is determined via + the Listener protocol or the Scheme field) _and_ use port 80. + * A Location header that will use HTTPS (whether that is determined via + the Listener protocol or the Scheme field) _and_ use port 443. + + Support: Extended + format: int32 + maximum: 65535 + minimum: 1 + type: integer + scheme: + description: |- + Scheme is the scheme to be used in the value of the `Location` header in + the response. When empty, the scheme of the request is used. + + Scheme redirects can affect the port of the redirect, for more information, + refer to the documentation for the port field of this filter. + + Note that values may be added to this enum, implementations + must ensure that unknown values will not cause a crash. + + Unknown values here must result in the implementation setting the + Accepted Condition for the Route to `status: False`, with a + Reason of `UnsupportedValue`. + + Support: Extended + enum: + - http + - https + type: string + statusCode: + default: 302 + description: |- + StatusCode is the HTTP status code to be used in response. + + Note that values may be added to this enum, implementations + must ensure that unknown values will not cause a crash. + + Unknown values here must result in the implementation setting the + Accepted Condition for the Route to `status: False`, with a + Reason of `UnsupportedValue`. + + Support: Core + enum: + - 301 + - 302 + - 303 + - 307 + - 308 + type: integer + type: object + responseHeaderModifier: + description: |- + ResponseHeaderModifier defines a schema for a filter that modifies response + headers. + + Support: Extended + properties: + add: + description: |- + Add adds the given header(s) (name, value) to the request + before the action. It appends to any existing values associated + with the header name. + + Input: + GET /foo HTTP/1.1 + my-header: foo + + Config: + add: + - name: "my-header" + value: "bar,baz" + + Output: + GET /foo HTTP/1.1 + my-header: foo,bar,baz + items: + description: HTTPHeader represents an HTTP Header + name and value as defined by RFC 7230. + properties: + name: + description: |- + Name is the name of the HTTP Header to be matched. Name matching MUST be + case-insensitive. (See https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc7230#section-3.2). + + If multiple entries specify equivalent header names, the first entry with + an equivalent name MUST be considered for a match. Subsequent entries + with an equivalent header name MUST be ignored. Due to the + case-insensitivity of header names, "foo" and "Foo" are considered + equivalent. + maxLength: 256 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[A-Za-z0-9!#$%&'*+\-.^_\x60|~]+$ + type: string + value: + description: Value is the value of HTTP Header + to be matched. + maxLength: 4096 + minLength: 1 + type: string + required: + - name + - value + type: object + maxItems: 16 + type: array + x-kubernetes-list-map-keys: + - name + x-kubernetes-list-type: map + remove: + description: |- + Remove the given header(s) from the HTTP request before the action. The + value of Remove is a list of HTTP header names. Note that the header + names are case-insensitive (see + https://datatracker.ietf.org/doc/html/rfc2616#section-4.2). + + Input: + GET /foo HTTP/1.1 + my-header1: foo + my-header2: bar + my-header3: baz + + Config: + remove: ["my-header1", "my-header3"] + + Output: + GET /foo HTTP/1.1 + my-header2: bar + items: + type: string + maxItems: 16 + type: array + x-kubernetes-list-type: set + set: + description: |- + Set overwrites the request with the given header (name, value) + before the action. + + Input: + GET /foo HTTP/1.1 + my-header: foo + + Config: + set: + - name: "my-header" + value: "bar" + + Output: + GET /foo HTTP/1.1 + my-header: bar + items: + description: HTTPHeader represents an HTTP Header + name and value as defined by RFC 7230. + properties: + name: + description: |- + Name is the name of the HTTP Header to be matched. Name matching MUST be + case-insensitive. (See https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc7230#section-3.2). + + If multiple entries specify equivalent header names, the first entry with + an equivalent name MUST be considered for a match. Subsequent entries + with an equivalent header name MUST be ignored. Due to the + case-insensitivity of header names, "foo" and "Foo" are considered + equivalent. + maxLength: 256 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[A-Za-z0-9!#$%&'*+\-.^_\x60|~]+$ + type: string + value: + description: Value is the value of HTTP Header + to be matched. + maxLength: 4096 + minLength: 1 + type: string + required: + - name + - value + type: object + maxItems: 16 + type: array + x-kubernetes-list-map-keys: + - name + x-kubernetes-list-type: map + type: object + type: + description: |- + Type identifies the type of filter to apply. As with other API fields, + types are classified into three conformance levels: + + - Core: Filter types and their corresponding configuration defined by + "Support: Core" in this package, e.g. "RequestHeaderModifier". All + implementations must support core filters. + + - Extended: Filter types and their corresponding configuration defined by + "Support: Extended" in this package, e.g. "RequestMirror". Implementers + are encouraged to support extended filters. + + - Implementation-specific: Filters that are defined and supported by + specific vendors. + In the future, filters showing convergence in behavior across multiple + implementations will be considered for inclusion in extended or core + conformance levels. Filter-specific configuration for such filters + is specified using the ExtensionRef field. `Type` should be set to + "ExtensionRef" for custom filters. + + Implementers are encouraged to define custom implementation types to + extend the core API with implementation-specific behavior. + + If a reference to a custom filter type cannot be resolved, the filter + MUST NOT be skipped. Instead, requests that would have been processed by + that filter MUST receive a HTTP error response. + + Note that values may be added to this enum, implementations + must ensure that unknown values will not cause a crash. + + Unknown values here must result in the implementation setting the + Accepted Condition for the Route to `status: False`, with a + Reason of `UnsupportedValue`. + enum: + - RequestHeaderModifier + - ResponseHeaderModifier + - RequestMirror + - RequestRedirect + - URLRewrite + - ExtensionRef + - CORS + - ExternalAuth + type: string + urlRewrite: + description: |- + URLRewrite defines a schema for a filter that modifies a request during forwarding. + + Support: Extended + properties: + hostname: + description: |- + Hostname is the value to be used to replace the Host header value during + forwarding. + + Support: Extended + maxLength: 253 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$ + type: string + path: + description: |- + Path defines a path rewrite. + + Support: Extended + properties: + replaceFullPath: + description: |- + ReplaceFullPath specifies the value with which to replace the full path + of a request during a rewrite or redirect. + maxLength: 1024 + type: string + replacePrefixMatch: + description: |- + ReplacePrefixMatch specifies the value with which to replace the prefix + match of a request during a rewrite or redirect. For example, a request + to "/foo/bar" with a prefix match of "/foo" and a ReplacePrefixMatch + of "/xyz" would be modified to "/xyz/bar". + + Note that this matches the behavior of the PathPrefix match type. This + matches full path elements. A path element refers to the list of labels + in the path split by the `/` separator. When specified, a trailing `/` is + ignored. For example, the paths `/abc`, `/abc/`, and `/abc/def` would all + match the prefix `/abc`, but the path `/abcd` would not. + + ReplacePrefixMatch is only compatible with a `PathPrefix` HTTPRouteMatch. + Using any other HTTPRouteMatch type on the same HTTPRouteRule will result in + the implementation setting the Accepted Condition for the Route to `status: False`. + + Request Path | Prefix Match | Replace Prefix | Modified Path + maxLength: 1024 + type: string + type: + description: |- + Type defines the type of path modifier. Additional types may be + added in a future release of the API. + + Note that values may be added to this enum, implementations + must ensure that unknown values will not cause a crash. + + Unknown values here must result in the implementation setting the + Accepted Condition for the Route to `status: False`, with a + Reason of `UnsupportedValue`. + enum: + - ReplaceFullPath + - ReplacePrefixMatch + type: string + required: + - type + type: object + x-kubernetes-validations: + - message: replaceFullPath must be specified when + type is set to 'ReplaceFullPath' + rule: 'self.type == ''ReplaceFullPath'' ? has(self.replaceFullPath) + : true' + - message: type must be 'ReplaceFullPath' when replaceFullPath + is set + rule: 'has(self.replaceFullPath) ? self.type == + ''ReplaceFullPath'' : true' + - message: replacePrefixMatch must be specified when + type is set to 'ReplacePrefixMatch' + rule: 'self.type == ''ReplacePrefixMatch'' ? has(self.replacePrefixMatch) + : true' + - message: type must be 'ReplacePrefixMatch' when + replacePrefixMatch is set + rule: 'has(self.replacePrefixMatch) ? self.type + == ''ReplacePrefixMatch'' : true' + type: object + required: + - type + type: object + x-kubernetes-validations: + - message: filter.requestHeaderModifier must be nil if the + filter.type is not RequestHeaderModifier + rule: '!(has(self.requestHeaderModifier) && self.type != + ''RequestHeaderModifier'')' + - message: filter.requestHeaderModifier must be specified + for RequestHeaderModifier filter.type + rule: '!(!has(self.requestHeaderModifier) && self.type == + ''RequestHeaderModifier'')' + - message: filter.responseHeaderModifier must be nil if the + filter.type is not ResponseHeaderModifier + rule: '!(has(self.responseHeaderModifier) && self.type != + ''ResponseHeaderModifier'')' + - message: filter.responseHeaderModifier must be specified + for ResponseHeaderModifier filter.type + rule: '!(!has(self.responseHeaderModifier) && self.type + == ''ResponseHeaderModifier'')' + - message: filter.requestMirror must be nil if the filter.type + is not RequestMirror + rule: '!(has(self.requestMirror) && self.type != ''RequestMirror'')' + - message: filter.requestMirror must be specified for RequestMirror + filter.type + rule: '!(!has(self.requestMirror) && self.type == ''RequestMirror'')' + - message: filter.requestRedirect must be nil if the filter.type + is not RequestRedirect + rule: '!(has(self.requestRedirect) && self.type != ''RequestRedirect'')' + - message: filter.requestRedirect must be specified for RequestRedirect + filter.type + rule: '!(!has(self.requestRedirect) && self.type == ''RequestRedirect'')' + - message: filter.urlRewrite must be nil if the filter.type + is not URLRewrite + rule: '!(has(self.urlRewrite) && self.type != ''URLRewrite'')' + - message: filter.urlRewrite must be specified for URLRewrite + filter.type + rule: '!(!has(self.urlRewrite) && self.type == ''URLRewrite'')' + - message: filter.extensionRef must be nil if the filter.type + is not ExtensionRef + rule: '!(has(self.extensionRef) && self.type != ''ExtensionRef'')' + - message: filter.extensionRef must be specified for ExtensionRef + filter.type + rule: '!(!has(self.extensionRef) && self.type == ''ExtensionRef'')' + - message: filter.cors must be nil if the filter.type is not + CORS + rule: '!(has(self.cors) && self.type != ''CORS'')' + - message: filter.cors must be specified for CORS filter.type + rule: '!(!has(self.cors) && self.type == ''CORS'')' + - message: filter.externalAuth must be nil if the filter.type + is not ExternalAuth + rule: '!(has(self.externalAuth) && self.type != ''ExternalAuth'')' + - message: filter.externalAuth must be specified for ExternalAuth + filter.type + rule: '!(!has(self.externalAuth) && self.type == ''ExternalAuth'')' + maxItems: 16 + type: array + x-kubernetes-list-type: atomic + x-kubernetes-validations: + - message: May specify either httpRouteFilterRequestRedirect + or httpRouteFilterRequestRewrite, but not both + rule: '!(self.exists(f, f.type == ''RequestRedirect'') && + self.exists(f, f.type == ''URLRewrite''))' + - message: RequestHeaderModifier filter cannot be repeated + rule: self.filter(f, f.type == 'RequestHeaderModifier').size() + <= 1 + - message: ResponseHeaderModifier filter cannot be repeated + rule: self.filter(f, f.type == 'ResponseHeaderModifier').size() + <= 1 + - message: RequestRedirect filter cannot be repeated + rule: self.filter(f, f.type == 'RequestRedirect').size() <= + 1 + - message: URLRewrite filter cannot be repeated + rule: self.filter(f, f.type == 'URLRewrite').size() <= 1 + matches: + default: + - path: + type: PathPrefix + value: / + description: |- + Matches define conditions used for matching the rule against incoming + HTTP requests. Each match is independent, i.e. this rule will be matched + if **any** one of the matches is satisfied. + + For example, take the following matches configuration: + + ``` + matches: + - path: + value: "/foo" + headers: + - name: "version" + value: "v2" + - path: + value: "/v2/foo" + ``` + + For a request to match against this rule, a request must satisfy + EITHER of the two conditions: + + - path prefixed with `/foo` AND contains the header `version: v2` + - path prefix of `/v2/foo` + + See the documentation for HTTPRouteMatch on how to specify multiple + match conditions that should be ANDed together. + + If no matches are specified, the default is a prefix + path match on "/", which has the effect of matching every + HTTP request. + + Proxy or Load Balancer routing configuration generated from HTTPRoutes + MUST prioritize matches based on the following criteria, continuing on + ties. Across all rules specified on applicable Routes, precedence must be + given to the match having: + + * "Exact" path match. + * "Prefix" path match with largest number of characters. + * Method match. + * Largest number of header matches. + * Largest number of query param matches. + + Note: The precedence of RegularExpression path matches are implementation-specific. + + If ties still exist across multiple Routes, matching precedence MUST be + determined in order of the following criteria, continuing on ties: + + * The oldest Route based on creation timestamp. + * The Route appearing first in alphabetical order by + "{namespace}/{name}". + + If ties still exist within an HTTPRoute, matching precedence MUST be granted + to the FIRST matching rule (in list order) with a match meeting the above + criteria. + + When no rules matching a request have been successfully attached to the + parent a request is coming from, a HTTP 404 status code MUST be returned. + items: + description: "HTTPRouteMatch defines the predicate used to + match requests to a given\naction. Multiple match types + are ANDed together, i.e. the match will\nevaluate to true + only if all conditions are satisfied.\n\nFor example, the + match below will match a HTTP request only if its path\nstarts + with `/foo` AND it contains the `version: v1` header:\n\n```\nmatch:\n\n\tpath:\n\t + \ value: \"/foo\"\n\theaders:\n\t- name: \"version\"\n\t + \ value \"v1\"\n\n```" + properties: + headers: + description: |- + Headers specifies HTTP request header matchers. Multiple match values are + ANDed together, meaning, a request must match all the specified headers + to select the route. + items: + description: |- + HTTPHeaderMatch describes how to select a HTTP route by matching HTTP request + headers. + properties: + name: + description: |- + Name is the name of the HTTP Header to be matched. Name matching MUST be + case-insensitive. (See https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc7230#section-3.2). + + If multiple entries specify equivalent header names, only the first + entry with an equivalent name MUST be considered for a match. Subsequent + entries with an equivalent header name MUST be ignored. Due to the + case-insensitivity of header names, "foo" and "Foo" are considered + equivalent. + + When a header is repeated in an HTTP request, it is + implementation-specific behavior as to how this is represented. + Generally, proxies should follow the guidance from the RFC: + https://www.rfc-editor.org/rfc/rfc7230.html#section-3.2.2 regarding + processing a repeated header, with special handling for "Set-Cookie". + maxLength: 256 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[A-Za-z0-9!#$%&'*+\-.^_\x60|~]+$ + type: string + type: + default: Exact + description: |- + Type specifies how to match against the value of the header. + + Support: Core (Exact) + + Support: Implementation-specific (RegularExpression) + + Since RegularExpression HeaderMatchType has implementation-specific + conformance, implementations can support POSIX, PCRE or any other dialects + of regular expressions. Please read the implementation's documentation to + determine the supported dialect. + enum: + - Exact + - RegularExpression + type: string + value: + description: Value is the value of HTTP Header to + be matched. + maxLength: 4096 + minLength: 1 + type: string + required: + - name + - value + type: object + maxItems: 16 + type: array + x-kubernetes-list-map-keys: + - name + x-kubernetes-list-type: map + method: + description: |- + Method specifies HTTP method matcher. + When specified, this route will be matched only if the request has the + specified method. + + Support: Extended + enum: + - GET + - HEAD + - POST + - PUT + - DELETE + - CONNECT + - OPTIONS + - TRACE + - PATCH + type: string + path: + default: + type: PathPrefix + value: / + description: |- + Path specifies a HTTP request path matcher. If this field is not + specified, a default prefix match on the "/" path is provided. + properties: + type: + default: PathPrefix + description: |- + Type specifies how to match against the path Value. + + Support: Core (Exact, PathPrefix) + + Support: Implementation-specific (RegularExpression) + enum: + - Exact + - PathPrefix + - RegularExpression + type: string + value: + default: / + description: Value of the HTTP path to match against. + maxLength: 1024 + type: string + type: object + x-kubernetes-validations: + - message: value must be an absolute path and start with + '/' when type one of ['Exact', 'PathPrefix'] + rule: '(self.type in [''Exact'',''PathPrefix'']) ? self.value.startsWith(''/'') + : true' + - message: must not contain '//' when type one of ['Exact', + 'PathPrefix'] + rule: '(self.type in [''Exact'',''PathPrefix'']) ? !self.value.contains(''//'') + : true' + - message: must not contain '/./' when type one of ['Exact', + 'PathPrefix'] + rule: '(self.type in [''Exact'',''PathPrefix'']) ? !self.value.contains(''/./'') + : true' + - message: must not contain '/../' when type one of ['Exact', + 'PathPrefix'] + rule: '(self.type in [''Exact'',''PathPrefix'']) ? !self.value.contains(''/../'') + : true' + - message: must not contain '%2f' when type one of ['Exact', + 'PathPrefix'] + rule: '(self.type in [''Exact'',''PathPrefix'']) ? !self.value.contains(''%2f'') + : true' + - message: must not contain '%2F' when type one of ['Exact', + 'PathPrefix'] + rule: '(self.type in [''Exact'',''PathPrefix'']) ? !self.value.contains(''%2F'') + : true' + - message: must not contain '#' when type one of ['Exact', + 'PathPrefix'] + rule: '(self.type in [''Exact'',''PathPrefix'']) ? !self.value.contains(''#'') + : true' + - message: must not end with '/..' when type one of ['Exact', + 'PathPrefix'] + rule: '(self.type in [''Exact'',''PathPrefix'']) ? !self.value.endsWith(''/..'') + : true' + - message: must not end with '/.' when type one of ['Exact', + 'PathPrefix'] + rule: '(self.type in [''Exact'',''PathPrefix'']) ? !self.value.endsWith(''/.'') + : true' + - message: type must be one of ['Exact', 'PathPrefix', + 'RegularExpression'] + rule: self.type in ['Exact','PathPrefix'] || self.type + == 'RegularExpression' + - message: must only contain valid characters (matching + ^(?:[-A-Za-z0-9/._~!$&'()*+,;=:@]|[%][0-9a-fA-F]{2})+$) + for types ['Exact', 'PathPrefix'] + rule: '(self.type in [''Exact'',''PathPrefix'']) ? self.value.matches(r"""^(?:[-A-Za-z0-9/._~!$&''()*+,;=:@]|[%][0-9a-fA-F]{2})+$""") + : true' + queryParams: + description: |- + QueryParams specifies HTTP query parameter matchers. Multiple match + values are ANDed together, meaning, a request must match all the + specified query parameters to select the route. + + Support: Extended + items: + description: |- + HTTPQueryParamMatch describes how to select a HTTP route by matching HTTP + query parameters. + properties: + name: + description: |- + Name is the name of the HTTP query param to be matched. This must be an + exact string match. (See + https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc7230#section-2.7.3). + + If multiple entries specify equivalent query param names, only the first + entry with an equivalent name MUST be considered for a match. Subsequent + entries with an equivalent query param name MUST be ignored. + + If a query param is repeated in an HTTP request, the behavior is + purposely left undefined, since different data planes have different + capabilities. However, it is *recommended* that implementations should + match against the first value of the param if the data plane supports it, + as this behavior is expected in other load balancing contexts outside of + the Gateway API. + + Users SHOULD NOT route traffic based on repeated query params to guard + themselves against potential differences in the implementations. + maxLength: 256 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[A-Za-z0-9!#$%&'*+\-.^_\x60|~]+$ + type: string + type: + default: Exact + description: |- + Type specifies how to match against the value of the query parameter. + + Support: Extended (Exact) + + Support: Implementation-specific (RegularExpression) + + Since RegularExpression QueryParamMatchType has Implementation-specific + conformance, implementations can support POSIX, PCRE or any other + dialects of regular expressions. Please read the implementation's + documentation to determine the supported dialect. + enum: + - Exact + - RegularExpression + type: string + value: + description: Value is the value of HTTP query param + to be matched. + maxLength: 1024 + minLength: 1 + type: string + required: + - name + - value + type: object + maxItems: 16 + type: array + x-kubernetes-list-map-keys: + - name + x-kubernetes-list-type: map + type: object + maxItems: 64 + type: array + x-kubernetes-list-type: atomic + name: + description: |- + Name is the name of the route rule. This name MUST be unique within a Route if it is set. + + Support: Extended + maxLength: 253 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$ + type: string + retry: + description: |- + Retry defines the configuration for when to retry an HTTP request. + + Support: Extended + properties: + attempts: + description: |- + Attempts specifies the maximum number of times an individual request + from the gateway to a backend should be retried. + + If the maximum number of retries has been attempted without a successful + response from the backend, the Gateway MUST return an error. + + When this field is unspecified, the number of times to attempt to retry + a backend request is implementation-specific. + + Support: Extended + type: integer + backoff: + description: |- + Backoff specifies the minimum duration a Gateway should wait between + retry attempts and is represented in Gateway API Duration formatting. + + For example, setting the `rules[].retry.backoff` field to the value + `100ms` will cause a backend request to first be retried approximately + 100 milliseconds after timing out or receiving a response code configured + to be retryable. + + An implementation MAY use an exponential or alternative backoff strategy + for subsequent retry attempts, MAY cap the maximum backoff duration to + some amount greater than the specified minimum, and MAY add arbitrary + jitter to stagger requests, as long as unsuccessful backend requests are + not retried before the configured minimum duration. + + If a Request timeout (`rules[].timeouts.request`) is configured on the + route, the entire duration of the initial request and any retry attempts + MUST not exceed the Request timeout duration. If any retry attempts are + still in progress when the Request timeout duration has been reached, + these SHOULD be canceled if possible and the Gateway MUST immediately + return a timeout error. + + If a BackendRequest timeout (`rules[].timeouts.backendRequest`) is + configured on the route, any retry attempts which reach the configured + BackendRequest timeout duration without a response SHOULD be canceled if + possible and the Gateway should wait for at least the specified backoff + duration before attempting to retry the backend request again. + + If a BackendRequest timeout is _not_ configured on the route, retry + attempts MAY time out after an implementation default duration, or MAY + remain pending until a configured Request timeout or implementation + default duration for total request time is reached. + + When this field is unspecified, the time to wait between retry attempts + is implementation-specific. + + Support: Extended + pattern: ^([0-9]{1,5}(h|m|s|ms)){1,4}$ + type: string + codes: + description: |- + Codes defines the HTTP response status codes for which a backend request + should be retried. + + Support: Extended + items: + description: |- + HTTPRouteRetryStatusCode defines an HTTP response status code for + which a backend request should be retried. + + Implementations MUST support the following status codes as retryable: + + * 500 + * 502 + * 503 + * 504 + + Implementations MAY support specifying additional discrete values in the + 500-599 range. + + Implementations MAY support specifying discrete values in the 400-499 range, + which are often inadvisable to retry. + maximum: 599 + minimum: 400 + type: integer + type: array + x-kubernetes-list-type: atomic + type: object + sessionPersistence: + description: |- + SessionPersistence defines and configures session persistence + for the route rule. + + Support: Extended + properties: + absoluteTimeout: + description: |- + AbsoluteTimeout defines the absolute timeout of the persistent + session. Once the AbsoluteTimeout duration has elapsed, the + session becomes invalid. + + Support: Extended + pattern: ^([0-9]{1,5}(h|m|s|ms)){1,4}$ + type: string + cookieConfig: + description: |- + CookieConfig provides configuration settings that are specific + to cookie-based session persistence. + + Support: Core + properties: + lifetimeType: + default: Session + description: |- + LifetimeType specifies whether the cookie has a permanent or + session-based lifetime. A permanent cookie persists until its + specified expiry time, defined by the Expires or Max-Age cookie + attributes, while a session cookie is deleted when the current + session ends. + + When set to "Permanent", AbsoluteTimeout indicates the + cookie's lifetime via the Expires or Max-Age cookie attributes + and is required. + + When set to "Session", AbsoluteTimeout indicates the + absolute lifetime of the cookie tracked by the gateway and + is optional. + + Defaults to "Session". + + Support: Core for "Session" type + + Support: Extended for "Permanent" type + enum: + - Permanent + - Session + type: string + type: object + idleTimeout: + description: |- + IdleTimeout defines the idle timeout of the persistent session. + Once the session has been idle for more than the specified + IdleTimeout duration, the session becomes invalid. + + Support: Extended + pattern: ^([0-9]{1,5}(h|m|s|ms)){1,4}$ + type: string + sessionName: + description: |- + SessionName defines the name of the persistent session token + which may be reflected in the cookie or the header. Users + should avoid reusing session names to prevent unintended + consequences, such as rejection or unpredictable behavior. + + Support: Implementation-specific + maxLength: 128 + type: string + type: + default: Cookie + description: |- + Type defines the type of session persistence such as through + the use a header or cookie. Defaults to cookie based session + persistence. + + Support: Core for "Cookie" type + + Support: Extended for "Header" type + enum: + - Cookie + - Header + type: string + type: object + x-kubernetes-validations: + - message: AbsoluteTimeout must be specified when cookie lifetimeType + is Permanent + rule: '!has(self.cookieConfig) || !has(self.cookieConfig.lifetimeType) + || self.cookieConfig.lifetimeType != ''Permanent'' || has(self.absoluteTimeout)' + timeouts: + description: |- + Timeouts defines the timeouts that can be configured for an HTTP request. + + Support: Extended + properties: + backendRequest: + description: |- + BackendRequest specifies a timeout for an individual request from the gateway + to a backend. This covers the time from when the request first starts being + sent from the gateway to when the full response has been received from the backend. + + Setting a timeout to the zero duration (e.g. "0s") SHOULD disable the timeout + completely. Implementations that cannot completely disable the timeout MUST + instead interpret the zero duration as the longest possible value to which + the timeout can be set. + + An entire client HTTP transaction with a gateway, covered by the Request timeout, + may result in more than one call from the gateway to the destination backend, + for example, if automatic retries are supported. + + The value of BackendRequest must be a Gateway API Duration string as defined by + GEP-2257. When this field is unspecified, its behavior is implementation-specific; + when specified, the value of BackendRequest must be no more than the value of the + Request timeout (since the Request timeout encompasses the BackendRequest timeout). + + Support: Extended + pattern: ^([0-9]{1,5}(h|m|s|ms)){1,4}$ + type: string + request: + description: |- + Request specifies the maximum duration for a gateway to respond to an HTTP request. + If the gateway has not been able to respond before this deadline is met, the gateway + MUST return a timeout error. + + For example, setting the `rules.timeouts.request` field to the value `10s` in an + `HTTPRoute` will cause a timeout if a client request is taking longer than 10 seconds + to complete. + + Setting a timeout to the zero duration (e.g. "0s") SHOULD disable the timeout + completely. Implementations that cannot completely disable the timeout MUST + instead interpret the zero duration as the longest possible value to which + the timeout can be set. + + This timeout is intended to cover as close to the whole request-response transaction + as possible although an implementation MAY choose to start the timeout after the entire + request stream has been received instead of immediately after the transaction is + initiated by the client. + + The value of Request is a Gateway API Duration string as defined by GEP-2257. When this + field is unspecified, request timeout behavior is implementation-specific. + + Support: Extended + pattern: ^([0-9]{1,5}(h|m|s|ms)){1,4}$ + type: string + type: object + x-kubernetes-validations: + - message: backendRequest timeout cannot be longer than request + timeout + rule: '!(has(self.request) && has(self.backendRequest) && + duration(self.request) != duration(''0s'') && duration(self.backendRequest) + > duration(self.request))' + type: object + x-kubernetes-validations: + - message: RequestRedirect filter must not be used together with + backendRefs + rule: '(has(self.backendRefs) && size(self.backendRefs) > 0) ? + (!has(self.filters) || self.filters.all(f, !has(f.requestRedirect))): + true' + - message: When using RequestRedirect filter with path.replacePrefixMatch, + exactly one PathPrefix match must be specified + rule: '(has(self.filters) && self.filters.exists_one(f, has(f.requestRedirect) + && has(f.requestRedirect.path) && f.requestRedirect.path.type + == ''ReplacePrefixMatch'' && has(f.requestRedirect.path.replacePrefixMatch))) + ? ((size(self.matches) != 1 || !has(self.matches[0].path) || + self.matches[0].path.type != ''PathPrefix'') ? false : true) + : true' + - message: When using URLRewrite filter with path.replacePrefixMatch, + exactly one PathPrefix match must be specified + rule: '(has(self.filters) && self.filters.exists_one(f, has(f.urlRewrite) + && has(f.urlRewrite.path) && f.urlRewrite.path.type == ''ReplacePrefixMatch'' + && has(f.urlRewrite.path.replacePrefixMatch))) ? ((size(self.matches) + != 1 || !has(self.matches[0].path) || self.matches[0].path.type + != ''PathPrefix'') ? false : true) : true' + - message: Within backendRefs, when using RequestRedirect filter + with path.replacePrefixMatch, exactly one PathPrefix match must + be specified + rule: '(has(self.backendRefs) && self.backendRefs.exists_one(b, + (has(b.filters) && b.filters.exists_one(f, has(f.requestRedirect) + && has(f.requestRedirect.path) && f.requestRedirect.path.type + == ''ReplacePrefixMatch'' && has(f.requestRedirect.path.replacePrefixMatch))) + )) ? ((size(self.matches) != 1 || !has(self.matches[0].path) + || self.matches[0].path.type != ''PathPrefix'') ? false : true) + : true' + - message: Within backendRefs, When using URLRewrite filter with + path.replacePrefixMatch, exactly one PathPrefix match must be + specified + rule: '(has(self.backendRefs) && self.backendRefs.exists_one(b, + (has(b.filters) && b.filters.exists_one(f, has(f.urlRewrite) + && has(f.urlRewrite.path) && f.urlRewrite.path.type == ''ReplacePrefixMatch'' + && has(f.urlRewrite.path.replacePrefixMatch))) )) ? ((size(self.matches) + != 1 || !has(self.matches[0].path) || self.matches[0].path.type + != ''PathPrefix'') ? false : true) : true' + maxItems: 16 + type: array + x-kubernetes-list-type: atomic + x-kubernetes-validations: + - message: While 16 rules and 64 matches per rule are allowed, the + total number of matches across all rules in a route must be less + than 128 + rule: '(self.size() > 0 ? self[0].matches.size() : 0) + (self.size() + > 1 ? self[1].matches.size() : 0) + (self.size() > 2 ? self[2].matches.size() + : 0) + (self.size() > 3 ? self[3].matches.size() : 0) + (self.size() + > 4 ? self[4].matches.size() : 0) + (self.size() > 5 ? self[5].matches.size() + : 0) + (self.size() > 6 ? self[6].matches.size() : 0) + (self.size() + > 7 ? self[7].matches.size() : 0) + (self.size() > 8 ? self[8].matches.size() + : 0) + (self.size() > 9 ? self[9].matches.size() : 0) + (self.size() + > 10 ? self[10].matches.size() : 0) + (self.size() > 11 ? self[11].matches.size() + : 0) + (self.size() > 12 ? self[12].matches.size() : 0) + (self.size() + > 13 ? self[13].matches.size() : 0) + (self.size() > 14 ? self[14].matches.size() + : 0) + (self.size() > 15 ? self[15].matches.size() : 0) <= 128' + - message: Rule name must be unique within the route + rule: self.all(l1, !has(l1.name) || self.exists_one(l2, has(l2.name) + && l1.name == l2.name)) + useDefaultGateways: + description: |- + UseDefaultGateways indicates the default Gateway scope to use for this + Route. If unset (the default) or set to None, the Route will not be + attached to any default Gateway; if set, it will be attached to any + default Gateway supporting the named scope, subject to the usual rules + about which Routes a Gateway is allowed to claim. + + Think carefully before using this functionality! The set of default + Gateways supporting the requested scope can change over time without + any notice to the Route author, and in many situations it will not be + appropriate to request a default Gateway for a given Route -- for + example, a Route with specific security requirements should almost + certainly not use a default Gateway. + enum: + - All + - None + type: string + type: object + status: + description: Status defines the current state of HTTPRoute. + properties: + parents: + description: |- + Parents is a list of parent resources (usually Gateways) that are + associated with the route, and the status of the route with respect to + each parent. When this route attaches to a parent, the controller that + manages the parent must add an entry to this list when the controller + first sees the route and should update the entry as appropriate when the + route or gateway is modified. + + Note that parent references that cannot be resolved by an implementation + of this API will not be added to this list. Implementations of this API + can only populate Route status for the Gateways/parent resources they are + responsible for. + + A maximum of 32 Gateways will be represented in this list. An empty list + means the route has not been attached to any Gateway. + items: + description: |- + RouteParentStatus describes the status of a route with respect to an + associated Parent. + properties: + conditions: + description: |- + Conditions describes the status of the route with respect to the Gateway. + Note that the route's availability is also subject to the Gateway's own + status conditions and listener status. + + If the Route's ParentRef specifies an existing Gateway that supports + Routes of this kind AND that Gateway's controller has sufficient access, + then that Gateway's controller MUST set the "Accepted" condition on the + Route, to indicate whether the route has been accepted or rejected by the + Gateway, and why. + + A Route MUST be considered "Accepted" if at least one of the Route's + rules is implemented by the Gateway. + + There are a number of cases where the "Accepted" condition may not be set + due to lack of controller visibility, that includes when: + + * The Route refers to a nonexistent parent. + * The Route is of a type that the controller does not support. + * The Route is in a namespace the controller does not have access to. + items: + description: Condition contains details for one aspect of + the current state of this API Resource. + properties: + lastTransitionTime: + description: |- + lastTransitionTime is the last time the condition transitioned from one status to another. + This should be when the underlying condition changed. If that is not known, then using the time when the API field changed is acceptable. + format: date-time + type: string + message: + description: |- + message is a human readable message indicating details about the transition. + This may be an empty string. + maxLength: 32768 + type: string + observedGeneration: + description: |- + observedGeneration represents the .metadata.generation that the condition was set based upon. + For instance, if .metadata.generation is currently 12, but the .status.conditions[x].observedGeneration is 9, the condition is out of date + with respect to the current state of the instance. + format: int64 + minimum: 0 + type: integer + reason: + description: |- + reason contains a programmatic identifier indicating the reason for the condition's last transition. + Producers of specific condition types may define expected values and meanings for this field, + and whether the values are considered a guaranteed API. + The value should be a CamelCase string. + This field may not be empty. + maxLength: 1024 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[A-Za-z]([A-Za-z0-9_,:]*[A-Za-z0-9_])?$ + type: string + status: + description: status of the condition, one of True, False, + Unknown. + enum: + - "True" + - "False" + - Unknown + type: string + type: + description: type of condition in CamelCase or in foo.example.com/CamelCase. + maxLength: 316 + pattern: ^([a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*/)?(([A-Za-z0-9][-A-Za-z0-9_.]*)?[A-Za-z0-9])$ + type: string + required: + - lastTransitionTime + - message + - reason + - status + - type + type: object + maxItems: 8 + minItems: 1 + type: array + x-kubernetes-list-map-keys: + - type + x-kubernetes-list-type: map + controllerName: + description: |- + ControllerName is a domain/path string that indicates the name of the + controller that wrote this status. This corresponds with the + controllerName field on GatewayClass. + + Example: "example.net/gateway-controller". + + The format of this field is DOMAIN "/" PATH, where DOMAIN and PATH are + valid Kubernetes names + (https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/names/#names). + + Controllers MUST populate this field when writing status. Controllers should ensure that + entries to status populated with their ControllerName are cleaned up when they are no + longer necessary. + maxLength: 253 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*\/[A-Za-z0-9\/\-._~%!$&'()*+,;=:]+$ + type: string + parentRef: + description: |- + ParentRef corresponds with a ParentRef in the spec that this + RouteParentStatus struct describes the status of. + properties: + group: + default: gateway.networking.k8s.io + description: |- + Group is the group of the referent. + When unspecified, "gateway.networking.k8s.io" is inferred. + To set the core API group (such as for a "Service" kind referent), + Group must be explicitly set to "" (empty string). + + Support: Core + maxLength: 253 + pattern: ^$|^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$ + type: string + kind: + default: Gateway + description: |- + Kind is kind of the referent. + + There are two kinds of parent resources with "Core" support: + + * Gateway (Gateway conformance profile) + * Service (Mesh conformance profile, ClusterIP Services only) + + Support for other resources is Implementation-Specific. + maxLength: 63 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[a-zA-Z]([-a-zA-Z0-9]*[a-zA-Z0-9])?$ + type: string + name: + description: |- + Name is the name of the referent. + + Support: Core + maxLength: 253 + minLength: 1 + type: string + namespace: + description: |- + Namespace is the namespace of the referent. When unspecified, this refers + to the local namespace of the Route. + + Note that there are specific rules for ParentRefs which cross namespace + boundaries. Cross-namespace references are only valid if they are explicitly + allowed by something in the namespace they are referring to. For example: + Gateway has the AllowedRoutes field, and ReferenceGrant provides a + generic way to enable any other kind of cross-namespace reference. + + + ParentRefs from a Route to a Service in the same namespace are "producer" + routes, which apply default routing rules to inbound connections from + any namespace to the Service. + + ParentRefs from a Route to a Service in a different namespace are + "consumer" routes, and these routing rules are only applied to outbound + connections originating from the same namespace as the Route, for which + the intended destination of the connections are a Service targeted as a + ParentRef of the Route. + + + Support: Core + maxLength: 63 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?$ + type: string + port: + description: |- + Port is the network port this Route targets. It can be interpreted + differently based on the type of parent resource. + + When the parent resource is a Gateway, this targets all listeners + listening on the specified port that also support this kind of Route(and + select this Route). It's not recommended to set `Port` unless the + networking behaviors specified in a Route must apply to a specific port + as opposed to a listener(s) whose port(s) may be changed. When both Port + and SectionName are specified, the name and port of the selected listener + must match both specified values. + + + When the parent resource is a Service, this targets a specific port in the + Service spec. When both Port (experimental) and SectionName are specified, + the name and port of the selected port must match both specified values. + + + Implementations MAY choose to support other parent resources. + Implementations supporting other types of parent resources MUST clearly + document how/if Port is interpreted. + + For the purpose of status, an attachment is considered successful as + long as the parent resource accepts it partially. For example, Gateway + listeners can restrict which Routes can attach to them by Route kind, + namespace, or hostname. If 1 of 2 Gateway listeners accept attachment + from the referencing Route, the Route MUST be considered successfully + attached. If no Gateway listeners accept attachment from this Route, + the Route MUST be considered detached from the Gateway. + + Support: Extended + format: int32 + maximum: 65535 + minimum: 1 + type: integer + sectionName: + description: |- + SectionName is the name of a section within the target resource. In the + following resources, SectionName is interpreted as the following: + + * Gateway: Listener name. When both Port (experimental) and SectionName + are specified, the name and port of the selected listener must match + both specified values. + * Service: Port name. When both Port (experimental) and SectionName + are specified, the name and port of the selected listener must match + both specified values. + + Implementations MAY choose to support attaching Routes to other resources. + If that is the case, they MUST clearly document how SectionName is + interpreted. + + When unspecified (empty string), this will reference the entire resource. + For the purpose of status, an attachment is considered successful if at + least one section in the parent resource accepts it. For example, Gateway + listeners can restrict which Routes can attach to them by Route kind, + namespace, or hostname. If 1 of 2 Gateway listeners accept attachment from + the referencing Route, the Route MUST be considered successfully + attached. If no Gateway listeners accept attachment from this Route, the + Route MUST be considered detached from the Gateway. + + Support: Core + maxLength: 253 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$ + type: string + required: + - name + type: object + required: + - conditions + - controllerName + - parentRef + type: object + maxItems: 32 + type: array + x-kubernetes-list-type: atomic + required: + - parents + type: object + required: + - spec + type: object + served: true + storage: true + subresources: + status: {} + - additionalPrinterColumns: + - jsonPath: .spec.hostnames + name: Hostnames + type: string + - jsonPath: .metadata.creationTimestamp + name: Age + type: date + name: v1beta1 + schema: + openAPIV3Schema: + description: |- + HTTPRoute provides a way to route HTTP requests. This includes the capability + to match requests by hostname, path, header, or query param. Filters can be + used to specify additional processing steps. Backends specify where matching + requests should be routed. + properties: + apiVersion: + description: |- + APIVersion defines the versioned schema of this representation of an object. + Servers should convert recognized schemas to the latest internal value, and + may reject unrecognized values. + More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#resources + type: string + kind: + description: |- + Kind is a string value representing the REST resource this object represents. + Servers may infer this from the endpoint the client submits requests to. + Cannot be updated. + In CamelCase. + More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#types-kinds + type: string + metadata: + type: object + spec: + description: Spec defines the desired state of HTTPRoute. + properties: + hostnames: + description: |- + Hostnames defines a set of hostnames that should match against the HTTP Host + header to select a HTTPRoute used to process the request. Implementations + MUST ignore any port value specified in the HTTP Host header while + performing a match and (absent of any applicable header modification + configuration) MUST forward this header unmodified to the backend. + + Valid values for Hostnames are determined by RFC 1123 definition of a + hostname with 2 notable exceptions: + + 1. IPs are not allowed. + 2. A hostname may be prefixed with a wildcard label (`*.`). The wildcard + label must appear by itself as the first label. + + If a hostname is specified by both the Listener and HTTPRoute, there + must be at least one intersecting hostname for the HTTPRoute to be + attached to the Listener. For example: + + * A Listener with `test.example.com` as the hostname matches HTTPRoutes + that have either not specified any hostnames, or have specified at + least one of `test.example.com` or `*.example.com`. + * A Listener with `*.example.com` as the hostname matches HTTPRoutes + that have either not specified any hostnames or have specified at least + one hostname that matches the Listener hostname. For example, + `*.example.com`, `test.example.com`, and `foo.test.example.com` would + all match. On the other hand, `example.com` and `test.example.net` would + not match. + + Hostnames that are prefixed with a wildcard label (`*.`) are interpreted + as a suffix match. That means that a match for `*.example.com` would match + both `test.example.com`, and `foo.test.example.com`, but not `example.com`. + + If both the Listener and HTTPRoute have specified hostnames, any + HTTPRoute hostnames that do not match the Listener hostname MUST be + ignored. For example, if a Listener specified `*.example.com`, and the + HTTPRoute specified `test.example.com` and `test.example.net`, + `test.example.net` must not be considered for a match. + + If both the Listener and HTTPRoute have specified hostnames, and none + match with the criteria above, then the HTTPRoute is not accepted. The + implementation must raise an 'Accepted' Condition with a status of + `False` in the corresponding RouteParentStatus. + + In the event that multiple HTTPRoutes specify intersecting hostnames (e.g. + overlapping wildcard matching and exact matching hostnames), precedence must + be given to rules from the HTTPRoute with the largest number of: + + * Characters in a matching non-wildcard hostname. + * Characters in a matching hostname. + + If ties exist across multiple Routes, the matching precedence rules for + HTTPRouteMatches takes over. + + Support: Core + items: + description: |- + Hostname is the fully qualified domain name of a network host. This matches + the RFC 1123 definition of a hostname with 2 notable exceptions: + + 1. IPs are not allowed. + 2. A hostname may be prefixed with a wildcard label (`*.`). The wildcard + label must appear by itself as the first label. + + Hostname can be "precise" which is a domain name without the terminating + dot of a network host (e.g. "foo.example.com") or "wildcard", which is a + domain name prefixed with a single wildcard label (e.g. `*.example.com`). + + Note that as per RFC1035 and RFC1123, a *label* must consist of lower case + alphanumeric characters or '-', and must start and end with an alphanumeric + character. No other punctuation is allowed. + maxLength: 253 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^(\*\.)?[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$ + type: string + maxItems: 16 + type: array + x-kubernetes-list-type: atomic + parentRefs: + description: |- + ParentRefs references the resources (usually Gateways) that a Route wants + to be attached to. Note that the referenced parent resource needs to + allow this for the attachment to be complete. For Gateways, that means + the Gateway needs to allow attachment from Routes of this kind and + namespace. For Services, that means the Service must either be in the same + namespace for a "producer" route, or the mesh implementation must support + and allow "consumer" routes for the referenced Service. ReferenceGrant is + not applicable for governing ParentRefs to Services - it is not possible to + create a "producer" route for a Service in a different namespace from the + Route. + + There are two kinds of parent resources with "Core" support: + + * Gateway (Gateway conformance profile) + * Service (Mesh conformance profile, ClusterIP Services only) + + This API may be extended in the future to support additional kinds of parent + resources. + + ParentRefs must be _distinct_. This means either that: + + * They select different objects. If this is the case, then parentRef + entries are distinct. In terms of fields, this means that the + multi-part key defined by `group`, `kind`, `namespace`, and `name` must + be unique across all parentRef entries in the Route. + * They do not select different objects, but for each optional field used, + each ParentRef that selects the same object must set the same set of + optional fields to different values. If one ParentRef sets a + combination of optional fields, all must set the same combination. + + Some examples: + + * If one ParentRef sets `sectionName`, all ParentRefs referencing the + same object must also set `sectionName`. + * If one ParentRef sets `port`, all ParentRefs referencing the same + object must also set `port`. + * If one ParentRef sets `sectionName` and `port`, all ParentRefs + referencing the same object must also set `sectionName` and `port`. + + It is possible to separately reference multiple distinct objects that may + be collapsed by an implementation. For example, some implementations may + choose to merge compatible Gateway Listeners together. If that is the + case, the list of routes attached to those resources should also be + merged. + + Note that for ParentRefs that cross namespace boundaries, there are specific + rules. Cross-namespace references are only valid if they are explicitly + allowed by something in the namespace they are referring to. For example, + Gateway has the AllowedRoutes field, and ReferenceGrant provides a + generic way to enable other kinds of cross-namespace reference. + + + ParentRefs from a Route to a Service in the same namespace are "producer" + routes, which apply default routing rules to inbound connections from + any namespace to the Service. + + ParentRefs from a Route to a Service in a different namespace are + "consumer" routes, and these routing rules are only applied to outbound + connections originating from the same namespace as the Route, for which + the intended destination of the connections are a Service targeted as a + ParentRef of the Route. + items: + description: |- + ParentReference identifies an API object (usually a Gateway) that can be considered + a parent of this resource (usually a route). There are two kinds of parent resources + with "Core" support: + + * Gateway (Gateway conformance profile) + * Service (Mesh conformance profile, ClusterIP Services only) + + This API may be extended in the future to support additional kinds of parent + resources. + + The API object must be valid in the cluster; the Group and Kind must + be registered in the cluster for this reference to be valid. + properties: + group: + default: gateway.networking.k8s.io + description: |- + Group is the group of the referent. + When unspecified, "gateway.networking.k8s.io" is inferred. + To set the core API group (such as for a "Service" kind referent), + Group must be explicitly set to "" (empty string). + + Support: Core + maxLength: 253 + pattern: ^$|^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$ + type: string + kind: + default: Gateway + description: |- + Kind is kind of the referent. + + There are two kinds of parent resources with "Core" support: + + * Gateway (Gateway conformance profile) + * Service (Mesh conformance profile, ClusterIP Services only) + + Support for other resources is Implementation-Specific. + maxLength: 63 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[a-zA-Z]([-a-zA-Z0-9]*[a-zA-Z0-9])?$ + type: string + name: + description: |- + Name is the name of the referent. + + Support: Core + maxLength: 253 + minLength: 1 + type: string + namespace: + description: |- + Namespace is the namespace of the referent. When unspecified, this refers + to the local namespace of the Route. + + Note that there are specific rules for ParentRefs which cross namespace + boundaries. Cross-namespace references are only valid if they are explicitly + allowed by something in the namespace they are referring to. For example: + Gateway has the AllowedRoutes field, and ReferenceGrant provides a + generic way to enable any other kind of cross-namespace reference. + + + ParentRefs from a Route to a Service in the same namespace are "producer" + routes, which apply default routing rules to inbound connections from + any namespace to the Service. + + ParentRefs from a Route to a Service in a different namespace are + "consumer" routes, and these routing rules are only applied to outbound + connections originating from the same namespace as the Route, for which + the intended destination of the connections are a Service targeted as a + ParentRef of the Route. + + + Support: Core + maxLength: 63 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?$ + type: string + port: + description: |- + Port is the network port this Route targets. It can be interpreted + differently based on the type of parent resource. + + When the parent resource is a Gateway, this targets all listeners + listening on the specified port that also support this kind of Route(and + select this Route). It's not recommended to set `Port` unless the + networking behaviors specified in a Route must apply to a specific port + as opposed to a listener(s) whose port(s) may be changed. When both Port + and SectionName are specified, the name and port of the selected listener + must match both specified values. + + + When the parent resource is a Service, this targets a specific port in the + Service spec. When both Port (experimental) and SectionName are specified, + the name and port of the selected port must match both specified values. + + + Implementations MAY choose to support other parent resources. + Implementations supporting other types of parent resources MUST clearly + document how/if Port is interpreted. + + For the purpose of status, an attachment is considered successful as + long as the parent resource accepts it partially. For example, Gateway + listeners can restrict which Routes can attach to them by Route kind, + namespace, or hostname. If 1 of 2 Gateway listeners accept attachment + from the referencing Route, the Route MUST be considered successfully + attached. If no Gateway listeners accept attachment from this Route, + the Route MUST be considered detached from the Gateway. + + Support: Extended + format: int32 + maximum: 65535 + minimum: 1 + type: integer + sectionName: + description: |- + SectionName is the name of a section within the target resource. In the + following resources, SectionName is interpreted as the following: + + * Gateway: Listener name. When both Port (experimental) and SectionName + are specified, the name and port of the selected listener must match + both specified values. + * Service: Port name. When both Port (experimental) and SectionName + are specified, the name and port of the selected listener must match + both specified values. + + Implementations MAY choose to support attaching Routes to other resources. + If that is the case, they MUST clearly document how SectionName is + interpreted. + + When unspecified (empty string), this will reference the entire resource. + For the purpose of status, an attachment is considered successful if at + least one section in the parent resource accepts it. For example, Gateway + listeners can restrict which Routes can attach to them by Route kind, + namespace, or hostname. If 1 of 2 Gateway listeners accept attachment from + the referencing Route, the Route MUST be considered successfully + attached. If no Gateway listeners accept attachment from this Route, the + Route MUST be considered detached from the Gateway. + + Support: Core + maxLength: 253 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$ + type: string + required: + - name + type: object + maxItems: 32 + type: array + x-kubernetes-list-type: atomic + x-kubernetes-validations: + - message: sectionName or port must be specified when parentRefs includes + 2 or more references to the same parent + rule: 'self.all(p1, self.all(p2, p1.group == p2.group && p1.kind + == p2.kind && p1.name == p2.name && (((!has(p1.__namespace__) + || p1.__namespace__ == '''') && (!has(p2.__namespace__) || p2.__namespace__ + == '''')) || (has(p1.__namespace__) && has(p2.__namespace__) && + p1.__namespace__ == p2.__namespace__)) ? ((!has(p1.sectionName) + || p1.sectionName == '''') == (!has(p2.sectionName) || p2.sectionName + == '''') && (!has(p1.port) || p1.port == 0) == (!has(p2.port) + || p2.port == 0)): true))' + - message: sectionName or port must be unique when parentRefs includes + 2 or more references to the same parent + rule: self.all(p1, self.exists_one(p2, p1.group == p2.group && p1.kind + == p2.kind && p1.name == p2.name && (((!has(p1.__namespace__) + || p1.__namespace__ == '') && (!has(p2.__namespace__) || p2.__namespace__ + == '')) || (has(p1.__namespace__) && has(p2.__namespace__) && + p1.__namespace__ == p2.__namespace__ )) && (((!has(p1.sectionName) + || p1.sectionName == '') && (!has(p2.sectionName) || p2.sectionName + == '')) || ( has(p1.sectionName) && has(p2.sectionName) && p1.sectionName + == p2.sectionName)) && (((!has(p1.port) || p1.port == 0) && (!has(p2.port) + || p2.port == 0)) || (has(p1.port) && has(p2.port) && p1.port + == p2.port)))) + rules: + default: + - matches: + - path: + type: PathPrefix + value: / + description: Rules are a list of HTTP matchers, filters and actions. + items: + description: |- + HTTPRouteRule defines semantics for matching an HTTP request based on + conditions (matches), processing it (filters), and forwarding the request to + an API object (backendRefs). + properties: + backendRefs: + description: |- + BackendRefs defines the backend(s) where matching requests should be + sent. + + Failure behavior here depends on how many BackendRefs are specified and + how many are invalid. + + If *all* entries in BackendRefs are invalid, and there are also no filters + specified in this route rule, *all* traffic which matches this rule MUST + receive a 500 status code. + + See the HTTPBackendRef definition for the rules about what makes a single + HTTPBackendRef invalid. + + When a HTTPBackendRef is invalid, 500 status codes MUST be returned for + requests that would have otherwise been routed to an invalid backend. If + multiple backends are specified, and some are invalid, the proportion of + requests that would otherwise have been routed to an invalid backend + MUST receive a 500 status code. + + For example, if two backends are specified with equal weights, and one is + invalid, 50 percent of traffic must receive a 500. Implementations may + choose how that 50 percent is determined. + + When a HTTPBackendRef refers to a Service that has no ready endpoints, + implementations SHOULD return a 503 for requests to that backend instead. + If an implementation chooses to do this, all of the above rules for 500 responses + MUST also apply for responses that return a 503. + + Support: Core for Kubernetes Service + + Support: Extended for Kubernetes ServiceImport + + Support: Implementation-specific for any other resource + + Support for weight: Core + items: + description: |- + HTTPBackendRef defines how a HTTPRoute forwards a HTTP request. + + Note that when a namespace different than the local namespace is specified, a + ReferenceGrant object is required in the referent namespace to allow that + namespace's owner to accept the reference. See the ReferenceGrant + documentation for details. + + + When the BackendRef points to a Kubernetes Service, implementations SHOULD + honor the appProtocol field if it is set for the target Service Port. + + Implementations supporting appProtocol SHOULD recognize the Kubernetes + Standard Application Protocols defined in KEP-3726. + + If a Service appProtocol isn't specified, an implementation MAY infer the + backend protocol through its own means. Implementations MAY infer the + protocol from the Route type referring to the backend Service. + + If a Route is not able to send traffic to the backend using the specified + protocol then the backend is considered invalid. Implementations MUST set the + "ResolvedRefs" condition to "False" with the "UnsupportedProtocol" reason. + properties: + filters: + description: |- + Filters defined at this level should be executed if and only if the + request is being forwarded to the backend defined here. + + Support: Implementation-specific (For broader support of filters, use the + Filters field in HTTPRouteRule.) + items: + description: |- + HTTPRouteFilter defines processing steps that must be completed during the + request or response lifecycle. HTTPRouteFilters are meant as an extension + point to express processing that may be done in Gateway implementations. Some + examples include request or response modification, implementing + authentication strategies, rate-limiting, and traffic shaping. API + guarantee/conformance is defined based on the type of the filter. + properties: + cors: + description: |- + CORS defines a schema for a filter that responds to the + cross-origin request based on HTTP response header. + + Support: Extended + properties: + allowCredentials: + description: |- + AllowCredentials indicates whether the actual cross-origin request allows + to include credentials. + + When set to true, the gateway will include the `Access-Control-Allow-Credentials` + response header with value true (case-sensitive). + + When set to false or omitted the gateway will omit the header + `Access-Control-Allow-Credentials` entirely (this is the standard CORS + behavior). + + Support: Extended + type: boolean + allowHeaders: + description: |- + AllowHeaders indicates which HTTP request headers are supported for + accessing the requested resource. + + Header names are not case sensitive. + + Multiple header names in the value of the `Access-Control-Allow-Headers` + response header are separated by a comma (","). + + When the `AllowHeaders` field is configured with one or more headers, the + gateway must return the `Access-Control-Allow-Headers` response header + which value is present in the `AllowHeaders` field. + + If any header name in the `Access-Control-Request-Headers` request header + is not included in the list of header names specified by the response + header `Access-Control-Allow-Headers`, it will present an error on the + client side. + + If any header name in the `Access-Control-Allow-Headers` response header + does not recognize by the client, it will also occur an error on the + client side. + + A wildcard indicates that the requests with all HTTP headers are allowed. + The `Access-Control-Allow-Headers` response header can only use `*` + wildcard as value when the `AllowCredentials` field is false or omitted. + + When the `AllowCredentials` field is true and `AllowHeaders` field + specified with the `*` wildcard, the gateway must specify one or more + HTTP headers in the value of the `Access-Control-Allow-Headers` response + header. The value of the header `Access-Control-Allow-Headers` is same as + the `Access-Control-Request-Headers` header provided by the client. If + the header `Access-Control-Request-Headers` is not included in the + request, the gateway will omit the `Access-Control-Allow-Headers` + response header, instead of specifying the `*` wildcard. A Gateway + implementation may choose to add implementation-specific default headers. + + Support: Extended + items: + description: |- + HTTPHeaderName is the name of an HTTP header. + + Valid values include: + + * "Authorization" + * "Set-Cookie" + + Invalid values include: + + - ":method" - ":" is an invalid character. This means that HTTP/2 pseudo + headers are not currently supported by this type. + - "/invalid" - "/ " is an invalid character + maxLength: 256 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[A-Za-z0-9!#$%&'*+\-.^_\x60|~]+$ + type: string + maxItems: 64 + type: array + x-kubernetes-list-type: set + allowMethods: + description: |- + AllowMethods indicates which HTTP methods are supported for accessing the + requested resource. + + Valid values are any method defined by RFC9110, along with the special + value `*`, which represents all HTTP methods are allowed. + + Method names are case sensitive, so these values are also case-sensitive. + (See https://www.rfc-editor.org/rfc/rfc2616#section-5.1.1) + + Multiple method names in the value of the `Access-Control-Allow-Methods` + response header are separated by a comma (","). + + A CORS-safelisted method is a method that is `GET`, `HEAD`, or `POST`. + (See https://fetch.spec.whatwg.org/#cors-safelisted-method) The + CORS-safelisted methods are always allowed, regardless of whether they + are specified in the `AllowMethods` field. + + When the `AllowMethods` field is configured with one or more methods, the + gateway must return the `Access-Control-Allow-Methods` response header + which value is present in the `AllowMethods` field. + + If the HTTP method of the `Access-Control-Request-Method` request header + is not included in the list of methods specified by the response header + `Access-Control-Allow-Methods`, it will present an error on the client + side. + + The `Access-Control-Allow-Methods` response header can only use `*` + wildcard as value when the `AllowCredentials` field is false or omitted. + + When the `AllowCredentials` field is true and `AllowMethods` field + specified with the `*` wildcard, the gateway must specify one HTTP method + in the value of the Access-Control-Allow-Methods response header. The + value of the header `Access-Control-Allow-Methods` is same as the + `Access-Control-Request-Method` header provided by the client. If the + header `Access-Control-Request-Method` is not included in the request, + the gateway will omit the `Access-Control-Allow-Methods` response header, + instead of specifying the `*` wildcard. A Gateway implementation may + choose to add implementation-specific default methods. + + Support: Extended + items: + enum: + - GET + - HEAD + - POST + - PUT + - DELETE + - CONNECT + - OPTIONS + - TRACE + - PATCH + - '*' + type: string + maxItems: 9 + type: array + x-kubernetes-list-type: set + x-kubernetes-validations: + - message: AllowMethods cannot contain '*' alongside + other methods + rule: '!(''*'' in self && self.size() > 1)' + allowOrigins: + description: |- + AllowOrigins indicates whether the response can be shared with requested + resource from the given `Origin`. + + The `Origin` consists of a scheme and a host, with an optional port, and + takes the form `://(:)`. + + Valid values for scheme are: `http` and `https`. + + Valid values for port are any integer between 1 and 65535 (the list of + available TCP/UDP ports). Note that, if not included, port `80` is + assumed for `http` scheme origins, and port `443` is assumed for `https` + origins. This may affect origin matching. + + The host part of the origin may contain the wildcard character `*`. These + wildcard characters behave as follows: + + * `*` is a greedy match to the _left_, including any number of + DNS labels to the left of its position. This also means that + `*` will include any number of period `.` characters to the + left of its position. + * A wildcard by itself matches all hosts. + + An origin value that includes _only_ the `*` character indicates requests + from all `Origin`s are allowed. + + When the `AllowOrigins` field is configured with multiple origins, it + means the server supports clients from multiple origins. If the request + `Origin` matches the configured allowed origins, the gateway must return + the given `Origin` and sets value of the header + `Access-Control-Allow-Origin` same as the `Origin` header provided by the + client. + + The status code of a successful response to a "preflight" request is + always an OK status (i.e., 204 or 200). + + If the request `Origin` does not match the configured allowed origins, + the gateway returns 204/200 response but doesn't set the relevant + cross-origin response headers. Alternatively, the gateway responds with + 403 status to the "preflight" request is denied, coupled with omitting + the CORS headers. The cross-origin request fails on the client side. + Therefore, the client doesn't attempt the actual cross-origin request. + + The `Access-Control-Allow-Origin` response header can only use `*` + wildcard as value when the `AllowCredentials` field is false or omitted. + + When the `AllowCredentials` field is true and `AllowOrigins` field + specified with the `*` wildcard, the gateway must return a single origin + in the value of the `Access-Control-Allow-Origin` response header, + instead of specifying the `*` wildcard. The value of the header + `Access-Control-Allow-Origin` is same as the `Origin` header provided by + the client. + + Support: Extended + items: + description: |- + The CORSOrigin MUST NOT be a relative URI, and it MUST follow the URI syntax and + encoding rules specified in RFC3986. The CORSOrigin MUST include both a + scheme (e.g., "http" or "spiffe") and a scheme-specific-part, or it should be a single '*' character. + URIs that include an authority MUST include a fully qualified domain name or + IP address as the host. + maxLength: 253 + minLength: 1 + pattern: (^\*$)|(^([a-zA-Z][a-zA-Z0-9+\-.]+):\/\/([^:/?#]+)(:([0-9]{1,5}))?$) + type: string + maxItems: 64 + type: array + x-kubernetes-list-type: set + x-kubernetes-validations: + - message: AllowOrigins cannot contain '*' alongside + other origins + rule: '!(''*'' in self && self.size() > 1)' + exposeHeaders: + description: |- + ExposeHeaders indicates which HTTP response headers can be exposed + to client-side scripts in response to a cross-origin request. + + A CORS-safelisted response header is an HTTP header in a CORS response + that it is considered safe to expose to the client scripts. + The CORS-safelisted response headers include the following headers: + `Cache-Control` + `Content-Language` + `Content-Length` + `Content-Type` + `Expires` + `Last-Modified` + `Pragma` + (See https://fetch.spec.whatwg.org/#cors-safelisted-response-header-name) + The CORS-safelisted response headers are exposed to client by default. + + When an HTTP header name is specified using the `ExposeHeaders` field, + this additional header will be exposed as part of the response to the + client. + + Header names are not case sensitive. + + Multiple header names in the value of the `Access-Control-Expose-Headers` + response header are separated by a comma (","). + + A wildcard indicates that the responses with all HTTP headers are exposed + to clients. The `Access-Control-Expose-Headers` response header can only + use `*` wildcard as value when the `AllowCredentials` field is false or omitted. + + Support: Extended + items: + description: |- + HTTPHeaderName is the name of an HTTP header. + + Valid values include: + + * "Authorization" + * "Set-Cookie" + + Invalid values include: + + - ":method" - ":" is an invalid character. This means that HTTP/2 pseudo + headers are not currently supported by this type. + - "/invalid" - "/ " is an invalid character + maxLength: 256 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[A-Za-z0-9!#$%&'*+\-.^_\x60|~]+$ + type: string + maxItems: 64 + type: array + x-kubernetes-list-type: set + maxAge: + default: 5 + description: |- + MaxAge indicates the duration (in seconds) for the client to cache the + results of a "preflight" request. + + The information provided by the `Access-Control-Allow-Methods` and + `Access-Control-Allow-Headers` response headers can be cached by the + client until the time specified by `Access-Control-Max-Age` elapses. + + The default value of `Access-Control-Max-Age` response header is 5 + (seconds). + format: int32 + minimum: 1 + type: integer + type: object + extensionRef: + description: |- + ExtensionRef is an optional, implementation-specific extension to the + "filter" behavior. For example, resource "myroutefilter" in group + "networking.example.net"). ExtensionRef MUST NOT be used for core and + extended filters. + + This filter can be used multiple times within the same rule. + + Support: Implementation-specific + properties: + group: + description: |- + Group is the group of the referent. For example, "gateway.networking.k8s.io". + When unspecified or empty string, core API group is inferred. + maxLength: 253 + pattern: ^$|^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$ + type: string + kind: + description: Kind is kind of the referent. For + example "HTTPRoute" or "Service". + maxLength: 63 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[a-zA-Z]([-a-zA-Z0-9]*[a-zA-Z0-9])?$ + type: string + name: + description: Name is the name of the referent. + maxLength: 253 + minLength: 1 + type: string + required: + - group + - kind + - name + type: object + externalAuth: + description: |- + ExternalAuth configures settings related to sending request details + to an external auth service. The external service MUST authenticate + the request, and MAY authorize the request as well. + + If there is any problem communicating with the external service, + this filter MUST fail closed. + + Support: Extended + properties: + backendRef: + description: |- + BackendRef is a reference to a backend to send authorization + requests to. + + The backend must speak the selected protocol (GRPC or HTTP) on the + referenced port. + + If the backend service requires TLS, use BackendTLSPolicy to tell the + implementation to supply the TLS details to be used to connect to that + backend. + properties: + group: + default: "" + description: |- + Group is the group of the referent. For example, "gateway.networking.k8s.io". + When unspecified or empty string, core API group is inferred. + maxLength: 253 + pattern: ^$|^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$ + type: string + kind: + default: Service + description: |- + Kind is the Kubernetes resource kind of the referent. For example + "Service". + + Defaults to "Service" when not specified. + + ExternalName services can refer to CNAME DNS records that may live + outside of the cluster and as such are difficult to reason about in + terms of conformance. They also may not be safe to forward to (see + CVE-2021-25740 for more information). Implementations SHOULD NOT + support ExternalName Services. + + Support: Core (Services with a type other than ExternalName) + + Support: Implementation-specific (Services with type ExternalName) + maxLength: 63 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[a-zA-Z]([-a-zA-Z0-9]*[a-zA-Z0-9])?$ + type: string + name: + description: Name is the name of the referent. + maxLength: 253 + minLength: 1 + type: string + namespace: + description: |- + Namespace is the namespace of the backend. When unspecified, the local + namespace is inferred. + + Note that when a namespace different than the local namespace is specified, + a ReferenceGrant object is required in the referent namespace to allow that + namespace's owner to accept the reference. See the ReferenceGrant + documentation for details. + + Support: Core + maxLength: 63 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?$ + type: string + port: + description: |- + Port specifies the destination port number to use for this resource. + Port is required when the referent is a Kubernetes Service. In this + case, the port number is the service port number, not the target port. + For other resources, destination port might be derived from the referent + resource or this field. + format: int32 + maximum: 65535 + minimum: 1 + type: integer + required: + - name + type: object + x-kubernetes-validations: + - message: Must have port for Service reference + rule: '(size(self.group) == 0 && self.kind + == ''Service'') ? has(self.port) : true' + forwardBody: + description: |- + ForwardBody controls if requests to the authorization server should include + the body of the client request; and if so, how big that body is allowed + to be. + + It is expected that implementations will buffer the request body up to + `forwardBody.maxSize` bytes. Bodies over that size must be rejected with a + 4xx series error (413 or 403 are common examples), and fail processing + of the filter. + + If unset, or `forwardBody.maxSize` is set to `0`, then the body will not + be forwarded. + + Feature Name: HTTPRouteExternalAuthForwardBody + properties: + maxSize: + description: |- + MaxSize specifies how large in bytes the largest body that will be buffered + and sent to the authorization server. If the body size is larger than + `maxSize`, then the body sent to the authorization server must be + truncated to `maxSize` bytes. + + Experimental note: This behavior needs to be checked against + various dataplanes; it may need to be changed. + See https://github.com/kubernetes-sigs/gateway-api/pull/4001#discussion_r2291405746 + for more. + + If 0, the body will not be sent to the authorization server. + type: integer + type: object + grpc: + description: |- + GRPCAuthConfig contains configuration for communication with ext_authz + protocol-speaking backends. + + If unset, implementations must assume the default behavior for each + included field is intended. + properties: + allowedHeaders: + description: |- + AllowedRequestHeaders specifies what headers from the client request + will be sent to the authorization server. + + If this list is empty, then all headers must be sent. + + If the list has entries, only those entries must be sent. + items: + type: string + maxItems: 64 + type: array + x-kubernetes-list-type: set + type: object + http: + description: |- + HTTPAuthConfig contains configuration for communication with HTTP-speaking + backends. + + If unset, implementations must assume the default behavior for each + included field is intended. + properties: + allowedHeaders: + description: |- + AllowedRequestHeaders specifies what additional headers from the client request + will be sent to the authorization server. + + The following headers must always be sent to the authorization server, + regardless of this setting: + + * `Host` + * `Method` + * `Path` + * `Content-Length` + * `Authorization` + + If this list is empty, then only those headers must be sent. + + Note that `Content-Length` has a special behavior, in that the length + sent must be correct for the actual request to the external authorization + server - that is, it must reflect the actual number of bytes sent in the + body of the request to the authorization server. + + So if the `forwardBody` stanza is unset, or `forwardBody.maxSize` is set + to `0`, then `Content-Length` must be `0`. If `forwardBody.maxSize` is set + to anything other than `0`, then the `Content-Length` of the authorization + request must be set to the actual number of bytes forwarded. + items: + type: string + maxItems: 64 + type: array + x-kubernetes-list-type: set + allowedResponseHeaders: + description: |- + AllowedResponseHeaders specifies what headers from the authorization response + will be copied into the request to the backend. + + If this list is empty, then all headers from the authorization server + except Authority or Host must be copied. + items: + type: string + maxItems: 64 + type: array + x-kubernetes-list-type: set + path: + description: |- + Path sets the prefix that paths from the client request will have added + when forwarded to the authorization server. + + When empty or unspecified, no prefix is added. + + Valid values are the same as the "value" regex for path values in the `match` + stanza, and the validation regex will screen out invalid paths in the same way. + Even with the validation, implementations MUST sanitize this input before using it + directly. + maxLength: 1024 + pattern: ^(?:[-A-Za-z0-9/._~!$&'()*+,;=:@]|[%][0-9a-fA-F]{2})+$ + type: string + type: object + protocol: + description: |- + ExternalAuthProtocol describes which protocol to use when communicating with an + ext_authz authorization server. + + When this is set to GRPC, each backend must use the Envoy ext_authz protocol + on the port specified in `backendRefs`. Requests and responses are defined + in the protobufs explained at: + https://www.envoyproxy.io/docs/envoy/latest/api-v3/service/auth/v3/external_auth.proto + + When this is set to HTTP, each backend must respond with a `200` status + code in on a successful authorization. Any other code is considered + an authorization failure. + + Feature Names: + GRPC Support - HTTPRouteExternalAuthGRPC + HTTP Support - HTTPRouteExternalAuthHTTP + enum: + - HTTP + - GRPC + type: string + required: + - backendRef + - protocol + type: object + x-kubernetes-validations: + - message: grpc must be specified when protocol + is set to 'GRPC' + rule: 'self.protocol == ''GRPC'' ? has(self.grpc) + : true' + - message: protocol must be 'GRPC' when grpc is + set + rule: 'has(self.grpc) ? self.protocol == ''GRPC'' + : true' + - message: http must be specified when protocol + is set to 'HTTP' + rule: 'self.protocol == ''HTTP'' ? has(self.http) + : true' + - message: protocol must be 'HTTP' when http is + set + rule: 'has(self.http) ? self.protocol == ''HTTP'' + : true' + requestHeaderModifier: + description: |- + RequestHeaderModifier defines a schema for a filter that modifies request + headers. + + Support: Core + properties: + add: + description: |- + Add adds the given header(s) (name, value) to the request + before the action. It appends to any existing values associated + with the header name. + + Input: + GET /foo HTTP/1.1 + my-header: foo + + Config: + add: + - name: "my-header" + value: "bar,baz" + + Output: + GET /foo HTTP/1.1 + my-header: foo,bar,baz + items: + description: HTTPHeader represents an HTTP + Header name and value as defined by RFC + 7230. + properties: + name: + description: |- + Name is the name of the HTTP Header to be matched. Name matching MUST be + case-insensitive. (See https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc7230#section-3.2). + + If multiple entries specify equivalent header names, the first entry with + an equivalent name MUST be considered for a match. Subsequent entries + with an equivalent header name MUST be ignored. Due to the + case-insensitivity of header names, "foo" and "Foo" are considered + equivalent. + maxLength: 256 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[A-Za-z0-9!#$%&'*+\-.^_\x60|~]+$ + type: string + value: + description: Value is the value of HTTP + Header to be matched. + maxLength: 4096 + minLength: 1 + type: string + required: + - name + - value + type: object + maxItems: 16 + type: array + x-kubernetes-list-map-keys: + - name + x-kubernetes-list-type: map + remove: + description: |- + Remove the given header(s) from the HTTP request before the action. The + value of Remove is a list of HTTP header names. Note that the header + names are case-insensitive (see + https://datatracker.ietf.org/doc/html/rfc2616#section-4.2). + + Input: + GET /foo HTTP/1.1 + my-header1: foo + my-header2: bar + my-header3: baz + + Config: + remove: ["my-header1", "my-header3"] + + Output: + GET /foo HTTP/1.1 + my-header2: bar + items: + type: string + maxItems: 16 + type: array + x-kubernetes-list-type: set + set: + description: |- + Set overwrites the request with the given header (name, value) + before the action. + + Input: + GET /foo HTTP/1.1 + my-header: foo + + Config: + set: + - name: "my-header" + value: "bar" + + Output: + GET /foo HTTP/1.1 + my-header: bar + items: + description: HTTPHeader represents an HTTP + Header name and value as defined by RFC + 7230. + properties: + name: + description: |- + Name is the name of the HTTP Header to be matched. Name matching MUST be + case-insensitive. (See https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc7230#section-3.2). + + If multiple entries specify equivalent header names, the first entry with + an equivalent name MUST be considered for a match. Subsequent entries + with an equivalent header name MUST be ignored. Due to the + case-insensitivity of header names, "foo" and "Foo" are considered + equivalent. + maxLength: 256 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[A-Za-z0-9!#$%&'*+\-.^_\x60|~]+$ + type: string + value: + description: Value is the value of HTTP + Header to be matched. + maxLength: 4096 + minLength: 1 + type: string + required: + - name + - value + type: object + maxItems: 16 + type: array + x-kubernetes-list-map-keys: + - name + x-kubernetes-list-type: map + type: object + requestMirror: + description: |- + RequestMirror defines a schema for a filter that mirrors requests. + Requests are sent to the specified destination, but responses from + that destination are ignored. + + This filter can be used multiple times within the same rule. Note that + not all implementations will be able to support mirroring to multiple + backends. + + Support: Extended + properties: + backendRef: + description: |- + BackendRef references a resource where mirrored requests are sent. + + Mirrored requests must be sent only to a single destination endpoint + within this BackendRef, irrespective of how many endpoints are present + within this BackendRef. + + If the referent cannot be found, this BackendRef is invalid and must be + dropped from the Gateway. The controller must ensure the "ResolvedRefs" + condition on the Route status is set to `status: False` and not configure + this backend in the underlying implementation. + + If there is a cross-namespace reference to an *existing* object + that is not allowed by a ReferenceGrant, the controller must ensure the + "ResolvedRefs" condition on the Route is set to `status: False`, + with the "RefNotPermitted" reason and not configure this backend in the + underlying implementation. + + In either error case, the Message of the `ResolvedRefs` Condition + should be used to provide more detail about the problem. + + Support: Extended for Kubernetes Service + + Support: Implementation-specific for any other resource + properties: + group: + default: "" + description: |- + Group is the group of the referent. For example, "gateway.networking.k8s.io". + When unspecified or empty string, core API group is inferred. + maxLength: 253 + pattern: ^$|^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$ + type: string + kind: + default: Service + description: |- + Kind is the Kubernetes resource kind of the referent. For example + "Service". + + Defaults to "Service" when not specified. + + ExternalName services can refer to CNAME DNS records that may live + outside of the cluster and as such are difficult to reason about in + terms of conformance. They also may not be safe to forward to (see + CVE-2021-25740 for more information). Implementations SHOULD NOT + support ExternalName Services. + + Support: Core (Services with a type other than ExternalName) + + Support: Implementation-specific (Services with type ExternalName) + maxLength: 63 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[a-zA-Z]([-a-zA-Z0-9]*[a-zA-Z0-9])?$ + type: string + name: + description: Name is the name of the referent. + maxLength: 253 + minLength: 1 + type: string + namespace: + description: |- + Namespace is the namespace of the backend. When unspecified, the local + namespace is inferred. + + Note that when a namespace different than the local namespace is specified, + a ReferenceGrant object is required in the referent namespace to allow that + namespace's owner to accept the reference. See the ReferenceGrant + documentation for details. + + Support: Core + maxLength: 63 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?$ + type: string + port: + description: |- + Port specifies the destination port number to use for this resource. + Port is required when the referent is a Kubernetes Service. In this + case, the port number is the service port number, not the target port. + For other resources, destination port might be derived from the referent + resource or this field. + format: int32 + maximum: 65535 + minimum: 1 + type: integer + required: + - name + type: object + x-kubernetes-validations: + - message: Must have port for Service reference + rule: '(size(self.group) == 0 && self.kind + == ''Service'') ? has(self.port) : true' + fraction: + description: |- + Fraction represents the fraction of requests that should be + mirrored to BackendRef. + + Only one of Fraction or Percent may be specified. If neither field + is specified, 100% of requests will be mirrored. + properties: + denominator: + default: 100 + format: int32 + minimum: 1 + type: integer + numerator: + format: int32 + minimum: 0 + type: integer + required: + - numerator + type: object + x-kubernetes-validations: + - message: numerator must be less than or equal + to denominator + rule: self.numerator <= self.denominator + percent: + description: |- + Percent represents the percentage of requests that should be + mirrored to BackendRef. Its minimum value is 0 (indicating 0% of + requests) and its maximum value is 100 (indicating 100% of requests). + + Only one of Fraction or Percent may be specified. If neither field + is specified, 100% of requests will be mirrored. + format: int32 + maximum: 100 + minimum: 0 + type: integer + required: + - backendRef + type: object + x-kubernetes-validations: + - message: Only one of percent or fraction may be + specified in HTTPRequestMirrorFilter + rule: '!(has(self.percent) && has(self.fraction))' + requestRedirect: + description: |- + RequestRedirect defines a schema for a filter that responds to the + request with an HTTP redirection. + + Support: Core + properties: + hostname: + description: |- + Hostname is the hostname to be used in the value of the `Location` + header in the response. + When empty, the hostname in the `Host` header of the request is used. + + Support: Core + maxLength: 253 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$ + type: string + path: + description: |- + Path defines parameters used to modify the path of the incoming request. + The modified path is then used to construct the `Location` header. When + empty, the request path is used as-is. + + Support: Extended + properties: + replaceFullPath: + description: |- + ReplaceFullPath specifies the value with which to replace the full path + of a request during a rewrite or redirect. + maxLength: 1024 + type: string + replacePrefixMatch: + description: |- + ReplacePrefixMatch specifies the value with which to replace the prefix + match of a request during a rewrite or redirect. For example, a request + to "/foo/bar" with a prefix match of "/foo" and a ReplacePrefixMatch + of "/xyz" would be modified to "/xyz/bar". + + Note that this matches the behavior of the PathPrefix match type. This + matches full path elements. A path element refers to the list of labels + in the path split by the `/` separator. When specified, a trailing `/` is + ignored. For example, the paths `/abc`, `/abc/`, and `/abc/def` would all + match the prefix `/abc`, but the path `/abcd` would not. + + ReplacePrefixMatch is only compatible with a `PathPrefix` HTTPRouteMatch. + Using any other HTTPRouteMatch type on the same HTTPRouteRule will result in + the implementation setting the Accepted Condition for the Route to `status: False`. + + Request Path | Prefix Match | Replace Prefix | Modified Path + maxLength: 1024 + type: string + type: + description: |- + Type defines the type of path modifier. Additional types may be + added in a future release of the API. + + Note that values may be added to this enum, implementations + must ensure that unknown values will not cause a crash. + + Unknown values here must result in the implementation setting the + Accepted Condition for the Route to `status: False`, with a + Reason of `UnsupportedValue`. + enum: + - ReplaceFullPath + - ReplacePrefixMatch + type: string + required: + - type + type: object + x-kubernetes-validations: + - message: replaceFullPath must be specified + when type is set to 'ReplaceFullPath' + rule: 'self.type == ''ReplaceFullPath'' ? + has(self.replaceFullPath) : true' + - message: type must be 'ReplaceFullPath' when + replaceFullPath is set + rule: 'has(self.replaceFullPath) ? self.type + == ''ReplaceFullPath'' : true' + - message: replacePrefixMatch must be specified + when type is set to 'ReplacePrefixMatch' + rule: 'self.type == ''ReplacePrefixMatch'' + ? has(self.replacePrefixMatch) : true' + - message: type must be 'ReplacePrefixMatch' + when replacePrefixMatch is set + rule: 'has(self.replacePrefixMatch) ? self.type + == ''ReplacePrefixMatch'' : true' + port: + description: |- + Port is the port to be used in the value of the `Location` + header in the response. + + If no port is specified, the redirect port MUST be derived using the + following rules: + + * If redirect scheme is not-empty, the redirect port MUST be the well-known + port associated with the redirect scheme. Specifically "http" to port 80 + and "https" to port 443. If the redirect scheme does not have a + well-known port, the listener port of the Gateway SHOULD be used. + * If redirect scheme is empty, the redirect port MUST be the Gateway + Listener port. + + Implementations SHOULD NOT add the port number in the 'Location' + header in the following cases: + + * A Location header that will use HTTP (whether that is determined via + the Listener protocol or the Scheme field) _and_ use port 80. + * A Location header that will use HTTPS (whether that is determined via + the Listener protocol or the Scheme field) _and_ use port 443. + + Support: Extended + format: int32 + maximum: 65535 + minimum: 1 + type: integer + scheme: + description: |- + Scheme is the scheme to be used in the value of the `Location` header in + the response. When empty, the scheme of the request is used. + + Scheme redirects can affect the port of the redirect, for more information, + refer to the documentation for the port field of this filter. + + Note that values may be added to this enum, implementations + must ensure that unknown values will not cause a crash. + + Unknown values here must result in the implementation setting the + Accepted Condition for the Route to `status: False`, with a + Reason of `UnsupportedValue`. + + Support: Extended + enum: + - http + - https + type: string + statusCode: + default: 302 + description: |- + StatusCode is the HTTP status code to be used in response. + + Note that values may be added to this enum, implementations + must ensure that unknown values will not cause a crash. + + Unknown values here must result in the implementation setting the + Accepted Condition for the Route to `status: False`, with a + Reason of `UnsupportedValue`. + + Support: Core + enum: + - 301 + - 302 + - 303 + - 307 + - 308 + type: integer + type: object + responseHeaderModifier: + description: |- + ResponseHeaderModifier defines a schema for a filter that modifies response + headers. + + Support: Extended + properties: + add: + description: |- + Add adds the given header(s) (name, value) to the request + before the action. It appends to any existing values associated + with the header name. + + Input: + GET /foo HTTP/1.1 + my-header: foo + + Config: + add: + - name: "my-header" + value: "bar,baz" + + Output: + GET /foo HTTP/1.1 + my-header: foo,bar,baz + items: + description: HTTPHeader represents an HTTP + Header name and value as defined by RFC + 7230. + properties: + name: + description: |- + Name is the name of the HTTP Header to be matched. Name matching MUST be + case-insensitive. (See https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc7230#section-3.2). + + If multiple entries specify equivalent header names, the first entry with + an equivalent name MUST be considered for a match. Subsequent entries + with an equivalent header name MUST be ignored. Due to the + case-insensitivity of header names, "foo" and "Foo" are considered + equivalent. + maxLength: 256 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[A-Za-z0-9!#$%&'*+\-.^_\x60|~]+$ + type: string + value: + description: Value is the value of HTTP + Header to be matched. + maxLength: 4096 + minLength: 1 + type: string + required: + - name + - value + type: object + maxItems: 16 + type: array + x-kubernetes-list-map-keys: + - name + x-kubernetes-list-type: map + remove: + description: |- + Remove the given header(s) from the HTTP request before the action. The + value of Remove is a list of HTTP header names. Note that the header + names are case-insensitive (see + https://datatracker.ietf.org/doc/html/rfc2616#section-4.2). + + Input: + GET /foo HTTP/1.1 + my-header1: foo + my-header2: bar + my-header3: baz + + Config: + remove: ["my-header1", "my-header3"] + + Output: + GET /foo HTTP/1.1 + my-header2: bar + items: + type: string + maxItems: 16 + type: array + x-kubernetes-list-type: set + set: + description: |- + Set overwrites the request with the given header (name, value) + before the action. + + Input: + GET /foo HTTP/1.1 + my-header: foo + + Config: + set: + - name: "my-header" + value: "bar" + + Output: + GET /foo HTTP/1.1 + my-header: bar + items: + description: HTTPHeader represents an HTTP + Header name and value as defined by RFC + 7230. + properties: + name: + description: |- + Name is the name of the HTTP Header to be matched. Name matching MUST be + case-insensitive. (See https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc7230#section-3.2). + + If multiple entries specify equivalent header names, the first entry with + an equivalent name MUST be considered for a match. Subsequent entries + with an equivalent header name MUST be ignored. Due to the + case-insensitivity of header names, "foo" and "Foo" are considered + equivalent. + maxLength: 256 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[A-Za-z0-9!#$%&'*+\-.^_\x60|~]+$ + type: string + value: + description: Value is the value of HTTP + Header to be matched. + maxLength: 4096 + minLength: 1 + type: string + required: + - name + - value + type: object + maxItems: 16 + type: array + x-kubernetes-list-map-keys: + - name + x-kubernetes-list-type: map + type: object + type: + description: |- + Type identifies the type of filter to apply. As with other API fields, + types are classified into three conformance levels: + + - Core: Filter types and their corresponding configuration defined by + "Support: Core" in this package, e.g. "RequestHeaderModifier". All + implementations must support core filters. + + - Extended: Filter types and their corresponding configuration defined by + "Support: Extended" in this package, e.g. "RequestMirror". Implementers + are encouraged to support extended filters. + + - Implementation-specific: Filters that are defined and supported by + specific vendors. + In the future, filters showing convergence in behavior across multiple + implementations will be considered for inclusion in extended or core + conformance levels. Filter-specific configuration for such filters + is specified using the ExtensionRef field. `Type` should be set to + "ExtensionRef" for custom filters. + + Implementers are encouraged to define custom implementation types to + extend the core API with implementation-specific behavior. + + If a reference to a custom filter type cannot be resolved, the filter + MUST NOT be skipped. Instead, requests that would have been processed by + that filter MUST receive a HTTP error response. + + Note that values may be added to this enum, implementations + must ensure that unknown values will not cause a crash. + + Unknown values here must result in the implementation setting the + Accepted Condition for the Route to `status: False`, with a + Reason of `UnsupportedValue`. + enum: + - RequestHeaderModifier + - ResponseHeaderModifier + - RequestMirror + - RequestRedirect + - URLRewrite + - ExtensionRef + - CORS + - ExternalAuth + type: string + urlRewrite: + description: |- + URLRewrite defines a schema for a filter that modifies a request during forwarding. + + Support: Extended + properties: + hostname: + description: |- + Hostname is the value to be used to replace the Host header value during + forwarding. + + Support: Extended + maxLength: 253 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$ + type: string + path: + description: |- + Path defines a path rewrite. + + Support: Extended + properties: + replaceFullPath: + description: |- + ReplaceFullPath specifies the value with which to replace the full path + of a request during a rewrite or redirect. + maxLength: 1024 + type: string + replacePrefixMatch: + description: |- + ReplacePrefixMatch specifies the value with which to replace the prefix + match of a request during a rewrite or redirect. For example, a request + to "/foo/bar" with a prefix match of "/foo" and a ReplacePrefixMatch + of "/xyz" would be modified to "/xyz/bar". + + Note that this matches the behavior of the PathPrefix match type. This + matches full path elements. A path element refers to the list of labels + in the path split by the `/` separator. When specified, a trailing `/` is + ignored. For example, the paths `/abc`, `/abc/`, and `/abc/def` would all + match the prefix `/abc`, but the path `/abcd` would not. + + ReplacePrefixMatch is only compatible with a `PathPrefix` HTTPRouteMatch. + Using any other HTTPRouteMatch type on the same HTTPRouteRule will result in + the implementation setting the Accepted Condition for the Route to `status: False`. + + Request Path | Prefix Match | Replace Prefix | Modified Path + maxLength: 1024 + type: string + type: + description: |- + Type defines the type of path modifier. Additional types may be + added in a future release of the API. + + Note that values may be added to this enum, implementations + must ensure that unknown values will not cause a crash. + + Unknown values here must result in the implementation setting the + Accepted Condition for the Route to `status: False`, with a + Reason of `UnsupportedValue`. + enum: + - ReplaceFullPath + - ReplacePrefixMatch + type: string + required: + - type + type: object + x-kubernetes-validations: + - message: replaceFullPath must be specified + when type is set to 'ReplaceFullPath' + rule: 'self.type == ''ReplaceFullPath'' ? + has(self.replaceFullPath) : true' + - message: type must be 'ReplaceFullPath' when + replaceFullPath is set + rule: 'has(self.replaceFullPath) ? self.type + == ''ReplaceFullPath'' : true' + - message: replacePrefixMatch must be specified + when type is set to 'ReplacePrefixMatch' + rule: 'self.type == ''ReplacePrefixMatch'' + ? has(self.replacePrefixMatch) : true' + - message: type must be 'ReplacePrefixMatch' + when replacePrefixMatch is set + rule: 'has(self.replacePrefixMatch) ? self.type + == ''ReplacePrefixMatch'' : true' + type: object + required: + - type + type: object + x-kubernetes-validations: + - message: filter.requestHeaderModifier must be nil + if the filter.type is not RequestHeaderModifier + rule: '!(has(self.requestHeaderModifier) && self.type + != ''RequestHeaderModifier'')' + - message: filter.requestHeaderModifier must be specified + for RequestHeaderModifier filter.type + rule: '!(!has(self.requestHeaderModifier) && self.type + == ''RequestHeaderModifier'')' + - message: filter.responseHeaderModifier must be nil + if the filter.type is not ResponseHeaderModifier + rule: '!(has(self.responseHeaderModifier) && self.type + != ''ResponseHeaderModifier'')' + - message: filter.responseHeaderModifier must be specified + for ResponseHeaderModifier filter.type + rule: '!(!has(self.responseHeaderModifier) && self.type + == ''ResponseHeaderModifier'')' + - message: filter.requestMirror must be nil if the filter.type + is not RequestMirror + rule: '!(has(self.requestMirror) && self.type != ''RequestMirror'')' + - message: filter.requestMirror must be specified for + RequestMirror filter.type + rule: '!(!has(self.requestMirror) && self.type == + ''RequestMirror'')' + - message: filter.requestRedirect must be nil if the + filter.type is not RequestRedirect + rule: '!(has(self.requestRedirect) && self.type != + ''RequestRedirect'')' + - message: filter.requestRedirect must be specified + for RequestRedirect filter.type + rule: '!(!has(self.requestRedirect) && self.type == + ''RequestRedirect'')' + - message: filter.urlRewrite must be nil if the filter.type + is not URLRewrite + rule: '!(has(self.urlRewrite) && self.type != ''URLRewrite'')' + - message: filter.urlRewrite must be specified for URLRewrite + filter.type + rule: '!(!has(self.urlRewrite) && self.type == ''URLRewrite'')' + - message: filter.extensionRef must be nil if the filter.type + is not ExtensionRef + rule: '!(has(self.extensionRef) && self.type != ''ExtensionRef'')' + - message: filter.extensionRef must be specified for + ExtensionRef filter.type + rule: '!(!has(self.extensionRef) && self.type == ''ExtensionRef'')' + - message: filter.cors must be nil if the filter.type + is not CORS + rule: '!(has(self.cors) && self.type != ''CORS'')' + - message: filter.cors must be specified for CORS filter.type + rule: '!(!has(self.cors) && self.type == ''CORS'')' + - message: filter.externalAuth must be nil if the filter.type + is not ExternalAuth + rule: '!(has(self.externalAuth) && self.type != ''ExternalAuth'')' + - message: filter.externalAuth must be specified for + ExternalAuth filter.type + rule: '!(!has(self.externalAuth) && self.type == ''ExternalAuth'')' + maxItems: 16 + type: array + x-kubernetes-list-type: atomic + x-kubernetes-validations: + - message: May specify either httpRouteFilterRequestRedirect + or httpRouteFilterRequestRewrite, but not both + rule: '!(self.exists(f, f.type == ''RequestRedirect'') + && self.exists(f, f.type == ''URLRewrite''))' + - message: RequestHeaderModifier filter cannot be repeated + rule: self.filter(f, f.type == 'RequestHeaderModifier').size() + <= 1 + - message: ResponseHeaderModifier filter cannot be repeated + rule: self.filter(f, f.type == 'ResponseHeaderModifier').size() + <= 1 + - message: RequestRedirect filter cannot be repeated + rule: self.filter(f, f.type == 'RequestRedirect').size() + <= 1 + - message: URLRewrite filter cannot be repeated + rule: self.filter(f, f.type == 'URLRewrite').size() + <= 1 + group: + default: "" + description: |- + Group is the group of the referent. For example, "gateway.networking.k8s.io". + When unspecified or empty string, core API group is inferred. + maxLength: 253 + pattern: ^$|^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$ + type: string + kind: + default: Service + description: |- + Kind is the Kubernetes resource kind of the referent. For example + "Service". + + Defaults to "Service" when not specified. + + ExternalName services can refer to CNAME DNS records that may live + outside of the cluster and as such are difficult to reason about in + terms of conformance. They also may not be safe to forward to (see + CVE-2021-25740 for more information). Implementations SHOULD NOT + support ExternalName Services. + + Support: Core (Services with a type other than ExternalName) + + Support: Implementation-specific (Services with type ExternalName) + maxLength: 63 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[a-zA-Z]([-a-zA-Z0-9]*[a-zA-Z0-9])?$ + type: string + name: + description: Name is the name of the referent. + maxLength: 253 + minLength: 1 + type: string + namespace: + description: |- + Namespace is the namespace of the backend. When unspecified, the local + namespace is inferred. + + Note that when a namespace different than the local namespace is specified, + a ReferenceGrant object is required in the referent namespace to allow that + namespace's owner to accept the reference. See the ReferenceGrant + documentation for details. + + Support: Core + maxLength: 63 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?$ + type: string + port: + description: |- + Port specifies the destination port number to use for this resource. + Port is required when the referent is a Kubernetes Service. In this + case, the port number is the service port number, not the target port. + For other resources, destination port might be derived from the referent + resource or this field. + format: int32 + maximum: 65535 + minimum: 1 + type: integer + weight: + default: 1 + description: |- + Weight specifies the proportion of requests forwarded to the referenced + backend. This is computed as weight/(sum of all weights in this + BackendRefs list). For non-zero values, there may be some epsilon from + the exact proportion defined here depending on the precision an + implementation supports. Weight is not a percentage and the sum of + weights does not need to equal 100. + + If only one backend is specified and it has a weight greater than 0, 100% + of the traffic is forwarded to that backend. If weight is set to 0, no + traffic should be forwarded for this entry. If unspecified, weight + defaults to 1. + + Support for this field varies based on the context where used. + format: int32 + maximum: 1000000 + minimum: 0 + type: integer + required: + - name + type: object + x-kubernetes-validations: + - message: Must have port for Service reference + rule: '(size(self.group) == 0 && self.kind == ''Service'') + ? has(self.port) : true' + maxItems: 16 + type: array + x-kubernetes-list-type: atomic + filters: + description: |- + Filters define the filters that are applied to requests that match + this rule. + + Wherever possible, implementations SHOULD implement filters in the order + they are specified. + + Implementations MAY choose to implement this ordering strictly, rejecting + any combination or order of filters that cannot be supported. If implementations + choose a strict interpretation of filter ordering, they MUST clearly document + that behavior. + + To reject an invalid combination or order of filters, implementations SHOULD + consider the Route Rules with this configuration invalid. If all Route Rules + in a Route are invalid, the entire Route would be considered invalid. If only + a portion of Route Rules are invalid, implementations MUST set the + "PartiallyInvalid" condition for the Route. + + Conformance-levels at this level are defined based on the type of filter: + + - ALL core filters MUST be supported by all implementations. + - Implementers are encouraged to support extended filters. + - Implementation-specific custom filters have no API guarantees across + implementations. + + Specifying the same filter multiple times is not supported unless explicitly + indicated in the filter. + + All filters are expected to be compatible with each other except for the + URLRewrite and RequestRedirect filters, which may not be combined. If an + implementation cannot support other combinations of filters, they must clearly + document that limitation. In cases where incompatible or unsupported + filters are specified and cause the `Accepted` condition to be set to status + `False`, implementations may use the `IncompatibleFilters` reason to specify + this configuration error. + + Support: Core + items: + description: |- + HTTPRouteFilter defines processing steps that must be completed during the + request or response lifecycle. HTTPRouteFilters are meant as an extension + point to express processing that may be done in Gateway implementations. Some + examples include request or response modification, implementing + authentication strategies, rate-limiting, and traffic shaping. API + guarantee/conformance is defined based on the type of the filter. + properties: + cors: + description: |- + CORS defines a schema for a filter that responds to the + cross-origin request based on HTTP response header. + + Support: Extended + properties: + allowCredentials: + description: |- + AllowCredentials indicates whether the actual cross-origin request allows + to include credentials. + + When set to true, the gateway will include the `Access-Control-Allow-Credentials` + response header with value true (case-sensitive). + + When set to false or omitted the gateway will omit the header + `Access-Control-Allow-Credentials` entirely (this is the standard CORS + behavior). + + Support: Extended + type: boolean + allowHeaders: + description: |- + AllowHeaders indicates which HTTP request headers are supported for + accessing the requested resource. + + Header names are not case sensitive. + + Multiple header names in the value of the `Access-Control-Allow-Headers` + response header are separated by a comma (","). + + When the `AllowHeaders` field is configured with one or more headers, the + gateway must return the `Access-Control-Allow-Headers` response header + which value is present in the `AllowHeaders` field. + + If any header name in the `Access-Control-Request-Headers` request header + is not included in the list of header names specified by the response + header `Access-Control-Allow-Headers`, it will present an error on the + client side. + + If any header name in the `Access-Control-Allow-Headers` response header + does not recognize by the client, it will also occur an error on the + client side. + + A wildcard indicates that the requests with all HTTP headers are allowed. + The `Access-Control-Allow-Headers` response header can only use `*` + wildcard as value when the `AllowCredentials` field is false or omitted. + + When the `AllowCredentials` field is true and `AllowHeaders` field + specified with the `*` wildcard, the gateway must specify one or more + HTTP headers in the value of the `Access-Control-Allow-Headers` response + header. The value of the header `Access-Control-Allow-Headers` is same as + the `Access-Control-Request-Headers` header provided by the client. If + the header `Access-Control-Request-Headers` is not included in the + request, the gateway will omit the `Access-Control-Allow-Headers` + response header, instead of specifying the `*` wildcard. A Gateway + implementation may choose to add implementation-specific default headers. + + Support: Extended + items: + description: |- + HTTPHeaderName is the name of an HTTP header. + + Valid values include: + + * "Authorization" + * "Set-Cookie" + + Invalid values include: + + - ":method" - ":" is an invalid character. This means that HTTP/2 pseudo + headers are not currently supported by this type. + - "/invalid" - "/ " is an invalid character + maxLength: 256 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[A-Za-z0-9!#$%&'*+\-.^_\x60|~]+$ + type: string + maxItems: 64 + type: array + x-kubernetes-list-type: set + allowMethods: + description: |- + AllowMethods indicates which HTTP methods are supported for accessing the + requested resource. + + Valid values are any method defined by RFC9110, along with the special + value `*`, which represents all HTTP methods are allowed. + + Method names are case sensitive, so these values are also case-sensitive. + (See https://www.rfc-editor.org/rfc/rfc2616#section-5.1.1) + + Multiple method names in the value of the `Access-Control-Allow-Methods` + response header are separated by a comma (","). + + A CORS-safelisted method is a method that is `GET`, `HEAD`, or `POST`. + (See https://fetch.spec.whatwg.org/#cors-safelisted-method) The + CORS-safelisted methods are always allowed, regardless of whether they + are specified in the `AllowMethods` field. + + When the `AllowMethods` field is configured with one or more methods, the + gateway must return the `Access-Control-Allow-Methods` response header + which value is present in the `AllowMethods` field. + + If the HTTP method of the `Access-Control-Request-Method` request header + is not included in the list of methods specified by the response header + `Access-Control-Allow-Methods`, it will present an error on the client + side. + + The `Access-Control-Allow-Methods` response header can only use `*` + wildcard as value when the `AllowCredentials` field is false or omitted. + + When the `AllowCredentials` field is true and `AllowMethods` field + specified with the `*` wildcard, the gateway must specify one HTTP method + in the value of the Access-Control-Allow-Methods response header. The + value of the header `Access-Control-Allow-Methods` is same as the + `Access-Control-Request-Method` header provided by the client. If the + header `Access-Control-Request-Method` is not included in the request, + the gateway will omit the `Access-Control-Allow-Methods` response header, + instead of specifying the `*` wildcard. A Gateway implementation may + choose to add implementation-specific default methods. + + Support: Extended + items: + enum: + - GET + - HEAD + - POST + - PUT + - DELETE + - CONNECT + - OPTIONS + - TRACE + - PATCH + - '*' + type: string + maxItems: 9 + type: array + x-kubernetes-list-type: set + x-kubernetes-validations: + - message: AllowMethods cannot contain '*' alongside + other methods + rule: '!(''*'' in self && self.size() > 1)' + allowOrigins: + description: |- + AllowOrigins indicates whether the response can be shared with requested + resource from the given `Origin`. + + The `Origin` consists of a scheme and a host, with an optional port, and + takes the form `://(:)`. + + Valid values for scheme are: `http` and `https`. + + Valid values for port are any integer between 1 and 65535 (the list of + available TCP/UDP ports). Note that, if not included, port `80` is + assumed for `http` scheme origins, and port `443` is assumed for `https` + origins. This may affect origin matching. + + The host part of the origin may contain the wildcard character `*`. These + wildcard characters behave as follows: + + * `*` is a greedy match to the _left_, including any number of + DNS labels to the left of its position. This also means that + `*` will include any number of period `.` characters to the + left of its position. + * A wildcard by itself matches all hosts. + + An origin value that includes _only_ the `*` character indicates requests + from all `Origin`s are allowed. + + When the `AllowOrigins` field is configured with multiple origins, it + means the server supports clients from multiple origins. If the request + `Origin` matches the configured allowed origins, the gateway must return + the given `Origin` and sets value of the header + `Access-Control-Allow-Origin` same as the `Origin` header provided by the + client. + + The status code of a successful response to a "preflight" request is + always an OK status (i.e., 204 or 200). + + If the request `Origin` does not match the configured allowed origins, + the gateway returns 204/200 response but doesn't set the relevant + cross-origin response headers. Alternatively, the gateway responds with + 403 status to the "preflight" request is denied, coupled with omitting + the CORS headers. The cross-origin request fails on the client side. + Therefore, the client doesn't attempt the actual cross-origin request. + + The `Access-Control-Allow-Origin` response header can only use `*` + wildcard as value when the `AllowCredentials` field is false or omitted. + + When the `AllowCredentials` field is true and `AllowOrigins` field + specified with the `*` wildcard, the gateway must return a single origin + in the value of the `Access-Control-Allow-Origin` response header, + instead of specifying the `*` wildcard. The value of the header + `Access-Control-Allow-Origin` is same as the `Origin` header provided by + the client. + + Support: Extended + items: + description: |- + The CORSOrigin MUST NOT be a relative URI, and it MUST follow the URI syntax and + encoding rules specified in RFC3986. The CORSOrigin MUST include both a + scheme (e.g., "http" or "spiffe") and a scheme-specific-part, or it should be a single '*' character. + URIs that include an authority MUST include a fully qualified domain name or + IP address as the host. + maxLength: 253 + minLength: 1 + pattern: (^\*$)|(^([a-zA-Z][a-zA-Z0-9+\-.]+):\/\/([^:/?#]+)(:([0-9]{1,5}))?$) + type: string + maxItems: 64 + type: array + x-kubernetes-list-type: set + x-kubernetes-validations: + - message: AllowOrigins cannot contain '*' alongside + other origins + rule: '!(''*'' in self && self.size() > 1)' + exposeHeaders: + description: |- + ExposeHeaders indicates which HTTP response headers can be exposed + to client-side scripts in response to a cross-origin request. + + A CORS-safelisted response header is an HTTP header in a CORS response + that it is considered safe to expose to the client scripts. + The CORS-safelisted response headers include the following headers: + `Cache-Control` + `Content-Language` + `Content-Length` + `Content-Type` + `Expires` + `Last-Modified` + `Pragma` + (See https://fetch.spec.whatwg.org/#cors-safelisted-response-header-name) + The CORS-safelisted response headers are exposed to client by default. + + When an HTTP header name is specified using the `ExposeHeaders` field, + this additional header will be exposed as part of the response to the + client. + + Header names are not case sensitive. + + Multiple header names in the value of the `Access-Control-Expose-Headers` + response header are separated by a comma (","). + + A wildcard indicates that the responses with all HTTP headers are exposed + to clients. The `Access-Control-Expose-Headers` response header can only + use `*` wildcard as value when the `AllowCredentials` field is false or omitted. + + Support: Extended + items: + description: |- + HTTPHeaderName is the name of an HTTP header. + + Valid values include: + + * "Authorization" + * "Set-Cookie" + + Invalid values include: + + - ":method" - ":" is an invalid character. This means that HTTP/2 pseudo + headers are not currently supported by this type. + - "/invalid" - "/ " is an invalid character + maxLength: 256 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[A-Za-z0-9!#$%&'*+\-.^_\x60|~]+$ + type: string + maxItems: 64 + type: array + x-kubernetes-list-type: set + maxAge: + default: 5 + description: |- + MaxAge indicates the duration (in seconds) for the client to cache the + results of a "preflight" request. + + The information provided by the `Access-Control-Allow-Methods` and + `Access-Control-Allow-Headers` response headers can be cached by the + client until the time specified by `Access-Control-Max-Age` elapses. + + The default value of `Access-Control-Max-Age` response header is 5 + (seconds). + format: int32 + minimum: 1 + type: integer + type: object + extensionRef: + description: |- + ExtensionRef is an optional, implementation-specific extension to the + "filter" behavior. For example, resource "myroutefilter" in group + "networking.example.net"). ExtensionRef MUST NOT be used for core and + extended filters. + + This filter can be used multiple times within the same rule. + + Support: Implementation-specific + properties: + group: + description: |- + Group is the group of the referent. For example, "gateway.networking.k8s.io". + When unspecified or empty string, core API group is inferred. + maxLength: 253 + pattern: ^$|^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$ + type: string + kind: + description: Kind is kind of the referent. For example + "HTTPRoute" or "Service". + maxLength: 63 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[a-zA-Z]([-a-zA-Z0-9]*[a-zA-Z0-9])?$ + type: string + name: + description: Name is the name of the referent. + maxLength: 253 + minLength: 1 + type: string + required: + - group + - kind + - name + type: object + externalAuth: + description: |- + ExternalAuth configures settings related to sending request details + to an external auth service. The external service MUST authenticate + the request, and MAY authorize the request as well. + + If there is any problem communicating with the external service, + this filter MUST fail closed. + + Support: Extended + properties: + backendRef: + description: |- + BackendRef is a reference to a backend to send authorization + requests to. + + The backend must speak the selected protocol (GRPC or HTTP) on the + referenced port. + + If the backend service requires TLS, use BackendTLSPolicy to tell the + implementation to supply the TLS details to be used to connect to that + backend. + properties: + group: + default: "" + description: |- + Group is the group of the referent. For example, "gateway.networking.k8s.io". + When unspecified or empty string, core API group is inferred. + maxLength: 253 + pattern: ^$|^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$ + type: string + kind: + default: Service + description: |- + Kind is the Kubernetes resource kind of the referent. For example + "Service". + + Defaults to "Service" when not specified. + + ExternalName services can refer to CNAME DNS records that may live + outside of the cluster and as such are difficult to reason about in + terms of conformance. They also may not be safe to forward to (see + CVE-2021-25740 for more information). Implementations SHOULD NOT + support ExternalName Services. + + Support: Core (Services with a type other than ExternalName) + + Support: Implementation-specific (Services with type ExternalName) + maxLength: 63 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[a-zA-Z]([-a-zA-Z0-9]*[a-zA-Z0-9])?$ + type: string + name: + description: Name is the name of the referent. + maxLength: 253 + minLength: 1 + type: string + namespace: + description: |- + Namespace is the namespace of the backend. When unspecified, the local + namespace is inferred. + + Note that when a namespace different than the local namespace is specified, + a ReferenceGrant object is required in the referent namespace to allow that + namespace's owner to accept the reference. See the ReferenceGrant + documentation for details. + + Support: Core + maxLength: 63 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?$ + type: string + port: + description: |- + Port specifies the destination port number to use for this resource. + Port is required when the referent is a Kubernetes Service. In this + case, the port number is the service port number, not the target port. + For other resources, destination port might be derived from the referent + resource or this field. + format: int32 + maximum: 65535 + minimum: 1 + type: integer + required: + - name + type: object + x-kubernetes-validations: + - message: Must have port for Service reference + rule: '(size(self.group) == 0 && self.kind == ''Service'') + ? has(self.port) : true' + forwardBody: + description: |- + ForwardBody controls if requests to the authorization server should include + the body of the client request; and if so, how big that body is allowed + to be. + + It is expected that implementations will buffer the request body up to + `forwardBody.maxSize` bytes. Bodies over that size must be rejected with a + 4xx series error (413 or 403 are common examples), and fail processing + of the filter. + + If unset, or `forwardBody.maxSize` is set to `0`, then the body will not + be forwarded. + + Feature Name: HTTPRouteExternalAuthForwardBody + properties: + maxSize: + description: |- + MaxSize specifies how large in bytes the largest body that will be buffered + and sent to the authorization server. If the body size is larger than + `maxSize`, then the body sent to the authorization server must be + truncated to `maxSize` bytes. + + Experimental note: This behavior needs to be checked against + various dataplanes; it may need to be changed. + See https://github.com/kubernetes-sigs/gateway-api/pull/4001#discussion_r2291405746 + for more. + + If 0, the body will not be sent to the authorization server. + type: integer + type: object + grpc: + description: |- + GRPCAuthConfig contains configuration for communication with ext_authz + protocol-speaking backends. + + If unset, implementations must assume the default behavior for each + included field is intended. + properties: + allowedHeaders: + description: |- + AllowedRequestHeaders specifies what headers from the client request + will be sent to the authorization server. + + If this list is empty, then all headers must be sent. + + If the list has entries, only those entries must be sent. + items: + type: string + maxItems: 64 + type: array + x-kubernetes-list-type: set + type: object + http: + description: |- + HTTPAuthConfig contains configuration for communication with HTTP-speaking + backends. + + If unset, implementations must assume the default behavior for each + included field is intended. + properties: + allowedHeaders: + description: |- + AllowedRequestHeaders specifies what additional headers from the client request + will be sent to the authorization server. + + The following headers must always be sent to the authorization server, + regardless of this setting: + + * `Host` + * `Method` + * `Path` + * `Content-Length` + * `Authorization` + + If this list is empty, then only those headers must be sent. + + Note that `Content-Length` has a special behavior, in that the length + sent must be correct for the actual request to the external authorization + server - that is, it must reflect the actual number of bytes sent in the + body of the request to the authorization server. + + So if the `forwardBody` stanza is unset, or `forwardBody.maxSize` is set + to `0`, then `Content-Length` must be `0`. If `forwardBody.maxSize` is set + to anything other than `0`, then the `Content-Length` of the authorization + request must be set to the actual number of bytes forwarded. + items: + type: string + maxItems: 64 + type: array + x-kubernetes-list-type: set + allowedResponseHeaders: + description: |- + AllowedResponseHeaders specifies what headers from the authorization response + will be copied into the request to the backend. + + If this list is empty, then all headers from the authorization server + except Authority or Host must be copied. + items: + type: string + maxItems: 64 + type: array + x-kubernetes-list-type: set + path: + description: |- + Path sets the prefix that paths from the client request will have added + when forwarded to the authorization server. + + When empty or unspecified, no prefix is added. + + Valid values are the same as the "value" regex for path values in the `match` + stanza, and the validation regex will screen out invalid paths in the same way. + Even with the validation, implementations MUST sanitize this input before using it + directly. + maxLength: 1024 + pattern: ^(?:[-A-Za-z0-9/._~!$&'()*+,;=:@]|[%][0-9a-fA-F]{2})+$ + type: string + type: object + protocol: + description: |- + ExternalAuthProtocol describes which protocol to use when communicating with an + ext_authz authorization server. + + When this is set to GRPC, each backend must use the Envoy ext_authz protocol + on the port specified in `backendRefs`. Requests and responses are defined + in the protobufs explained at: + https://www.envoyproxy.io/docs/envoy/latest/api-v3/service/auth/v3/external_auth.proto + + When this is set to HTTP, each backend must respond with a `200` status + code in on a successful authorization. Any other code is considered + an authorization failure. + + Feature Names: + GRPC Support - HTTPRouteExternalAuthGRPC + HTTP Support - HTTPRouteExternalAuthHTTP + enum: + - HTTP + - GRPC + type: string + required: + - backendRef + - protocol + type: object + x-kubernetes-validations: + - message: grpc must be specified when protocol is set + to 'GRPC' + rule: 'self.protocol == ''GRPC'' ? has(self.grpc) : + true' + - message: protocol must be 'GRPC' when grpc is set + rule: 'has(self.grpc) ? self.protocol == ''GRPC'' : + true' + - message: http must be specified when protocol is set + to 'HTTP' + rule: 'self.protocol == ''HTTP'' ? has(self.http) : + true' + - message: protocol must be 'HTTP' when http is set + rule: 'has(self.http) ? self.protocol == ''HTTP'' : + true' + requestHeaderModifier: + description: |- + RequestHeaderModifier defines a schema for a filter that modifies request + headers. + + Support: Core + properties: + add: + description: |- + Add adds the given header(s) (name, value) to the request + before the action. It appends to any existing values associated + with the header name. + + Input: + GET /foo HTTP/1.1 + my-header: foo + + Config: + add: + - name: "my-header" + value: "bar,baz" + + Output: + GET /foo HTTP/1.1 + my-header: foo,bar,baz + items: + description: HTTPHeader represents an HTTP Header + name and value as defined by RFC 7230. + properties: + name: + description: |- + Name is the name of the HTTP Header to be matched. Name matching MUST be + case-insensitive. (See https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc7230#section-3.2). + + If multiple entries specify equivalent header names, the first entry with + an equivalent name MUST be considered for a match. Subsequent entries + with an equivalent header name MUST be ignored. Due to the + case-insensitivity of header names, "foo" and "Foo" are considered + equivalent. + maxLength: 256 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[A-Za-z0-9!#$%&'*+\-.^_\x60|~]+$ + type: string + value: + description: Value is the value of HTTP Header + to be matched. + maxLength: 4096 + minLength: 1 + type: string + required: + - name + - value + type: object + maxItems: 16 + type: array + x-kubernetes-list-map-keys: + - name + x-kubernetes-list-type: map + remove: + description: |- + Remove the given header(s) from the HTTP request before the action. The + value of Remove is a list of HTTP header names. Note that the header + names are case-insensitive (see + https://datatracker.ietf.org/doc/html/rfc2616#section-4.2). + + Input: + GET /foo HTTP/1.1 + my-header1: foo + my-header2: bar + my-header3: baz + + Config: + remove: ["my-header1", "my-header3"] + + Output: + GET /foo HTTP/1.1 + my-header2: bar + items: + type: string + maxItems: 16 + type: array + x-kubernetes-list-type: set + set: + description: |- + Set overwrites the request with the given header (name, value) + before the action. + + Input: + GET /foo HTTP/1.1 + my-header: foo + + Config: + set: + - name: "my-header" + value: "bar" + + Output: + GET /foo HTTP/1.1 + my-header: bar + items: + description: HTTPHeader represents an HTTP Header + name and value as defined by RFC 7230. + properties: + name: + description: |- + Name is the name of the HTTP Header to be matched. Name matching MUST be + case-insensitive. (See https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc7230#section-3.2). + + If multiple entries specify equivalent header names, the first entry with + an equivalent name MUST be considered for a match. Subsequent entries + with an equivalent header name MUST be ignored. Due to the + case-insensitivity of header names, "foo" and "Foo" are considered + equivalent. + maxLength: 256 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[A-Za-z0-9!#$%&'*+\-.^_\x60|~]+$ + type: string + value: + description: Value is the value of HTTP Header + to be matched. + maxLength: 4096 + minLength: 1 + type: string + required: + - name + - value + type: object + maxItems: 16 + type: array + x-kubernetes-list-map-keys: + - name + x-kubernetes-list-type: map + type: object + requestMirror: + description: |- + RequestMirror defines a schema for a filter that mirrors requests. + Requests are sent to the specified destination, but responses from + that destination are ignored. + + This filter can be used multiple times within the same rule. Note that + not all implementations will be able to support mirroring to multiple + backends. + + Support: Extended + properties: + backendRef: + description: |- + BackendRef references a resource where mirrored requests are sent. + + Mirrored requests must be sent only to a single destination endpoint + within this BackendRef, irrespective of how many endpoints are present + within this BackendRef. + + If the referent cannot be found, this BackendRef is invalid and must be + dropped from the Gateway. The controller must ensure the "ResolvedRefs" + condition on the Route status is set to `status: False` and not configure + this backend in the underlying implementation. + + If there is a cross-namespace reference to an *existing* object + that is not allowed by a ReferenceGrant, the controller must ensure the + "ResolvedRefs" condition on the Route is set to `status: False`, + with the "RefNotPermitted" reason and not configure this backend in the + underlying implementation. + + In either error case, the Message of the `ResolvedRefs` Condition + should be used to provide more detail about the problem. + + Support: Extended for Kubernetes Service + + Support: Implementation-specific for any other resource + properties: + group: + default: "" + description: |- + Group is the group of the referent. For example, "gateway.networking.k8s.io". + When unspecified or empty string, core API group is inferred. + maxLength: 253 + pattern: ^$|^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$ + type: string + kind: + default: Service + description: |- + Kind is the Kubernetes resource kind of the referent. For example + "Service". + + Defaults to "Service" when not specified. + + ExternalName services can refer to CNAME DNS records that may live + outside of the cluster and as such are difficult to reason about in + terms of conformance. They also may not be safe to forward to (see + CVE-2021-25740 for more information). Implementations SHOULD NOT + support ExternalName Services. + + Support: Core (Services with a type other than ExternalName) + + Support: Implementation-specific (Services with type ExternalName) + maxLength: 63 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[a-zA-Z]([-a-zA-Z0-9]*[a-zA-Z0-9])?$ + type: string + name: + description: Name is the name of the referent. + maxLength: 253 + minLength: 1 + type: string + namespace: + description: |- + Namespace is the namespace of the backend. When unspecified, the local + namespace is inferred. + + Note that when a namespace different than the local namespace is specified, + a ReferenceGrant object is required in the referent namespace to allow that + namespace's owner to accept the reference. See the ReferenceGrant + documentation for details. + + Support: Core + maxLength: 63 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?$ + type: string + port: + description: |- + Port specifies the destination port number to use for this resource. + Port is required when the referent is a Kubernetes Service. In this + case, the port number is the service port number, not the target port. + For other resources, destination port might be derived from the referent + resource or this field. + format: int32 + maximum: 65535 + minimum: 1 + type: integer + required: + - name + type: object + x-kubernetes-validations: + - message: Must have port for Service reference + rule: '(size(self.group) == 0 && self.kind == ''Service'') + ? has(self.port) : true' + fraction: + description: |- + Fraction represents the fraction of requests that should be + mirrored to BackendRef. + + Only one of Fraction or Percent may be specified. If neither field + is specified, 100% of requests will be mirrored. + properties: + denominator: + default: 100 + format: int32 + minimum: 1 + type: integer + numerator: + format: int32 + minimum: 0 + type: integer + required: + - numerator + type: object + x-kubernetes-validations: + - message: numerator must be less than or equal to + denominator + rule: self.numerator <= self.denominator + percent: + description: |- + Percent represents the percentage of requests that should be + mirrored to BackendRef. Its minimum value is 0 (indicating 0% of + requests) and its maximum value is 100 (indicating 100% of requests). + + Only one of Fraction or Percent may be specified. If neither field + is specified, 100% of requests will be mirrored. + format: int32 + maximum: 100 + minimum: 0 + type: integer + required: + - backendRef + type: object + x-kubernetes-validations: + - message: Only one of percent or fraction may be specified + in HTTPRequestMirrorFilter + rule: '!(has(self.percent) && has(self.fraction))' + requestRedirect: + description: |- + RequestRedirect defines a schema for a filter that responds to the + request with an HTTP redirection. + + Support: Core + properties: + hostname: + description: |- + Hostname is the hostname to be used in the value of the `Location` + header in the response. + When empty, the hostname in the `Host` header of the request is used. + + Support: Core + maxLength: 253 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$ + type: string + path: + description: |- + Path defines parameters used to modify the path of the incoming request. + The modified path is then used to construct the `Location` header. When + empty, the request path is used as-is. + + Support: Extended + properties: + replaceFullPath: + description: |- + ReplaceFullPath specifies the value with which to replace the full path + of a request during a rewrite or redirect. + maxLength: 1024 + type: string + replacePrefixMatch: + description: |- + ReplacePrefixMatch specifies the value with which to replace the prefix + match of a request during a rewrite or redirect. For example, a request + to "/foo/bar" with a prefix match of "/foo" and a ReplacePrefixMatch + of "/xyz" would be modified to "/xyz/bar". + + Note that this matches the behavior of the PathPrefix match type. This + matches full path elements. A path element refers to the list of labels + in the path split by the `/` separator. When specified, a trailing `/` is + ignored. For example, the paths `/abc`, `/abc/`, and `/abc/def` would all + match the prefix `/abc`, but the path `/abcd` would not. + + ReplacePrefixMatch is only compatible with a `PathPrefix` HTTPRouteMatch. + Using any other HTTPRouteMatch type on the same HTTPRouteRule will result in + the implementation setting the Accepted Condition for the Route to `status: False`. + + Request Path | Prefix Match | Replace Prefix | Modified Path + maxLength: 1024 + type: string + type: + description: |- + Type defines the type of path modifier. Additional types may be + added in a future release of the API. + + Note that values may be added to this enum, implementations + must ensure that unknown values will not cause a crash. + + Unknown values here must result in the implementation setting the + Accepted Condition for the Route to `status: False`, with a + Reason of `UnsupportedValue`. + enum: + - ReplaceFullPath + - ReplacePrefixMatch + type: string + required: + - type + type: object + x-kubernetes-validations: + - message: replaceFullPath must be specified when + type is set to 'ReplaceFullPath' + rule: 'self.type == ''ReplaceFullPath'' ? has(self.replaceFullPath) + : true' + - message: type must be 'ReplaceFullPath' when replaceFullPath + is set + rule: 'has(self.replaceFullPath) ? self.type == + ''ReplaceFullPath'' : true' + - message: replacePrefixMatch must be specified when + type is set to 'ReplacePrefixMatch' + rule: 'self.type == ''ReplacePrefixMatch'' ? has(self.replacePrefixMatch) + : true' + - message: type must be 'ReplacePrefixMatch' when + replacePrefixMatch is set + rule: 'has(self.replacePrefixMatch) ? self.type + == ''ReplacePrefixMatch'' : true' + port: + description: |- + Port is the port to be used in the value of the `Location` + header in the response. + + If no port is specified, the redirect port MUST be derived using the + following rules: + + * If redirect scheme is not-empty, the redirect port MUST be the well-known + port associated with the redirect scheme. Specifically "http" to port 80 + and "https" to port 443. If the redirect scheme does not have a + well-known port, the listener port of the Gateway SHOULD be used. + * If redirect scheme is empty, the redirect port MUST be the Gateway + Listener port. + + Implementations SHOULD NOT add the port number in the 'Location' + header in the following cases: + + * A Location header that will use HTTP (whether that is determined via + the Listener protocol or the Scheme field) _and_ use port 80. + * A Location header that will use HTTPS (whether that is determined via + the Listener protocol or the Scheme field) _and_ use port 443. + + Support: Extended + format: int32 + maximum: 65535 + minimum: 1 + type: integer + scheme: + description: |- + Scheme is the scheme to be used in the value of the `Location` header in + the response. When empty, the scheme of the request is used. + + Scheme redirects can affect the port of the redirect, for more information, + refer to the documentation for the port field of this filter. + + Note that values may be added to this enum, implementations + must ensure that unknown values will not cause a crash. + + Unknown values here must result in the implementation setting the + Accepted Condition for the Route to `status: False`, with a + Reason of `UnsupportedValue`. + + Support: Extended + enum: + - http + - https + type: string + statusCode: + default: 302 + description: |- + StatusCode is the HTTP status code to be used in response. + + Note that values may be added to this enum, implementations + must ensure that unknown values will not cause a crash. + + Unknown values here must result in the implementation setting the + Accepted Condition for the Route to `status: False`, with a + Reason of `UnsupportedValue`. + + Support: Core + enum: + - 301 + - 302 + - 303 + - 307 + - 308 + type: integer + type: object + responseHeaderModifier: + description: |- + ResponseHeaderModifier defines a schema for a filter that modifies response + headers. + + Support: Extended + properties: + add: + description: |- + Add adds the given header(s) (name, value) to the request + before the action. It appends to any existing values associated + with the header name. + + Input: + GET /foo HTTP/1.1 + my-header: foo + + Config: + add: + - name: "my-header" + value: "bar,baz" + + Output: + GET /foo HTTP/1.1 + my-header: foo,bar,baz + items: + description: HTTPHeader represents an HTTP Header + name and value as defined by RFC 7230. + properties: + name: + description: |- + Name is the name of the HTTP Header to be matched. Name matching MUST be + case-insensitive. (See https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc7230#section-3.2). + + If multiple entries specify equivalent header names, the first entry with + an equivalent name MUST be considered for a match. Subsequent entries + with an equivalent header name MUST be ignored. Due to the + case-insensitivity of header names, "foo" and "Foo" are considered + equivalent. + maxLength: 256 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[A-Za-z0-9!#$%&'*+\-.^_\x60|~]+$ + type: string + value: + description: Value is the value of HTTP Header + to be matched. + maxLength: 4096 + minLength: 1 + type: string + required: + - name + - value + type: object + maxItems: 16 + type: array + x-kubernetes-list-map-keys: + - name + x-kubernetes-list-type: map + remove: + description: |- + Remove the given header(s) from the HTTP request before the action. The + value of Remove is a list of HTTP header names. Note that the header + names are case-insensitive (see + https://datatracker.ietf.org/doc/html/rfc2616#section-4.2). + + Input: + GET /foo HTTP/1.1 + my-header1: foo + my-header2: bar + my-header3: baz + + Config: + remove: ["my-header1", "my-header3"] + + Output: + GET /foo HTTP/1.1 + my-header2: bar + items: + type: string + maxItems: 16 + type: array + x-kubernetes-list-type: set + set: + description: |- + Set overwrites the request with the given header (name, value) + before the action. + + Input: + GET /foo HTTP/1.1 + my-header: foo + + Config: + set: + - name: "my-header" + value: "bar" + + Output: + GET /foo HTTP/1.1 + my-header: bar + items: + description: HTTPHeader represents an HTTP Header + name and value as defined by RFC 7230. + properties: + name: + description: |- + Name is the name of the HTTP Header to be matched. Name matching MUST be + case-insensitive. (See https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc7230#section-3.2). + + If multiple entries specify equivalent header names, the first entry with + an equivalent name MUST be considered for a match. Subsequent entries + with an equivalent header name MUST be ignored. Due to the + case-insensitivity of header names, "foo" and "Foo" are considered + equivalent. + maxLength: 256 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[A-Za-z0-9!#$%&'*+\-.^_\x60|~]+$ + type: string + value: + description: Value is the value of HTTP Header + to be matched. + maxLength: 4096 + minLength: 1 + type: string + required: + - name + - value + type: object + maxItems: 16 + type: array + x-kubernetes-list-map-keys: + - name + x-kubernetes-list-type: map + type: object + type: + description: |- + Type identifies the type of filter to apply. As with other API fields, + types are classified into three conformance levels: + + - Core: Filter types and their corresponding configuration defined by + "Support: Core" in this package, e.g. "RequestHeaderModifier". All + implementations must support core filters. + + - Extended: Filter types and their corresponding configuration defined by + "Support: Extended" in this package, e.g. "RequestMirror". Implementers + are encouraged to support extended filters. + + - Implementation-specific: Filters that are defined and supported by + specific vendors. + In the future, filters showing convergence in behavior across multiple + implementations will be considered for inclusion in extended or core + conformance levels. Filter-specific configuration for such filters + is specified using the ExtensionRef field. `Type` should be set to + "ExtensionRef" for custom filters. + + Implementers are encouraged to define custom implementation types to + extend the core API with implementation-specific behavior. + + If a reference to a custom filter type cannot be resolved, the filter + MUST NOT be skipped. Instead, requests that would have been processed by + that filter MUST receive a HTTP error response. + + Note that values may be added to this enum, implementations + must ensure that unknown values will not cause a crash. + + Unknown values here must result in the implementation setting the + Accepted Condition for the Route to `status: False`, with a + Reason of `UnsupportedValue`. + enum: + - RequestHeaderModifier + - ResponseHeaderModifier + - RequestMirror + - RequestRedirect + - URLRewrite + - ExtensionRef + - CORS + - ExternalAuth + type: string + urlRewrite: + description: |- + URLRewrite defines a schema for a filter that modifies a request during forwarding. + + Support: Extended + properties: + hostname: + description: |- + Hostname is the value to be used to replace the Host header value during + forwarding. + + Support: Extended + maxLength: 253 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$ + type: string + path: + description: |- + Path defines a path rewrite. + + Support: Extended + properties: + replaceFullPath: + description: |- + ReplaceFullPath specifies the value with which to replace the full path + of a request during a rewrite or redirect. + maxLength: 1024 + type: string + replacePrefixMatch: + description: |- + ReplacePrefixMatch specifies the value with which to replace the prefix + match of a request during a rewrite or redirect. For example, a request + to "/foo/bar" with a prefix match of "/foo" and a ReplacePrefixMatch + of "/xyz" would be modified to "/xyz/bar". + + Note that this matches the behavior of the PathPrefix match type. This + matches full path elements. A path element refers to the list of labels + in the path split by the `/` separator. When specified, a trailing `/` is + ignored. For example, the paths `/abc`, `/abc/`, and `/abc/def` would all + match the prefix `/abc`, but the path `/abcd` would not. + + ReplacePrefixMatch is only compatible with a `PathPrefix` HTTPRouteMatch. + Using any other HTTPRouteMatch type on the same HTTPRouteRule will result in + the implementation setting the Accepted Condition for the Route to `status: False`. + + Request Path | Prefix Match | Replace Prefix | Modified Path + maxLength: 1024 + type: string + type: + description: |- + Type defines the type of path modifier. Additional types may be + added in a future release of the API. + + Note that values may be added to this enum, implementations + must ensure that unknown values will not cause a crash. + + Unknown values here must result in the implementation setting the + Accepted Condition for the Route to `status: False`, with a + Reason of `UnsupportedValue`. + enum: + - ReplaceFullPath + - ReplacePrefixMatch + type: string + required: + - type + type: object + x-kubernetes-validations: + - message: replaceFullPath must be specified when + type is set to 'ReplaceFullPath' + rule: 'self.type == ''ReplaceFullPath'' ? has(self.replaceFullPath) + : true' + - message: type must be 'ReplaceFullPath' when replaceFullPath + is set + rule: 'has(self.replaceFullPath) ? self.type == + ''ReplaceFullPath'' : true' + - message: replacePrefixMatch must be specified when + type is set to 'ReplacePrefixMatch' + rule: 'self.type == ''ReplacePrefixMatch'' ? has(self.replacePrefixMatch) + : true' + - message: type must be 'ReplacePrefixMatch' when + replacePrefixMatch is set + rule: 'has(self.replacePrefixMatch) ? self.type + == ''ReplacePrefixMatch'' : true' + type: object + required: + - type + type: object + x-kubernetes-validations: + - message: filter.requestHeaderModifier must be nil if the + filter.type is not RequestHeaderModifier + rule: '!(has(self.requestHeaderModifier) && self.type != + ''RequestHeaderModifier'')' + - message: filter.requestHeaderModifier must be specified + for RequestHeaderModifier filter.type + rule: '!(!has(self.requestHeaderModifier) && self.type == + ''RequestHeaderModifier'')' + - message: filter.responseHeaderModifier must be nil if the + filter.type is not ResponseHeaderModifier + rule: '!(has(self.responseHeaderModifier) && self.type != + ''ResponseHeaderModifier'')' + - message: filter.responseHeaderModifier must be specified + for ResponseHeaderModifier filter.type + rule: '!(!has(self.responseHeaderModifier) && self.type + == ''ResponseHeaderModifier'')' + - message: filter.requestMirror must be nil if the filter.type + is not RequestMirror + rule: '!(has(self.requestMirror) && self.type != ''RequestMirror'')' + - message: filter.requestMirror must be specified for RequestMirror + filter.type + rule: '!(!has(self.requestMirror) && self.type == ''RequestMirror'')' + - message: filter.requestRedirect must be nil if the filter.type + is not RequestRedirect + rule: '!(has(self.requestRedirect) && self.type != ''RequestRedirect'')' + - message: filter.requestRedirect must be specified for RequestRedirect + filter.type + rule: '!(!has(self.requestRedirect) && self.type == ''RequestRedirect'')' + - message: filter.urlRewrite must be nil if the filter.type + is not URLRewrite + rule: '!(has(self.urlRewrite) && self.type != ''URLRewrite'')' + - message: filter.urlRewrite must be specified for URLRewrite + filter.type + rule: '!(!has(self.urlRewrite) && self.type == ''URLRewrite'')' + - message: filter.extensionRef must be nil if the filter.type + is not ExtensionRef + rule: '!(has(self.extensionRef) && self.type != ''ExtensionRef'')' + - message: filter.extensionRef must be specified for ExtensionRef + filter.type + rule: '!(!has(self.extensionRef) && self.type == ''ExtensionRef'')' + - message: filter.cors must be nil if the filter.type is not + CORS + rule: '!(has(self.cors) && self.type != ''CORS'')' + - message: filter.cors must be specified for CORS filter.type + rule: '!(!has(self.cors) && self.type == ''CORS'')' + - message: filter.externalAuth must be nil if the filter.type + is not ExternalAuth + rule: '!(has(self.externalAuth) && self.type != ''ExternalAuth'')' + - message: filter.externalAuth must be specified for ExternalAuth + filter.type + rule: '!(!has(self.externalAuth) && self.type == ''ExternalAuth'')' + maxItems: 16 + type: array + x-kubernetes-list-type: atomic + x-kubernetes-validations: + - message: May specify either httpRouteFilterRequestRedirect + or httpRouteFilterRequestRewrite, but not both + rule: '!(self.exists(f, f.type == ''RequestRedirect'') && + self.exists(f, f.type == ''URLRewrite''))' + - message: RequestHeaderModifier filter cannot be repeated + rule: self.filter(f, f.type == 'RequestHeaderModifier').size() + <= 1 + - message: ResponseHeaderModifier filter cannot be repeated + rule: self.filter(f, f.type == 'ResponseHeaderModifier').size() + <= 1 + - message: RequestRedirect filter cannot be repeated + rule: self.filter(f, f.type == 'RequestRedirect').size() <= + 1 + - message: URLRewrite filter cannot be repeated + rule: self.filter(f, f.type == 'URLRewrite').size() <= 1 + matches: + default: + - path: + type: PathPrefix + value: / + description: |- + Matches define conditions used for matching the rule against incoming + HTTP requests. Each match is independent, i.e. this rule will be matched + if **any** one of the matches is satisfied. + + For example, take the following matches configuration: + + ``` + matches: + - path: + value: "/foo" + headers: + - name: "version" + value: "v2" + - path: + value: "/v2/foo" + ``` + + For a request to match against this rule, a request must satisfy + EITHER of the two conditions: + + - path prefixed with `/foo` AND contains the header `version: v2` + - path prefix of `/v2/foo` + + See the documentation for HTTPRouteMatch on how to specify multiple + match conditions that should be ANDed together. + + If no matches are specified, the default is a prefix + path match on "/", which has the effect of matching every + HTTP request. + + Proxy or Load Balancer routing configuration generated from HTTPRoutes + MUST prioritize matches based on the following criteria, continuing on + ties. Across all rules specified on applicable Routes, precedence must be + given to the match having: + + * "Exact" path match. + * "Prefix" path match with largest number of characters. + * Method match. + * Largest number of header matches. + * Largest number of query param matches. + + Note: The precedence of RegularExpression path matches are implementation-specific. + + If ties still exist across multiple Routes, matching precedence MUST be + determined in order of the following criteria, continuing on ties: + + * The oldest Route based on creation timestamp. + * The Route appearing first in alphabetical order by + "{namespace}/{name}". + + If ties still exist within an HTTPRoute, matching precedence MUST be granted + to the FIRST matching rule (in list order) with a match meeting the above + criteria. + + When no rules matching a request have been successfully attached to the + parent a request is coming from, a HTTP 404 status code MUST be returned. + items: + description: "HTTPRouteMatch defines the predicate used to + match requests to a given\naction. Multiple match types + are ANDed together, i.e. the match will\nevaluate to true + only if all conditions are satisfied.\n\nFor example, the + match below will match a HTTP request only if its path\nstarts + with `/foo` AND it contains the `version: v1` header:\n\n```\nmatch:\n\n\tpath:\n\t + \ value: \"/foo\"\n\theaders:\n\t- name: \"version\"\n\t + \ value \"v1\"\n\n```" + properties: + headers: + description: |- + Headers specifies HTTP request header matchers. Multiple match values are + ANDed together, meaning, a request must match all the specified headers + to select the route. + items: + description: |- + HTTPHeaderMatch describes how to select a HTTP route by matching HTTP request + headers. + properties: + name: + description: |- + Name is the name of the HTTP Header to be matched. Name matching MUST be + case-insensitive. (See https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc7230#section-3.2). + + If multiple entries specify equivalent header names, only the first + entry with an equivalent name MUST be considered for a match. Subsequent + entries with an equivalent header name MUST be ignored. Due to the + case-insensitivity of header names, "foo" and "Foo" are considered + equivalent. + + When a header is repeated in an HTTP request, it is + implementation-specific behavior as to how this is represented. + Generally, proxies should follow the guidance from the RFC: + https://www.rfc-editor.org/rfc/rfc7230.html#section-3.2.2 regarding + processing a repeated header, with special handling for "Set-Cookie". + maxLength: 256 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[A-Za-z0-9!#$%&'*+\-.^_\x60|~]+$ + type: string + type: + default: Exact + description: |- + Type specifies how to match against the value of the header. + + Support: Core (Exact) + + Support: Implementation-specific (RegularExpression) + + Since RegularExpression HeaderMatchType has implementation-specific + conformance, implementations can support POSIX, PCRE or any other dialects + of regular expressions. Please read the implementation's documentation to + determine the supported dialect. + enum: + - Exact + - RegularExpression + type: string + value: + description: Value is the value of HTTP Header to + be matched. + maxLength: 4096 + minLength: 1 + type: string + required: + - name + - value + type: object + maxItems: 16 + type: array + x-kubernetes-list-map-keys: + - name + x-kubernetes-list-type: map + method: + description: |- + Method specifies HTTP method matcher. + When specified, this route will be matched only if the request has the + specified method. + + Support: Extended + enum: + - GET + - HEAD + - POST + - PUT + - DELETE + - CONNECT + - OPTIONS + - TRACE + - PATCH + type: string + path: + default: + type: PathPrefix + value: / + description: |- + Path specifies a HTTP request path matcher. If this field is not + specified, a default prefix match on the "/" path is provided. + properties: + type: + default: PathPrefix + description: |- + Type specifies how to match against the path Value. + + Support: Core (Exact, PathPrefix) + + Support: Implementation-specific (RegularExpression) + enum: + - Exact + - PathPrefix + - RegularExpression + type: string + value: + default: / + description: Value of the HTTP path to match against. + maxLength: 1024 + type: string + type: object + x-kubernetes-validations: + - message: value must be an absolute path and start with + '/' when type one of ['Exact', 'PathPrefix'] + rule: '(self.type in [''Exact'',''PathPrefix'']) ? self.value.startsWith(''/'') + : true' + - message: must not contain '//' when type one of ['Exact', + 'PathPrefix'] + rule: '(self.type in [''Exact'',''PathPrefix'']) ? !self.value.contains(''//'') + : true' + - message: must not contain '/./' when type one of ['Exact', + 'PathPrefix'] + rule: '(self.type in [''Exact'',''PathPrefix'']) ? !self.value.contains(''/./'') + : true' + - message: must not contain '/../' when type one of ['Exact', + 'PathPrefix'] + rule: '(self.type in [''Exact'',''PathPrefix'']) ? !self.value.contains(''/../'') + : true' + - message: must not contain '%2f' when type one of ['Exact', + 'PathPrefix'] + rule: '(self.type in [''Exact'',''PathPrefix'']) ? !self.value.contains(''%2f'') + : true' + - message: must not contain '%2F' when type one of ['Exact', + 'PathPrefix'] + rule: '(self.type in [''Exact'',''PathPrefix'']) ? !self.value.contains(''%2F'') + : true' + - message: must not contain '#' when type one of ['Exact', + 'PathPrefix'] + rule: '(self.type in [''Exact'',''PathPrefix'']) ? !self.value.contains(''#'') + : true' + - message: must not end with '/..' when type one of ['Exact', + 'PathPrefix'] + rule: '(self.type in [''Exact'',''PathPrefix'']) ? !self.value.endsWith(''/..'') + : true' + - message: must not end with '/.' when type one of ['Exact', + 'PathPrefix'] + rule: '(self.type in [''Exact'',''PathPrefix'']) ? !self.value.endsWith(''/.'') + : true' + - message: type must be one of ['Exact', 'PathPrefix', + 'RegularExpression'] + rule: self.type in ['Exact','PathPrefix'] || self.type + == 'RegularExpression' + - message: must only contain valid characters (matching + ^(?:[-A-Za-z0-9/._~!$&'()*+,;=:@]|[%][0-9a-fA-F]{2})+$) + for types ['Exact', 'PathPrefix'] + rule: '(self.type in [''Exact'',''PathPrefix'']) ? self.value.matches(r"""^(?:[-A-Za-z0-9/._~!$&''()*+,;=:@]|[%][0-9a-fA-F]{2})+$""") + : true' + queryParams: + description: |- + QueryParams specifies HTTP query parameter matchers. Multiple match + values are ANDed together, meaning, a request must match all the + specified query parameters to select the route. + + Support: Extended + items: + description: |- + HTTPQueryParamMatch describes how to select a HTTP route by matching HTTP + query parameters. + properties: + name: + description: |- + Name is the name of the HTTP query param to be matched. This must be an + exact string match. (See + https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc7230#section-2.7.3). + + If multiple entries specify equivalent query param names, only the first + entry with an equivalent name MUST be considered for a match. Subsequent + entries with an equivalent query param name MUST be ignored. + + If a query param is repeated in an HTTP request, the behavior is + purposely left undefined, since different data planes have different + capabilities. However, it is *recommended* that implementations should + match against the first value of the param if the data plane supports it, + as this behavior is expected in other load balancing contexts outside of + the Gateway API. + + Users SHOULD NOT route traffic based on repeated query params to guard + themselves against potential differences in the implementations. + maxLength: 256 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[A-Za-z0-9!#$%&'*+\-.^_\x60|~]+$ + type: string + type: + default: Exact + description: |- + Type specifies how to match against the value of the query parameter. + + Support: Extended (Exact) + + Support: Implementation-specific (RegularExpression) + + Since RegularExpression QueryParamMatchType has Implementation-specific + conformance, implementations can support POSIX, PCRE or any other + dialects of regular expressions. Please read the implementation's + documentation to determine the supported dialect. + enum: + - Exact + - RegularExpression + type: string + value: + description: Value is the value of HTTP query param + to be matched. + maxLength: 1024 + minLength: 1 + type: string + required: + - name + - value + type: object + maxItems: 16 + type: array + x-kubernetes-list-map-keys: + - name + x-kubernetes-list-type: map + type: object + maxItems: 64 + type: array + x-kubernetes-list-type: atomic + name: + description: |- + Name is the name of the route rule. This name MUST be unique within a Route if it is set. + + Support: Extended + maxLength: 253 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$ + type: string + retry: + description: |- + Retry defines the configuration for when to retry an HTTP request. + + Support: Extended + properties: + attempts: + description: |- + Attempts specifies the maximum number of times an individual request + from the gateway to a backend should be retried. + + If the maximum number of retries has been attempted without a successful + response from the backend, the Gateway MUST return an error. + + When this field is unspecified, the number of times to attempt to retry + a backend request is implementation-specific. + + Support: Extended + type: integer + backoff: + description: |- + Backoff specifies the minimum duration a Gateway should wait between + retry attempts and is represented in Gateway API Duration formatting. + + For example, setting the `rules[].retry.backoff` field to the value + `100ms` will cause a backend request to first be retried approximately + 100 milliseconds after timing out or receiving a response code configured + to be retryable. + + An implementation MAY use an exponential or alternative backoff strategy + for subsequent retry attempts, MAY cap the maximum backoff duration to + some amount greater than the specified minimum, and MAY add arbitrary + jitter to stagger requests, as long as unsuccessful backend requests are + not retried before the configured minimum duration. + + If a Request timeout (`rules[].timeouts.request`) is configured on the + route, the entire duration of the initial request and any retry attempts + MUST not exceed the Request timeout duration. If any retry attempts are + still in progress when the Request timeout duration has been reached, + these SHOULD be canceled if possible and the Gateway MUST immediately + return a timeout error. + + If a BackendRequest timeout (`rules[].timeouts.backendRequest`) is + configured on the route, any retry attempts which reach the configured + BackendRequest timeout duration without a response SHOULD be canceled if + possible and the Gateway should wait for at least the specified backoff + duration before attempting to retry the backend request again. + + If a BackendRequest timeout is _not_ configured on the route, retry + attempts MAY time out after an implementation default duration, or MAY + remain pending until a configured Request timeout or implementation + default duration for total request time is reached. + + When this field is unspecified, the time to wait between retry attempts + is implementation-specific. + + Support: Extended + pattern: ^([0-9]{1,5}(h|m|s|ms)){1,4}$ + type: string + codes: + description: |- + Codes defines the HTTP response status codes for which a backend request + should be retried. + + Support: Extended + items: + description: |- + HTTPRouteRetryStatusCode defines an HTTP response status code for + which a backend request should be retried. + + Implementations MUST support the following status codes as retryable: + + * 500 + * 502 + * 503 + * 504 + + Implementations MAY support specifying additional discrete values in the + 500-599 range. + + Implementations MAY support specifying discrete values in the 400-499 range, + which are often inadvisable to retry. + maximum: 599 + minimum: 400 + type: integer + type: array + x-kubernetes-list-type: atomic + type: object + sessionPersistence: + description: |- + SessionPersistence defines and configures session persistence + for the route rule. + + Support: Extended + properties: + absoluteTimeout: + description: |- + AbsoluteTimeout defines the absolute timeout of the persistent + session. Once the AbsoluteTimeout duration has elapsed, the + session becomes invalid. + + Support: Extended + pattern: ^([0-9]{1,5}(h|m|s|ms)){1,4}$ + type: string + cookieConfig: + description: |- + CookieConfig provides configuration settings that are specific + to cookie-based session persistence. + + Support: Core + properties: + lifetimeType: + default: Session + description: |- + LifetimeType specifies whether the cookie has a permanent or + session-based lifetime. A permanent cookie persists until its + specified expiry time, defined by the Expires or Max-Age cookie + attributes, while a session cookie is deleted when the current + session ends. + + When set to "Permanent", AbsoluteTimeout indicates the + cookie's lifetime via the Expires or Max-Age cookie attributes + and is required. + + When set to "Session", AbsoluteTimeout indicates the + absolute lifetime of the cookie tracked by the gateway and + is optional. + + Defaults to "Session". + + Support: Core for "Session" type + + Support: Extended for "Permanent" type + enum: + - Permanent + - Session + type: string + type: object + idleTimeout: + description: |- + IdleTimeout defines the idle timeout of the persistent session. + Once the session has been idle for more than the specified + IdleTimeout duration, the session becomes invalid. + + Support: Extended + pattern: ^([0-9]{1,5}(h|m|s|ms)){1,4}$ + type: string + sessionName: + description: |- + SessionName defines the name of the persistent session token + which may be reflected in the cookie or the header. Users + should avoid reusing session names to prevent unintended + consequences, such as rejection or unpredictable behavior. + + Support: Implementation-specific + maxLength: 128 + type: string + type: + default: Cookie + description: |- + Type defines the type of session persistence such as through + the use a header or cookie. Defaults to cookie based session + persistence. + + Support: Core for "Cookie" type + + Support: Extended for "Header" type + enum: + - Cookie + - Header + type: string + type: object + x-kubernetes-validations: + - message: AbsoluteTimeout must be specified when cookie lifetimeType + is Permanent + rule: '!has(self.cookieConfig) || !has(self.cookieConfig.lifetimeType) + || self.cookieConfig.lifetimeType != ''Permanent'' || has(self.absoluteTimeout)' + timeouts: + description: |- + Timeouts defines the timeouts that can be configured for an HTTP request. + + Support: Extended + properties: + backendRequest: + description: |- + BackendRequest specifies a timeout for an individual request from the gateway + to a backend. This covers the time from when the request first starts being + sent from the gateway to when the full response has been received from the backend. + + Setting a timeout to the zero duration (e.g. "0s") SHOULD disable the timeout + completely. Implementations that cannot completely disable the timeout MUST + instead interpret the zero duration as the longest possible value to which + the timeout can be set. + + An entire client HTTP transaction with a gateway, covered by the Request timeout, + may result in more than one call from the gateway to the destination backend, + for example, if automatic retries are supported. + + The value of BackendRequest must be a Gateway API Duration string as defined by + GEP-2257. When this field is unspecified, its behavior is implementation-specific; + when specified, the value of BackendRequest must be no more than the value of the + Request timeout (since the Request timeout encompasses the BackendRequest timeout). + + Support: Extended + pattern: ^([0-9]{1,5}(h|m|s|ms)){1,4}$ + type: string + request: + description: |- + Request specifies the maximum duration for a gateway to respond to an HTTP request. + If the gateway has not been able to respond before this deadline is met, the gateway + MUST return a timeout error. + + For example, setting the `rules.timeouts.request` field to the value `10s` in an + `HTTPRoute` will cause a timeout if a client request is taking longer than 10 seconds + to complete. + + Setting a timeout to the zero duration (e.g. "0s") SHOULD disable the timeout + completely. Implementations that cannot completely disable the timeout MUST + instead interpret the zero duration as the longest possible value to which + the timeout can be set. + + This timeout is intended to cover as close to the whole request-response transaction + as possible although an implementation MAY choose to start the timeout after the entire + request stream has been received instead of immediately after the transaction is + initiated by the client. + + The value of Request is a Gateway API Duration string as defined by GEP-2257. When this + field is unspecified, request timeout behavior is implementation-specific. + + Support: Extended + pattern: ^([0-9]{1,5}(h|m|s|ms)){1,4}$ + type: string + type: object + x-kubernetes-validations: + - message: backendRequest timeout cannot be longer than request + timeout + rule: '!(has(self.request) && has(self.backendRequest) && + duration(self.request) != duration(''0s'') && duration(self.backendRequest) + > duration(self.request))' + type: object + x-kubernetes-validations: + - message: RequestRedirect filter must not be used together with + backendRefs + rule: '(has(self.backendRefs) && size(self.backendRefs) > 0) ? + (!has(self.filters) || self.filters.all(f, !has(f.requestRedirect))): + true' + - message: When using RequestRedirect filter with path.replacePrefixMatch, + exactly one PathPrefix match must be specified + rule: '(has(self.filters) && self.filters.exists_one(f, has(f.requestRedirect) + && has(f.requestRedirect.path) && f.requestRedirect.path.type + == ''ReplacePrefixMatch'' && has(f.requestRedirect.path.replacePrefixMatch))) + ? ((size(self.matches) != 1 || !has(self.matches[0].path) || + self.matches[0].path.type != ''PathPrefix'') ? false : true) + : true' + - message: When using URLRewrite filter with path.replacePrefixMatch, + exactly one PathPrefix match must be specified + rule: '(has(self.filters) && self.filters.exists_one(f, has(f.urlRewrite) + && has(f.urlRewrite.path) && f.urlRewrite.path.type == ''ReplacePrefixMatch'' + && has(f.urlRewrite.path.replacePrefixMatch))) ? ((size(self.matches) + != 1 || !has(self.matches[0].path) || self.matches[0].path.type + != ''PathPrefix'') ? false : true) : true' + - message: Within backendRefs, when using RequestRedirect filter + with path.replacePrefixMatch, exactly one PathPrefix match must + be specified + rule: '(has(self.backendRefs) && self.backendRefs.exists_one(b, + (has(b.filters) && b.filters.exists_one(f, has(f.requestRedirect) + && has(f.requestRedirect.path) && f.requestRedirect.path.type + == ''ReplacePrefixMatch'' && has(f.requestRedirect.path.replacePrefixMatch))) + )) ? ((size(self.matches) != 1 || !has(self.matches[0].path) + || self.matches[0].path.type != ''PathPrefix'') ? false : true) + : true' + - message: Within backendRefs, When using URLRewrite filter with + path.replacePrefixMatch, exactly one PathPrefix match must be + specified + rule: '(has(self.backendRefs) && self.backendRefs.exists_one(b, + (has(b.filters) && b.filters.exists_one(f, has(f.urlRewrite) + && has(f.urlRewrite.path) && f.urlRewrite.path.type == ''ReplacePrefixMatch'' + && has(f.urlRewrite.path.replacePrefixMatch))) )) ? ((size(self.matches) + != 1 || !has(self.matches[0].path) || self.matches[0].path.type + != ''PathPrefix'') ? false : true) : true' + maxItems: 16 + type: array + x-kubernetes-list-type: atomic + x-kubernetes-validations: + - message: While 16 rules and 64 matches per rule are allowed, the + total number of matches across all rules in a route must be less + than 128 + rule: '(self.size() > 0 ? self[0].matches.size() : 0) + (self.size() + > 1 ? self[1].matches.size() : 0) + (self.size() > 2 ? self[2].matches.size() + : 0) + (self.size() > 3 ? self[3].matches.size() : 0) + (self.size() + > 4 ? self[4].matches.size() : 0) + (self.size() > 5 ? self[5].matches.size() + : 0) + (self.size() > 6 ? self[6].matches.size() : 0) + (self.size() + > 7 ? self[7].matches.size() : 0) + (self.size() > 8 ? self[8].matches.size() + : 0) + (self.size() > 9 ? self[9].matches.size() : 0) + (self.size() + > 10 ? self[10].matches.size() : 0) + (self.size() > 11 ? self[11].matches.size() + : 0) + (self.size() > 12 ? self[12].matches.size() : 0) + (self.size() + > 13 ? self[13].matches.size() : 0) + (self.size() > 14 ? self[14].matches.size() + : 0) + (self.size() > 15 ? self[15].matches.size() : 0) <= 128' + - message: Rule name must be unique within the route + rule: self.all(l1, !has(l1.name) || self.exists_one(l2, has(l2.name) + && l1.name == l2.name)) + useDefaultGateways: + description: |- + UseDefaultGateways indicates the default Gateway scope to use for this + Route. If unset (the default) or set to None, the Route will not be + attached to any default Gateway; if set, it will be attached to any + default Gateway supporting the named scope, subject to the usual rules + about which Routes a Gateway is allowed to claim. + + Think carefully before using this functionality! The set of default + Gateways supporting the requested scope can change over time without + any notice to the Route author, and in many situations it will not be + appropriate to request a default Gateway for a given Route -- for + example, a Route with specific security requirements should almost + certainly not use a default Gateway. + enum: + - All + - None + type: string + type: object + status: + description: Status defines the current state of HTTPRoute. + properties: + parents: + description: |- + Parents is a list of parent resources (usually Gateways) that are + associated with the route, and the status of the route with respect to + each parent. When this route attaches to a parent, the controller that + manages the parent must add an entry to this list when the controller + first sees the route and should update the entry as appropriate when the + route or gateway is modified. + + Note that parent references that cannot be resolved by an implementation + of this API will not be added to this list. Implementations of this API + can only populate Route status for the Gateways/parent resources they are + responsible for. + + A maximum of 32 Gateways will be represented in this list. An empty list + means the route has not been attached to any Gateway. + items: + description: |- + RouteParentStatus describes the status of a route with respect to an + associated Parent. + properties: + conditions: + description: |- + Conditions describes the status of the route with respect to the Gateway. + Note that the route's availability is also subject to the Gateway's own + status conditions and listener status. + + If the Route's ParentRef specifies an existing Gateway that supports + Routes of this kind AND that Gateway's controller has sufficient access, + then that Gateway's controller MUST set the "Accepted" condition on the + Route, to indicate whether the route has been accepted or rejected by the + Gateway, and why. + + A Route MUST be considered "Accepted" if at least one of the Route's + rules is implemented by the Gateway. + + There are a number of cases where the "Accepted" condition may not be set + due to lack of controller visibility, that includes when: + + * The Route refers to a nonexistent parent. + * The Route is of a type that the controller does not support. + * The Route is in a namespace the controller does not have access to. + items: + description: Condition contains details for one aspect of + the current state of this API Resource. + properties: + lastTransitionTime: + description: |- + lastTransitionTime is the last time the condition transitioned from one status to another. + This should be when the underlying condition changed. If that is not known, then using the time when the API field changed is acceptable. + format: date-time + type: string + message: + description: |- + message is a human readable message indicating details about the transition. + This may be an empty string. + maxLength: 32768 + type: string + observedGeneration: + description: |- + observedGeneration represents the .metadata.generation that the condition was set based upon. + For instance, if .metadata.generation is currently 12, but the .status.conditions[x].observedGeneration is 9, the condition is out of date + with respect to the current state of the instance. + format: int64 + minimum: 0 + type: integer + reason: + description: |- + reason contains a programmatic identifier indicating the reason for the condition's last transition. + Producers of specific condition types may define expected values and meanings for this field, + and whether the values are considered a guaranteed API. + The value should be a CamelCase string. + This field may not be empty. + maxLength: 1024 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[A-Za-z]([A-Za-z0-9_,:]*[A-Za-z0-9_])?$ + type: string + status: + description: status of the condition, one of True, False, + Unknown. + enum: + - "True" + - "False" + - Unknown + type: string + type: + description: type of condition in CamelCase or in foo.example.com/CamelCase. + maxLength: 316 + pattern: ^([a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*/)?(([A-Za-z0-9][-A-Za-z0-9_.]*)?[A-Za-z0-9])$ + type: string + required: + - lastTransitionTime + - message + - reason + - status + - type + type: object + maxItems: 8 + minItems: 1 + type: array + x-kubernetes-list-map-keys: + - type + x-kubernetes-list-type: map + controllerName: + description: |- + ControllerName is a domain/path string that indicates the name of the + controller that wrote this status. This corresponds with the + controllerName field on GatewayClass. + + Example: "example.net/gateway-controller". + + The format of this field is DOMAIN "/" PATH, where DOMAIN and PATH are + valid Kubernetes names + (https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/names/#names). + + Controllers MUST populate this field when writing status. Controllers should ensure that + entries to status populated with their ControllerName are cleaned up when they are no + longer necessary. + maxLength: 253 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*\/[A-Za-z0-9\/\-._~%!$&'()*+,;=:]+$ + type: string + parentRef: + description: |- + ParentRef corresponds with a ParentRef in the spec that this + RouteParentStatus struct describes the status of. + properties: + group: + default: gateway.networking.k8s.io + description: |- + Group is the group of the referent. + When unspecified, "gateway.networking.k8s.io" is inferred. + To set the core API group (such as for a "Service" kind referent), + Group must be explicitly set to "" (empty string). + + Support: Core + maxLength: 253 + pattern: ^$|^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$ + type: string + kind: + default: Gateway + description: |- + Kind is kind of the referent. + + There are two kinds of parent resources with "Core" support: + + * Gateway (Gateway conformance profile) + * Service (Mesh conformance profile, ClusterIP Services only) + + Support for other resources is Implementation-Specific. + maxLength: 63 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[a-zA-Z]([-a-zA-Z0-9]*[a-zA-Z0-9])?$ + type: string + name: + description: |- + Name is the name of the referent. + + Support: Core + maxLength: 253 + minLength: 1 + type: string + namespace: + description: |- + Namespace is the namespace of the referent. When unspecified, this refers + to the local namespace of the Route. + + Note that there are specific rules for ParentRefs which cross namespace + boundaries. Cross-namespace references are only valid if they are explicitly + allowed by something in the namespace they are referring to. For example: + Gateway has the AllowedRoutes field, and ReferenceGrant provides a + generic way to enable any other kind of cross-namespace reference. + + + ParentRefs from a Route to a Service in the same namespace are "producer" + routes, which apply default routing rules to inbound connections from + any namespace to the Service. + + ParentRefs from a Route to a Service in a different namespace are + "consumer" routes, and these routing rules are only applied to outbound + connections originating from the same namespace as the Route, for which + the intended destination of the connections are a Service targeted as a + ParentRef of the Route. + + + Support: Core + maxLength: 63 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?$ + type: string + port: + description: |- + Port is the network port this Route targets. It can be interpreted + differently based on the type of parent resource. + + When the parent resource is a Gateway, this targets all listeners + listening on the specified port that also support this kind of Route(and + select this Route). It's not recommended to set `Port` unless the + networking behaviors specified in a Route must apply to a specific port + as opposed to a listener(s) whose port(s) may be changed. When both Port + and SectionName are specified, the name and port of the selected listener + must match both specified values. + + + When the parent resource is a Service, this targets a specific port in the + Service spec. When both Port (experimental) and SectionName are specified, + the name and port of the selected port must match both specified values. + + + Implementations MAY choose to support other parent resources. + Implementations supporting other types of parent resources MUST clearly + document how/if Port is interpreted. + + For the purpose of status, an attachment is considered successful as + long as the parent resource accepts it partially. For example, Gateway + listeners can restrict which Routes can attach to them by Route kind, + namespace, or hostname. If 1 of 2 Gateway listeners accept attachment + from the referencing Route, the Route MUST be considered successfully + attached. If no Gateway listeners accept attachment from this Route, + the Route MUST be considered detached from the Gateway. + + Support: Extended + format: int32 + maximum: 65535 + minimum: 1 + type: integer + sectionName: + description: |- + SectionName is the name of a section within the target resource. In the + following resources, SectionName is interpreted as the following: + + * Gateway: Listener name. When both Port (experimental) and SectionName + are specified, the name and port of the selected listener must match + both specified values. + * Service: Port name. When both Port (experimental) and SectionName + are specified, the name and port of the selected listener must match + both specified values. + + Implementations MAY choose to support attaching Routes to other resources. + If that is the case, they MUST clearly document how SectionName is + interpreted. + + When unspecified (empty string), this will reference the entire resource. + For the purpose of status, an attachment is considered successful if at + least one section in the parent resource accepts it. For example, Gateway + listeners can restrict which Routes can attach to them by Route kind, + namespace, or hostname. If 1 of 2 Gateway listeners accept attachment from + the referencing Route, the Route MUST be considered successfully + attached. If no Gateway listeners accept attachment from this Route, the + Route MUST be considered detached from the Gateway. + + Support: Core + maxLength: 253 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$ + type: string + required: + - name + type: object + required: + - conditions + - controllerName + - parentRef + type: object + maxItems: 32 + type: array + x-kubernetes-list-type: atomic + required: + - parents + type: object + required: + - spec + type: object + served: true + storage: false + subresources: + status: {} +status: + acceptedNames: + kind: "" + plural: "" + conditions: null + storedVersions: null +{{- end }} +{{- end }} diff --git a/charts/kgateway/kgateway/charts/gateway-api/templates/crds/experimental/gateway.networking.k8s.io_referencegrants.yaml b/charts/kgateway/kgateway/charts/gateway-api/templates/crds/experimental/gateway.networking.k8s.io_referencegrants.yaml new file mode 100644 index 000000000..a8383ce36 --- /dev/null +++ b/charts/kgateway/kgateway/charts/gateway-api/templates/crds/experimental/gateway.networking.k8s.io_referencegrants.yaml @@ -0,0 +1,195 @@ +{{- if eq .Values.specification "experimental" }} +{{- $crd := lookup "apiextensions.k8s.io/v1" "CustomResourceDefinition" "" "referencegrants.gateway.networking.k8s.io" }} +{{- if not $crd }} +apiVersion: apiextensions.k8s.io/v1 +kind: CustomResourceDefinition +metadata: + annotations: + api-approved.kubernetes.io: https://github.com/kubernetes-sigs/gateway-api/pull/3328 + helm.sh/resource-policy: keep + gateway.networking.k8s.io/channel: experimental + name: referencegrants.gateway.networking.k8s.io +spec: + group: gateway.networking.k8s.io + names: + categories: + - gateway-api + kind: ReferenceGrant + listKind: ReferenceGrantList + plural: referencegrants + shortNames: + - refgrant + singular: referencegrant + scope: Namespaced + versions: + - additionalPrinterColumns: + - jsonPath: .metadata.creationTimestamp + name: Age + type: date + name: v1beta1 + schema: + openAPIV3Schema: + description: |- + ReferenceGrant identifies kinds of resources in other namespaces that are + trusted to reference the specified kinds of resources in the same namespace + as the policy. + + Each ReferenceGrant can be used to represent a unique trust relationship. + Additional Reference Grants can be used to add to the set of trusted + sources of inbound references for the namespace they are defined within. + + All cross-namespace references in Gateway API (with the exception of cross-namespace + Gateway-route attachment) require a ReferenceGrant. + + ReferenceGrant is a form of runtime verification allowing users to assert + which cross-namespace object references are permitted. Implementations that + support ReferenceGrant MUST NOT permit cross-namespace references which have + no grant, and MUST respond to the removal of a grant by revoking the access + that the grant allowed. + properties: + apiVersion: + description: |- + APIVersion defines the versioned schema of this representation of an object. + Servers should convert recognized schemas to the latest internal value, and + may reject unrecognized values. + More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#resources + type: string + kind: + description: |- + Kind is a string value representing the REST resource this object represents. + Servers may infer this from the endpoint the client submits requests to. + Cannot be updated. + In CamelCase. + More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#types-kinds + type: string + metadata: + type: object + spec: + description: Spec defines the desired state of ReferenceGrant. + properties: + from: + description: |- + From describes the trusted namespaces and kinds that can reference the + resources described in "To". Each entry in this list MUST be considered + to be an additional place that references can be valid from, or to put + this another way, entries MUST be combined using OR. + + Support: Core + items: + description: ReferenceGrantFrom describes trusted namespaces and + kinds. + properties: + group: + description: |- + Group is the group of the referent. + When empty, the Kubernetes core API group is inferred. + + Support: Core + maxLength: 253 + pattern: ^$|^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$ + type: string + kind: + description: |- + Kind is the kind of the referent. Although implementations may support + additional resources, the following types are part of the "Core" + support level for this field. + + When used to permit a SecretObjectReference: + + * Gateway + + When used to permit a BackendObjectReference: + + * GRPCRoute + * HTTPRoute + * TCPRoute + * TLSRoute + * UDPRoute + maxLength: 63 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[a-zA-Z]([-a-zA-Z0-9]*[a-zA-Z0-9])?$ + type: string + namespace: + description: |- + Namespace is the namespace of the referent. + + Support: Core + maxLength: 63 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?$ + type: string + required: + - group + - kind + - namespace + type: object + maxItems: 16 + minItems: 1 + type: array + x-kubernetes-list-type: atomic + to: + description: |- + To describes the resources that may be referenced by the resources + described in "From". Each entry in this list MUST be considered to be an + additional place that references can be valid to, or to put this another + way, entries MUST be combined using OR. + + Support: Core + items: + description: |- + ReferenceGrantTo describes what Kinds are allowed as targets of the + references. + properties: + group: + description: |- + Group is the group of the referent. + When empty, the Kubernetes core API group is inferred. + + Support: Core + maxLength: 253 + pattern: ^$|^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$ + type: string + kind: + description: |- + Kind is the kind of the referent. Although implementations may support + additional resources, the following types are part of the "Core" + support level for this field: + + * Secret when used to permit a SecretObjectReference + * Service when used to permit a BackendObjectReference + maxLength: 63 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[a-zA-Z]([-a-zA-Z0-9]*[a-zA-Z0-9])?$ + type: string + name: + description: |- + Name is the name of the referent. When unspecified, this policy + refers to all resources of the specified Group and Kind in the local + namespace. + maxLength: 253 + minLength: 1 + type: string + required: + - group + - kind + type: object + maxItems: 16 + minItems: 1 + type: array + x-kubernetes-list-type: atomic + required: + - from + - to + type: object + type: object + served: true + storage: true + subresources: {} +status: + acceptedNames: + kind: "" + plural: "" + conditions: null + storedVersions: null +{{- end }} +{{- end }} diff --git a/charts/kgateway/kgateway/charts/gateway-api/templates/crds/experimental/gateway.networking.k8s.io_tcproutes.yaml b/charts/kgateway/kgateway/charts/gateway-api/templates/crds/experimental/gateway.networking.k8s.io_tcproutes.yaml new file mode 100644 index 000000000..8c270f9c2 --- /dev/null +++ b/charts/kgateway/kgateway/charts/gateway-api/templates/crds/experimental/gateway.networking.k8s.io_tcproutes.yaml @@ -0,0 +1,761 @@ +{{- if eq .Values.specification "experimental" }} +{{- $crd := lookup "apiextensions.k8s.io/v1" "CustomResourceDefinition" "" "tcproutes.gateway.networking.k8s.io" }} +{{- if not $crd }} +apiVersion: apiextensions.k8s.io/v1 +kind: CustomResourceDefinition +metadata: + annotations: + api-approved.kubernetes.io: https://github.com/kubernetes-sigs/gateway-api/pull/3328 + helm.sh/resource-policy: keep + gateway.networking.k8s.io/channel: experimental + name: tcproutes.gateway.networking.k8s.io +spec: + group: gateway.networking.k8s.io + names: + categories: + - gateway-api + kind: TCPRoute + listKind: TCPRouteList + plural: tcproutes + singular: tcproute + scope: Namespaced + versions: + - additionalPrinterColumns: + - jsonPath: .metadata.creationTimestamp + name: Age + type: date + name: v1alpha2 + schema: + openAPIV3Schema: + description: |- + TCPRoute provides a way to route TCP requests. When combined with a Gateway + listener, it can be used to forward connections on the port specified by the + listener to a set of backends specified by the TCPRoute. + properties: + apiVersion: + description: |- + APIVersion defines the versioned schema of this representation of an object. + Servers should convert recognized schemas to the latest internal value, and + may reject unrecognized values. + More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#resources + type: string + kind: + description: |- + Kind is a string value representing the REST resource this object represents. + Servers may infer this from the endpoint the client submits requests to. + Cannot be updated. + In CamelCase. + More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#types-kinds + type: string + metadata: + type: object + spec: + description: Spec defines the desired state of TCPRoute. + properties: + parentRefs: + description: |- + ParentRefs references the resources (usually Gateways) that a Route wants + to be attached to. Note that the referenced parent resource needs to + allow this for the attachment to be complete. For Gateways, that means + the Gateway needs to allow attachment from Routes of this kind and + namespace. For Services, that means the Service must either be in the same + namespace for a "producer" route, or the mesh implementation must support + and allow "consumer" routes for the referenced Service. ReferenceGrant is + not applicable for governing ParentRefs to Services - it is not possible to + create a "producer" route for a Service in a different namespace from the + Route. + + There are two kinds of parent resources with "Core" support: + + * Gateway (Gateway conformance profile) + * Service (Mesh conformance profile, ClusterIP Services only) + + This API may be extended in the future to support additional kinds of parent + resources. + + ParentRefs must be _distinct_. This means either that: + + * They select different objects. If this is the case, then parentRef + entries are distinct. In terms of fields, this means that the + multi-part key defined by `group`, `kind`, `namespace`, and `name` must + be unique across all parentRef entries in the Route. + * They do not select different objects, but for each optional field used, + each ParentRef that selects the same object must set the same set of + optional fields to different values. If one ParentRef sets a + combination of optional fields, all must set the same combination. + + Some examples: + + * If one ParentRef sets `sectionName`, all ParentRefs referencing the + same object must also set `sectionName`. + * If one ParentRef sets `port`, all ParentRefs referencing the same + object must also set `port`. + * If one ParentRef sets `sectionName` and `port`, all ParentRefs + referencing the same object must also set `sectionName` and `port`. + + It is possible to separately reference multiple distinct objects that may + be collapsed by an implementation. For example, some implementations may + choose to merge compatible Gateway Listeners together. If that is the + case, the list of routes attached to those resources should also be + merged. + + Note that for ParentRefs that cross namespace boundaries, there are specific + rules. Cross-namespace references are only valid if they are explicitly + allowed by something in the namespace they are referring to. For example, + Gateway has the AllowedRoutes field, and ReferenceGrant provides a + generic way to enable other kinds of cross-namespace reference. + + + ParentRefs from a Route to a Service in the same namespace are "producer" + routes, which apply default routing rules to inbound connections from + any namespace to the Service. + + ParentRefs from a Route to a Service in a different namespace are + "consumer" routes, and these routing rules are only applied to outbound + connections originating from the same namespace as the Route, for which + the intended destination of the connections are a Service targeted as a + ParentRef of the Route. + items: + description: |- + ParentReference identifies an API object (usually a Gateway) that can be considered + a parent of this resource (usually a route). There are two kinds of parent resources + with "Core" support: + + * Gateway (Gateway conformance profile) + * Service (Mesh conformance profile, ClusterIP Services only) + + This API may be extended in the future to support additional kinds of parent + resources. + + The API object must be valid in the cluster; the Group and Kind must + be registered in the cluster for this reference to be valid. + properties: + group: + default: gateway.networking.k8s.io + description: |- + Group is the group of the referent. + When unspecified, "gateway.networking.k8s.io" is inferred. + To set the core API group (such as for a "Service" kind referent), + Group must be explicitly set to "" (empty string). + + Support: Core + maxLength: 253 + pattern: ^$|^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$ + type: string + kind: + default: Gateway + description: |- + Kind is kind of the referent. + + There are two kinds of parent resources with "Core" support: + + * Gateway (Gateway conformance profile) + * Service (Mesh conformance profile, ClusterIP Services only) + + Support for other resources is Implementation-Specific. + maxLength: 63 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[a-zA-Z]([-a-zA-Z0-9]*[a-zA-Z0-9])?$ + type: string + name: + description: |- + Name is the name of the referent. + + Support: Core + maxLength: 253 + minLength: 1 + type: string + namespace: + description: |- + Namespace is the namespace of the referent. When unspecified, this refers + to the local namespace of the Route. + + Note that there are specific rules for ParentRefs which cross namespace + boundaries. Cross-namespace references are only valid if they are explicitly + allowed by something in the namespace they are referring to. For example: + Gateway has the AllowedRoutes field, and ReferenceGrant provides a + generic way to enable any other kind of cross-namespace reference. + + + ParentRefs from a Route to a Service in the same namespace are "producer" + routes, which apply default routing rules to inbound connections from + any namespace to the Service. + + ParentRefs from a Route to a Service in a different namespace are + "consumer" routes, and these routing rules are only applied to outbound + connections originating from the same namespace as the Route, for which + the intended destination of the connections are a Service targeted as a + ParentRef of the Route. + + + Support: Core + maxLength: 63 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?$ + type: string + port: + description: |- + Port is the network port this Route targets. It can be interpreted + differently based on the type of parent resource. + + When the parent resource is a Gateway, this targets all listeners + listening on the specified port that also support this kind of Route(and + select this Route). It's not recommended to set `Port` unless the + networking behaviors specified in a Route must apply to a specific port + as opposed to a listener(s) whose port(s) may be changed. When both Port + and SectionName are specified, the name and port of the selected listener + must match both specified values. + + + When the parent resource is a Service, this targets a specific port in the + Service spec. When both Port (experimental) and SectionName are specified, + the name and port of the selected port must match both specified values. + + + Implementations MAY choose to support other parent resources. + Implementations supporting other types of parent resources MUST clearly + document how/if Port is interpreted. + + For the purpose of status, an attachment is considered successful as + long as the parent resource accepts it partially. For example, Gateway + listeners can restrict which Routes can attach to them by Route kind, + namespace, or hostname. If 1 of 2 Gateway listeners accept attachment + from the referencing Route, the Route MUST be considered successfully + attached. If no Gateway listeners accept attachment from this Route, + the Route MUST be considered detached from the Gateway. + + Support: Extended + format: int32 + maximum: 65535 + minimum: 1 + type: integer + sectionName: + description: |- + SectionName is the name of a section within the target resource. In the + following resources, SectionName is interpreted as the following: + + * Gateway: Listener name. When both Port (experimental) and SectionName + are specified, the name and port of the selected listener must match + both specified values. + * Service: Port name. When both Port (experimental) and SectionName + are specified, the name and port of the selected listener must match + both specified values. + + Implementations MAY choose to support attaching Routes to other resources. + If that is the case, they MUST clearly document how SectionName is + interpreted. + + When unspecified (empty string), this will reference the entire resource. + For the purpose of status, an attachment is considered successful if at + least one section in the parent resource accepts it. For example, Gateway + listeners can restrict which Routes can attach to them by Route kind, + namespace, or hostname. If 1 of 2 Gateway listeners accept attachment from + the referencing Route, the Route MUST be considered successfully + attached. If no Gateway listeners accept attachment from this Route, the + Route MUST be considered detached from the Gateway. + + Support: Core + maxLength: 253 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$ + type: string + required: + - name + type: object + maxItems: 32 + type: array + x-kubernetes-list-type: atomic + x-kubernetes-validations: + - message: sectionName or port must be specified when parentRefs includes + 2 or more references to the same parent + rule: 'self.all(p1, self.all(p2, p1.group == p2.group && p1.kind + == p2.kind && p1.name == p2.name && (((!has(p1.__namespace__) + || p1.__namespace__ == '''') && (!has(p2.__namespace__) || p2.__namespace__ + == '''')) || (has(p1.__namespace__) && has(p2.__namespace__) && + p1.__namespace__ == p2.__namespace__)) ? ((!has(p1.sectionName) + || p1.sectionName == '''') == (!has(p2.sectionName) || p2.sectionName + == '''') && (!has(p1.port) || p1.port == 0) == (!has(p2.port) + || p2.port == 0)): true))' + - message: sectionName or port must be unique when parentRefs includes + 2 or more references to the same parent + rule: self.all(p1, self.exists_one(p2, p1.group == p2.group && p1.kind + == p2.kind && p1.name == p2.name && (((!has(p1.__namespace__) + || p1.__namespace__ == '') && (!has(p2.__namespace__) || p2.__namespace__ + == '')) || (has(p1.__namespace__) && has(p2.__namespace__) && + p1.__namespace__ == p2.__namespace__ )) && (((!has(p1.sectionName) + || p1.sectionName == '') && (!has(p2.sectionName) || p2.sectionName + == '')) || ( has(p1.sectionName) && has(p2.sectionName) && p1.sectionName + == p2.sectionName)) && (((!has(p1.port) || p1.port == 0) && (!has(p2.port) + || p2.port == 0)) || (has(p1.port) && has(p2.port) && p1.port + == p2.port)))) + rules: + description: Rules are a list of TCP matchers and actions. + items: + description: TCPRouteRule is the configuration for a given rule. + properties: + backendRefs: + description: |- + BackendRefs defines the backend(s) where matching requests should be + sent. If unspecified or invalid (refers to a nonexistent resource or a + Service with no endpoints), the underlying implementation MUST actively + reject connection attempts to this backend. Connection rejections must + respect weight; if an invalid backend is requested to have 80% of + connections, then 80% of connections must be rejected instead. + + Support: Core for Kubernetes Service + + Support: Extended for Kubernetes ServiceImport + + Support: Implementation-specific for any other resource + + Support for weight: Extended + items: + description: |- + BackendRef defines how a Route should forward a request to a Kubernetes + resource. + + Note that when a namespace different than the local namespace is specified, a + ReferenceGrant object is required in the referent namespace to allow that + namespace's owner to accept the reference. See the ReferenceGrant + documentation for details. + + + When the BackendRef points to a Kubernetes Service, implementations SHOULD + honor the appProtocol field if it is set for the target Service Port. + + Implementations supporting appProtocol SHOULD recognize the Kubernetes + Standard Application Protocols defined in KEP-3726. + + If a Service appProtocol isn't specified, an implementation MAY infer the + backend protocol through its own means. Implementations MAY infer the + protocol from the Route type referring to the backend Service. + + If a Route is not able to send traffic to the backend using the specified + protocol then the backend is considered invalid. Implementations MUST set the + "ResolvedRefs" condition to "False" with the "UnsupportedProtocol" reason. + + + Note that when the BackendTLSPolicy object is enabled by the implementation, + there are some extra rules about validity to consider here. See the fields + where this struct is used for more information about the exact behavior. + properties: + group: + default: "" + description: |- + Group is the group of the referent. For example, "gateway.networking.k8s.io". + When unspecified or empty string, core API group is inferred. + maxLength: 253 + pattern: ^$|^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$ + type: string + kind: + default: Service + description: |- + Kind is the Kubernetes resource kind of the referent. For example + "Service". + + Defaults to "Service" when not specified. + + ExternalName services can refer to CNAME DNS records that may live + outside of the cluster and as such are difficult to reason about in + terms of conformance. They also may not be safe to forward to (see + CVE-2021-25740 for more information). Implementations SHOULD NOT + support ExternalName Services. + + Support: Core (Services with a type other than ExternalName) + + Support: Implementation-specific (Services with type ExternalName) + maxLength: 63 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[a-zA-Z]([-a-zA-Z0-9]*[a-zA-Z0-9])?$ + type: string + name: + description: Name is the name of the referent. + maxLength: 253 + minLength: 1 + type: string + namespace: + description: |- + Namespace is the namespace of the backend. When unspecified, the local + namespace is inferred. + + Note that when a namespace different than the local namespace is specified, + a ReferenceGrant object is required in the referent namespace to allow that + namespace's owner to accept the reference. See the ReferenceGrant + documentation for details. + + Support: Core + maxLength: 63 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?$ + type: string + port: + description: |- + Port specifies the destination port number to use for this resource. + Port is required when the referent is a Kubernetes Service. In this + case, the port number is the service port number, not the target port. + For other resources, destination port might be derived from the referent + resource or this field. + format: int32 + maximum: 65535 + minimum: 1 + type: integer + weight: + default: 1 + description: |- + Weight specifies the proportion of requests forwarded to the referenced + backend. This is computed as weight/(sum of all weights in this + BackendRefs list). For non-zero values, there may be some epsilon from + the exact proportion defined here depending on the precision an + implementation supports. Weight is not a percentage and the sum of + weights does not need to equal 100. + + If only one backend is specified and it has a weight greater than 0, 100% + of the traffic is forwarded to that backend. If weight is set to 0, no + traffic should be forwarded for this entry. If unspecified, weight + defaults to 1. + + Support for this field varies based on the context where used. + format: int32 + maximum: 1000000 + minimum: 0 + type: integer + required: + - name + type: object + x-kubernetes-validations: + - message: Must have port for Service reference + rule: '(size(self.group) == 0 && self.kind == ''Service'') + ? has(self.port) : true' + maxItems: 16 + minItems: 1 + type: array + x-kubernetes-list-type: atomic + name: + description: |- + Name is the name of the route rule. This name MUST be unique within a Route if it is set. + + Support: Extended + maxLength: 253 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$ + type: string + required: + - backendRefs + type: object + maxItems: 16 + minItems: 1 + type: array + x-kubernetes-list-type: atomic + x-kubernetes-validations: + - message: Rule name must be unique within the route + rule: self.all(l1, !has(l1.name) || self.exists_one(l2, has(l2.name) + && l1.name == l2.name)) + useDefaultGateways: + description: |- + UseDefaultGateways indicates the default Gateway scope to use for this + Route. If unset (the default) or set to None, the Route will not be + attached to any default Gateway; if set, it will be attached to any + default Gateway supporting the named scope, subject to the usual rules + about which Routes a Gateway is allowed to claim. + + Think carefully before using this functionality! The set of default + Gateways supporting the requested scope can change over time without + any notice to the Route author, and in many situations it will not be + appropriate to request a default Gateway for a given Route -- for + example, a Route with specific security requirements should almost + certainly not use a default Gateway. + enum: + - All + - None + type: string + required: + - rules + type: object + status: + description: Status defines the current state of TCPRoute. + properties: + parents: + description: |- + Parents is a list of parent resources (usually Gateways) that are + associated with the route, and the status of the route with respect to + each parent. When this route attaches to a parent, the controller that + manages the parent must add an entry to this list when the controller + first sees the route and should update the entry as appropriate when the + route or gateway is modified. + + Note that parent references that cannot be resolved by an implementation + of this API will not be added to this list. Implementations of this API + can only populate Route status for the Gateways/parent resources they are + responsible for. + + A maximum of 32 Gateways will be represented in this list. An empty list + means the route has not been attached to any Gateway. + items: + description: |- + RouteParentStatus describes the status of a route with respect to an + associated Parent. + properties: + conditions: + description: |- + Conditions describes the status of the route with respect to the Gateway. + Note that the route's availability is also subject to the Gateway's own + status conditions and listener status. + + If the Route's ParentRef specifies an existing Gateway that supports + Routes of this kind AND that Gateway's controller has sufficient access, + then that Gateway's controller MUST set the "Accepted" condition on the + Route, to indicate whether the route has been accepted or rejected by the + Gateway, and why. + + A Route MUST be considered "Accepted" if at least one of the Route's + rules is implemented by the Gateway. + + There are a number of cases where the "Accepted" condition may not be set + due to lack of controller visibility, that includes when: + + * The Route refers to a nonexistent parent. + * The Route is of a type that the controller does not support. + * The Route is in a namespace the controller does not have access to. + items: + description: Condition contains details for one aspect of + the current state of this API Resource. + properties: + lastTransitionTime: + description: |- + lastTransitionTime is the last time the condition transitioned from one status to another. + This should be when the underlying condition changed. If that is not known, then using the time when the API field changed is acceptable. + format: date-time + type: string + message: + description: |- + message is a human readable message indicating details about the transition. + This may be an empty string. + maxLength: 32768 + type: string + observedGeneration: + description: |- + observedGeneration represents the .metadata.generation that the condition was set based upon. + For instance, if .metadata.generation is currently 12, but the .status.conditions[x].observedGeneration is 9, the condition is out of date + with respect to the current state of the instance. + format: int64 + minimum: 0 + type: integer + reason: + description: |- + reason contains a programmatic identifier indicating the reason for the condition's last transition. + Producers of specific condition types may define expected values and meanings for this field, + and whether the values are considered a guaranteed API. + The value should be a CamelCase string. + This field may not be empty. + maxLength: 1024 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[A-Za-z]([A-Za-z0-9_,:]*[A-Za-z0-9_])?$ + type: string + status: + description: status of the condition, one of True, False, + Unknown. + enum: + - "True" + - "False" + - Unknown + type: string + type: + description: type of condition in CamelCase or in foo.example.com/CamelCase. + maxLength: 316 + pattern: ^([a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*/)?(([A-Za-z0-9][-A-Za-z0-9_.]*)?[A-Za-z0-9])$ + type: string + required: + - lastTransitionTime + - message + - reason + - status + - type + type: object + maxItems: 8 + minItems: 1 + type: array + x-kubernetes-list-map-keys: + - type + x-kubernetes-list-type: map + controllerName: + description: |- + ControllerName is a domain/path string that indicates the name of the + controller that wrote this status. This corresponds with the + controllerName field on GatewayClass. + + Example: "example.net/gateway-controller". + + The format of this field is DOMAIN "/" PATH, where DOMAIN and PATH are + valid Kubernetes names + (https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/names/#names). + + Controllers MUST populate this field when writing status. Controllers should ensure that + entries to status populated with their ControllerName are cleaned up when they are no + longer necessary. + maxLength: 253 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*\/[A-Za-z0-9\/\-._~%!$&'()*+,;=:]+$ + type: string + parentRef: + description: |- + ParentRef corresponds with a ParentRef in the spec that this + RouteParentStatus struct describes the status of. + properties: + group: + default: gateway.networking.k8s.io + description: |- + Group is the group of the referent. + When unspecified, "gateway.networking.k8s.io" is inferred. + To set the core API group (such as for a "Service" kind referent), + Group must be explicitly set to "" (empty string). + + Support: Core + maxLength: 253 + pattern: ^$|^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$ + type: string + kind: + default: Gateway + description: |- + Kind is kind of the referent. + + There are two kinds of parent resources with "Core" support: + + * Gateway (Gateway conformance profile) + * Service (Mesh conformance profile, ClusterIP Services only) + + Support for other resources is Implementation-Specific. + maxLength: 63 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[a-zA-Z]([-a-zA-Z0-9]*[a-zA-Z0-9])?$ + type: string + name: + description: |- + Name is the name of the referent. + + Support: Core + maxLength: 253 + minLength: 1 + type: string + namespace: + description: |- + Namespace is the namespace of the referent. When unspecified, this refers + to the local namespace of the Route. + + Note that there are specific rules for ParentRefs which cross namespace + boundaries. Cross-namespace references are only valid if they are explicitly + allowed by something in the namespace they are referring to. For example: + Gateway has the AllowedRoutes field, and ReferenceGrant provides a + generic way to enable any other kind of cross-namespace reference. + + + ParentRefs from a Route to a Service in the same namespace are "producer" + routes, which apply default routing rules to inbound connections from + any namespace to the Service. + + ParentRefs from a Route to a Service in a different namespace are + "consumer" routes, and these routing rules are only applied to outbound + connections originating from the same namespace as the Route, for which + the intended destination of the connections are a Service targeted as a + ParentRef of the Route. + + + Support: Core + maxLength: 63 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?$ + type: string + port: + description: |- + Port is the network port this Route targets. It can be interpreted + differently based on the type of parent resource. + + When the parent resource is a Gateway, this targets all listeners + listening on the specified port that also support this kind of Route(and + select this Route). It's not recommended to set `Port` unless the + networking behaviors specified in a Route must apply to a specific port + as opposed to a listener(s) whose port(s) may be changed. When both Port + and SectionName are specified, the name and port of the selected listener + must match both specified values. + + + When the parent resource is a Service, this targets a specific port in the + Service spec. When both Port (experimental) and SectionName are specified, + the name and port of the selected port must match both specified values. + + + Implementations MAY choose to support other parent resources. + Implementations supporting other types of parent resources MUST clearly + document how/if Port is interpreted. + + For the purpose of status, an attachment is considered successful as + long as the parent resource accepts it partially. For example, Gateway + listeners can restrict which Routes can attach to them by Route kind, + namespace, or hostname. If 1 of 2 Gateway listeners accept attachment + from the referencing Route, the Route MUST be considered successfully + attached. If no Gateway listeners accept attachment from this Route, + the Route MUST be considered detached from the Gateway. + + Support: Extended + format: int32 + maximum: 65535 + minimum: 1 + type: integer + sectionName: + description: |- + SectionName is the name of a section within the target resource. In the + following resources, SectionName is interpreted as the following: + + * Gateway: Listener name. When both Port (experimental) and SectionName + are specified, the name and port of the selected listener must match + both specified values. + * Service: Port name. When both Port (experimental) and SectionName + are specified, the name and port of the selected listener must match + both specified values. + + Implementations MAY choose to support attaching Routes to other resources. + If that is the case, they MUST clearly document how SectionName is + interpreted. + + When unspecified (empty string), this will reference the entire resource. + For the purpose of status, an attachment is considered successful if at + least one section in the parent resource accepts it. For example, Gateway + listeners can restrict which Routes can attach to them by Route kind, + namespace, or hostname. If 1 of 2 Gateway listeners accept attachment from + the referencing Route, the Route MUST be considered successfully + attached. If no Gateway listeners accept attachment from this Route, the + Route MUST be considered detached from the Gateway. + + Support: Core + maxLength: 253 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$ + type: string + required: + - name + type: object + required: + - conditions + - controllerName + - parentRef + type: object + maxItems: 32 + type: array + x-kubernetes-list-type: atomic + required: + - parents + type: object + required: + - spec + type: object + served: true + storage: true + subresources: + status: {} +status: + acceptedNames: + kind: "" + plural: "" + conditions: null + storedVersions: null +{{- end }} +{{- end }} diff --git a/charts/kgateway/kgateway/charts/gateway-api/templates/crds/experimental/gateway.networking.k8s.io_tlsroutes.yaml b/charts/kgateway/kgateway/charts/gateway-api/templates/crds/experimental/gateway.networking.k8s.io_tlsroutes.yaml new file mode 100644 index 000000000..3ee9edc6e --- /dev/null +++ b/charts/kgateway/kgateway/charts/gateway-api/templates/crds/experimental/gateway.networking.k8s.io_tlsroutes.yaml @@ -0,0 +1,1622 @@ +{{- if eq .Values.specification "experimental" }} +{{- $crd := lookup "apiextensions.k8s.io/v1" "CustomResourceDefinition" "" "tlsroutes.gateway.networking.k8s.io" }} +{{- if not $crd }} +apiVersion: apiextensions.k8s.io/v1 +kind: CustomResourceDefinition +metadata: + annotations: + api-approved.kubernetes.io: https://github.com/kubernetes-sigs/gateway-api/pull/3328 + helm.sh/resource-policy: keep + gateway.networking.k8s.io/channel: experimental + name: tlsroutes.gateway.networking.k8s.io +spec: + group: gateway.networking.k8s.io + names: + categories: + - gateway-api + kind: TLSRoute + listKind: TLSRouteList + plural: tlsroutes + singular: tlsroute + scope: Namespaced + versions: + - additionalPrinterColumns: + - jsonPath: .metadata.creationTimestamp + name: Age + type: date + name: v1alpha2 + schema: + openAPIV3Schema: + description: |- + The TLSRoute resource is similar to TCPRoute, but can be configured + to match against TLS-specific metadata. This allows more flexibility + in matching streams for a given TLS listener. + + If you need to forward traffic to a single target for a TLS listener, you + could choose to use a TCPRoute with a TLS listener. + properties: + apiVersion: + description: |- + APIVersion defines the versioned schema of this representation of an object. + Servers should convert recognized schemas to the latest internal value, and + may reject unrecognized values. + More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#resources + type: string + kind: + description: |- + Kind is a string value representing the REST resource this object represents. + Servers may infer this from the endpoint the client submits requests to. + Cannot be updated. + In CamelCase. + More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#types-kinds + type: string + metadata: + type: object + spec: + description: Spec defines the desired state of TLSRoute. + properties: + hostnames: + description: |- + Hostnames defines a set of SNI names that should match against the + SNI attribute of TLS ClientHello message in TLS handshake. This matches + the RFC 1123 definition of a hostname with 2 notable exceptions: + + 1. IPs are not allowed in SNI names per RFC 6066. + 2. A hostname may be prefixed with a wildcard label (`*.`). The wildcard + label must appear by itself as the first label. + + If a hostname is specified by both the Listener and TLSRoute, there + must be at least one intersecting hostname for the TLSRoute to be + attached to the Listener. For example: + + * A Listener with `test.example.com` as the hostname matches TLSRoutes + that have either not specified any hostnames, or have specified at + least one of `test.example.com` or `*.example.com`. + * A Listener with `*.example.com` as the hostname matches TLSRoutes + that have either not specified any hostnames or have specified at least + one hostname that matches the Listener hostname. For example, + `test.example.com` and `*.example.com` would both match. On the other + hand, `example.com` and `test.example.net` would not match. + + If both the Listener and TLSRoute have specified hostnames, any + TLSRoute hostnames that do not match the Listener hostname MUST be + ignored. For example, if a Listener specified `*.example.com`, and the + TLSRoute specified `test.example.com` and `test.example.net`, + `test.example.net` must not be considered for a match. + + If both the Listener and TLSRoute have specified hostnames, and none + match with the criteria above, then the TLSRoute is not accepted. The + implementation must raise an 'Accepted' Condition with a status of + `False` in the corresponding RouteParentStatus. + + Support: Core + items: + description: |- + Hostname is the fully qualified domain name of a network host. This matches + the RFC 1123 definition of a hostname with 2 notable exceptions: + + 1. IPs are not allowed. + 2. A hostname may be prefixed with a wildcard label (`*.`). The wildcard + label must appear by itself as the first label. + + Hostname can be "precise" which is a domain name without the terminating + dot of a network host (e.g. "foo.example.com") or "wildcard", which is a + domain name prefixed with a single wildcard label (e.g. `*.example.com`). + + Note that as per RFC1035 and RFC1123, a *label* must consist of lower case + alphanumeric characters or '-', and must start and end with an alphanumeric + character. No other punctuation is allowed. + maxLength: 253 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^(\*\.)?[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$ + type: string + maxItems: 16 + type: array + x-kubernetes-list-type: atomic + parentRefs: + description: |- + ParentRefs references the resources (usually Gateways) that a Route wants + to be attached to. Note that the referenced parent resource needs to + allow this for the attachment to be complete. For Gateways, that means + the Gateway needs to allow attachment from Routes of this kind and + namespace. For Services, that means the Service must either be in the same + namespace for a "producer" route, or the mesh implementation must support + and allow "consumer" routes for the referenced Service. ReferenceGrant is + not applicable for governing ParentRefs to Services - it is not possible to + create a "producer" route for a Service in a different namespace from the + Route. + + There are two kinds of parent resources with "Core" support: + + * Gateway (Gateway conformance profile) + * Service (Mesh conformance profile, ClusterIP Services only) + + This API may be extended in the future to support additional kinds of parent + resources. + + ParentRefs must be _distinct_. This means either that: + + * They select different objects. If this is the case, then parentRef + entries are distinct. In terms of fields, this means that the + multi-part key defined by `group`, `kind`, `namespace`, and `name` must + be unique across all parentRef entries in the Route. + * They do not select different objects, but for each optional field used, + each ParentRef that selects the same object must set the same set of + optional fields to different values. If one ParentRef sets a + combination of optional fields, all must set the same combination. + + Some examples: + + * If one ParentRef sets `sectionName`, all ParentRefs referencing the + same object must also set `sectionName`. + * If one ParentRef sets `port`, all ParentRefs referencing the same + object must also set `port`. + * If one ParentRef sets `sectionName` and `port`, all ParentRefs + referencing the same object must also set `sectionName` and `port`. + + It is possible to separately reference multiple distinct objects that may + be collapsed by an implementation. For example, some implementations may + choose to merge compatible Gateway Listeners together. If that is the + case, the list of routes attached to those resources should also be + merged. + + Note that for ParentRefs that cross namespace boundaries, there are specific + rules. Cross-namespace references are only valid if they are explicitly + allowed by something in the namespace they are referring to. For example, + Gateway has the AllowedRoutes field, and ReferenceGrant provides a + generic way to enable other kinds of cross-namespace reference. + + + ParentRefs from a Route to a Service in the same namespace are "producer" + routes, which apply default routing rules to inbound connections from + any namespace to the Service. + + ParentRefs from a Route to a Service in a different namespace are + "consumer" routes, and these routing rules are only applied to outbound + connections originating from the same namespace as the Route, for which + the intended destination of the connections are a Service targeted as a + ParentRef of the Route. + items: + description: |- + ParentReference identifies an API object (usually a Gateway) that can be considered + a parent of this resource (usually a route). There are two kinds of parent resources + with "Core" support: + + * Gateway (Gateway conformance profile) + * Service (Mesh conformance profile, ClusterIP Services only) + + This API may be extended in the future to support additional kinds of parent + resources. + + The API object must be valid in the cluster; the Group and Kind must + be registered in the cluster for this reference to be valid. + properties: + group: + default: gateway.networking.k8s.io + description: |- + Group is the group of the referent. + When unspecified, "gateway.networking.k8s.io" is inferred. + To set the core API group (such as for a "Service" kind referent), + Group must be explicitly set to "" (empty string). + + Support: Core + maxLength: 253 + pattern: ^$|^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$ + type: string + kind: + default: Gateway + description: |- + Kind is kind of the referent. + + There are two kinds of parent resources with "Core" support: + + * Gateway (Gateway conformance profile) + * Service (Mesh conformance profile, ClusterIP Services only) + + Support for other resources is Implementation-Specific. + maxLength: 63 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[a-zA-Z]([-a-zA-Z0-9]*[a-zA-Z0-9])?$ + type: string + name: + description: |- + Name is the name of the referent. + + Support: Core + maxLength: 253 + minLength: 1 + type: string + namespace: + description: |- + Namespace is the namespace of the referent. When unspecified, this refers + to the local namespace of the Route. + + Note that there are specific rules for ParentRefs which cross namespace + boundaries. Cross-namespace references are only valid if they are explicitly + allowed by something in the namespace they are referring to. For example: + Gateway has the AllowedRoutes field, and ReferenceGrant provides a + generic way to enable any other kind of cross-namespace reference. + + + ParentRefs from a Route to a Service in the same namespace are "producer" + routes, which apply default routing rules to inbound connections from + any namespace to the Service. + + ParentRefs from a Route to a Service in a different namespace are + "consumer" routes, and these routing rules are only applied to outbound + connections originating from the same namespace as the Route, for which + the intended destination of the connections are a Service targeted as a + ParentRef of the Route. + + + Support: Core + maxLength: 63 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?$ + type: string + port: + description: |- + Port is the network port this Route targets. It can be interpreted + differently based on the type of parent resource. + + When the parent resource is a Gateway, this targets all listeners + listening on the specified port that also support this kind of Route(and + select this Route). It's not recommended to set `Port` unless the + networking behaviors specified in a Route must apply to a specific port + as opposed to a listener(s) whose port(s) may be changed. When both Port + and SectionName are specified, the name and port of the selected listener + must match both specified values. + + + When the parent resource is a Service, this targets a specific port in the + Service spec. When both Port (experimental) and SectionName are specified, + the name and port of the selected port must match both specified values. + + + Implementations MAY choose to support other parent resources. + Implementations supporting other types of parent resources MUST clearly + document how/if Port is interpreted. + + For the purpose of status, an attachment is considered successful as + long as the parent resource accepts it partially. For example, Gateway + listeners can restrict which Routes can attach to them by Route kind, + namespace, or hostname. If 1 of 2 Gateway listeners accept attachment + from the referencing Route, the Route MUST be considered successfully + attached. If no Gateway listeners accept attachment from this Route, + the Route MUST be considered detached from the Gateway. + + Support: Extended + format: int32 + maximum: 65535 + minimum: 1 + type: integer + sectionName: + description: |- + SectionName is the name of a section within the target resource. In the + following resources, SectionName is interpreted as the following: + + * Gateway: Listener name. When both Port (experimental) and SectionName + are specified, the name and port of the selected listener must match + both specified values. + * Service: Port name. When both Port (experimental) and SectionName + are specified, the name and port of the selected listener must match + both specified values. + + Implementations MAY choose to support attaching Routes to other resources. + If that is the case, they MUST clearly document how SectionName is + interpreted. + + When unspecified (empty string), this will reference the entire resource. + For the purpose of status, an attachment is considered successful if at + least one section in the parent resource accepts it. For example, Gateway + listeners can restrict which Routes can attach to them by Route kind, + namespace, or hostname. If 1 of 2 Gateway listeners accept attachment from + the referencing Route, the Route MUST be considered successfully + attached. If no Gateway listeners accept attachment from this Route, the + Route MUST be considered detached from the Gateway. + + Support: Core + maxLength: 253 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$ + type: string + required: + - name + type: object + maxItems: 32 + type: array + x-kubernetes-list-type: atomic + x-kubernetes-validations: + - message: sectionName or port must be specified when parentRefs includes + 2 or more references to the same parent + rule: 'self.all(p1, self.all(p2, p1.group == p2.group && p1.kind + == p2.kind && p1.name == p2.name && (((!has(p1.__namespace__) + || p1.__namespace__ == '''') && (!has(p2.__namespace__) || p2.__namespace__ + == '''')) || (has(p1.__namespace__) && has(p2.__namespace__) && + p1.__namespace__ == p2.__namespace__)) ? ((!has(p1.sectionName) + || p1.sectionName == '''') == (!has(p2.sectionName) || p2.sectionName + == '''') && (!has(p1.port) || p1.port == 0) == (!has(p2.port) + || p2.port == 0)): true))' + - message: sectionName or port must be unique when parentRefs includes + 2 or more references to the same parent + rule: self.all(p1, self.exists_one(p2, p1.group == p2.group && p1.kind + == p2.kind && p1.name == p2.name && (((!has(p1.__namespace__) + || p1.__namespace__ == '') && (!has(p2.__namespace__) || p2.__namespace__ + == '')) || (has(p1.__namespace__) && has(p2.__namespace__) && + p1.__namespace__ == p2.__namespace__ )) && (((!has(p1.sectionName) + || p1.sectionName == '') && (!has(p2.sectionName) || p2.sectionName + == '')) || ( has(p1.sectionName) && has(p2.sectionName) && p1.sectionName + == p2.sectionName)) && (((!has(p1.port) || p1.port == 0) && (!has(p2.port) + || p2.port == 0)) || (has(p1.port) && has(p2.port) && p1.port + == p2.port)))) + rules: + description: Rules are a list of TLS matchers and actions. + items: + description: TLSRouteRule is the configuration for a given rule. + properties: + backendRefs: + description: |- + BackendRefs defines the backend(s) where matching requests should be + sent. If unspecified or invalid (refers to a nonexistent resource or + a Service with no endpoints), the rule performs no forwarding; if no + filters are specified that would result in a response being sent, the + underlying implementation must actively reject request attempts to this + backend, by rejecting the connection or returning a 500 status code. + Request rejections must respect weight; if an invalid backend is + requested to have 80% of requests, then 80% of requests must be rejected + instead. + + Support: Core for Kubernetes Service + + Support: Extended for Kubernetes ServiceImport + + Support: Implementation-specific for any other resource + + Support for weight: Extended + items: + description: |- + BackendRef defines how a Route should forward a request to a Kubernetes + resource. + + Note that when a namespace different than the local namespace is specified, a + ReferenceGrant object is required in the referent namespace to allow that + namespace's owner to accept the reference. See the ReferenceGrant + documentation for details. + + + When the BackendRef points to a Kubernetes Service, implementations SHOULD + honor the appProtocol field if it is set for the target Service Port. + + Implementations supporting appProtocol SHOULD recognize the Kubernetes + Standard Application Protocols defined in KEP-3726. + + If a Service appProtocol isn't specified, an implementation MAY infer the + backend protocol through its own means. Implementations MAY infer the + protocol from the Route type referring to the backend Service. + + If a Route is not able to send traffic to the backend using the specified + protocol then the backend is considered invalid. Implementations MUST set the + "ResolvedRefs" condition to "False" with the "UnsupportedProtocol" reason. + + + Note that when the BackendTLSPolicy object is enabled by the implementation, + there are some extra rules about validity to consider here. See the fields + where this struct is used for more information about the exact behavior. + properties: + group: + default: "" + description: |- + Group is the group of the referent. For example, "gateway.networking.k8s.io". + When unspecified or empty string, core API group is inferred. + maxLength: 253 + pattern: ^$|^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$ + type: string + kind: + default: Service + description: |- + Kind is the Kubernetes resource kind of the referent. For example + "Service". + + Defaults to "Service" when not specified. + + ExternalName services can refer to CNAME DNS records that may live + outside of the cluster and as such are difficult to reason about in + terms of conformance. They also may not be safe to forward to (see + CVE-2021-25740 for more information). Implementations SHOULD NOT + support ExternalName Services. + + Support: Core (Services with a type other than ExternalName) + + Support: Implementation-specific (Services with type ExternalName) + maxLength: 63 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[a-zA-Z]([-a-zA-Z0-9]*[a-zA-Z0-9])?$ + type: string + name: + description: Name is the name of the referent. + maxLength: 253 + minLength: 1 + type: string + namespace: + description: |- + Namespace is the namespace of the backend. When unspecified, the local + namespace is inferred. + + Note that when a namespace different than the local namespace is specified, + a ReferenceGrant object is required in the referent namespace to allow that + namespace's owner to accept the reference. See the ReferenceGrant + documentation for details. + + Support: Core + maxLength: 63 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?$ + type: string + port: + description: |- + Port specifies the destination port number to use for this resource. + Port is required when the referent is a Kubernetes Service. In this + case, the port number is the service port number, not the target port. + For other resources, destination port might be derived from the referent + resource or this field. + format: int32 + maximum: 65535 + minimum: 1 + type: integer + weight: + default: 1 + description: |- + Weight specifies the proportion of requests forwarded to the referenced + backend. This is computed as weight/(sum of all weights in this + BackendRefs list). For non-zero values, there may be some epsilon from + the exact proportion defined here depending on the precision an + implementation supports. Weight is not a percentage and the sum of + weights does not need to equal 100. + + If only one backend is specified and it has a weight greater than 0, 100% + of the traffic is forwarded to that backend. If weight is set to 0, no + traffic should be forwarded for this entry. If unspecified, weight + defaults to 1. + + Support for this field varies based on the context where used. + format: int32 + maximum: 1000000 + minimum: 0 + type: integer + required: + - name + type: object + x-kubernetes-validations: + - message: Must have port for Service reference + rule: '(size(self.group) == 0 && self.kind == ''Service'') + ? has(self.port) : true' + maxItems: 16 + minItems: 1 + type: array + x-kubernetes-list-type: atomic + name: + description: |- + Name is the name of the route rule. This name MUST be unique within a Route if it is set. + + Support: Extended + maxLength: 253 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$ + type: string + required: + - backendRefs + type: object + maxItems: 16 + minItems: 1 + type: array + x-kubernetes-list-type: atomic + x-kubernetes-validations: + - message: Rule name must be unique within the route + rule: self.all(l1, !has(l1.name) || self.exists_one(l2, has(l2.name) + && l1.name == l2.name)) + useDefaultGateways: + description: |- + UseDefaultGateways indicates the default Gateway scope to use for this + Route. If unset (the default) or set to None, the Route will not be + attached to any default Gateway; if set, it will be attached to any + default Gateway supporting the named scope, subject to the usual rules + about which Routes a Gateway is allowed to claim. + + Think carefully before using this functionality! The set of default + Gateways supporting the requested scope can change over time without + any notice to the Route author, and in many situations it will not be + appropriate to request a default Gateway for a given Route -- for + example, a Route with specific security requirements should almost + certainly not use a default Gateway. + enum: + - All + - None + type: string + required: + - rules + type: object + status: + description: Status defines the current state of TLSRoute. + properties: + parents: + description: |- + Parents is a list of parent resources (usually Gateways) that are + associated with the route, and the status of the route with respect to + each parent. When this route attaches to a parent, the controller that + manages the parent must add an entry to this list when the controller + first sees the route and should update the entry as appropriate when the + route or gateway is modified. + + Note that parent references that cannot be resolved by an implementation + of this API will not be added to this list. Implementations of this API + can only populate Route status for the Gateways/parent resources they are + responsible for. + + A maximum of 32 Gateways will be represented in this list. An empty list + means the route has not been attached to any Gateway. + items: + description: |- + RouteParentStatus describes the status of a route with respect to an + associated Parent. + properties: + conditions: + description: |- + Conditions describes the status of the route with respect to the Gateway. + Note that the route's availability is also subject to the Gateway's own + status conditions and listener status. + + If the Route's ParentRef specifies an existing Gateway that supports + Routes of this kind AND that Gateway's controller has sufficient access, + then that Gateway's controller MUST set the "Accepted" condition on the + Route, to indicate whether the route has been accepted or rejected by the + Gateway, and why. + + A Route MUST be considered "Accepted" if at least one of the Route's + rules is implemented by the Gateway. + + There are a number of cases where the "Accepted" condition may not be set + due to lack of controller visibility, that includes when: + + * The Route refers to a nonexistent parent. + * The Route is of a type that the controller does not support. + * The Route is in a namespace the controller does not have access to. + items: + description: Condition contains details for one aspect of + the current state of this API Resource. + properties: + lastTransitionTime: + description: |- + lastTransitionTime is the last time the condition transitioned from one status to another. + This should be when the underlying condition changed. If that is not known, then using the time when the API field changed is acceptable. + format: date-time + type: string + message: + description: |- + message is a human readable message indicating details about the transition. + This may be an empty string. + maxLength: 32768 + type: string + observedGeneration: + description: |- + observedGeneration represents the .metadata.generation that the condition was set based upon. + For instance, if .metadata.generation is currently 12, but the .status.conditions[x].observedGeneration is 9, the condition is out of date + with respect to the current state of the instance. + format: int64 + minimum: 0 + type: integer + reason: + description: |- + reason contains a programmatic identifier indicating the reason for the condition's last transition. + Producers of specific condition types may define expected values and meanings for this field, + and whether the values are considered a guaranteed API. + The value should be a CamelCase string. + This field may not be empty. + maxLength: 1024 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[A-Za-z]([A-Za-z0-9_,:]*[A-Za-z0-9_])?$ + type: string + status: + description: status of the condition, one of True, False, + Unknown. + enum: + - "True" + - "False" + - Unknown + type: string + type: + description: type of condition in CamelCase or in foo.example.com/CamelCase. + maxLength: 316 + pattern: ^([a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*/)?(([A-Za-z0-9][-A-Za-z0-9_.]*)?[A-Za-z0-9])$ + type: string + required: + - lastTransitionTime + - message + - reason + - status + - type + type: object + maxItems: 8 + minItems: 1 + type: array + x-kubernetes-list-map-keys: + - type + x-kubernetes-list-type: map + controllerName: + description: |- + ControllerName is a domain/path string that indicates the name of the + controller that wrote this status. This corresponds with the + controllerName field on GatewayClass. + + Example: "example.net/gateway-controller". + + The format of this field is DOMAIN "/" PATH, where DOMAIN and PATH are + valid Kubernetes names + (https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/names/#names). + + Controllers MUST populate this field when writing status. Controllers should ensure that + entries to status populated with their ControllerName are cleaned up when they are no + longer necessary. + maxLength: 253 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*\/[A-Za-z0-9\/\-._~%!$&'()*+,;=:]+$ + type: string + parentRef: + description: |- + ParentRef corresponds with a ParentRef in the spec that this + RouteParentStatus struct describes the status of. + properties: + group: + default: gateway.networking.k8s.io + description: |- + Group is the group of the referent. + When unspecified, "gateway.networking.k8s.io" is inferred. + To set the core API group (such as for a "Service" kind referent), + Group must be explicitly set to "" (empty string). + + Support: Core + maxLength: 253 + pattern: ^$|^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$ + type: string + kind: + default: Gateway + description: |- + Kind is kind of the referent. + + There are two kinds of parent resources with "Core" support: + + * Gateway (Gateway conformance profile) + * Service (Mesh conformance profile, ClusterIP Services only) + + Support for other resources is Implementation-Specific. + maxLength: 63 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[a-zA-Z]([-a-zA-Z0-9]*[a-zA-Z0-9])?$ + type: string + name: + description: |- + Name is the name of the referent. + + Support: Core + maxLength: 253 + minLength: 1 + type: string + namespace: + description: |- + Namespace is the namespace of the referent. When unspecified, this refers + to the local namespace of the Route. + + Note that there are specific rules for ParentRefs which cross namespace + boundaries. Cross-namespace references are only valid if they are explicitly + allowed by something in the namespace they are referring to. For example: + Gateway has the AllowedRoutes field, and ReferenceGrant provides a + generic way to enable any other kind of cross-namespace reference. + + + ParentRefs from a Route to a Service in the same namespace are "producer" + routes, which apply default routing rules to inbound connections from + any namespace to the Service. + + ParentRefs from a Route to a Service in a different namespace are + "consumer" routes, and these routing rules are only applied to outbound + connections originating from the same namespace as the Route, for which + the intended destination of the connections are a Service targeted as a + ParentRef of the Route. + + + Support: Core + maxLength: 63 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?$ + type: string + port: + description: |- + Port is the network port this Route targets. It can be interpreted + differently based on the type of parent resource. + + When the parent resource is a Gateway, this targets all listeners + listening on the specified port that also support this kind of Route(and + select this Route). It's not recommended to set `Port` unless the + networking behaviors specified in a Route must apply to a specific port + as opposed to a listener(s) whose port(s) may be changed. When both Port + and SectionName are specified, the name and port of the selected listener + must match both specified values. + + + When the parent resource is a Service, this targets a specific port in the + Service spec. When both Port (experimental) and SectionName are specified, + the name and port of the selected port must match both specified values. + + + Implementations MAY choose to support other parent resources. + Implementations supporting other types of parent resources MUST clearly + document how/if Port is interpreted. + + For the purpose of status, an attachment is considered successful as + long as the parent resource accepts it partially. For example, Gateway + listeners can restrict which Routes can attach to them by Route kind, + namespace, or hostname. If 1 of 2 Gateway listeners accept attachment + from the referencing Route, the Route MUST be considered successfully + attached. If no Gateway listeners accept attachment from this Route, + the Route MUST be considered detached from the Gateway. + + Support: Extended + format: int32 + maximum: 65535 + minimum: 1 + type: integer + sectionName: + description: |- + SectionName is the name of a section within the target resource. In the + following resources, SectionName is interpreted as the following: + + * Gateway: Listener name. When both Port (experimental) and SectionName + are specified, the name and port of the selected listener must match + both specified values. + * Service: Port name. When both Port (experimental) and SectionName + are specified, the name and port of the selected listener must match + both specified values. + + Implementations MAY choose to support attaching Routes to other resources. + If that is the case, they MUST clearly document how SectionName is + interpreted. + + When unspecified (empty string), this will reference the entire resource. + For the purpose of status, an attachment is considered successful if at + least one section in the parent resource accepts it. For example, Gateway + listeners can restrict which Routes can attach to them by Route kind, + namespace, or hostname. If 1 of 2 Gateway listeners accept attachment from + the referencing Route, the Route MUST be considered successfully + attached. If no Gateway listeners accept attachment from this Route, the + Route MUST be considered detached from the Gateway. + + Support: Core + maxLength: 253 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$ + type: string + required: + - name + type: object + required: + - conditions + - controllerName + - parentRef + type: object + maxItems: 32 + type: array + x-kubernetes-list-type: atomic + required: + - parents + type: object + required: + - spec + type: object + served: true + storage: false + subresources: + status: {} + - additionalPrinterColumns: + - jsonPath: .metadata.creationTimestamp + name: Age + type: date + name: v1alpha3 + schema: + openAPIV3Schema: + description: |- + The TLSRoute resource is similar to TCPRoute, but can be configured + to match against TLS-specific metadata. This allows more flexibility + in matching streams for a given TLS listener. + + If you need to forward traffic to a single target for a TLS listener, you + could choose to use a TCPRoute with a TLS listener. + properties: + apiVersion: + description: |- + APIVersion defines the versioned schema of this representation of an object. + Servers should convert recognized schemas to the latest internal value, and + may reject unrecognized values. + More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#resources + type: string + kind: + description: |- + Kind is a string value representing the REST resource this object represents. + Servers may infer this from the endpoint the client submits requests to. + Cannot be updated. + In CamelCase. + More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#types-kinds + type: string + metadata: + type: object + spec: + description: Spec defines the desired state of TLSRoute. + properties: + hostnames: + description: |- + Hostnames defines a set of SNI hostnames that should match against the + SNI attribute of TLS ClientHello message in TLS handshake. This matches + the RFC 1123 definition of a hostname with 2 notable exceptions: + + 1. IPs are not allowed in SNI hostnames per RFC 6066. + 2. A hostname may be prefixed with a wildcard label (`*.`). The wildcard + label must appear by itself as the first label. + + If a hostname is specified by both the Listener and TLSRoute, there + must be at least one intersecting hostname for the TLSRoute to be + attached to the Listener. For example: + + * A Listener with `test.example.com` as the hostname matches TLSRoutes + that have specified at least one of `test.example.com` or + `*.example.com`. + * A Listener with `*.example.com` as the hostname matches TLSRoutes + that have specified at least one hostname that matches the Listener + hostname. For example, `test.example.com` and `*.example.com` would both + match. On the other hand, `example.com` and `test.example.net` would not + match. + + If both the Listener and TLSRoute have specified hostnames, any + TLSRoute hostnames that do not match the Listener hostname MUST be + ignored. For example, if a Listener specified `*.example.com`, and the + TLSRoute specified `test.example.com` and `test.example.net`, + `test.example.net` must not be considered for a match. + + If both the Listener and TLSRoute have specified hostnames, and none + match with the criteria above, then the TLSRoute is not accepted. The + implementation must raise an 'Accepted' Condition with a status of + `False` in the corresponding RouteParentStatus. + + Support: Core + items: + description: |- + Hostname is the fully qualified domain name of a network host. This matches + the RFC 1123 definition of a hostname with 2 notable exceptions: + + 1. IPs are not allowed. + 2. A hostname may be prefixed with a wildcard label (`*.`). The wildcard + label must appear by itself as the first label. + + Hostname can be "precise" which is a domain name without the terminating + dot of a network host (e.g. "foo.example.com") or "wildcard", which is a + domain name prefixed with a single wildcard label (e.g. `*.example.com`). + + Note that as per RFC1035 and RFC1123, a *label* must consist of lower case + alphanumeric characters or '-', and must start and end with an alphanumeric + character. No other punctuation is allowed. + maxLength: 253 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^(\*\.)?[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$ + type: string + maxItems: 16 + minItems: 1 + type: array + x-kubernetes-list-type: atomic + parentRefs: + description: |- + ParentRefs references the resources (usually Gateways) that a Route wants + to be attached to. Note that the referenced parent resource needs to + allow this for the attachment to be complete. For Gateways, that means + the Gateway needs to allow attachment from Routes of this kind and + namespace. For Services, that means the Service must either be in the same + namespace for a "producer" route, or the mesh implementation must support + and allow "consumer" routes for the referenced Service. ReferenceGrant is + not applicable for governing ParentRefs to Services - it is not possible to + create a "producer" route for a Service in a different namespace from the + Route. + + There are two kinds of parent resources with "Core" support: + + * Gateway (Gateway conformance profile) + * Service (Mesh conformance profile, ClusterIP Services only) + + This API may be extended in the future to support additional kinds of parent + resources. + + ParentRefs must be _distinct_. This means either that: + + * They select different objects. If this is the case, then parentRef + entries are distinct. In terms of fields, this means that the + multi-part key defined by `group`, `kind`, `namespace`, and `name` must + be unique across all parentRef entries in the Route. + * They do not select different objects, but for each optional field used, + each ParentRef that selects the same object must set the same set of + optional fields to different values. If one ParentRef sets a + combination of optional fields, all must set the same combination. + + Some examples: + + * If one ParentRef sets `sectionName`, all ParentRefs referencing the + same object must also set `sectionName`. + * If one ParentRef sets `port`, all ParentRefs referencing the same + object must also set `port`. + * If one ParentRef sets `sectionName` and `port`, all ParentRefs + referencing the same object must also set `sectionName` and `port`. + + It is possible to separately reference multiple distinct objects that may + be collapsed by an implementation. For example, some implementations may + choose to merge compatible Gateway Listeners together. If that is the + case, the list of routes attached to those resources should also be + merged. + + Note that for ParentRefs that cross namespace boundaries, there are specific + rules. Cross-namespace references are only valid if they are explicitly + allowed by something in the namespace they are referring to. For example, + Gateway has the AllowedRoutes field, and ReferenceGrant provides a + generic way to enable other kinds of cross-namespace reference. + + + ParentRefs from a Route to a Service in the same namespace are "producer" + routes, which apply default routing rules to inbound connections from + any namespace to the Service. + + ParentRefs from a Route to a Service in a different namespace are + "consumer" routes, and these routing rules are only applied to outbound + connections originating from the same namespace as the Route, for which + the intended destination of the connections are a Service targeted as a + ParentRef of the Route. + items: + description: |- + ParentReference identifies an API object (usually a Gateway) that can be considered + a parent of this resource (usually a route). There are two kinds of parent resources + with "Core" support: + + * Gateway (Gateway conformance profile) + * Service (Mesh conformance profile, ClusterIP Services only) + + This API may be extended in the future to support additional kinds of parent + resources. + + The API object must be valid in the cluster; the Group and Kind must + be registered in the cluster for this reference to be valid. + properties: + group: + default: gateway.networking.k8s.io + description: |- + Group is the group of the referent. + When unspecified, "gateway.networking.k8s.io" is inferred. + To set the core API group (such as for a "Service" kind referent), + Group must be explicitly set to "" (empty string). + + Support: Core + maxLength: 253 + pattern: ^$|^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$ + type: string + kind: + default: Gateway + description: |- + Kind is kind of the referent. + + There are two kinds of parent resources with "Core" support: + + * Gateway (Gateway conformance profile) + * Service (Mesh conformance profile, ClusterIP Services only) + + Support for other resources is Implementation-Specific. + maxLength: 63 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[a-zA-Z]([-a-zA-Z0-9]*[a-zA-Z0-9])?$ + type: string + name: + description: |- + Name is the name of the referent. + + Support: Core + maxLength: 253 + minLength: 1 + type: string + namespace: + description: |- + Namespace is the namespace of the referent. When unspecified, this refers + to the local namespace of the Route. + + Note that there are specific rules for ParentRefs which cross namespace + boundaries. Cross-namespace references are only valid if they are explicitly + allowed by something in the namespace they are referring to. For example: + Gateway has the AllowedRoutes field, and ReferenceGrant provides a + generic way to enable any other kind of cross-namespace reference. + + + ParentRefs from a Route to a Service in the same namespace are "producer" + routes, which apply default routing rules to inbound connections from + any namespace to the Service. + + ParentRefs from a Route to a Service in a different namespace are + "consumer" routes, and these routing rules are only applied to outbound + connections originating from the same namespace as the Route, for which + the intended destination of the connections are a Service targeted as a + ParentRef of the Route. + + + Support: Core + maxLength: 63 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?$ + type: string + port: + description: |- + Port is the network port this Route targets. It can be interpreted + differently based on the type of parent resource. + + When the parent resource is a Gateway, this targets all listeners + listening on the specified port that also support this kind of Route(and + select this Route). It's not recommended to set `Port` unless the + networking behaviors specified in a Route must apply to a specific port + as opposed to a listener(s) whose port(s) may be changed. When both Port + and SectionName are specified, the name and port of the selected listener + must match both specified values. + + + When the parent resource is a Service, this targets a specific port in the + Service spec. When both Port (experimental) and SectionName are specified, + the name and port of the selected port must match both specified values. + + + Implementations MAY choose to support other parent resources. + Implementations supporting other types of parent resources MUST clearly + document how/if Port is interpreted. + + For the purpose of status, an attachment is considered successful as + long as the parent resource accepts it partially. For example, Gateway + listeners can restrict which Routes can attach to them by Route kind, + namespace, or hostname. If 1 of 2 Gateway listeners accept attachment + from the referencing Route, the Route MUST be considered successfully + attached. If no Gateway listeners accept attachment from this Route, + the Route MUST be considered detached from the Gateway. + + Support: Extended + format: int32 + maximum: 65535 + minimum: 1 + type: integer + sectionName: + description: |- + SectionName is the name of a section within the target resource. In the + following resources, SectionName is interpreted as the following: + + * Gateway: Listener name. When both Port (experimental) and SectionName + are specified, the name and port of the selected listener must match + both specified values. + * Service: Port name. When both Port (experimental) and SectionName + are specified, the name and port of the selected listener must match + both specified values. + + Implementations MAY choose to support attaching Routes to other resources. + If that is the case, they MUST clearly document how SectionName is + interpreted. + + When unspecified (empty string), this will reference the entire resource. + For the purpose of status, an attachment is considered successful if at + least one section in the parent resource accepts it. For example, Gateway + listeners can restrict which Routes can attach to them by Route kind, + namespace, or hostname. If 1 of 2 Gateway listeners accept attachment from + the referencing Route, the Route MUST be considered successfully + attached. If no Gateway listeners accept attachment from this Route, the + Route MUST be considered detached from the Gateway. + + Support: Core + maxLength: 253 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$ + type: string + required: + - name + type: object + maxItems: 32 + type: array + x-kubernetes-list-type: atomic + x-kubernetes-validations: + - message: sectionName or port must be specified when parentRefs includes + 2 or more references to the same parent + rule: 'self.all(p1, self.all(p2, p1.group == p2.group && p1.kind + == p2.kind && p1.name == p2.name && (((!has(p1.__namespace__) + || p1.__namespace__ == '''') && (!has(p2.__namespace__) || p2.__namespace__ + == '''')) || (has(p1.__namespace__) && has(p2.__namespace__) && + p1.__namespace__ == p2.__namespace__)) ? ((!has(p1.sectionName) + || p1.sectionName == '''') == (!has(p2.sectionName) || p2.sectionName + == '''') && (!has(p1.port) || p1.port == 0) == (!has(p2.port) + || p2.port == 0)): true))' + - message: sectionName or port must be unique when parentRefs includes + 2 or more references to the same parent + rule: self.all(p1, self.exists_one(p2, p1.group == p2.group && p1.kind + == p2.kind && p1.name == p2.name && (((!has(p1.__namespace__) + || p1.__namespace__ == '') && (!has(p2.__namespace__) || p2.__namespace__ + == '')) || (has(p1.__namespace__) && has(p2.__namespace__) && + p1.__namespace__ == p2.__namespace__ )) && (((!has(p1.sectionName) + || p1.sectionName == '') && (!has(p2.sectionName) || p2.sectionName + == '')) || ( has(p1.sectionName) && has(p2.sectionName) && p1.sectionName + == p2.sectionName)) && (((!has(p1.port) || p1.port == 0) && (!has(p2.port) + || p2.port == 0)) || (has(p1.port) && has(p2.port) && p1.port + == p2.port)))) + rules: + description: Rules are a list of actions. + items: + description: TLSRouteRule is the configuration for a given rule. + properties: + backendRefs: + description: |- + BackendRefs defines the backend(s) where matching requests should be + sent. If unspecified or invalid (refers to a nonexistent resource or + a Service with no endpoints), the rule performs no forwarding; if no + filters are specified that would result in a response being sent, the + underlying implementation must actively reject request attempts to this + backend, by rejecting the connection or returning a 500 status code. + Request rejections must respect weight; if an invalid backend is + requested to have 80% of requests, then 80% of requests must be rejected + instead. + + Support: Core for Kubernetes Service + + Support: Extended for Kubernetes ServiceImport + + Support: Implementation-specific for any other resource + + Support for weight: Extended + items: + description: |- + BackendRef defines how a Route should forward a request to a Kubernetes + resource. + + Note that when a namespace different than the local namespace is specified, a + ReferenceGrant object is required in the referent namespace to allow that + namespace's owner to accept the reference. See the ReferenceGrant + documentation for details. + + + When the BackendRef points to a Kubernetes Service, implementations SHOULD + honor the appProtocol field if it is set for the target Service Port. + + Implementations supporting appProtocol SHOULD recognize the Kubernetes + Standard Application Protocols defined in KEP-3726. + + If a Service appProtocol isn't specified, an implementation MAY infer the + backend protocol through its own means. Implementations MAY infer the + protocol from the Route type referring to the backend Service. + + If a Route is not able to send traffic to the backend using the specified + protocol then the backend is considered invalid. Implementations MUST set the + "ResolvedRefs" condition to "False" with the "UnsupportedProtocol" reason. + + + Note that when the BackendTLSPolicy object is enabled by the implementation, + there are some extra rules about validity to consider here. See the fields + where this struct is used for more information about the exact behavior. + properties: + group: + default: "" + description: |- + Group is the group of the referent. For example, "gateway.networking.k8s.io". + When unspecified or empty string, core API group is inferred. + maxLength: 253 + pattern: ^$|^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$ + type: string + kind: + default: Service + description: |- + Kind is the Kubernetes resource kind of the referent. For example + "Service". + + Defaults to "Service" when not specified. + + ExternalName services can refer to CNAME DNS records that may live + outside of the cluster and as such are difficult to reason about in + terms of conformance. They also may not be safe to forward to (see + CVE-2021-25740 for more information). Implementations SHOULD NOT + support ExternalName Services. + + Support: Core (Services with a type other than ExternalName) + + Support: Implementation-specific (Services with type ExternalName) + maxLength: 63 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[a-zA-Z]([-a-zA-Z0-9]*[a-zA-Z0-9])?$ + type: string + name: + description: Name is the name of the referent. + maxLength: 253 + minLength: 1 + type: string + namespace: + description: |- + Namespace is the namespace of the backend. When unspecified, the local + namespace is inferred. + + Note that when a namespace different than the local namespace is specified, + a ReferenceGrant object is required in the referent namespace to allow that + namespace's owner to accept the reference. See the ReferenceGrant + documentation for details. + + Support: Core + maxLength: 63 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?$ + type: string + port: + description: |- + Port specifies the destination port number to use for this resource. + Port is required when the referent is a Kubernetes Service. In this + case, the port number is the service port number, not the target port. + For other resources, destination port might be derived from the referent + resource or this field. + format: int32 + maximum: 65535 + minimum: 1 + type: integer + weight: + default: 1 + description: |- + Weight specifies the proportion of requests forwarded to the referenced + backend. This is computed as weight/(sum of all weights in this + BackendRefs list). For non-zero values, there may be some epsilon from + the exact proportion defined here depending on the precision an + implementation supports. Weight is not a percentage and the sum of + weights does not need to equal 100. + + If only one backend is specified and it has a weight greater than 0, 100% + of the traffic is forwarded to that backend. If weight is set to 0, no + traffic should be forwarded for this entry. If unspecified, weight + defaults to 1. + + Support for this field varies based on the context where used. + format: int32 + maximum: 1000000 + minimum: 0 + type: integer + required: + - name + type: object + x-kubernetes-validations: + - message: Must have port for Service reference + rule: '(size(self.group) == 0 && self.kind == ''Service'') + ? has(self.port) : true' + maxItems: 16 + minItems: 1 + type: array + x-kubernetes-list-type: atomic + name: + description: |- + Name is the name of the route rule. This name MUST be unique within a Route if it is set. + + Support: Extended + maxLength: 253 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$ + type: string + required: + - backendRefs + type: object + maxItems: 1 + minItems: 1 + type: array + x-kubernetes-list-type: atomic + x-kubernetes-validations: + - message: Rule name must be unique within the route + rule: self.all(l1, !has(l1.name) || self.exists_one(l2, has(l2.name) + && l1.name == l2.name)) + useDefaultGateways: + description: |- + UseDefaultGateways indicates the default Gateway scope to use for this + Route. If unset (the default) or set to None, the Route will not be + attached to any default Gateway; if set, it will be attached to any + default Gateway supporting the named scope, subject to the usual rules + about which Routes a Gateway is allowed to claim. + + Think carefully before using this functionality! The set of default + Gateways supporting the requested scope can change over time without + any notice to the Route author, and in many situations it will not be + appropriate to request a default Gateway for a given Route -- for + example, a Route with specific security requirements should almost + certainly not use a default Gateway. + enum: + - All + - None + type: string + required: + - hostnames + - rules + type: object + status: + description: Status defines the current state of TLSRoute. + properties: + parents: + description: |- + Parents is a list of parent resources (usually Gateways) that are + associated with the route, and the status of the route with respect to + each parent. When this route attaches to a parent, the controller that + manages the parent must add an entry to this list when the controller + first sees the route and should update the entry as appropriate when the + route or gateway is modified. + + Note that parent references that cannot be resolved by an implementation + of this API will not be added to this list. Implementations of this API + can only populate Route status for the Gateways/parent resources they are + responsible for. + + A maximum of 32 Gateways will be represented in this list. An empty list + means the route has not been attached to any Gateway. + items: + description: |- + RouteParentStatus describes the status of a route with respect to an + associated Parent. + properties: + conditions: + description: |- + Conditions describes the status of the route with respect to the Gateway. + Note that the route's availability is also subject to the Gateway's own + status conditions and listener status. + + If the Route's ParentRef specifies an existing Gateway that supports + Routes of this kind AND that Gateway's controller has sufficient access, + then that Gateway's controller MUST set the "Accepted" condition on the + Route, to indicate whether the route has been accepted or rejected by the + Gateway, and why. + + A Route MUST be considered "Accepted" if at least one of the Route's + rules is implemented by the Gateway. + + There are a number of cases where the "Accepted" condition may not be set + due to lack of controller visibility, that includes when: + + * The Route refers to a nonexistent parent. + * The Route is of a type that the controller does not support. + * The Route is in a namespace the controller does not have access to. + items: + description: Condition contains details for one aspect of + the current state of this API Resource. + properties: + lastTransitionTime: + description: |- + lastTransitionTime is the last time the condition transitioned from one status to another. + This should be when the underlying condition changed. If that is not known, then using the time when the API field changed is acceptable. + format: date-time + type: string + message: + description: |- + message is a human readable message indicating details about the transition. + This may be an empty string. + maxLength: 32768 + type: string + observedGeneration: + description: |- + observedGeneration represents the .metadata.generation that the condition was set based upon. + For instance, if .metadata.generation is currently 12, but the .status.conditions[x].observedGeneration is 9, the condition is out of date + with respect to the current state of the instance. + format: int64 + minimum: 0 + type: integer + reason: + description: |- + reason contains a programmatic identifier indicating the reason for the condition's last transition. + Producers of specific condition types may define expected values and meanings for this field, + and whether the values are considered a guaranteed API. + The value should be a CamelCase string. + This field may not be empty. + maxLength: 1024 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[A-Za-z]([A-Za-z0-9_,:]*[A-Za-z0-9_])?$ + type: string + status: + description: status of the condition, one of True, False, + Unknown. + enum: + - "True" + - "False" + - Unknown + type: string + type: + description: type of condition in CamelCase or in foo.example.com/CamelCase. + maxLength: 316 + pattern: ^([a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*/)?(([A-Za-z0-9][-A-Za-z0-9_.]*)?[A-Za-z0-9])$ + type: string + required: + - lastTransitionTime + - message + - reason + - status + - type + type: object + maxItems: 8 + minItems: 1 + type: array + x-kubernetes-list-map-keys: + - type + x-kubernetes-list-type: map + controllerName: + description: |- + ControllerName is a domain/path string that indicates the name of the + controller that wrote this status. This corresponds with the + controllerName field on GatewayClass. + + Example: "example.net/gateway-controller". + + The format of this field is DOMAIN "/" PATH, where DOMAIN and PATH are + valid Kubernetes names + (https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/names/#names). + + Controllers MUST populate this field when writing status. Controllers should ensure that + entries to status populated with their ControllerName are cleaned up when they are no + longer necessary. + maxLength: 253 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*\/[A-Za-z0-9\/\-._~%!$&'()*+,;=:]+$ + type: string + parentRef: + description: |- + ParentRef corresponds with a ParentRef in the spec that this + RouteParentStatus struct describes the status of. + properties: + group: + default: gateway.networking.k8s.io + description: |- + Group is the group of the referent. + When unspecified, "gateway.networking.k8s.io" is inferred. + To set the core API group (such as for a "Service" kind referent), + Group must be explicitly set to "" (empty string). + + Support: Core + maxLength: 253 + pattern: ^$|^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$ + type: string + kind: + default: Gateway + description: |- + Kind is kind of the referent. + + There are two kinds of parent resources with "Core" support: + + * Gateway (Gateway conformance profile) + * Service (Mesh conformance profile, ClusterIP Services only) + + Support for other resources is Implementation-Specific. + maxLength: 63 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[a-zA-Z]([-a-zA-Z0-9]*[a-zA-Z0-9])?$ + type: string + name: + description: |- + Name is the name of the referent. + + Support: Core + maxLength: 253 + minLength: 1 + type: string + namespace: + description: |- + Namespace is the namespace of the referent. When unspecified, this refers + to the local namespace of the Route. + + Note that there are specific rules for ParentRefs which cross namespace + boundaries. Cross-namespace references are only valid if they are explicitly + allowed by something in the namespace they are referring to. For example: + Gateway has the AllowedRoutes field, and ReferenceGrant provides a + generic way to enable any other kind of cross-namespace reference. + + + ParentRefs from a Route to a Service in the same namespace are "producer" + routes, which apply default routing rules to inbound connections from + any namespace to the Service. + + ParentRefs from a Route to a Service in a different namespace are + "consumer" routes, and these routing rules are only applied to outbound + connections originating from the same namespace as the Route, for which + the intended destination of the connections are a Service targeted as a + ParentRef of the Route. + + + Support: Core + maxLength: 63 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?$ + type: string + port: + description: |- + Port is the network port this Route targets. It can be interpreted + differently based on the type of parent resource. + + When the parent resource is a Gateway, this targets all listeners + listening on the specified port that also support this kind of Route(and + select this Route). It's not recommended to set `Port` unless the + networking behaviors specified in a Route must apply to a specific port + as opposed to a listener(s) whose port(s) may be changed. When both Port + and SectionName are specified, the name and port of the selected listener + must match both specified values. + + + When the parent resource is a Service, this targets a specific port in the + Service spec. When both Port (experimental) and SectionName are specified, + the name and port of the selected port must match both specified values. + + + Implementations MAY choose to support other parent resources. + Implementations supporting other types of parent resources MUST clearly + document how/if Port is interpreted. + + For the purpose of status, an attachment is considered successful as + long as the parent resource accepts it partially. For example, Gateway + listeners can restrict which Routes can attach to them by Route kind, + namespace, or hostname. If 1 of 2 Gateway listeners accept attachment + from the referencing Route, the Route MUST be considered successfully + attached. If no Gateway listeners accept attachment from this Route, + the Route MUST be considered detached from the Gateway. + + Support: Extended + format: int32 + maximum: 65535 + minimum: 1 + type: integer + sectionName: + description: |- + SectionName is the name of a section within the target resource. In the + following resources, SectionName is interpreted as the following: + + * Gateway: Listener name. When both Port (experimental) and SectionName + are specified, the name and port of the selected listener must match + both specified values. + * Service: Port name. When both Port (experimental) and SectionName + are specified, the name and port of the selected listener must match + both specified values. + + Implementations MAY choose to support attaching Routes to other resources. + If that is the case, they MUST clearly document how SectionName is + interpreted. + + When unspecified (empty string), this will reference the entire resource. + For the purpose of status, an attachment is considered successful if at + least one section in the parent resource accepts it. For example, Gateway + listeners can restrict which Routes can attach to them by Route kind, + namespace, or hostname. If 1 of 2 Gateway listeners accept attachment from + the referencing Route, the Route MUST be considered successfully + attached. If no Gateway listeners accept attachment from this Route, the + Route MUST be considered detached from the Gateway. + + Support: Core + maxLength: 253 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$ + type: string + required: + - name + type: object + required: + - conditions + - controllerName + - parentRef + type: object + maxItems: 32 + type: array + x-kubernetes-list-type: atomic + required: + - parents + type: object + required: + - spec + type: object + served: true + storage: true + subresources: + status: {} +status: + acceptedNames: + kind: "" + plural: "" + conditions: null + storedVersions: null +{{- end }} +{{- end }} diff --git a/charts/kgateway/kgateway/charts/gateway-api/templates/crds/experimental/gateway.networking.k8s.io_udproutes.yaml b/charts/kgateway/kgateway/charts/gateway-api/templates/crds/experimental/gateway.networking.k8s.io_udproutes.yaml new file mode 100644 index 000000000..9866277fe --- /dev/null +++ b/charts/kgateway/kgateway/charts/gateway-api/templates/crds/experimental/gateway.networking.k8s.io_udproutes.yaml @@ -0,0 +1,761 @@ +{{- if eq .Values.specification "experimental" }} +{{- $crd := lookup "apiextensions.k8s.io/v1" "CustomResourceDefinition" "" "udproutes.gateway.networking.k8s.io" }} +{{- if not $crd }} +apiVersion: apiextensions.k8s.io/v1 +kind: CustomResourceDefinition +metadata: + annotations: + api-approved.kubernetes.io: https://github.com/kubernetes-sigs/gateway-api/pull/3328 + helm.sh/resource-policy: keep + gateway.networking.k8s.io/channel: experimental + name: udproutes.gateway.networking.k8s.io +spec: + group: gateway.networking.k8s.io + names: + categories: + - gateway-api + kind: UDPRoute + listKind: UDPRouteList + plural: udproutes + singular: udproute + scope: Namespaced + versions: + - additionalPrinterColumns: + - jsonPath: .metadata.creationTimestamp + name: Age + type: date + name: v1alpha2 + schema: + openAPIV3Schema: + description: |- + UDPRoute provides a way to route UDP traffic. When combined with a Gateway + listener, it can be used to forward traffic on the port specified by the + listener to a set of backends specified by the UDPRoute. + properties: + apiVersion: + description: |- + APIVersion defines the versioned schema of this representation of an object. + Servers should convert recognized schemas to the latest internal value, and + may reject unrecognized values. + More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#resources + type: string + kind: + description: |- + Kind is a string value representing the REST resource this object represents. + Servers may infer this from the endpoint the client submits requests to. + Cannot be updated. + In CamelCase. + More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#types-kinds + type: string + metadata: + type: object + spec: + description: Spec defines the desired state of UDPRoute. + properties: + parentRefs: + description: |- + ParentRefs references the resources (usually Gateways) that a Route wants + to be attached to. Note that the referenced parent resource needs to + allow this for the attachment to be complete. For Gateways, that means + the Gateway needs to allow attachment from Routes of this kind and + namespace. For Services, that means the Service must either be in the same + namespace for a "producer" route, or the mesh implementation must support + and allow "consumer" routes for the referenced Service. ReferenceGrant is + not applicable for governing ParentRefs to Services - it is not possible to + create a "producer" route for a Service in a different namespace from the + Route. + + There are two kinds of parent resources with "Core" support: + + * Gateway (Gateway conformance profile) + * Service (Mesh conformance profile, ClusterIP Services only) + + This API may be extended in the future to support additional kinds of parent + resources. + + ParentRefs must be _distinct_. This means either that: + + * They select different objects. If this is the case, then parentRef + entries are distinct. In terms of fields, this means that the + multi-part key defined by `group`, `kind`, `namespace`, and `name` must + be unique across all parentRef entries in the Route. + * They do not select different objects, but for each optional field used, + each ParentRef that selects the same object must set the same set of + optional fields to different values. If one ParentRef sets a + combination of optional fields, all must set the same combination. + + Some examples: + + * If one ParentRef sets `sectionName`, all ParentRefs referencing the + same object must also set `sectionName`. + * If one ParentRef sets `port`, all ParentRefs referencing the same + object must also set `port`. + * If one ParentRef sets `sectionName` and `port`, all ParentRefs + referencing the same object must also set `sectionName` and `port`. + + It is possible to separately reference multiple distinct objects that may + be collapsed by an implementation. For example, some implementations may + choose to merge compatible Gateway Listeners together. If that is the + case, the list of routes attached to those resources should also be + merged. + + Note that for ParentRefs that cross namespace boundaries, there are specific + rules. Cross-namespace references are only valid if they are explicitly + allowed by something in the namespace they are referring to. For example, + Gateway has the AllowedRoutes field, and ReferenceGrant provides a + generic way to enable other kinds of cross-namespace reference. + + + ParentRefs from a Route to a Service in the same namespace are "producer" + routes, which apply default routing rules to inbound connections from + any namespace to the Service. + + ParentRefs from a Route to a Service in a different namespace are + "consumer" routes, and these routing rules are only applied to outbound + connections originating from the same namespace as the Route, for which + the intended destination of the connections are a Service targeted as a + ParentRef of the Route. + items: + description: |- + ParentReference identifies an API object (usually a Gateway) that can be considered + a parent of this resource (usually a route). There are two kinds of parent resources + with "Core" support: + + * Gateway (Gateway conformance profile) + * Service (Mesh conformance profile, ClusterIP Services only) + + This API may be extended in the future to support additional kinds of parent + resources. + + The API object must be valid in the cluster; the Group and Kind must + be registered in the cluster for this reference to be valid. + properties: + group: + default: gateway.networking.k8s.io + description: |- + Group is the group of the referent. + When unspecified, "gateway.networking.k8s.io" is inferred. + To set the core API group (such as for a "Service" kind referent), + Group must be explicitly set to "" (empty string). + + Support: Core + maxLength: 253 + pattern: ^$|^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$ + type: string + kind: + default: Gateway + description: |- + Kind is kind of the referent. + + There are two kinds of parent resources with "Core" support: + + * Gateway (Gateway conformance profile) + * Service (Mesh conformance profile, ClusterIP Services only) + + Support for other resources is Implementation-Specific. + maxLength: 63 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[a-zA-Z]([-a-zA-Z0-9]*[a-zA-Z0-9])?$ + type: string + name: + description: |- + Name is the name of the referent. + + Support: Core + maxLength: 253 + minLength: 1 + type: string + namespace: + description: |- + Namespace is the namespace of the referent. When unspecified, this refers + to the local namespace of the Route. + + Note that there are specific rules for ParentRefs which cross namespace + boundaries. Cross-namespace references are only valid if they are explicitly + allowed by something in the namespace they are referring to. For example: + Gateway has the AllowedRoutes field, and ReferenceGrant provides a + generic way to enable any other kind of cross-namespace reference. + + + ParentRefs from a Route to a Service in the same namespace are "producer" + routes, which apply default routing rules to inbound connections from + any namespace to the Service. + + ParentRefs from a Route to a Service in a different namespace are + "consumer" routes, and these routing rules are only applied to outbound + connections originating from the same namespace as the Route, for which + the intended destination of the connections are a Service targeted as a + ParentRef of the Route. + + + Support: Core + maxLength: 63 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?$ + type: string + port: + description: |- + Port is the network port this Route targets. It can be interpreted + differently based on the type of parent resource. + + When the parent resource is a Gateway, this targets all listeners + listening on the specified port that also support this kind of Route(and + select this Route). It's not recommended to set `Port` unless the + networking behaviors specified in a Route must apply to a specific port + as opposed to a listener(s) whose port(s) may be changed. When both Port + and SectionName are specified, the name and port of the selected listener + must match both specified values. + + + When the parent resource is a Service, this targets a specific port in the + Service spec. When both Port (experimental) and SectionName are specified, + the name and port of the selected port must match both specified values. + + + Implementations MAY choose to support other parent resources. + Implementations supporting other types of parent resources MUST clearly + document how/if Port is interpreted. + + For the purpose of status, an attachment is considered successful as + long as the parent resource accepts it partially. For example, Gateway + listeners can restrict which Routes can attach to them by Route kind, + namespace, or hostname. If 1 of 2 Gateway listeners accept attachment + from the referencing Route, the Route MUST be considered successfully + attached. If no Gateway listeners accept attachment from this Route, + the Route MUST be considered detached from the Gateway. + + Support: Extended + format: int32 + maximum: 65535 + minimum: 1 + type: integer + sectionName: + description: |- + SectionName is the name of a section within the target resource. In the + following resources, SectionName is interpreted as the following: + + * Gateway: Listener name. When both Port (experimental) and SectionName + are specified, the name and port of the selected listener must match + both specified values. + * Service: Port name. When both Port (experimental) and SectionName + are specified, the name and port of the selected listener must match + both specified values. + + Implementations MAY choose to support attaching Routes to other resources. + If that is the case, they MUST clearly document how SectionName is + interpreted. + + When unspecified (empty string), this will reference the entire resource. + For the purpose of status, an attachment is considered successful if at + least one section in the parent resource accepts it. For example, Gateway + listeners can restrict which Routes can attach to them by Route kind, + namespace, or hostname. If 1 of 2 Gateway listeners accept attachment from + the referencing Route, the Route MUST be considered successfully + attached. If no Gateway listeners accept attachment from this Route, the + Route MUST be considered detached from the Gateway. + + Support: Core + maxLength: 253 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$ + type: string + required: + - name + type: object + maxItems: 32 + type: array + x-kubernetes-list-type: atomic + x-kubernetes-validations: + - message: sectionName or port must be specified when parentRefs includes + 2 or more references to the same parent + rule: 'self.all(p1, self.all(p2, p1.group == p2.group && p1.kind + == p2.kind && p1.name == p2.name && (((!has(p1.__namespace__) + || p1.__namespace__ == '''') && (!has(p2.__namespace__) || p2.__namespace__ + == '''')) || (has(p1.__namespace__) && has(p2.__namespace__) && + p1.__namespace__ == p2.__namespace__)) ? ((!has(p1.sectionName) + || p1.sectionName == '''') == (!has(p2.sectionName) || p2.sectionName + == '''') && (!has(p1.port) || p1.port == 0) == (!has(p2.port) + || p2.port == 0)): true))' + - message: sectionName or port must be unique when parentRefs includes + 2 or more references to the same parent + rule: self.all(p1, self.exists_one(p2, p1.group == p2.group && p1.kind + == p2.kind && p1.name == p2.name && (((!has(p1.__namespace__) + || p1.__namespace__ == '') && (!has(p2.__namespace__) || p2.__namespace__ + == '')) || (has(p1.__namespace__) && has(p2.__namespace__) && + p1.__namespace__ == p2.__namespace__ )) && (((!has(p1.sectionName) + || p1.sectionName == '') && (!has(p2.sectionName) || p2.sectionName + == '')) || ( has(p1.sectionName) && has(p2.sectionName) && p1.sectionName + == p2.sectionName)) && (((!has(p1.port) || p1.port == 0) && (!has(p2.port) + || p2.port == 0)) || (has(p1.port) && has(p2.port) && p1.port + == p2.port)))) + rules: + description: Rules are a list of UDP matchers and actions. + items: + description: UDPRouteRule is the configuration for a given rule. + properties: + backendRefs: + description: |- + BackendRefs defines the backend(s) where matching requests should be + sent. If unspecified or invalid (refers to a nonexistent resource or a + Service with no endpoints), the underlying implementation MUST actively + reject connection attempts to this backend. Packet drops must + respect weight; if an invalid backend is requested to have 80% of + the packets, then 80% of packets must be dropped instead. + + Support: Core for Kubernetes Service + + Support: Extended for Kubernetes ServiceImport + + Support: Implementation-specific for any other resource + + Support for weight: Extended + items: + description: |- + BackendRef defines how a Route should forward a request to a Kubernetes + resource. + + Note that when a namespace different than the local namespace is specified, a + ReferenceGrant object is required in the referent namespace to allow that + namespace's owner to accept the reference. See the ReferenceGrant + documentation for details. + + + When the BackendRef points to a Kubernetes Service, implementations SHOULD + honor the appProtocol field if it is set for the target Service Port. + + Implementations supporting appProtocol SHOULD recognize the Kubernetes + Standard Application Protocols defined in KEP-3726. + + If a Service appProtocol isn't specified, an implementation MAY infer the + backend protocol through its own means. Implementations MAY infer the + protocol from the Route type referring to the backend Service. + + If a Route is not able to send traffic to the backend using the specified + protocol then the backend is considered invalid. Implementations MUST set the + "ResolvedRefs" condition to "False" with the "UnsupportedProtocol" reason. + + + Note that when the BackendTLSPolicy object is enabled by the implementation, + there are some extra rules about validity to consider here. See the fields + where this struct is used for more information about the exact behavior. + properties: + group: + default: "" + description: |- + Group is the group of the referent. For example, "gateway.networking.k8s.io". + When unspecified or empty string, core API group is inferred. + maxLength: 253 + pattern: ^$|^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$ + type: string + kind: + default: Service + description: |- + Kind is the Kubernetes resource kind of the referent. For example + "Service". + + Defaults to "Service" when not specified. + + ExternalName services can refer to CNAME DNS records that may live + outside of the cluster and as such are difficult to reason about in + terms of conformance. They also may not be safe to forward to (see + CVE-2021-25740 for more information). Implementations SHOULD NOT + support ExternalName Services. + + Support: Core (Services with a type other than ExternalName) + + Support: Implementation-specific (Services with type ExternalName) + maxLength: 63 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[a-zA-Z]([-a-zA-Z0-9]*[a-zA-Z0-9])?$ + type: string + name: + description: Name is the name of the referent. + maxLength: 253 + minLength: 1 + type: string + namespace: + description: |- + Namespace is the namespace of the backend. When unspecified, the local + namespace is inferred. + + Note that when a namespace different than the local namespace is specified, + a ReferenceGrant object is required in the referent namespace to allow that + namespace's owner to accept the reference. See the ReferenceGrant + documentation for details. + + Support: Core + maxLength: 63 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?$ + type: string + port: + description: |- + Port specifies the destination port number to use for this resource. + Port is required when the referent is a Kubernetes Service. In this + case, the port number is the service port number, not the target port. + For other resources, destination port might be derived from the referent + resource or this field. + format: int32 + maximum: 65535 + minimum: 1 + type: integer + weight: + default: 1 + description: |- + Weight specifies the proportion of requests forwarded to the referenced + backend. This is computed as weight/(sum of all weights in this + BackendRefs list). For non-zero values, there may be some epsilon from + the exact proportion defined here depending on the precision an + implementation supports. Weight is not a percentage and the sum of + weights does not need to equal 100. + + If only one backend is specified and it has a weight greater than 0, 100% + of the traffic is forwarded to that backend. If weight is set to 0, no + traffic should be forwarded for this entry. If unspecified, weight + defaults to 1. + + Support for this field varies based on the context where used. + format: int32 + maximum: 1000000 + minimum: 0 + type: integer + required: + - name + type: object + x-kubernetes-validations: + - message: Must have port for Service reference + rule: '(size(self.group) == 0 && self.kind == ''Service'') + ? has(self.port) : true' + maxItems: 16 + minItems: 1 + type: array + x-kubernetes-list-type: atomic + name: + description: |- + Name is the name of the route rule. This name MUST be unique within a Route if it is set. + + Support: Extended + maxLength: 253 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$ + type: string + required: + - backendRefs + type: object + maxItems: 16 + minItems: 1 + type: array + x-kubernetes-list-type: atomic + x-kubernetes-validations: + - message: Rule name must be unique within the route + rule: self.all(l1, !has(l1.name) || self.exists_one(l2, has(l2.name) + && l1.name == l2.name)) + useDefaultGateways: + description: |- + UseDefaultGateways indicates the default Gateway scope to use for this + Route. If unset (the default) or set to None, the Route will not be + attached to any default Gateway; if set, it will be attached to any + default Gateway supporting the named scope, subject to the usual rules + about which Routes a Gateway is allowed to claim. + + Think carefully before using this functionality! The set of default + Gateways supporting the requested scope can change over time without + any notice to the Route author, and in many situations it will not be + appropriate to request a default Gateway for a given Route -- for + example, a Route with specific security requirements should almost + certainly not use a default Gateway. + enum: + - All + - None + type: string + required: + - rules + type: object + status: + description: Status defines the current state of UDPRoute. + properties: + parents: + description: |- + Parents is a list of parent resources (usually Gateways) that are + associated with the route, and the status of the route with respect to + each parent. When this route attaches to a parent, the controller that + manages the parent must add an entry to this list when the controller + first sees the route and should update the entry as appropriate when the + route or gateway is modified. + + Note that parent references that cannot be resolved by an implementation + of this API will not be added to this list. Implementations of this API + can only populate Route status for the Gateways/parent resources they are + responsible for. + + A maximum of 32 Gateways will be represented in this list. An empty list + means the route has not been attached to any Gateway. + items: + description: |- + RouteParentStatus describes the status of a route with respect to an + associated Parent. + properties: + conditions: + description: |- + Conditions describes the status of the route with respect to the Gateway. + Note that the route's availability is also subject to the Gateway's own + status conditions and listener status. + + If the Route's ParentRef specifies an existing Gateway that supports + Routes of this kind AND that Gateway's controller has sufficient access, + then that Gateway's controller MUST set the "Accepted" condition on the + Route, to indicate whether the route has been accepted or rejected by the + Gateway, and why. + + A Route MUST be considered "Accepted" if at least one of the Route's + rules is implemented by the Gateway. + + There are a number of cases where the "Accepted" condition may not be set + due to lack of controller visibility, that includes when: + + * The Route refers to a nonexistent parent. + * The Route is of a type that the controller does not support. + * The Route is in a namespace the controller does not have access to. + items: + description: Condition contains details for one aspect of + the current state of this API Resource. + properties: + lastTransitionTime: + description: |- + lastTransitionTime is the last time the condition transitioned from one status to another. + This should be when the underlying condition changed. If that is not known, then using the time when the API field changed is acceptable. + format: date-time + type: string + message: + description: |- + message is a human readable message indicating details about the transition. + This may be an empty string. + maxLength: 32768 + type: string + observedGeneration: + description: |- + observedGeneration represents the .metadata.generation that the condition was set based upon. + For instance, if .metadata.generation is currently 12, but the .status.conditions[x].observedGeneration is 9, the condition is out of date + with respect to the current state of the instance. + format: int64 + minimum: 0 + type: integer + reason: + description: |- + reason contains a programmatic identifier indicating the reason for the condition's last transition. + Producers of specific condition types may define expected values and meanings for this field, + and whether the values are considered a guaranteed API. + The value should be a CamelCase string. + This field may not be empty. + maxLength: 1024 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[A-Za-z]([A-Za-z0-9_,:]*[A-Za-z0-9_])?$ + type: string + status: + description: status of the condition, one of True, False, + Unknown. + enum: + - "True" + - "False" + - Unknown + type: string + type: + description: type of condition in CamelCase or in foo.example.com/CamelCase. + maxLength: 316 + pattern: ^([a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*/)?(([A-Za-z0-9][-A-Za-z0-9_.]*)?[A-Za-z0-9])$ + type: string + required: + - lastTransitionTime + - message + - reason + - status + - type + type: object + maxItems: 8 + minItems: 1 + type: array + x-kubernetes-list-map-keys: + - type + x-kubernetes-list-type: map + controllerName: + description: |- + ControllerName is a domain/path string that indicates the name of the + controller that wrote this status. This corresponds with the + controllerName field on GatewayClass. + + Example: "example.net/gateway-controller". + + The format of this field is DOMAIN "/" PATH, where DOMAIN and PATH are + valid Kubernetes names + (https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/names/#names). + + Controllers MUST populate this field when writing status. Controllers should ensure that + entries to status populated with their ControllerName are cleaned up when they are no + longer necessary. + maxLength: 253 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*\/[A-Za-z0-9\/\-._~%!$&'()*+,;=:]+$ + type: string + parentRef: + description: |- + ParentRef corresponds with a ParentRef in the spec that this + RouteParentStatus struct describes the status of. + properties: + group: + default: gateway.networking.k8s.io + description: |- + Group is the group of the referent. + When unspecified, "gateway.networking.k8s.io" is inferred. + To set the core API group (such as for a "Service" kind referent), + Group must be explicitly set to "" (empty string). + + Support: Core + maxLength: 253 + pattern: ^$|^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$ + type: string + kind: + default: Gateway + description: |- + Kind is kind of the referent. + + There are two kinds of parent resources with "Core" support: + + * Gateway (Gateway conformance profile) + * Service (Mesh conformance profile, ClusterIP Services only) + + Support for other resources is Implementation-Specific. + maxLength: 63 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[a-zA-Z]([-a-zA-Z0-9]*[a-zA-Z0-9])?$ + type: string + name: + description: |- + Name is the name of the referent. + + Support: Core + maxLength: 253 + minLength: 1 + type: string + namespace: + description: |- + Namespace is the namespace of the referent. When unspecified, this refers + to the local namespace of the Route. + + Note that there are specific rules for ParentRefs which cross namespace + boundaries. Cross-namespace references are only valid if they are explicitly + allowed by something in the namespace they are referring to. For example: + Gateway has the AllowedRoutes field, and ReferenceGrant provides a + generic way to enable any other kind of cross-namespace reference. + + + ParentRefs from a Route to a Service in the same namespace are "producer" + routes, which apply default routing rules to inbound connections from + any namespace to the Service. + + ParentRefs from a Route to a Service in a different namespace are + "consumer" routes, and these routing rules are only applied to outbound + connections originating from the same namespace as the Route, for which + the intended destination of the connections are a Service targeted as a + ParentRef of the Route. + + + Support: Core + maxLength: 63 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?$ + type: string + port: + description: |- + Port is the network port this Route targets. It can be interpreted + differently based on the type of parent resource. + + When the parent resource is a Gateway, this targets all listeners + listening on the specified port that also support this kind of Route(and + select this Route). It's not recommended to set `Port` unless the + networking behaviors specified in a Route must apply to a specific port + as opposed to a listener(s) whose port(s) may be changed. When both Port + and SectionName are specified, the name and port of the selected listener + must match both specified values. + + + When the parent resource is a Service, this targets a specific port in the + Service spec. When both Port (experimental) and SectionName are specified, + the name and port of the selected port must match both specified values. + + + Implementations MAY choose to support other parent resources. + Implementations supporting other types of parent resources MUST clearly + document how/if Port is interpreted. + + For the purpose of status, an attachment is considered successful as + long as the parent resource accepts it partially. For example, Gateway + listeners can restrict which Routes can attach to them by Route kind, + namespace, or hostname. If 1 of 2 Gateway listeners accept attachment + from the referencing Route, the Route MUST be considered successfully + attached. If no Gateway listeners accept attachment from this Route, + the Route MUST be considered detached from the Gateway. + + Support: Extended + format: int32 + maximum: 65535 + minimum: 1 + type: integer + sectionName: + description: |- + SectionName is the name of a section within the target resource. In the + following resources, SectionName is interpreted as the following: + + * Gateway: Listener name. When both Port (experimental) and SectionName + are specified, the name and port of the selected listener must match + both specified values. + * Service: Port name. When both Port (experimental) and SectionName + are specified, the name and port of the selected listener must match + both specified values. + + Implementations MAY choose to support attaching Routes to other resources. + If that is the case, they MUST clearly document how SectionName is + interpreted. + + When unspecified (empty string), this will reference the entire resource. + For the purpose of status, an attachment is considered successful if at + least one section in the parent resource accepts it. For example, Gateway + listeners can restrict which Routes can attach to them by Route kind, + namespace, or hostname. If 1 of 2 Gateway listeners accept attachment from + the referencing Route, the Route MUST be considered successfully + attached. If no Gateway listeners accept attachment from this Route, the + Route MUST be considered detached from the Gateway. + + Support: Core + maxLength: 253 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$ + type: string + required: + - name + type: object + required: + - conditions + - controllerName + - parentRef + type: object + maxItems: 32 + type: array + x-kubernetes-list-type: atomic + required: + - parents + type: object + required: + - spec + type: object + served: true + storage: true + subresources: + status: {} +status: + acceptedNames: + kind: "" + plural: "" + conditions: null + storedVersions: null +{{- end }} +{{- end }} diff --git a/charts/kgateway/kgateway/charts/gateway-api/templates/crds/experimental/gateway.networking.x-k8s.io_xbackendtrafficpolicies.yaml b/charts/kgateway/kgateway/charts/gateway-api/templates/crds/experimental/gateway.networking.x-k8s.io_xbackendtrafficpolicies.yaml new file mode 100644 index 000000000..29eea1fe6 --- /dev/null +++ b/charts/kgateway/kgateway/charts/gateway-api/templates/crds/experimental/gateway.networking.x-k8s.io_xbackendtrafficpolicies.yaml @@ -0,0 +1,611 @@ +{{- if eq .Values.specification "experimental" }} +{{- $crd := lookup "apiextensions.k8s.io/v1" "CustomResourceDefinition" "" "xbackendtrafficpolicies.gateway.networking.x-k8s.io" }} +{{- if not $crd }} +apiVersion: apiextensions.k8s.io/v1 +kind: CustomResourceDefinition +metadata: + annotations: + api-approved.kubernetes.io: https://github.com/kubernetes-sigs/gateway-api/pull/3328 + helm.sh/resource-policy: keep + gateway.networking.k8s.io/channel: experimental + labels: + gateway.networking.k8s.io/policy: Direct + name: xbackendtrafficpolicies.gateway.networking.x-k8s.io +spec: + group: gateway.networking.x-k8s.io + names: + categories: + - gateway-api + kind: XBackendTrafficPolicy + listKind: XBackendTrafficPolicyList + plural: xbackendtrafficpolicies + shortNames: + - xbtrafficpolicy + singular: xbackendtrafficpolicy + scope: Namespaced + versions: + - additionalPrinterColumns: + - jsonPath: .metadata.creationTimestamp + name: Age + type: date + name: v1alpha1 + schema: + openAPIV3Schema: + description: |- + XBackendTrafficPolicy defines the configuration for how traffic to a + target backend should be handled. + properties: + apiVersion: + description: |- + APIVersion defines the versioned schema of this representation of an object. + Servers should convert recognized schemas to the latest internal value, and + may reject unrecognized values. + More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#resources + type: string + kind: + description: |- + Kind is a string value representing the REST resource this object represents. + Servers may infer this from the endpoint the client submits requests to. + Cannot be updated. + In CamelCase. + More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#types-kinds + type: string + metadata: + type: object + spec: + description: Spec defines the desired state of BackendTrafficPolicy. + properties: + retryConstraint: + description: |- + RetryConstraint defines the configuration for when to allow or prevent + further retries to a target backend, by dynamically calculating a 'retry + budget'. This budget is calculated based on the percentage of incoming + traffic composed of retries over a given time interval. Once the budget + is exceeded, additional retries will be rejected. + + For example, if the retry budget interval is 10 seconds, there have been + 1000 active requests in the past 10 seconds, and the allowed percentage + of requests that can be retried is 20% (the default), then 200 of those + requests may be composed of retries. Active requests will only be + considered for the duration of the interval when calculating the retry + budget. Retrying the same original request multiple times within the + retry budget interval will lead to each retry being counted towards + calculating the budget. + + Configuring a RetryConstraint in BackendTrafficPolicy is compatible with + HTTPRoute Retry settings for each HTTPRouteRule that targets the same + backend. While the HTTPRouteRule Retry stanza can specify whether a + request will be retried, and the number of retry attempts each client + may perform, RetryConstraint helps prevent cascading failures such as + retry storms during periods of consistent failures. + + After the retry budget has been exceeded, additional retries to the + backend MUST return a 503 response to the client. + + Additional configurations for defining a constraint on retries MAY be + defined in the future. + + Support: Extended + properties: + budget: + default: + interval: 10s + percent: 20 + description: Budget holds the details of the retry budget configuration. + properties: + interval: + default: 10s + description: |- + Interval defines the duration in which requests will be considered + for calculating the budget for retries. + + Support: Extended + pattern: ^([0-9]{1,5}(h|m|s|ms)){1,4}$ + type: string + x-kubernetes-validations: + - message: interval can not be greater than one hour or less + than one second + rule: '!(duration(self) < duration(''1s'') || duration(self) + > duration(''1h''))' + percent: + default: 20 + description: |- + Percent defines the maximum percentage of active requests that may + be made up of retries. + + Support: Extended + maximum: 100 + minimum: 0 + type: integer + type: object + minRetryRate: + default: + count: 10 + interval: 1s + description: |- + MinRetryRate defines the minimum rate of retries that will be allowable + over a specified duration of time. + + The effective overall minimum rate of retries targeting the backend + service may be much higher, as there can be any number of clients which + are applying this setting locally. + + This ensures that requests can still be retried during periods of low + traffic, where the budget for retries may be calculated as a very low + value. + + Support: Extended + properties: + count: + description: |- + Count specifies the number of requests per time interval. + + Support: Extended + maximum: 1000000 + minimum: 1 + type: integer + interval: + description: |- + Interval specifies the divisor of the rate of requests, the amount of + time during which the given count of requests occur. + + Support: Extended + pattern: ^([0-9]{1,5}(h|m|s|ms)){1,4}$ + type: string + x-kubernetes-validations: + - message: interval can not be greater than one hour + rule: '!(duration(self) == duration(''0s'') || duration(self) + > duration(''1h''))' + type: object + type: object + sessionPersistence: + description: |- + SessionPersistence defines and configures session persistence + for the backend. + + Support: Extended + properties: + absoluteTimeout: + description: |- + AbsoluteTimeout defines the absolute timeout of the persistent + session. Once the AbsoluteTimeout duration has elapsed, the + session becomes invalid. + + Support: Extended + pattern: ^([0-9]{1,5}(h|m|s|ms)){1,4}$ + type: string + cookieConfig: + description: |- + CookieConfig provides configuration settings that are specific + to cookie-based session persistence. + + Support: Core + properties: + lifetimeType: + default: Session + description: |- + LifetimeType specifies whether the cookie has a permanent or + session-based lifetime. A permanent cookie persists until its + specified expiry time, defined by the Expires or Max-Age cookie + attributes, while a session cookie is deleted when the current + session ends. + + When set to "Permanent", AbsoluteTimeout indicates the + cookie's lifetime via the Expires or Max-Age cookie attributes + and is required. + + When set to "Session", AbsoluteTimeout indicates the + absolute lifetime of the cookie tracked by the gateway and + is optional. + + Defaults to "Session". + + Support: Core for "Session" type + + Support: Extended for "Permanent" type + enum: + - Permanent + - Session + type: string + type: object + idleTimeout: + description: |- + IdleTimeout defines the idle timeout of the persistent session. + Once the session has been idle for more than the specified + IdleTimeout duration, the session becomes invalid. + + Support: Extended + pattern: ^([0-9]{1,5}(h|m|s|ms)){1,4}$ + type: string + sessionName: + description: |- + SessionName defines the name of the persistent session token + which may be reflected in the cookie or the header. Users + should avoid reusing session names to prevent unintended + consequences, such as rejection or unpredictable behavior. + + Support: Implementation-specific + maxLength: 128 + type: string + type: + default: Cookie + description: |- + Type defines the type of session persistence such as through + the use a header or cookie. Defaults to cookie based session + persistence. + + Support: Core for "Cookie" type + + Support: Extended for "Header" type + enum: + - Cookie + - Header + type: string + type: object + x-kubernetes-validations: + - message: AbsoluteTimeout must be specified when cookie lifetimeType + is Permanent + rule: '!has(self.cookieConfig) || !has(self.cookieConfig.lifetimeType) + || self.cookieConfig.lifetimeType != ''Permanent'' || has(self.absoluteTimeout)' + targetRefs: + description: |- + TargetRefs identifies API object(s) to apply this policy to. + Currently, Backends (A grouping of like endpoints such as Service, + ServiceImport, or any implementation-specific backendRef) are the only + valid API target references. + + Currently, a TargetRef can not be scoped to a specific port on a + Service. + items: + description: |- + LocalPolicyTargetReference identifies an API object to apply a direct or + inherited policy to. This should be used as part of Policy resources + that can target Gateway API resources. For more information on how this + policy attachment model works, and a sample Policy resource, refer to + the policy attachment documentation for Gateway API. + properties: + group: + description: Group is the group of the target resource. + maxLength: 253 + pattern: ^$|^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$ + type: string + kind: + description: Kind is kind of the target resource. + maxLength: 63 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[a-zA-Z]([-a-zA-Z0-9]*[a-zA-Z0-9])?$ + type: string + name: + description: Name is the name of the target resource. + maxLength: 253 + minLength: 1 + type: string + required: + - group + - kind + - name + type: object + maxItems: 16 + minItems: 1 + type: array + x-kubernetes-list-map-keys: + - group + - kind + - name + x-kubernetes-list-type: map + required: + - targetRefs + type: object + status: + description: Status defines the current state of BackendTrafficPolicy. + properties: + ancestors: + description: |- + Ancestors is a list of ancestor resources (usually Gateways) that are + associated with the policy, and the status of the policy with respect to + each ancestor. When this policy attaches to a parent, the controller that + manages the parent and the ancestors MUST add an entry to this list when + the controller first sees the policy and SHOULD update the entry as + appropriate when the relevant ancestor is modified. + + Note that choosing the relevant ancestor is left to the Policy designers; + an important part of Policy design is designing the right object level at + which to namespace this status. + + Note also that implementations MUST ONLY populate ancestor status for + the Ancestor resources they are responsible for. Implementations MUST + use the ControllerName field to uniquely identify the entries in this list + that they are responsible for. + + Note that to achieve this, the list of PolicyAncestorStatus structs + MUST be treated as a map with a composite key, made up of the AncestorRef + and ControllerName fields combined. + + A maximum of 16 ancestors will be represented in this list. An empty list + means the Policy is not relevant for any ancestors. + + If this slice is full, implementations MUST NOT add further entries. + Instead they MUST consider the policy unimplementable and signal that + on any related resources such as the ancestor that would be referenced + here. For example, if this list was full on BackendTLSPolicy, no + additional Gateways would be able to reference the Service targeted by + the BackendTLSPolicy. + items: + description: |- + PolicyAncestorStatus describes the status of a route with respect to an + associated Ancestor. + + Ancestors refer to objects that are either the Target of a policy or above it + in terms of object hierarchy. For example, if a policy targets a Service, the + Policy's Ancestors are, in order, the Service, the HTTPRoute, the Gateway, and + the GatewayClass. Almost always, in this hierarchy, the Gateway will be the most + useful object to place Policy status on, so we recommend that implementations + SHOULD use Gateway as the PolicyAncestorStatus object unless the designers + have a _very_ good reason otherwise. + + In the context of policy attachment, the Ancestor is used to distinguish which + resource results in a distinct application of this policy. For example, if a policy + targets a Service, it may have a distinct result per attached Gateway. + + Policies targeting the same resource may have different effects depending on the + ancestors of those resources. For example, different Gateways targeting the same + Service may have different capabilities, especially if they have different underlying + implementations. + + For example, in BackendTLSPolicy, the Policy attaches to a Service that is + used as a backend in a HTTPRoute that is itself attached to a Gateway. + In this case, the relevant object for status is the Gateway, and that is the + ancestor object referred to in this status. + + Note that a parent is also an ancestor, so for objects where the parent is the + relevant object for status, this struct SHOULD still be used. + + This struct is intended to be used in a slice that's effectively a map, + with a composite key made up of the AncestorRef and the ControllerName. + properties: + ancestorRef: + description: |- + AncestorRef corresponds with a ParentRef in the spec that this + PolicyAncestorStatus struct describes the status of. + properties: + group: + default: gateway.networking.k8s.io + description: |- + Group is the group of the referent. + When unspecified, "gateway.networking.k8s.io" is inferred. + To set the core API group (such as for a "Service" kind referent), + Group must be explicitly set to "" (empty string). + + Support: Core + maxLength: 253 + pattern: ^$|^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$ + type: string + kind: + default: Gateway + description: |- + Kind is kind of the referent. + + There are two kinds of parent resources with "Core" support: + + * Gateway (Gateway conformance profile) + * Service (Mesh conformance profile, ClusterIP Services only) + + Support for other resources is Implementation-Specific. + maxLength: 63 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[a-zA-Z]([-a-zA-Z0-9]*[a-zA-Z0-9])?$ + type: string + name: + description: |- + Name is the name of the referent. + + Support: Core + maxLength: 253 + minLength: 1 + type: string + namespace: + description: |- + Namespace is the namespace of the referent. When unspecified, this refers + to the local namespace of the Route. + + Note that there are specific rules for ParentRefs which cross namespace + boundaries. Cross-namespace references are only valid if they are explicitly + allowed by something in the namespace they are referring to. For example: + Gateway has the AllowedRoutes field, and ReferenceGrant provides a + generic way to enable any other kind of cross-namespace reference. + + + ParentRefs from a Route to a Service in the same namespace are "producer" + routes, which apply default routing rules to inbound connections from + any namespace to the Service. + + ParentRefs from a Route to a Service in a different namespace are + "consumer" routes, and these routing rules are only applied to outbound + connections originating from the same namespace as the Route, for which + the intended destination of the connections are a Service targeted as a + ParentRef of the Route. + + + Support: Core + maxLength: 63 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?$ + type: string + port: + description: |- + Port is the network port this Route targets. It can be interpreted + differently based on the type of parent resource. + + When the parent resource is a Gateway, this targets all listeners + listening on the specified port that also support this kind of Route(and + select this Route). It's not recommended to set `Port` unless the + networking behaviors specified in a Route must apply to a specific port + as opposed to a listener(s) whose port(s) may be changed. When both Port + and SectionName are specified, the name and port of the selected listener + must match both specified values. + + + When the parent resource is a Service, this targets a specific port in the + Service spec. When both Port (experimental) and SectionName are specified, + the name and port of the selected port must match both specified values. + + + Implementations MAY choose to support other parent resources. + Implementations supporting other types of parent resources MUST clearly + document how/if Port is interpreted. + + For the purpose of status, an attachment is considered successful as + long as the parent resource accepts it partially. For example, Gateway + listeners can restrict which Routes can attach to them by Route kind, + namespace, or hostname. If 1 of 2 Gateway listeners accept attachment + from the referencing Route, the Route MUST be considered successfully + attached. If no Gateway listeners accept attachment from this Route, + the Route MUST be considered detached from the Gateway. + + Support: Extended + format: int32 + maximum: 65535 + minimum: 1 + type: integer + sectionName: + description: |- + SectionName is the name of a section within the target resource. In the + following resources, SectionName is interpreted as the following: + + * Gateway: Listener name. When both Port (experimental) and SectionName + are specified, the name and port of the selected listener must match + both specified values. + * Service: Port name. When both Port (experimental) and SectionName + are specified, the name and port of the selected listener must match + both specified values. + + Implementations MAY choose to support attaching Routes to other resources. + If that is the case, they MUST clearly document how SectionName is + interpreted. + + When unspecified (empty string), this will reference the entire resource. + For the purpose of status, an attachment is considered successful if at + least one section in the parent resource accepts it. For example, Gateway + listeners can restrict which Routes can attach to them by Route kind, + namespace, or hostname. If 1 of 2 Gateway listeners accept attachment from + the referencing Route, the Route MUST be considered successfully + attached. If no Gateway listeners accept attachment from this Route, the + Route MUST be considered detached from the Gateway. + + Support: Core + maxLength: 253 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$ + type: string + required: + - name + type: object + conditions: + description: Conditions describes the status of the Policy with + respect to the given Ancestor. + items: + description: Condition contains details for one aspect of + the current state of this API Resource. + properties: + lastTransitionTime: + description: |- + lastTransitionTime is the last time the condition transitioned from one status to another. + This should be when the underlying condition changed. If that is not known, then using the time when the API field changed is acceptable. + format: date-time + type: string + message: + description: |- + message is a human readable message indicating details about the transition. + This may be an empty string. + maxLength: 32768 + type: string + observedGeneration: + description: |- + observedGeneration represents the .metadata.generation that the condition was set based upon. + For instance, if .metadata.generation is currently 12, but the .status.conditions[x].observedGeneration is 9, the condition is out of date + with respect to the current state of the instance. + format: int64 + minimum: 0 + type: integer + reason: + description: |- + reason contains a programmatic identifier indicating the reason for the condition's last transition. + Producers of specific condition types may define expected values and meanings for this field, + and whether the values are considered a guaranteed API. + The value should be a CamelCase string. + This field may not be empty. + maxLength: 1024 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[A-Za-z]([A-Za-z0-9_,:]*[A-Za-z0-9_])?$ + type: string + status: + description: status of the condition, one of True, False, + Unknown. + enum: + - "True" + - "False" + - Unknown + type: string + type: + description: type of condition in CamelCase or in foo.example.com/CamelCase. + maxLength: 316 + pattern: ^([a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*/)?(([A-Za-z0-9][-A-Za-z0-9_.]*)?[A-Za-z0-9])$ + type: string + required: + - lastTransitionTime + - message + - reason + - status + - type + type: object + maxItems: 8 + minItems: 1 + type: array + x-kubernetes-list-map-keys: + - type + x-kubernetes-list-type: map + controllerName: + description: |- + ControllerName is a domain/path string that indicates the name of the + controller that wrote this status. This corresponds with the + controllerName field on GatewayClass. + + Example: "example.net/gateway-controller". + + The format of this field is DOMAIN "/" PATH, where DOMAIN and PATH are + valid Kubernetes names + (https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/names/#names). + + Controllers MUST populate this field when writing status. Controllers should ensure that + entries to status populated with their ControllerName are cleaned up when they are no + longer necessary. + maxLength: 253 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*\/[A-Za-z0-9\/\-._~%!$&'()*+,;=:]+$ + type: string + required: + - ancestorRef + - conditions + - controllerName + type: object + maxItems: 16 + type: array + x-kubernetes-list-type: atomic + required: + - ancestors + type: object + required: + - spec + type: object + served: true + storage: true + subresources: + status: {} +status: + acceptedNames: + kind: "" + plural: "" + conditions: null + storedVersions: null +{{- end }} +{{- end }} diff --git a/charts/kgateway/kgateway/charts/gateway-api/templates/crds/experimental/gateway.networking.x-k8s.io_xlistenersets.yaml b/charts/kgateway/kgateway/charts/gateway-api/templates/crds/experimental/gateway.networking.x-k8s.io_xlistenersets.yaml new file mode 100644 index 000000000..74165a45a --- /dev/null +++ b/charts/kgateway/kgateway/charts/gateway-api/templates/crds/experimental/gateway.networking.x-k8s.io_xlistenersets.yaml @@ -0,0 +1,792 @@ +{{- if eq .Values.specification "experimental" }} +{{- $crd := lookup "apiextensions.k8s.io/v1" "CustomResourceDefinition" "" "xlistenersets.gateway.networking.x-k8s.io" }} +{{- if not $crd }} +apiVersion: apiextensions.k8s.io/v1 +kind: CustomResourceDefinition +metadata: + annotations: + api-approved.kubernetes.io: https://github.com/kubernetes-sigs/gateway-api/pull/3328 + helm.sh/resource-policy: keep + gateway.networking.k8s.io/channel: experimental + name: xlistenersets.gateway.networking.x-k8s.io +spec: + group: gateway.networking.x-k8s.io + names: + categories: + - gateway-api + kind: XListenerSet + listKind: XListenerSetList + plural: xlistenersets + shortNames: + - lset + singular: xlistenerset + scope: Namespaced + versions: + - additionalPrinterColumns: + - jsonPath: .status.conditions[?(@.type=="Accepted")].status + name: Accepted + type: string + - jsonPath: .status.conditions[?(@.type=="Programmed")].status + name: Programmed + type: string + - jsonPath: .metadata.creationTimestamp + name: Age + type: date + name: v1alpha1 + schema: + openAPIV3Schema: + description: |- + XListenerSet defines a set of additional listeners to attach to an existing Gateway. + This resource provides a mechanism to merge multiple listeners into a single Gateway. + + The parent Gateway must explicitly allow ListenerSet attachment through its + AllowedListeners configuration. By default, Gateways do not allow ListenerSet + attachment. + + Routes can attach to a ListenerSet by specifying it as a parentRef, and can + optionally target specific listeners using the sectionName field. + + Policy Attachment: + - Policies that attach to a ListenerSet apply to all listeners defined in that resource + - Policies do not impact listeners in the parent Gateway + - Different ListenerSets attached to the same Gateway can have different policies + - If an implementation cannot apply a policy to specific listeners, it should reject the policy + + ReferenceGrant Semantics: + - ReferenceGrants applied to a Gateway are not inherited by child ListenerSets + - ReferenceGrants applied to a ListenerSet do not grant permission to the parent Gateway's listeners + - A ListenerSet can reference secrets/backends in its own namespace without a ReferenceGrant + + Gateway Integration: + - The parent Gateway's status will include an "AttachedListenerSets" condition + - This condition will be: + - True: when AllowedListeners is set and at least one child ListenerSet is attached + - False: when AllowedListeners is set but no valid listeners are attached, or when AllowedListeners is not set or false + - Unknown: when no AllowedListeners config is present + properties: + apiVersion: + description: |- + APIVersion defines the versioned schema of this representation of an object. + Servers should convert recognized schemas to the latest internal value, and + may reject unrecognized values. + More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#resources + type: string + kind: + description: |- + Kind is a string value representing the REST resource this object represents. + Servers may infer this from the endpoint the client submits requests to. + Cannot be updated. + In CamelCase. + More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#types-kinds + type: string + metadata: + type: object + spec: + description: Spec defines the desired state of ListenerSet. + properties: + listeners: + description: |- + Listeners associated with this ListenerSet. Listeners define + logical endpoints that are bound on this referenced parent Gateway's addresses. + + Listeners in a `Gateway` and their attached `ListenerSets` are concatenated + as a list when programming the underlying infrastructure. Each listener + name does not need to be unique across the Gateway and ListenerSets. + See ListenerEntry.Name for more details. + + Implementations MUST treat the parent Gateway as having the merged + list of all listeners from itself and attached ListenerSets using + the following precedence: + + 1. "parent" Gateway + 2. ListenerSet ordered by creation time (oldest first) + 3. ListenerSet ordered alphabetically by "{namespace}/{name}". + + An implementation MAY reject listeners by setting the ListenerEntryStatus + `Accepted` condition to False with the Reason `TooManyListeners` + + If a listener has a conflict, this will be reported in the + Status.ListenerEntryStatus setting the `Conflicted` condition to True. + + Implementations SHOULD be cautious about what information from the + parent or siblings are reported to avoid accidentally leaking + sensitive information that the child would not otherwise have access + to. This can include contents of secrets etc. + items: + properties: + allowedRoutes: + default: + namespaces: + from: Same + description: |- + AllowedRoutes defines the types of routes that MAY be attached to a + Listener and the trusted namespaces where those Route resources MAY be + present. + + Although a client request may match multiple route rules, only one rule + may ultimately receive the request. Matching precedence MUST be + determined in order of the following criteria: + + * The most specific match as defined by the Route type. + * The oldest Route based on creation timestamp. For example, a Route with + a creation timestamp of "2020-09-08 01:02:03" is given precedence over + a Route with a creation timestamp of "2020-09-08 01:02:04". + * If everything else is equivalent, the Route appearing first in + alphabetical order (namespace/name) should be given precedence. For + example, foo/bar is given precedence over foo/baz. + + All valid rules within a Route attached to this Listener should be + implemented. Invalid Route rules can be ignored (sometimes that will mean + the full Route). If a Route rule transitions from valid to invalid, + support for that Route rule should be dropped to ensure consistency. For + example, even if a filter specified by a Route rule is invalid, the rest + of the rules within that Route should still be supported. + properties: + kinds: + description: |- + Kinds specifies the groups and kinds of Routes that are allowed to bind + to this Gateway Listener. When unspecified or empty, the kinds of Routes + selected are determined using the Listener protocol. + + A RouteGroupKind MUST correspond to kinds of Routes that are compatible + with the application protocol specified in the Listener's Protocol field. + If an implementation does not support or recognize this resource type, it + MUST set the "ResolvedRefs" condition to False for this Listener with the + "InvalidRouteKinds" reason. + + Support: Core + items: + description: RouteGroupKind indicates the group and kind + of a Route resource. + properties: + group: + default: gateway.networking.k8s.io + description: Group is the group of the Route. + maxLength: 253 + pattern: ^$|^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$ + type: string + kind: + description: Kind is the kind of the Route. + maxLength: 63 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[a-zA-Z]([-a-zA-Z0-9]*[a-zA-Z0-9])?$ + type: string + required: + - kind + type: object + maxItems: 8 + type: array + x-kubernetes-list-type: atomic + namespaces: + default: + from: Same + description: |- + Namespaces indicates namespaces from which Routes may be attached to this + Listener. This is restricted to the namespace of this Gateway by default. + + Support: Core + properties: + from: + default: Same + description: |- + From indicates where Routes will be selected for this Gateway. Possible + values are: + + * All: Routes in all namespaces may be used by this Gateway. + * Selector: Routes in namespaces selected by the selector may be used by + this Gateway. + * Same: Only Routes in the same namespace may be used by this Gateway. + + Support: Core + enum: + - All + - Selector + - Same + type: string + selector: + description: |- + Selector must be specified when From is set to "Selector". In that case, + only Routes in Namespaces matching this Selector will be selected by this + Gateway. This field is ignored for other values of "From". + + Support: Core + properties: + matchExpressions: + description: matchExpressions is a list of label + selector requirements. The requirements are ANDed. + items: + description: |- + A label selector requirement is a selector that contains values, a key, and an operator that + relates the key and values. + properties: + key: + description: key is the label key that the + selector applies to. + type: string + operator: + description: |- + operator represents a key's relationship to a set of values. + Valid operators are In, NotIn, Exists and DoesNotExist. + type: string + values: + description: |- + values is an array of string values. If the operator is In or NotIn, + the values array must be non-empty. If the operator is Exists or DoesNotExist, + the values array must be empty. This array is replaced during a strategic + merge patch. + items: + type: string + type: array + x-kubernetes-list-type: atomic + required: + - key + - operator + type: object + type: array + x-kubernetes-list-type: atomic + matchLabels: + additionalProperties: + type: string + description: |- + matchLabels is a map of {key,value} pairs. A single {key,value} in the matchLabels + map is equivalent to an element of matchExpressions, whose key field is "key", the + operator is "In", and the values array contains only "value". The requirements are ANDed. + type: object + type: object + x-kubernetes-map-type: atomic + type: object + type: object + hostname: + description: |- + Hostname specifies the virtual hostname to match for protocol types that + define this concept. When unspecified, all hostnames are matched. This + field is ignored for protocols that don't require hostname based + matching. + + Implementations MUST apply Hostname matching appropriately for each of + the following protocols: + + * TLS: The Listener Hostname MUST match the SNI. + * HTTP: The Listener Hostname MUST match the Host header of the request. + * HTTPS: The Listener Hostname SHOULD match at both the TLS and HTTP + protocol layers as described above. If an implementation does not + ensure that both the SNI and Host header match the Listener hostname, + it MUST clearly document that. + + For HTTPRoute and TLSRoute resources, there is an interaction with the + `spec.hostnames` array. When both listener and route specify hostnames, + there MUST be an intersection between the values for a Route to be + accepted. For more information, refer to the Route specific Hostnames + documentation. + + Hostnames that are prefixed with a wildcard label (`*.`) are interpreted + as a suffix match. That means that a match for `*.example.com` would match + both `test.example.com`, and `foo.test.example.com`, but not `example.com`. + maxLength: 253 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^(\*\.)?[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$ + type: string + name: + description: |- + Name is the name of the Listener. This name MUST be unique within a + ListenerSet. + + Name is not required to be unique across a Gateway and ListenerSets. + Routes can attach to a Listener by having a ListenerSet as a parentRef + and setting the SectionName + maxLength: 253 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$ + type: string + port: + default: 0 + description: |- + Port is the network port. Multiple listeners may use the + same port, subject to the Listener compatibility rules. + + If the port is not set or specified as zero, the implementation will assign + a unique port. If the implementation does not support dynamic port + assignment, it MUST set `Accepted` condition to `False` with the + `UnsupportedPort` reason. + format: int32 + maximum: 65535 + minimum: 0 + type: integer + protocol: + description: Protocol specifies the network protocol this listener + expects to receive. + maxLength: 255 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[a-zA-Z0-9]([-a-zA-Z0-9]*[a-zA-Z0-9])?$|[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*\/[A-Za-z0-9]+$ + type: string + tls: + description: |- + TLS is the TLS configuration for the Listener. This field is required if + the Protocol field is "HTTPS" or "TLS". It is invalid to set this field + if the Protocol field is "HTTP", "TCP", or "UDP". + + The association of SNIs to Certificate defined in ListenerTLSConfig is + defined based on the Hostname field for this listener. + + The GatewayClass MUST use the longest matching SNI out of all + available certificates for any TLS handshake. + properties: + certificateRefs: + description: |- + CertificateRefs contains a series of references to Kubernetes objects that + contains TLS certificates and private keys. These certificates are used to + establish a TLS handshake for requests that match the hostname of the + associated listener. + + A single CertificateRef to a Kubernetes Secret has "Core" support. + Implementations MAY choose to support attaching multiple certificates to + a Listener, but this behavior is implementation-specific. + + References to a resource in different namespace are invalid UNLESS there + is a ReferenceGrant in the target namespace that allows the certificate + to be attached. If a ReferenceGrant does not allow this reference, the + "ResolvedRefs" condition MUST be set to False for this listener with the + "RefNotPermitted" reason. + + This field is required to have at least one element when the mode is set + to "Terminate" (default) and is optional otherwise. + + CertificateRefs can reference to standard Kubernetes resources, i.e. + Secret, or implementation-specific custom resources. + + Support: Core - A single reference to a Kubernetes Secret of type kubernetes.io/tls + + Support: Implementation-specific (More than one reference or other resource types) + items: + description: |- + SecretObjectReference identifies an API object including its namespace, + defaulting to Secret. + + The API object must be valid in the cluster; the Group and Kind must + be registered in the cluster for this reference to be valid. + + References to objects with invalid Group and Kind are not valid, and must + be rejected by the implementation, with appropriate Conditions set + on the containing object. + properties: + group: + default: "" + description: |- + Group is the group of the referent. For example, "gateway.networking.k8s.io". + When unspecified or empty string, core API group is inferred. + maxLength: 253 + pattern: ^$|^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$ + type: string + kind: + default: Secret + description: Kind is kind of the referent. For example + "Secret". + maxLength: 63 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[a-zA-Z]([-a-zA-Z0-9]*[a-zA-Z0-9])?$ + type: string + name: + description: Name is the name of the referent. + maxLength: 253 + minLength: 1 + type: string + namespace: + description: |- + Namespace is the namespace of the referenced object. When unspecified, the local + namespace is inferred. + + Note that when a namespace different than the local namespace is specified, + a ReferenceGrant object is required in the referent namespace to allow that + namespace's owner to accept the reference. See the ReferenceGrant + documentation for details. + + Support: Core + maxLength: 63 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?$ + type: string + required: + - name + type: object + maxItems: 64 + type: array + x-kubernetes-list-type: atomic + mode: + default: Terminate + description: |- + Mode defines the TLS behavior for the TLS session initiated by the client. + There are two possible modes: + + - Terminate: The TLS session between the downstream client and the + Gateway is terminated at the Gateway. This mode requires certificates + to be specified in some way, such as populating the certificateRefs + field. + - Passthrough: The TLS session is NOT terminated by the Gateway. This + implies that the Gateway can't decipher the TLS stream except for + the ClientHello message of the TLS protocol. The certificateRefs field + is ignored in this mode. + + Support: Core + enum: + - Terminate + - Passthrough + type: string + options: + additionalProperties: + description: |- + AnnotationValue is the value of an annotation in Gateway API. This is used + for validation of maps such as TLS options. This roughly matches Kubernetes + annotation validation, although the length validation in that case is based + on the entire size of the annotations struct. + maxLength: 4096 + minLength: 0 + type: string + description: |- + Options are a list of key/value pairs to enable extended TLS + configuration for each implementation. For example, configuring the + minimum TLS version or supported cipher suites. + + A set of common keys MAY be defined by the API in the future. To avoid + any ambiguity, implementation-specific definitions MUST use + domain-prefixed names, such as `example.com/my-custom-option`. + Un-prefixed names are reserved for key names defined by Gateway API. + + Support: Implementation-specific + maxProperties: 16 + type: object + type: object + x-kubernetes-validations: + - message: certificateRefs or options must be specified when + mode is Terminate + rule: 'self.mode == ''Terminate'' ? size(self.certificateRefs) + > 0 || size(self.options) > 0 : true' + required: + - name + - protocol + type: object + maxItems: 64 + minItems: 1 + type: array + x-kubernetes-list-map-keys: + - name + x-kubernetes-list-type: map + x-kubernetes-validations: + - message: tls must not be specified for protocols ['HTTP', 'TCP', + 'UDP'] + rule: 'self.all(l, l.protocol in [''HTTP'', ''TCP'', ''UDP''] ? + !has(l.tls) : true)' + - message: tls mode must be Terminate for protocol HTTPS + rule: 'self.all(l, (l.protocol == ''HTTPS'' && has(l.tls)) ? (l.tls.mode + == '''' || l.tls.mode == ''Terminate'') : true)' + - message: hostname must not be specified for protocols ['TCP', 'UDP'] + rule: 'self.all(l, l.protocol in [''TCP'', ''UDP''] ? (!has(l.hostname) + || l.hostname == '''') : true)' + - message: Listener name must be unique within the Gateway + rule: self.all(l1, self.exists_one(l2, l1.name == l2.name)) + - message: Combination of port, protocol and hostname must be unique + for each listener + rule: 'self.all(l1, !has(l1.port) || self.exists_one(l2, has(l2.port) + && l1.port == l2.port && l1.protocol == l2.protocol && (has(l1.hostname) + && has(l2.hostname) ? l1.hostname == l2.hostname : !has(l1.hostname) + && !has(l2.hostname))))' + parentRef: + description: ParentRef references the Gateway that the listeners are + attached to. + properties: + group: + default: gateway.networking.k8s.io + description: Group is the group of the referent. + maxLength: 253 + pattern: ^$|^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$ + type: string + kind: + default: Gateway + description: Kind is kind of the referent. For example "Gateway". + maxLength: 63 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[a-zA-Z]([-a-zA-Z0-9]*[a-zA-Z0-9])?$ + type: string + name: + description: Name is the name of the referent. + maxLength: 253 + minLength: 1 + type: string + namespace: + description: |- + Namespace is the namespace of the referent. If not present, + the namespace of the referent is assumed to be the same as + the namespace of the referring object. + maxLength: 63 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?$ + type: string + required: + - name + type: object + required: + - listeners + - parentRef + type: object + status: + default: + conditions: + - lastTransitionTime: "1970-01-01T00:00:00Z" + message: Waiting for controller + reason: Pending + status: Unknown + type: Accepted + - lastTransitionTime: "1970-01-01T00:00:00Z" + message: Waiting for controller + reason: Pending + status: Unknown + type: Programmed + description: Status defines the current state of ListenerSet. + properties: + conditions: + default: + - lastTransitionTime: "1970-01-01T00:00:00Z" + message: Waiting for controller + reason: Pending + status: Unknown + type: Accepted + - lastTransitionTime: "1970-01-01T00:00:00Z" + message: Waiting for controller + reason: Pending + status: Unknown + type: Programmed + description: |- + Conditions describe the current conditions of the ListenerSet. + + Implementations MUST express ListenerSet conditions using the + `ListenerSetConditionType` and `ListenerSetConditionReason` + constants so that operators and tools can converge on a common + vocabulary to describe ListenerSet state. + + Known condition types are: + + * "Accepted" + * "Programmed" + items: + description: Condition contains details for one aspect of the current + state of this API Resource. + properties: + lastTransitionTime: + description: |- + lastTransitionTime is the last time the condition transitioned from one status to another. + This should be when the underlying condition changed. If that is not known, then using the time when the API field changed is acceptable. + format: date-time + type: string + message: + description: |- + message is a human readable message indicating details about the transition. + This may be an empty string. + maxLength: 32768 + type: string + observedGeneration: + description: |- + observedGeneration represents the .metadata.generation that the condition was set based upon. + For instance, if .metadata.generation is currently 12, but the .status.conditions[x].observedGeneration is 9, the condition is out of date + with respect to the current state of the instance. + format: int64 + minimum: 0 + type: integer + reason: + description: |- + reason contains a programmatic identifier indicating the reason for the condition's last transition. + Producers of specific condition types may define expected values and meanings for this field, + and whether the values are considered a guaranteed API. + The value should be a CamelCase string. + This field may not be empty. + maxLength: 1024 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[A-Za-z]([A-Za-z0-9_,:]*[A-Za-z0-9_])?$ + type: string + status: + description: status of the condition, one of True, False, Unknown. + enum: + - "True" + - "False" + - Unknown + type: string + type: + description: type of condition in CamelCase or in foo.example.com/CamelCase. + maxLength: 316 + pattern: ^([a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*/)?(([A-Za-z0-9][-A-Za-z0-9_.]*)?[A-Za-z0-9])$ + type: string + required: + - lastTransitionTime + - message + - reason + - status + - type + type: object + maxItems: 8 + type: array + x-kubernetes-list-map-keys: + - type + x-kubernetes-list-type: map + listeners: + description: Listeners provide status for each unique listener port + defined in the Spec. + items: + description: ListenerStatus is the status associated with a Listener. + properties: + attachedRoutes: + description: |- + AttachedRoutes represents the total number of Routes that have been + successfully attached to this Listener. + + Successful attachment of a Route to a Listener is based solely on the + combination of the AllowedRoutes field on the corresponding Listener + and the Route's ParentRefs field. A Route is successfully attached to + a Listener when it is selected by the Listener's AllowedRoutes field + AND the Route has a valid ParentRef selecting the whole Gateway + resource or a specific Listener as a parent resource (more detail on + attachment semantics can be found in the documentation on the various + Route kinds ParentRefs fields). Listener or Route status does not impact + successful attachment, i.e. the AttachedRoutes field count MUST be set + for Listeners with condition Accepted: false and MUST count successfully + attached Routes that may themselves have Accepted: false conditions. + + Uses for this field include troubleshooting Route attachment and + measuring blast radius/impact of changes to a Listener. + format: int32 + type: integer + conditions: + description: Conditions describe the current condition of this + listener. + items: + description: Condition contains details for one aspect of + the current state of this API Resource. + properties: + lastTransitionTime: + description: |- + lastTransitionTime is the last time the condition transitioned from one status to another. + This should be when the underlying condition changed. If that is not known, then using the time when the API field changed is acceptable. + format: date-time + type: string + message: + description: |- + message is a human readable message indicating details about the transition. + This may be an empty string. + maxLength: 32768 + type: string + observedGeneration: + description: |- + observedGeneration represents the .metadata.generation that the condition was set based upon. + For instance, if .metadata.generation is currently 12, but the .status.conditions[x].observedGeneration is 9, the condition is out of date + with respect to the current state of the instance. + format: int64 + minimum: 0 + type: integer + reason: + description: |- + reason contains a programmatic identifier indicating the reason for the condition's last transition. + Producers of specific condition types may define expected values and meanings for this field, + and whether the values are considered a guaranteed API. + The value should be a CamelCase string. + This field may not be empty. + maxLength: 1024 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[A-Za-z]([A-Za-z0-9_,:]*[A-Za-z0-9_])?$ + type: string + status: + description: status of the condition, one of True, False, + Unknown. + enum: + - "True" + - "False" + - Unknown + type: string + type: + description: type of condition in CamelCase or in foo.example.com/CamelCase. + maxLength: 316 + pattern: ^([a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*/)?(([A-Za-z0-9][-A-Za-z0-9_.]*)?[A-Za-z0-9])$ + type: string + required: + - lastTransitionTime + - message + - reason + - status + - type + type: object + maxItems: 8 + type: array + x-kubernetes-list-map-keys: + - type + x-kubernetes-list-type: map + name: + description: Name is the name of the Listener that this status + corresponds to. + maxLength: 253 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$ + type: string + port: + description: Port is the network port the listener is configured + to listen on. + format: int32 + maximum: 65535 + minimum: 1 + type: integer + supportedKinds: + description: |- + SupportedKinds is the list indicating the Kinds supported by this + listener. This MUST represent the kinds an implementation supports for + that Listener configuration. + + If kinds are specified in Spec that are not supported, they MUST NOT + appear in this list and an implementation MUST set the "ResolvedRefs" + condition to "False" with the "InvalidRouteKinds" reason. If both valid + and invalid Route kinds are specified, the implementation MUST + reference the valid Route kinds that have been specified. + items: + description: RouteGroupKind indicates the group and kind of + a Route resource. + properties: + group: + default: gateway.networking.k8s.io + description: Group is the group of the Route. + maxLength: 253 + pattern: ^$|^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$ + type: string + kind: + description: Kind is the kind of the Route. + maxLength: 63 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[a-zA-Z]([-a-zA-Z0-9]*[a-zA-Z0-9])?$ + type: string + required: + - kind + type: object + maxItems: 8 + type: array + x-kubernetes-list-type: atomic + required: + - attachedRoutes + - conditions + - name + - port + - supportedKinds + type: object + maxItems: 64 + type: array + x-kubernetes-list-map-keys: + - name + x-kubernetes-list-type: map + type: object + required: + - spec + type: object + served: true + storage: true + subresources: + status: {} +status: + acceptedNames: + kind: "" + plural: "" + conditions: null + storedVersions: null +{{- end }} +{{- end }} diff --git a/charts/kgateway/kgateway/charts/gateway-api/templates/crds/experimental/gateway.networking.x-k8s.io_xmeshes.yaml b/charts/kgateway/kgateway/charts/gateway-api/templates/crds/experimental/gateway.networking.x-k8s.io_xmeshes.yaml new file mode 100644 index 000000000..5d13bc625 --- /dev/null +++ b/charts/kgateway/kgateway/charts/gateway-api/templates/crds/experimental/gateway.networking.x-k8s.io_xmeshes.yaml @@ -0,0 +1,253 @@ +{{- if eq .Values.specification "experimental" }} +{{- $crd := lookup "apiextensions.k8s.io/v1" "CustomResourceDefinition" "" "xmeshes.gateway.networking.x-k8s.io" }} +{{- if not $crd }} +apiVersion: apiextensions.k8s.io/v1 +kind: CustomResourceDefinition +metadata: + annotations: + api-approved.kubernetes.io: https://github.com/kubernetes-sigs/gateway-api/pull/3328 + helm.sh/resource-policy: keep + gateway.networking.k8s.io/channel: experimental + name: xmeshes.gateway.networking.x-k8s.io +spec: + group: gateway.networking.x-k8s.io + names: + categories: + - gateway-api + kind: XMesh + listKind: XMeshList + plural: xmeshes + shortNames: + - mesh + singular: xmesh + scope: Cluster + versions: + - additionalPrinterColumns: + - jsonPath: .status.conditions[?(@.type=="Accepted")].status + name: Accepted + type: string + - jsonPath: .metadata.creationTimestamp + name: Age + type: date + name: v1alpha1 + schema: + openAPIV3Schema: + description: XMesh defines mesh-wide characteristics of a GAMMA-compliant + service mesh. + properties: + apiVersion: + description: |- + APIVersion defines the versioned schema of this representation of an object. + Servers should convert recognized schemas to the latest internal value, and + may reject unrecognized values. + More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#resources + type: string + kind: + description: |- + Kind is a string value representing the REST resource this object represents. + Servers may infer this from the endpoint the client submits requests to. + Cannot be updated. + In CamelCase. + More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#types-kinds + type: string + metadata: + type: object + spec: + description: Spec defines the desired state of XMesh. + properties: + controllerName: + description: |- + ControllerName is the name of a controller that is managing Gateway API + resources for mesh traffic management. The value of this field MUST be a + domain prefixed path. + + Example: "example.com/awesome-mesh". + + This field is not mutable and cannot be empty. + + Support: Core + maxLength: 253 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*\/[A-Za-z0-9\/\-._~%!$&'()*+,;=:]+$ + type: string + x-kubernetes-validations: + - message: Value is immutable + rule: self == oldSelf + description: + description: Description optionally provides a human-readable description + of a Mesh. + maxLength: 64 + type: string + parametersRef: + description: |- + ParametersRef is an optional reference to a resource that contains + implementation-specific configuration for this Mesh. If no + implementation-specific parameters are needed, this field MUST be + omitted. + + ParametersRef can reference a standard Kubernetes resource, i.e. + ConfigMap, or an implementation-specific custom resource. The resource + can be cluster-scoped or namespace-scoped. + + If the referent cannot be found, refers to an unsupported kind, or when + the data within that resource is malformed, the Mesh MUST be rejected + with the "Accepted" status condition set to "False" and an + "InvalidParameters" reason. + + Support: Implementation-specific + properties: + group: + description: Group is the group of the referent. + maxLength: 253 + pattern: ^$|^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$ + type: string + kind: + description: Kind is kind of the referent. + maxLength: 63 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[a-zA-Z]([-a-zA-Z0-9]*[a-zA-Z0-9])?$ + type: string + name: + description: Name is the name of the referent. + maxLength: 253 + minLength: 1 + type: string + namespace: + description: |- + Namespace is the namespace of the referent. + This field is required when referring to a Namespace-scoped resource and + MUST be unset when referring to a Cluster-scoped resource. + maxLength: 63 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?$ + type: string + required: + - group + - kind + - name + type: object + required: + - controllerName + type: object + status: + default: + conditions: + - lastTransitionTime: "1970-01-01T00:00:00Z" + message: Waiting for controller + reason: Pending + status: Unknown + type: Accepted + description: Status defines the current state of XMesh. + properties: + conditions: + default: + - lastTransitionTime: "1970-01-01T00:00:00Z" + message: Waiting for controller + reason: Pending + status: Unknown + type: Accepted + - lastTransitionTime: "1970-01-01T00:00:00Z" + message: Waiting for controller + reason: Pending + status: Unknown + type: Programmed + description: |- + Conditions is the current status from the controller for + this Mesh. + + Controllers should prefer to publish conditions using values + of MeshConditionType for the type of each Condition. + items: + description: Condition contains details for one aspect of the current + state of this API Resource. + properties: + lastTransitionTime: + description: |- + lastTransitionTime is the last time the condition transitioned from one status to another. + This should be when the underlying condition changed. If that is not known, then using the time when the API field changed is acceptable. + format: date-time + type: string + message: + description: |- + message is a human readable message indicating details about the transition. + This may be an empty string. + maxLength: 32768 + type: string + observedGeneration: + description: |- + observedGeneration represents the .metadata.generation that the condition was set based upon. + For instance, if .metadata.generation is currently 12, but the .status.conditions[x].observedGeneration is 9, the condition is out of date + with respect to the current state of the instance. + format: int64 + minimum: 0 + type: integer + reason: + description: |- + reason contains a programmatic identifier indicating the reason for the condition's last transition. + Producers of specific condition types may define expected values and meanings for this field, + and whether the values are considered a guaranteed API. + The value should be a CamelCase string. + This field may not be empty. + maxLength: 1024 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[A-Za-z]([A-Za-z0-9_,:]*[A-Za-z0-9_])?$ + type: string + status: + description: status of the condition, one of True, False, Unknown. + enum: + - "True" + - "False" + - Unknown + type: string + type: + description: type of condition in CamelCase or in foo.example.com/CamelCase. + maxLength: 316 + pattern: ^([a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*/)?(([A-Za-z0-9][-A-Za-z0-9_.]*)?[A-Za-z0-9])$ + type: string + required: + - lastTransitionTime + - message + - reason + - status + - type + type: object + maxItems: 8 + type: array + x-kubernetes-list-map-keys: + - type + x-kubernetes-list-type: map + supportedFeatures: + description: |- + SupportedFeatures is the set of features the Mesh support. + It MUST be sorted in ascending alphabetical order by the Name key. + items: + properties: + name: + description: |- + FeatureName is used to describe distinct features that are covered by + conformance tests. + type: string + required: + - name + type: object + maxItems: 64 + type: array + x-kubernetes-list-map-keys: + - name + x-kubernetes-list-type: map + type: object + required: + - spec + type: object + served: true + storage: true + subresources: + status: {} +status: + acceptedNames: + kind: "" + plural: "" + conditions: null + storedVersions: null +{{- end }} +{{- end }} diff --git a/charts/kgateway/kgateway/charts/gateway-api/templates/crds/standard/gateway.networking.k8s.io_backendtlspolicies.yaml b/charts/kgateway/kgateway/charts/gateway-api/templates/crds/standard/gateway.networking.k8s.io_backendtlspolicies.yaml new file mode 100644 index 000000000..603192b53 --- /dev/null +++ b/charts/kgateway/kgateway/charts/gateway-api/templates/crds/standard/gateway.networking.k8s.io_backendtlspolicies.yaml @@ -0,0 +1,1323 @@ +{{- if eq .Values.specification "standard" }} +{{- $crd := lookup "apiextensions.k8s.io/v1" "CustomResourceDefinition" "" "backendtlspolicies.gateway.networking.k8s.io" }} +{{- if not $crd }} +apiVersion: apiextensions.k8s.io/v1 +kind: CustomResourceDefinition +metadata: + annotations: + api-approved.kubernetes.io: https://github.com/kubernetes-sigs/gateway-api/pull/3328 + helm.sh/resource-policy: keep + gateway.networking.k8s.io/channel: standard + labels: + gateway.networking.k8s.io/policy: Direct + name: backendtlspolicies.gateway.networking.k8s.io +spec: + group: gateway.networking.k8s.io + names: + categories: + - gateway-api + kind: BackendTLSPolicy + listKind: BackendTLSPolicyList + plural: backendtlspolicies + shortNames: + - btlspolicy + singular: backendtlspolicy + scope: Namespaced + versions: + - additionalPrinterColumns: + - jsonPath: .metadata.creationTimestamp + name: Age + type: date + name: v1 + schema: + openAPIV3Schema: + description: |- + BackendTLSPolicy provides a way to configure how a Gateway + connects to a Backend via TLS. + properties: + apiVersion: + description: |- + APIVersion defines the versioned schema of this representation of an object. + Servers should convert recognized schemas to the latest internal value, and + may reject unrecognized values. + More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#resources + type: string + kind: + description: |- + Kind is a string value representing the REST resource this object represents. + Servers may infer this from the endpoint the client submits requests to. + Cannot be updated. + In CamelCase. + More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#types-kinds + type: string + metadata: + type: object + spec: + description: Spec defines the desired state of BackendTLSPolicy. + properties: + options: + additionalProperties: + description: |- + AnnotationValue is the value of an annotation in Gateway API. This is used + for validation of maps such as TLS options. This roughly matches Kubernetes + annotation validation, although the length validation in that case is based + on the entire size of the annotations struct. + maxLength: 4096 + minLength: 0 + type: string + description: |- + Options are a list of key/value pairs to enable extended TLS + configuration for each implementation. For example, configuring the + minimum TLS version or supported cipher suites. + + A set of common keys MAY be defined by the API in the future. To avoid + any ambiguity, implementation-specific definitions MUST use + domain-prefixed names, such as `example.com/my-custom-option`. + Un-prefixed names are reserved for key names defined by Gateway API. + + Support: Implementation-specific + maxProperties: 16 + type: object + targetRefs: + description: |- + TargetRefs identifies an API object to apply the policy to. + Only Services have Extended support. Implementations MAY support + additional objects, with Implementation Specific support. + Note that this config applies to the entire referenced resource + by default, but this default may change in the future to provide + a more granular application of the policy. + + TargetRefs must be _distinct_. This means either that: + + * They select different targets. If this is the case, then targetRef + entries are distinct. In terms of fields, this means that the + multi-part key defined by `group`, `kind`, and `name` must + be unique across all targetRef entries in the BackendTLSPolicy. + * They select different sectionNames in the same target. + + When more than one BackendTLSPolicy selects the same target and + sectionName, implementations MUST determine precedence using the + following criteria, continuing on ties: + + * The older policy by creation timestamp takes precedence. For + example, a policy with a creation timestamp of "2021-07-15 + 01:02:03" MUST be given precedence over a policy with a + creation timestamp of "2021-07-15 01:02:04". + * The policy appearing first in alphabetical order by {name}. + For example, a policy named `bar` is given precedence over a + policy named `baz`. + + For any BackendTLSPolicy that does not take precedence, the + implementation MUST ensure the `Accepted` Condition is set to + `status: False`, with Reason `Conflicted`. + + Support: Extended for Kubernetes Service + + Support: Implementation-specific for any other resource + items: + description: |- + LocalPolicyTargetReferenceWithSectionName identifies an API object to apply a + direct policy to. This should be used as part of Policy resources that can + target single resources. For more information on how this policy attachment + mode works, and a sample Policy resource, refer to the policy attachment + documentation for Gateway API. + + Note: This should only be used for direct policy attachment when references + to SectionName are actually needed. In all other cases, + LocalPolicyTargetReference should be used. + properties: + group: + description: Group is the group of the target resource. + maxLength: 253 + pattern: ^$|^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$ + type: string + kind: + description: Kind is kind of the target resource. + maxLength: 63 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[a-zA-Z]([-a-zA-Z0-9]*[a-zA-Z0-9])?$ + type: string + name: + description: Name is the name of the target resource. + maxLength: 253 + minLength: 1 + type: string + sectionName: + description: |- + SectionName is the name of a section within the target resource. When + unspecified, this targetRef targets the entire resource. In the following + resources, SectionName is interpreted as the following: + + * Gateway: Listener name + * HTTPRoute: HTTPRouteRule name + * Service: Port name + + If a SectionName is specified, but does not exist on the targeted object, + the Policy must fail to attach, and the policy implementation should record + a `ResolvedRefs` or similar Condition in the Policy's status. + maxLength: 253 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$ + type: string + required: + - group + - kind + - name + type: object + maxItems: 16 + minItems: 1 + type: array + x-kubernetes-list-type: atomic + x-kubernetes-validations: + - message: sectionName must be specified when targetRefs includes + 2 or more references to the same target + rule: 'self.all(p1, self.all(p2, p1.group == p2.group && p1.kind + == p2.kind && p1.name == p2.name ? ((!has(p1.sectionName) || p1.sectionName + == '''') == (!has(p2.sectionName) || p2.sectionName == '''')) + : true))' + - message: sectionName must be unique when targetRefs includes 2 or + more references to the same target + rule: self.all(p1, self.exists_one(p2, p1.group == p2.group && p1.kind + == p2.kind && p1.name == p2.name && (((!has(p1.sectionName) || + p1.sectionName == '') && (!has(p2.sectionName) || p2.sectionName + == '')) || (has(p1.sectionName) && has(p2.sectionName) && p1.sectionName + == p2.sectionName)))) + validation: + description: Validation contains backend TLS validation configuration. + properties: + caCertificateRefs: + description: |- + CACertificateRefs contains one or more references to Kubernetes objects that + contain a PEM-encoded TLS CA certificate bundle, which is used to + validate a TLS handshake between the Gateway and backend Pod. + + If CACertificateRefs is empty or unspecified, then WellKnownCACertificates must be + specified. Only one of CACertificateRefs or WellKnownCACertificates may be specified, + not both. If CACertificateRefs is empty or unspecified, the configuration for + WellKnownCACertificates MUST be honored instead if supported by the implementation. + + A CACertificateRef is invalid if: + + * It refers to a resource that cannot be resolved (e.g., the referenced resource + does not exist) or is misconfigured (e.g., a ConfigMap does not contain a key + named `ca.crt`). In this case, the Reason must be set to `InvalidCACertificateRef` + and the Message of the Condition must indicate which reference is invalid and why. + + * It refers to an unknown or unsupported kind of resource. In this case, the Reason + must be set to `InvalidKind` and the Message of the Condition must explain which + kind of resource is unknown or unsupported. + + * It refers to a resource in another namespace. This may change in future + spec updates. + + Implementations MAY choose to perform further validation of the certificate + content (e.g., checking expiry or enforcing specific formats). In such cases, + an implementation-specific Reason and Message must be set for the invalid reference. + + In all cases, the implementation MUST ensure the `ResolvedRefs` Condition on + the BackendTLSPolicy is set to `status: False`, with a Reason and Message + that indicate the cause of the error. Connections using an invalid + CACertificateRef MUST fail, and the client MUST receive an HTTP 5xx error + response. If ALL CACertificateRefs are invalid, the implementation MUST also + ensure the `Accepted` Condition on the BackendTLSPolicy is set to + `status: False`, with a Reason `NoValidCACertificate`. + + A single CACertificateRef to a Kubernetes ConfigMap kind has "Core" support. + Implementations MAY choose to support attaching multiple certificates to + a backend, but this behavior is implementation-specific. + + Support: Core - An optional single reference to a Kubernetes ConfigMap, + with the CA certificate in a key named `ca.crt`. + + Support: Implementation-specific - More than one reference, other kinds + of resources, or a single reference that includes multiple certificates. + items: + description: |- + LocalObjectReference identifies an API object within the namespace of the + referrer. + The API object must be valid in the cluster; the Group and Kind must + be registered in the cluster for this reference to be valid. + + References to objects with invalid Group and Kind are not valid, and must + be rejected by the implementation, with appropriate Conditions set + on the containing object. + properties: + group: + description: |- + Group is the group of the referent. For example, "gateway.networking.k8s.io". + When unspecified or empty string, core API group is inferred. + maxLength: 253 + pattern: ^$|^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$ + type: string + kind: + description: Kind is kind of the referent. For example "HTTPRoute" + or "Service". + maxLength: 63 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[a-zA-Z]([-a-zA-Z0-9]*[a-zA-Z0-9])?$ + type: string + name: + description: Name is the name of the referent. + maxLength: 253 + minLength: 1 + type: string + required: + - group + - kind + - name + type: object + maxItems: 8 + type: array + x-kubernetes-list-type: atomic + hostname: + description: |- + Hostname is used for two purposes in the connection between Gateways and + backends: + + 1. Hostname MUST be used as the SNI to connect to the backend (RFC 6066). + 2. Hostname MUST be used for authentication and MUST match the certificate + served by the matching backend, unless SubjectAltNames is specified. + 3. If SubjectAltNames are specified, Hostname can be used for certificate selection + but MUST NOT be used for authentication. If you want to use the value + of the Hostname field for authentication, you MUST add it to the SubjectAltNames list. + + Support: Core + maxLength: 253 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$ + type: string + subjectAltNames: + description: |- + SubjectAltNames contains one or more Subject Alternative Names. + When specified the certificate served from the backend MUST + have at least one Subject Alternate Name matching one of the specified SubjectAltNames. + + Support: Extended + items: + description: SubjectAltName represents Subject Alternative Name. + properties: + hostname: + description: |- + Hostname contains Subject Alternative Name specified in DNS name format. + Required when Type is set to Hostname, ignored otherwise. + + Support: Core + maxLength: 253 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^(\*\.)?[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$ + type: string + type: + description: |- + Type determines the format of the Subject Alternative Name. Always required. + + Support: Core + enum: + - Hostname + - URI + type: string + uri: + description: |- + URI contains Subject Alternative Name specified in a full URI format. + It MUST include both a scheme (e.g., "http" or "ftp") and a scheme-specific-part. + Common values include SPIFFE IDs like "spiffe://mycluster.example.com/ns/myns/sa/svc1sa". + Required when Type is set to URI, ignored otherwise. + + Support: Core + maxLength: 253 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^(([^:/?#]+):)(//([^/?#]*))([^?#]*)(\?([^#]*))?(#(.*))? + type: string + required: + - type + type: object + x-kubernetes-validations: + - message: SubjectAltName element must contain Hostname, if + Type is set to Hostname + rule: '!(self.type == "Hostname" && (!has(self.hostname) || + self.hostname == ""))' + - message: SubjectAltName element must not contain Hostname, + if Type is not set to Hostname + rule: '!(self.type != "Hostname" && has(self.hostname) && + self.hostname != "")' + - message: SubjectAltName element must contain URI, if Type + is set to URI + rule: '!(self.type == "URI" && (!has(self.uri) || self.uri + == ""))' + - message: SubjectAltName element must not contain URI, if Type + is not set to URI + rule: '!(self.type != "URI" && has(self.uri) && self.uri != + "")' + maxItems: 5 + type: array + x-kubernetes-list-type: atomic + wellKnownCACertificates: + description: |- + WellKnownCACertificates specifies whether system CA certificates may be used in + the TLS handshake between the gateway and backend pod. + + If WellKnownCACertificates is unspecified or empty (""), then CACertificateRefs + must be specified with at least one entry for a valid configuration. Only one of + CACertificateRefs or WellKnownCACertificates may be specified, not both. + If an implementation does not support the WellKnownCACertificates field, or + the supplied value is not recognized, the implementation MUST ensure the + `Accepted` Condition on the BackendTLSPolicy is set to `status: False`, with + a Reason `Invalid`. + + Support: Implementation-specific + enum: + - System + type: string + required: + - hostname + type: object + x-kubernetes-validations: + - message: must not contain both CACertificateRefs and WellKnownCACertificates + rule: '!(has(self.caCertificateRefs) && size(self.caCertificateRefs) + > 0 && has(self.wellKnownCACertificates) && self.wellKnownCACertificates + != "")' + - message: must specify either CACertificateRefs or WellKnownCACertificates + rule: (has(self.caCertificateRefs) && size(self.caCertificateRefs) + > 0 || has(self.wellKnownCACertificates) && self.wellKnownCACertificates + != "") + required: + - targetRefs + - validation + type: object + status: + description: Status defines the current state of BackendTLSPolicy. + properties: + ancestors: + description: |- + Ancestors is a list of ancestor resources (usually Gateways) that are + associated with the policy, and the status of the policy with respect to + each ancestor. When this policy attaches to a parent, the controller that + manages the parent and the ancestors MUST add an entry to this list when + the controller first sees the policy and SHOULD update the entry as + appropriate when the relevant ancestor is modified. + + Note that choosing the relevant ancestor is left to the Policy designers; + an important part of Policy design is designing the right object level at + which to namespace this status. + + Note also that implementations MUST ONLY populate ancestor status for + the Ancestor resources they are responsible for. Implementations MUST + use the ControllerName field to uniquely identify the entries in this list + that they are responsible for. + + Note that to achieve this, the list of PolicyAncestorStatus structs + MUST be treated as a map with a composite key, made up of the AncestorRef + and ControllerName fields combined. + + A maximum of 16 ancestors will be represented in this list. An empty list + means the Policy is not relevant for any ancestors. + + If this slice is full, implementations MUST NOT add further entries. + Instead they MUST consider the policy unimplementable and signal that + on any related resources such as the ancestor that would be referenced + here. For example, if this list was full on BackendTLSPolicy, no + additional Gateways would be able to reference the Service targeted by + the BackendTLSPolicy. + items: + description: |- + PolicyAncestorStatus describes the status of a route with respect to an + associated Ancestor. + + Ancestors refer to objects that are either the Target of a policy or above it + in terms of object hierarchy. For example, if a policy targets a Service, the + Policy's Ancestors are, in order, the Service, the HTTPRoute, the Gateway, and + the GatewayClass. Almost always, in this hierarchy, the Gateway will be the most + useful object to place Policy status on, so we recommend that implementations + SHOULD use Gateway as the PolicyAncestorStatus object unless the designers + have a _very_ good reason otherwise. + + In the context of policy attachment, the Ancestor is used to distinguish which + resource results in a distinct application of this policy. For example, if a policy + targets a Service, it may have a distinct result per attached Gateway. + + Policies targeting the same resource may have different effects depending on the + ancestors of those resources. For example, different Gateways targeting the same + Service may have different capabilities, especially if they have different underlying + implementations. + + For example, in BackendTLSPolicy, the Policy attaches to a Service that is + used as a backend in a HTTPRoute that is itself attached to a Gateway. + In this case, the relevant object for status is the Gateway, and that is the + ancestor object referred to in this status. + + Note that a parent is also an ancestor, so for objects where the parent is the + relevant object for status, this struct SHOULD still be used. + + This struct is intended to be used in a slice that's effectively a map, + with a composite key made up of the AncestorRef and the ControllerName. + properties: + ancestorRef: + description: |- + AncestorRef corresponds with a ParentRef in the spec that this + PolicyAncestorStatus struct describes the status of. + properties: + group: + default: gateway.networking.k8s.io + description: |- + Group is the group of the referent. + When unspecified, "gateway.networking.k8s.io" is inferred. + To set the core API group (such as for a "Service" kind referent), + Group must be explicitly set to "" (empty string). + + Support: Core + maxLength: 253 + pattern: ^$|^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$ + type: string + kind: + default: Gateway + description: |- + Kind is kind of the referent. + + There are two kinds of parent resources with "Core" support: + + * Gateway (Gateway conformance profile) + * Service (Mesh conformance profile, ClusterIP Services only) + + Support for other resources is Implementation-Specific. + maxLength: 63 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[a-zA-Z]([-a-zA-Z0-9]*[a-zA-Z0-9])?$ + type: string + name: + description: |- + Name is the name of the referent. + + Support: Core + maxLength: 253 + minLength: 1 + type: string + namespace: + description: |- + Namespace is the namespace of the referent. When unspecified, this refers + to the local namespace of the Route. + + Note that there are specific rules for ParentRefs which cross namespace + boundaries. Cross-namespace references are only valid if they are explicitly + allowed by something in the namespace they are referring to. For example: + Gateway has the AllowedRoutes field, and ReferenceGrant provides a + generic way to enable any other kind of cross-namespace reference. + + Support: Core + maxLength: 63 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?$ + type: string + port: + description: |- + Port is the network port this Route targets. It can be interpreted + differently based on the type of parent resource. + + When the parent resource is a Gateway, this targets all listeners + listening on the specified port that also support this kind of Route(and + select this Route). It's not recommended to set `Port` unless the + networking behaviors specified in a Route must apply to a specific port + as opposed to a listener(s) whose port(s) may be changed. When both Port + and SectionName are specified, the name and port of the selected listener + must match both specified values. + + Implementations MAY choose to support other parent resources. + Implementations supporting other types of parent resources MUST clearly + document how/if Port is interpreted. + + For the purpose of status, an attachment is considered successful as + long as the parent resource accepts it partially. For example, Gateway + listeners can restrict which Routes can attach to them by Route kind, + namespace, or hostname. If 1 of 2 Gateway listeners accept attachment + from the referencing Route, the Route MUST be considered successfully + attached. If no Gateway listeners accept attachment from this Route, + the Route MUST be considered detached from the Gateway. + + Support: Extended + format: int32 + maximum: 65535 + minimum: 1 + type: integer + sectionName: + description: |- + SectionName is the name of a section within the target resource. In the + following resources, SectionName is interpreted as the following: + + * Gateway: Listener name. When both Port (experimental) and SectionName + are specified, the name and port of the selected listener must match + both specified values. + * Service: Port name. When both Port (experimental) and SectionName + are specified, the name and port of the selected listener must match + both specified values. + + Implementations MAY choose to support attaching Routes to other resources. + If that is the case, they MUST clearly document how SectionName is + interpreted. + + When unspecified (empty string), this will reference the entire resource. + For the purpose of status, an attachment is considered successful if at + least one section in the parent resource accepts it. For example, Gateway + listeners can restrict which Routes can attach to them by Route kind, + namespace, or hostname. If 1 of 2 Gateway listeners accept attachment from + the referencing Route, the Route MUST be considered successfully + attached. If no Gateway listeners accept attachment from this Route, the + Route MUST be considered detached from the Gateway. + + Support: Core + maxLength: 253 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$ + type: string + required: + - name + type: object + conditions: + description: Conditions describes the status of the Policy with + respect to the given Ancestor. + items: + description: Condition contains details for one aspect of + the current state of this API Resource. + properties: + lastTransitionTime: + description: |- + lastTransitionTime is the last time the condition transitioned from one status to another. + This should be when the underlying condition changed. If that is not known, then using the time when the API field changed is acceptable. + format: date-time + type: string + message: + description: |- + message is a human readable message indicating details about the transition. + This may be an empty string. + maxLength: 32768 + type: string + observedGeneration: + description: |- + observedGeneration represents the .metadata.generation that the condition was set based upon. + For instance, if .metadata.generation is currently 12, but the .status.conditions[x].observedGeneration is 9, the condition is out of date + with respect to the current state of the instance. + format: int64 + minimum: 0 + type: integer + reason: + description: |- + reason contains a programmatic identifier indicating the reason for the condition's last transition. + Producers of specific condition types may define expected values and meanings for this field, + and whether the values are considered a guaranteed API. + The value should be a CamelCase string. + This field may not be empty. + maxLength: 1024 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[A-Za-z]([A-Za-z0-9_,:]*[A-Za-z0-9_])?$ + type: string + status: + description: status of the condition, one of True, False, + Unknown. + enum: + - "True" + - "False" + - Unknown + type: string + type: + description: type of condition in CamelCase or in foo.example.com/CamelCase. + maxLength: 316 + pattern: ^([a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*/)?(([A-Za-z0-9][-A-Za-z0-9_.]*)?[A-Za-z0-9])$ + type: string + required: + - lastTransitionTime + - message + - reason + - status + - type + type: object + maxItems: 8 + minItems: 1 + type: array + x-kubernetes-list-map-keys: + - type + x-kubernetes-list-type: map + controllerName: + description: |- + ControllerName is a domain/path string that indicates the name of the + controller that wrote this status. This corresponds with the + controllerName field on GatewayClass. + + Example: "example.net/gateway-controller". + + The format of this field is DOMAIN "/" PATH, where DOMAIN and PATH are + valid Kubernetes names + (https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/names/#names). + + Controllers MUST populate this field when writing status. Controllers should ensure that + entries to status populated with their ControllerName are cleaned up when they are no + longer necessary. + maxLength: 253 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*\/[A-Za-z0-9\/\-._~%!$&'()*+,;=:]+$ + type: string + required: + - ancestorRef + - conditions + - controllerName + type: object + maxItems: 16 + type: array + x-kubernetes-list-type: atomic + required: + - ancestors + type: object + required: + - spec + type: object + served: true + storage: true + subresources: + status: {} + - deprecated: true + deprecationWarning: The v1alpha3 version of BackendTLSPolicy has been deprecated + and will be removed in a future release of the API. Please upgrade to v1. + name: v1alpha3 + schema: + openAPIV3Schema: + description: |- + BackendTLSPolicy provides a way to configure how a Gateway + connects to a Backend via TLS. + properties: + apiVersion: + description: |- + APIVersion defines the versioned schema of this representation of an object. + Servers should convert recognized schemas to the latest internal value, and + may reject unrecognized values. + More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#resources + type: string + kind: + description: |- + Kind is a string value representing the REST resource this object represents. + Servers may infer this from the endpoint the client submits requests to. + Cannot be updated. + In CamelCase. + More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#types-kinds + type: string + metadata: + type: object + spec: + description: Spec defines the desired state of BackendTLSPolicy. + properties: + options: + additionalProperties: + description: |- + AnnotationValue is the value of an annotation in Gateway API. This is used + for validation of maps such as TLS options. This roughly matches Kubernetes + annotation validation, although the length validation in that case is based + on the entire size of the annotations struct. + maxLength: 4096 + minLength: 0 + type: string + description: |- + Options are a list of key/value pairs to enable extended TLS + configuration for each implementation. For example, configuring the + minimum TLS version or supported cipher suites. + + A set of common keys MAY be defined by the API in the future. To avoid + any ambiguity, implementation-specific definitions MUST use + domain-prefixed names, such as `example.com/my-custom-option`. + Un-prefixed names are reserved for key names defined by Gateway API. + + Support: Implementation-specific + maxProperties: 16 + type: object + targetRefs: + description: |- + TargetRefs identifies an API object to apply the policy to. + Only Services have Extended support. Implementations MAY support + additional objects, with Implementation Specific support. + Note that this config applies to the entire referenced resource + by default, but this default may change in the future to provide + a more granular application of the policy. + + TargetRefs must be _distinct_. This means either that: + + * They select different targets. If this is the case, then targetRef + entries are distinct. In terms of fields, this means that the + multi-part key defined by `group`, `kind`, and `name` must + be unique across all targetRef entries in the BackendTLSPolicy. + * They select different sectionNames in the same target. + + When more than one BackendTLSPolicy selects the same target and + sectionName, implementations MUST determine precedence using the + following criteria, continuing on ties: + + * The older policy by creation timestamp takes precedence. For + example, a policy with a creation timestamp of "2021-07-15 + 01:02:03" MUST be given precedence over a policy with a + creation timestamp of "2021-07-15 01:02:04". + * The policy appearing first in alphabetical order by {name}. + For example, a policy named `bar` is given precedence over a + policy named `baz`. + + For any BackendTLSPolicy that does not take precedence, the + implementation MUST ensure the `Accepted` Condition is set to + `status: False`, with Reason `Conflicted`. + + Support: Extended for Kubernetes Service + + Support: Implementation-specific for any other resource + items: + description: |- + LocalPolicyTargetReferenceWithSectionName identifies an API object to apply a + direct policy to. This should be used as part of Policy resources that can + target single resources. For more information on how this policy attachment + mode works, and a sample Policy resource, refer to the policy attachment + documentation for Gateway API. + + Note: This should only be used for direct policy attachment when references + to SectionName are actually needed. In all other cases, + LocalPolicyTargetReference should be used. + properties: + group: + description: Group is the group of the target resource. + maxLength: 253 + pattern: ^$|^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$ + type: string + kind: + description: Kind is kind of the target resource. + maxLength: 63 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[a-zA-Z]([-a-zA-Z0-9]*[a-zA-Z0-9])?$ + type: string + name: + description: Name is the name of the target resource. + maxLength: 253 + minLength: 1 + type: string + sectionName: + description: |- + SectionName is the name of a section within the target resource. When + unspecified, this targetRef targets the entire resource. In the following + resources, SectionName is interpreted as the following: + + * Gateway: Listener name + * HTTPRoute: HTTPRouteRule name + * Service: Port name + + If a SectionName is specified, but does not exist on the targeted object, + the Policy must fail to attach, and the policy implementation should record + a `ResolvedRefs` or similar Condition in the Policy's status. + maxLength: 253 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$ + type: string + required: + - group + - kind + - name + type: object + maxItems: 16 + minItems: 1 + type: array + x-kubernetes-list-type: atomic + x-kubernetes-validations: + - message: sectionName must be specified when targetRefs includes + 2 or more references to the same target + rule: 'self.all(p1, self.all(p2, p1.group == p2.group && p1.kind + == p2.kind && p1.name == p2.name ? ((!has(p1.sectionName) || p1.sectionName + == '''') == (!has(p2.sectionName) || p2.sectionName == '''')) + : true))' + - message: sectionName must be unique when targetRefs includes 2 or + more references to the same target + rule: self.all(p1, self.exists_one(p2, p1.group == p2.group && p1.kind + == p2.kind && p1.name == p2.name && (((!has(p1.sectionName) || + p1.sectionName == '') && (!has(p2.sectionName) || p2.sectionName + == '')) || (has(p1.sectionName) && has(p2.sectionName) && p1.sectionName + == p2.sectionName)))) + validation: + description: Validation contains backend TLS validation configuration. + properties: + caCertificateRefs: + description: |- + CACertificateRefs contains one or more references to Kubernetes objects that + contain a PEM-encoded TLS CA certificate bundle, which is used to + validate a TLS handshake between the Gateway and backend Pod. + + If CACertificateRefs is empty or unspecified, then WellKnownCACertificates must be + specified. Only one of CACertificateRefs or WellKnownCACertificates may be specified, + not both. If CACertificateRefs is empty or unspecified, the configuration for + WellKnownCACertificates MUST be honored instead if supported by the implementation. + + A CACertificateRef is invalid if: + + * It refers to a resource that cannot be resolved (e.g., the referenced resource + does not exist) or is misconfigured (e.g., a ConfigMap does not contain a key + named `ca.crt`). In this case, the Reason must be set to `InvalidCACertificateRef` + and the Message of the Condition must indicate which reference is invalid and why. + + * It refers to an unknown or unsupported kind of resource. In this case, the Reason + must be set to `InvalidKind` and the Message of the Condition must explain which + kind of resource is unknown or unsupported. + + * It refers to a resource in another namespace. This may change in future + spec updates. + + Implementations MAY choose to perform further validation of the certificate + content (e.g., checking expiry or enforcing specific formats). In such cases, + an implementation-specific Reason and Message must be set for the invalid reference. + + In all cases, the implementation MUST ensure the `ResolvedRefs` Condition on + the BackendTLSPolicy is set to `status: False`, with a Reason and Message + that indicate the cause of the error. Connections using an invalid + CACertificateRef MUST fail, and the client MUST receive an HTTP 5xx error + response. If ALL CACertificateRefs are invalid, the implementation MUST also + ensure the `Accepted` Condition on the BackendTLSPolicy is set to + `status: False`, with a Reason `NoValidCACertificate`. + + A single CACertificateRef to a Kubernetes ConfigMap kind has "Core" support. + Implementations MAY choose to support attaching multiple certificates to + a backend, but this behavior is implementation-specific. + + Support: Core - An optional single reference to a Kubernetes ConfigMap, + with the CA certificate in a key named `ca.crt`. + + Support: Implementation-specific - More than one reference, other kinds + of resources, or a single reference that includes multiple certificates. + items: + description: |- + LocalObjectReference identifies an API object within the namespace of the + referrer. + The API object must be valid in the cluster; the Group and Kind must + be registered in the cluster for this reference to be valid. + + References to objects with invalid Group and Kind are not valid, and must + be rejected by the implementation, with appropriate Conditions set + on the containing object. + properties: + group: + description: |- + Group is the group of the referent. For example, "gateway.networking.k8s.io". + When unspecified or empty string, core API group is inferred. + maxLength: 253 + pattern: ^$|^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$ + type: string + kind: + description: Kind is kind of the referent. For example "HTTPRoute" + or "Service". + maxLength: 63 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[a-zA-Z]([-a-zA-Z0-9]*[a-zA-Z0-9])?$ + type: string + name: + description: Name is the name of the referent. + maxLength: 253 + minLength: 1 + type: string + required: + - group + - kind + - name + type: object + maxItems: 8 + type: array + x-kubernetes-list-type: atomic + hostname: + description: |- + Hostname is used for two purposes in the connection between Gateways and + backends: + + 1. Hostname MUST be used as the SNI to connect to the backend (RFC 6066). + 2. Hostname MUST be used for authentication and MUST match the certificate + served by the matching backend, unless SubjectAltNames is specified. + 3. If SubjectAltNames are specified, Hostname can be used for certificate selection + but MUST NOT be used for authentication. If you want to use the value + of the Hostname field for authentication, you MUST add it to the SubjectAltNames list. + + Support: Core + maxLength: 253 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$ + type: string + subjectAltNames: + description: |- + SubjectAltNames contains one or more Subject Alternative Names. + When specified the certificate served from the backend MUST + have at least one Subject Alternate Name matching one of the specified SubjectAltNames. + + Support: Extended + items: + description: SubjectAltName represents Subject Alternative Name. + properties: + hostname: + description: |- + Hostname contains Subject Alternative Name specified in DNS name format. + Required when Type is set to Hostname, ignored otherwise. + + Support: Core + maxLength: 253 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^(\*\.)?[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$ + type: string + type: + description: |- + Type determines the format of the Subject Alternative Name. Always required. + + Support: Core + enum: + - Hostname + - URI + type: string + uri: + description: |- + URI contains Subject Alternative Name specified in a full URI format. + It MUST include both a scheme (e.g., "http" or "ftp") and a scheme-specific-part. + Common values include SPIFFE IDs like "spiffe://mycluster.example.com/ns/myns/sa/svc1sa". + Required when Type is set to URI, ignored otherwise. + + Support: Core + maxLength: 253 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^(([^:/?#]+):)(//([^/?#]*))([^?#]*)(\?([^#]*))?(#(.*))? + type: string + required: + - type + type: object + x-kubernetes-validations: + - message: SubjectAltName element must contain Hostname, if + Type is set to Hostname + rule: '!(self.type == "Hostname" && (!has(self.hostname) || + self.hostname == ""))' + - message: SubjectAltName element must not contain Hostname, + if Type is not set to Hostname + rule: '!(self.type != "Hostname" && has(self.hostname) && + self.hostname != "")' + - message: SubjectAltName element must contain URI, if Type + is set to URI + rule: '!(self.type == "URI" && (!has(self.uri) || self.uri + == ""))' + - message: SubjectAltName element must not contain URI, if Type + is not set to URI + rule: '!(self.type != "URI" && has(self.uri) && self.uri != + "")' + maxItems: 5 + type: array + x-kubernetes-list-type: atomic + wellKnownCACertificates: + description: |- + WellKnownCACertificates specifies whether system CA certificates may be used in + the TLS handshake between the gateway and backend pod. + + If WellKnownCACertificates is unspecified or empty (""), then CACertificateRefs + must be specified with at least one entry for a valid configuration. Only one of + CACertificateRefs or WellKnownCACertificates may be specified, not both. + If an implementation does not support the WellKnownCACertificates field, or + the supplied value is not recognized, the implementation MUST ensure the + `Accepted` Condition on the BackendTLSPolicy is set to `status: False`, with + a Reason `Invalid`. + + Support: Implementation-specific + enum: + - System + type: string + required: + - hostname + type: object + x-kubernetes-validations: + - message: must not contain both CACertificateRefs and WellKnownCACertificates + rule: '!(has(self.caCertificateRefs) && size(self.caCertificateRefs) + > 0 && has(self.wellKnownCACertificates) && self.wellKnownCACertificates + != "")' + - message: must specify either CACertificateRefs or WellKnownCACertificates + rule: (has(self.caCertificateRefs) && size(self.caCertificateRefs) + > 0 || has(self.wellKnownCACertificates) && self.wellKnownCACertificates + != "") + required: + - targetRefs + - validation + type: object + status: + description: Status defines the current state of BackendTLSPolicy. + properties: + ancestors: + description: |- + Ancestors is a list of ancestor resources (usually Gateways) that are + associated with the policy, and the status of the policy with respect to + each ancestor. When this policy attaches to a parent, the controller that + manages the parent and the ancestors MUST add an entry to this list when + the controller first sees the policy and SHOULD update the entry as + appropriate when the relevant ancestor is modified. + + Note that choosing the relevant ancestor is left to the Policy designers; + an important part of Policy design is designing the right object level at + which to namespace this status. + + Note also that implementations MUST ONLY populate ancestor status for + the Ancestor resources they are responsible for. Implementations MUST + use the ControllerName field to uniquely identify the entries in this list + that they are responsible for. + + Note that to achieve this, the list of PolicyAncestorStatus structs + MUST be treated as a map with a composite key, made up of the AncestorRef + and ControllerName fields combined. + + A maximum of 16 ancestors will be represented in this list. An empty list + means the Policy is not relevant for any ancestors. + + If this slice is full, implementations MUST NOT add further entries. + Instead they MUST consider the policy unimplementable and signal that + on any related resources such as the ancestor that would be referenced + here. For example, if this list was full on BackendTLSPolicy, no + additional Gateways would be able to reference the Service targeted by + the BackendTLSPolicy. + items: + description: |- + PolicyAncestorStatus describes the status of a route with respect to an + associated Ancestor. + + Ancestors refer to objects that are either the Target of a policy or above it + in terms of object hierarchy. For example, if a policy targets a Service, the + Policy's Ancestors are, in order, the Service, the HTTPRoute, the Gateway, and + the GatewayClass. Almost always, in this hierarchy, the Gateway will be the most + useful object to place Policy status on, so we recommend that implementations + SHOULD use Gateway as the PolicyAncestorStatus object unless the designers + have a _very_ good reason otherwise. + + In the context of policy attachment, the Ancestor is used to distinguish which + resource results in a distinct application of this policy. For example, if a policy + targets a Service, it may have a distinct result per attached Gateway. + + Policies targeting the same resource may have different effects depending on the + ancestors of those resources. For example, different Gateways targeting the same + Service may have different capabilities, especially if they have different underlying + implementations. + + For example, in BackendTLSPolicy, the Policy attaches to a Service that is + used as a backend in a HTTPRoute that is itself attached to a Gateway. + In this case, the relevant object for status is the Gateway, and that is the + ancestor object referred to in this status. + + Note that a parent is also an ancestor, so for objects where the parent is the + relevant object for status, this struct SHOULD still be used. + + This struct is intended to be used in a slice that's effectively a map, + with a composite key made up of the AncestorRef and the ControllerName. + properties: + ancestorRef: + description: |- + AncestorRef corresponds with a ParentRef in the spec that this + PolicyAncestorStatus struct describes the status of. + properties: + group: + default: gateway.networking.k8s.io + description: |- + Group is the group of the referent. + When unspecified, "gateway.networking.k8s.io" is inferred. + To set the core API group (such as for a "Service" kind referent), + Group must be explicitly set to "" (empty string). + + Support: Core + maxLength: 253 + pattern: ^$|^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$ + type: string + kind: + default: Gateway + description: |- + Kind is kind of the referent. + + There are two kinds of parent resources with "Core" support: + + * Gateway (Gateway conformance profile) + * Service (Mesh conformance profile, ClusterIP Services only) + + Support for other resources is Implementation-Specific. + maxLength: 63 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[a-zA-Z]([-a-zA-Z0-9]*[a-zA-Z0-9])?$ + type: string + name: + description: |- + Name is the name of the referent. + + Support: Core + maxLength: 253 + minLength: 1 + type: string + namespace: + description: |- + Namespace is the namespace of the referent. When unspecified, this refers + to the local namespace of the Route. + + Note that there are specific rules for ParentRefs which cross namespace + boundaries. Cross-namespace references are only valid if they are explicitly + allowed by something in the namespace they are referring to. For example: + Gateway has the AllowedRoutes field, and ReferenceGrant provides a + generic way to enable any other kind of cross-namespace reference. + + Support: Core + maxLength: 63 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?$ + type: string + port: + description: |- + Port is the network port this Route targets. It can be interpreted + differently based on the type of parent resource. + + When the parent resource is a Gateway, this targets all listeners + listening on the specified port that also support this kind of Route(and + select this Route). It's not recommended to set `Port` unless the + networking behaviors specified in a Route must apply to a specific port + as opposed to a listener(s) whose port(s) may be changed. When both Port + and SectionName are specified, the name and port of the selected listener + must match both specified values. + + Implementations MAY choose to support other parent resources. + Implementations supporting other types of parent resources MUST clearly + document how/if Port is interpreted. + + For the purpose of status, an attachment is considered successful as + long as the parent resource accepts it partially. For example, Gateway + listeners can restrict which Routes can attach to them by Route kind, + namespace, or hostname. If 1 of 2 Gateway listeners accept attachment + from the referencing Route, the Route MUST be considered successfully + attached. If no Gateway listeners accept attachment from this Route, + the Route MUST be considered detached from the Gateway. + + Support: Extended + format: int32 + maximum: 65535 + minimum: 1 + type: integer + sectionName: + description: |- + SectionName is the name of a section within the target resource. In the + following resources, SectionName is interpreted as the following: + + * Gateway: Listener name. When both Port (experimental) and SectionName + are specified, the name and port of the selected listener must match + both specified values. + * Service: Port name. When both Port (experimental) and SectionName + are specified, the name and port of the selected listener must match + both specified values. + + Implementations MAY choose to support attaching Routes to other resources. + If that is the case, they MUST clearly document how SectionName is + interpreted. + + When unspecified (empty string), this will reference the entire resource. + For the purpose of status, an attachment is considered successful if at + least one section in the parent resource accepts it. For example, Gateway + listeners can restrict which Routes can attach to them by Route kind, + namespace, or hostname. If 1 of 2 Gateway listeners accept attachment from + the referencing Route, the Route MUST be considered successfully + attached. If no Gateway listeners accept attachment from this Route, the + Route MUST be considered detached from the Gateway. + + Support: Core + maxLength: 253 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$ + type: string + required: + - name + type: object + conditions: + description: Conditions describes the status of the Policy with + respect to the given Ancestor. + items: + description: Condition contains details for one aspect of + the current state of this API Resource. + properties: + lastTransitionTime: + description: |- + lastTransitionTime is the last time the condition transitioned from one status to another. + This should be when the underlying condition changed. If that is not known, then using the time when the API field changed is acceptable. + format: date-time + type: string + message: + description: |- + message is a human readable message indicating details about the transition. + This may be an empty string. + maxLength: 32768 + type: string + observedGeneration: + description: |- + observedGeneration represents the .metadata.generation that the condition was set based upon. + For instance, if .metadata.generation is currently 12, but the .status.conditions[x].observedGeneration is 9, the condition is out of date + with respect to the current state of the instance. + format: int64 + minimum: 0 + type: integer + reason: + description: |- + reason contains a programmatic identifier indicating the reason for the condition's last transition. + Producers of specific condition types may define expected values and meanings for this field, + and whether the values are considered a guaranteed API. + The value should be a CamelCase string. + This field may not be empty. + maxLength: 1024 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[A-Za-z]([A-Za-z0-9_,:]*[A-Za-z0-9_])?$ + type: string + status: + description: status of the condition, one of True, False, + Unknown. + enum: + - "True" + - "False" + - Unknown + type: string + type: + description: type of condition in CamelCase or in foo.example.com/CamelCase. + maxLength: 316 + pattern: ^([a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*/)?(([A-Za-z0-9][-A-Za-z0-9_.]*)?[A-Za-z0-9])$ + type: string + required: + - lastTransitionTime + - message + - reason + - status + - type + type: object + maxItems: 8 + minItems: 1 + type: array + x-kubernetes-list-map-keys: + - type + x-kubernetes-list-type: map + controllerName: + description: |- + ControllerName is a domain/path string that indicates the name of the + controller that wrote this status. This corresponds with the + controllerName field on GatewayClass. + + Example: "example.net/gateway-controller". + + The format of this field is DOMAIN "/" PATH, where DOMAIN and PATH are + valid Kubernetes names + (https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/names/#names). + + Controllers MUST populate this field when writing status. Controllers should ensure that + entries to status populated with their ControllerName are cleaned up when they are no + longer necessary. + maxLength: 253 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*\/[A-Za-z0-9\/\-._~%!$&'()*+,;=:]+$ + type: string + required: + - ancestorRef + - conditions + - controllerName + type: object + maxItems: 16 + type: array + x-kubernetes-list-type: atomic + required: + - ancestors + type: object + required: + - spec + type: object + served: false + storage: false +status: + acceptedNames: + kind: "" + plural: "" + conditions: null + storedVersions: null +{{- end }} +{{- end }} diff --git a/charts/kgateway/kgateway/charts/gateway-api/templates/crds/standard/gateway.networking.k8s.io_gatewayclasses.yaml b/charts/kgateway/kgateway/charts/gateway-api/templates/crds/standard/gateway.networking.k8s.io_gatewayclasses.yaml new file mode 100644 index 000000000..a2148e24e --- /dev/null +++ b/charts/kgateway/kgateway/charts/gateway-api/templates/crds/standard/gateway.networking.k8s.io_gatewayclasses.yaml @@ -0,0 +1,521 @@ +{{- if eq .Values.specification "standard" }} +{{- $crd := lookup "apiextensions.k8s.io/v1" "CustomResourceDefinition" "" "gatewayclasses.gateway.networking.k8s.io" }} +{{- if not $crd }} +apiVersion: apiextensions.k8s.io/v1 +kind: CustomResourceDefinition +metadata: + annotations: + api-approved.kubernetes.io: https://github.com/kubernetes-sigs/gateway-api/pull/3328 + helm.sh/resource-policy: keep + gateway.networking.k8s.io/channel: standard + name: gatewayclasses.gateway.networking.k8s.io +spec: + group: gateway.networking.k8s.io + names: + categories: + - gateway-api + kind: GatewayClass + listKind: GatewayClassList + plural: gatewayclasses + shortNames: + - gc + singular: gatewayclass + scope: Cluster + versions: + - additionalPrinterColumns: + - jsonPath: .spec.controllerName + name: Controller + type: string + - jsonPath: .status.conditions[?(@.type=="Accepted")].status + name: Accepted + type: string + - jsonPath: .metadata.creationTimestamp + name: Age + type: date + - jsonPath: .spec.description + name: Description + priority: 1 + type: string + name: v1 + schema: + openAPIV3Schema: + description: |- + GatewayClass describes a class of Gateways available to the user for creating + Gateway resources. + + It is recommended that this resource be used as a template for Gateways. This + means that a Gateway is based on the state of the GatewayClass at the time it + was created and changes to the GatewayClass or associated parameters are not + propagated down to existing Gateways. This recommendation is intended to + limit the blast radius of changes to GatewayClass or associated parameters. + If implementations choose to propagate GatewayClass changes to existing + Gateways, that MUST be clearly documented by the implementation. + + Whenever one or more Gateways are using a GatewayClass, implementations SHOULD + add the `gateway-exists-finalizer.gateway.networking.k8s.io` finalizer on the + associated GatewayClass. This ensures that a GatewayClass associated with a + Gateway is not deleted while in use. + + GatewayClass is a Cluster level resource. + properties: + apiVersion: + description: |- + APIVersion defines the versioned schema of this representation of an object. + Servers should convert recognized schemas to the latest internal value, and + may reject unrecognized values. + More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#resources + type: string + kind: + description: |- + Kind is a string value representing the REST resource this object represents. + Servers may infer this from the endpoint the client submits requests to. + Cannot be updated. + In CamelCase. + More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#types-kinds + type: string + metadata: + type: object + spec: + description: Spec defines the desired state of GatewayClass. + properties: + controllerName: + description: |- + ControllerName is the name of the controller that is managing Gateways of + this class. The value of this field MUST be a domain prefixed path. + + Example: "example.net/gateway-controller". + + This field is not mutable and cannot be empty. + + Support: Core + maxLength: 253 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*\/[A-Za-z0-9\/\-._~%!$&'()*+,;=:]+$ + type: string + x-kubernetes-validations: + - message: Value is immutable + rule: self == oldSelf + description: + description: Description helps describe a GatewayClass with more details. + maxLength: 64 + type: string + parametersRef: + description: |- + ParametersRef is a reference to a resource that contains the configuration + parameters corresponding to the GatewayClass. This is optional if the + controller does not require any additional configuration. + + ParametersRef can reference a standard Kubernetes resource, i.e. ConfigMap, + or an implementation-specific custom resource. The resource can be + cluster-scoped or namespace-scoped. + + If the referent cannot be found, refers to an unsupported kind, or when + the data within that resource is malformed, the GatewayClass SHOULD be + rejected with the "Accepted" status condition set to "False" and an + "InvalidParameters" reason. + + A Gateway for this GatewayClass may provide its own `parametersRef`. When both are specified, + the merging behavior is implementation specific. + It is generally recommended that GatewayClass provides defaults that can be overridden by a Gateway. + + Support: Implementation-specific + properties: + group: + description: Group is the group of the referent. + maxLength: 253 + pattern: ^$|^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$ + type: string + kind: + description: Kind is kind of the referent. + maxLength: 63 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[a-zA-Z]([-a-zA-Z0-9]*[a-zA-Z0-9])?$ + type: string + name: + description: Name is the name of the referent. + maxLength: 253 + minLength: 1 + type: string + namespace: + description: |- + Namespace is the namespace of the referent. + This field is required when referring to a Namespace-scoped resource and + MUST be unset when referring to a Cluster-scoped resource. + maxLength: 63 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?$ + type: string + required: + - group + - kind + - name + type: object + required: + - controllerName + type: object + status: + default: + conditions: + - lastTransitionTime: "1970-01-01T00:00:00Z" + message: Waiting for controller + reason: Pending + status: Unknown + type: Accepted + description: |- + Status defines the current state of GatewayClass. + + Implementations MUST populate status on all GatewayClass resources which + specify their controller name. + properties: + conditions: + default: + - lastTransitionTime: "1970-01-01T00:00:00Z" + message: Waiting for controller + reason: Pending + status: Unknown + type: Accepted + description: |- + Conditions is the current status from the controller for + this GatewayClass. + + Controllers should prefer to publish conditions using values + of GatewayClassConditionType for the type of each Condition. + items: + description: Condition contains details for one aspect of the current + state of this API Resource. + properties: + lastTransitionTime: + description: |- + lastTransitionTime is the last time the condition transitioned from one status to another. + This should be when the underlying condition changed. If that is not known, then using the time when the API field changed is acceptable. + format: date-time + type: string + message: + description: |- + message is a human readable message indicating details about the transition. + This may be an empty string. + maxLength: 32768 + type: string + observedGeneration: + description: |- + observedGeneration represents the .metadata.generation that the condition was set based upon. + For instance, if .metadata.generation is currently 12, but the .status.conditions[x].observedGeneration is 9, the condition is out of date + with respect to the current state of the instance. + format: int64 + minimum: 0 + type: integer + reason: + description: |- + reason contains a programmatic identifier indicating the reason for the condition's last transition. + Producers of specific condition types may define expected values and meanings for this field, + and whether the values are considered a guaranteed API. + The value should be a CamelCase string. + This field may not be empty. + maxLength: 1024 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[A-Za-z]([A-Za-z0-9_,:]*[A-Za-z0-9_])?$ + type: string + status: + description: status of the condition, one of True, False, Unknown. + enum: + - "True" + - "False" + - Unknown + type: string + type: + description: type of condition in CamelCase or in foo.example.com/CamelCase. + maxLength: 316 + pattern: ^([a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*/)?(([A-Za-z0-9][-A-Za-z0-9_.]*)?[A-Za-z0-9])$ + type: string + required: + - lastTransitionTime + - message + - reason + - status + - type + type: object + maxItems: 8 + type: array + x-kubernetes-list-map-keys: + - type + x-kubernetes-list-type: map + supportedFeatures: + description: |- + SupportedFeatures is the set of features the GatewayClass support. + It MUST be sorted in ascending alphabetical order by the Name key. + items: + properties: + name: + description: |- + FeatureName is used to describe distinct features that are covered by + conformance tests. + type: string + required: + - name + type: object + maxItems: 64 + type: array + x-kubernetes-list-map-keys: + - name + x-kubernetes-list-type: map + type: object + required: + - spec + type: object + served: true + storage: true + subresources: + status: {} + - additionalPrinterColumns: + - jsonPath: .spec.controllerName + name: Controller + type: string + - jsonPath: .status.conditions[?(@.type=="Accepted")].status + name: Accepted + type: string + - jsonPath: .metadata.creationTimestamp + name: Age + type: date + - jsonPath: .spec.description + name: Description + priority: 1 + type: string + name: v1beta1 + schema: + openAPIV3Schema: + description: |- + GatewayClass describes a class of Gateways available to the user for creating + Gateway resources. + + It is recommended that this resource be used as a template for Gateways. This + means that a Gateway is based on the state of the GatewayClass at the time it + was created and changes to the GatewayClass or associated parameters are not + propagated down to existing Gateways. This recommendation is intended to + limit the blast radius of changes to GatewayClass or associated parameters. + If implementations choose to propagate GatewayClass changes to existing + Gateways, that MUST be clearly documented by the implementation. + + Whenever one or more Gateways are using a GatewayClass, implementations SHOULD + add the `gateway-exists-finalizer.gateway.networking.k8s.io` finalizer on the + associated GatewayClass. This ensures that a GatewayClass associated with a + Gateway is not deleted while in use. + + GatewayClass is a Cluster level resource. + properties: + apiVersion: + description: |- + APIVersion defines the versioned schema of this representation of an object. + Servers should convert recognized schemas to the latest internal value, and + may reject unrecognized values. + More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#resources + type: string + kind: + description: |- + Kind is a string value representing the REST resource this object represents. + Servers may infer this from the endpoint the client submits requests to. + Cannot be updated. + In CamelCase. + More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#types-kinds + type: string + metadata: + type: object + spec: + description: Spec defines the desired state of GatewayClass. + properties: + controllerName: + description: |- + ControllerName is the name of the controller that is managing Gateways of + this class. The value of this field MUST be a domain prefixed path. + + Example: "example.net/gateway-controller". + + This field is not mutable and cannot be empty. + + Support: Core + maxLength: 253 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*\/[A-Za-z0-9\/\-._~%!$&'()*+,;=:]+$ + type: string + x-kubernetes-validations: + - message: Value is immutable + rule: self == oldSelf + description: + description: Description helps describe a GatewayClass with more details. + maxLength: 64 + type: string + parametersRef: + description: |- + ParametersRef is a reference to a resource that contains the configuration + parameters corresponding to the GatewayClass. This is optional if the + controller does not require any additional configuration. + + ParametersRef can reference a standard Kubernetes resource, i.e. ConfigMap, + or an implementation-specific custom resource. The resource can be + cluster-scoped or namespace-scoped. + + If the referent cannot be found, refers to an unsupported kind, or when + the data within that resource is malformed, the GatewayClass SHOULD be + rejected with the "Accepted" status condition set to "False" and an + "InvalidParameters" reason. + + A Gateway for this GatewayClass may provide its own `parametersRef`. When both are specified, + the merging behavior is implementation specific. + It is generally recommended that GatewayClass provides defaults that can be overridden by a Gateway. + + Support: Implementation-specific + properties: + group: + description: Group is the group of the referent. + maxLength: 253 + pattern: ^$|^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$ + type: string + kind: + description: Kind is kind of the referent. + maxLength: 63 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[a-zA-Z]([-a-zA-Z0-9]*[a-zA-Z0-9])?$ + type: string + name: + description: Name is the name of the referent. + maxLength: 253 + minLength: 1 + type: string + namespace: + description: |- + Namespace is the namespace of the referent. + This field is required when referring to a Namespace-scoped resource and + MUST be unset when referring to a Cluster-scoped resource. + maxLength: 63 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?$ + type: string + required: + - group + - kind + - name + type: object + required: + - controllerName + type: object + status: + default: + conditions: + - lastTransitionTime: "1970-01-01T00:00:00Z" + message: Waiting for controller + reason: Pending + status: Unknown + type: Accepted + description: |- + Status defines the current state of GatewayClass. + + Implementations MUST populate status on all GatewayClass resources which + specify their controller name. + properties: + conditions: + default: + - lastTransitionTime: "1970-01-01T00:00:00Z" + message: Waiting for controller + reason: Pending + status: Unknown + type: Accepted + description: |- + Conditions is the current status from the controller for + this GatewayClass. + + Controllers should prefer to publish conditions using values + of GatewayClassConditionType for the type of each Condition. + items: + description: Condition contains details for one aspect of the current + state of this API Resource. + properties: + lastTransitionTime: + description: |- + lastTransitionTime is the last time the condition transitioned from one status to another. + This should be when the underlying condition changed. If that is not known, then using the time when the API field changed is acceptable. + format: date-time + type: string + message: + description: |- + message is a human readable message indicating details about the transition. + This may be an empty string. + maxLength: 32768 + type: string + observedGeneration: + description: |- + observedGeneration represents the .metadata.generation that the condition was set based upon. + For instance, if .metadata.generation is currently 12, but the .status.conditions[x].observedGeneration is 9, the condition is out of date + with respect to the current state of the instance. + format: int64 + minimum: 0 + type: integer + reason: + description: |- + reason contains a programmatic identifier indicating the reason for the condition's last transition. + Producers of specific condition types may define expected values and meanings for this field, + and whether the values are considered a guaranteed API. + The value should be a CamelCase string. + This field may not be empty. + maxLength: 1024 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[A-Za-z]([A-Za-z0-9_,:]*[A-Za-z0-9_])?$ + type: string + status: + description: status of the condition, one of True, False, Unknown. + enum: + - "True" + - "False" + - Unknown + type: string + type: + description: type of condition in CamelCase or in foo.example.com/CamelCase. + maxLength: 316 + pattern: ^([a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*/)?(([A-Za-z0-9][-A-Za-z0-9_.]*)?[A-Za-z0-9])$ + type: string + required: + - lastTransitionTime + - message + - reason + - status + - type + type: object + maxItems: 8 + type: array + x-kubernetes-list-map-keys: + - type + x-kubernetes-list-type: map + supportedFeatures: + description: |- + SupportedFeatures is the set of features the GatewayClass support. + It MUST be sorted in ascending alphabetical order by the Name key. + items: + properties: + name: + description: |- + FeatureName is used to describe distinct features that are covered by + conformance tests. + type: string + required: + - name + type: object + maxItems: 64 + type: array + x-kubernetes-list-map-keys: + - name + x-kubernetes-list-type: map + type: object + required: + - spec + type: object + served: true + storage: false + subresources: + status: {} +status: + acceptedNames: + kind: "" + plural: "" + conditions: null + storedVersions: null +{{- end }} +{{- end }} + diff --git a/charts/kgateway/kgateway/charts/gateway-api/templates/crds/standard/gateway.networking.k8s.io_gateways.yaml b/charts/kgateway/kgateway/charts/gateway-api/templates/crds/standard/gateway.networking.k8s.io_gateways.yaml new file mode 100644 index 000000000..f96e0559e --- /dev/null +++ b/charts/kgateway/kgateway/charts/gateway-api/templates/crds/standard/gateway.networking.k8s.io_gateways.yaml @@ -0,0 +1,2259 @@ +{{- if eq .Values.specification "standard" }} +{{- $crd := lookup "apiextensions.k8s.io/v1" "CustomResourceDefinition" "" "gateways.gateway.networking.k8s.io" }} +{{- if not $crd }} +apiVersion: apiextensions.k8s.io/v1 +kind: CustomResourceDefinition +metadata: + annotations: + api-approved.kubernetes.io: https://github.com/kubernetes-sigs/gateway-api/pull/3328 + helm.sh/resource-policy: keep + gateway.networking.k8s.io/channel: standard + name: gateways.gateway.networking.k8s.io +spec: + group: gateway.networking.k8s.io + names: + categories: + - gateway-api + kind: Gateway + listKind: GatewayList + plural: gateways + shortNames: + - gtw + singular: gateway + scope: Namespaced + versions: + - additionalPrinterColumns: + - jsonPath: .spec.gatewayClassName + name: Class + type: string + - jsonPath: .status.addresses[*].value + name: Address + type: string + - jsonPath: .status.conditions[?(@.type=="Programmed")].status + name: Programmed + type: string + - jsonPath: .metadata.creationTimestamp + name: Age + type: date + name: v1 + schema: + openAPIV3Schema: + description: |- + Gateway represents an instance of a service-traffic handling infrastructure + by binding Listeners to a set of IP addresses. + properties: + apiVersion: + description: |- + APIVersion defines the versioned schema of this representation of an object. + Servers should convert recognized schemas to the latest internal value, and + may reject unrecognized values. + More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#resources + type: string + kind: + description: |- + Kind is a string value representing the REST resource this object represents. + Servers may infer this from the endpoint the client submits requests to. + Cannot be updated. + In CamelCase. + More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#types-kinds + type: string + metadata: + type: object + spec: + description: Spec defines the desired state of Gateway. + properties: + addresses: + description: |- + Addresses requested for this Gateway. This is optional and behavior can + depend on the implementation. If a value is set in the spec and the + requested address is invalid or unavailable, the implementation MUST + indicate this in an associated entry in GatewayStatus.Conditions. + + The Addresses field represents a request for the address(es) on the + "outside of the Gateway", that traffic bound for this Gateway will use. + This could be the IP address or hostname of an external load balancer or + other networking infrastructure, or some other address that traffic will + be sent to. + + If no Addresses are specified, the implementation MAY schedule the + Gateway in an implementation-specific manner, assigning an appropriate + set of Addresses. + + The implementation MUST bind all Listeners to every GatewayAddress that + it assigns to the Gateway and add a corresponding entry in + GatewayStatus.Addresses. + + Support: Extended + items: + description: GatewaySpecAddress describes an address that can be + bound to a Gateway. + oneOf: + - properties: + type: + enum: + - IPAddress + value: + anyOf: + - format: ipv4 + - format: ipv6 + - properties: + type: + not: + enum: + - IPAddress + properties: + type: + default: IPAddress + description: Type of the address. + maxLength: 253 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^Hostname|IPAddress|NamedAddress|[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*\/[A-Za-z0-9\/\-._~%!$&'()*+,;=:]+$ + type: string + value: + description: |- + When a value is unspecified, an implementation SHOULD automatically + assign an address matching the requested type if possible. + + If an implementation does not support an empty value, they MUST set the + "Programmed" condition in status to False with a reason of "AddressNotAssigned". + + Examples: `1.2.3.4`, `128::1`, `my-ip-address`. + maxLength: 253 + type: string + type: object + x-kubernetes-validations: + - message: Hostname value must be empty or contain only valid characters + (matching ^(\*\.)?[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$) + rule: 'self.type == ''Hostname'' ? (!has(self.value) || self.value.matches(r"""^(\*\.)?[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$""")): + true' + maxItems: 16 + type: array + x-kubernetes-list-type: atomic + x-kubernetes-validations: + - message: IPAddress values must be unique + rule: 'self.all(a1, a1.type == ''IPAddress'' && has(a1.value) ? + self.exists_one(a2, a2.type == a1.type && has(a2.value) && a2.value + == a1.value) : true )' + - message: Hostname values must be unique + rule: 'self.all(a1, a1.type == ''Hostname'' && has(a1.value) ? + self.exists_one(a2, a2.type == a1.type && has(a2.value) && a2.value + == a1.value) : true )' + gatewayClassName: + description: |- + GatewayClassName used for this Gateway. This is the name of a + GatewayClass resource. + maxLength: 253 + minLength: 1 + type: string + infrastructure: + description: |- + Infrastructure defines infrastructure level attributes about this Gateway instance. + + Support: Extended + properties: + annotations: + additionalProperties: + description: |- + AnnotationValue is the value of an annotation in Gateway API. This is used + for validation of maps such as TLS options. This roughly matches Kubernetes + annotation validation, although the length validation in that case is based + on the entire size of the annotations struct. + maxLength: 4096 + minLength: 0 + type: string + description: |- + Annotations that SHOULD be applied to any resources created in response to this Gateway. + + For implementations creating other Kubernetes objects, this should be the `metadata.annotations` field on resources. + For other implementations, this refers to any relevant (implementation specific) "annotations" concepts. + + An implementation may chose to add additional implementation-specific annotations as they see fit. + + Support: Extended + maxProperties: 8 + type: object + x-kubernetes-validations: + - message: Annotation keys must be in the form of an optional + DNS subdomain prefix followed by a required name segment of + up to 63 characters. + rule: self.all(key, key.matches(r"""^([a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*/)?([A-Za-z0-9][-A-Za-z0-9_.]{0,61})?[A-Za-z0-9]$""")) + - message: If specified, the annotation key's prefix must be a + DNS subdomain not longer than 253 characters in total. + rule: self.all(key, key.split("/")[0].size() < 253) + labels: + additionalProperties: + description: |- + LabelValue is the value of a label in the Gateway API. This is used for validation + of maps such as Gateway infrastructure labels. This matches the Kubernetes + label validation rules: + * must be 63 characters or less (can be empty), + * unless empty, must begin and end with an alphanumeric character ([a-z0-9A-Z]), + * could contain dashes (-), underscores (_), dots (.), and alphanumerics between. + + Valid values include: + + * MyValue + * my.name + * 123-my-value + maxLength: 63 + minLength: 0 + pattern: ^(([A-Za-z0-9][-A-Za-z0-9_.]*)?[A-Za-z0-9])?$ + type: string + description: |- + Labels that SHOULD be applied to any resources created in response to this Gateway. + + For implementations creating other Kubernetes objects, this should be the `metadata.labels` field on resources. + For other implementations, this refers to any relevant (implementation specific) "labels" concepts. + + An implementation may chose to add additional implementation-specific labels as they see fit. + + If an implementation maps these labels to Pods, or any other resource that would need to be recreated when labels + change, it SHOULD clearly warn about this behavior in documentation. + + Support: Extended + maxProperties: 8 + type: object + x-kubernetes-validations: + - message: Label keys must be in the form of an optional DNS subdomain + prefix followed by a required name segment of up to 63 characters. + rule: self.all(key, key.matches(r"""^([a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*/)?([A-Za-z0-9][-A-Za-z0-9_.]{0,61})?[A-Za-z0-9]$""")) + - message: If specified, the label key's prefix must be a DNS + subdomain not longer than 253 characters in total. + rule: self.all(key, key.split("/")[0].size() < 253) + parametersRef: + description: |- + ParametersRef is a reference to a resource that contains the configuration + parameters corresponding to the Gateway. This is optional if the + controller does not require any additional configuration. + + This follows the same semantics as GatewayClass's `parametersRef`, but on a per-Gateway basis + + The Gateway's GatewayClass may provide its own `parametersRef`. When both are specified, + the merging behavior is implementation specific. + It is generally recommended that GatewayClass provides defaults that can be overridden by a Gateway. + + If the referent cannot be found, refers to an unsupported kind, or when + the data within that resource is malformed, the Gateway SHOULD be + rejected with the "Accepted" status condition set to "False" and an + "InvalidParameters" reason. + + Support: Implementation-specific + properties: + group: + description: Group is the group of the referent. + maxLength: 253 + pattern: ^$|^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$ + type: string + kind: + description: Kind is kind of the referent. + maxLength: 63 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[a-zA-Z]([-a-zA-Z0-9]*[a-zA-Z0-9])?$ + type: string + name: + description: Name is the name of the referent. + maxLength: 253 + minLength: 1 + type: string + required: + - group + - kind + - name + type: object + type: object + listeners: + description: |- + Listeners associated with this Gateway. Listeners define + logical endpoints that are bound on this Gateway's addresses. + At least one Listener MUST be specified. + + ## Distinct Listeners + + Each Listener in a set of Listeners (for example, in a single Gateway) + MUST be _distinct_, in that a traffic flow MUST be able to be assigned to + exactly one listener. (This section uses "set of Listeners" rather than + "Listeners in a single Gateway" because implementations MAY merge configuration + from multiple Gateways onto a single data plane, and these rules _also_ + apply in that case). + + Practically, this means that each listener in a set MUST have a unique + combination of Port, Protocol, and, if supported by the protocol, Hostname. + + Some combinations of port, protocol, and TLS settings are considered + Core support and MUST be supported by implementations based on the objects + they support: + + HTTPRoute + + 1. HTTPRoute, Port: 80, Protocol: HTTP + 2. HTTPRoute, Port: 443, Protocol: HTTPS, TLS Mode: Terminate, TLS keypair provided + + TLSRoute + + 1. TLSRoute, Port: 443, Protocol: TLS, TLS Mode: Passthrough + + "Distinct" Listeners have the following property: + + **The implementation can match inbound requests to a single distinct + Listener**. + + When multiple Listeners share values for fields (for + example, two Listeners with the same Port value), the implementation + can match requests to only one of the Listeners using other + Listener fields. + + When multiple listeners have the same value for the Protocol field, then + each of the Listeners with matching Protocol values MUST have different + values for other fields. + + The set of fields that MUST be different for a Listener differs per protocol. + The following rules define the rules for what fields MUST be considered for + Listeners to be distinct with each protocol currently defined in the + Gateway API spec. + + The set of listeners that all share a protocol value MUST have _different_ + values for _at least one_ of these fields to be distinct: + + * **HTTP, HTTPS, TLS**: Port, Hostname + * **TCP, UDP**: Port + + One **very** important rule to call out involves what happens when an + implementation: + + * Supports TCP protocol Listeners, as well as HTTP, HTTPS, or TLS protocol + Listeners, and + * sees HTTP, HTTPS, or TLS protocols with the same `port` as one with TCP + Protocol. + + In this case all the Listeners that share a port with the + TCP Listener are not distinct and so MUST NOT be accepted. + + If an implementation does not support TCP Protocol Listeners, then the + previous rule does not apply, and the TCP Listeners SHOULD NOT be + accepted. + + Note that the `tls` field is not used for determining if a listener is distinct, because + Listeners that _only_ differ on TLS config will still conflict in all cases. + + ### Listeners that are distinct only by Hostname + + When the Listeners are distinct based only on Hostname, inbound request + hostnames MUST match from the most specific to least specific Hostname + values to choose the correct Listener and its associated set of Routes. + + Exact matches MUST be processed before wildcard matches, and wildcard + matches MUST be processed before fallback (empty Hostname value) + matches. For example, `"foo.example.com"` takes precedence over + `"*.example.com"`, and `"*.example.com"` takes precedence over `""`. + + Additionally, if there are multiple wildcard entries, more specific + wildcard entries must be processed before less specific wildcard entries. + For example, `"*.foo.example.com"` takes precedence over `"*.example.com"`. + + The precise definition here is that the higher the number of dots in the + hostname to the right of the wildcard character, the higher the precedence. + + The wildcard character will match any number of characters _and dots_ to + the left, however, so `"*.example.com"` will match both + `"foo.bar.example.com"` _and_ `"bar.example.com"`. + + ## Handling indistinct Listeners + + If a set of Listeners contains Listeners that are not distinct, then those + Listeners are _Conflicted_, and the implementation MUST set the "Conflicted" + condition in the Listener Status to "True". + + The words "indistinct" and "conflicted" are considered equivalent for the + purpose of this documentation. + + Implementations MAY choose to accept a Gateway with some Conflicted + Listeners only if they only accept the partial Listener set that contains + no Conflicted Listeners. + + Specifically, an implementation MAY accept a partial Listener set subject to + the following rules: + + * The implementation MUST NOT pick one conflicting Listener as the winner. + ALL indistinct Listeners must not be accepted for processing. + * At least one distinct Listener MUST be present, or else the Gateway effectively + contains _no_ Listeners, and must be rejected from processing as a whole. + + The implementation MUST set a "ListenersNotValid" condition on the + Gateway Status when the Gateway contains Conflicted Listeners whether or + not they accept the Gateway. That Condition SHOULD clearly + indicate in the Message which Listeners are conflicted, and which are + Accepted. Additionally, the Listener status for those listeners SHOULD + indicate which Listeners are conflicted and not Accepted. + + ## General Listener behavior + + Note that, for all distinct Listeners, requests SHOULD match at most one Listener. + For example, if Listeners are defined for "foo.example.com" and "*.example.com", a + request to "foo.example.com" SHOULD only be routed using routes attached + to the "foo.example.com" Listener (and not the "*.example.com" Listener). + + This concept is known as "Listener Isolation", and it is an Extended feature + of Gateway API. Implementations that do not support Listener Isolation MUST + clearly document this, and MUST NOT claim support for the + `GatewayHTTPListenerIsolation` feature. + + Implementations that _do_ support Listener Isolation SHOULD claim support + for the Extended `GatewayHTTPListenerIsolation` feature and pass the associated + conformance tests. + + ## Compatible Listeners + + A Gateway's Listeners are considered _compatible_ if: + + 1. They are distinct. + 2. The implementation can serve them in compliance with the Addresses + requirement that all Listeners are available on all assigned + addresses. + + Compatible combinations in Extended support are expected to vary across + implementations. A combination that is compatible for one implementation + may not be compatible for another. + + For example, an implementation that cannot serve both TCP and UDP listeners + on the same address, or cannot mix HTTPS and generic TLS listens on the same port + would not consider those cases compatible, even though they are distinct. + + Implementations MAY merge separate Gateways onto a single set of + Addresses if all Listeners across all Gateways are compatible. + + In a future release the MinItems=1 requirement MAY be dropped. + + Support: Core + items: + description: |- + Listener embodies the concept of a logical endpoint where a Gateway accepts + network connections. + properties: + allowedRoutes: + default: + namespaces: + from: Same + description: |- + AllowedRoutes defines the types of routes that MAY be attached to a + Listener and the trusted namespaces where those Route resources MAY be + present. + + Although a client request may match multiple route rules, only one rule + may ultimately receive the request. Matching precedence MUST be + determined in order of the following criteria: + + * The most specific match as defined by the Route type. + * The oldest Route based on creation timestamp. For example, a Route with + a creation timestamp of "2020-09-08 01:02:03" is given precedence over + a Route with a creation timestamp of "2020-09-08 01:02:04". + * If everything else is equivalent, the Route appearing first in + alphabetical order (namespace/name) should be given precedence. For + example, foo/bar is given precedence over foo/baz. + + All valid rules within a Route attached to this Listener should be + implemented. Invalid Route rules can be ignored (sometimes that will mean + the full Route). If a Route rule transitions from valid to invalid, + support for that Route rule should be dropped to ensure consistency. For + example, even if a filter specified by a Route rule is invalid, the rest + of the rules within that Route should still be supported. + + Support: Core + properties: + kinds: + description: |- + Kinds specifies the groups and kinds of Routes that are allowed to bind + to this Gateway Listener. When unspecified or empty, the kinds of Routes + selected are determined using the Listener protocol. + + A RouteGroupKind MUST correspond to kinds of Routes that are compatible + with the application protocol specified in the Listener's Protocol field. + If an implementation does not support or recognize this resource type, it + MUST set the "ResolvedRefs" condition to False for this Listener with the + "InvalidRouteKinds" reason. + + Support: Core + items: + description: RouteGroupKind indicates the group and kind + of a Route resource. + properties: + group: + default: gateway.networking.k8s.io + description: Group is the group of the Route. + maxLength: 253 + pattern: ^$|^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$ + type: string + kind: + description: Kind is the kind of the Route. + maxLength: 63 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[a-zA-Z]([-a-zA-Z0-9]*[a-zA-Z0-9])?$ + type: string + required: + - kind + type: object + maxItems: 8 + type: array + x-kubernetes-list-type: atomic + namespaces: + default: + from: Same + description: |- + Namespaces indicates namespaces from which Routes may be attached to this + Listener. This is restricted to the namespace of this Gateway by default. + + Support: Core + properties: + from: + default: Same + description: |- + From indicates where Routes will be selected for this Gateway. Possible + values are: + + * All: Routes in all namespaces may be used by this Gateway. + * Selector: Routes in namespaces selected by the selector may be used by + this Gateway. + * Same: Only Routes in the same namespace may be used by this Gateway. + + Support: Core + enum: + - All + - Selector + - Same + type: string + selector: + description: |- + Selector must be specified when From is set to "Selector". In that case, + only Routes in Namespaces matching this Selector will be selected by this + Gateway. This field is ignored for other values of "From". + + Support: Core + properties: + matchExpressions: + description: matchExpressions is a list of label + selector requirements. The requirements are ANDed. + items: + description: |- + A label selector requirement is a selector that contains values, a key, and an operator that + relates the key and values. + properties: + key: + description: key is the label key that the + selector applies to. + type: string + operator: + description: |- + operator represents a key's relationship to a set of values. + Valid operators are In, NotIn, Exists and DoesNotExist. + type: string + values: + description: |- + values is an array of string values. If the operator is In or NotIn, + the values array must be non-empty. If the operator is Exists or DoesNotExist, + the values array must be empty. This array is replaced during a strategic + merge patch. + items: + type: string + type: array + x-kubernetes-list-type: atomic + required: + - key + - operator + type: object + type: array + x-kubernetes-list-type: atomic + matchLabels: + additionalProperties: + type: string + description: |- + matchLabels is a map of {key,value} pairs. A single {key,value} in the matchLabels + map is equivalent to an element of matchExpressions, whose key field is "key", the + operator is "In", and the values array contains only "value". The requirements are ANDed. + type: object + type: object + x-kubernetes-map-type: atomic + type: object + type: object + hostname: + description: |- + Hostname specifies the virtual hostname to match for protocol types that + define this concept. When unspecified, all hostnames are matched. This + field is ignored for protocols that don't require hostname based + matching. + + Implementations MUST apply Hostname matching appropriately for each of + the following protocols: + + * TLS: The Listener Hostname MUST match the SNI. + * HTTP: The Listener Hostname MUST match the Host header of the request. + * HTTPS: The Listener Hostname SHOULD match both the SNI and Host header. + Note that this does not require the SNI and Host header to be the same. + The semantics of this are described in more detail below. + + To ensure security, Section 11.1 of RFC-6066 emphasizes that server + implementations that rely on SNI hostname matching MUST also verify + hostnames within the application protocol. + + Section 9.1.2 of RFC-7540 provides a mechanism for servers to reject the + reuse of a connection by responding with the HTTP 421 Misdirected Request + status code. This indicates that the origin server has rejected the + request because it appears to have been misdirected. + + To detect misdirected requests, Gateways SHOULD match the authority of + the requests with all the SNI hostname(s) configured across all the + Gateway Listeners on the same port and protocol: + + * If another Listener has an exact match or more specific wildcard entry, + the Gateway SHOULD return a 421. + * If the current Listener (selected by SNI matching during ClientHello) + does not match the Host: + * If another Listener does match the Host the Gateway SHOULD return a + 421. + * If no other Listener matches the Host, the Gateway MUST return a + 404. + + For HTTPRoute and TLSRoute resources, there is an interaction with the + `spec.hostnames` array. When both listener and route specify hostnames, + there MUST be an intersection between the values for a Route to be + accepted. For more information, refer to the Route specific Hostnames + documentation. + + Hostnames that are prefixed with a wildcard label (`*.`) are interpreted + as a suffix match. That means that a match for `*.example.com` would match + both `test.example.com`, and `foo.test.example.com`, but not `example.com`. + + Support: Core + maxLength: 253 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^(\*\.)?[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$ + type: string + name: + description: |- + Name is the name of the Listener. This name MUST be unique within a + Gateway. + + Support: Core + maxLength: 253 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$ + type: string + port: + description: |- + Port is the network port. Multiple listeners may use the + same port, subject to the Listener compatibility rules. + + Support: Core + format: int32 + maximum: 65535 + minimum: 1 + type: integer + protocol: + description: |- + Protocol specifies the network protocol this listener expects to receive. + + Support: Core + maxLength: 255 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[a-zA-Z0-9]([-a-zA-Z0-9]*[a-zA-Z0-9])?$|[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*\/[A-Za-z0-9]+$ + type: string + tls: + description: |- + TLS is the TLS configuration for the Listener. This field is required if + the Protocol field is "HTTPS" or "TLS". It is invalid to set this field + if the Protocol field is "HTTP", "TCP", or "UDP". + + The association of SNIs to Certificate defined in ListenerTLSConfig is + defined based on the Hostname field for this listener. + + The GatewayClass MUST use the longest matching SNI out of all + available certificates for any TLS handshake. + + Support: Core + properties: + certificateRefs: + description: |- + CertificateRefs contains a series of references to Kubernetes objects that + contains TLS certificates and private keys. These certificates are used to + establish a TLS handshake for requests that match the hostname of the + associated listener. + + A single CertificateRef to a Kubernetes Secret has "Core" support. + Implementations MAY choose to support attaching multiple certificates to + a Listener, but this behavior is implementation-specific. + + References to a resource in different namespace are invalid UNLESS there + is a ReferenceGrant in the target namespace that allows the certificate + to be attached. If a ReferenceGrant does not allow this reference, the + "ResolvedRefs" condition MUST be set to False for this listener with the + "RefNotPermitted" reason. + + This field is required to have at least one element when the mode is set + to "Terminate" (default) and is optional otherwise. + + CertificateRefs can reference to standard Kubernetes resources, i.e. + Secret, or implementation-specific custom resources. + + Support: Core - A single reference to a Kubernetes Secret of type kubernetes.io/tls + + Support: Implementation-specific (More than one reference or other resource types) + items: + description: |- + SecretObjectReference identifies an API object including its namespace, + defaulting to Secret. + + The API object must be valid in the cluster; the Group and Kind must + be registered in the cluster for this reference to be valid. + + References to objects with invalid Group and Kind are not valid, and must + be rejected by the implementation, with appropriate Conditions set + on the containing object. + properties: + group: + default: "" + description: |- + Group is the group of the referent. For example, "gateway.networking.k8s.io". + When unspecified or empty string, core API group is inferred. + maxLength: 253 + pattern: ^$|^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$ + type: string + kind: + default: Secret + description: Kind is kind of the referent. For example + "Secret". + maxLength: 63 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[a-zA-Z]([-a-zA-Z0-9]*[a-zA-Z0-9])?$ + type: string + name: + description: Name is the name of the referent. + maxLength: 253 + minLength: 1 + type: string + namespace: + description: |- + Namespace is the namespace of the referenced object. When unspecified, the local + namespace is inferred. + + Note that when a namespace different than the local namespace is specified, + a ReferenceGrant object is required in the referent namespace to allow that + namespace's owner to accept the reference. See the ReferenceGrant + documentation for details. + + Support: Core + maxLength: 63 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?$ + type: string + required: + - name + type: object + maxItems: 64 + type: array + x-kubernetes-list-type: atomic + mode: + default: Terminate + description: |- + Mode defines the TLS behavior for the TLS session initiated by the client. + There are two possible modes: + + - Terminate: The TLS session between the downstream client and the + Gateway is terminated at the Gateway. This mode requires certificates + to be specified in some way, such as populating the certificateRefs + field. + - Passthrough: The TLS session is NOT terminated by the Gateway. This + implies that the Gateway can't decipher the TLS stream except for + the ClientHello message of the TLS protocol. The certificateRefs field + is ignored in this mode. + + Support: Core + enum: + - Terminate + - Passthrough + type: string + options: + additionalProperties: + description: |- + AnnotationValue is the value of an annotation in Gateway API. This is used + for validation of maps such as TLS options. This roughly matches Kubernetes + annotation validation, although the length validation in that case is based + on the entire size of the annotations struct. + maxLength: 4096 + minLength: 0 + type: string + description: |- + Options are a list of key/value pairs to enable extended TLS + configuration for each implementation. For example, configuring the + minimum TLS version or supported cipher suites. + + A set of common keys MAY be defined by the API in the future. To avoid + any ambiguity, implementation-specific definitions MUST use + domain-prefixed names, such as `example.com/my-custom-option`. + Un-prefixed names are reserved for key names defined by Gateway API. + + Support: Implementation-specific + maxProperties: 16 + type: object + type: object + x-kubernetes-validations: + - message: certificateRefs or options must be specified when + mode is Terminate + rule: 'self.mode == ''Terminate'' ? size(self.certificateRefs) + > 0 || size(self.options) > 0 : true' + required: + - name + - port + - protocol + type: object + maxItems: 64 + minItems: 1 + type: array + x-kubernetes-list-map-keys: + - name + x-kubernetes-list-type: map + x-kubernetes-validations: + - message: tls must not be specified for protocols ['HTTP', 'TCP', + 'UDP'] + rule: 'self.all(l, l.protocol in [''HTTP'', ''TCP'', ''UDP''] ? + !has(l.tls) : true)' + - message: tls mode must be Terminate for protocol HTTPS + rule: 'self.all(l, (l.protocol == ''HTTPS'' && has(l.tls)) ? (l.tls.mode + == '''' || l.tls.mode == ''Terminate'') : true)' + - message: hostname must not be specified for protocols ['TCP', 'UDP'] + rule: 'self.all(l, l.protocol in [''TCP'', ''UDP''] ? (!has(l.hostname) + || l.hostname == '''') : true)' + - message: Listener name must be unique within the Gateway + rule: self.all(l1, self.exists_one(l2, l1.name == l2.name)) + - message: Combination of port, protocol and hostname must be unique + for each listener + rule: 'self.all(l1, self.exists_one(l2, l1.port == l2.port && l1.protocol + == l2.protocol && (has(l1.hostname) && has(l2.hostname) ? l1.hostname + == l2.hostname : !has(l1.hostname) && !has(l2.hostname))))' + required: + - gatewayClassName + - listeners + type: object + status: + default: + conditions: + - lastTransitionTime: "1970-01-01T00:00:00Z" + message: Waiting for controller + reason: Pending + status: Unknown + type: Accepted + - lastTransitionTime: "1970-01-01T00:00:00Z" + message: Waiting for controller + reason: Pending + status: Unknown + type: Programmed + description: Status defines the current state of Gateway. + properties: + addresses: + description: |- + Addresses lists the network addresses that have been bound to the + Gateway. + + This list may differ from the addresses provided in the spec under some + conditions: + + * no addresses are specified, all addresses are dynamically assigned + * a combination of specified and dynamic addresses are assigned + * a specified address was unusable (e.g. already in use) + items: + description: GatewayStatusAddress describes a network address that + is bound to a Gateway. + oneOf: + - properties: + type: + enum: + - IPAddress + value: + anyOf: + - format: ipv4 + - format: ipv6 + - properties: + type: + not: + enum: + - IPAddress + properties: + type: + default: IPAddress + description: Type of the address. + maxLength: 253 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^Hostname|IPAddress|NamedAddress|[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*\/[A-Za-z0-9\/\-._~%!$&'()*+,;=:]+$ + type: string + value: + description: |- + Value of the address. The validity of the values will depend + on the type and support by the controller. + + Examples: `1.2.3.4`, `128::1`, `my-ip-address`. + maxLength: 253 + minLength: 1 + type: string + required: + - value + type: object + x-kubernetes-validations: + - message: Hostname value must only contain valid characters (matching + ^(\*\.)?[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$) + rule: 'self.type == ''Hostname'' ? self.value.matches(r"""^(\*\.)?[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$"""): + true' + maxItems: 16 + type: array + x-kubernetes-list-type: atomic + conditions: + default: + - lastTransitionTime: "1970-01-01T00:00:00Z" + message: Waiting for controller + reason: Pending + status: Unknown + type: Accepted + - lastTransitionTime: "1970-01-01T00:00:00Z" + message: Waiting for controller + reason: Pending + status: Unknown + type: Programmed + description: |- + Conditions describe the current conditions of the Gateway. + + Implementations should prefer to express Gateway conditions + using the `GatewayConditionType` and `GatewayConditionReason` + constants so that operators and tools can converge on a common + vocabulary to describe Gateway state. + + Known condition types are: + + * "Accepted" + * "Programmed" + * "Ready" + items: + description: Condition contains details for one aspect of the current + state of this API Resource. + properties: + lastTransitionTime: + description: |- + lastTransitionTime is the last time the condition transitioned from one status to another. + This should be when the underlying condition changed. If that is not known, then using the time when the API field changed is acceptable. + format: date-time + type: string + message: + description: |- + message is a human readable message indicating details about the transition. + This may be an empty string. + maxLength: 32768 + type: string + observedGeneration: + description: |- + observedGeneration represents the .metadata.generation that the condition was set based upon. + For instance, if .metadata.generation is currently 12, but the .status.conditions[x].observedGeneration is 9, the condition is out of date + with respect to the current state of the instance. + format: int64 + minimum: 0 + type: integer + reason: + description: |- + reason contains a programmatic identifier indicating the reason for the condition's last transition. + Producers of specific condition types may define expected values and meanings for this field, + and whether the values are considered a guaranteed API. + The value should be a CamelCase string. + This field may not be empty. + maxLength: 1024 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[A-Za-z]([A-Za-z0-9_,:]*[A-Za-z0-9_])?$ + type: string + status: + description: status of the condition, one of True, False, Unknown. + enum: + - "True" + - "False" + - Unknown + type: string + type: + description: type of condition in CamelCase or in foo.example.com/CamelCase. + maxLength: 316 + pattern: ^([a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*/)?(([A-Za-z0-9][-A-Za-z0-9_.]*)?[A-Za-z0-9])$ + type: string + required: + - lastTransitionTime + - message + - reason + - status + - type + type: object + maxItems: 8 + type: array + x-kubernetes-list-map-keys: + - type + x-kubernetes-list-type: map + listeners: + description: Listeners provide status for each unique listener port + defined in the Spec. + items: + description: ListenerStatus is the status associated with a Listener. + properties: + attachedRoutes: + description: |- + AttachedRoutes represents the total number of Routes that have been + successfully attached to this Listener. + + Successful attachment of a Route to a Listener is based solely on the + combination of the AllowedRoutes field on the corresponding Listener + and the Route's ParentRefs field. A Route is successfully attached to + a Listener when it is selected by the Listener's AllowedRoutes field + AND the Route has a valid ParentRef selecting the whole Gateway + resource or a specific Listener as a parent resource (more detail on + attachment semantics can be found in the documentation on the various + Route kinds ParentRefs fields). Listener or Route status does not impact + successful attachment, i.e. the AttachedRoutes field count MUST be set + for Listeners with condition Accepted: false and MUST count successfully + attached Routes that may themselves have Accepted: false conditions. + + Uses for this field include troubleshooting Route attachment and + measuring blast radius/impact of changes to a Listener. + format: int32 + type: integer + conditions: + description: Conditions describe the current condition of this + listener. + items: + description: Condition contains details for one aspect of + the current state of this API Resource. + properties: + lastTransitionTime: + description: |- + lastTransitionTime is the last time the condition transitioned from one status to another. + This should be when the underlying condition changed. If that is not known, then using the time when the API field changed is acceptable. + format: date-time + type: string + message: + description: |- + message is a human readable message indicating details about the transition. + This may be an empty string. + maxLength: 32768 + type: string + observedGeneration: + description: |- + observedGeneration represents the .metadata.generation that the condition was set based upon. + For instance, if .metadata.generation is currently 12, but the .status.conditions[x].observedGeneration is 9, the condition is out of date + with respect to the current state of the instance. + format: int64 + minimum: 0 + type: integer + reason: + description: |- + reason contains a programmatic identifier indicating the reason for the condition's last transition. + Producers of specific condition types may define expected values and meanings for this field, + and whether the values are considered a guaranteed API. + The value should be a CamelCase string. + This field may not be empty. + maxLength: 1024 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[A-Za-z]([A-Za-z0-9_,:]*[A-Za-z0-9_])?$ + type: string + status: + description: status of the condition, one of True, False, + Unknown. + enum: + - "True" + - "False" + - Unknown + type: string + type: + description: type of condition in CamelCase or in foo.example.com/CamelCase. + maxLength: 316 + pattern: ^([a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*/)?(([A-Za-z0-9][-A-Za-z0-9_.]*)?[A-Za-z0-9])$ + type: string + required: + - lastTransitionTime + - message + - reason + - status + - type + type: object + maxItems: 8 + type: array + x-kubernetes-list-map-keys: + - type + x-kubernetes-list-type: map + name: + description: Name is the name of the Listener that this status + corresponds to. + maxLength: 253 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$ + type: string + supportedKinds: + description: |- + SupportedKinds is the list indicating the Kinds supported by this + listener. This MUST represent the kinds an implementation supports for + that Listener configuration. + + If kinds are specified in Spec that are not supported, they MUST NOT + appear in this list and an implementation MUST set the "ResolvedRefs" + condition to "False" with the "InvalidRouteKinds" reason. If both valid + and invalid Route kinds are specified, the implementation MUST + reference the valid Route kinds that have been specified. + items: + description: RouteGroupKind indicates the group and kind of + a Route resource. + properties: + group: + default: gateway.networking.k8s.io + description: Group is the group of the Route. + maxLength: 253 + pattern: ^$|^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$ + type: string + kind: + description: Kind is the kind of the Route. + maxLength: 63 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[a-zA-Z]([-a-zA-Z0-9]*[a-zA-Z0-9])?$ + type: string + required: + - kind + type: object + maxItems: 8 + type: array + x-kubernetes-list-type: atomic + required: + - attachedRoutes + - conditions + - name + - supportedKinds + type: object + maxItems: 64 + type: array + x-kubernetes-list-map-keys: + - name + x-kubernetes-list-type: map + type: object + required: + - spec + type: object + served: true + storage: true + subresources: + status: {} + - additionalPrinterColumns: + - jsonPath: .spec.gatewayClassName + name: Class + type: string + - jsonPath: .status.addresses[*].value + name: Address + type: string + - jsonPath: .status.conditions[?(@.type=="Programmed")].status + name: Programmed + type: string + - jsonPath: .metadata.creationTimestamp + name: Age + type: date + name: v1beta1 + schema: + openAPIV3Schema: + description: |- + Gateway represents an instance of a service-traffic handling infrastructure + by binding Listeners to a set of IP addresses. + properties: + apiVersion: + description: |- + APIVersion defines the versioned schema of this representation of an object. + Servers should convert recognized schemas to the latest internal value, and + may reject unrecognized values. + More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#resources + type: string + kind: + description: |- + Kind is a string value representing the REST resource this object represents. + Servers may infer this from the endpoint the client submits requests to. + Cannot be updated. + In CamelCase. + More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#types-kinds + type: string + metadata: + type: object + spec: + description: Spec defines the desired state of Gateway. + properties: + addresses: + description: |- + Addresses requested for this Gateway. This is optional and behavior can + depend on the implementation. If a value is set in the spec and the + requested address is invalid or unavailable, the implementation MUST + indicate this in an associated entry in GatewayStatus.Conditions. + + The Addresses field represents a request for the address(es) on the + "outside of the Gateway", that traffic bound for this Gateway will use. + This could be the IP address or hostname of an external load balancer or + other networking infrastructure, or some other address that traffic will + be sent to. + + If no Addresses are specified, the implementation MAY schedule the + Gateway in an implementation-specific manner, assigning an appropriate + set of Addresses. + + The implementation MUST bind all Listeners to every GatewayAddress that + it assigns to the Gateway and add a corresponding entry in + GatewayStatus.Addresses. + + Support: Extended + items: + description: GatewaySpecAddress describes an address that can be + bound to a Gateway. + oneOf: + - properties: + type: + enum: + - IPAddress + value: + anyOf: + - format: ipv4 + - format: ipv6 + - properties: + type: + not: + enum: + - IPAddress + properties: + type: + default: IPAddress + description: Type of the address. + maxLength: 253 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^Hostname|IPAddress|NamedAddress|[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*\/[A-Za-z0-9\/\-._~%!$&'()*+,;=:]+$ + type: string + value: + description: |- + When a value is unspecified, an implementation SHOULD automatically + assign an address matching the requested type if possible. + + If an implementation does not support an empty value, they MUST set the + "Programmed" condition in status to False with a reason of "AddressNotAssigned". + + Examples: `1.2.3.4`, `128::1`, `my-ip-address`. + maxLength: 253 + type: string + type: object + x-kubernetes-validations: + - message: Hostname value must be empty or contain only valid characters + (matching ^(\*\.)?[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$) + rule: 'self.type == ''Hostname'' ? (!has(self.value) || self.value.matches(r"""^(\*\.)?[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$""")): + true' + maxItems: 16 + type: array + x-kubernetes-list-type: atomic + x-kubernetes-validations: + - message: IPAddress values must be unique + rule: 'self.all(a1, a1.type == ''IPAddress'' && has(a1.value) ? + self.exists_one(a2, a2.type == a1.type && has(a2.value) && a2.value + == a1.value) : true )' + - message: Hostname values must be unique + rule: 'self.all(a1, a1.type == ''Hostname'' && has(a1.value) ? + self.exists_one(a2, a2.type == a1.type && has(a2.value) && a2.value + == a1.value) : true )' + gatewayClassName: + description: |- + GatewayClassName used for this Gateway. This is the name of a + GatewayClass resource. + maxLength: 253 + minLength: 1 + type: string + infrastructure: + description: |- + Infrastructure defines infrastructure level attributes about this Gateway instance. + + Support: Extended + properties: + annotations: + additionalProperties: + description: |- + AnnotationValue is the value of an annotation in Gateway API. This is used + for validation of maps such as TLS options. This roughly matches Kubernetes + annotation validation, although the length validation in that case is based + on the entire size of the annotations struct. + maxLength: 4096 + minLength: 0 + type: string + description: |- + Annotations that SHOULD be applied to any resources created in response to this Gateway. + + For implementations creating other Kubernetes objects, this should be the `metadata.annotations` field on resources. + For other implementations, this refers to any relevant (implementation specific) "annotations" concepts. + + An implementation may chose to add additional implementation-specific annotations as they see fit. + + Support: Extended + maxProperties: 8 + type: object + x-kubernetes-validations: + - message: Annotation keys must be in the form of an optional + DNS subdomain prefix followed by a required name segment of + up to 63 characters. + rule: self.all(key, key.matches(r"""^([a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*/)?([A-Za-z0-9][-A-Za-z0-9_.]{0,61})?[A-Za-z0-9]$""")) + - message: If specified, the annotation key's prefix must be a + DNS subdomain not longer than 253 characters in total. + rule: self.all(key, key.split("/")[0].size() < 253) + labels: + additionalProperties: + description: |- + LabelValue is the value of a label in the Gateway API. This is used for validation + of maps such as Gateway infrastructure labels. This matches the Kubernetes + label validation rules: + * must be 63 characters or less (can be empty), + * unless empty, must begin and end with an alphanumeric character ([a-z0-9A-Z]), + * could contain dashes (-), underscores (_), dots (.), and alphanumerics between. + + Valid values include: + + * MyValue + * my.name + * 123-my-value + maxLength: 63 + minLength: 0 + pattern: ^(([A-Za-z0-9][-A-Za-z0-9_.]*)?[A-Za-z0-9])?$ + type: string + description: |- + Labels that SHOULD be applied to any resources created in response to this Gateway. + + For implementations creating other Kubernetes objects, this should be the `metadata.labels` field on resources. + For other implementations, this refers to any relevant (implementation specific) "labels" concepts. + + An implementation may chose to add additional implementation-specific labels as they see fit. + + If an implementation maps these labels to Pods, or any other resource that would need to be recreated when labels + change, it SHOULD clearly warn about this behavior in documentation. + + Support: Extended + maxProperties: 8 + type: object + x-kubernetes-validations: + - message: Label keys must be in the form of an optional DNS subdomain + prefix followed by a required name segment of up to 63 characters. + rule: self.all(key, key.matches(r"""^([a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*/)?([A-Za-z0-9][-A-Za-z0-9_.]{0,61})?[A-Za-z0-9]$""")) + - message: If specified, the label key's prefix must be a DNS + subdomain not longer than 253 characters in total. + rule: self.all(key, key.split("/")[0].size() < 253) + parametersRef: + description: |- + ParametersRef is a reference to a resource that contains the configuration + parameters corresponding to the Gateway. This is optional if the + controller does not require any additional configuration. + + This follows the same semantics as GatewayClass's `parametersRef`, but on a per-Gateway basis + + The Gateway's GatewayClass may provide its own `parametersRef`. When both are specified, + the merging behavior is implementation specific. + It is generally recommended that GatewayClass provides defaults that can be overridden by a Gateway. + + If the referent cannot be found, refers to an unsupported kind, or when + the data within that resource is malformed, the Gateway SHOULD be + rejected with the "Accepted" status condition set to "False" and an + "InvalidParameters" reason. + + Support: Implementation-specific + properties: + group: + description: Group is the group of the referent. + maxLength: 253 + pattern: ^$|^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$ + type: string + kind: + description: Kind is kind of the referent. + maxLength: 63 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[a-zA-Z]([-a-zA-Z0-9]*[a-zA-Z0-9])?$ + type: string + name: + description: Name is the name of the referent. + maxLength: 253 + minLength: 1 + type: string + required: + - group + - kind + - name + type: object + type: object + listeners: + description: |- + Listeners associated with this Gateway. Listeners define + logical endpoints that are bound on this Gateway's addresses. + At least one Listener MUST be specified. + + ## Distinct Listeners + + Each Listener in a set of Listeners (for example, in a single Gateway) + MUST be _distinct_, in that a traffic flow MUST be able to be assigned to + exactly one listener. (This section uses "set of Listeners" rather than + "Listeners in a single Gateway" because implementations MAY merge configuration + from multiple Gateways onto a single data plane, and these rules _also_ + apply in that case). + + Practically, this means that each listener in a set MUST have a unique + combination of Port, Protocol, and, if supported by the protocol, Hostname. + + Some combinations of port, protocol, and TLS settings are considered + Core support and MUST be supported by implementations based on the objects + they support: + + HTTPRoute + + 1. HTTPRoute, Port: 80, Protocol: HTTP + 2. HTTPRoute, Port: 443, Protocol: HTTPS, TLS Mode: Terminate, TLS keypair provided + + TLSRoute + + 1. TLSRoute, Port: 443, Protocol: TLS, TLS Mode: Passthrough + + "Distinct" Listeners have the following property: + + **The implementation can match inbound requests to a single distinct + Listener**. + + When multiple Listeners share values for fields (for + example, two Listeners with the same Port value), the implementation + can match requests to only one of the Listeners using other + Listener fields. + + When multiple listeners have the same value for the Protocol field, then + each of the Listeners with matching Protocol values MUST have different + values for other fields. + + The set of fields that MUST be different for a Listener differs per protocol. + The following rules define the rules for what fields MUST be considered for + Listeners to be distinct with each protocol currently defined in the + Gateway API spec. + + The set of listeners that all share a protocol value MUST have _different_ + values for _at least one_ of these fields to be distinct: + + * **HTTP, HTTPS, TLS**: Port, Hostname + * **TCP, UDP**: Port + + One **very** important rule to call out involves what happens when an + implementation: + + * Supports TCP protocol Listeners, as well as HTTP, HTTPS, or TLS protocol + Listeners, and + * sees HTTP, HTTPS, or TLS protocols with the same `port` as one with TCP + Protocol. + + In this case all the Listeners that share a port with the + TCP Listener are not distinct and so MUST NOT be accepted. + + If an implementation does not support TCP Protocol Listeners, then the + previous rule does not apply, and the TCP Listeners SHOULD NOT be + accepted. + + Note that the `tls` field is not used for determining if a listener is distinct, because + Listeners that _only_ differ on TLS config will still conflict in all cases. + + ### Listeners that are distinct only by Hostname + + When the Listeners are distinct based only on Hostname, inbound request + hostnames MUST match from the most specific to least specific Hostname + values to choose the correct Listener and its associated set of Routes. + + Exact matches MUST be processed before wildcard matches, and wildcard + matches MUST be processed before fallback (empty Hostname value) + matches. For example, `"foo.example.com"` takes precedence over + `"*.example.com"`, and `"*.example.com"` takes precedence over `""`. + + Additionally, if there are multiple wildcard entries, more specific + wildcard entries must be processed before less specific wildcard entries. + For example, `"*.foo.example.com"` takes precedence over `"*.example.com"`. + + The precise definition here is that the higher the number of dots in the + hostname to the right of the wildcard character, the higher the precedence. + + The wildcard character will match any number of characters _and dots_ to + the left, however, so `"*.example.com"` will match both + `"foo.bar.example.com"` _and_ `"bar.example.com"`. + + ## Handling indistinct Listeners + + If a set of Listeners contains Listeners that are not distinct, then those + Listeners are _Conflicted_, and the implementation MUST set the "Conflicted" + condition in the Listener Status to "True". + + The words "indistinct" and "conflicted" are considered equivalent for the + purpose of this documentation. + + Implementations MAY choose to accept a Gateway with some Conflicted + Listeners only if they only accept the partial Listener set that contains + no Conflicted Listeners. + + Specifically, an implementation MAY accept a partial Listener set subject to + the following rules: + + * The implementation MUST NOT pick one conflicting Listener as the winner. + ALL indistinct Listeners must not be accepted for processing. + * At least one distinct Listener MUST be present, or else the Gateway effectively + contains _no_ Listeners, and must be rejected from processing as a whole. + + The implementation MUST set a "ListenersNotValid" condition on the + Gateway Status when the Gateway contains Conflicted Listeners whether or + not they accept the Gateway. That Condition SHOULD clearly + indicate in the Message which Listeners are conflicted, and which are + Accepted. Additionally, the Listener status for those listeners SHOULD + indicate which Listeners are conflicted and not Accepted. + + ## General Listener behavior + + Note that, for all distinct Listeners, requests SHOULD match at most one Listener. + For example, if Listeners are defined for "foo.example.com" and "*.example.com", a + request to "foo.example.com" SHOULD only be routed using routes attached + to the "foo.example.com" Listener (and not the "*.example.com" Listener). + + This concept is known as "Listener Isolation", and it is an Extended feature + of Gateway API. Implementations that do not support Listener Isolation MUST + clearly document this, and MUST NOT claim support for the + `GatewayHTTPListenerIsolation` feature. + + Implementations that _do_ support Listener Isolation SHOULD claim support + for the Extended `GatewayHTTPListenerIsolation` feature and pass the associated + conformance tests. + + ## Compatible Listeners + + A Gateway's Listeners are considered _compatible_ if: + + 1. They are distinct. + 2. The implementation can serve them in compliance with the Addresses + requirement that all Listeners are available on all assigned + addresses. + + Compatible combinations in Extended support are expected to vary across + implementations. A combination that is compatible for one implementation + may not be compatible for another. + + For example, an implementation that cannot serve both TCP and UDP listeners + on the same address, or cannot mix HTTPS and generic TLS listens on the same port + would not consider those cases compatible, even though they are distinct. + + Implementations MAY merge separate Gateways onto a single set of + Addresses if all Listeners across all Gateways are compatible. + + In a future release the MinItems=1 requirement MAY be dropped. + + Support: Core + items: + description: |- + Listener embodies the concept of a logical endpoint where a Gateway accepts + network connections. + properties: + allowedRoutes: + default: + namespaces: + from: Same + description: |- + AllowedRoutes defines the types of routes that MAY be attached to a + Listener and the trusted namespaces where those Route resources MAY be + present. + + Although a client request may match multiple route rules, only one rule + may ultimately receive the request. Matching precedence MUST be + determined in order of the following criteria: + + * The most specific match as defined by the Route type. + * The oldest Route based on creation timestamp. For example, a Route with + a creation timestamp of "2020-09-08 01:02:03" is given precedence over + a Route with a creation timestamp of "2020-09-08 01:02:04". + * If everything else is equivalent, the Route appearing first in + alphabetical order (namespace/name) should be given precedence. For + example, foo/bar is given precedence over foo/baz. + + All valid rules within a Route attached to this Listener should be + implemented. Invalid Route rules can be ignored (sometimes that will mean + the full Route). If a Route rule transitions from valid to invalid, + support for that Route rule should be dropped to ensure consistency. For + example, even if a filter specified by a Route rule is invalid, the rest + of the rules within that Route should still be supported. + + Support: Core + properties: + kinds: + description: |- + Kinds specifies the groups and kinds of Routes that are allowed to bind + to this Gateway Listener. When unspecified or empty, the kinds of Routes + selected are determined using the Listener protocol. + + A RouteGroupKind MUST correspond to kinds of Routes that are compatible + with the application protocol specified in the Listener's Protocol field. + If an implementation does not support or recognize this resource type, it + MUST set the "ResolvedRefs" condition to False for this Listener with the + "InvalidRouteKinds" reason. + + Support: Core + items: + description: RouteGroupKind indicates the group and kind + of a Route resource. + properties: + group: + default: gateway.networking.k8s.io + description: Group is the group of the Route. + maxLength: 253 + pattern: ^$|^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$ + type: string + kind: + description: Kind is the kind of the Route. + maxLength: 63 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[a-zA-Z]([-a-zA-Z0-9]*[a-zA-Z0-9])?$ + type: string + required: + - kind + type: object + maxItems: 8 + type: array + x-kubernetes-list-type: atomic + namespaces: + default: + from: Same + description: |- + Namespaces indicates namespaces from which Routes may be attached to this + Listener. This is restricted to the namespace of this Gateway by default. + + Support: Core + properties: + from: + default: Same + description: |- + From indicates where Routes will be selected for this Gateway. Possible + values are: + + * All: Routes in all namespaces may be used by this Gateway. + * Selector: Routes in namespaces selected by the selector may be used by + this Gateway. + * Same: Only Routes in the same namespace may be used by this Gateway. + + Support: Core + enum: + - All + - Selector + - Same + type: string + selector: + description: |- + Selector must be specified when From is set to "Selector". In that case, + only Routes in Namespaces matching this Selector will be selected by this + Gateway. This field is ignored for other values of "From". + + Support: Core + properties: + matchExpressions: + description: matchExpressions is a list of label + selector requirements. The requirements are ANDed. + items: + description: |- + A label selector requirement is a selector that contains values, a key, and an operator that + relates the key and values. + properties: + key: + description: key is the label key that the + selector applies to. + type: string + operator: + description: |- + operator represents a key's relationship to a set of values. + Valid operators are In, NotIn, Exists and DoesNotExist. + type: string + values: + description: |- + values is an array of string values. If the operator is In or NotIn, + the values array must be non-empty. If the operator is Exists or DoesNotExist, + the values array must be empty. This array is replaced during a strategic + merge patch. + items: + type: string + type: array + x-kubernetes-list-type: atomic + required: + - key + - operator + type: object + type: array + x-kubernetes-list-type: atomic + matchLabels: + additionalProperties: + type: string + description: |- + matchLabels is a map of {key,value} pairs. A single {key,value} in the matchLabels + map is equivalent to an element of matchExpressions, whose key field is "key", the + operator is "In", and the values array contains only "value". The requirements are ANDed. + type: object + type: object + x-kubernetes-map-type: atomic + type: object + type: object + hostname: + description: |- + Hostname specifies the virtual hostname to match for protocol types that + define this concept. When unspecified, all hostnames are matched. This + field is ignored for protocols that don't require hostname based + matching. + + Implementations MUST apply Hostname matching appropriately for each of + the following protocols: + + * TLS: The Listener Hostname MUST match the SNI. + * HTTP: The Listener Hostname MUST match the Host header of the request. + * HTTPS: The Listener Hostname SHOULD match both the SNI and Host header. + Note that this does not require the SNI and Host header to be the same. + The semantics of this are described in more detail below. + + To ensure security, Section 11.1 of RFC-6066 emphasizes that server + implementations that rely on SNI hostname matching MUST also verify + hostnames within the application protocol. + + Section 9.1.2 of RFC-7540 provides a mechanism for servers to reject the + reuse of a connection by responding with the HTTP 421 Misdirected Request + status code. This indicates that the origin server has rejected the + request because it appears to have been misdirected. + + To detect misdirected requests, Gateways SHOULD match the authority of + the requests with all the SNI hostname(s) configured across all the + Gateway Listeners on the same port and protocol: + + * If another Listener has an exact match or more specific wildcard entry, + the Gateway SHOULD return a 421. + * If the current Listener (selected by SNI matching during ClientHello) + does not match the Host: + * If another Listener does match the Host the Gateway SHOULD return a + 421. + * If no other Listener matches the Host, the Gateway MUST return a + 404. + + For HTTPRoute and TLSRoute resources, there is an interaction with the + `spec.hostnames` array. When both listener and route specify hostnames, + there MUST be an intersection between the values for a Route to be + accepted. For more information, refer to the Route specific Hostnames + documentation. + + Hostnames that are prefixed with a wildcard label (`*.`) are interpreted + as a suffix match. That means that a match for `*.example.com` would match + both `test.example.com`, and `foo.test.example.com`, but not `example.com`. + + Support: Core + maxLength: 253 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^(\*\.)?[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$ + type: string + name: + description: |- + Name is the name of the Listener. This name MUST be unique within a + Gateway. + + Support: Core + maxLength: 253 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$ + type: string + port: + description: |- + Port is the network port. Multiple listeners may use the + same port, subject to the Listener compatibility rules. + + Support: Core + format: int32 + maximum: 65535 + minimum: 1 + type: integer + protocol: + description: |- + Protocol specifies the network protocol this listener expects to receive. + + Support: Core + maxLength: 255 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[a-zA-Z0-9]([-a-zA-Z0-9]*[a-zA-Z0-9])?$|[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*\/[A-Za-z0-9]+$ + type: string + tls: + description: |- + TLS is the TLS configuration for the Listener. This field is required if + the Protocol field is "HTTPS" or "TLS". It is invalid to set this field + if the Protocol field is "HTTP", "TCP", or "UDP". + + The association of SNIs to Certificate defined in ListenerTLSConfig is + defined based on the Hostname field for this listener. + + The GatewayClass MUST use the longest matching SNI out of all + available certificates for any TLS handshake. + + Support: Core + properties: + certificateRefs: + description: |- + CertificateRefs contains a series of references to Kubernetes objects that + contains TLS certificates and private keys. These certificates are used to + establish a TLS handshake for requests that match the hostname of the + associated listener. + + A single CertificateRef to a Kubernetes Secret has "Core" support. + Implementations MAY choose to support attaching multiple certificates to + a Listener, but this behavior is implementation-specific. + + References to a resource in different namespace are invalid UNLESS there + is a ReferenceGrant in the target namespace that allows the certificate + to be attached. If a ReferenceGrant does not allow this reference, the + "ResolvedRefs" condition MUST be set to False for this listener with the + "RefNotPermitted" reason. + + This field is required to have at least one element when the mode is set + to "Terminate" (default) and is optional otherwise. + + CertificateRefs can reference to standard Kubernetes resources, i.e. + Secret, or implementation-specific custom resources. + + Support: Core - A single reference to a Kubernetes Secret of type kubernetes.io/tls + + Support: Implementation-specific (More than one reference or other resource types) + items: + description: |- + SecretObjectReference identifies an API object including its namespace, + defaulting to Secret. + + The API object must be valid in the cluster; the Group and Kind must + be registered in the cluster for this reference to be valid. + + References to objects with invalid Group and Kind are not valid, and must + be rejected by the implementation, with appropriate Conditions set + on the containing object. + properties: + group: + default: "" + description: |- + Group is the group of the referent. For example, "gateway.networking.k8s.io". + When unspecified or empty string, core API group is inferred. + maxLength: 253 + pattern: ^$|^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$ + type: string + kind: + default: Secret + description: Kind is kind of the referent. For example + "Secret". + maxLength: 63 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[a-zA-Z]([-a-zA-Z0-9]*[a-zA-Z0-9])?$ + type: string + name: + description: Name is the name of the referent. + maxLength: 253 + minLength: 1 + type: string + namespace: + description: |- + Namespace is the namespace of the referenced object. When unspecified, the local + namespace is inferred. + + Note that when a namespace different than the local namespace is specified, + a ReferenceGrant object is required in the referent namespace to allow that + namespace's owner to accept the reference. See the ReferenceGrant + documentation for details. + + Support: Core + maxLength: 63 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?$ + type: string + required: + - name + type: object + maxItems: 64 + type: array + x-kubernetes-list-type: atomic + mode: + default: Terminate + description: |- + Mode defines the TLS behavior for the TLS session initiated by the client. + There are two possible modes: + + - Terminate: The TLS session between the downstream client and the + Gateway is terminated at the Gateway. This mode requires certificates + to be specified in some way, such as populating the certificateRefs + field. + - Passthrough: The TLS session is NOT terminated by the Gateway. This + implies that the Gateway can't decipher the TLS stream except for + the ClientHello message of the TLS protocol. The certificateRefs field + is ignored in this mode. + + Support: Core + enum: + - Terminate + - Passthrough + type: string + options: + additionalProperties: + description: |- + AnnotationValue is the value of an annotation in Gateway API. This is used + for validation of maps such as TLS options. This roughly matches Kubernetes + annotation validation, although the length validation in that case is based + on the entire size of the annotations struct. + maxLength: 4096 + minLength: 0 + type: string + description: |- + Options are a list of key/value pairs to enable extended TLS + configuration for each implementation. For example, configuring the + minimum TLS version or supported cipher suites. + + A set of common keys MAY be defined by the API in the future. To avoid + any ambiguity, implementation-specific definitions MUST use + domain-prefixed names, such as `example.com/my-custom-option`. + Un-prefixed names are reserved for key names defined by Gateway API. + + Support: Implementation-specific + maxProperties: 16 + type: object + type: object + x-kubernetes-validations: + - message: certificateRefs or options must be specified when + mode is Terminate + rule: 'self.mode == ''Terminate'' ? size(self.certificateRefs) + > 0 || size(self.options) > 0 : true' + required: + - name + - port + - protocol + type: object + maxItems: 64 + minItems: 1 + type: array + x-kubernetes-list-map-keys: + - name + x-kubernetes-list-type: map + x-kubernetes-validations: + - message: tls must not be specified for protocols ['HTTP', 'TCP', + 'UDP'] + rule: 'self.all(l, l.protocol in [''HTTP'', ''TCP'', ''UDP''] ? + !has(l.tls) : true)' + - message: tls mode must be Terminate for protocol HTTPS + rule: 'self.all(l, (l.protocol == ''HTTPS'' && has(l.tls)) ? (l.tls.mode + == '''' || l.tls.mode == ''Terminate'') : true)' + - message: hostname must not be specified for protocols ['TCP', 'UDP'] + rule: 'self.all(l, l.protocol in [''TCP'', ''UDP''] ? (!has(l.hostname) + || l.hostname == '''') : true)' + - message: Listener name must be unique within the Gateway + rule: self.all(l1, self.exists_one(l2, l1.name == l2.name)) + - message: Combination of port, protocol and hostname must be unique + for each listener + rule: 'self.all(l1, self.exists_one(l2, l1.port == l2.port && l1.protocol + == l2.protocol && (has(l1.hostname) && has(l2.hostname) ? l1.hostname + == l2.hostname : !has(l1.hostname) && !has(l2.hostname))))' + required: + - gatewayClassName + - listeners + type: object + status: + default: + conditions: + - lastTransitionTime: "1970-01-01T00:00:00Z" + message: Waiting for controller + reason: Pending + status: Unknown + type: Accepted + - lastTransitionTime: "1970-01-01T00:00:00Z" + message: Waiting for controller + reason: Pending + status: Unknown + type: Programmed + description: Status defines the current state of Gateway. + properties: + addresses: + description: |- + Addresses lists the network addresses that have been bound to the + Gateway. + + This list may differ from the addresses provided in the spec under some + conditions: + + * no addresses are specified, all addresses are dynamically assigned + * a combination of specified and dynamic addresses are assigned + * a specified address was unusable (e.g. already in use) + items: + description: GatewayStatusAddress describes a network address that + is bound to a Gateway. + oneOf: + - properties: + type: + enum: + - IPAddress + value: + anyOf: + - format: ipv4 + - format: ipv6 + - properties: + type: + not: + enum: + - IPAddress + properties: + type: + default: IPAddress + description: Type of the address. + maxLength: 253 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^Hostname|IPAddress|NamedAddress|[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*\/[A-Za-z0-9\/\-._~%!$&'()*+,;=:]+$ + type: string + value: + description: |- + Value of the address. The validity of the values will depend + on the type and support by the controller. + + Examples: `1.2.3.4`, `128::1`, `my-ip-address`. + maxLength: 253 + minLength: 1 + type: string + required: + - value + type: object + x-kubernetes-validations: + - message: Hostname value must only contain valid characters (matching + ^(\*\.)?[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$) + rule: 'self.type == ''Hostname'' ? self.value.matches(r"""^(\*\.)?[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$"""): + true' + maxItems: 16 + type: array + x-kubernetes-list-type: atomic + conditions: + default: + - lastTransitionTime: "1970-01-01T00:00:00Z" + message: Waiting for controller + reason: Pending + status: Unknown + type: Accepted + - lastTransitionTime: "1970-01-01T00:00:00Z" + message: Waiting for controller + reason: Pending + status: Unknown + type: Programmed + description: |- + Conditions describe the current conditions of the Gateway. + + Implementations should prefer to express Gateway conditions + using the `GatewayConditionType` and `GatewayConditionReason` + constants so that operators and tools can converge on a common + vocabulary to describe Gateway state. + + Known condition types are: + + * "Accepted" + * "Programmed" + * "Ready" + items: + description: Condition contains details for one aspect of the current + state of this API Resource. + properties: + lastTransitionTime: + description: |- + lastTransitionTime is the last time the condition transitioned from one status to another. + This should be when the underlying condition changed. If that is not known, then using the time when the API field changed is acceptable. + format: date-time + type: string + message: + description: |- + message is a human readable message indicating details about the transition. + This may be an empty string. + maxLength: 32768 + type: string + observedGeneration: + description: |- + observedGeneration represents the .metadata.generation that the condition was set based upon. + For instance, if .metadata.generation is currently 12, but the .status.conditions[x].observedGeneration is 9, the condition is out of date + with respect to the current state of the instance. + format: int64 + minimum: 0 + type: integer + reason: + description: |- + reason contains a programmatic identifier indicating the reason for the condition's last transition. + Producers of specific condition types may define expected values and meanings for this field, + and whether the values are considered a guaranteed API. + The value should be a CamelCase string. + This field may not be empty. + maxLength: 1024 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[A-Za-z]([A-Za-z0-9_,:]*[A-Za-z0-9_])?$ + type: string + status: + description: status of the condition, one of True, False, Unknown. + enum: + - "True" + - "False" + - Unknown + type: string + type: + description: type of condition in CamelCase or in foo.example.com/CamelCase. + maxLength: 316 + pattern: ^([a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*/)?(([A-Za-z0-9][-A-Za-z0-9_.]*)?[A-Za-z0-9])$ + type: string + required: + - lastTransitionTime + - message + - reason + - status + - type + type: object + maxItems: 8 + type: array + x-kubernetes-list-map-keys: + - type + x-kubernetes-list-type: map + listeners: + description: Listeners provide status for each unique listener port + defined in the Spec. + items: + description: ListenerStatus is the status associated with a Listener. + properties: + attachedRoutes: + description: |- + AttachedRoutes represents the total number of Routes that have been + successfully attached to this Listener. + + Successful attachment of a Route to a Listener is based solely on the + combination of the AllowedRoutes field on the corresponding Listener + and the Route's ParentRefs field. A Route is successfully attached to + a Listener when it is selected by the Listener's AllowedRoutes field + AND the Route has a valid ParentRef selecting the whole Gateway + resource or a specific Listener as a parent resource (more detail on + attachment semantics can be found in the documentation on the various + Route kinds ParentRefs fields). Listener or Route status does not impact + successful attachment, i.e. the AttachedRoutes field count MUST be set + for Listeners with condition Accepted: false and MUST count successfully + attached Routes that may themselves have Accepted: false conditions. + + Uses for this field include troubleshooting Route attachment and + measuring blast radius/impact of changes to a Listener. + format: int32 + type: integer + conditions: + description: Conditions describe the current condition of this + listener. + items: + description: Condition contains details for one aspect of + the current state of this API Resource. + properties: + lastTransitionTime: + description: |- + lastTransitionTime is the last time the condition transitioned from one status to another. + This should be when the underlying condition changed. If that is not known, then using the time when the API field changed is acceptable. + format: date-time + type: string + message: + description: |- + message is a human readable message indicating details about the transition. + This may be an empty string. + maxLength: 32768 + type: string + observedGeneration: + description: |- + observedGeneration represents the .metadata.generation that the condition was set based upon. + For instance, if .metadata.generation is currently 12, but the .status.conditions[x].observedGeneration is 9, the condition is out of date + with respect to the current state of the instance. + format: int64 + minimum: 0 + type: integer + reason: + description: |- + reason contains a programmatic identifier indicating the reason for the condition's last transition. + Producers of specific condition types may define expected values and meanings for this field, + and whether the values are considered a guaranteed API. + The value should be a CamelCase string. + This field may not be empty. + maxLength: 1024 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[A-Za-z]([A-Za-z0-9_,:]*[A-Za-z0-9_])?$ + type: string + status: + description: status of the condition, one of True, False, + Unknown. + enum: + - "True" + - "False" + - Unknown + type: string + type: + description: type of condition in CamelCase or in foo.example.com/CamelCase. + maxLength: 316 + pattern: ^([a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*/)?(([A-Za-z0-9][-A-Za-z0-9_.]*)?[A-Za-z0-9])$ + type: string + required: + - lastTransitionTime + - message + - reason + - status + - type + type: object + maxItems: 8 + type: array + x-kubernetes-list-map-keys: + - type + x-kubernetes-list-type: map + name: + description: Name is the name of the Listener that this status + corresponds to. + maxLength: 253 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$ + type: string + supportedKinds: + description: |- + SupportedKinds is the list indicating the Kinds supported by this + listener. This MUST represent the kinds an implementation supports for + that Listener configuration. + + If kinds are specified in Spec that are not supported, they MUST NOT + appear in this list and an implementation MUST set the "ResolvedRefs" + condition to "False" with the "InvalidRouteKinds" reason. If both valid + and invalid Route kinds are specified, the implementation MUST + reference the valid Route kinds that have been specified. + items: + description: RouteGroupKind indicates the group and kind of + a Route resource. + properties: + group: + default: gateway.networking.k8s.io + description: Group is the group of the Route. + maxLength: 253 + pattern: ^$|^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$ + type: string + kind: + description: Kind is the kind of the Route. + maxLength: 63 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[a-zA-Z]([-a-zA-Z0-9]*[a-zA-Z0-9])?$ + type: string + required: + - kind + type: object + maxItems: 8 + type: array + x-kubernetes-list-type: atomic + required: + - attachedRoutes + - conditions + - name + - supportedKinds + type: object + maxItems: 64 + type: array + x-kubernetes-list-map-keys: + - name + x-kubernetes-list-type: map + type: object + required: + - spec + type: object + served: true + storage: false + subresources: + status: {} +status: + acceptedNames: + kind: "" + plural: "" + conditions: null + storedVersions: null +{{- end }} +{{- end }} + diff --git a/charts/kgateway/kgateway/charts/gateway-api/templates/crds/standard/gateway.networking.k8s.io_grpcroutes.yaml b/charts/kgateway/kgateway/charts/gateway-api/templates/crds/standard/gateway.networking.k8s.io_grpcroutes.yaml new file mode 100644 index 000000000..0e1bf549b --- /dev/null +++ b/charts/kgateway/kgateway/charts/gateway-api/templates/crds/standard/gateway.networking.k8s.io_grpcroutes.yaml @@ -0,0 +1,2075 @@ +{{- if eq .Values.specification "standard" }} +{{- $crd := lookup "apiextensions.k8s.io/v1" "CustomResourceDefinition" "" "grpcroutes.gateway.networking.k8s.io" }} +{{- if not $crd }} +apiVersion: apiextensions.k8s.io/v1 +kind: CustomResourceDefinition +metadata: + annotations: + api-approved.kubernetes.io: https://github.com/kubernetes-sigs/gateway-api/pull/3328 + helm.sh/resource-policy: keep + gateway.networking.k8s.io/channel: standard + name: grpcroutes.gateway.networking.k8s.io +spec: + group: gateway.networking.k8s.io + names: + categories: + - gateway-api + kind: GRPCRoute + listKind: GRPCRouteList + plural: grpcroutes + singular: grpcroute + scope: Namespaced + versions: + - additionalPrinterColumns: + - jsonPath: .spec.hostnames + name: Hostnames + type: string + - jsonPath: .metadata.creationTimestamp + name: Age + type: date + name: v1 + schema: + openAPIV3Schema: + description: |- + GRPCRoute provides a way to route gRPC requests. This includes the capability + to match requests by hostname, gRPC service, gRPC method, or HTTP/2 header. + Filters can be used to specify additional processing steps. Backends specify + where matching requests will be routed. + + GRPCRoute falls under extended support within the Gateway API. Within the + following specification, the word "MUST" indicates that an implementation + supporting GRPCRoute must conform to the indicated requirement, but an + implementation not supporting this route type need not follow the requirement + unless explicitly indicated. + + Implementations supporting `GRPCRoute` with the `HTTPS` `ProtocolType` MUST + accept HTTP/2 connections without an initial upgrade from HTTP/1.1, i.e. via + ALPN. If the implementation does not support this, then it MUST set the + "Accepted" condition to "False" for the affected listener with a reason of + "UnsupportedProtocol". Implementations MAY also accept HTTP/2 connections + with an upgrade from HTTP/1. + + Implementations supporting `GRPCRoute` with the `HTTP` `ProtocolType` MUST + support HTTP/2 over cleartext TCP (h2c, + https://www.rfc-editor.org/rfc/rfc7540#section-3.1) without an initial + upgrade from HTTP/1.1, i.e. with prior knowledge + (https://www.rfc-editor.org/rfc/rfc7540#section-3.4). If the implementation + does not support this, then it MUST set the "Accepted" condition to "False" + for the affected listener with a reason of "UnsupportedProtocol". + Implementations MAY also accept HTTP/2 connections with an upgrade from + HTTP/1, i.e. without prior knowledge. + properties: + apiVersion: + description: |- + APIVersion defines the versioned schema of this representation of an object. + Servers should convert recognized schemas to the latest internal value, and + may reject unrecognized values. + More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#resources + type: string + kind: + description: |- + Kind is a string value representing the REST resource this object represents. + Servers may infer this from the endpoint the client submits requests to. + Cannot be updated. + In CamelCase. + More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#types-kinds + type: string + metadata: + type: object + spec: + description: Spec defines the desired state of GRPCRoute. + properties: + hostnames: + description: |- + Hostnames defines a set of hostnames to match against the GRPC + Host header to select a GRPCRoute to process the request. This matches + the RFC 1123 definition of a hostname with 2 notable exceptions: + + 1. IPs are not allowed. + 2. A hostname may be prefixed with a wildcard label (`*.`). The wildcard + label MUST appear by itself as the first label. + + If a hostname is specified by both the Listener and GRPCRoute, there + MUST be at least one intersecting hostname for the GRPCRoute to be + attached to the Listener. For example: + + * A Listener with `test.example.com` as the hostname matches GRPCRoutes + that have either not specified any hostnames, or have specified at + least one of `test.example.com` or `*.example.com`. + * A Listener with `*.example.com` as the hostname matches GRPCRoutes + that have either not specified any hostnames or have specified at least + one hostname that matches the Listener hostname. For example, + `test.example.com` and `*.example.com` would both match. On the other + hand, `example.com` and `test.example.net` would not match. + + Hostnames that are prefixed with a wildcard label (`*.`) are interpreted + as a suffix match. That means that a match for `*.example.com` would match + both `test.example.com`, and `foo.test.example.com`, but not `example.com`. + + If both the Listener and GRPCRoute have specified hostnames, any + GRPCRoute hostnames that do not match the Listener hostname MUST be + ignored. For example, if a Listener specified `*.example.com`, and the + GRPCRoute specified `test.example.com` and `test.example.net`, + `test.example.net` MUST NOT be considered for a match. + + If both the Listener and GRPCRoute have specified hostnames, and none + match with the criteria above, then the GRPCRoute MUST NOT be accepted by + the implementation. The implementation MUST raise an 'Accepted' Condition + with a status of `False` in the corresponding RouteParentStatus. + + If a Route (A) of type HTTPRoute or GRPCRoute is attached to a + Listener and that listener already has another Route (B) of the other + type attached and the intersection of the hostnames of A and B is + non-empty, then the implementation MUST accept exactly one of these two + routes, determined by the following criteria, in order: + + * The oldest Route based on creation timestamp. + * The Route appearing first in alphabetical order by + "{namespace}/{name}". + + The rejected Route MUST raise an 'Accepted' condition with a status of + 'False' in the corresponding RouteParentStatus. + + Support: Core + items: + description: |- + Hostname is the fully qualified domain name of a network host. This matches + the RFC 1123 definition of a hostname with 2 notable exceptions: + + 1. IPs are not allowed. + 2. A hostname may be prefixed with a wildcard label (`*.`). The wildcard + label must appear by itself as the first label. + + Hostname can be "precise" which is a domain name without the terminating + dot of a network host (e.g. "foo.example.com") or "wildcard", which is a + domain name prefixed with a single wildcard label (e.g. `*.example.com`). + + Note that as per RFC1035 and RFC1123, a *label* must consist of lower case + alphanumeric characters or '-', and must start and end with an alphanumeric + character. No other punctuation is allowed. + maxLength: 253 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^(\*\.)?[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$ + type: string + maxItems: 16 + type: array + x-kubernetes-list-type: atomic + parentRefs: + description: |- + ParentRefs references the resources (usually Gateways) that a Route wants + to be attached to. Note that the referenced parent resource needs to + allow this for the attachment to be complete. For Gateways, that means + the Gateway needs to allow attachment from Routes of this kind and + namespace. For Services, that means the Service must either be in the same + namespace for a "producer" route, or the mesh implementation must support + and allow "consumer" routes for the referenced Service. ReferenceGrant is + not applicable for governing ParentRefs to Services - it is not possible to + create a "producer" route for a Service in a different namespace from the + Route. + + There are two kinds of parent resources with "Core" support: + + * Gateway (Gateway conformance profile) + * Service (Mesh conformance profile, ClusterIP Services only) + + This API may be extended in the future to support additional kinds of parent + resources. + + ParentRefs must be _distinct_. This means either that: + + * They select different objects. If this is the case, then parentRef + entries are distinct. In terms of fields, this means that the + multi-part key defined by `group`, `kind`, `namespace`, and `name` must + be unique across all parentRef entries in the Route. + * They do not select different objects, but for each optional field used, + each ParentRef that selects the same object must set the same set of + optional fields to different values. If one ParentRef sets a + combination of optional fields, all must set the same combination. + + Some examples: + + * If one ParentRef sets `sectionName`, all ParentRefs referencing the + same object must also set `sectionName`. + * If one ParentRef sets `port`, all ParentRefs referencing the same + object must also set `port`. + * If one ParentRef sets `sectionName` and `port`, all ParentRefs + referencing the same object must also set `sectionName` and `port`. + + It is possible to separately reference multiple distinct objects that may + be collapsed by an implementation. For example, some implementations may + choose to merge compatible Gateway Listeners together. If that is the + case, the list of routes attached to those resources should also be + merged. + + Note that for ParentRefs that cross namespace boundaries, there are specific + rules. Cross-namespace references are only valid if they are explicitly + allowed by something in the namespace they are referring to. For example, + Gateway has the AllowedRoutes field, and ReferenceGrant provides a + generic way to enable other kinds of cross-namespace reference. + items: + description: |- + ParentReference identifies an API object (usually a Gateway) that can be considered + a parent of this resource (usually a route). There are two kinds of parent resources + with "Core" support: + + * Gateway (Gateway conformance profile) + * Service (Mesh conformance profile, ClusterIP Services only) + + This API may be extended in the future to support additional kinds of parent + resources. + + The API object must be valid in the cluster; the Group and Kind must + be registered in the cluster for this reference to be valid. + properties: + group: + default: gateway.networking.k8s.io + description: |- + Group is the group of the referent. + When unspecified, "gateway.networking.k8s.io" is inferred. + To set the core API group (such as for a "Service" kind referent), + Group must be explicitly set to "" (empty string). + + Support: Core + maxLength: 253 + pattern: ^$|^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$ + type: string + kind: + default: Gateway + description: |- + Kind is kind of the referent. + + There are two kinds of parent resources with "Core" support: + + * Gateway (Gateway conformance profile) + * Service (Mesh conformance profile, ClusterIP Services only) + + Support for other resources is Implementation-Specific. + maxLength: 63 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[a-zA-Z]([-a-zA-Z0-9]*[a-zA-Z0-9])?$ + type: string + name: + description: |- + Name is the name of the referent. + + Support: Core + maxLength: 253 + minLength: 1 + type: string + namespace: + description: |- + Namespace is the namespace of the referent. When unspecified, this refers + to the local namespace of the Route. + + Note that there are specific rules for ParentRefs which cross namespace + boundaries. Cross-namespace references are only valid if they are explicitly + allowed by something in the namespace they are referring to. For example: + Gateway has the AllowedRoutes field, and ReferenceGrant provides a + generic way to enable any other kind of cross-namespace reference. + + Support: Core + maxLength: 63 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?$ + type: string + port: + description: |- + Port is the network port this Route targets. It can be interpreted + differently based on the type of parent resource. + + When the parent resource is a Gateway, this targets all listeners + listening on the specified port that also support this kind of Route(and + select this Route). It's not recommended to set `Port` unless the + networking behaviors specified in a Route must apply to a specific port + as opposed to a listener(s) whose port(s) may be changed. When both Port + and SectionName are specified, the name and port of the selected listener + must match both specified values. + + Implementations MAY choose to support other parent resources. + Implementations supporting other types of parent resources MUST clearly + document how/if Port is interpreted. + + For the purpose of status, an attachment is considered successful as + long as the parent resource accepts it partially. For example, Gateway + listeners can restrict which Routes can attach to them by Route kind, + namespace, or hostname. If 1 of 2 Gateway listeners accept attachment + from the referencing Route, the Route MUST be considered successfully + attached. If no Gateway listeners accept attachment from this Route, + the Route MUST be considered detached from the Gateway. + + Support: Extended + format: int32 + maximum: 65535 + minimum: 1 + type: integer + sectionName: + description: |- + SectionName is the name of a section within the target resource. In the + following resources, SectionName is interpreted as the following: + + * Gateway: Listener name. When both Port (experimental) and SectionName + are specified, the name and port of the selected listener must match + both specified values. + * Service: Port name. When both Port (experimental) and SectionName + are specified, the name and port of the selected listener must match + both specified values. + + Implementations MAY choose to support attaching Routes to other resources. + If that is the case, they MUST clearly document how SectionName is + interpreted. + + When unspecified (empty string), this will reference the entire resource. + For the purpose of status, an attachment is considered successful if at + least one section in the parent resource accepts it. For example, Gateway + listeners can restrict which Routes can attach to them by Route kind, + namespace, or hostname. If 1 of 2 Gateway listeners accept attachment from + the referencing Route, the Route MUST be considered successfully + attached. If no Gateway listeners accept attachment from this Route, the + Route MUST be considered detached from the Gateway. + + Support: Core + maxLength: 253 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$ + type: string + required: + - name + type: object + maxItems: 32 + type: array + x-kubernetes-list-type: atomic + x-kubernetes-validations: + - message: sectionName must be specified when parentRefs includes + 2 or more references to the same parent + rule: 'self.all(p1, self.all(p2, p1.group == p2.group && p1.kind + == p2.kind && p1.name == p2.name && (((!has(p1.__namespace__) + || p1.__namespace__ == '''') && (!has(p2.__namespace__) || p2.__namespace__ + == '''')) || (has(p1.__namespace__) && has(p2.__namespace__) && + p1.__namespace__ == p2.__namespace__ )) ? ((!has(p1.sectionName) + || p1.sectionName == '''') == (!has(p2.sectionName) || p2.sectionName + == '''')) : true))' + - message: sectionName must be unique when parentRefs includes 2 or + more references to the same parent + rule: self.all(p1, self.exists_one(p2, p1.group == p2.group && p1.kind + == p2.kind && p1.name == p2.name && (((!has(p1.__namespace__) + || p1.__namespace__ == '') && (!has(p2.__namespace__) || p2.__namespace__ + == '')) || (has(p1.__namespace__) && has(p2.__namespace__) && + p1.__namespace__ == p2.__namespace__ )) && (((!has(p1.sectionName) + || p1.sectionName == '') && (!has(p2.sectionName) || p2.sectionName + == '')) || (has(p1.sectionName) && has(p2.sectionName) && p1.sectionName + == p2.sectionName)))) + rules: + description: Rules are a list of GRPC matchers, filters and actions. + items: + description: |- + GRPCRouteRule defines the semantics for matching a gRPC request based on + conditions (matches), processing it (filters), and forwarding the request to + an API object (backendRefs). + properties: + backendRefs: + description: |- + BackendRefs defines the backend(s) where matching requests should be + sent. + + Failure behavior here depends on how many BackendRefs are specified and + how many are invalid. + + If *all* entries in BackendRefs are invalid, and there are also no filters + specified in this route rule, *all* traffic which matches this rule MUST + receive an `UNAVAILABLE` status. + + See the GRPCBackendRef definition for the rules about what makes a single + GRPCBackendRef invalid. + + When a GRPCBackendRef is invalid, `UNAVAILABLE` statuses MUST be returned for + requests that would have otherwise been routed to an invalid backend. If + multiple backends are specified, and some are invalid, the proportion of + requests that would otherwise have been routed to an invalid backend + MUST receive an `UNAVAILABLE` status. + + For example, if two backends are specified with equal weights, and one is + invalid, 50 percent of traffic MUST receive an `UNAVAILABLE` status. + Implementations may choose how that 50 percent is determined. + + Support: Core for Kubernetes Service + + Support: Implementation-specific for any other resource + + Support for weight: Core + items: + description: |- + GRPCBackendRef defines how a GRPCRoute forwards a gRPC request. + + Note that when a namespace different than the local namespace is specified, a + ReferenceGrant object is required in the referent namespace to allow that + namespace's owner to accept the reference. See the ReferenceGrant + documentation for details. + properties: + filters: + description: |- + Filters defined at this level MUST be executed if and only if the + request is being forwarded to the backend defined here. + + Support: Implementation-specific (For broader support of filters, use the + Filters field in GRPCRouteRule.) + items: + description: |- + GRPCRouteFilter defines processing steps that must be completed during the + request or response lifecycle. GRPCRouteFilters are meant as an extension + point to express processing that may be done in Gateway implementations. Some + examples include request or response modification, implementing + authentication strategies, rate-limiting, and traffic shaping. API + guarantee/conformance is defined based on the type of the filter. + properties: + extensionRef: + description: |- + ExtensionRef is an optional, implementation-specific extension to the + "filter" behavior. For example, resource "myroutefilter" in group + "networking.example.net"). ExtensionRef MUST NOT be used for core and + extended filters. + + Support: Implementation-specific + + This filter can be used multiple times within the same rule. + properties: + group: + description: |- + Group is the group of the referent. For example, "gateway.networking.k8s.io". + When unspecified or empty string, core API group is inferred. + maxLength: 253 + pattern: ^$|^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$ + type: string + kind: + description: Kind is kind of the referent. For + example "HTTPRoute" or "Service". + maxLength: 63 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[a-zA-Z]([-a-zA-Z0-9]*[a-zA-Z0-9])?$ + type: string + name: + description: Name is the name of the referent. + maxLength: 253 + minLength: 1 + type: string + required: + - group + - kind + - name + type: object + requestHeaderModifier: + description: |- + RequestHeaderModifier defines a schema for a filter that modifies request + headers. + + Support: Core + properties: + add: + description: |- + Add adds the given header(s) (name, value) to the request + before the action. It appends to any existing values associated + with the header name. + + Input: + GET /foo HTTP/1.1 + my-header: foo + + Config: + add: + - name: "my-header" + value: "bar,baz" + + Output: + GET /foo HTTP/1.1 + my-header: foo,bar,baz + items: + description: HTTPHeader represents an HTTP + Header name and value as defined by RFC + 7230. + properties: + name: + description: |- + Name is the name of the HTTP Header to be matched. Name matching MUST be + case-insensitive. (See https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc7230#section-3.2). + + If multiple entries specify equivalent header names, the first entry with + an equivalent name MUST be considered for a match. Subsequent entries + with an equivalent header name MUST be ignored. Due to the + case-insensitivity of header names, "foo" and "Foo" are considered + equivalent. + maxLength: 256 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[A-Za-z0-9!#$%&'*+\-.^_\x60|~]+$ + type: string + value: + description: Value is the value of HTTP + Header to be matched. + maxLength: 4096 + minLength: 1 + type: string + required: + - name + - value + type: object + maxItems: 16 + type: array + x-kubernetes-list-map-keys: + - name + x-kubernetes-list-type: map + remove: + description: |- + Remove the given header(s) from the HTTP request before the action. The + value of Remove is a list of HTTP header names. Note that the header + names are case-insensitive (see + https://datatracker.ietf.org/doc/html/rfc2616#section-4.2). + + Input: + GET /foo HTTP/1.1 + my-header1: foo + my-header2: bar + my-header3: baz + + Config: + remove: ["my-header1", "my-header3"] + + Output: + GET /foo HTTP/1.1 + my-header2: bar + items: + type: string + maxItems: 16 + type: array + x-kubernetes-list-type: set + set: + description: |- + Set overwrites the request with the given header (name, value) + before the action. + + Input: + GET /foo HTTP/1.1 + my-header: foo + + Config: + set: + - name: "my-header" + value: "bar" + + Output: + GET /foo HTTP/1.1 + my-header: bar + items: + description: HTTPHeader represents an HTTP + Header name and value as defined by RFC + 7230. + properties: + name: + description: |- + Name is the name of the HTTP Header to be matched. Name matching MUST be + case-insensitive. (See https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc7230#section-3.2). + + If multiple entries specify equivalent header names, the first entry with + an equivalent name MUST be considered for a match. Subsequent entries + with an equivalent header name MUST be ignored. Due to the + case-insensitivity of header names, "foo" and "Foo" are considered + equivalent. + maxLength: 256 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[A-Za-z0-9!#$%&'*+\-.^_\x60|~]+$ + type: string + value: + description: Value is the value of HTTP + Header to be matched. + maxLength: 4096 + minLength: 1 + type: string + required: + - name + - value + type: object + maxItems: 16 + type: array + x-kubernetes-list-map-keys: + - name + x-kubernetes-list-type: map + type: object + requestMirror: + description: |- + RequestMirror defines a schema for a filter that mirrors requests. + Requests are sent to the specified destination, but responses from + that destination are ignored. + + This filter can be used multiple times within the same rule. Note that + not all implementations will be able to support mirroring to multiple + backends. + + Support: Extended + properties: + backendRef: + description: |- + BackendRef references a resource where mirrored requests are sent. + + Mirrored requests must be sent only to a single destination endpoint + within this BackendRef, irrespective of how many endpoints are present + within this BackendRef. + + If the referent cannot be found, this BackendRef is invalid and must be + dropped from the Gateway. The controller must ensure the "ResolvedRefs" + condition on the Route status is set to `status: False` and not configure + this backend in the underlying implementation. + + If there is a cross-namespace reference to an *existing* object + that is not allowed by a ReferenceGrant, the controller must ensure the + "ResolvedRefs" condition on the Route is set to `status: False`, + with the "RefNotPermitted" reason and not configure this backend in the + underlying implementation. + + In either error case, the Message of the `ResolvedRefs` Condition + should be used to provide more detail about the problem. + + Support: Extended for Kubernetes Service + + Support: Implementation-specific for any other resource + properties: + group: + default: "" + description: |- + Group is the group of the referent. For example, "gateway.networking.k8s.io". + When unspecified or empty string, core API group is inferred. + maxLength: 253 + pattern: ^$|^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$ + type: string + kind: + default: Service + description: |- + Kind is the Kubernetes resource kind of the referent. For example + "Service". + + Defaults to "Service" when not specified. + + ExternalName services can refer to CNAME DNS records that may live + outside of the cluster and as such are difficult to reason about in + terms of conformance. They also may not be safe to forward to (see + CVE-2021-25740 for more information). Implementations SHOULD NOT + support ExternalName Services. + + Support: Core (Services with a type other than ExternalName) + + Support: Implementation-specific (Services with type ExternalName) + maxLength: 63 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[a-zA-Z]([-a-zA-Z0-9]*[a-zA-Z0-9])?$ + type: string + name: + description: Name is the name of the referent. + maxLength: 253 + minLength: 1 + type: string + namespace: + description: |- + Namespace is the namespace of the backend. When unspecified, the local + namespace is inferred. + + Note that when a namespace different than the local namespace is specified, + a ReferenceGrant object is required in the referent namespace to allow that + namespace's owner to accept the reference. See the ReferenceGrant + documentation for details. + + Support: Core + maxLength: 63 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?$ + type: string + port: + description: |- + Port specifies the destination port number to use for this resource. + Port is required when the referent is a Kubernetes Service. In this + case, the port number is the service port number, not the target port. + For other resources, destination port might be derived from the referent + resource or this field. + format: int32 + maximum: 65535 + minimum: 1 + type: integer + required: + - name + type: object + x-kubernetes-validations: + - message: Must have port for Service reference + rule: '(size(self.group) == 0 && self.kind + == ''Service'') ? has(self.port) : true' + fraction: + description: |- + Fraction represents the fraction of requests that should be + mirrored to BackendRef. + + Only one of Fraction or Percent may be specified. If neither field + is specified, 100% of requests will be mirrored. + properties: + denominator: + default: 100 + format: int32 + minimum: 1 + type: integer + numerator: + format: int32 + minimum: 0 + type: integer + required: + - numerator + type: object + x-kubernetes-validations: + - message: numerator must be less than or equal + to denominator + rule: self.numerator <= self.denominator + percent: + description: |- + Percent represents the percentage of requests that should be + mirrored to BackendRef. Its minimum value is 0 (indicating 0% of + requests) and its maximum value is 100 (indicating 100% of requests). + + Only one of Fraction or Percent may be specified. If neither field + is specified, 100% of requests will be mirrored. + format: int32 + maximum: 100 + minimum: 0 + type: integer + required: + - backendRef + type: object + x-kubernetes-validations: + - message: Only one of percent or fraction may be + specified in HTTPRequestMirrorFilter + rule: '!(has(self.percent) && has(self.fraction))' + responseHeaderModifier: + description: |- + ResponseHeaderModifier defines a schema for a filter that modifies response + headers. + + Support: Extended + properties: + add: + description: |- + Add adds the given header(s) (name, value) to the request + before the action. It appends to any existing values associated + with the header name. + + Input: + GET /foo HTTP/1.1 + my-header: foo + + Config: + add: + - name: "my-header" + value: "bar,baz" + + Output: + GET /foo HTTP/1.1 + my-header: foo,bar,baz + items: + description: HTTPHeader represents an HTTP + Header name and value as defined by RFC + 7230. + properties: + name: + description: |- + Name is the name of the HTTP Header to be matched. Name matching MUST be + case-insensitive. (See https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc7230#section-3.2). + + If multiple entries specify equivalent header names, the first entry with + an equivalent name MUST be considered for a match. Subsequent entries + with an equivalent header name MUST be ignored. Due to the + case-insensitivity of header names, "foo" and "Foo" are considered + equivalent. + maxLength: 256 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[A-Za-z0-9!#$%&'*+\-.^_\x60|~]+$ + type: string + value: + description: Value is the value of HTTP + Header to be matched. + maxLength: 4096 + minLength: 1 + type: string + required: + - name + - value + type: object + maxItems: 16 + type: array + x-kubernetes-list-map-keys: + - name + x-kubernetes-list-type: map + remove: + description: |- + Remove the given header(s) from the HTTP request before the action. The + value of Remove is a list of HTTP header names. Note that the header + names are case-insensitive (see + https://datatracker.ietf.org/doc/html/rfc2616#section-4.2). + + Input: + GET /foo HTTP/1.1 + my-header1: foo + my-header2: bar + my-header3: baz + + Config: + remove: ["my-header1", "my-header3"] + + Output: + GET /foo HTTP/1.1 + my-header2: bar + items: + type: string + maxItems: 16 + type: array + x-kubernetes-list-type: set + set: + description: |- + Set overwrites the request with the given header (name, value) + before the action. + + Input: + GET /foo HTTP/1.1 + my-header: foo + + Config: + set: + - name: "my-header" + value: "bar" + + Output: + GET /foo HTTP/1.1 + my-header: bar + items: + description: HTTPHeader represents an HTTP + Header name and value as defined by RFC + 7230. + properties: + name: + description: |- + Name is the name of the HTTP Header to be matched. Name matching MUST be + case-insensitive. (See https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc7230#section-3.2). + + If multiple entries specify equivalent header names, the first entry with + an equivalent name MUST be considered for a match. Subsequent entries + with an equivalent header name MUST be ignored. Due to the + case-insensitivity of header names, "foo" and "Foo" are considered + equivalent. + maxLength: 256 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[A-Za-z0-9!#$%&'*+\-.^_\x60|~]+$ + type: string + value: + description: Value is the value of HTTP + Header to be matched. + maxLength: 4096 + minLength: 1 + type: string + required: + - name + - value + type: object + maxItems: 16 + type: array + x-kubernetes-list-map-keys: + - name + x-kubernetes-list-type: map + type: object + type: + description: |- + Type identifies the type of filter to apply. As with other API fields, + types are classified into three conformance levels: + + - Core: Filter types and their corresponding configuration defined by + "Support: Core" in this package, e.g. "RequestHeaderModifier". All + implementations supporting GRPCRoute MUST support core filters. + + - Extended: Filter types and their corresponding configuration defined by + "Support: Extended" in this package, e.g. "RequestMirror". Implementers + are encouraged to support extended filters. + + - Implementation-specific: Filters that are defined and supported by specific vendors. + In the future, filters showing convergence in behavior across multiple + implementations will be considered for inclusion in extended or core + conformance levels. Filter-specific configuration for such filters + is specified using the ExtensionRef field. `Type` MUST be set to + "ExtensionRef" for custom filters. + + Implementers are encouraged to define custom implementation types to + extend the core API with implementation-specific behavior. + + If a reference to a custom filter type cannot be resolved, the filter + MUST NOT be skipped. Instead, requests that would have been processed by + that filter MUST receive a HTTP error response. + enum: + - ResponseHeaderModifier + - RequestHeaderModifier + - RequestMirror + - ExtensionRef + type: string + required: + - type + type: object + x-kubernetes-validations: + - message: filter.requestHeaderModifier must be nil + if the filter.type is not RequestHeaderModifier + rule: '!(has(self.requestHeaderModifier) && self.type + != ''RequestHeaderModifier'')' + - message: filter.requestHeaderModifier must be specified + for RequestHeaderModifier filter.type + rule: '!(!has(self.requestHeaderModifier) && self.type + == ''RequestHeaderModifier'')' + - message: filter.responseHeaderModifier must be nil + if the filter.type is not ResponseHeaderModifier + rule: '!(has(self.responseHeaderModifier) && self.type + != ''ResponseHeaderModifier'')' + - message: filter.responseHeaderModifier must be specified + for ResponseHeaderModifier filter.type + rule: '!(!has(self.responseHeaderModifier) && self.type + == ''ResponseHeaderModifier'')' + - message: filter.requestMirror must be nil if the filter.type + is not RequestMirror + rule: '!(has(self.requestMirror) && self.type != ''RequestMirror'')' + - message: filter.requestMirror must be specified for + RequestMirror filter.type + rule: '!(!has(self.requestMirror) && self.type == + ''RequestMirror'')' + - message: filter.extensionRef must be nil if the filter.type + is not ExtensionRef + rule: '!(has(self.extensionRef) && self.type != ''ExtensionRef'')' + - message: filter.extensionRef must be specified for + ExtensionRef filter.type + rule: '!(!has(self.extensionRef) && self.type == ''ExtensionRef'')' + maxItems: 16 + type: array + x-kubernetes-list-type: atomic + x-kubernetes-validations: + - message: RequestHeaderModifier filter cannot be repeated + rule: self.filter(f, f.type == 'RequestHeaderModifier').size() + <= 1 + - message: ResponseHeaderModifier filter cannot be repeated + rule: self.filter(f, f.type == 'ResponseHeaderModifier').size() + <= 1 + group: + default: "" + description: |- + Group is the group of the referent. For example, "gateway.networking.k8s.io". + When unspecified or empty string, core API group is inferred. + maxLength: 253 + pattern: ^$|^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$ + type: string + kind: + default: Service + description: |- + Kind is the Kubernetes resource kind of the referent. For example + "Service". + + Defaults to "Service" when not specified. + + ExternalName services can refer to CNAME DNS records that may live + outside of the cluster and as such are difficult to reason about in + terms of conformance. They also may not be safe to forward to (see + CVE-2021-25740 for more information). Implementations SHOULD NOT + support ExternalName Services. + + Support: Core (Services with a type other than ExternalName) + + Support: Implementation-specific (Services with type ExternalName) + maxLength: 63 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[a-zA-Z]([-a-zA-Z0-9]*[a-zA-Z0-9])?$ + type: string + name: + description: Name is the name of the referent. + maxLength: 253 + minLength: 1 + type: string + namespace: + description: |- + Namespace is the namespace of the backend. When unspecified, the local + namespace is inferred. + + Note that when a namespace different than the local namespace is specified, + a ReferenceGrant object is required in the referent namespace to allow that + namespace's owner to accept the reference. See the ReferenceGrant + documentation for details. + + Support: Core + maxLength: 63 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?$ + type: string + port: + description: |- + Port specifies the destination port number to use for this resource. + Port is required when the referent is a Kubernetes Service. In this + case, the port number is the service port number, not the target port. + For other resources, destination port might be derived from the referent + resource or this field. + format: int32 + maximum: 65535 + minimum: 1 + type: integer + weight: + default: 1 + description: |- + Weight specifies the proportion of requests forwarded to the referenced + backend. This is computed as weight/(sum of all weights in this + BackendRefs list). For non-zero values, there may be some epsilon from + the exact proportion defined here depending on the precision an + implementation supports. Weight is not a percentage and the sum of + weights does not need to equal 100. + + If only one backend is specified and it has a weight greater than 0, 100% + of the traffic is forwarded to that backend. If weight is set to 0, no + traffic should be forwarded for this entry. If unspecified, weight + defaults to 1. + + Support for this field varies based on the context where used. + format: int32 + maximum: 1000000 + minimum: 0 + type: integer + required: + - name + type: object + x-kubernetes-validations: + - message: Must have port for Service reference + rule: '(size(self.group) == 0 && self.kind == ''Service'') + ? has(self.port) : true' + maxItems: 16 + type: array + x-kubernetes-list-type: atomic + filters: + description: |- + Filters define the filters that are applied to requests that match + this rule. + + The effects of ordering of multiple behaviors are currently unspecified. + This can change in the future based on feedback during the alpha stage. + + Conformance-levels at this level are defined based on the type of filter: + + - ALL core filters MUST be supported by all implementations that support + GRPCRoute. + - Implementers are encouraged to support extended filters. + - Implementation-specific custom filters have no API guarantees across + implementations. + + Specifying the same filter multiple times is not supported unless explicitly + indicated in the filter. + + If an implementation cannot support a combination of filters, it must clearly + document that limitation. In cases where incompatible or unsupported + filters are specified and cause the `Accepted` condition to be set to status + `False`, implementations may use the `IncompatibleFilters` reason to specify + this configuration error. + + Support: Core + items: + description: |- + GRPCRouteFilter defines processing steps that must be completed during the + request or response lifecycle. GRPCRouteFilters are meant as an extension + point to express processing that may be done in Gateway implementations. Some + examples include request or response modification, implementing + authentication strategies, rate-limiting, and traffic shaping. API + guarantee/conformance is defined based on the type of the filter. + properties: + extensionRef: + description: |- + ExtensionRef is an optional, implementation-specific extension to the + "filter" behavior. For example, resource "myroutefilter" in group + "networking.example.net"). ExtensionRef MUST NOT be used for core and + extended filters. + + Support: Implementation-specific + + This filter can be used multiple times within the same rule. + properties: + group: + description: |- + Group is the group of the referent. For example, "gateway.networking.k8s.io". + When unspecified or empty string, core API group is inferred. + maxLength: 253 + pattern: ^$|^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$ + type: string + kind: + description: Kind is kind of the referent. For example + "HTTPRoute" or "Service". + maxLength: 63 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[a-zA-Z]([-a-zA-Z0-9]*[a-zA-Z0-9])?$ + type: string + name: + description: Name is the name of the referent. + maxLength: 253 + minLength: 1 + type: string + required: + - group + - kind + - name + type: object + requestHeaderModifier: + description: |- + RequestHeaderModifier defines a schema for a filter that modifies request + headers. + + Support: Core + properties: + add: + description: |- + Add adds the given header(s) (name, value) to the request + before the action. It appends to any existing values associated + with the header name. + + Input: + GET /foo HTTP/1.1 + my-header: foo + + Config: + add: + - name: "my-header" + value: "bar,baz" + + Output: + GET /foo HTTP/1.1 + my-header: foo,bar,baz + items: + description: HTTPHeader represents an HTTP Header + name and value as defined by RFC 7230. + properties: + name: + description: |- + Name is the name of the HTTP Header to be matched. Name matching MUST be + case-insensitive. (See https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc7230#section-3.2). + + If multiple entries specify equivalent header names, the first entry with + an equivalent name MUST be considered for a match. Subsequent entries + with an equivalent header name MUST be ignored. Due to the + case-insensitivity of header names, "foo" and "Foo" are considered + equivalent. + maxLength: 256 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[A-Za-z0-9!#$%&'*+\-.^_\x60|~]+$ + type: string + value: + description: Value is the value of HTTP Header + to be matched. + maxLength: 4096 + minLength: 1 + type: string + required: + - name + - value + type: object + maxItems: 16 + type: array + x-kubernetes-list-map-keys: + - name + x-kubernetes-list-type: map + remove: + description: |- + Remove the given header(s) from the HTTP request before the action. The + value of Remove is a list of HTTP header names. Note that the header + names are case-insensitive (see + https://datatracker.ietf.org/doc/html/rfc2616#section-4.2). + + Input: + GET /foo HTTP/1.1 + my-header1: foo + my-header2: bar + my-header3: baz + + Config: + remove: ["my-header1", "my-header3"] + + Output: + GET /foo HTTP/1.1 + my-header2: bar + items: + type: string + maxItems: 16 + type: array + x-kubernetes-list-type: set + set: + description: |- + Set overwrites the request with the given header (name, value) + before the action. + + Input: + GET /foo HTTP/1.1 + my-header: foo + + Config: + set: + - name: "my-header" + value: "bar" + + Output: + GET /foo HTTP/1.1 + my-header: bar + items: + description: HTTPHeader represents an HTTP Header + name and value as defined by RFC 7230. + properties: + name: + description: |- + Name is the name of the HTTP Header to be matched. Name matching MUST be + case-insensitive. (See https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc7230#section-3.2). + + If multiple entries specify equivalent header names, the first entry with + an equivalent name MUST be considered for a match. Subsequent entries + with an equivalent header name MUST be ignored. Due to the + case-insensitivity of header names, "foo" and "Foo" are considered + equivalent. + maxLength: 256 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[A-Za-z0-9!#$%&'*+\-.^_\x60|~]+$ + type: string + value: + description: Value is the value of HTTP Header + to be matched. + maxLength: 4096 + minLength: 1 + type: string + required: + - name + - value + type: object + maxItems: 16 + type: array + x-kubernetes-list-map-keys: + - name + x-kubernetes-list-type: map + type: object + requestMirror: + description: |- + RequestMirror defines a schema for a filter that mirrors requests. + Requests are sent to the specified destination, but responses from + that destination are ignored. + + This filter can be used multiple times within the same rule. Note that + not all implementations will be able to support mirroring to multiple + backends. + + Support: Extended + properties: + backendRef: + description: |- + BackendRef references a resource where mirrored requests are sent. + + Mirrored requests must be sent only to a single destination endpoint + within this BackendRef, irrespective of how many endpoints are present + within this BackendRef. + + If the referent cannot be found, this BackendRef is invalid and must be + dropped from the Gateway. The controller must ensure the "ResolvedRefs" + condition on the Route status is set to `status: False` and not configure + this backend in the underlying implementation. + + If there is a cross-namespace reference to an *existing* object + that is not allowed by a ReferenceGrant, the controller must ensure the + "ResolvedRefs" condition on the Route is set to `status: False`, + with the "RefNotPermitted" reason and not configure this backend in the + underlying implementation. + + In either error case, the Message of the `ResolvedRefs` Condition + should be used to provide more detail about the problem. + + Support: Extended for Kubernetes Service + + Support: Implementation-specific for any other resource + properties: + group: + default: "" + description: |- + Group is the group of the referent. For example, "gateway.networking.k8s.io". + When unspecified or empty string, core API group is inferred. + maxLength: 253 + pattern: ^$|^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$ + type: string + kind: + default: Service + description: |- + Kind is the Kubernetes resource kind of the referent. For example + "Service". + + Defaults to "Service" when not specified. + + ExternalName services can refer to CNAME DNS records that may live + outside of the cluster and as such are difficult to reason about in + terms of conformance. They also may not be safe to forward to (see + CVE-2021-25740 for more information). Implementations SHOULD NOT + support ExternalName Services. + + Support: Core (Services with a type other than ExternalName) + + Support: Implementation-specific (Services with type ExternalName) + maxLength: 63 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[a-zA-Z]([-a-zA-Z0-9]*[a-zA-Z0-9])?$ + type: string + name: + description: Name is the name of the referent. + maxLength: 253 + minLength: 1 + type: string + namespace: + description: |- + Namespace is the namespace of the backend. When unspecified, the local + namespace is inferred. + + Note that when a namespace different than the local namespace is specified, + a ReferenceGrant object is required in the referent namespace to allow that + namespace's owner to accept the reference. See the ReferenceGrant + documentation for details. + + Support: Core + maxLength: 63 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?$ + type: string + port: + description: |- + Port specifies the destination port number to use for this resource. + Port is required when the referent is a Kubernetes Service. In this + case, the port number is the service port number, not the target port. + For other resources, destination port might be derived from the referent + resource or this field. + format: int32 + maximum: 65535 + minimum: 1 + type: integer + required: + - name + type: object + x-kubernetes-validations: + - message: Must have port for Service reference + rule: '(size(self.group) == 0 && self.kind == ''Service'') + ? has(self.port) : true' + fraction: + description: |- + Fraction represents the fraction of requests that should be + mirrored to BackendRef. + + Only one of Fraction or Percent may be specified. If neither field + is specified, 100% of requests will be mirrored. + properties: + denominator: + default: 100 + format: int32 + minimum: 1 + type: integer + numerator: + format: int32 + minimum: 0 + type: integer + required: + - numerator + type: object + x-kubernetes-validations: + - message: numerator must be less than or equal to + denominator + rule: self.numerator <= self.denominator + percent: + description: |- + Percent represents the percentage of requests that should be + mirrored to BackendRef. Its minimum value is 0 (indicating 0% of + requests) and its maximum value is 100 (indicating 100% of requests). + + Only one of Fraction or Percent may be specified. If neither field + is specified, 100% of requests will be mirrored. + format: int32 + maximum: 100 + minimum: 0 + type: integer + required: + - backendRef + type: object + x-kubernetes-validations: + - message: Only one of percent or fraction may be specified + in HTTPRequestMirrorFilter + rule: '!(has(self.percent) && has(self.fraction))' + responseHeaderModifier: + description: |- + ResponseHeaderModifier defines a schema for a filter that modifies response + headers. + + Support: Extended + properties: + add: + description: |- + Add adds the given header(s) (name, value) to the request + before the action. It appends to any existing values associated + with the header name. + + Input: + GET /foo HTTP/1.1 + my-header: foo + + Config: + add: + - name: "my-header" + value: "bar,baz" + + Output: + GET /foo HTTP/1.1 + my-header: foo,bar,baz + items: + description: HTTPHeader represents an HTTP Header + name and value as defined by RFC 7230. + properties: + name: + description: |- + Name is the name of the HTTP Header to be matched. Name matching MUST be + case-insensitive. (See https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc7230#section-3.2). + + If multiple entries specify equivalent header names, the first entry with + an equivalent name MUST be considered for a match. Subsequent entries + with an equivalent header name MUST be ignored. Due to the + case-insensitivity of header names, "foo" and "Foo" are considered + equivalent. + maxLength: 256 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[A-Za-z0-9!#$%&'*+\-.^_\x60|~]+$ + type: string + value: + description: Value is the value of HTTP Header + to be matched. + maxLength: 4096 + minLength: 1 + type: string + required: + - name + - value + type: object + maxItems: 16 + type: array + x-kubernetes-list-map-keys: + - name + x-kubernetes-list-type: map + remove: + description: |- + Remove the given header(s) from the HTTP request before the action. The + value of Remove is a list of HTTP header names. Note that the header + names are case-insensitive (see + https://datatracker.ietf.org/doc/html/rfc2616#section-4.2). + + Input: + GET /foo HTTP/1.1 + my-header1: foo + my-header2: bar + my-header3: baz + + Config: + remove: ["my-header1", "my-header3"] + + Output: + GET /foo HTTP/1.1 + my-header2: bar + items: + type: string + maxItems: 16 + type: array + x-kubernetes-list-type: set + set: + description: |- + Set overwrites the request with the given header (name, value) + before the action. + + Input: + GET /foo HTTP/1.1 + my-header: foo + + Config: + set: + - name: "my-header" + value: "bar" + + Output: + GET /foo HTTP/1.1 + my-header: bar + items: + description: HTTPHeader represents an HTTP Header + name and value as defined by RFC 7230. + properties: + name: + description: |- + Name is the name of the HTTP Header to be matched. Name matching MUST be + case-insensitive. (See https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc7230#section-3.2). + + If multiple entries specify equivalent header names, the first entry with + an equivalent name MUST be considered for a match. Subsequent entries + with an equivalent header name MUST be ignored. Due to the + case-insensitivity of header names, "foo" and "Foo" are considered + equivalent. + maxLength: 256 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[A-Za-z0-9!#$%&'*+\-.^_\x60|~]+$ + type: string + value: + description: Value is the value of HTTP Header + to be matched. + maxLength: 4096 + minLength: 1 + type: string + required: + - name + - value + type: object + maxItems: 16 + type: array + x-kubernetes-list-map-keys: + - name + x-kubernetes-list-type: map + type: object + type: + description: |- + Type identifies the type of filter to apply. As with other API fields, + types are classified into three conformance levels: + + - Core: Filter types and their corresponding configuration defined by + "Support: Core" in this package, e.g. "RequestHeaderModifier". All + implementations supporting GRPCRoute MUST support core filters. + + - Extended: Filter types and their corresponding configuration defined by + "Support: Extended" in this package, e.g. "RequestMirror". Implementers + are encouraged to support extended filters. + + - Implementation-specific: Filters that are defined and supported by specific vendors. + In the future, filters showing convergence in behavior across multiple + implementations will be considered for inclusion in extended or core + conformance levels. Filter-specific configuration for such filters + is specified using the ExtensionRef field. `Type` MUST be set to + "ExtensionRef" for custom filters. + + Implementers are encouraged to define custom implementation types to + extend the core API with implementation-specific behavior. + + If a reference to a custom filter type cannot be resolved, the filter + MUST NOT be skipped. Instead, requests that would have been processed by + that filter MUST receive a HTTP error response. + enum: + - ResponseHeaderModifier + - RequestHeaderModifier + - RequestMirror + - ExtensionRef + type: string + required: + - type + type: object + x-kubernetes-validations: + - message: filter.requestHeaderModifier must be nil if the + filter.type is not RequestHeaderModifier + rule: '!(has(self.requestHeaderModifier) && self.type != + ''RequestHeaderModifier'')' + - message: filter.requestHeaderModifier must be specified + for RequestHeaderModifier filter.type + rule: '!(!has(self.requestHeaderModifier) && self.type == + ''RequestHeaderModifier'')' + - message: filter.responseHeaderModifier must be nil if the + filter.type is not ResponseHeaderModifier + rule: '!(has(self.responseHeaderModifier) && self.type != + ''ResponseHeaderModifier'')' + - message: filter.responseHeaderModifier must be specified + for ResponseHeaderModifier filter.type + rule: '!(!has(self.responseHeaderModifier) && self.type + == ''ResponseHeaderModifier'')' + - message: filter.requestMirror must be nil if the filter.type + is not RequestMirror + rule: '!(has(self.requestMirror) && self.type != ''RequestMirror'')' + - message: filter.requestMirror must be specified for RequestMirror + filter.type + rule: '!(!has(self.requestMirror) && self.type == ''RequestMirror'')' + - message: filter.extensionRef must be nil if the filter.type + is not ExtensionRef + rule: '!(has(self.extensionRef) && self.type != ''ExtensionRef'')' + - message: filter.extensionRef must be specified for ExtensionRef + filter.type + rule: '!(!has(self.extensionRef) && self.type == ''ExtensionRef'')' + maxItems: 16 + type: array + x-kubernetes-list-type: atomic + x-kubernetes-validations: + - message: RequestHeaderModifier filter cannot be repeated + rule: self.filter(f, f.type == 'RequestHeaderModifier').size() + <= 1 + - message: ResponseHeaderModifier filter cannot be repeated + rule: self.filter(f, f.type == 'ResponseHeaderModifier').size() + <= 1 + matches: + description: |- + Matches define conditions used for matching the rule against incoming + gRPC requests. Each match is independent, i.e. this rule will be matched + if **any** one of the matches is satisfied. + + For example, take the following matches configuration: + + ``` + matches: + - method: + service: foo.bar + headers: + values: + version: 2 + - method: + service: foo.bar.v2 + ``` + + For a request to match against this rule, it MUST satisfy + EITHER of the two conditions: + + - service of foo.bar AND contains the header `version: 2` + - service of foo.bar.v2 + + See the documentation for GRPCRouteMatch on how to specify multiple + match conditions to be ANDed together. + + If no matches are specified, the implementation MUST match every gRPC request. + + Proxy or Load Balancer routing configuration generated from GRPCRoutes + MUST prioritize rules based on the following criteria, continuing on + ties. Merging MUST not be done between GRPCRoutes and HTTPRoutes. + Precedence MUST be given to the rule with the largest number of: + + * Characters in a matching non-wildcard hostname. + * Characters in a matching hostname. + * Characters in a matching service. + * Characters in a matching method. + * Header matches. + + If ties still exist across multiple Routes, matching precedence MUST be + determined in order of the following criteria, continuing on ties: + + * The oldest Route based on creation timestamp. + * The Route appearing first in alphabetical order by + "{namespace}/{name}". + + If ties still exist within the Route that has been given precedence, + matching precedence MUST be granted to the first matching rule meeting + the above criteria. + items: + description: |- + GRPCRouteMatch defines the predicate used to match requests to a given + action. Multiple match types are ANDed together, i.e. the match will + evaluate to true only if all conditions are satisfied. + + For example, the match below will match a gRPC request only if its service + is `foo` AND it contains the `version: v1` header: + + ``` + matches: + - method: + type: Exact + service: "foo" + headers: + - name: "version" + value "v1" + + ``` + properties: + headers: + description: |- + Headers specifies gRPC request header matchers. Multiple match values are + ANDed together, meaning, a request MUST match all the specified headers + to select the route. + items: + description: |- + GRPCHeaderMatch describes how to select a gRPC route by matching gRPC request + headers. + properties: + name: + description: |- + Name is the name of the gRPC Header to be matched. + + If multiple entries specify equivalent header names, only the first + entry with an equivalent name MUST be considered for a match. Subsequent + entries with an equivalent header name MUST be ignored. Due to the + case-insensitivity of header names, "foo" and "Foo" are considered + equivalent. + maxLength: 256 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[A-Za-z0-9!#$%&'*+\-.^_\x60|~]+$ + type: string + type: + default: Exact + description: Type specifies how to match against + the value of the header. + enum: + - Exact + - RegularExpression + type: string + value: + description: Value is the value of the gRPC Header + to be matched. + maxLength: 4096 + minLength: 1 + type: string + required: + - name + - value + type: object + maxItems: 16 + type: array + x-kubernetes-list-map-keys: + - name + x-kubernetes-list-type: map + method: + description: |- + Method specifies a gRPC request service/method matcher. If this field is + not specified, all services and methods will match. + properties: + method: + description: |- + Value of the method to match against. If left empty or omitted, will + match all services. + + At least one of Service and Method MUST be a non-empty string. + maxLength: 1024 + type: string + service: + description: |- + Value of the service to match against. If left empty or omitted, will + match any service. + + At least one of Service and Method MUST be a non-empty string. + maxLength: 1024 + type: string + type: + default: Exact + description: |- + Type specifies how to match against the service and/or method. + Support: Core (Exact with service and method specified) + + Support: Implementation-specific (Exact with method specified but no service specified) + + Support: Implementation-specific (RegularExpression) + enum: + - Exact + - RegularExpression + type: string + type: object + x-kubernetes-validations: + - message: One or both of 'service' or 'method' must be + specified + rule: 'has(self.type) ? has(self.service) || has(self.method) + : true' + - message: service must only contain valid characters + (matching ^(?i)\.?[a-z_][a-z_0-9]*(\.[a-z_][a-z_0-9]*)*$) + rule: '(!has(self.type) || self.type == ''Exact'') && + has(self.service) ? self.service.matches(r"""^(?i)\.?[a-z_][a-z_0-9]*(\.[a-z_][a-z_0-9]*)*$"""): + true' + - message: method must only contain valid characters (matching + ^[A-Za-z_][A-Za-z_0-9]*$) + rule: '(!has(self.type) || self.type == ''Exact'') && + has(self.method) ? self.method.matches(r"""^[A-Za-z_][A-Za-z_0-9]*$"""): + true' + type: object + maxItems: 64 + type: array + x-kubernetes-list-type: atomic + name: + description: |- + Name is the name of the route rule. This name MUST be unique within a Route if it is set. + + Support: Extended + maxLength: 253 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$ + type: string + type: object + maxItems: 16 + type: array + x-kubernetes-list-type: atomic + x-kubernetes-validations: + - message: While 16 rules and 64 matches per rule are allowed, the + total number of matches across all rules in a route must be less + than 128 + rule: '(self.size() > 0 ? (has(self[0].matches) ? self[0].matches.size() + : 0) : 0) + (self.size() > 1 ? (has(self[1].matches) ? self[1].matches.size() + : 0) : 0) + (self.size() > 2 ? (has(self[2].matches) ? self[2].matches.size() + : 0) : 0) + (self.size() > 3 ? (has(self[3].matches) ? self[3].matches.size() + : 0) : 0) + (self.size() > 4 ? (has(self[4].matches) ? self[4].matches.size() + : 0) : 0) + (self.size() > 5 ? (has(self[5].matches) ? self[5].matches.size() + : 0) : 0) + (self.size() > 6 ? (has(self[6].matches) ? self[6].matches.size() + : 0) : 0) + (self.size() > 7 ? (has(self[7].matches) ? self[7].matches.size() + : 0) : 0) + (self.size() > 8 ? (has(self[8].matches) ? self[8].matches.size() + : 0) : 0) + (self.size() > 9 ? (has(self[9].matches) ? self[9].matches.size() + : 0) : 0) + (self.size() > 10 ? (has(self[10].matches) ? self[10].matches.size() + : 0) : 0) + (self.size() > 11 ? (has(self[11].matches) ? self[11].matches.size() + : 0) : 0) + (self.size() > 12 ? (has(self[12].matches) ? self[12].matches.size() + : 0) : 0) + (self.size() > 13 ? (has(self[13].matches) ? self[13].matches.size() + : 0) : 0) + (self.size() > 14 ? (has(self[14].matches) ? self[14].matches.size() + : 0) : 0) + (self.size() > 15 ? (has(self[15].matches) ? self[15].matches.size() + : 0) : 0) <= 128' + type: object + status: + description: Status defines the current state of GRPCRoute. + properties: + parents: + description: |- + Parents is a list of parent resources (usually Gateways) that are + associated with the route, and the status of the route with respect to + each parent. When this route attaches to a parent, the controller that + manages the parent must add an entry to this list when the controller + first sees the route and should update the entry as appropriate when the + route or gateway is modified. + + Note that parent references that cannot be resolved by an implementation + of this API will not be added to this list. Implementations of this API + can only populate Route status for the Gateways/parent resources they are + responsible for. + + A maximum of 32 Gateways will be represented in this list. An empty list + means the route has not been attached to any Gateway. + items: + description: |- + RouteParentStatus describes the status of a route with respect to an + associated Parent. + properties: + conditions: + description: |- + Conditions describes the status of the route with respect to the Gateway. + Note that the route's availability is also subject to the Gateway's own + status conditions and listener status. + + If the Route's ParentRef specifies an existing Gateway that supports + Routes of this kind AND that Gateway's controller has sufficient access, + then that Gateway's controller MUST set the "Accepted" condition on the + Route, to indicate whether the route has been accepted or rejected by the + Gateway, and why. + + A Route MUST be considered "Accepted" if at least one of the Route's + rules is implemented by the Gateway. + + There are a number of cases where the "Accepted" condition may not be set + due to lack of controller visibility, that includes when: + + * The Route refers to a nonexistent parent. + * The Route is of a type that the controller does not support. + * The Route is in a namespace the controller does not have access to. + items: + description: Condition contains details for one aspect of + the current state of this API Resource. + properties: + lastTransitionTime: + description: |- + lastTransitionTime is the last time the condition transitioned from one status to another. + This should be when the underlying condition changed. If that is not known, then using the time when the API field changed is acceptable. + format: date-time + type: string + message: + description: |- + message is a human readable message indicating details about the transition. + This may be an empty string. + maxLength: 32768 + type: string + observedGeneration: + description: |- + observedGeneration represents the .metadata.generation that the condition was set based upon. + For instance, if .metadata.generation is currently 12, but the .status.conditions[x].observedGeneration is 9, the condition is out of date + with respect to the current state of the instance. + format: int64 + minimum: 0 + type: integer + reason: + description: |- + reason contains a programmatic identifier indicating the reason for the condition's last transition. + Producers of specific condition types may define expected values and meanings for this field, + and whether the values are considered a guaranteed API. + The value should be a CamelCase string. + This field may not be empty. + maxLength: 1024 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[A-Za-z]([A-Za-z0-9_,:]*[A-Za-z0-9_])?$ + type: string + status: + description: status of the condition, one of True, False, + Unknown. + enum: + - "True" + - "False" + - Unknown + type: string + type: + description: type of condition in CamelCase or in foo.example.com/CamelCase. + maxLength: 316 + pattern: ^([a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*/)?(([A-Za-z0-9][-A-Za-z0-9_.]*)?[A-Za-z0-9])$ + type: string + required: + - lastTransitionTime + - message + - reason + - status + - type + type: object + maxItems: 8 + minItems: 1 + type: array + x-kubernetes-list-map-keys: + - type + x-kubernetes-list-type: map + controllerName: + description: |- + ControllerName is a domain/path string that indicates the name of the + controller that wrote this status. This corresponds with the + controllerName field on GatewayClass. + + Example: "example.net/gateway-controller". + + The format of this field is DOMAIN "/" PATH, where DOMAIN and PATH are + valid Kubernetes names + (https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/names/#names). + + Controllers MUST populate this field when writing status. Controllers should ensure that + entries to status populated with their ControllerName are cleaned up when they are no + longer necessary. + maxLength: 253 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*\/[A-Za-z0-9\/\-._~%!$&'()*+,;=:]+$ + type: string + parentRef: + description: |- + ParentRef corresponds with a ParentRef in the spec that this + RouteParentStatus struct describes the status of. + properties: + group: + default: gateway.networking.k8s.io + description: |- + Group is the group of the referent. + When unspecified, "gateway.networking.k8s.io" is inferred. + To set the core API group (such as for a "Service" kind referent), + Group must be explicitly set to "" (empty string). + + Support: Core + maxLength: 253 + pattern: ^$|^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$ + type: string + kind: + default: Gateway + description: |- + Kind is kind of the referent. + + There are two kinds of parent resources with "Core" support: + + * Gateway (Gateway conformance profile) + * Service (Mesh conformance profile, ClusterIP Services only) + + Support for other resources is Implementation-Specific. + maxLength: 63 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[a-zA-Z]([-a-zA-Z0-9]*[a-zA-Z0-9])?$ + type: string + name: + description: |- + Name is the name of the referent. + + Support: Core + maxLength: 253 + minLength: 1 + type: string + namespace: + description: |- + Namespace is the namespace of the referent. When unspecified, this refers + to the local namespace of the Route. + + Note that there are specific rules for ParentRefs which cross namespace + boundaries. Cross-namespace references are only valid if they are explicitly + allowed by something in the namespace they are referring to. For example: + Gateway has the AllowedRoutes field, and ReferenceGrant provides a + generic way to enable any other kind of cross-namespace reference. + + Support: Core + maxLength: 63 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?$ + type: string + port: + description: |- + Port is the network port this Route targets. It can be interpreted + differently based on the type of parent resource. + + When the parent resource is a Gateway, this targets all listeners + listening on the specified port that also support this kind of Route(and + select this Route). It's not recommended to set `Port` unless the + networking behaviors specified in a Route must apply to a specific port + as opposed to a listener(s) whose port(s) may be changed. When both Port + and SectionName are specified, the name and port of the selected listener + must match both specified values. + + Implementations MAY choose to support other parent resources. + Implementations supporting other types of parent resources MUST clearly + document how/if Port is interpreted. + + For the purpose of status, an attachment is considered successful as + long as the parent resource accepts it partially. For example, Gateway + listeners can restrict which Routes can attach to them by Route kind, + namespace, or hostname. If 1 of 2 Gateway listeners accept attachment + from the referencing Route, the Route MUST be considered successfully + attached. If no Gateway listeners accept attachment from this Route, + the Route MUST be considered detached from the Gateway. + + Support: Extended + format: int32 + maximum: 65535 + minimum: 1 + type: integer + sectionName: + description: |- + SectionName is the name of a section within the target resource. In the + following resources, SectionName is interpreted as the following: + + * Gateway: Listener name. When both Port (experimental) and SectionName + are specified, the name and port of the selected listener must match + both specified values. + * Service: Port name. When both Port (experimental) and SectionName + are specified, the name and port of the selected listener must match + both specified values. + + Implementations MAY choose to support attaching Routes to other resources. + If that is the case, they MUST clearly document how SectionName is + interpreted. + + When unspecified (empty string), this will reference the entire resource. + For the purpose of status, an attachment is considered successful if at + least one section in the parent resource accepts it. For example, Gateway + listeners can restrict which Routes can attach to them by Route kind, + namespace, or hostname. If 1 of 2 Gateway listeners accept attachment from + the referencing Route, the Route MUST be considered successfully + attached. If no Gateway listeners accept attachment from this Route, the + Route MUST be considered detached from the Gateway. + + Support: Core + maxLength: 253 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$ + type: string + required: + - name + type: object + required: + - conditions + - controllerName + - parentRef + type: object + maxItems: 32 + type: array + x-kubernetes-list-type: atomic + required: + - parents + type: object + required: + - spec + type: object + served: true + storage: true + subresources: + status: {} +status: + acceptedNames: + kind: "" + plural: "" + conditions: null + storedVersions: null +{{- end }} +{{- end }} diff --git a/charts/kgateway/kgateway/charts/gateway-api/templates/crds/standard/gateway.networking.k8s.io_httproutes.yaml b/charts/kgateway/kgateway/charts/gateway-api/templates/crds/standard/gateway.networking.k8s.io_httproutes.yaml new file mode 100644 index 000000000..c76bb9aa3 --- /dev/null +++ b/charts/kgateway/kgateway/charts/gateway-api/templates/crds/standard/gateway.networking.k8s.io_httproutes.yaml @@ -0,0 +1,5660 @@ +{{- if eq .Values.specification "standard" }} +{{- $crd := lookup "apiextensions.k8s.io/v1" "CustomResourceDefinition" "" "httproutes.gateway.networking.k8s.io" }} +{{- if not $crd }} +apiVersion: apiextensions.k8s.io/v1 +kind: CustomResourceDefinition +metadata: + annotations: + api-approved.kubernetes.io: https://github.com/kubernetes-sigs/gateway-api/pull/3328 + helm.sh/resource-policy: keep + gateway.networking.k8s.io/channel: standard + name: httproutes.gateway.networking.k8s.io +spec: + group: gateway.networking.k8s.io + names: + categories: + - gateway-api + kind: HTTPRoute + listKind: HTTPRouteList + plural: httproutes + singular: httproute + scope: Namespaced + versions: + - additionalPrinterColumns: + - jsonPath: .spec.hostnames + name: Hostnames + type: string + - jsonPath: .metadata.creationTimestamp + name: Age + type: date + name: v1 + schema: + openAPIV3Schema: + description: |- + HTTPRoute provides a way to route HTTP requests. This includes the capability + to match requests by hostname, path, header, or query param. Filters can be + used to specify additional processing steps. Backends specify where matching + requests should be routed. + properties: + apiVersion: + description: |- + APIVersion defines the versioned schema of this representation of an object. + Servers should convert recognized schemas to the latest internal value, and + may reject unrecognized values. + More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#resources + type: string + kind: + description: |- + Kind is a string value representing the REST resource this object represents. + Servers may infer this from the endpoint the client submits requests to. + Cannot be updated. + In CamelCase. + More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#types-kinds + type: string + metadata: + type: object + spec: + description: Spec defines the desired state of HTTPRoute. + properties: + hostnames: + description: |- + Hostnames defines a set of hostnames that should match against the HTTP Host + header to select a HTTPRoute used to process the request. Implementations + MUST ignore any port value specified in the HTTP Host header while + performing a match and (absent of any applicable header modification + configuration) MUST forward this header unmodified to the backend. + + Valid values for Hostnames are determined by RFC 1123 definition of a + hostname with 2 notable exceptions: + + 1. IPs are not allowed. + 2. A hostname may be prefixed with a wildcard label (`*.`). The wildcard + label must appear by itself as the first label. + + If a hostname is specified by both the Listener and HTTPRoute, there + must be at least one intersecting hostname for the HTTPRoute to be + attached to the Listener. For example: + + * A Listener with `test.example.com` as the hostname matches HTTPRoutes + that have either not specified any hostnames, or have specified at + least one of `test.example.com` or `*.example.com`. + * A Listener with `*.example.com` as the hostname matches HTTPRoutes + that have either not specified any hostnames or have specified at least + one hostname that matches the Listener hostname. For example, + `*.example.com`, `test.example.com`, and `foo.test.example.com` would + all match. On the other hand, `example.com` and `test.example.net` would + not match. + + Hostnames that are prefixed with a wildcard label (`*.`) are interpreted + as a suffix match. That means that a match for `*.example.com` would match + both `test.example.com`, and `foo.test.example.com`, but not `example.com`. + + If both the Listener and HTTPRoute have specified hostnames, any + HTTPRoute hostnames that do not match the Listener hostname MUST be + ignored. For example, if a Listener specified `*.example.com`, and the + HTTPRoute specified `test.example.com` and `test.example.net`, + `test.example.net` must not be considered for a match. + + If both the Listener and HTTPRoute have specified hostnames, and none + match with the criteria above, then the HTTPRoute is not accepted. The + implementation must raise an 'Accepted' Condition with a status of + `False` in the corresponding RouteParentStatus. + + In the event that multiple HTTPRoutes specify intersecting hostnames (e.g. + overlapping wildcard matching and exact matching hostnames), precedence must + be given to rules from the HTTPRoute with the largest number of: + + * Characters in a matching non-wildcard hostname. + * Characters in a matching hostname. + + If ties exist across multiple Routes, the matching precedence rules for + HTTPRouteMatches takes over. + + Support: Core + items: + description: |- + Hostname is the fully qualified domain name of a network host. This matches + the RFC 1123 definition of a hostname with 2 notable exceptions: + + 1. IPs are not allowed. + 2. A hostname may be prefixed with a wildcard label (`*.`). The wildcard + label must appear by itself as the first label. + + Hostname can be "precise" which is a domain name without the terminating + dot of a network host (e.g. "foo.example.com") or "wildcard", which is a + domain name prefixed with a single wildcard label (e.g. `*.example.com`). + + Note that as per RFC1035 and RFC1123, a *label* must consist of lower case + alphanumeric characters or '-', and must start and end with an alphanumeric + character. No other punctuation is allowed. + maxLength: 253 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^(\*\.)?[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$ + type: string + maxItems: 16 + type: array + x-kubernetes-list-type: atomic + parentRefs: + description: |- + ParentRefs references the resources (usually Gateways) that a Route wants + to be attached to. Note that the referenced parent resource needs to + allow this for the attachment to be complete. For Gateways, that means + the Gateway needs to allow attachment from Routes of this kind and + namespace. For Services, that means the Service must either be in the same + namespace for a "producer" route, or the mesh implementation must support + and allow "consumer" routes for the referenced Service. ReferenceGrant is + not applicable for governing ParentRefs to Services - it is not possible to + create a "producer" route for a Service in a different namespace from the + Route. + + There are two kinds of parent resources with "Core" support: + + * Gateway (Gateway conformance profile) + * Service (Mesh conformance profile, ClusterIP Services only) + + This API may be extended in the future to support additional kinds of parent + resources. + + ParentRefs must be _distinct_. This means either that: + + * They select different objects. If this is the case, then parentRef + entries are distinct. In terms of fields, this means that the + multi-part key defined by `group`, `kind`, `namespace`, and `name` must + be unique across all parentRef entries in the Route. + * They do not select different objects, but for each optional field used, + each ParentRef that selects the same object must set the same set of + optional fields to different values. If one ParentRef sets a + combination of optional fields, all must set the same combination. + + Some examples: + + * If one ParentRef sets `sectionName`, all ParentRefs referencing the + same object must also set `sectionName`. + * If one ParentRef sets `port`, all ParentRefs referencing the same + object must also set `port`. + * If one ParentRef sets `sectionName` and `port`, all ParentRefs + referencing the same object must also set `sectionName` and `port`. + + It is possible to separately reference multiple distinct objects that may + be collapsed by an implementation. For example, some implementations may + choose to merge compatible Gateway Listeners together. If that is the + case, the list of routes attached to those resources should also be + merged. + + Note that for ParentRefs that cross namespace boundaries, there are specific + rules. Cross-namespace references are only valid if they are explicitly + allowed by something in the namespace they are referring to. For example, + Gateway has the AllowedRoutes field, and ReferenceGrant provides a + generic way to enable other kinds of cross-namespace reference. + items: + description: |- + ParentReference identifies an API object (usually a Gateway) that can be considered + a parent of this resource (usually a route). There are two kinds of parent resources + with "Core" support: + + * Gateway (Gateway conformance profile) + * Service (Mesh conformance profile, ClusterIP Services only) + + This API may be extended in the future to support additional kinds of parent + resources. + + The API object must be valid in the cluster; the Group and Kind must + be registered in the cluster for this reference to be valid. + properties: + group: + default: gateway.networking.k8s.io + description: |- + Group is the group of the referent. + When unspecified, "gateway.networking.k8s.io" is inferred. + To set the core API group (such as for a "Service" kind referent), + Group must be explicitly set to "" (empty string). + + Support: Core + maxLength: 253 + pattern: ^$|^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$ + type: string + kind: + default: Gateway + description: |- + Kind is kind of the referent. + + There are two kinds of parent resources with "Core" support: + + * Gateway (Gateway conformance profile) + * Service (Mesh conformance profile, ClusterIP Services only) + + Support for other resources is Implementation-Specific. + maxLength: 63 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[a-zA-Z]([-a-zA-Z0-9]*[a-zA-Z0-9])?$ + type: string + name: + description: |- + Name is the name of the referent. + + Support: Core + maxLength: 253 + minLength: 1 + type: string + namespace: + description: |- + Namespace is the namespace of the referent. When unspecified, this refers + to the local namespace of the Route. + + Note that there are specific rules for ParentRefs which cross namespace + boundaries. Cross-namespace references are only valid if they are explicitly + allowed by something in the namespace they are referring to. For example: + Gateway has the AllowedRoutes field, and ReferenceGrant provides a + generic way to enable any other kind of cross-namespace reference. + + Support: Core + maxLength: 63 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?$ + type: string + port: + description: |- + Port is the network port this Route targets. It can be interpreted + differently based on the type of parent resource. + + When the parent resource is a Gateway, this targets all listeners + listening on the specified port that also support this kind of Route(and + select this Route). It's not recommended to set `Port` unless the + networking behaviors specified in a Route must apply to a specific port + as opposed to a listener(s) whose port(s) may be changed. When both Port + and SectionName are specified, the name and port of the selected listener + must match both specified values. + + Implementations MAY choose to support other parent resources. + Implementations supporting other types of parent resources MUST clearly + document how/if Port is interpreted. + + For the purpose of status, an attachment is considered successful as + long as the parent resource accepts it partially. For example, Gateway + listeners can restrict which Routes can attach to them by Route kind, + namespace, or hostname. If 1 of 2 Gateway listeners accept attachment + from the referencing Route, the Route MUST be considered successfully + attached. If no Gateway listeners accept attachment from this Route, + the Route MUST be considered detached from the Gateway. + + Support: Extended + format: int32 + maximum: 65535 + minimum: 1 + type: integer + sectionName: + description: |- + SectionName is the name of a section within the target resource. In the + following resources, SectionName is interpreted as the following: + + * Gateway: Listener name. When both Port (experimental) and SectionName + are specified, the name and port of the selected listener must match + both specified values. + * Service: Port name. When both Port (experimental) and SectionName + are specified, the name and port of the selected listener must match + both specified values. + + Implementations MAY choose to support attaching Routes to other resources. + If that is the case, they MUST clearly document how SectionName is + interpreted. + + When unspecified (empty string), this will reference the entire resource. + For the purpose of status, an attachment is considered successful if at + least one section in the parent resource accepts it. For example, Gateway + listeners can restrict which Routes can attach to them by Route kind, + namespace, or hostname. If 1 of 2 Gateway listeners accept attachment from + the referencing Route, the Route MUST be considered successfully + attached. If no Gateway listeners accept attachment from this Route, the + Route MUST be considered detached from the Gateway. + + Support: Core + maxLength: 253 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$ + type: string + required: + - name + type: object + maxItems: 32 + type: array + x-kubernetes-list-type: atomic + x-kubernetes-validations: + - message: sectionName must be specified when parentRefs includes + 2 or more references to the same parent + rule: 'self.all(p1, self.all(p2, p1.group == p2.group && p1.kind + == p2.kind && p1.name == p2.name && (((!has(p1.__namespace__) + || p1.__namespace__ == '''') && (!has(p2.__namespace__) || p2.__namespace__ + == '''')) || (has(p1.__namespace__) && has(p2.__namespace__) && + p1.__namespace__ == p2.__namespace__ )) ? ((!has(p1.sectionName) + || p1.sectionName == '''') == (!has(p2.sectionName) || p2.sectionName + == '''')) : true))' + - message: sectionName must be unique when parentRefs includes 2 or + more references to the same parent + rule: self.all(p1, self.exists_one(p2, p1.group == p2.group && p1.kind + == p2.kind && p1.name == p2.name && (((!has(p1.__namespace__) + || p1.__namespace__ == '') && (!has(p2.__namespace__) || p2.__namespace__ + == '')) || (has(p1.__namespace__) && has(p2.__namespace__) && + p1.__namespace__ == p2.__namespace__ )) && (((!has(p1.sectionName) + || p1.sectionName == '') && (!has(p2.sectionName) || p2.sectionName + == '')) || (has(p1.sectionName) && has(p2.sectionName) && p1.sectionName + == p2.sectionName)))) + rules: + default: + - matches: + - path: + type: PathPrefix + value: / + description: Rules are a list of HTTP matchers, filters and actions. + items: + description: |- + HTTPRouteRule defines semantics for matching an HTTP request based on + conditions (matches), processing it (filters), and forwarding the request to + an API object (backendRefs). + properties: + backendRefs: + description: |- + BackendRefs defines the backend(s) where matching requests should be + sent. + + Failure behavior here depends on how many BackendRefs are specified and + how many are invalid. + + If *all* entries in BackendRefs are invalid, and there are also no filters + specified in this route rule, *all* traffic which matches this rule MUST + receive a 500 status code. + + See the HTTPBackendRef definition for the rules about what makes a single + HTTPBackendRef invalid. + + When a HTTPBackendRef is invalid, 500 status codes MUST be returned for + requests that would have otherwise been routed to an invalid backend. If + multiple backends are specified, and some are invalid, the proportion of + requests that would otherwise have been routed to an invalid backend + MUST receive a 500 status code. + + For example, if two backends are specified with equal weights, and one is + invalid, 50 percent of traffic must receive a 500. Implementations may + choose how that 50 percent is determined. + + When a HTTPBackendRef refers to a Service that has no ready endpoints, + implementations SHOULD return a 503 for requests to that backend instead. + If an implementation chooses to do this, all of the above rules for 500 responses + MUST also apply for responses that return a 503. + + Support: Core for Kubernetes Service + + Support: Extended for Kubernetes ServiceImport + + Support: Implementation-specific for any other resource + + Support for weight: Core + items: + description: |- + HTTPBackendRef defines how a HTTPRoute forwards a HTTP request. + + Note that when a namespace different than the local namespace is specified, a + ReferenceGrant object is required in the referent namespace to allow that + namespace's owner to accept the reference. See the ReferenceGrant + documentation for details. + properties: + filters: + description: |- + Filters defined at this level should be executed if and only if the + request is being forwarded to the backend defined here. + + Support: Implementation-specific (For broader support of filters, use the + Filters field in HTTPRouteRule.) + items: + description: |- + HTTPRouteFilter defines processing steps that must be completed during the + request or response lifecycle. HTTPRouteFilters are meant as an extension + point to express processing that may be done in Gateway implementations. Some + examples include request or response modification, implementing + authentication strategies, rate-limiting, and traffic shaping. API + guarantee/conformance is defined based on the type of the filter. + properties: + extensionRef: + description: |- + ExtensionRef is an optional, implementation-specific extension to the + "filter" behavior. For example, resource "myroutefilter" in group + "networking.example.net"). ExtensionRef MUST NOT be used for core and + extended filters. + + This filter can be used multiple times within the same rule. + + Support: Implementation-specific + properties: + group: + description: |- + Group is the group of the referent. For example, "gateway.networking.k8s.io". + When unspecified or empty string, core API group is inferred. + maxLength: 253 + pattern: ^$|^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$ + type: string + kind: + description: Kind is kind of the referent. For + example "HTTPRoute" or "Service". + maxLength: 63 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[a-zA-Z]([-a-zA-Z0-9]*[a-zA-Z0-9])?$ + type: string + name: + description: Name is the name of the referent. + maxLength: 253 + minLength: 1 + type: string + required: + - group + - kind + - name + type: object + requestHeaderModifier: + description: |- + RequestHeaderModifier defines a schema for a filter that modifies request + headers. + + Support: Core + properties: + add: + description: |- + Add adds the given header(s) (name, value) to the request + before the action. It appends to any existing values associated + with the header name. + + Input: + GET /foo HTTP/1.1 + my-header: foo + + Config: + add: + - name: "my-header" + value: "bar,baz" + + Output: + GET /foo HTTP/1.1 + my-header: foo,bar,baz + items: + description: HTTPHeader represents an HTTP + Header name and value as defined by RFC + 7230. + properties: + name: + description: |- + Name is the name of the HTTP Header to be matched. Name matching MUST be + case-insensitive. (See https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc7230#section-3.2). + + If multiple entries specify equivalent header names, the first entry with + an equivalent name MUST be considered for a match. Subsequent entries + with an equivalent header name MUST be ignored. Due to the + case-insensitivity of header names, "foo" and "Foo" are considered + equivalent. + maxLength: 256 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[A-Za-z0-9!#$%&'*+\-.^_\x60|~]+$ + type: string + value: + description: Value is the value of HTTP + Header to be matched. + maxLength: 4096 + minLength: 1 + type: string + required: + - name + - value + type: object + maxItems: 16 + type: array + x-kubernetes-list-map-keys: + - name + x-kubernetes-list-type: map + remove: + description: |- + Remove the given header(s) from the HTTP request before the action. The + value of Remove is a list of HTTP header names. Note that the header + names are case-insensitive (see + https://datatracker.ietf.org/doc/html/rfc2616#section-4.2). + + Input: + GET /foo HTTP/1.1 + my-header1: foo + my-header2: bar + my-header3: baz + + Config: + remove: ["my-header1", "my-header3"] + + Output: + GET /foo HTTP/1.1 + my-header2: bar + items: + type: string + maxItems: 16 + type: array + x-kubernetes-list-type: set + set: + description: |- + Set overwrites the request with the given header (name, value) + before the action. + + Input: + GET /foo HTTP/1.1 + my-header: foo + + Config: + set: + - name: "my-header" + value: "bar" + + Output: + GET /foo HTTP/1.1 + my-header: bar + items: + description: HTTPHeader represents an HTTP + Header name and value as defined by RFC + 7230. + properties: + name: + description: |- + Name is the name of the HTTP Header to be matched. Name matching MUST be + case-insensitive. (See https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc7230#section-3.2). + + If multiple entries specify equivalent header names, the first entry with + an equivalent name MUST be considered for a match. Subsequent entries + with an equivalent header name MUST be ignored. Due to the + case-insensitivity of header names, "foo" and "Foo" are considered + equivalent. + maxLength: 256 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[A-Za-z0-9!#$%&'*+\-.^_\x60|~]+$ + type: string + value: + description: Value is the value of HTTP + Header to be matched. + maxLength: 4096 + minLength: 1 + type: string + required: + - name + - value + type: object + maxItems: 16 + type: array + x-kubernetes-list-map-keys: + - name + x-kubernetes-list-type: map + type: object + requestMirror: + description: |- + RequestMirror defines a schema for a filter that mirrors requests. + Requests are sent to the specified destination, but responses from + that destination are ignored. + + This filter can be used multiple times within the same rule. Note that + not all implementations will be able to support mirroring to multiple + backends. + + Support: Extended + properties: + backendRef: + description: |- + BackendRef references a resource where mirrored requests are sent. + + Mirrored requests must be sent only to a single destination endpoint + within this BackendRef, irrespective of how many endpoints are present + within this BackendRef. + + If the referent cannot be found, this BackendRef is invalid and must be + dropped from the Gateway. The controller must ensure the "ResolvedRefs" + condition on the Route status is set to `status: False` and not configure + this backend in the underlying implementation. + + If there is a cross-namespace reference to an *existing* object + that is not allowed by a ReferenceGrant, the controller must ensure the + "ResolvedRefs" condition on the Route is set to `status: False`, + with the "RefNotPermitted" reason and not configure this backend in the + underlying implementation. + + In either error case, the Message of the `ResolvedRefs` Condition + should be used to provide more detail about the problem. + + Support: Extended for Kubernetes Service + + Support: Implementation-specific for any other resource + properties: + group: + default: "" + description: |- + Group is the group of the referent. For example, "gateway.networking.k8s.io". + When unspecified or empty string, core API group is inferred. + maxLength: 253 + pattern: ^$|^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$ + type: string + kind: + default: Service + description: |- + Kind is the Kubernetes resource kind of the referent. For example + "Service". + + Defaults to "Service" when not specified. + + ExternalName services can refer to CNAME DNS records that may live + outside of the cluster and as such are difficult to reason about in + terms of conformance. They also may not be safe to forward to (see + CVE-2021-25740 for more information). Implementations SHOULD NOT + support ExternalName Services. + + Support: Core (Services with a type other than ExternalName) + + Support: Implementation-specific (Services with type ExternalName) + maxLength: 63 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[a-zA-Z]([-a-zA-Z0-9]*[a-zA-Z0-9])?$ + type: string + name: + description: Name is the name of the referent. + maxLength: 253 + minLength: 1 + type: string + namespace: + description: |- + Namespace is the namespace of the backend. When unspecified, the local + namespace is inferred. + + Note that when a namespace different than the local namespace is specified, + a ReferenceGrant object is required in the referent namespace to allow that + namespace's owner to accept the reference. See the ReferenceGrant + documentation for details. + + Support: Core + maxLength: 63 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?$ + type: string + port: + description: |- + Port specifies the destination port number to use for this resource. + Port is required when the referent is a Kubernetes Service. In this + case, the port number is the service port number, not the target port. + For other resources, destination port might be derived from the referent + resource or this field. + format: int32 + maximum: 65535 + minimum: 1 + type: integer + required: + - name + type: object + x-kubernetes-validations: + - message: Must have port for Service reference + rule: '(size(self.group) == 0 && self.kind + == ''Service'') ? has(self.port) : true' + fraction: + description: |- + Fraction represents the fraction of requests that should be + mirrored to BackendRef. + + Only one of Fraction or Percent may be specified. If neither field + is specified, 100% of requests will be mirrored. + properties: + denominator: + default: 100 + format: int32 + minimum: 1 + type: integer + numerator: + format: int32 + minimum: 0 + type: integer + required: + - numerator + type: object + x-kubernetes-validations: + - message: numerator must be less than or equal + to denominator + rule: self.numerator <= self.denominator + percent: + description: |- + Percent represents the percentage of requests that should be + mirrored to BackendRef. Its minimum value is 0 (indicating 0% of + requests) and its maximum value is 100 (indicating 100% of requests). + + Only one of Fraction or Percent may be specified. If neither field + is specified, 100% of requests will be mirrored. + format: int32 + maximum: 100 + minimum: 0 + type: integer + required: + - backendRef + type: object + x-kubernetes-validations: + - message: Only one of percent or fraction may be + specified in HTTPRequestMirrorFilter + rule: '!(has(self.percent) && has(self.fraction))' + requestRedirect: + description: |- + RequestRedirect defines a schema for a filter that responds to the + request with an HTTP redirection. + + Support: Core + properties: + hostname: + description: |- + Hostname is the hostname to be used in the value of the `Location` + header in the response. + When empty, the hostname in the `Host` header of the request is used. + + Support: Core + maxLength: 253 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$ + type: string + path: + description: |- + Path defines parameters used to modify the path of the incoming request. + The modified path is then used to construct the `Location` header. When + empty, the request path is used as-is. + + Support: Extended + properties: + replaceFullPath: + description: |- + ReplaceFullPath specifies the value with which to replace the full path + of a request during a rewrite or redirect. + maxLength: 1024 + type: string + replacePrefixMatch: + description: |- + ReplacePrefixMatch specifies the value with which to replace the prefix + match of a request during a rewrite or redirect. For example, a request + to "/foo/bar" with a prefix match of "/foo" and a ReplacePrefixMatch + of "/xyz" would be modified to "/xyz/bar". + + Note that this matches the behavior of the PathPrefix match type. This + matches full path elements. A path element refers to the list of labels + in the path split by the `/` separator. When specified, a trailing `/` is + ignored. For example, the paths `/abc`, `/abc/`, and `/abc/def` would all + match the prefix `/abc`, but the path `/abcd` would not. + + ReplacePrefixMatch is only compatible with a `PathPrefix` HTTPRouteMatch. + Using any other HTTPRouteMatch type on the same HTTPRouteRule will result in + the implementation setting the Accepted Condition for the Route to `status: False`. + + Request Path | Prefix Match | Replace Prefix | Modified Path + maxLength: 1024 + type: string + type: + description: |- + Type defines the type of path modifier. Additional types may be + added in a future release of the API. + + Note that values may be added to this enum, implementations + must ensure that unknown values will not cause a crash. + + Unknown values here must result in the implementation setting the + Accepted Condition for the Route to `status: False`, with a + Reason of `UnsupportedValue`. + enum: + - ReplaceFullPath + - ReplacePrefixMatch + type: string + required: + - type + type: object + x-kubernetes-validations: + - message: replaceFullPath must be specified + when type is set to 'ReplaceFullPath' + rule: 'self.type == ''ReplaceFullPath'' ? + has(self.replaceFullPath) : true' + - message: type must be 'ReplaceFullPath' when + replaceFullPath is set + rule: 'has(self.replaceFullPath) ? self.type + == ''ReplaceFullPath'' : true' + - message: replacePrefixMatch must be specified + when type is set to 'ReplacePrefixMatch' + rule: 'self.type == ''ReplacePrefixMatch'' + ? has(self.replacePrefixMatch) : true' + - message: type must be 'ReplacePrefixMatch' + when replacePrefixMatch is set + rule: 'has(self.replacePrefixMatch) ? self.type + == ''ReplacePrefixMatch'' : true' + port: + description: |- + Port is the port to be used in the value of the `Location` + header in the response. + + If no port is specified, the redirect port MUST be derived using the + following rules: + + * If redirect scheme is not-empty, the redirect port MUST be the well-known + port associated with the redirect scheme. Specifically "http" to port 80 + and "https" to port 443. If the redirect scheme does not have a + well-known port, the listener port of the Gateway SHOULD be used. + * If redirect scheme is empty, the redirect port MUST be the Gateway + Listener port. + + Implementations SHOULD NOT add the port number in the 'Location' + header in the following cases: + + * A Location header that will use HTTP (whether that is determined via + the Listener protocol or the Scheme field) _and_ use port 80. + * A Location header that will use HTTPS (whether that is determined via + the Listener protocol or the Scheme field) _and_ use port 443. + + Support: Extended + format: int32 + maximum: 65535 + minimum: 1 + type: integer + scheme: + description: |- + Scheme is the scheme to be used in the value of the `Location` header in + the response. When empty, the scheme of the request is used. + + Scheme redirects can affect the port of the redirect, for more information, + refer to the documentation for the port field of this filter. + + Note that values may be added to this enum, implementations + must ensure that unknown values will not cause a crash. + + Unknown values here must result in the implementation setting the + Accepted Condition for the Route to `status: False`, with a + Reason of `UnsupportedValue`. + + Support: Extended + enum: + - http + - https + type: string + statusCode: + default: 302 + description: |- + StatusCode is the HTTP status code to be used in response. + + Note that values may be added to this enum, implementations + must ensure that unknown values will not cause a crash. + + Unknown values here must result in the implementation setting the + Accepted Condition for the Route to `status: False`, with a + Reason of `UnsupportedValue`. + + Support: Core + enum: + - 301 + - 302 + - 303 + - 307 + - 308 + type: integer + type: object + responseHeaderModifier: + description: |- + ResponseHeaderModifier defines a schema for a filter that modifies response + headers. + + Support: Extended + properties: + add: + description: |- + Add adds the given header(s) (name, value) to the request + before the action. It appends to any existing values associated + with the header name. + + Input: + GET /foo HTTP/1.1 + my-header: foo + + Config: + add: + - name: "my-header" + value: "bar,baz" + + Output: + GET /foo HTTP/1.1 + my-header: foo,bar,baz + items: + description: HTTPHeader represents an HTTP + Header name and value as defined by RFC + 7230. + properties: + name: + description: |- + Name is the name of the HTTP Header to be matched. Name matching MUST be + case-insensitive. (See https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc7230#section-3.2). + + If multiple entries specify equivalent header names, the first entry with + an equivalent name MUST be considered for a match. Subsequent entries + with an equivalent header name MUST be ignored. Due to the + case-insensitivity of header names, "foo" and "Foo" are considered + equivalent. + maxLength: 256 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[A-Za-z0-9!#$%&'*+\-.^_\x60|~]+$ + type: string + value: + description: Value is the value of HTTP + Header to be matched. + maxLength: 4096 + minLength: 1 + type: string + required: + - name + - value + type: object + maxItems: 16 + type: array + x-kubernetes-list-map-keys: + - name + x-kubernetes-list-type: map + remove: + description: |- + Remove the given header(s) from the HTTP request before the action. The + value of Remove is a list of HTTP header names. Note that the header + names are case-insensitive (see + https://datatracker.ietf.org/doc/html/rfc2616#section-4.2). + + Input: + GET /foo HTTP/1.1 + my-header1: foo + my-header2: bar + my-header3: baz + + Config: + remove: ["my-header1", "my-header3"] + + Output: + GET /foo HTTP/1.1 + my-header2: bar + items: + type: string + maxItems: 16 + type: array + x-kubernetes-list-type: set + set: + description: |- + Set overwrites the request with the given header (name, value) + before the action. + + Input: + GET /foo HTTP/1.1 + my-header: foo + + Config: + set: + - name: "my-header" + value: "bar" + + Output: + GET /foo HTTP/1.1 + my-header: bar + items: + description: HTTPHeader represents an HTTP + Header name and value as defined by RFC + 7230. + properties: + name: + description: |- + Name is the name of the HTTP Header to be matched. Name matching MUST be + case-insensitive. (See https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc7230#section-3.2). + + If multiple entries specify equivalent header names, the first entry with + an equivalent name MUST be considered for a match. Subsequent entries + with an equivalent header name MUST be ignored. Due to the + case-insensitivity of header names, "foo" and "Foo" are considered + equivalent. + maxLength: 256 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[A-Za-z0-9!#$%&'*+\-.^_\x60|~]+$ + type: string + value: + description: Value is the value of HTTP + Header to be matched. + maxLength: 4096 + minLength: 1 + type: string + required: + - name + - value + type: object + maxItems: 16 + type: array + x-kubernetes-list-map-keys: + - name + x-kubernetes-list-type: map + type: object + type: + description: |- + Type identifies the type of filter to apply. As with other API fields, + types are classified into three conformance levels: + + - Core: Filter types and their corresponding configuration defined by + "Support: Core" in this package, e.g. "RequestHeaderModifier". All + implementations must support core filters. + + - Extended: Filter types and their corresponding configuration defined by + "Support: Extended" in this package, e.g. "RequestMirror". Implementers + are encouraged to support extended filters. + + - Implementation-specific: Filters that are defined and supported by + specific vendors. + In the future, filters showing convergence in behavior across multiple + implementations will be considered for inclusion in extended or core + conformance levels. Filter-specific configuration for such filters + is specified using the ExtensionRef field. `Type` should be set to + "ExtensionRef" for custom filters. + + Implementers are encouraged to define custom implementation types to + extend the core API with implementation-specific behavior. + + If a reference to a custom filter type cannot be resolved, the filter + MUST NOT be skipped. Instead, requests that would have been processed by + that filter MUST receive a HTTP error response. + + Note that values may be added to this enum, implementations + must ensure that unknown values will not cause a crash. + + Unknown values here must result in the implementation setting the + Accepted Condition for the Route to `status: False`, with a + Reason of `UnsupportedValue`. + enum: + - RequestHeaderModifier + - ResponseHeaderModifier + - RequestMirror + - RequestRedirect + - URLRewrite + - ExtensionRef + type: string + urlRewrite: + description: |- + URLRewrite defines a schema for a filter that modifies a request during forwarding. + + Support: Extended + properties: + hostname: + description: |- + Hostname is the value to be used to replace the Host header value during + forwarding. + + Support: Extended + maxLength: 253 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$ + type: string + path: + description: |- + Path defines a path rewrite. + + Support: Extended + properties: + replaceFullPath: + description: |- + ReplaceFullPath specifies the value with which to replace the full path + of a request during a rewrite or redirect. + maxLength: 1024 + type: string + replacePrefixMatch: + description: |- + ReplacePrefixMatch specifies the value with which to replace the prefix + match of a request during a rewrite or redirect. For example, a request + to "/foo/bar" with a prefix match of "/foo" and a ReplacePrefixMatch + of "/xyz" would be modified to "/xyz/bar". + + Note that this matches the behavior of the PathPrefix match type. This + matches full path elements. A path element refers to the list of labels + in the path split by the `/` separator. When specified, a trailing `/` is + ignored. For example, the paths `/abc`, `/abc/`, and `/abc/def` would all + match the prefix `/abc`, but the path `/abcd` would not. + + ReplacePrefixMatch is only compatible with a `PathPrefix` HTTPRouteMatch. + Using any other HTTPRouteMatch type on the same HTTPRouteRule will result in + the implementation setting the Accepted Condition for the Route to `status: False`. + + Request Path | Prefix Match | Replace Prefix | Modified Path + maxLength: 1024 + type: string + type: + description: |- + Type defines the type of path modifier. Additional types may be + added in a future release of the API. + + Note that values may be added to this enum, implementations + must ensure that unknown values will not cause a crash. + + Unknown values here must result in the implementation setting the + Accepted Condition for the Route to `status: False`, with a + Reason of `UnsupportedValue`. + enum: + - ReplaceFullPath + - ReplacePrefixMatch + type: string + required: + - type + type: object + x-kubernetes-validations: + - message: replaceFullPath must be specified + when type is set to 'ReplaceFullPath' + rule: 'self.type == ''ReplaceFullPath'' ? + has(self.replaceFullPath) : true' + - message: type must be 'ReplaceFullPath' when + replaceFullPath is set + rule: 'has(self.replaceFullPath) ? self.type + == ''ReplaceFullPath'' : true' + - message: replacePrefixMatch must be specified + when type is set to 'ReplacePrefixMatch' + rule: 'self.type == ''ReplacePrefixMatch'' + ? has(self.replacePrefixMatch) : true' + - message: type must be 'ReplacePrefixMatch' + when replacePrefixMatch is set + rule: 'has(self.replacePrefixMatch) ? self.type + == ''ReplacePrefixMatch'' : true' + type: object + required: + - type + type: object + x-kubernetes-validations: + - message: filter.requestHeaderModifier must be nil + if the filter.type is not RequestHeaderModifier + rule: '!(has(self.requestHeaderModifier) && self.type + != ''RequestHeaderModifier'')' + - message: filter.requestHeaderModifier must be specified + for RequestHeaderModifier filter.type + rule: '!(!has(self.requestHeaderModifier) && self.type + == ''RequestHeaderModifier'')' + - message: filter.responseHeaderModifier must be nil + if the filter.type is not ResponseHeaderModifier + rule: '!(has(self.responseHeaderModifier) && self.type + != ''ResponseHeaderModifier'')' + - message: filter.responseHeaderModifier must be specified + for ResponseHeaderModifier filter.type + rule: '!(!has(self.responseHeaderModifier) && self.type + == ''ResponseHeaderModifier'')' + - message: filter.requestMirror must be nil if the filter.type + is not RequestMirror + rule: '!(has(self.requestMirror) && self.type != ''RequestMirror'')' + - message: filter.requestMirror must be specified for + RequestMirror filter.type + rule: '!(!has(self.requestMirror) && self.type == + ''RequestMirror'')' + - message: filter.requestRedirect must be nil if the + filter.type is not RequestRedirect + rule: '!(has(self.requestRedirect) && self.type != + ''RequestRedirect'')' + - message: filter.requestRedirect must be specified + for RequestRedirect filter.type + rule: '!(!has(self.requestRedirect) && self.type == + ''RequestRedirect'')' + - message: filter.urlRewrite must be nil if the filter.type + is not URLRewrite + rule: '!(has(self.urlRewrite) && self.type != ''URLRewrite'')' + - message: filter.urlRewrite must be specified for URLRewrite + filter.type + rule: '!(!has(self.urlRewrite) && self.type == ''URLRewrite'')' + - message: filter.extensionRef must be nil if the filter.type + is not ExtensionRef + rule: '!(has(self.extensionRef) && self.type != ''ExtensionRef'')' + - message: filter.extensionRef must be specified for + ExtensionRef filter.type + rule: '!(!has(self.extensionRef) && self.type == ''ExtensionRef'')' + maxItems: 16 + type: array + x-kubernetes-list-type: atomic + x-kubernetes-validations: + - message: May specify either httpRouteFilterRequestRedirect + or httpRouteFilterRequestRewrite, but not both + rule: '!(self.exists(f, f.type == ''RequestRedirect'') + && self.exists(f, f.type == ''URLRewrite''))' + - message: RequestHeaderModifier filter cannot be repeated + rule: self.filter(f, f.type == 'RequestHeaderModifier').size() + <= 1 + - message: ResponseHeaderModifier filter cannot be repeated + rule: self.filter(f, f.type == 'ResponseHeaderModifier').size() + <= 1 + - message: RequestRedirect filter cannot be repeated + rule: self.filter(f, f.type == 'RequestRedirect').size() + <= 1 + - message: URLRewrite filter cannot be repeated + rule: self.filter(f, f.type == 'URLRewrite').size() + <= 1 + group: + default: "" + description: |- + Group is the group of the referent. For example, "gateway.networking.k8s.io". + When unspecified or empty string, core API group is inferred. + maxLength: 253 + pattern: ^$|^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$ + type: string + kind: + default: Service + description: |- + Kind is the Kubernetes resource kind of the referent. For example + "Service". + + Defaults to "Service" when not specified. + + ExternalName services can refer to CNAME DNS records that may live + outside of the cluster and as such are difficult to reason about in + terms of conformance. They also may not be safe to forward to (see + CVE-2021-25740 for more information). Implementations SHOULD NOT + support ExternalName Services. + + Support: Core (Services with a type other than ExternalName) + + Support: Implementation-specific (Services with type ExternalName) + maxLength: 63 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[a-zA-Z]([-a-zA-Z0-9]*[a-zA-Z0-9])?$ + type: string + name: + description: Name is the name of the referent. + maxLength: 253 + minLength: 1 + type: string + namespace: + description: |- + Namespace is the namespace of the backend. When unspecified, the local + namespace is inferred. + + Note that when a namespace different than the local namespace is specified, + a ReferenceGrant object is required in the referent namespace to allow that + namespace's owner to accept the reference. See the ReferenceGrant + documentation for details. + + Support: Core + maxLength: 63 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?$ + type: string + port: + description: |- + Port specifies the destination port number to use for this resource. + Port is required when the referent is a Kubernetes Service. In this + case, the port number is the service port number, not the target port. + For other resources, destination port might be derived from the referent + resource or this field. + format: int32 + maximum: 65535 + minimum: 1 + type: integer + weight: + default: 1 + description: |- + Weight specifies the proportion of requests forwarded to the referenced + backend. This is computed as weight/(sum of all weights in this + BackendRefs list). For non-zero values, there may be some epsilon from + the exact proportion defined here depending on the precision an + implementation supports. Weight is not a percentage and the sum of + weights does not need to equal 100. + + If only one backend is specified and it has a weight greater than 0, 100% + of the traffic is forwarded to that backend. If weight is set to 0, no + traffic should be forwarded for this entry. If unspecified, weight + defaults to 1. + + Support for this field varies based on the context where used. + format: int32 + maximum: 1000000 + minimum: 0 + type: integer + required: + - name + type: object + x-kubernetes-validations: + - message: Must have port for Service reference + rule: '(size(self.group) == 0 && self.kind == ''Service'') + ? has(self.port) : true' + maxItems: 16 + type: array + x-kubernetes-list-type: atomic + filters: + description: |- + Filters define the filters that are applied to requests that match + this rule. + + Wherever possible, implementations SHOULD implement filters in the order + they are specified. + + Implementations MAY choose to implement this ordering strictly, rejecting + any combination or order of filters that cannot be supported. If implementations + choose a strict interpretation of filter ordering, they MUST clearly document + that behavior. + + To reject an invalid combination or order of filters, implementations SHOULD + consider the Route Rules with this configuration invalid. If all Route Rules + in a Route are invalid, the entire Route would be considered invalid. If only + a portion of Route Rules are invalid, implementations MUST set the + "PartiallyInvalid" condition for the Route. + + Conformance-levels at this level are defined based on the type of filter: + + - ALL core filters MUST be supported by all implementations. + - Implementers are encouraged to support extended filters. + - Implementation-specific custom filters have no API guarantees across + implementations. + + Specifying the same filter multiple times is not supported unless explicitly + indicated in the filter. + + All filters are expected to be compatible with each other except for the + URLRewrite and RequestRedirect filters, which may not be combined. If an + implementation cannot support other combinations of filters, they must clearly + document that limitation. In cases where incompatible or unsupported + filters are specified and cause the `Accepted` condition to be set to status + `False`, implementations may use the `IncompatibleFilters` reason to specify + this configuration error. + + Support: Core + items: + description: |- + HTTPRouteFilter defines processing steps that must be completed during the + request or response lifecycle. HTTPRouteFilters are meant as an extension + point to express processing that may be done in Gateway implementations. Some + examples include request or response modification, implementing + authentication strategies, rate-limiting, and traffic shaping. API + guarantee/conformance is defined based on the type of the filter. + properties: + extensionRef: + description: |- + ExtensionRef is an optional, implementation-specific extension to the + "filter" behavior. For example, resource "myroutefilter" in group + "networking.example.net"). ExtensionRef MUST NOT be used for core and + extended filters. + + This filter can be used multiple times within the same rule. + + Support: Implementation-specific + properties: + group: + description: |- + Group is the group of the referent. For example, "gateway.networking.k8s.io". + When unspecified or empty string, core API group is inferred. + maxLength: 253 + pattern: ^$|^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$ + type: string + kind: + description: Kind is kind of the referent. For example + "HTTPRoute" or "Service". + maxLength: 63 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[a-zA-Z]([-a-zA-Z0-9]*[a-zA-Z0-9])?$ + type: string + name: + description: Name is the name of the referent. + maxLength: 253 + minLength: 1 + type: string + required: + - group + - kind + - name + type: object + requestHeaderModifier: + description: |- + RequestHeaderModifier defines a schema for a filter that modifies request + headers. + + Support: Core + properties: + add: + description: |- + Add adds the given header(s) (name, value) to the request + before the action. It appends to any existing values associated + with the header name. + + Input: + GET /foo HTTP/1.1 + my-header: foo + + Config: + add: + - name: "my-header" + value: "bar,baz" + + Output: + GET /foo HTTP/1.1 + my-header: foo,bar,baz + items: + description: HTTPHeader represents an HTTP Header + name and value as defined by RFC 7230. + properties: + name: + description: |- + Name is the name of the HTTP Header to be matched. Name matching MUST be + case-insensitive. (See https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc7230#section-3.2). + + If multiple entries specify equivalent header names, the first entry with + an equivalent name MUST be considered for a match. Subsequent entries + with an equivalent header name MUST be ignored. Due to the + case-insensitivity of header names, "foo" and "Foo" are considered + equivalent. + maxLength: 256 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[A-Za-z0-9!#$%&'*+\-.^_\x60|~]+$ + type: string + value: + description: Value is the value of HTTP Header + to be matched. + maxLength: 4096 + minLength: 1 + type: string + required: + - name + - value + type: object + maxItems: 16 + type: array + x-kubernetes-list-map-keys: + - name + x-kubernetes-list-type: map + remove: + description: |- + Remove the given header(s) from the HTTP request before the action. The + value of Remove is a list of HTTP header names. Note that the header + names are case-insensitive (see + https://datatracker.ietf.org/doc/html/rfc2616#section-4.2). + + Input: + GET /foo HTTP/1.1 + my-header1: foo + my-header2: bar + my-header3: baz + + Config: + remove: ["my-header1", "my-header3"] + + Output: + GET /foo HTTP/1.1 + my-header2: bar + items: + type: string + maxItems: 16 + type: array + x-kubernetes-list-type: set + set: + description: |- + Set overwrites the request with the given header (name, value) + before the action. + + Input: + GET /foo HTTP/1.1 + my-header: foo + + Config: + set: + - name: "my-header" + value: "bar" + + Output: + GET /foo HTTP/1.1 + my-header: bar + items: + description: HTTPHeader represents an HTTP Header + name and value as defined by RFC 7230. + properties: + name: + description: |- + Name is the name of the HTTP Header to be matched. Name matching MUST be + case-insensitive. (See https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc7230#section-3.2). + + If multiple entries specify equivalent header names, the first entry with + an equivalent name MUST be considered for a match. Subsequent entries + with an equivalent header name MUST be ignored. Due to the + case-insensitivity of header names, "foo" and "Foo" are considered + equivalent. + maxLength: 256 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[A-Za-z0-9!#$%&'*+\-.^_\x60|~]+$ + type: string + value: + description: Value is the value of HTTP Header + to be matched. + maxLength: 4096 + minLength: 1 + type: string + required: + - name + - value + type: object + maxItems: 16 + type: array + x-kubernetes-list-map-keys: + - name + x-kubernetes-list-type: map + type: object + requestMirror: + description: |- + RequestMirror defines a schema for a filter that mirrors requests. + Requests are sent to the specified destination, but responses from + that destination are ignored. + + This filter can be used multiple times within the same rule. Note that + not all implementations will be able to support mirroring to multiple + backends. + + Support: Extended + properties: + backendRef: + description: |- + BackendRef references a resource where mirrored requests are sent. + + Mirrored requests must be sent only to a single destination endpoint + within this BackendRef, irrespective of how many endpoints are present + within this BackendRef. + + If the referent cannot be found, this BackendRef is invalid and must be + dropped from the Gateway. The controller must ensure the "ResolvedRefs" + condition on the Route status is set to `status: False` and not configure + this backend in the underlying implementation. + + If there is a cross-namespace reference to an *existing* object + that is not allowed by a ReferenceGrant, the controller must ensure the + "ResolvedRefs" condition on the Route is set to `status: False`, + with the "RefNotPermitted" reason and not configure this backend in the + underlying implementation. + + In either error case, the Message of the `ResolvedRefs` Condition + should be used to provide more detail about the problem. + + Support: Extended for Kubernetes Service + + Support: Implementation-specific for any other resource + properties: + group: + default: "" + description: |- + Group is the group of the referent. For example, "gateway.networking.k8s.io". + When unspecified or empty string, core API group is inferred. + maxLength: 253 + pattern: ^$|^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$ + type: string + kind: + default: Service + description: |- + Kind is the Kubernetes resource kind of the referent. For example + "Service". + + Defaults to "Service" when not specified. + + ExternalName services can refer to CNAME DNS records that may live + outside of the cluster and as such are difficult to reason about in + terms of conformance. They also may not be safe to forward to (see + CVE-2021-25740 for more information). Implementations SHOULD NOT + support ExternalName Services. + + Support: Core (Services with a type other than ExternalName) + + Support: Implementation-specific (Services with type ExternalName) + maxLength: 63 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[a-zA-Z]([-a-zA-Z0-9]*[a-zA-Z0-9])?$ + type: string + name: + description: Name is the name of the referent. + maxLength: 253 + minLength: 1 + type: string + namespace: + description: |- + Namespace is the namespace of the backend. When unspecified, the local + namespace is inferred. + + Note that when a namespace different than the local namespace is specified, + a ReferenceGrant object is required in the referent namespace to allow that + namespace's owner to accept the reference. See the ReferenceGrant + documentation for details. + + Support: Core + maxLength: 63 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?$ + type: string + port: + description: |- + Port specifies the destination port number to use for this resource. + Port is required when the referent is a Kubernetes Service. In this + case, the port number is the service port number, not the target port. + For other resources, destination port might be derived from the referent + resource or this field. + format: int32 + maximum: 65535 + minimum: 1 + type: integer + required: + - name + type: object + x-kubernetes-validations: + - message: Must have port for Service reference + rule: '(size(self.group) == 0 && self.kind == ''Service'') + ? has(self.port) : true' + fraction: + description: |- + Fraction represents the fraction of requests that should be + mirrored to BackendRef. + + Only one of Fraction or Percent may be specified. If neither field + is specified, 100% of requests will be mirrored. + properties: + denominator: + default: 100 + format: int32 + minimum: 1 + type: integer + numerator: + format: int32 + minimum: 0 + type: integer + required: + - numerator + type: object + x-kubernetes-validations: + - message: numerator must be less than or equal to + denominator + rule: self.numerator <= self.denominator + percent: + description: |- + Percent represents the percentage of requests that should be + mirrored to BackendRef. Its minimum value is 0 (indicating 0% of + requests) and its maximum value is 100 (indicating 100% of requests). + + Only one of Fraction or Percent may be specified. If neither field + is specified, 100% of requests will be mirrored. + format: int32 + maximum: 100 + minimum: 0 + type: integer + required: + - backendRef + type: object + x-kubernetes-validations: + - message: Only one of percent or fraction may be specified + in HTTPRequestMirrorFilter + rule: '!(has(self.percent) && has(self.fraction))' + requestRedirect: + description: |- + RequestRedirect defines a schema for a filter that responds to the + request with an HTTP redirection. + + Support: Core + properties: + hostname: + description: |- + Hostname is the hostname to be used in the value of the `Location` + header in the response. + When empty, the hostname in the `Host` header of the request is used. + + Support: Core + maxLength: 253 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$ + type: string + path: + description: |- + Path defines parameters used to modify the path of the incoming request. + The modified path is then used to construct the `Location` header. When + empty, the request path is used as-is. + + Support: Extended + properties: + replaceFullPath: + description: |- + ReplaceFullPath specifies the value with which to replace the full path + of a request during a rewrite or redirect. + maxLength: 1024 + type: string + replacePrefixMatch: + description: |- + ReplacePrefixMatch specifies the value with which to replace the prefix + match of a request during a rewrite or redirect. For example, a request + to "/foo/bar" with a prefix match of "/foo" and a ReplacePrefixMatch + of "/xyz" would be modified to "/xyz/bar". + + Note that this matches the behavior of the PathPrefix match type. This + matches full path elements. A path element refers to the list of labels + in the path split by the `/` separator. When specified, a trailing `/` is + ignored. For example, the paths `/abc`, `/abc/`, and `/abc/def` would all + match the prefix `/abc`, but the path `/abcd` would not. + + ReplacePrefixMatch is only compatible with a `PathPrefix` HTTPRouteMatch. + Using any other HTTPRouteMatch type on the same HTTPRouteRule will result in + the implementation setting the Accepted Condition for the Route to `status: False`. + + Request Path | Prefix Match | Replace Prefix | Modified Path + maxLength: 1024 + type: string + type: + description: |- + Type defines the type of path modifier. Additional types may be + added in a future release of the API. + + Note that values may be added to this enum, implementations + must ensure that unknown values will not cause a crash. + + Unknown values here must result in the implementation setting the + Accepted Condition for the Route to `status: False`, with a + Reason of `UnsupportedValue`. + enum: + - ReplaceFullPath + - ReplacePrefixMatch + type: string + required: + - type + type: object + x-kubernetes-validations: + - message: replaceFullPath must be specified when + type is set to 'ReplaceFullPath' + rule: 'self.type == ''ReplaceFullPath'' ? has(self.replaceFullPath) + : true' + - message: type must be 'ReplaceFullPath' when replaceFullPath + is set + rule: 'has(self.replaceFullPath) ? self.type == + ''ReplaceFullPath'' : true' + - message: replacePrefixMatch must be specified when + type is set to 'ReplacePrefixMatch' + rule: 'self.type == ''ReplacePrefixMatch'' ? has(self.replacePrefixMatch) + : true' + - message: type must be 'ReplacePrefixMatch' when + replacePrefixMatch is set + rule: 'has(self.replacePrefixMatch) ? self.type + == ''ReplacePrefixMatch'' : true' + port: + description: |- + Port is the port to be used in the value of the `Location` + header in the response. + + If no port is specified, the redirect port MUST be derived using the + following rules: + + * If redirect scheme is not-empty, the redirect port MUST be the well-known + port associated with the redirect scheme. Specifically "http" to port 80 + and "https" to port 443. If the redirect scheme does not have a + well-known port, the listener port of the Gateway SHOULD be used. + * If redirect scheme is empty, the redirect port MUST be the Gateway + Listener port. + + Implementations SHOULD NOT add the port number in the 'Location' + header in the following cases: + + * A Location header that will use HTTP (whether that is determined via + the Listener protocol or the Scheme field) _and_ use port 80. + * A Location header that will use HTTPS (whether that is determined via + the Listener protocol or the Scheme field) _and_ use port 443. + + Support: Extended + format: int32 + maximum: 65535 + minimum: 1 + type: integer + scheme: + description: |- + Scheme is the scheme to be used in the value of the `Location` header in + the response. When empty, the scheme of the request is used. + + Scheme redirects can affect the port of the redirect, for more information, + refer to the documentation for the port field of this filter. + + Note that values may be added to this enum, implementations + must ensure that unknown values will not cause a crash. + + Unknown values here must result in the implementation setting the + Accepted Condition for the Route to `status: False`, with a + Reason of `UnsupportedValue`. + + Support: Extended + enum: + - http + - https + type: string + statusCode: + default: 302 + description: |- + StatusCode is the HTTP status code to be used in response. + + Note that values may be added to this enum, implementations + must ensure that unknown values will not cause a crash. + + Unknown values here must result in the implementation setting the + Accepted Condition for the Route to `status: False`, with a + Reason of `UnsupportedValue`. + + Support: Core + enum: + - 301 + - 302 + - 303 + - 307 + - 308 + type: integer + type: object + responseHeaderModifier: + description: |- + ResponseHeaderModifier defines a schema for a filter that modifies response + headers. + + Support: Extended + properties: + add: + description: |- + Add adds the given header(s) (name, value) to the request + before the action. It appends to any existing values associated + with the header name. + + Input: + GET /foo HTTP/1.1 + my-header: foo + + Config: + add: + - name: "my-header" + value: "bar,baz" + + Output: + GET /foo HTTP/1.1 + my-header: foo,bar,baz + items: + description: HTTPHeader represents an HTTP Header + name and value as defined by RFC 7230. + properties: + name: + description: |- + Name is the name of the HTTP Header to be matched. Name matching MUST be + case-insensitive. (See https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc7230#section-3.2). + + If multiple entries specify equivalent header names, the first entry with + an equivalent name MUST be considered for a match. Subsequent entries + with an equivalent header name MUST be ignored. Due to the + case-insensitivity of header names, "foo" and "Foo" are considered + equivalent. + maxLength: 256 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[A-Za-z0-9!#$%&'*+\-.^_\x60|~]+$ + type: string + value: + description: Value is the value of HTTP Header + to be matched. + maxLength: 4096 + minLength: 1 + type: string + required: + - name + - value + type: object + maxItems: 16 + type: array + x-kubernetes-list-map-keys: + - name + x-kubernetes-list-type: map + remove: + description: |- + Remove the given header(s) from the HTTP request before the action. The + value of Remove is a list of HTTP header names. Note that the header + names are case-insensitive (see + https://datatracker.ietf.org/doc/html/rfc2616#section-4.2). + + Input: + GET /foo HTTP/1.1 + my-header1: foo + my-header2: bar + my-header3: baz + + Config: + remove: ["my-header1", "my-header3"] + + Output: + GET /foo HTTP/1.1 + my-header2: bar + items: + type: string + maxItems: 16 + type: array + x-kubernetes-list-type: set + set: + description: |- + Set overwrites the request with the given header (name, value) + before the action. + + Input: + GET /foo HTTP/1.1 + my-header: foo + + Config: + set: + - name: "my-header" + value: "bar" + + Output: + GET /foo HTTP/1.1 + my-header: bar + items: + description: HTTPHeader represents an HTTP Header + name and value as defined by RFC 7230. + properties: + name: + description: |- + Name is the name of the HTTP Header to be matched. Name matching MUST be + case-insensitive. (See https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc7230#section-3.2). + + If multiple entries specify equivalent header names, the first entry with + an equivalent name MUST be considered for a match. Subsequent entries + with an equivalent header name MUST be ignored. Due to the + case-insensitivity of header names, "foo" and "Foo" are considered + equivalent. + maxLength: 256 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[A-Za-z0-9!#$%&'*+\-.^_\x60|~]+$ + type: string + value: + description: Value is the value of HTTP Header + to be matched. + maxLength: 4096 + minLength: 1 + type: string + required: + - name + - value + type: object + maxItems: 16 + type: array + x-kubernetes-list-map-keys: + - name + x-kubernetes-list-type: map + type: object + type: + description: |- + Type identifies the type of filter to apply. As with other API fields, + types are classified into three conformance levels: + + - Core: Filter types and their corresponding configuration defined by + "Support: Core" in this package, e.g. "RequestHeaderModifier". All + implementations must support core filters. + + - Extended: Filter types and their corresponding configuration defined by + "Support: Extended" in this package, e.g. "RequestMirror". Implementers + are encouraged to support extended filters. + + - Implementation-specific: Filters that are defined and supported by + specific vendors. + In the future, filters showing convergence in behavior across multiple + implementations will be considered for inclusion in extended or core + conformance levels. Filter-specific configuration for such filters + is specified using the ExtensionRef field. `Type` should be set to + "ExtensionRef" for custom filters. + + Implementers are encouraged to define custom implementation types to + extend the core API with implementation-specific behavior. + + If a reference to a custom filter type cannot be resolved, the filter + MUST NOT be skipped. Instead, requests that would have been processed by + that filter MUST receive a HTTP error response. + + Note that values may be added to this enum, implementations + must ensure that unknown values will not cause a crash. + + Unknown values here must result in the implementation setting the + Accepted Condition for the Route to `status: False`, with a + Reason of `UnsupportedValue`. + enum: + - RequestHeaderModifier + - ResponseHeaderModifier + - RequestMirror + - RequestRedirect + - URLRewrite + - ExtensionRef + type: string + urlRewrite: + description: |- + URLRewrite defines a schema for a filter that modifies a request during forwarding. + + Support: Extended + properties: + hostname: + description: |- + Hostname is the value to be used to replace the Host header value during + forwarding. + + Support: Extended + maxLength: 253 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$ + type: string + path: + description: |- + Path defines a path rewrite. + + Support: Extended + properties: + replaceFullPath: + description: |- + ReplaceFullPath specifies the value with which to replace the full path + of a request during a rewrite or redirect. + maxLength: 1024 + type: string + replacePrefixMatch: + description: |- + ReplacePrefixMatch specifies the value with which to replace the prefix + match of a request during a rewrite or redirect. For example, a request + to "/foo/bar" with a prefix match of "/foo" and a ReplacePrefixMatch + of "/xyz" would be modified to "/xyz/bar". + + Note that this matches the behavior of the PathPrefix match type. This + matches full path elements. A path element refers to the list of labels + in the path split by the `/` separator. When specified, a trailing `/` is + ignored. For example, the paths `/abc`, `/abc/`, and `/abc/def` would all + match the prefix `/abc`, but the path `/abcd` would not. + + ReplacePrefixMatch is only compatible with a `PathPrefix` HTTPRouteMatch. + Using any other HTTPRouteMatch type on the same HTTPRouteRule will result in + the implementation setting the Accepted Condition for the Route to `status: False`. + + Request Path | Prefix Match | Replace Prefix | Modified Path + maxLength: 1024 + type: string + type: + description: |- + Type defines the type of path modifier. Additional types may be + added in a future release of the API. + + Note that values may be added to this enum, implementations + must ensure that unknown values will not cause a crash. + + Unknown values here must result in the implementation setting the + Accepted Condition for the Route to `status: False`, with a + Reason of `UnsupportedValue`. + enum: + - ReplaceFullPath + - ReplacePrefixMatch + type: string + required: + - type + type: object + x-kubernetes-validations: + - message: replaceFullPath must be specified when + type is set to 'ReplaceFullPath' + rule: 'self.type == ''ReplaceFullPath'' ? has(self.replaceFullPath) + : true' + - message: type must be 'ReplaceFullPath' when replaceFullPath + is set + rule: 'has(self.replaceFullPath) ? self.type == + ''ReplaceFullPath'' : true' + - message: replacePrefixMatch must be specified when + type is set to 'ReplacePrefixMatch' + rule: 'self.type == ''ReplacePrefixMatch'' ? has(self.replacePrefixMatch) + : true' + - message: type must be 'ReplacePrefixMatch' when + replacePrefixMatch is set + rule: 'has(self.replacePrefixMatch) ? self.type + == ''ReplacePrefixMatch'' : true' + type: object + required: + - type + type: object + x-kubernetes-validations: + - message: filter.requestHeaderModifier must be nil if the + filter.type is not RequestHeaderModifier + rule: '!(has(self.requestHeaderModifier) && self.type != + ''RequestHeaderModifier'')' + - message: filter.requestHeaderModifier must be specified + for RequestHeaderModifier filter.type + rule: '!(!has(self.requestHeaderModifier) && self.type == + ''RequestHeaderModifier'')' + - message: filter.responseHeaderModifier must be nil if the + filter.type is not ResponseHeaderModifier + rule: '!(has(self.responseHeaderModifier) && self.type != + ''ResponseHeaderModifier'')' + - message: filter.responseHeaderModifier must be specified + for ResponseHeaderModifier filter.type + rule: '!(!has(self.responseHeaderModifier) && self.type + == ''ResponseHeaderModifier'')' + - message: filter.requestMirror must be nil if the filter.type + is not RequestMirror + rule: '!(has(self.requestMirror) && self.type != ''RequestMirror'')' + - message: filter.requestMirror must be specified for RequestMirror + filter.type + rule: '!(!has(self.requestMirror) && self.type == ''RequestMirror'')' + - message: filter.requestRedirect must be nil if the filter.type + is not RequestRedirect + rule: '!(has(self.requestRedirect) && self.type != ''RequestRedirect'')' + - message: filter.requestRedirect must be specified for RequestRedirect + filter.type + rule: '!(!has(self.requestRedirect) && self.type == ''RequestRedirect'')' + - message: filter.urlRewrite must be nil if the filter.type + is not URLRewrite + rule: '!(has(self.urlRewrite) && self.type != ''URLRewrite'')' + - message: filter.urlRewrite must be specified for URLRewrite + filter.type + rule: '!(!has(self.urlRewrite) && self.type == ''URLRewrite'')' + - message: filter.extensionRef must be nil if the filter.type + is not ExtensionRef + rule: '!(has(self.extensionRef) && self.type != ''ExtensionRef'')' + - message: filter.extensionRef must be specified for ExtensionRef + filter.type + rule: '!(!has(self.extensionRef) && self.type == ''ExtensionRef'')' + maxItems: 16 + type: array + x-kubernetes-list-type: atomic + x-kubernetes-validations: + - message: May specify either httpRouteFilterRequestRedirect + or httpRouteFilterRequestRewrite, but not both + rule: '!(self.exists(f, f.type == ''RequestRedirect'') && + self.exists(f, f.type == ''URLRewrite''))' + - message: RequestHeaderModifier filter cannot be repeated + rule: self.filter(f, f.type == 'RequestHeaderModifier').size() + <= 1 + - message: ResponseHeaderModifier filter cannot be repeated + rule: self.filter(f, f.type == 'ResponseHeaderModifier').size() + <= 1 + - message: RequestRedirect filter cannot be repeated + rule: self.filter(f, f.type == 'RequestRedirect').size() <= + 1 + - message: URLRewrite filter cannot be repeated + rule: self.filter(f, f.type == 'URLRewrite').size() <= 1 + matches: + default: + - path: + type: PathPrefix + value: / + description: |- + Matches define conditions used for matching the rule against incoming + HTTP requests. Each match is independent, i.e. this rule will be matched + if **any** one of the matches is satisfied. + + For example, take the following matches configuration: + + ``` + matches: + - path: + value: "/foo" + headers: + - name: "version" + value: "v2" + - path: + value: "/v2/foo" + ``` + + For a request to match against this rule, a request must satisfy + EITHER of the two conditions: + + - path prefixed with `/foo` AND contains the header `version: v2` + - path prefix of `/v2/foo` + + See the documentation for HTTPRouteMatch on how to specify multiple + match conditions that should be ANDed together. + + If no matches are specified, the default is a prefix + path match on "/", which has the effect of matching every + HTTP request. + + Proxy or Load Balancer routing configuration generated from HTTPRoutes + MUST prioritize matches based on the following criteria, continuing on + ties. Across all rules specified on applicable Routes, precedence must be + given to the match having: + + * "Exact" path match. + * "Prefix" path match with largest number of characters. + * Method match. + * Largest number of header matches. + * Largest number of query param matches. + + Note: The precedence of RegularExpression path matches are implementation-specific. + + If ties still exist across multiple Routes, matching precedence MUST be + determined in order of the following criteria, continuing on ties: + + * The oldest Route based on creation timestamp. + * The Route appearing first in alphabetical order by + "{namespace}/{name}". + + If ties still exist within an HTTPRoute, matching precedence MUST be granted + to the FIRST matching rule (in list order) with a match meeting the above + criteria. + + When no rules matching a request have been successfully attached to the + parent a request is coming from, a HTTP 404 status code MUST be returned. + items: + description: "HTTPRouteMatch defines the predicate used to + match requests to a given\naction. Multiple match types + are ANDed together, i.e. the match will\nevaluate to true + only if all conditions are satisfied.\n\nFor example, the + match below will match a HTTP request only if its path\nstarts + with `/foo` AND it contains the `version: v1` header:\n\n```\nmatch:\n\n\tpath:\n\t + \ value: \"/foo\"\n\theaders:\n\t- name: \"version\"\n\t + \ value \"v1\"\n\n```" + properties: + headers: + description: |- + Headers specifies HTTP request header matchers. Multiple match values are + ANDed together, meaning, a request must match all the specified headers + to select the route. + items: + description: |- + HTTPHeaderMatch describes how to select a HTTP route by matching HTTP request + headers. + properties: + name: + description: |- + Name is the name of the HTTP Header to be matched. Name matching MUST be + case-insensitive. (See https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc7230#section-3.2). + + If multiple entries specify equivalent header names, only the first + entry with an equivalent name MUST be considered for a match. Subsequent + entries with an equivalent header name MUST be ignored. Due to the + case-insensitivity of header names, "foo" and "Foo" are considered + equivalent. + + When a header is repeated in an HTTP request, it is + implementation-specific behavior as to how this is represented. + Generally, proxies should follow the guidance from the RFC: + https://www.rfc-editor.org/rfc/rfc7230.html#section-3.2.2 regarding + processing a repeated header, with special handling for "Set-Cookie". + maxLength: 256 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[A-Za-z0-9!#$%&'*+\-.^_\x60|~]+$ + type: string + type: + default: Exact + description: |- + Type specifies how to match against the value of the header. + + Support: Core (Exact) + + Support: Implementation-specific (RegularExpression) + + Since RegularExpression HeaderMatchType has implementation-specific + conformance, implementations can support POSIX, PCRE or any other dialects + of regular expressions. Please read the implementation's documentation to + determine the supported dialect. + enum: + - Exact + - RegularExpression + type: string + value: + description: Value is the value of HTTP Header to + be matched. + maxLength: 4096 + minLength: 1 + type: string + required: + - name + - value + type: object + maxItems: 16 + type: array + x-kubernetes-list-map-keys: + - name + x-kubernetes-list-type: map + method: + description: |- + Method specifies HTTP method matcher. + When specified, this route will be matched only if the request has the + specified method. + + Support: Extended + enum: + - GET + - HEAD + - POST + - PUT + - DELETE + - CONNECT + - OPTIONS + - TRACE + - PATCH + type: string + path: + default: + type: PathPrefix + value: / + description: |- + Path specifies a HTTP request path matcher. If this field is not + specified, a default prefix match on the "/" path is provided. + properties: + type: + default: PathPrefix + description: |- + Type specifies how to match against the path Value. + + Support: Core (Exact, PathPrefix) + + Support: Implementation-specific (RegularExpression) + enum: + - Exact + - PathPrefix + - RegularExpression + type: string + value: + default: / + description: Value of the HTTP path to match against. + maxLength: 1024 + type: string + type: object + x-kubernetes-validations: + - message: value must be an absolute path and start with + '/' when type one of ['Exact', 'PathPrefix'] + rule: '(self.type in [''Exact'',''PathPrefix'']) ? self.value.startsWith(''/'') + : true' + - message: must not contain '//' when type one of ['Exact', + 'PathPrefix'] + rule: '(self.type in [''Exact'',''PathPrefix'']) ? !self.value.contains(''//'') + : true' + - message: must not contain '/./' when type one of ['Exact', + 'PathPrefix'] + rule: '(self.type in [''Exact'',''PathPrefix'']) ? !self.value.contains(''/./'') + : true' + - message: must not contain '/../' when type one of ['Exact', + 'PathPrefix'] + rule: '(self.type in [''Exact'',''PathPrefix'']) ? !self.value.contains(''/../'') + : true' + - message: must not contain '%2f' when type one of ['Exact', + 'PathPrefix'] + rule: '(self.type in [''Exact'',''PathPrefix'']) ? !self.value.contains(''%2f'') + : true' + - message: must not contain '%2F' when type one of ['Exact', + 'PathPrefix'] + rule: '(self.type in [''Exact'',''PathPrefix'']) ? !self.value.contains(''%2F'') + : true' + - message: must not contain '#' when type one of ['Exact', + 'PathPrefix'] + rule: '(self.type in [''Exact'',''PathPrefix'']) ? !self.value.contains(''#'') + : true' + - message: must not end with '/..' when type one of ['Exact', + 'PathPrefix'] + rule: '(self.type in [''Exact'',''PathPrefix'']) ? !self.value.endsWith(''/..'') + : true' + - message: must not end with '/.' when type one of ['Exact', + 'PathPrefix'] + rule: '(self.type in [''Exact'',''PathPrefix'']) ? !self.value.endsWith(''/.'') + : true' + - message: type must be one of ['Exact', 'PathPrefix', + 'RegularExpression'] + rule: self.type in ['Exact','PathPrefix'] || self.type + == 'RegularExpression' + - message: must only contain valid characters (matching + ^(?:[-A-Za-z0-9/._~!$&'()*+,;=:@]|[%][0-9a-fA-F]{2})+$) + for types ['Exact', 'PathPrefix'] + rule: '(self.type in [''Exact'',''PathPrefix'']) ? self.value.matches(r"""^(?:[-A-Za-z0-9/._~!$&''()*+,;=:@]|[%][0-9a-fA-F]{2})+$""") + : true' + queryParams: + description: |- + QueryParams specifies HTTP query parameter matchers. Multiple match + values are ANDed together, meaning, a request must match all the + specified query parameters to select the route. + + Support: Extended + items: + description: |- + HTTPQueryParamMatch describes how to select a HTTP route by matching HTTP + query parameters. + properties: + name: + description: |- + Name is the name of the HTTP query param to be matched. This must be an + exact string match. (See + https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc7230#section-2.7.3). + + If multiple entries specify equivalent query param names, only the first + entry with an equivalent name MUST be considered for a match. Subsequent + entries with an equivalent query param name MUST be ignored. + + If a query param is repeated in an HTTP request, the behavior is + purposely left undefined, since different data planes have different + capabilities. However, it is *recommended* that implementations should + match against the first value of the param if the data plane supports it, + as this behavior is expected in other load balancing contexts outside of + the Gateway API. + + Users SHOULD NOT route traffic based on repeated query params to guard + themselves against potential differences in the implementations. + maxLength: 256 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[A-Za-z0-9!#$%&'*+\-.^_\x60|~]+$ + type: string + type: + default: Exact + description: |- + Type specifies how to match against the value of the query parameter. + + Support: Extended (Exact) + + Support: Implementation-specific (RegularExpression) + + Since RegularExpression QueryParamMatchType has Implementation-specific + conformance, implementations can support POSIX, PCRE or any other + dialects of regular expressions. Please read the implementation's + documentation to determine the supported dialect. + enum: + - Exact + - RegularExpression + type: string + value: + description: Value is the value of HTTP query param + to be matched. + maxLength: 1024 + minLength: 1 + type: string + required: + - name + - value + type: object + maxItems: 16 + type: array + x-kubernetes-list-map-keys: + - name + x-kubernetes-list-type: map + type: object + maxItems: 64 + type: array + x-kubernetes-list-type: atomic + name: + description: |- + Name is the name of the route rule. This name MUST be unique within a Route if it is set. + + Support: Extended + maxLength: 253 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$ + type: string + timeouts: + description: |- + Timeouts defines the timeouts that can be configured for an HTTP request. + + Support: Extended + properties: + backendRequest: + description: |- + BackendRequest specifies a timeout for an individual request from the gateway + to a backend. This covers the time from when the request first starts being + sent from the gateway to when the full response has been received from the backend. + + Setting a timeout to the zero duration (e.g. "0s") SHOULD disable the timeout + completely. Implementations that cannot completely disable the timeout MUST + instead interpret the zero duration as the longest possible value to which + the timeout can be set. + + An entire client HTTP transaction with a gateway, covered by the Request timeout, + may result in more than one call from the gateway to the destination backend, + for example, if automatic retries are supported. + + The value of BackendRequest must be a Gateway API Duration string as defined by + GEP-2257. When this field is unspecified, its behavior is implementation-specific; + when specified, the value of BackendRequest must be no more than the value of the + Request timeout (since the Request timeout encompasses the BackendRequest timeout). + + Support: Extended + pattern: ^([0-9]{1,5}(h|m|s|ms)){1,4}$ + type: string + request: + description: |- + Request specifies the maximum duration for a gateway to respond to an HTTP request. + If the gateway has not been able to respond before this deadline is met, the gateway + MUST return a timeout error. + + For example, setting the `rules.timeouts.request` field to the value `10s` in an + `HTTPRoute` will cause a timeout if a client request is taking longer than 10 seconds + to complete. + + Setting a timeout to the zero duration (e.g. "0s") SHOULD disable the timeout + completely. Implementations that cannot completely disable the timeout MUST + instead interpret the zero duration as the longest possible value to which + the timeout can be set. + + This timeout is intended to cover as close to the whole request-response transaction + as possible although an implementation MAY choose to start the timeout after the entire + request stream has been received instead of immediately after the transaction is + initiated by the client. + + The value of Request is a Gateway API Duration string as defined by GEP-2257. When this + field is unspecified, request timeout behavior is implementation-specific. + + Support: Extended + pattern: ^([0-9]{1,5}(h|m|s|ms)){1,4}$ + type: string + type: object + x-kubernetes-validations: + - message: backendRequest timeout cannot be longer than request + timeout + rule: '!(has(self.request) && has(self.backendRequest) && + duration(self.request) != duration(''0s'') && duration(self.backendRequest) + > duration(self.request))' + type: object + x-kubernetes-validations: + - message: RequestRedirect filter must not be used together with + backendRefs + rule: '(has(self.backendRefs) && size(self.backendRefs) > 0) ? + (!has(self.filters) || self.filters.all(f, !has(f.requestRedirect))): + true' + - message: When using RequestRedirect filter with path.replacePrefixMatch, + exactly one PathPrefix match must be specified + rule: '(has(self.filters) && self.filters.exists_one(f, has(f.requestRedirect) + && has(f.requestRedirect.path) && f.requestRedirect.path.type + == ''ReplacePrefixMatch'' && has(f.requestRedirect.path.replacePrefixMatch))) + ? ((size(self.matches) != 1 || !has(self.matches[0].path) || + self.matches[0].path.type != ''PathPrefix'') ? false : true) + : true' + - message: When using URLRewrite filter with path.replacePrefixMatch, + exactly one PathPrefix match must be specified + rule: '(has(self.filters) && self.filters.exists_one(f, has(f.urlRewrite) + && has(f.urlRewrite.path) && f.urlRewrite.path.type == ''ReplacePrefixMatch'' + && has(f.urlRewrite.path.replacePrefixMatch))) ? ((size(self.matches) + != 1 || !has(self.matches[0].path) || self.matches[0].path.type + != ''PathPrefix'') ? false : true) : true' + - message: Within backendRefs, when using RequestRedirect filter + with path.replacePrefixMatch, exactly one PathPrefix match must + be specified + rule: '(has(self.backendRefs) && self.backendRefs.exists_one(b, + (has(b.filters) && b.filters.exists_one(f, has(f.requestRedirect) + && has(f.requestRedirect.path) && f.requestRedirect.path.type + == ''ReplacePrefixMatch'' && has(f.requestRedirect.path.replacePrefixMatch))) + )) ? ((size(self.matches) != 1 || !has(self.matches[0].path) + || self.matches[0].path.type != ''PathPrefix'') ? false : true) + : true' + - message: Within backendRefs, When using URLRewrite filter with + path.replacePrefixMatch, exactly one PathPrefix match must be + specified + rule: '(has(self.backendRefs) && self.backendRefs.exists_one(b, + (has(b.filters) && b.filters.exists_one(f, has(f.urlRewrite) + && has(f.urlRewrite.path) && f.urlRewrite.path.type == ''ReplacePrefixMatch'' + && has(f.urlRewrite.path.replacePrefixMatch))) )) ? ((size(self.matches) + != 1 || !has(self.matches[0].path) || self.matches[0].path.type + != ''PathPrefix'') ? false : true) : true' + maxItems: 16 + type: array + x-kubernetes-list-type: atomic + x-kubernetes-validations: + - message: While 16 rules and 64 matches per rule are allowed, the + total number of matches across all rules in a route must be less + than 128 + rule: '(self.size() > 0 ? self[0].matches.size() : 0) + (self.size() + > 1 ? self[1].matches.size() : 0) + (self.size() > 2 ? self[2].matches.size() + : 0) + (self.size() > 3 ? self[3].matches.size() : 0) + (self.size() + > 4 ? self[4].matches.size() : 0) + (self.size() > 5 ? self[5].matches.size() + : 0) + (self.size() > 6 ? self[6].matches.size() : 0) + (self.size() + > 7 ? self[7].matches.size() : 0) + (self.size() > 8 ? self[8].matches.size() + : 0) + (self.size() > 9 ? self[9].matches.size() : 0) + (self.size() + > 10 ? self[10].matches.size() : 0) + (self.size() > 11 ? self[11].matches.size() + : 0) + (self.size() > 12 ? self[12].matches.size() : 0) + (self.size() + > 13 ? self[13].matches.size() : 0) + (self.size() > 14 ? self[14].matches.size() + : 0) + (self.size() > 15 ? self[15].matches.size() : 0) <= 128' + type: object + status: + description: Status defines the current state of HTTPRoute. + properties: + parents: + description: |- + Parents is a list of parent resources (usually Gateways) that are + associated with the route, and the status of the route with respect to + each parent. When this route attaches to a parent, the controller that + manages the parent must add an entry to this list when the controller + first sees the route and should update the entry as appropriate when the + route or gateway is modified. + + Note that parent references that cannot be resolved by an implementation + of this API will not be added to this list. Implementations of this API + can only populate Route status for the Gateways/parent resources they are + responsible for. + + A maximum of 32 Gateways will be represented in this list. An empty list + means the route has not been attached to any Gateway. + items: + description: |- + RouteParentStatus describes the status of a route with respect to an + associated Parent. + properties: + conditions: + description: |- + Conditions describes the status of the route with respect to the Gateway. + Note that the route's availability is also subject to the Gateway's own + status conditions and listener status. + + If the Route's ParentRef specifies an existing Gateway that supports + Routes of this kind AND that Gateway's controller has sufficient access, + then that Gateway's controller MUST set the "Accepted" condition on the + Route, to indicate whether the route has been accepted or rejected by the + Gateway, and why. + + A Route MUST be considered "Accepted" if at least one of the Route's + rules is implemented by the Gateway. + + There are a number of cases where the "Accepted" condition may not be set + due to lack of controller visibility, that includes when: + + * The Route refers to a nonexistent parent. + * The Route is of a type that the controller does not support. + * The Route is in a namespace the controller does not have access to. + items: + description: Condition contains details for one aspect of + the current state of this API Resource. + properties: + lastTransitionTime: + description: |- + lastTransitionTime is the last time the condition transitioned from one status to another. + This should be when the underlying condition changed. If that is not known, then using the time when the API field changed is acceptable. + format: date-time + type: string + message: + description: |- + message is a human readable message indicating details about the transition. + This may be an empty string. + maxLength: 32768 + type: string + observedGeneration: + description: |- + observedGeneration represents the .metadata.generation that the condition was set based upon. + For instance, if .metadata.generation is currently 12, but the .status.conditions[x].observedGeneration is 9, the condition is out of date + with respect to the current state of the instance. + format: int64 + minimum: 0 + type: integer + reason: + description: |- + reason contains a programmatic identifier indicating the reason for the condition's last transition. + Producers of specific condition types may define expected values and meanings for this field, + and whether the values are considered a guaranteed API. + The value should be a CamelCase string. + This field may not be empty. + maxLength: 1024 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[A-Za-z]([A-Za-z0-9_,:]*[A-Za-z0-9_])?$ + type: string + status: + description: status of the condition, one of True, False, + Unknown. + enum: + - "True" + - "False" + - Unknown + type: string + type: + description: type of condition in CamelCase or in foo.example.com/CamelCase. + maxLength: 316 + pattern: ^([a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*/)?(([A-Za-z0-9][-A-Za-z0-9_.]*)?[A-Za-z0-9])$ + type: string + required: + - lastTransitionTime + - message + - reason + - status + - type + type: object + maxItems: 8 + minItems: 1 + type: array + x-kubernetes-list-map-keys: + - type + x-kubernetes-list-type: map + controllerName: + description: |- + ControllerName is a domain/path string that indicates the name of the + controller that wrote this status. This corresponds with the + controllerName field on GatewayClass. + + Example: "example.net/gateway-controller". + + The format of this field is DOMAIN "/" PATH, where DOMAIN and PATH are + valid Kubernetes names + (https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/names/#names). + + Controllers MUST populate this field when writing status. Controllers should ensure that + entries to status populated with their ControllerName are cleaned up when they are no + longer necessary. + maxLength: 253 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*\/[A-Za-z0-9\/\-._~%!$&'()*+,;=:]+$ + type: string + parentRef: + description: |- + ParentRef corresponds with a ParentRef in the spec that this + RouteParentStatus struct describes the status of. + properties: + group: + default: gateway.networking.k8s.io + description: |- + Group is the group of the referent. + When unspecified, "gateway.networking.k8s.io" is inferred. + To set the core API group (such as for a "Service" kind referent), + Group must be explicitly set to "" (empty string). + + Support: Core + maxLength: 253 + pattern: ^$|^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$ + type: string + kind: + default: Gateway + description: |- + Kind is kind of the referent. + + There are two kinds of parent resources with "Core" support: + + * Gateway (Gateway conformance profile) + * Service (Mesh conformance profile, ClusterIP Services only) + + Support for other resources is Implementation-Specific. + maxLength: 63 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[a-zA-Z]([-a-zA-Z0-9]*[a-zA-Z0-9])?$ + type: string + name: + description: |- + Name is the name of the referent. + + Support: Core + maxLength: 253 + minLength: 1 + type: string + namespace: + description: |- + Namespace is the namespace of the referent. When unspecified, this refers + to the local namespace of the Route. + + Note that there are specific rules for ParentRefs which cross namespace + boundaries. Cross-namespace references are only valid if they are explicitly + allowed by something in the namespace they are referring to. For example: + Gateway has the AllowedRoutes field, and ReferenceGrant provides a + generic way to enable any other kind of cross-namespace reference. + + Support: Core + maxLength: 63 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?$ + type: string + port: + description: |- + Port is the network port this Route targets. It can be interpreted + differently based on the type of parent resource. + + When the parent resource is a Gateway, this targets all listeners + listening on the specified port that also support this kind of Route(and + select this Route). It's not recommended to set `Port` unless the + networking behaviors specified in a Route must apply to a specific port + as opposed to a listener(s) whose port(s) may be changed. When both Port + and SectionName are specified, the name and port of the selected listener + must match both specified values. + + Implementations MAY choose to support other parent resources. + Implementations supporting other types of parent resources MUST clearly + document how/if Port is interpreted. + + For the purpose of status, an attachment is considered successful as + long as the parent resource accepts it partially. For example, Gateway + listeners can restrict which Routes can attach to them by Route kind, + namespace, or hostname. If 1 of 2 Gateway listeners accept attachment + from the referencing Route, the Route MUST be considered successfully + attached. If no Gateway listeners accept attachment from this Route, + the Route MUST be considered detached from the Gateway. + + Support: Extended + format: int32 + maximum: 65535 + minimum: 1 + type: integer + sectionName: + description: |- + SectionName is the name of a section within the target resource. In the + following resources, SectionName is interpreted as the following: + + * Gateway: Listener name. When both Port (experimental) and SectionName + are specified, the name and port of the selected listener must match + both specified values. + * Service: Port name. When both Port (experimental) and SectionName + are specified, the name and port of the selected listener must match + both specified values. + + Implementations MAY choose to support attaching Routes to other resources. + If that is the case, they MUST clearly document how SectionName is + interpreted. + + When unspecified (empty string), this will reference the entire resource. + For the purpose of status, an attachment is considered successful if at + least one section in the parent resource accepts it. For example, Gateway + listeners can restrict which Routes can attach to them by Route kind, + namespace, or hostname. If 1 of 2 Gateway listeners accept attachment from + the referencing Route, the Route MUST be considered successfully + attached. If no Gateway listeners accept attachment from this Route, the + Route MUST be considered detached from the Gateway. + + Support: Core + maxLength: 253 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$ + type: string + required: + - name + type: object + required: + - conditions + - controllerName + - parentRef + type: object + maxItems: 32 + type: array + x-kubernetes-list-type: atomic + required: + - parents + type: object + required: + - spec + type: object + served: true + storage: true + subresources: + status: {} + - additionalPrinterColumns: + - jsonPath: .spec.hostnames + name: Hostnames + type: string + - jsonPath: .metadata.creationTimestamp + name: Age + type: date + name: v1beta1 + schema: + openAPIV3Schema: + description: |- + HTTPRoute provides a way to route HTTP requests. This includes the capability + to match requests by hostname, path, header, or query param. Filters can be + used to specify additional processing steps. Backends specify where matching + requests should be routed. + properties: + apiVersion: + description: |- + APIVersion defines the versioned schema of this representation of an object. + Servers should convert recognized schemas to the latest internal value, and + may reject unrecognized values. + More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#resources + type: string + kind: + description: |- + Kind is a string value representing the REST resource this object represents. + Servers may infer this from the endpoint the client submits requests to. + Cannot be updated. + In CamelCase. + More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#types-kinds + type: string + metadata: + type: object + spec: + description: Spec defines the desired state of HTTPRoute. + properties: + hostnames: + description: |- + Hostnames defines a set of hostnames that should match against the HTTP Host + header to select a HTTPRoute used to process the request. Implementations + MUST ignore any port value specified in the HTTP Host header while + performing a match and (absent of any applicable header modification + configuration) MUST forward this header unmodified to the backend. + + Valid values for Hostnames are determined by RFC 1123 definition of a + hostname with 2 notable exceptions: + + 1. IPs are not allowed. + 2. A hostname may be prefixed with a wildcard label (`*.`). The wildcard + label must appear by itself as the first label. + + If a hostname is specified by both the Listener and HTTPRoute, there + must be at least one intersecting hostname for the HTTPRoute to be + attached to the Listener. For example: + + * A Listener with `test.example.com` as the hostname matches HTTPRoutes + that have either not specified any hostnames, or have specified at + least one of `test.example.com` or `*.example.com`. + * A Listener with `*.example.com` as the hostname matches HTTPRoutes + that have either not specified any hostnames or have specified at least + one hostname that matches the Listener hostname. For example, + `*.example.com`, `test.example.com`, and `foo.test.example.com` would + all match. On the other hand, `example.com` and `test.example.net` would + not match. + + Hostnames that are prefixed with a wildcard label (`*.`) are interpreted + as a suffix match. That means that a match for `*.example.com` would match + both `test.example.com`, and `foo.test.example.com`, but not `example.com`. + + If both the Listener and HTTPRoute have specified hostnames, any + HTTPRoute hostnames that do not match the Listener hostname MUST be + ignored. For example, if a Listener specified `*.example.com`, and the + HTTPRoute specified `test.example.com` and `test.example.net`, + `test.example.net` must not be considered for a match. + + If both the Listener and HTTPRoute have specified hostnames, and none + match with the criteria above, then the HTTPRoute is not accepted. The + implementation must raise an 'Accepted' Condition with a status of + `False` in the corresponding RouteParentStatus. + + In the event that multiple HTTPRoutes specify intersecting hostnames (e.g. + overlapping wildcard matching and exact matching hostnames), precedence must + be given to rules from the HTTPRoute with the largest number of: + + * Characters in a matching non-wildcard hostname. + * Characters in a matching hostname. + + If ties exist across multiple Routes, the matching precedence rules for + HTTPRouteMatches takes over. + + Support: Core + items: + description: |- + Hostname is the fully qualified domain name of a network host. This matches + the RFC 1123 definition of a hostname with 2 notable exceptions: + + 1. IPs are not allowed. + 2. A hostname may be prefixed with a wildcard label (`*.`). The wildcard + label must appear by itself as the first label. + + Hostname can be "precise" which is a domain name without the terminating + dot of a network host (e.g. "foo.example.com") or "wildcard", which is a + domain name prefixed with a single wildcard label (e.g. `*.example.com`). + + Note that as per RFC1035 and RFC1123, a *label* must consist of lower case + alphanumeric characters or '-', and must start and end with an alphanumeric + character. No other punctuation is allowed. + maxLength: 253 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^(\*\.)?[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$ + type: string + maxItems: 16 + type: array + x-kubernetes-list-type: atomic + parentRefs: + description: |- + ParentRefs references the resources (usually Gateways) that a Route wants + to be attached to. Note that the referenced parent resource needs to + allow this for the attachment to be complete. For Gateways, that means + the Gateway needs to allow attachment from Routes of this kind and + namespace. For Services, that means the Service must either be in the same + namespace for a "producer" route, or the mesh implementation must support + and allow "consumer" routes for the referenced Service. ReferenceGrant is + not applicable for governing ParentRefs to Services - it is not possible to + create a "producer" route for a Service in a different namespace from the + Route. + + There are two kinds of parent resources with "Core" support: + + * Gateway (Gateway conformance profile) + * Service (Mesh conformance profile, ClusterIP Services only) + + This API may be extended in the future to support additional kinds of parent + resources. + + ParentRefs must be _distinct_. This means either that: + + * They select different objects. If this is the case, then parentRef + entries are distinct. In terms of fields, this means that the + multi-part key defined by `group`, `kind`, `namespace`, and `name` must + be unique across all parentRef entries in the Route. + * They do not select different objects, but for each optional field used, + each ParentRef that selects the same object must set the same set of + optional fields to different values. If one ParentRef sets a + combination of optional fields, all must set the same combination. + + Some examples: + + * If one ParentRef sets `sectionName`, all ParentRefs referencing the + same object must also set `sectionName`. + * If one ParentRef sets `port`, all ParentRefs referencing the same + object must also set `port`. + * If one ParentRef sets `sectionName` and `port`, all ParentRefs + referencing the same object must also set `sectionName` and `port`. + + It is possible to separately reference multiple distinct objects that may + be collapsed by an implementation. For example, some implementations may + choose to merge compatible Gateway Listeners together. If that is the + case, the list of routes attached to those resources should also be + merged. + + Note that for ParentRefs that cross namespace boundaries, there are specific + rules. Cross-namespace references are only valid if they are explicitly + allowed by something in the namespace they are referring to. For example, + Gateway has the AllowedRoutes field, and ReferenceGrant provides a + generic way to enable other kinds of cross-namespace reference. + items: + description: |- + ParentReference identifies an API object (usually a Gateway) that can be considered + a parent of this resource (usually a route). There are two kinds of parent resources + with "Core" support: + + * Gateway (Gateway conformance profile) + * Service (Mesh conformance profile, ClusterIP Services only) + + This API may be extended in the future to support additional kinds of parent + resources. + + The API object must be valid in the cluster; the Group and Kind must + be registered in the cluster for this reference to be valid. + properties: + group: + default: gateway.networking.k8s.io + description: |- + Group is the group of the referent. + When unspecified, "gateway.networking.k8s.io" is inferred. + To set the core API group (such as for a "Service" kind referent), + Group must be explicitly set to "" (empty string). + + Support: Core + maxLength: 253 + pattern: ^$|^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$ + type: string + kind: + default: Gateway + description: |- + Kind is kind of the referent. + + There are two kinds of parent resources with "Core" support: + + * Gateway (Gateway conformance profile) + * Service (Mesh conformance profile, ClusterIP Services only) + + Support for other resources is Implementation-Specific. + maxLength: 63 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[a-zA-Z]([-a-zA-Z0-9]*[a-zA-Z0-9])?$ + type: string + name: + description: |- + Name is the name of the referent. + + Support: Core + maxLength: 253 + minLength: 1 + type: string + namespace: + description: |- + Namespace is the namespace of the referent. When unspecified, this refers + to the local namespace of the Route. + + Note that there are specific rules for ParentRefs which cross namespace + boundaries. Cross-namespace references are only valid if they are explicitly + allowed by something in the namespace they are referring to. For example: + Gateway has the AllowedRoutes field, and ReferenceGrant provides a + generic way to enable any other kind of cross-namespace reference. + + Support: Core + maxLength: 63 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?$ + type: string + port: + description: |- + Port is the network port this Route targets. It can be interpreted + differently based on the type of parent resource. + + When the parent resource is a Gateway, this targets all listeners + listening on the specified port that also support this kind of Route(and + select this Route). It's not recommended to set `Port` unless the + networking behaviors specified in a Route must apply to a specific port + as opposed to a listener(s) whose port(s) may be changed. When both Port + and SectionName are specified, the name and port of the selected listener + must match both specified values. + + Implementations MAY choose to support other parent resources. + Implementations supporting other types of parent resources MUST clearly + document how/if Port is interpreted. + + For the purpose of status, an attachment is considered successful as + long as the parent resource accepts it partially. For example, Gateway + listeners can restrict which Routes can attach to them by Route kind, + namespace, or hostname. If 1 of 2 Gateway listeners accept attachment + from the referencing Route, the Route MUST be considered successfully + attached. If no Gateway listeners accept attachment from this Route, + the Route MUST be considered detached from the Gateway. + + Support: Extended + format: int32 + maximum: 65535 + minimum: 1 + type: integer + sectionName: + description: |- + SectionName is the name of a section within the target resource. In the + following resources, SectionName is interpreted as the following: + + * Gateway: Listener name. When both Port (experimental) and SectionName + are specified, the name and port of the selected listener must match + both specified values. + * Service: Port name. When both Port (experimental) and SectionName + are specified, the name and port of the selected listener must match + both specified values. + + Implementations MAY choose to support attaching Routes to other resources. + If that is the case, they MUST clearly document how SectionName is + interpreted. + + When unspecified (empty string), this will reference the entire resource. + For the purpose of status, an attachment is considered successful if at + least one section in the parent resource accepts it. For example, Gateway + listeners can restrict which Routes can attach to them by Route kind, + namespace, or hostname. If 1 of 2 Gateway listeners accept attachment from + the referencing Route, the Route MUST be considered successfully + attached. If no Gateway listeners accept attachment from this Route, the + Route MUST be considered detached from the Gateway. + + Support: Core + maxLength: 253 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$ + type: string + required: + - name + type: object + maxItems: 32 + type: array + x-kubernetes-list-type: atomic + x-kubernetes-validations: + - message: sectionName must be specified when parentRefs includes + 2 or more references to the same parent + rule: 'self.all(p1, self.all(p2, p1.group == p2.group && p1.kind + == p2.kind && p1.name == p2.name && (((!has(p1.__namespace__) + || p1.__namespace__ == '''') && (!has(p2.__namespace__) || p2.__namespace__ + == '''')) || (has(p1.__namespace__) && has(p2.__namespace__) && + p1.__namespace__ == p2.__namespace__ )) ? ((!has(p1.sectionName) + || p1.sectionName == '''') == (!has(p2.sectionName) || p2.sectionName + == '''')) : true))' + - message: sectionName must be unique when parentRefs includes 2 or + more references to the same parent + rule: self.all(p1, self.exists_one(p2, p1.group == p2.group && p1.kind + == p2.kind && p1.name == p2.name && (((!has(p1.__namespace__) + || p1.__namespace__ == '') && (!has(p2.__namespace__) || p2.__namespace__ + == '')) || (has(p1.__namespace__) && has(p2.__namespace__) && + p1.__namespace__ == p2.__namespace__ )) && (((!has(p1.sectionName) + || p1.sectionName == '') && (!has(p2.sectionName) || p2.sectionName + == '')) || (has(p1.sectionName) && has(p2.sectionName) && p1.sectionName + == p2.sectionName)))) + rules: + default: + - matches: + - path: + type: PathPrefix + value: / + description: Rules are a list of HTTP matchers, filters and actions. + items: + description: |- + HTTPRouteRule defines semantics for matching an HTTP request based on + conditions (matches), processing it (filters), and forwarding the request to + an API object (backendRefs). + properties: + backendRefs: + description: |- + BackendRefs defines the backend(s) where matching requests should be + sent. + + Failure behavior here depends on how many BackendRefs are specified and + how many are invalid. + + If *all* entries in BackendRefs are invalid, and there are also no filters + specified in this route rule, *all* traffic which matches this rule MUST + receive a 500 status code. + + See the HTTPBackendRef definition for the rules about what makes a single + HTTPBackendRef invalid. + + When a HTTPBackendRef is invalid, 500 status codes MUST be returned for + requests that would have otherwise been routed to an invalid backend. If + multiple backends are specified, and some are invalid, the proportion of + requests that would otherwise have been routed to an invalid backend + MUST receive a 500 status code. + + For example, if two backends are specified with equal weights, and one is + invalid, 50 percent of traffic must receive a 500. Implementations may + choose how that 50 percent is determined. + + When a HTTPBackendRef refers to a Service that has no ready endpoints, + implementations SHOULD return a 503 for requests to that backend instead. + If an implementation chooses to do this, all of the above rules for 500 responses + MUST also apply for responses that return a 503. + + Support: Core for Kubernetes Service + + Support: Extended for Kubernetes ServiceImport + + Support: Implementation-specific for any other resource + + Support for weight: Core + items: + description: |- + HTTPBackendRef defines how a HTTPRoute forwards a HTTP request. + + Note that when a namespace different than the local namespace is specified, a + ReferenceGrant object is required in the referent namespace to allow that + namespace's owner to accept the reference. See the ReferenceGrant + documentation for details. + properties: + filters: + description: |- + Filters defined at this level should be executed if and only if the + request is being forwarded to the backend defined here. + + Support: Implementation-specific (For broader support of filters, use the + Filters field in HTTPRouteRule.) + items: + description: |- + HTTPRouteFilter defines processing steps that must be completed during the + request or response lifecycle. HTTPRouteFilters are meant as an extension + point to express processing that may be done in Gateway implementations. Some + examples include request or response modification, implementing + authentication strategies, rate-limiting, and traffic shaping. API + guarantee/conformance is defined based on the type of the filter. + properties: + extensionRef: + description: |- + ExtensionRef is an optional, implementation-specific extension to the + "filter" behavior. For example, resource "myroutefilter" in group + "networking.example.net"). ExtensionRef MUST NOT be used for core and + extended filters. + + This filter can be used multiple times within the same rule. + + Support: Implementation-specific + properties: + group: + description: |- + Group is the group of the referent. For example, "gateway.networking.k8s.io". + When unspecified or empty string, core API group is inferred. + maxLength: 253 + pattern: ^$|^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$ + type: string + kind: + description: Kind is kind of the referent. For + example "HTTPRoute" or "Service". + maxLength: 63 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[a-zA-Z]([-a-zA-Z0-9]*[a-zA-Z0-9])?$ + type: string + name: + description: Name is the name of the referent. + maxLength: 253 + minLength: 1 + type: string + required: + - group + - kind + - name + type: object + requestHeaderModifier: + description: |- + RequestHeaderModifier defines a schema for a filter that modifies request + headers. + + Support: Core + properties: + add: + description: |- + Add adds the given header(s) (name, value) to the request + before the action. It appends to any existing values associated + with the header name. + + Input: + GET /foo HTTP/1.1 + my-header: foo + + Config: + add: + - name: "my-header" + value: "bar,baz" + + Output: + GET /foo HTTP/1.1 + my-header: foo,bar,baz + items: + description: HTTPHeader represents an HTTP + Header name and value as defined by RFC + 7230. + properties: + name: + description: |- + Name is the name of the HTTP Header to be matched. Name matching MUST be + case-insensitive. (See https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc7230#section-3.2). + + If multiple entries specify equivalent header names, the first entry with + an equivalent name MUST be considered for a match. Subsequent entries + with an equivalent header name MUST be ignored. Due to the + case-insensitivity of header names, "foo" and "Foo" are considered + equivalent. + maxLength: 256 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[A-Za-z0-9!#$%&'*+\-.^_\x60|~]+$ + type: string + value: + description: Value is the value of HTTP + Header to be matched. + maxLength: 4096 + minLength: 1 + type: string + required: + - name + - value + type: object + maxItems: 16 + type: array + x-kubernetes-list-map-keys: + - name + x-kubernetes-list-type: map + remove: + description: |- + Remove the given header(s) from the HTTP request before the action. The + value of Remove is a list of HTTP header names. Note that the header + names are case-insensitive (see + https://datatracker.ietf.org/doc/html/rfc2616#section-4.2). + + Input: + GET /foo HTTP/1.1 + my-header1: foo + my-header2: bar + my-header3: baz + + Config: + remove: ["my-header1", "my-header3"] + + Output: + GET /foo HTTP/1.1 + my-header2: bar + items: + type: string + maxItems: 16 + type: array + x-kubernetes-list-type: set + set: + description: |- + Set overwrites the request with the given header (name, value) + before the action. + + Input: + GET /foo HTTP/1.1 + my-header: foo + + Config: + set: + - name: "my-header" + value: "bar" + + Output: + GET /foo HTTP/1.1 + my-header: bar + items: + description: HTTPHeader represents an HTTP + Header name and value as defined by RFC + 7230. + properties: + name: + description: |- + Name is the name of the HTTP Header to be matched. Name matching MUST be + case-insensitive. (See https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc7230#section-3.2). + + If multiple entries specify equivalent header names, the first entry with + an equivalent name MUST be considered for a match. Subsequent entries + with an equivalent header name MUST be ignored. Due to the + case-insensitivity of header names, "foo" and "Foo" are considered + equivalent. + maxLength: 256 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[A-Za-z0-9!#$%&'*+\-.^_\x60|~]+$ + type: string + value: + description: Value is the value of HTTP + Header to be matched. + maxLength: 4096 + minLength: 1 + type: string + required: + - name + - value + type: object + maxItems: 16 + type: array + x-kubernetes-list-map-keys: + - name + x-kubernetes-list-type: map + type: object + requestMirror: + description: |- + RequestMirror defines a schema for a filter that mirrors requests. + Requests are sent to the specified destination, but responses from + that destination are ignored. + + This filter can be used multiple times within the same rule. Note that + not all implementations will be able to support mirroring to multiple + backends. + + Support: Extended + properties: + backendRef: + description: |- + BackendRef references a resource where mirrored requests are sent. + + Mirrored requests must be sent only to a single destination endpoint + within this BackendRef, irrespective of how many endpoints are present + within this BackendRef. + + If the referent cannot be found, this BackendRef is invalid and must be + dropped from the Gateway. The controller must ensure the "ResolvedRefs" + condition on the Route status is set to `status: False` and not configure + this backend in the underlying implementation. + + If there is a cross-namespace reference to an *existing* object + that is not allowed by a ReferenceGrant, the controller must ensure the + "ResolvedRefs" condition on the Route is set to `status: False`, + with the "RefNotPermitted" reason and not configure this backend in the + underlying implementation. + + In either error case, the Message of the `ResolvedRefs` Condition + should be used to provide more detail about the problem. + + Support: Extended for Kubernetes Service + + Support: Implementation-specific for any other resource + properties: + group: + default: "" + description: |- + Group is the group of the referent. For example, "gateway.networking.k8s.io". + When unspecified or empty string, core API group is inferred. + maxLength: 253 + pattern: ^$|^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$ + type: string + kind: + default: Service + description: |- + Kind is the Kubernetes resource kind of the referent. For example + "Service". + + Defaults to "Service" when not specified. + + ExternalName services can refer to CNAME DNS records that may live + outside of the cluster and as such are difficult to reason about in + terms of conformance. They also may not be safe to forward to (see + CVE-2021-25740 for more information). Implementations SHOULD NOT + support ExternalName Services. + + Support: Core (Services with a type other than ExternalName) + + Support: Implementation-specific (Services with type ExternalName) + maxLength: 63 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[a-zA-Z]([-a-zA-Z0-9]*[a-zA-Z0-9])?$ + type: string + name: + description: Name is the name of the referent. + maxLength: 253 + minLength: 1 + type: string + namespace: + description: |- + Namespace is the namespace of the backend. When unspecified, the local + namespace is inferred. + + Note that when a namespace different than the local namespace is specified, + a ReferenceGrant object is required in the referent namespace to allow that + namespace's owner to accept the reference. See the ReferenceGrant + documentation for details. + + Support: Core + maxLength: 63 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?$ + type: string + port: + description: |- + Port specifies the destination port number to use for this resource. + Port is required when the referent is a Kubernetes Service. In this + case, the port number is the service port number, not the target port. + For other resources, destination port might be derived from the referent + resource or this field. + format: int32 + maximum: 65535 + minimum: 1 + type: integer + required: + - name + type: object + x-kubernetes-validations: + - message: Must have port for Service reference + rule: '(size(self.group) == 0 && self.kind + == ''Service'') ? has(self.port) : true' + fraction: + description: |- + Fraction represents the fraction of requests that should be + mirrored to BackendRef. + + Only one of Fraction or Percent may be specified. If neither field + is specified, 100% of requests will be mirrored. + properties: + denominator: + default: 100 + format: int32 + minimum: 1 + type: integer + numerator: + format: int32 + minimum: 0 + type: integer + required: + - numerator + type: object + x-kubernetes-validations: + - message: numerator must be less than or equal + to denominator + rule: self.numerator <= self.denominator + percent: + description: |- + Percent represents the percentage of requests that should be + mirrored to BackendRef. Its minimum value is 0 (indicating 0% of + requests) and its maximum value is 100 (indicating 100% of requests). + + Only one of Fraction or Percent may be specified. If neither field + is specified, 100% of requests will be mirrored. + format: int32 + maximum: 100 + minimum: 0 + type: integer + required: + - backendRef + type: object + x-kubernetes-validations: + - message: Only one of percent or fraction may be + specified in HTTPRequestMirrorFilter + rule: '!(has(self.percent) && has(self.fraction))' + requestRedirect: + description: |- + RequestRedirect defines a schema for a filter that responds to the + request with an HTTP redirection. + + Support: Core + properties: + hostname: + description: |- + Hostname is the hostname to be used in the value of the `Location` + header in the response. + When empty, the hostname in the `Host` header of the request is used. + + Support: Core + maxLength: 253 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$ + type: string + path: + description: |- + Path defines parameters used to modify the path of the incoming request. + The modified path is then used to construct the `Location` header. When + empty, the request path is used as-is. + + Support: Extended + properties: + replaceFullPath: + description: |- + ReplaceFullPath specifies the value with which to replace the full path + of a request during a rewrite or redirect. + maxLength: 1024 + type: string + replacePrefixMatch: + description: |- + ReplacePrefixMatch specifies the value with which to replace the prefix + match of a request during a rewrite or redirect. For example, a request + to "/foo/bar" with a prefix match of "/foo" and a ReplacePrefixMatch + of "/xyz" would be modified to "/xyz/bar". + + Note that this matches the behavior of the PathPrefix match type. This + matches full path elements. A path element refers to the list of labels + in the path split by the `/` separator. When specified, a trailing `/` is + ignored. For example, the paths `/abc`, `/abc/`, and `/abc/def` would all + match the prefix `/abc`, but the path `/abcd` would not. + + ReplacePrefixMatch is only compatible with a `PathPrefix` HTTPRouteMatch. + Using any other HTTPRouteMatch type on the same HTTPRouteRule will result in + the implementation setting the Accepted Condition for the Route to `status: False`. + + Request Path | Prefix Match | Replace Prefix | Modified Path + maxLength: 1024 + type: string + type: + description: |- + Type defines the type of path modifier. Additional types may be + added in a future release of the API. + + Note that values may be added to this enum, implementations + must ensure that unknown values will not cause a crash. + + Unknown values here must result in the implementation setting the + Accepted Condition for the Route to `status: False`, with a + Reason of `UnsupportedValue`. + enum: + - ReplaceFullPath + - ReplacePrefixMatch + type: string + required: + - type + type: object + x-kubernetes-validations: + - message: replaceFullPath must be specified + when type is set to 'ReplaceFullPath' + rule: 'self.type == ''ReplaceFullPath'' ? + has(self.replaceFullPath) : true' + - message: type must be 'ReplaceFullPath' when + replaceFullPath is set + rule: 'has(self.replaceFullPath) ? self.type + == ''ReplaceFullPath'' : true' + - message: replacePrefixMatch must be specified + when type is set to 'ReplacePrefixMatch' + rule: 'self.type == ''ReplacePrefixMatch'' + ? has(self.replacePrefixMatch) : true' + - message: type must be 'ReplacePrefixMatch' + when replacePrefixMatch is set + rule: 'has(self.replacePrefixMatch) ? self.type + == ''ReplacePrefixMatch'' : true' + port: + description: |- + Port is the port to be used in the value of the `Location` + header in the response. + + If no port is specified, the redirect port MUST be derived using the + following rules: + + * If redirect scheme is not-empty, the redirect port MUST be the well-known + port associated with the redirect scheme. Specifically "http" to port 80 + and "https" to port 443. If the redirect scheme does not have a + well-known port, the listener port of the Gateway SHOULD be used. + * If redirect scheme is empty, the redirect port MUST be the Gateway + Listener port. + + Implementations SHOULD NOT add the port number in the 'Location' + header in the following cases: + + * A Location header that will use HTTP (whether that is determined via + the Listener protocol or the Scheme field) _and_ use port 80. + * A Location header that will use HTTPS (whether that is determined via + the Listener protocol or the Scheme field) _and_ use port 443. + + Support: Extended + format: int32 + maximum: 65535 + minimum: 1 + type: integer + scheme: + description: |- + Scheme is the scheme to be used in the value of the `Location` header in + the response. When empty, the scheme of the request is used. + + Scheme redirects can affect the port of the redirect, for more information, + refer to the documentation for the port field of this filter. + + Note that values may be added to this enum, implementations + must ensure that unknown values will not cause a crash. + + Unknown values here must result in the implementation setting the + Accepted Condition for the Route to `status: False`, with a + Reason of `UnsupportedValue`. + + Support: Extended + enum: + - http + - https + type: string + statusCode: + default: 302 + description: |- + StatusCode is the HTTP status code to be used in response. + + Note that values may be added to this enum, implementations + must ensure that unknown values will not cause a crash. + + Unknown values here must result in the implementation setting the + Accepted Condition for the Route to `status: False`, with a + Reason of `UnsupportedValue`. + + Support: Core + enum: + - 301 + - 302 + - 303 + - 307 + - 308 + type: integer + type: object + responseHeaderModifier: + description: |- + ResponseHeaderModifier defines a schema for a filter that modifies response + headers. + + Support: Extended + properties: + add: + description: |- + Add adds the given header(s) (name, value) to the request + before the action. It appends to any existing values associated + with the header name. + + Input: + GET /foo HTTP/1.1 + my-header: foo + + Config: + add: + - name: "my-header" + value: "bar,baz" + + Output: + GET /foo HTTP/1.1 + my-header: foo,bar,baz + items: + description: HTTPHeader represents an HTTP + Header name and value as defined by RFC + 7230. + properties: + name: + description: |- + Name is the name of the HTTP Header to be matched. Name matching MUST be + case-insensitive. (See https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc7230#section-3.2). + + If multiple entries specify equivalent header names, the first entry with + an equivalent name MUST be considered for a match. Subsequent entries + with an equivalent header name MUST be ignored. Due to the + case-insensitivity of header names, "foo" and "Foo" are considered + equivalent. + maxLength: 256 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[A-Za-z0-9!#$%&'*+\-.^_\x60|~]+$ + type: string + value: + description: Value is the value of HTTP + Header to be matched. + maxLength: 4096 + minLength: 1 + type: string + required: + - name + - value + type: object + maxItems: 16 + type: array + x-kubernetes-list-map-keys: + - name + x-kubernetes-list-type: map + remove: + description: |- + Remove the given header(s) from the HTTP request before the action. The + value of Remove is a list of HTTP header names. Note that the header + names are case-insensitive (see + https://datatracker.ietf.org/doc/html/rfc2616#section-4.2). + + Input: + GET /foo HTTP/1.1 + my-header1: foo + my-header2: bar + my-header3: baz + + Config: + remove: ["my-header1", "my-header3"] + + Output: + GET /foo HTTP/1.1 + my-header2: bar + items: + type: string + maxItems: 16 + type: array + x-kubernetes-list-type: set + set: + description: |- + Set overwrites the request with the given header (name, value) + before the action. + + Input: + GET /foo HTTP/1.1 + my-header: foo + + Config: + set: + - name: "my-header" + value: "bar" + + Output: + GET /foo HTTP/1.1 + my-header: bar + items: + description: HTTPHeader represents an HTTP + Header name and value as defined by RFC + 7230. + properties: + name: + description: |- + Name is the name of the HTTP Header to be matched. Name matching MUST be + case-insensitive. (See https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc7230#section-3.2). + + If multiple entries specify equivalent header names, the first entry with + an equivalent name MUST be considered for a match. Subsequent entries + with an equivalent header name MUST be ignored. Due to the + case-insensitivity of header names, "foo" and "Foo" are considered + equivalent. + maxLength: 256 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[A-Za-z0-9!#$%&'*+\-.^_\x60|~]+$ + type: string + value: + description: Value is the value of HTTP + Header to be matched. + maxLength: 4096 + minLength: 1 + type: string + required: + - name + - value + type: object + maxItems: 16 + type: array + x-kubernetes-list-map-keys: + - name + x-kubernetes-list-type: map + type: object + type: + description: |- + Type identifies the type of filter to apply. As with other API fields, + types are classified into three conformance levels: + + - Core: Filter types and their corresponding configuration defined by + "Support: Core" in this package, e.g. "RequestHeaderModifier". All + implementations must support core filters. + + - Extended: Filter types and their corresponding configuration defined by + "Support: Extended" in this package, e.g. "RequestMirror". Implementers + are encouraged to support extended filters. + + - Implementation-specific: Filters that are defined and supported by + specific vendors. + In the future, filters showing convergence in behavior across multiple + implementations will be considered for inclusion in extended or core + conformance levels. Filter-specific configuration for such filters + is specified using the ExtensionRef field. `Type` should be set to + "ExtensionRef" for custom filters. + + Implementers are encouraged to define custom implementation types to + extend the core API with implementation-specific behavior. + + If a reference to a custom filter type cannot be resolved, the filter + MUST NOT be skipped. Instead, requests that would have been processed by + that filter MUST receive a HTTP error response. + + Note that values may be added to this enum, implementations + must ensure that unknown values will not cause a crash. + + Unknown values here must result in the implementation setting the + Accepted Condition for the Route to `status: False`, with a + Reason of `UnsupportedValue`. + enum: + - RequestHeaderModifier + - ResponseHeaderModifier + - RequestMirror + - RequestRedirect + - URLRewrite + - ExtensionRef + type: string + urlRewrite: + description: |- + URLRewrite defines a schema for a filter that modifies a request during forwarding. + + Support: Extended + properties: + hostname: + description: |- + Hostname is the value to be used to replace the Host header value during + forwarding. + + Support: Extended + maxLength: 253 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$ + type: string + path: + description: |- + Path defines a path rewrite. + + Support: Extended + properties: + replaceFullPath: + description: |- + ReplaceFullPath specifies the value with which to replace the full path + of a request during a rewrite or redirect. + maxLength: 1024 + type: string + replacePrefixMatch: + description: |- + ReplacePrefixMatch specifies the value with which to replace the prefix + match of a request during a rewrite or redirect. For example, a request + to "/foo/bar" with a prefix match of "/foo" and a ReplacePrefixMatch + of "/xyz" would be modified to "/xyz/bar". + + Note that this matches the behavior of the PathPrefix match type. This + matches full path elements. A path element refers to the list of labels + in the path split by the `/` separator. When specified, a trailing `/` is + ignored. For example, the paths `/abc`, `/abc/`, and `/abc/def` would all + match the prefix `/abc`, but the path `/abcd` would not. + + ReplacePrefixMatch is only compatible with a `PathPrefix` HTTPRouteMatch. + Using any other HTTPRouteMatch type on the same HTTPRouteRule will result in + the implementation setting the Accepted Condition for the Route to `status: False`. + + Request Path | Prefix Match | Replace Prefix | Modified Path + maxLength: 1024 + type: string + type: + description: |- + Type defines the type of path modifier. Additional types may be + added in a future release of the API. + + Note that values may be added to this enum, implementations + must ensure that unknown values will not cause a crash. + + Unknown values here must result in the implementation setting the + Accepted Condition for the Route to `status: False`, with a + Reason of `UnsupportedValue`. + enum: + - ReplaceFullPath + - ReplacePrefixMatch + type: string + required: + - type + type: object + x-kubernetes-validations: + - message: replaceFullPath must be specified + when type is set to 'ReplaceFullPath' + rule: 'self.type == ''ReplaceFullPath'' ? + has(self.replaceFullPath) : true' + - message: type must be 'ReplaceFullPath' when + replaceFullPath is set + rule: 'has(self.replaceFullPath) ? self.type + == ''ReplaceFullPath'' : true' + - message: replacePrefixMatch must be specified + when type is set to 'ReplacePrefixMatch' + rule: 'self.type == ''ReplacePrefixMatch'' + ? has(self.replacePrefixMatch) : true' + - message: type must be 'ReplacePrefixMatch' + when replacePrefixMatch is set + rule: 'has(self.replacePrefixMatch) ? self.type + == ''ReplacePrefixMatch'' : true' + type: object + required: + - type + type: object + x-kubernetes-validations: + - message: filter.requestHeaderModifier must be nil + if the filter.type is not RequestHeaderModifier + rule: '!(has(self.requestHeaderModifier) && self.type + != ''RequestHeaderModifier'')' + - message: filter.requestHeaderModifier must be specified + for RequestHeaderModifier filter.type + rule: '!(!has(self.requestHeaderModifier) && self.type + == ''RequestHeaderModifier'')' + - message: filter.responseHeaderModifier must be nil + if the filter.type is not ResponseHeaderModifier + rule: '!(has(self.responseHeaderModifier) && self.type + != ''ResponseHeaderModifier'')' + - message: filter.responseHeaderModifier must be specified + for ResponseHeaderModifier filter.type + rule: '!(!has(self.responseHeaderModifier) && self.type + == ''ResponseHeaderModifier'')' + - message: filter.requestMirror must be nil if the filter.type + is not RequestMirror + rule: '!(has(self.requestMirror) && self.type != ''RequestMirror'')' + - message: filter.requestMirror must be specified for + RequestMirror filter.type + rule: '!(!has(self.requestMirror) && self.type == + ''RequestMirror'')' + - message: filter.requestRedirect must be nil if the + filter.type is not RequestRedirect + rule: '!(has(self.requestRedirect) && self.type != + ''RequestRedirect'')' + - message: filter.requestRedirect must be specified + for RequestRedirect filter.type + rule: '!(!has(self.requestRedirect) && self.type == + ''RequestRedirect'')' + - message: filter.urlRewrite must be nil if the filter.type + is not URLRewrite + rule: '!(has(self.urlRewrite) && self.type != ''URLRewrite'')' + - message: filter.urlRewrite must be specified for URLRewrite + filter.type + rule: '!(!has(self.urlRewrite) && self.type == ''URLRewrite'')' + - message: filter.extensionRef must be nil if the filter.type + is not ExtensionRef + rule: '!(has(self.extensionRef) && self.type != ''ExtensionRef'')' + - message: filter.extensionRef must be specified for + ExtensionRef filter.type + rule: '!(!has(self.extensionRef) && self.type == ''ExtensionRef'')' + maxItems: 16 + type: array + x-kubernetes-list-type: atomic + x-kubernetes-validations: + - message: May specify either httpRouteFilterRequestRedirect + or httpRouteFilterRequestRewrite, but not both + rule: '!(self.exists(f, f.type == ''RequestRedirect'') + && self.exists(f, f.type == ''URLRewrite''))' + - message: RequestHeaderModifier filter cannot be repeated + rule: self.filter(f, f.type == 'RequestHeaderModifier').size() + <= 1 + - message: ResponseHeaderModifier filter cannot be repeated + rule: self.filter(f, f.type == 'ResponseHeaderModifier').size() + <= 1 + - message: RequestRedirect filter cannot be repeated + rule: self.filter(f, f.type == 'RequestRedirect').size() + <= 1 + - message: URLRewrite filter cannot be repeated + rule: self.filter(f, f.type == 'URLRewrite').size() + <= 1 + group: + default: "" + description: |- + Group is the group of the referent. For example, "gateway.networking.k8s.io". + When unspecified or empty string, core API group is inferred. + maxLength: 253 + pattern: ^$|^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$ + type: string + kind: + default: Service + description: |- + Kind is the Kubernetes resource kind of the referent. For example + "Service". + + Defaults to "Service" when not specified. + + ExternalName services can refer to CNAME DNS records that may live + outside of the cluster and as such are difficult to reason about in + terms of conformance. They also may not be safe to forward to (see + CVE-2021-25740 for more information). Implementations SHOULD NOT + support ExternalName Services. + + Support: Core (Services with a type other than ExternalName) + + Support: Implementation-specific (Services with type ExternalName) + maxLength: 63 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[a-zA-Z]([-a-zA-Z0-9]*[a-zA-Z0-9])?$ + type: string + name: + description: Name is the name of the referent. + maxLength: 253 + minLength: 1 + type: string + namespace: + description: |- + Namespace is the namespace of the backend. When unspecified, the local + namespace is inferred. + + Note that when a namespace different than the local namespace is specified, + a ReferenceGrant object is required in the referent namespace to allow that + namespace's owner to accept the reference. See the ReferenceGrant + documentation for details. + + Support: Core + maxLength: 63 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?$ + type: string + port: + description: |- + Port specifies the destination port number to use for this resource. + Port is required when the referent is a Kubernetes Service. In this + case, the port number is the service port number, not the target port. + For other resources, destination port might be derived from the referent + resource or this field. + format: int32 + maximum: 65535 + minimum: 1 + type: integer + weight: + default: 1 + description: |- + Weight specifies the proportion of requests forwarded to the referenced + backend. This is computed as weight/(sum of all weights in this + BackendRefs list). For non-zero values, there may be some epsilon from + the exact proportion defined here depending on the precision an + implementation supports. Weight is not a percentage and the sum of + weights does not need to equal 100. + + If only one backend is specified and it has a weight greater than 0, 100% + of the traffic is forwarded to that backend. If weight is set to 0, no + traffic should be forwarded for this entry. If unspecified, weight + defaults to 1. + + Support for this field varies based on the context where used. + format: int32 + maximum: 1000000 + minimum: 0 + type: integer + required: + - name + type: object + x-kubernetes-validations: + - message: Must have port for Service reference + rule: '(size(self.group) == 0 && self.kind == ''Service'') + ? has(self.port) : true' + maxItems: 16 + type: array + x-kubernetes-list-type: atomic + filters: + description: |- + Filters define the filters that are applied to requests that match + this rule. + + Wherever possible, implementations SHOULD implement filters in the order + they are specified. + + Implementations MAY choose to implement this ordering strictly, rejecting + any combination or order of filters that cannot be supported. If implementations + choose a strict interpretation of filter ordering, they MUST clearly document + that behavior. + + To reject an invalid combination or order of filters, implementations SHOULD + consider the Route Rules with this configuration invalid. If all Route Rules + in a Route are invalid, the entire Route would be considered invalid. If only + a portion of Route Rules are invalid, implementations MUST set the + "PartiallyInvalid" condition for the Route. + + Conformance-levels at this level are defined based on the type of filter: + + - ALL core filters MUST be supported by all implementations. + - Implementers are encouraged to support extended filters. + - Implementation-specific custom filters have no API guarantees across + implementations. + + Specifying the same filter multiple times is not supported unless explicitly + indicated in the filter. + + All filters are expected to be compatible with each other except for the + URLRewrite and RequestRedirect filters, which may not be combined. If an + implementation cannot support other combinations of filters, they must clearly + document that limitation. In cases where incompatible or unsupported + filters are specified and cause the `Accepted` condition to be set to status + `False`, implementations may use the `IncompatibleFilters` reason to specify + this configuration error. + + Support: Core + items: + description: |- + HTTPRouteFilter defines processing steps that must be completed during the + request or response lifecycle. HTTPRouteFilters are meant as an extension + point to express processing that may be done in Gateway implementations. Some + examples include request or response modification, implementing + authentication strategies, rate-limiting, and traffic shaping. API + guarantee/conformance is defined based on the type of the filter. + properties: + extensionRef: + description: |- + ExtensionRef is an optional, implementation-specific extension to the + "filter" behavior. For example, resource "myroutefilter" in group + "networking.example.net"). ExtensionRef MUST NOT be used for core and + extended filters. + + This filter can be used multiple times within the same rule. + + Support: Implementation-specific + properties: + group: + description: |- + Group is the group of the referent. For example, "gateway.networking.k8s.io". + When unspecified or empty string, core API group is inferred. + maxLength: 253 + pattern: ^$|^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$ + type: string + kind: + description: Kind is kind of the referent. For example + "HTTPRoute" or "Service". + maxLength: 63 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[a-zA-Z]([-a-zA-Z0-9]*[a-zA-Z0-9])?$ + type: string + name: + description: Name is the name of the referent. + maxLength: 253 + minLength: 1 + type: string + required: + - group + - kind + - name + type: object + requestHeaderModifier: + description: |- + RequestHeaderModifier defines a schema for a filter that modifies request + headers. + + Support: Core + properties: + add: + description: |- + Add adds the given header(s) (name, value) to the request + before the action. It appends to any existing values associated + with the header name. + + Input: + GET /foo HTTP/1.1 + my-header: foo + + Config: + add: + - name: "my-header" + value: "bar,baz" + + Output: + GET /foo HTTP/1.1 + my-header: foo,bar,baz + items: + description: HTTPHeader represents an HTTP Header + name and value as defined by RFC 7230. + properties: + name: + description: |- + Name is the name of the HTTP Header to be matched. Name matching MUST be + case-insensitive. (See https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc7230#section-3.2). + + If multiple entries specify equivalent header names, the first entry with + an equivalent name MUST be considered for a match. Subsequent entries + with an equivalent header name MUST be ignored. Due to the + case-insensitivity of header names, "foo" and "Foo" are considered + equivalent. + maxLength: 256 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[A-Za-z0-9!#$%&'*+\-.^_\x60|~]+$ + type: string + value: + description: Value is the value of HTTP Header + to be matched. + maxLength: 4096 + minLength: 1 + type: string + required: + - name + - value + type: object + maxItems: 16 + type: array + x-kubernetes-list-map-keys: + - name + x-kubernetes-list-type: map + remove: + description: |- + Remove the given header(s) from the HTTP request before the action. The + value of Remove is a list of HTTP header names. Note that the header + names are case-insensitive (see + https://datatracker.ietf.org/doc/html/rfc2616#section-4.2). + + Input: + GET /foo HTTP/1.1 + my-header1: foo + my-header2: bar + my-header3: baz + + Config: + remove: ["my-header1", "my-header3"] + + Output: + GET /foo HTTP/1.1 + my-header2: bar + items: + type: string + maxItems: 16 + type: array + x-kubernetes-list-type: set + set: + description: |- + Set overwrites the request with the given header (name, value) + before the action. + + Input: + GET /foo HTTP/1.1 + my-header: foo + + Config: + set: + - name: "my-header" + value: "bar" + + Output: + GET /foo HTTP/1.1 + my-header: bar + items: + description: HTTPHeader represents an HTTP Header + name and value as defined by RFC 7230. + properties: + name: + description: |- + Name is the name of the HTTP Header to be matched. Name matching MUST be + case-insensitive. (See https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc7230#section-3.2). + + If multiple entries specify equivalent header names, the first entry with + an equivalent name MUST be considered for a match. Subsequent entries + with an equivalent header name MUST be ignored. Due to the + case-insensitivity of header names, "foo" and "Foo" are considered + equivalent. + maxLength: 256 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[A-Za-z0-9!#$%&'*+\-.^_\x60|~]+$ + type: string + value: + description: Value is the value of HTTP Header + to be matched. + maxLength: 4096 + minLength: 1 + type: string + required: + - name + - value + type: object + maxItems: 16 + type: array + x-kubernetes-list-map-keys: + - name + x-kubernetes-list-type: map + type: object + requestMirror: + description: |- + RequestMirror defines a schema for a filter that mirrors requests. + Requests are sent to the specified destination, but responses from + that destination are ignored. + + This filter can be used multiple times within the same rule. Note that + not all implementations will be able to support mirroring to multiple + backends. + + Support: Extended + properties: + backendRef: + description: |- + BackendRef references a resource where mirrored requests are sent. + + Mirrored requests must be sent only to a single destination endpoint + within this BackendRef, irrespective of how many endpoints are present + within this BackendRef. + + If the referent cannot be found, this BackendRef is invalid and must be + dropped from the Gateway. The controller must ensure the "ResolvedRefs" + condition on the Route status is set to `status: False` and not configure + this backend in the underlying implementation. + + If there is a cross-namespace reference to an *existing* object + that is not allowed by a ReferenceGrant, the controller must ensure the + "ResolvedRefs" condition on the Route is set to `status: False`, + with the "RefNotPermitted" reason and not configure this backend in the + underlying implementation. + + In either error case, the Message of the `ResolvedRefs` Condition + should be used to provide more detail about the problem. + + Support: Extended for Kubernetes Service + + Support: Implementation-specific for any other resource + properties: + group: + default: "" + description: |- + Group is the group of the referent. For example, "gateway.networking.k8s.io". + When unspecified or empty string, core API group is inferred. + maxLength: 253 + pattern: ^$|^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$ + type: string + kind: + default: Service + description: |- + Kind is the Kubernetes resource kind of the referent. For example + "Service". + + Defaults to "Service" when not specified. + + ExternalName services can refer to CNAME DNS records that may live + outside of the cluster and as such are difficult to reason about in + terms of conformance. They also may not be safe to forward to (see + CVE-2021-25740 for more information). Implementations SHOULD NOT + support ExternalName Services. + + Support: Core (Services with a type other than ExternalName) + + Support: Implementation-specific (Services with type ExternalName) + maxLength: 63 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[a-zA-Z]([-a-zA-Z0-9]*[a-zA-Z0-9])?$ + type: string + name: + description: Name is the name of the referent. + maxLength: 253 + minLength: 1 + type: string + namespace: + description: |- + Namespace is the namespace of the backend. When unspecified, the local + namespace is inferred. + + Note that when a namespace different than the local namespace is specified, + a ReferenceGrant object is required in the referent namespace to allow that + namespace's owner to accept the reference. See the ReferenceGrant + documentation for details. + + Support: Core + maxLength: 63 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?$ + type: string + port: + description: |- + Port specifies the destination port number to use for this resource. + Port is required when the referent is a Kubernetes Service. In this + case, the port number is the service port number, not the target port. + For other resources, destination port might be derived from the referent + resource or this field. + format: int32 + maximum: 65535 + minimum: 1 + type: integer + required: + - name + type: object + x-kubernetes-validations: + - message: Must have port for Service reference + rule: '(size(self.group) == 0 && self.kind == ''Service'') + ? has(self.port) : true' + fraction: + description: |- + Fraction represents the fraction of requests that should be + mirrored to BackendRef. + + Only one of Fraction or Percent may be specified. If neither field + is specified, 100% of requests will be mirrored. + properties: + denominator: + default: 100 + format: int32 + minimum: 1 + type: integer + numerator: + format: int32 + minimum: 0 + type: integer + required: + - numerator + type: object + x-kubernetes-validations: + - message: numerator must be less than or equal to + denominator + rule: self.numerator <= self.denominator + percent: + description: |- + Percent represents the percentage of requests that should be + mirrored to BackendRef. Its minimum value is 0 (indicating 0% of + requests) and its maximum value is 100 (indicating 100% of requests). + + Only one of Fraction or Percent may be specified. If neither field + is specified, 100% of requests will be mirrored. + format: int32 + maximum: 100 + minimum: 0 + type: integer + required: + - backendRef + type: object + x-kubernetes-validations: + - message: Only one of percent or fraction may be specified + in HTTPRequestMirrorFilter + rule: '!(has(self.percent) && has(self.fraction))' + requestRedirect: + description: |- + RequestRedirect defines a schema for a filter that responds to the + request with an HTTP redirection. + + Support: Core + properties: + hostname: + description: |- + Hostname is the hostname to be used in the value of the `Location` + header in the response. + When empty, the hostname in the `Host` header of the request is used. + + Support: Core + maxLength: 253 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$ + type: string + path: + description: |- + Path defines parameters used to modify the path of the incoming request. + The modified path is then used to construct the `Location` header. When + empty, the request path is used as-is. + + Support: Extended + properties: + replaceFullPath: + description: |- + ReplaceFullPath specifies the value with which to replace the full path + of a request during a rewrite or redirect. + maxLength: 1024 + type: string + replacePrefixMatch: + description: |- + ReplacePrefixMatch specifies the value with which to replace the prefix + match of a request during a rewrite or redirect. For example, a request + to "/foo/bar" with a prefix match of "/foo" and a ReplacePrefixMatch + of "/xyz" would be modified to "/xyz/bar". + + Note that this matches the behavior of the PathPrefix match type. This + matches full path elements. A path element refers to the list of labels + in the path split by the `/` separator. When specified, a trailing `/` is + ignored. For example, the paths `/abc`, `/abc/`, and `/abc/def` would all + match the prefix `/abc`, but the path `/abcd` would not. + + ReplacePrefixMatch is only compatible with a `PathPrefix` HTTPRouteMatch. + Using any other HTTPRouteMatch type on the same HTTPRouteRule will result in + the implementation setting the Accepted Condition for the Route to `status: False`. + + Request Path | Prefix Match | Replace Prefix | Modified Path + maxLength: 1024 + type: string + type: + description: |- + Type defines the type of path modifier. Additional types may be + added in a future release of the API. + + Note that values may be added to this enum, implementations + must ensure that unknown values will not cause a crash. + + Unknown values here must result in the implementation setting the + Accepted Condition for the Route to `status: False`, with a + Reason of `UnsupportedValue`. + enum: + - ReplaceFullPath + - ReplacePrefixMatch + type: string + required: + - type + type: object + x-kubernetes-validations: + - message: replaceFullPath must be specified when + type is set to 'ReplaceFullPath' + rule: 'self.type == ''ReplaceFullPath'' ? has(self.replaceFullPath) + : true' + - message: type must be 'ReplaceFullPath' when replaceFullPath + is set + rule: 'has(self.replaceFullPath) ? self.type == + ''ReplaceFullPath'' : true' + - message: replacePrefixMatch must be specified when + type is set to 'ReplacePrefixMatch' + rule: 'self.type == ''ReplacePrefixMatch'' ? has(self.replacePrefixMatch) + : true' + - message: type must be 'ReplacePrefixMatch' when + replacePrefixMatch is set + rule: 'has(self.replacePrefixMatch) ? self.type + == ''ReplacePrefixMatch'' : true' + port: + description: |- + Port is the port to be used in the value of the `Location` + header in the response. + + If no port is specified, the redirect port MUST be derived using the + following rules: + + * If redirect scheme is not-empty, the redirect port MUST be the well-known + port associated with the redirect scheme. Specifically "http" to port 80 + and "https" to port 443. If the redirect scheme does not have a + well-known port, the listener port of the Gateway SHOULD be used. + * If redirect scheme is empty, the redirect port MUST be the Gateway + Listener port. + + Implementations SHOULD NOT add the port number in the 'Location' + header in the following cases: + + * A Location header that will use HTTP (whether that is determined via + the Listener protocol or the Scheme field) _and_ use port 80. + * A Location header that will use HTTPS (whether that is determined via + the Listener protocol or the Scheme field) _and_ use port 443. + + Support: Extended + format: int32 + maximum: 65535 + minimum: 1 + type: integer + scheme: + description: |- + Scheme is the scheme to be used in the value of the `Location` header in + the response. When empty, the scheme of the request is used. + + Scheme redirects can affect the port of the redirect, for more information, + refer to the documentation for the port field of this filter. + + Note that values may be added to this enum, implementations + must ensure that unknown values will not cause a crash. + + Unknown values here must result in the implementation setting the + Accepted Condition for the Route to `status: False`, with a + Reason of `UnsupportedValue`. + + Support: Extended + enum: + - http + - https + type: string + statusCode: + default: 302 + description: |- + StatusCode is the HTTP status code to be used in response. + + Note that values may be added to this enum, implementations + must ensure that unknown values will not cause a crash. + + Unknown values here must result in the implementation setting the + Accepted Condition for the Route to `status: False`, with a + Reason of `UnsupportedValue`. + + Support: Core + enum: + - 301 + - 302 + - 303 + - 307 + - 308 + type: integer + type: object + responseHeaderModifier: + description: |- + ResponseHeaderModifier defines a schema for a filter that modifies response + headers. + + Support: Extended + properties: + add: + description: |- + Add adds the given header(s) (name, value) to the request + before the action. It appends to any existing values associated + with the header name. + + Input: + GET /foo HTTP/1.1 + my-header: foo + + Config: + add: + - name: "my-header" + value: "bar,baz" + + Output: + GET /foo HTTP/1.1 + my-header: foo,bar,baz + items: + description: HTTPHeader represents an HTTP Header + name and value as defined by RFC 7230. + properties: + name: + description: |- + Name is the name of the HTTP Header to be matched. Name matching MUST be + case-insensitive. (See https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc7230#section-3.2). + + If multiple entries specify equivalent header names, the first entry with + an equivalent name MUST be considered for a match. Subsequent entries + with an equivalent header name MUST be ignored. Due to the + case-insensitivity of header names, "foo" and "Foo" are considered + equivalent. + maxLength: 256 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[A-Za-z0-9!#$%&'*+\-.^_\x60|~]+$ + type: string + value: + description: Value is the value of HTTP Header + to be matched. + maxLength: 4096 + minLength: 1 + type: string + required: + - name + - value + type: object + maxItems: 16 + type: array + x-kubernetes-list-map-keys: + - name + x-kubernetes-list-type: map + remove: + description: |- + Remove the given header(s) from the HTTP request before the action. The + value of Remove is a list of HTTP header names. Note that the header + names are case-insensitive (see + https://datatracker.ietf.org/doc/html/rfc2616#section-4.2). + + Input: + GET /foo HTTP/1.1 + my-header1: foo + my-header2: bar + my-header3: baz + + Config: + remove: ["my-header1", "my-header3"] + + Output: + GET /foo HTTP/1.1 + my-header2: bar + items: + type: string + maxItems: 16 + type: array + x-kubernetes-list-type: set + set: + description: |- + Set overwrites the request with the given header (name, value) + before the action. + + Input: + GET /foo HTTP/1.1 + my-header: foo + + Config: + set: + - name: "my-header" + value: "bar" + + Output: + GET /foo HTTP/1.1 + my-header: bar + items: + description: HTTPHeader represents an HTTP Header + name and value as defined by RFC 7230. + properties: + name: + description: |- + Name is the name of the HTTP Header to be matched. Name matching MUST be + case-insensitive. (See https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc7230#section-3.2). + + If multiple entries specify equivalent header names, the first entry with + an equivalent name MUST be considered for a match. Subsequent entries + with an equivalent header name MUST be ignored. Due to the + case-insensitivity of header names, "foo" and "Foo" are considered + equivalent. + maxLength: 256 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[A-Za-z0-9!#$%&'*+\-.^_\x60|~]+$ + type: string + value: + description: Value is the value of HTTP Header + to be matched. + maxLength: 4096 + minLength: 1 + type: string + required: + - name + - value + type: object + maxItems: 16 + type: array + x-kubernetes-list-map-keys: + - name + x-kubernetes-list-type: map + type: object + type: + description: |- + Type identifies the type of filter to apply. As with other API fields, + types are classified into three conformance levels: + + - Core: Filter types and their corresponding configuration defined by + "Support: Core" in this package, e.g. "RequestHeaderModifier". All + implementations must support core filters. + + - Extended: Filter types and their corresponding configuration defined by + "Support: Extended" in this package, e.g. "RequestMirror". Implementers + are encouraged to support extended filters. + + - Implementation-specific: Filters that are defined and supported by + specific vendors. + In the future, filters showing convergence in behavior across multiple + implementations will be considered for inclusion in extended or core + conformance levels. Filter-specific configuration for such filters + is specified using the ExtensionRef field. `Type` should be set to + "ExtensionRef" for custom filters. + + Implementers are encouraged to define custom implementation types to + extend the core API with implementation-specific behavior. + + If a reference to a custom filter type cannot be resolved, the filter + MUST NOT be skipped. Instead, requests that would have been processed by + that filter MUST receive a HTTP error response. + + Note that values may be added to this enum, implementations + must ensure that unknown values will not cause a crash. + + Unknown values here must result in the implementation setting the + Accepted Condition for the Route to `status: False`, with a + Reason of `UnsupportedValue`. + enum: + - RequestHeaderModifier + - ResponseHeaderModifier + - RequestMirror + - RequestRedirect + - URLRewrite + - ExtensionRef + type: string + urlRewrite: + description: |- + URLRewrite defines a schema for a filter that modifies a request during forwarding. + + Support: Extended + properties: + hostname: + description: |- + Hostname is the value to be used to replace the Host header value during + forwarding. + + Support: Extended + maxLength: 253 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$ + type: string + path: + description: |- + Path defines a path rewrite. + + Support: Extended + properties: + replaceFullPath: + description: |- + ReplaceFullPath specifies the value with which to replace the full path + of a request during a rewrite or redirect. + maxLength: 1024 + type: string + replacePrefixMatch: + description: |- + ReplacePrefixMatch specifies the value with which to replace the prefix + match of a request during a rewrite or redirect. For example, a request + to "/foo/bar" with a prefix match of "/foo" and a ReplacePrefixMatch + of "/xyz" would be modified to "/xyz/bar". + + Note that this matches the behavior of the PathPrefix match type. This + matches full path elements. A path element refers to the list of labels + in the path split by the `/` separator. When specified, a trailing `/` is + ignored. For example, the paths `/abc`, `/abc/`, and `/abc/def` would all + match the prefix `/abc`, but the path `/abcd` would not. + + ReplacePrefixMatch is only compatible with a `PathPrefix` HTTPRouteMatch. + Using any other HTTPRouteMatch type on the same HTTPRouteRule will result in + the implementation setting the Accepted Condition for the Route to `status: False`. + + Request Path | Prefix Match | Replace Prefix | Modified Path + maxLength: 1024 + type: string + type: + description: |- + Type defines the type of path modifier. Additional types may be + added in a future release of the API. + + Note that values may be added to this enum, implementations + must ensure that unknown values will not cause a crash. + + Unknown values here must result in the implementation setting the + Accepted Condition for the Route to `status: False`, with a + Reason of `UnsupportedValue`. + enum: + - ReplaceFullPath + - ReplacePrefixMatch + type: string + required: + - type + type: object + x-kubernetes-validations: + - message: replaceFullPath must be specified when + type is set to 'ReplaceFullPath' + rule: 'self.type == ''ReplaceFullPath'' ? has(self.replaceFullPath) + : true' + - message: type must be 'ReplaceFullPath' when replaceFullPath + is set + rule: 'has(self.replaceFullPath) ? self.type == + ''ReplaceFullPath'' : true' + - message: replacePrefixMatch must be specified when + type is set to 'ReplacePrefixMatch' + rule: 'self.type == ''ReplacePrefixMatch'' ? has(self.replacePrefixMatch) + : true' + - message: type must be 'ReplacePrefixMatch' when + replacePrefixMatch is set + rule: 'has(self.replacePrefixMatch) ? self.type + == ''ReplacePrefixMatch'' : true' + type: object + required: + - type + type: object + x-kubernetes-validations: + - message: filter.requestHeaderModifier must be nil if the + filter.type is not RequestHeaderModifier + rule: '!(has(self.requestHeaderModifier) && self.type != + ''RequestHeaderModifier'')' + - message: filter.requestHeaderModifier must be specified + for RequestHeaderModifier filter.type + rule: '!(!has(self.requestHeaderModifier) && self.type == + ''RequestHeaderModifier'')' + - message: filter.responseHeaderModifier must be nil if the + filter.type is not ResponseHeaderModifier + rule: '!(has(self.responseHeaderModifier) && self.type != + ''ResponseHeaderModifier'')' + - message: filter.responseHeaderModifier must be specified + for ResponseHeaderModifier filter.type + rule: '!(!has(self.responseHeaderModifier) && self.type + == ''ResponseHeaderModifier'')' + - message: filter.requestMirror must be nil if the filter.type + is not RequestMirror + rule: '!(has(self.requestMirror) && self.type != ''RequestMirror'')' + - message: filter.requestMirror must be specified for RequestMirror + filter.type + rule: '!(!has(self.requestMirror) && self.type == ''RequestMirror'')' + - message: filter.requestRedirect must be nil if the filter.type + is not RequestRedirect + rule: '!(has(self.requestRedirect) && self.type != ''RequestRedirect'')' + - message: filter.requestRedirect must be specified for RequestRedirect + filter.type + rule: '!(!has(self.requestRedirect) && self.type == ''RequestRedirect'')' + - message: filter.urlRewrite must be nil if the filter.type + is not URLRewrite + rule: '!(has(self.urlRewrite) && self.type != ''URLRewrite'')' + - message: filter.urlRewrite must be specified for URLRewrite + filter.type + rule: '!(!has(self.urlRewrite) && self.type == ''URLRewrite'')' + - message: filter.extensionRef must be nil if the filter.type + is not ExtensionRef + rule: '!(has(self.extensionRef) && self.type != ''ExtensionRef'')' + - message: filter.extensionRef must be specified for ExtensionRef + filter.type + rule: '!(!has(self.extensionRef) && self.type == ''ExtensionRef'')' + maxItems: 16 + type: array + x-kubernetes-list-type: atomic + x-kubernetes-validations: + - message: May specify either httpRouteFilterRequestRedirect + or httpRouteFilterRequestRewrite, but not both + rule: '!(self.exists(f, f.type == ''RequestRedirect'') && + self.exists(f, f.type == ''URLRewrite''))' + - message: RequestHeaderModifier filter cannot be repeated + rule: self.filter(f, f.type == 'RequestHeaderModifier').size() + <= 1 + - message: ResponseHeaderModifier filter cannot be repeated + rule: self.filter(f, f.type == 'ResponseHeaderModifier').size() + <= 1 + - message: RequestRedirect filter cannot be repeated + rule: self.filter(f, f.type == 'RequestRedirect').size() <= + 1 + - message: URLRewrite filter cannot be repeated + rule: self.filter(f, f.type == 'URLRewrite').size() <= 1 + matches: + default: + - path: + type: PathPrefix + value: / + description: |- + Matches define conditions used for matching the rule against incoming + HTTP requests. Each match is independent, i.e. this rule will be matched + if **any** one of the matches is satisfied. + + For example, take the following matches configuration: + + ``` + matches: + - path: + value: "/foo" + headers: + - name: "version" + value: "v2" + - path: + value: "/v2/foo" + ``` + + For a request to match against this rule, a request must satisfy + EITHER of the two conditions: + + - path prefixed with `/foo` AND contains the header `version: v2` + - path prefix of `/v2/foo` + + See the documentation for HTTPRouteMatch on how to specify multiple + match conditions that should be ANDed together. + + If no matches are specified, the default is a prefix + path match on "/", which has the effect of matching every + HTTP request. + + Proxy or Load Balancer routing configuration generated from HTTPRoutes + MUST prioritize matches based on the following criteria, continuing on + ties. Across all rules specified on applicable Routes, precedence must be + given to the match having: + + * "Exact" path match. + * "Prefix" path match with largest number of characters. + * Method match. + * Largest number of header matches. + * Largest number of query param matches. + + Note: The precedence of RegularExpression path matches are implementation-specific. + + If ties still exist across multiple Routes, matching precedence MUST be + determined in order of the following criteria, continuing on ties: + + * The oldest Route based on creation timestamp. + * The Route appearing first in alphabetical order by + "{namespace}/{name}". + + If ties still exist within an HTTPRoute, matching precedence MUST be granted + to the FIRST matching rule (in list order) with a match meeting the above + criteria. + + When no rules matching a request have been successfully attached to the + parent a request is coming from, a HTTP 404 status code MUST be returned. + items: + description: "HTTPRouteMatch defines the predicate used to + match requests to a given\naction. Multiple match types + are ANDed together, i.e. the match will\nevaluate to true + only if all conditions are satisfied.\n\nFor example, the + match below will match a HTTP request only if its path\nstarts + with `/foo` AND it contains the `version: v1` header:\n\n```\nmatch:\n\n\tpath:\n\t + \ value: \"/foo\"\n\theaders:\n\t- name: \"version\"\n\t + \ value \"v1\"\n\n```" + properties: + headers: + description: |- + Headers specifies HTTP request header matchers. Multiple match values are + ANDed together, meaning, a request must match all the specified headers + to select the route. + items: + description: |- + HTTPHeaderMatch describes how to select a HTTP route by matching HTTP request + headers. + properties: + name: + description: |- + Name is the name of the HTTP Header to be matched. Name matching MUST be + case-insensitive. (See https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc7230#section-3.2). + + If multiple entries specify equivalent header names, only the first + entry with an equivalent name MUST be considered for a match. Subsequent + entries with an equivalent header name MUST be ignored. Due to the + case-insensitivity of header names, "foo" and "Foo" are considered + equivalent. + + When a header is repeated in an HTTP request, it is + implementation-specific behavior as to how this is represented. + Generally, proxies should follow the guidance from the RFC: + https://www.rfc-editor.org/rfc/rfc7230.html#section-3.2.2 regarding + processing a repeated header, with special handling for "Set-Cookie". + maxLength: 256 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[A-Za-z0-9!#$%&'*+\-.^_\x60|~]+$ + type: string + type: + default: Exact + description: |- + Type specifies how to match against the value of the header. + + Support: Core (Exact) + + Support: Implementation-specific (RegularExpression) + + Since RegularExpression HeaderMatchType has implementation-specific + conformance, implementations can support POSIX, PCRE or any other dialects + of regular expressions. Please read the implementation's documentation to + determine the supported dialect. + enum: + - Exact + - RegularExpression + type: string + value: + description: Value is the value of HTTP Header to + be matched. + maxLength: 4096 + minLength: 1 + type: string + required: + - name + - value + type: object + maxItems: 16 + type: array + x-kubernetes-list-map-keys: + - name + x-kubernetes-list-type: map + method: + description: |- + Method specifies HTTP method matcher. + When specified, this route will be matched only if the request has the + specified method. + + Support: Extended + enum: + - GET + - HEAD + - POST + - PUT + - DELETE + - CONNECT + - OPTIONS + - TRACE + - PATCH + type: string + path: + default: + type: PathPrefix + value: / + description: |- + Path specifies a HTTP request path matcher. If this field is not + specified, a default prefix match on the "/" path is provided. + properties: + type: + default: PathPrefix + description: |- + Type specifies how to match against the path Value. + + Support: Core (Exact, PathPrefix) + + Support: Implementation-specific (RegularExpression) + enum: + - Exact + - PathPrefix + - RegularExpression + type: string + value: + default: / + description: Value of the HTTP path to match against. + maxLength: 1024 + type: string + type: object + x-kubernetes-validations: + - message: value must be an absolute path and start with + '/' when type one of ['Exact', 'PathPrefix'] + rule: '(self.type in [''Exact'',''PathPrefix'']) ? self.value.startsWith(''/'') + : true' + - message: must not contain '//' when type one of ['Exact', + 'PathPrefix'] + rule: '(self.type in [''Exact'',''PathPrefix'']) ? !self.value.contains(''//'') + : true' + - message: must not contain '/./' when type one of ['Exact', + 'PathPrefix'] + rule: '(self.type in [''Exact'',''PathPrefix'']) ? !self.value.contains(''/./'') + : true' + - message: must not contain '/../' when type one of ['Exact', + 'PathPrefix'] + rule: '(self.type in [''Exact'',''PathPrefix'']) ? !self.value.contains(''/../'') + : true' + - message: must not contain '%2f' when type one of ['Exact', + 'PathPrefix'] + rule: '(self.type in [''Exact'',''PathPrefix'']) ? !self.value.contains(''%2f'') + : true' + - message: must not contain '%2F' when type one of ['Exact', + 'PathPrefix'] + rule: '(self.type in [''Exact'',''PathPrefix'']) ? !self.value.contains(''%2F'') + : true' + - message: must not contain '#' when type one of ['Exact', + 'PathPrefix'] + rule: '(self.type in [''Exact'',''PathPrefix'']) ? !self.value.contains(''#'') + : true' + - message: must not end with '/..' when type one of ['Exact', + 'PathPrefix'] + rule: '(self.type in [''Exact'',''PathPrefix'']) ? !self.value.endsWith(''/..'') + : true' + - message: must not end with '/.' when type one of ['Exact', + 'PathPrefix'] + rule: '(self.type in [''Exact'',''PathPrefix'']) ? !self.value.endsWith(''/.'') + : true' + - message: type must be one of ['Exact', 'PathPrefix', + 'RegularExpression'] + rule: self.type in ['Exact','PathPrefix'] || self.type + == 'RegularExpression' + - message: must only contain valid characters (matching + ^(?:[-A-Za-z0-9/._~!$&'()*+,;=:@]|[%][0-9a-fA-F]{2})+$) + for types ['Exact', 'PathPrefix'] + rule: '(self.type in [''Exact'',''PathPrefix'']) ? self.value.matches(r"""^(?:[-A-Za-z0-9/._~!$&''()*+,;=:@]|[%][0-9a-fA-F]{2})+$""") + : true' + queryParams: + description: |- + QueryParams specifies HTTP query parameter matchers. Multiple match + values are ANDed together, meaning, a request must match all the + specified query parameters to select the route. + + Support: Extended + items: + description: |- + HTTPQueryParamMatch describes how to select a HTTP route by matching HTTP + query parameters. + properties: + name: + description: |- + Name is the name of the HTTP query param to be matched. This must be an + exact string match. (See + https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc7230#section-2.7.3). + + If multiple entries specify equivalent query param names, only the first + entry with an equivalent name MUST be considered for a match. Subsequent + entries with an equivalent query param name MUST be ignored. + + If a query param is repeated in an HTTP request, the behavior is + purposely left undefined, since different data planes have different + capabilities. However, it is *recommended* that implementations should + match against the first value of the param if the data plane supports it, + as this behavior is expected in other load balancing contexts outside of + the Gateway API. + + Users SHOULD NOT route traffic based on repeated query params to guard + themselves against potential differences in the implementations. + maxLength: 256 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[A-Za-z0-9!#$%&'*+\-.^_\x60|~]+$ + type: string + type: + default: Exact + description: |- + Type specifies how to match against the value of the query parameter. + + Support: Extended (Exact) + + Support: Implementation-specific (RegularExpression) + + Since RegularExpression QueryParamMatchType has Implementation-specific + conformance, implementations can support POSIX, PCRE or any other + dialects of regular expressions. Please read the implementation's + documentation to determine the supported dialect. + enum: + - Exact + - RegularExpression + type: string + value: + description: Value is the value of HTTP query param + to be matched. + maxLength: 1024 + minLength: 1 + type: string + required: + - name + - value + type: object + maxItems: 16 + type: array + x-kubernetes-list-map-keys: + - name + x-kubernetes-list-type: map + type: object + maxItems: 64 + type: array + x-kubernetes-list-type: atomic + name: + description: |- + Name is the name of the route rule. This name MUST be unique within a Route if it is set. + + Support: Extended + maxLength: 253 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$ + type: string + timeouts: + description: |- + Timeouts defines the timeouts that can be configured for an HTTP request. + + Support: Extended + properties: + backendRequest: + description: |- + BackendRequest specifies a timeout for an individual request from the gateway + to a backend. This covers the time from when the request first starts being + sent from the gateway to when the full response has been received from the backend. + + Setting a timeout to the zero duration (e.g. "0s") SHOULD disable the timeout + completely. Implementations that cannot completely disable the timeout MUST + instead interpret the zero duration as the longest possible value to which + the timeout can be set. + + An entire client HTTP transaction with a gateway, covered by the Request timeout, + may result in more than one call from the gateway to the destination backend, + for example, if automatic retries are supported. + + The value of BackendRequest must be a Gateway API Duration string as defined by + GEP-2257. When this field is unspecified, its behavior is implementation-specific; + when specified, the value of BackendRequest must be no more than the value of the + Request timeout (since the Request timeout encompasses the BackendRequest timeout). + + Support: Extended + pattern: ^([0-9]{1,5}(h|m|s|ms)){1,4}$ + type: string + request: + description: |- + Request specifies the maximum duration for a gateway to respond to an HTTP request. + If the gateway has not been able to respond before this deadline is met, the gateway + MUST return a timeout error. + + For example, setting the `rules.timeouts.request` field to the value `10s` in an + `HTTPRoute` will cause a timeout if a client request is taking longer than 10 seconds + to complete. + + Setting a timeout to the zero duration (e.g. "0s") SHOULD disable the timeout + completely. Implementations that cannot completely disable the timeout MUST + instead interpret the zero duration as the longest possible value to which + the timeout can be set. + + This timeout is intended to cover as close to the whole request-response transaction + as possible although an implementation MAY choose to start the timeout after the entire + request stream has been received instead of immediately after the transaction is + initiated by the client. + + The value of Request is a Gateway API Duration string as defined by GEP-2257. When this + field is unspecified, request timeout behavior is implementation-specific. + + Support: Extended + pattern: ^([0-9]{1,5}(h|m|s|ms)){1,4}$ + type: string + type: object + x-kubernetes-validations: + - message: backendRequest timeout cannot be longer than request + timeout + rule: '!(has(self.request) && has(self.backendRequest) && + duration(self.request) != duration(''0s'') && duration(self.backendRequest) + > duration(self.request))' + type: object + x-kubernetes-validations: + - message: RequestRedirect filter must not be used together with + backendRefs + rule: '(has(self.backendRefs) && size(self.backendRefs) > 0) ? + (!has(self.filters) || self.filters.all(f, !has(f.requestRedirect))): + true' + - message: When using RequestRedirect filter with path.replacePrefixMatch, + exactly one PathPrefix match must be specified + rule: '(has(self.filters) && self.filters.exists_one(f, has(f.requestRedirect) + && has(f.requestRedirect.path) && f.requestRedirect.path.type + == ''ReplacePrefixMatch'' && has(f.requestRedirect.path.replacePrefixMatch))) + ? ((size(self.matches) != 1 || !has(self.matches[0].path) || + self.matches[0].path.type != ''PathPrefix'') ? false : true) + : true' + - message: When using URLRewrite filter with path.replacePrefixMatch, + exactly one PathPrefix match must be specified + rule: '(has(self.filters) && self.filters.exists_one(f, has(f.urlRewrite) + && has(f.urlRewrite.path) && f.urlRewrite.path.type == ''ReplacePrefixMatch'' + && has(f.urlRewrite.path.replacePrefixMatch))) ? ((size(self.matches) + != 1 || !has(self.matches[0].path) || self.matches[0].path.type + != ''PathPrefix'') ? false : true) : true' + - message: Within backendRefs, when using RequestRedirect filter + with path.replacePrefixMatch, exactly one PathPrefix match must + be specified + rule: '(has(self.backendRefs) && self.backendRefs.exists_one(b, + (has(b.filters) && b.filters.exists_one(f, has(f.requestRedirect) + && has(f.requestRedirect.path) && f.requestRedirect.path.type + == ''ReplacePrefixMatch'' && has(f.requestRedirect.path.replacePrefixMatch))) + )) ? ((size(self.matches) != 1 || !has(self.matches[0].path) + || self.matches[0].path.type != ''PathPrefix'') ? false : true) + : true' + - message: Within backendRefs, When using URLRewrite filter with + path.replacePrefixMatch, exactly one PathPrefix match must be + specified + rule: '(has(self.backendRefs) && self.backendRefs.exists_one(b, + (has(b.filters) && b.filters.exists_one(f, has(f.urlRewrite) + && has(f.urlRewrite.path) && f.urlRewrite.path.type == ''ReplacePrefixMatch'' + && has(f.urlRewrite.path.replacePrefixMatch))) )) ? ((size(self.matches) + != 1 || !has(self.matches[0].path) || self.matches[0].path.type + != ''PathPrefix'') ? false : true) : true' + maxItems: 16 + type: array + x-kubernetes-list-type: atomic + x-kubernetes-validations: + - message: While 16 rules and 64 matches per rule are allowed, the + total number of matches across all rules in a route must be less + than 128 + rule: '(self.size() > 0 ? self[0].matches.size() : 0) + (self.size() + > 1 ? self[1].matches.size() : 0) + (self.size() > 2 ? self[2].matches.size() + : 0) + (self.size() > 3 ? self[3].matches.size() : 0) + (self.size() + > 4 ? self[4].matches.size() : 0) + (self.size() > 5 ? self[5].matches.size() + : 0) + (self.size() > 6 ? self[6].matches.size() : 0) + (self.size() + > 7 ? self[7].matches.size() : 0) + (self.size() > 8 ? self[8].matches.size() + : 0) + (self.size() > 9 ? self[9].matches.size() : 0) + (self.size() + > 10 ? self[10].matches.size() : 0) + (self.size() > 11 ? self[11].matches.size() + : 0) + (self.size() > 12 ? self[12].matches.size() : 0) + (self.size() + > 13 ? self[13].matches.size() : 0) + (self.size() > 14 ? self[14].matches.size() + : 0) + (self.size() > 15 ? self[15].matches.size() : 0) <= 128' + type: object + status: + description: Status defines the current state of HTTPRoute. + properties: + parents: + description: |- + Parents is a list of parent resources (usually Gateways) that are + associated with the route, and the status of the route with respect to + each parent. When this route attaches to a parent, the controller that + manages the parent must add an entry to this list when the controller + first sees the route and should update the entry as appropriate when the + route or gateway is modified. + + Note that parent references that cannot be resolved by an implementation + of this API will not be added to this list. Implementations of this API + can only populate Route status for the Gateways/parent resources they are + responsible for. + + A maximum of 32 Gateways will be represented in this list. An empty list + means the route has not been attached to any Gateway. + items: + description: |- + RouteParentStatus describes the status of a route with respect to an + associated Parent. + properties: + conditions: + description: |- + Conditions describes the status of the route with respect to the Gateway. + Note that the route's availability is also subject to the Gateway's own + status conditions and listener status. + + If the Route's ParentRef specifies an existing Gateway that supports + Routes of this kind AND that Gateway's controller has sufficient access, + then that Gateway's controller MUST set the "Accepted" condition on the + Route, to indicate whether the route has been accepted or rejected by the + Gateway, and why. + + A Route MUST be considered "Accepted" if at least one of the Route's + rules is implemented by the Gateway. + + There are a number of cases where the "Accepted" condition may not be set + due to lack of controller visibility, that includes when: + + * The Route refers to a nonexistent parent. + * The Route is of a type that the controller does not support. + * The Route is in a namespace the controller does not have access to. + items: + description: Condition contains details for one aspect of + the current state of this API Resource. + properties: + lastTransitionTime: + description: |- + lastTransitionTime is the last time the condition transitioned from one status to another. + This should be when the underlying condition changed. If that is not known, then using the time when the API field changed is acceptable. + format: date-time + type: string + message: + description: |- + message is a human readable message indicating details about the transition. + This may be an empty string. + maxLength: 32768 + type: string + observedGeneration: + description: |- + observedGeneration represents the .metadata.generation that the condition was set based upon. + For instance, if .metadata.generation is currently 12, but the .status.conditions[x].observedGeneration is 9, the condition is out of date + with respect to the current state of the instance. + format: int64 + minimum: 0 + type: integer + reason: + description: |- + reason contains a programmatic identifier indicating the reason for the condition's last transition. + Producers of specific condition types may define expected values and meanings for this field, + and whether the values are considered a guaranteed API. + The value should be a CamelCase string. + This field may not be empty. + maxLength: 1024 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[A-Za-z]([A-Za-z0-9_,:]*[A-Za-z0-9_])?$ + type: string + status: + description: status of the condition, one of True, False, + Unknown. + enum: + - "True" + - "False" + - Unknown + type: string + type: + description: type of condition in CamelCase or in foo.example.com/CamelCase. + maxLength: 316 + pattern: ^([a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*/)?(([A-Za-z0-9][-A-Za-z0-9_.]*)?[A-Za-z0-9])$ + type: string + required: + - lastTransitionTime + - message + - reason + - status + - type + type: object + maxItems: 8 + minItems: 1 + type: array + x-kubernetes-list-map-keys: + - type + x-kubernetes-list-type: map + controllerName: + description: |- + ControllerName is a domain/path string that indicates the name of the + controller that wrote this status. This corresponds with the + controllerName field on GatewayClass. + + Example: "example.net/gateway-controller". + + The format of this field is DOMAIN "/" PATH, where DOMAIN and PATH are + valid Kubernetes names + (https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/names/#names). + + Controllers MUST populate this field when writing status. Controllers should ensure that + entries to status populated with their ControllerName are cleaned up when they are no + longer necessary. + maxLength: 253 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*\/[A-Za-z0-9\/\-._~%!$&'()*+,;=:]+$ + type: string + parentRef: + description: |- + ParentRef corresponds with a ParentRef in the spec that this + RouteParentStatus struct describes the status of. + properties: + group: + default: gateway.networking.k8s.io + description: |- + Group is the group of the referent. + When unspecified, "gateway.networking.k8s.io" is inferred. + To set the core API group (such as for a "Service" kind referent), + Group must be explicitly set to "" (empty string). + + Support: Core + maxLength: 253 + pattern: ^$|^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$ + type: string + kind: + default: Gateway + description: |- + Kind is kind of the referent. + + There are two kinds of parent resources with "Core" support: + + * Gateway (Gateway conformance profile) + * Service (Mesh conformance profile, ClusterIP Services only) + + Support for other resources is Implementation-Specific. + maxLength: 63 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[a-zA-Z]([-a-zA-Z0-9]*[a-zA-Z0-9])?$ + type: string + name: + description: |- + Name is the name of the referent. + + Support: Core + maxLength: 253 + minLength: 1 + type: string + namespace: + description: |- + Namespace is the namespace of the referent. When unspecified, this refers + to the local namespace of the Route. + + Note that there are specific rules for ParentRefs which cross namespace + boundaries. Cross-namespace references are only valid if they are explicitly + allowed by something in the namespace they are referring to. For example: + Gateway has the AllowedRoutes field, and ReferenceGrant provides a + generic way to enable any other kind of cross-namespace reference. + + Support: Core + maxLength: 63 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?$ + type: string + port: + description: |- + Port is the network port this Route targets. It can be interpreted + differently based on the type of parent resource. + + When the parent resource is a Gateway, this targets all listeners + listening on the specified port that also support this kind of Route(and + select this Route). It's not recommended to set `Port` unless the + networking behaviors specified in a Route must apply to a specific port + as opposed to a listener(s) whose port(s) may be changed. When both Port + and SectionName are specified, the name and port of the selected listener + must match both specified values. + + Implementations MAY choose to support other parent resources. + Implementations supporting other types of parent resources MUST clearly + document how/if Port is interpreted. + + For the purpose of status, an attachment is considered successful as + long as the parent resource accepts it partially. For example, Gateway + listeners can restrict which Routes can attach to them by Route kind, + namespace, or hostname. If 1 of 2 Gateway listeners accept attachment + from the referencing Route, the Route MUST be considered successfully + attached. If no Gateway listeners accept attachment from this Route, + the Route MUST be considered detached from the Gateway. + + Support: Extended + format: int32 + maximum: 65535 + minimum: 1 + type: integer + sectionName: + description: |- + SectionName is the name of a section within the target resource. In the + following resources, SectionName is interpreted as the following: + + * Gateway: Listener name. When both Port (experimental) and SectionName + are specified, the name and port of the selected listener must match + both specified values. + * Service: Port name. When both Port (experimental) and SectionName + are specified, the name and port of the selected listener must match + both specified values. + + Implementations MAY choose to support attaching Routes to other resources. + If that is the case, they MUST clearly document how SectionName is + interpreted. + + When unspecified (empty string), this will reference the entire resource. + For the purpose of status, an attachment is considered successful if at + least one section in the parent resource accepts it. For example, Gateway + listeners can restrict which Routes can attach to them by Route kind, + namespace, or hostname. If 1 of 2 Gateway listeners accept attachment from + the referencing Route, the Route MUST be considered successfully + attached. If no Gateway listeners accept attachment from this Route, the + Route MUST be considered detached from the Gateway. + + Support: Core + maxLength: 253 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$ + type: string + required: + - name + type: object + required: + - conditions + - controllerName + - parentRef + type: object + maxItems: 32 + type: array + x-kubernetes-list-type: atomic + required: + - parents + type: object + required: + - spec + type: object + served: true + storage: false + subresources: + status: {} +status: + acceptedNames: + kind: "" + plural: "" + conditions: null + storedVersions: null +{{- end }} +{{- end }} diff --git a/charts/kgateway/kgateway/charts/gateway-api/templates/crds/standard/gateway.networking.k8s.io_referencegrants.yaml b/charts/kgateway/kgateway/charts/gateway-api/templates/crds/standard/gateway.networking.k8s.io_referencegrants.yaml new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e1b5115ff --- /dev/null +++ b/charts/kgateway/kgateway/charts/gateway-api/templates/crds/standard/gateway.networking.k8s.io_referencegrants.yaml @@ -0,0 +1,195 @@ +{{- if eq .Values.specification "standard" }} +{{- $crd := lookup "apiextensions.k8s.io/v1" "CustomResourceDefinition" "" "referencegrants.gateway.networking.k8s.io" }} +{{- if not $crd }} +apiVersion: apiextensions.k8s.io/v1 +kind: CustomResourceDefinition +metadata: + annotations: + api-approved.kubernetes.io: https://github.com/kubernetes-sigs/gateway-api/pull/3328 + helm.sh/resource-policy: keep + gateway.networking.k8s.io/channel: standard + name: referencegrants.gateway.networking.k8s.io +spec: + group: gateway.networking.k8s.io + names: + categories: + - gateway-api + kind: ReferenceGrant + listKind: ReferenceGrantList + plural: referencegrants + shortNames: + - refgrant + singular: referencegrant + scope: Namespaced + versions: + - additionalPrinterColumns: + - jsonPath: .metadata.creationTimestamp + name: Age + type: date + name: v1beta1 + schema: + openAPIV3Schema: + description: |- + ReferenceGrant identifies kinds of resources in other namespaces that are + trusted to reference the specified kinds of resources in the same namespace + as the policy. + + Each ReferenceGrant can be used to represent a unique trust relationship. + Additional Reference Grants can be used to add to the set of trusted + sources of inbound references for the namespace they are defined within. + + All cross-namespace references in Gateway API (with the exception of cross-namespace + Gateway-route attachment) require a ReferenceGrant. + + ReferenceGrant is a form of runtime verification allowing users to assert + which cross-namespace object references are permitted. Implementations that + support ReferenceGrant MUST NOT permit cross-namespace references which have + no grant, and MUST respond to the removal of a grant by revoking the access + that the grant allowed. + properties: + apiVersion: + description: |- + APIVersion defines the versioned schema of this representation of an object. + Servers should convert recognized schemas to the latest internal value, and + may reject unrecognized values. + More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#resources + type: string + kind: + description: |- + Kind is a string value representing the REST resource this object represents. + Servers may infer this from the endpoint the client submits requests to. + Cannot be updated. + In CamelCase. + More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#types-kinds + type: string + metadata: + type: object + spec: + description: Spec defines the desired state of ReferenceGrant. + properties: + from: + description: |- + From describes the trusted namespaces and kinds that can reference the + resources described in "To". Each entry in this list MUST be considered + to be an additional place that references can be valid from, or to put + this another way, entries MUST be combined using OR. + + Support: Core + items: + description: ReferenceGrantFrom describes trusted namespaces and + kinds. + properties: + group: + description: |- + Group is the group of the referent. + When empty, the Kubernetes core API group is inferred. + + Support: Core + maxLength: 253 + pattern: ^$|^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$ + type: string + kind: + description: |- + Kind is the kind of the referent. Although implementations may support + additional resources, the following types are part of the "Core" + support level for this field. + + When used to permit a SecretObjectReference: + + * Gateway + + When used to permit a BackendObjectReference: + + * GRPCRoute + * HTTPRoute + * TCPRoute + * TLSRoute + * UDPRoute + maxLength: 63 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[a-zA-Z]([-a-zA-Z0-9]*[a-zA-Z0-9])?$ + type: string + namespace: + description: |- + Namespace is the namespace of the referent. + + Support: Core + maxLength: 63 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?$ + type: string + required: + - group + - kind + - namespace + type: object + maxItems: 16 + minItems: 1 + type: array + x-kubernetes-list-type: atomic + to: + description: |- + To describes the resources that may be referenced by the resources + described in "From". Each entry in this list MUST be considered to be an + additional place that references can be valid to, or to put this another + way, entries MUST be combined using OR. + + Support: Core + items: + description: |- + ReferenceGrantTo describes what Kinds are allowed as targets of the + references. + properties: + group: + description: |- + Group is the group of the referent. + When empty, the Kubernetes core API group is inferred. + + Support: Core + maxLength: 253 + pattern: ^$|^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$ + type: string + kind: + description: |- + Kind is the kind of the referent. Although implementations may support + additional resources, the following types are part of the "Core" + support level for this field: + + * Secret when used to permit a SecretObjectReference + * Service when used to permit a BackendObjectReference + maxLength: 63 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[a-zA-Z]([-a-zA-Z0-9]*[a-zA-Z0-9])?$ + type: string + name: + description: |- + Name is the name of the referent. When unspecified, this policy + refers to all resources of the specified Group and Kind in the local + namespace. + maxLength: 253 + minLength: 1 + type: string + required: + - group + - kind + type: object + maxItems: 16 + minItems: 1 + type: array + x-kubernetes-list-type: atomic + required: + - from + - to + type: object + type: object + served: true + storage: true + subresources: {} +status: + acceptedNames: + kind: "" + plural: "" + conditions: null + storedVersions: null +{{- end }} +{{- end }} diff --git a/charts/kgateway/kgateway/charts/gateway-api/values.schema.json b/charts/kgateway/kgateway/charts/gateway-api/values.schema.json new file mode 100644 index 000000000..09b6c5450 --- /dev/null +++ b/charts/kgateway/kgateway/charts/gateway-api/values.schema.json @@ -0,0 +1,14 @@ +{ + "$schema": "http://json-schema.org/schema#", + "type": "object", + "properties": { + "specification": { + "type": "string", + "description": "which type is deployed in your cluster", + "enum": [ + "standard", + "experimental" + ] + } + } +} diff --git a/charts/kgateway/kgateway/charts/gateway-api/values.yaml b/charts/kgateway/kgateway/charts/gateway-api/values.yaml new file mode 100644 index 000000000..c0cf9f9a5 --- /dev/null +++ b/charts/kgateway/kgateway/charts/gateway-api/values.yaml @@ -0,0 +1 @@ +specification: "standard" diff --git a/charts/kgateway/kgateway/charts/kgateway-crds/.helmignore b/charts/kgateway/kgateway/charts/kgateway-crds/.helmignore new file mode 100644 index 000000000..0e8a0eb36 --- /dev/null +++ b/charts/kgateway/kgateway/charts/kgateway-crds/.helmignore @@ -0,0 +1,23 @@ +# Patterns to ignore when building packages. +# This supports shell glob matching, relative path matching, and +# negation (prefixed with !). Only one pattern per line. +.DS_Store +# Common VCS dirs +.git/ +.gitignore +.bzr/ +.bzrignore +.hg/ +.hgignore +.svn/ +# Common backup files +*.swp +*.bak +*.tmp +*.orig +*~ +# Various IDEs +.project +.idea/ +*.tmproj +.vscode/ diff --git a/charts/kgateway/kgateway/charts/kgateway-crds/Chart.yaml b/charts/kgateway/kgateway/charts/kgateway-crds/Chart.yaml new file mode 100644 index 000000000..3bb32a3e9 --- /dev/null +++ b/charts/kgateway/kgateway/charts/kgateway-crds/Chart.yaml @@ -0,0 +1,7 @@ +apiVersion: v2 +appVersion: v2.2.1 +description: A Helm chart for the kgateway project CRDs +icon: https://raw.githubusercontent.com/kgateway-dev/kgateway.dev/main/static/favicon.svg +name: kgateway-crds +type: application +version: v2.2.1 diff --git a/charts/kgateway/kgateway/charts/kgateway-crds/README.md b/charts/kgateway/kgateway/charts/kgateway-crds/README.md new file mode 100644 index 000000000..d0fec745f --- /dev/null +++ b/charts/kgateway/kgateway/charts/kgateway-crds/README.md @@ -0,0 +1,8 @@ +# kgateway-crds + +![Version: v2.2.1](https://img.shields.io/badge/Version-v2.2.1-informational?style=flat-square) ![Type: application](https://img.shields.io/badge/Type-application-informational?style=flat-square) ![AppVersion: v2.2.1](https://img.shields.io/badge/AppVersion-v2.2.1-informational?style=flat-square) + +A Helm chart for the kgateway project CRDs + +---------------------------------------------- +Autogenerated from chart metadata using [helm-docs v1.11.0](https://github.com/norwoodj/helm-docs/releases/v1.11.0) diff --git a/charts/kgateway/kgateway/charts/kgateway-crds/templates/NOTES.txt b/charts/kgateway/kgateway/charts/kgateway-crds/templates/NOTES.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000..0cf2c75c6 --- /dev/null +++ b/charts/kgateway/kgateway/charts/kgateway-crds/templates/NOTES.txt @@ -0,0 +1,17 @@ +Thank you for installing the {{ .Chart.Name }} chart. + +This chart installs the Custom Resource Definitions (CRDs) required by kgateway. + +To verify that the CRDs have been installed: + + kubectl get crds | grep 'kgateway' + +To uninstall the CRDs: + + helm uninstall {{ .Release.Name }} --namespace {{ .Release.Namespace }} + +Note: The above command will remove the Custom Resource Definitions (CRDs) installed by this chart. + +To learn how to access and use kgateway, please visit the official documentation: + + https://kgateway.dev/docs/about/custom-resources/#kgateway diff --git a/charts/kgateway/kgateway/charts/kgateway-crds/templates/gateway.kgateway.dev_backendconfigpolicies.yaml b/charts/kgateway/kgateway/charts/kgateway-crds/templates/gateway.kgateway.dev_backendconfigpolicies.yaml new file mode 100644 index 000000000..f29c53e4a --- /dev/null +++ b/charts/kgateway/kgateway/charts/kgateway-crds/templates/gateway.kgateway.dev_backendconfigpolicies.yaml @@ -0,0 +1,1273 @@ +--- +apiVersion: apiextensions.k8s.io/v1 +kind: CustomResourceDefinition +metadata: + annotations: + controller-gen.kubebuilder.io/version: v0.19.1-0.20251023132335-bf7d6b742e6a + labels: + app: kgateway + app.kubernetes.io/name: kgateway + gateway.networking.k8s.io/policy: Direct + name: backendconfigpolicies.gateway.kgateway.dev +spec: + group: gateway.kgateway.dev + names: + categories: + - kgateway + kind: BackendConfigPolicy + listKind: BackendConfigPolicyList + plural: backendconfigpolicies + singular: backendconfigpolicy + scope: Namespaced + versions: + - additionalPrinterColumns: + - description: Backend config policy acceptance status + jsonPath: .status.ancestors[*].conditions[?(@.type=='Accepted')].status + name: Accepted + type: string + - description: Backend config policy attachment status + jsonPath: .status.ancestors[*].conditions[?(@.type=='Attached')].status + name: Attached + type: string + name: v1alpha1 + schema: + openAPIV3Schema: + properties: + apiVersion: + description: |- + APIVersion defines the versioned schema of this representation of an object. + Servers should convert recognized schemas to the latest internal value, and + may reject unrecognized values. + More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#resources + type: string + kind: + description: |- + Kind is a string value representing the REST resource this object represents. + Servers may infer this from the endpoint the client submits requests to. + Cannot be updated. + In CamelCase. + More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#types-kinds + type: string + metadata: + type: object + spec: + description: BackendConfigPolicySpec defines the desired state of BackendConfigPolicy. + properties: + circuitBreakers: + description: |- + CircuitBreakers contains the options necessary to configure circuit breaking. + See [Envoy documentation](https://www.envoyproxy.io/docs/envoy/latest/intro/arch_overview/upstream/circuit_breaking) for more details. + properties: + maxConnections: + description: |- + MaxConnections is the maximum number of connections that will be made to + the upstream cluster. If not specified, defaults to 1024. + format: int32 + minimum: 1 + type: integer + maxPendingRequests: + description: |- + MaxPendingRequests is the maximum number of pending requests that are + allowed to the upstream cluster. If not specified, defaults to 1024. + format: int32 + minimum: 1 + type: integer + maxRequests: + description: |- + MaxRequests is the maximum number of parallel requests that are allowed + to the upstream cluster. If not specified, defaults to 1024. + format: int32 + minimum: 1 + type: integer + maxRetries: + description: |- + MaxRetries is the maximum number of parallel retries that are allowed + to the upstream cluster. If not specified, defaults to 3. + format: int32 + minimum: 0 + type: integer + type: object + x-kubernetes-validations: + - message: at least one of the fields in [maxConnections maxPendingRequests + maxRequests maxRetries] must be set + rule: '[has(self.maxConnections),has(self.maxPendingRequests),has(self.maxRequests),has(self.maxRetries)].filter(x,x==true).size() + >= 1' + commonHttpProtocolOptions: + description: |- + Additional options when handling HTTP requests upstream, applicable to + both HTTP1 and HTTP2 requests. + properties: + idleTimeout: + description: "The idle timeout for connections. The idle timeout + is defined as the\nperiod in which there are no active requests. + When the\nidle timeout is reached the connection will be closed. + If the connection is an HTTP/2\ndownstream connection a drain + sequence will occur prior to closing the connection.\nNote that + request based timeouts mean that HTTP/2 PINGs will not keep + the connection alive.\nIf not specified, this defaults to 1 + hour. To disable idle timeouts explicitly set this to 0.\n\tDisabling + this timeout has a highly likelihood of yielding connection + leaks due to lost TCP\n\tFIN packets, etc." + type: string + x-kubernetes-validations: + - message: invalid duration value + rule: matches(self, '^([0-9]{1,5}(h|m|s|ms)){1,4}$') + maxHeadersCount: + description: |- + Specifies the maximum number of headers that the connection will accept. + If not specified, the default of 100 is used. Requests that exceed this limit will receive + a 431 response for HTTP/1.x and cause a stream reset for HTTP/2. + format: int32 + minimum: 0 + type: integer + maxRequestsPerConnection: + description: |- + Maximum requests for a single upstream connection. + If set to 0 or unspecified, defaults to unlimited. + format: int32 + minimum: 0 + type: integer + maxStreamDuration: + description: |- + Total duration to keep alive an HTTP request/response stream. If the time limit is reached the stream will be + reset independent of any other timeouts. If not specified, this value is not set. + type: string + x-kubernetes-validations: + - message: invalid duration value + rule: matches(self, '^([0-9]{1,5}(h|m|s|ms)){1,4}$') + type: object + connectTimeout: + description: The timeout for new network connections to hosts in the + cluster. + type: string + x-kubernetes-validations: + - message: invalid duration value + rule: matches(self, '^([0-9]{1,5}(h|m|s|ms)){1,4}$') + healthCheck: + description: HealthCheck contains the options necessary to configure + the health check. + properties: + grpc: + description: Grpc contains the options to configure the gRPC health + check. + properties: + authority: + description: |- + Authority is the authority header used to make the gRPC health check request. + If unset, the name of the cluster this health check is associated + with will be used. + type: string + serviceName: + description: ServiceName is the optional name of the service + to check. + type: string + type: object + healthyThreshold: + description: |- + HealthyThreshold is the number of healthy health checks required before a host is marked + healthy. Note that during startup, only a single successful health check is + required to mark a host healthy. + format: int32 + minimum: 0 + type: integer + http: + description: Http contains the options to configure the HTTP health + check. + properties: + host: + description: |- + Host is the value of the host header in the HTTP health check request. If + unset, the name of the cluster this health check is associated + with will be used. + type: string + method: + description: |- + Method is the HTTP method to use. + If unset, GET is used. + enum: + - GET + - HEAD + - POST + - PUT + - DELETE + - OPTIONS + - TRACE + - PATCH + type: string + path: + description: Path is the HTTP path requested. + type: string + required: + - path + type: object + interval: + description: Interval is the time between health checks. + type: string + x-kubernetes-validations: + - message: invalid duration value + rule: matches(self, '^([0-9]{1,5}(h|m|s|ms)){1,4}$') + timeout: + description: |- + Timeout is time to wait for a health check response. If the timeout is reached the + health check attempt will be considered a failure. + type: string + x-kubernetes-validations: + - message: invalid duration value + rule: matches(self, '^([0-9]{1,5}(h|m|s|ms)){1,4}$') + unhealthyThreshold: + description: |- + UnhealthyThreshold is the number of consecutive failed health checks that will be considered + unhealthy. + Note that for HTTP health checks, if a host responds with a code not in ExpectedStatuses or RetriableStatuses, + this threshold is ignored and the host is considered immediately unhealthy. + format: int32 + minimum: 0 + type: integer + required: + - healthyThreshold + - interval + - timeout + - unhealthyThreshold + type: object + x-kubernetes-validations: + - message: exactly one of http or grpc must be set + rule: has(self.http) != has(self.grpc) + http1ProtocolOptions: + description: Additional options when handling HTTP1 requests upstream. + properties: + enableTrailers: + description: |- + Enables trailers for HTTP/1. By default the HTTP/1 codec drops proxied trailers. + Note: Trailers must also be enabled at the gateway level in order for this option to take effect + type: boolean + overrideStreamErrorOnInvalidHttpMessage: + description: |- + Allows invalid HTTP messaging. When this option is false, then Envoy will terminate + HTTP/1.1 connections upon receiving an invalid HTTP message. However, + when this option is true, then Envoy will leave the HTTP/1.1 connection + open where possible. + type: boolean + preserveHttp1HeaderCase: + description: |- + PreserveHttp1HeaderCase determines whether to preserve the case of HTTP1 response headers. + See here for more information: https://www.envoyproxy.io/docs/envoy/latest/configuration/http/http_conn_man/header_casing + type: boolean + type: object + http2ProtocolOptions: + description: |- + Http2ProtocolOptions contains the options necessary to configure HTTP/2 backends. + Note: Http2ProtocolOptions can only be applied to HTTP/2 backends. + See [Envoy documentation](https://www.envoyproxy.io/docs/envoy/latest/api-v3/extensions/transport_sockets/tls/v3/tls.proto#envoy-v3-api-msg-extensions-transport-sockets-tls-v3-sslconfig) for more details. + properties: + initialConnectionWindowSize: + anyOf: + - type: integer + - type: string + description: |- + InitialConnectionWindowSize is similar to InitialStreamWindowSize, but for the connection level. + Same range and default value as InitialStreamWindowSize. + Values can be specified with units like "64Ki". + pattern: ^(\+|-)?(([0-9]+(\.[0-9]*)?)|(\.[0-9]+))(([KMGTPE]i)|[numkMGTPE]|([eE](\+|-)?(([0-9]+(\.[0-9]*)?)|(\.[0-9]+))))?$ + x-kubernetes-int-or-string: true + x-kubernetes-validations: + - message: InitialConnectionWindowSize must be between 65535 and + 2147483647 bytes (inclusive) + rule: (type(self) == int && int(self) >= 65535 && int(self) + <= 2147483647) || (type(self) == string && quantity(self).isGreaterThan(quantity('65534')) + && quantity(self).isLessThan(quantity('2147483648'))) + initialStreamWindowSize: + anyOf: + - type: integer + - type: string + description: |- + InitialStreamWindowSize is the initial window size for the stream. + Valid values range from 65535 (2^16 - 1, HTTP/2 default) to 2147483647 (2^31 - 1, HTTP/2 maximum). + Defaults to 268435456 (256 * 1024 * 1024). + Values can be specified with units like "64Ki". + pattern: ^(\+|-)?(([0-9]+(\.[0-9]*)?)|(\.[0-9]+))(([KMGTPE]i)|[numkMGTPE]|([eE](\+|-)?(([0-9]+(\.[0-9]*)?)|(\.[0-9]+))))?$ + x-kubernetes-int-or-string: true + x-kubernetes-validations: + - message: InitialStreamWindowSize must be between 65535 and 2147483647 + bytes (inclusive) + rule: (type(self) == int && int(self) >= 65535 && int(self) + <= 2147483647) || (type(self) == string && quantity(self).isGreaterThan(quantity('65534')) + && quantity(self).isLessThan(quantity('2147483648'))) + maxConcurrentStreams: + description: The maximum number of concurrent streams that the + connection can have. + format: int32 + minimum: 0 + type: integer + overrideStreamErrorOnInvalidHttpMessage: + description: |- + Allows invalid HTTP messaging and headers. When disabled (default), then + the whole HTTP/2 connection is terminated upon receiving invalid HEADERS frame. + When enabled, only the offending stream is terminated. + type: boolean + type: object + loadBalancer: + description: LoadBalancer contains the options necessary to configure + the load balancer. + properties: + closeConnectionsOnHostSetChange: + description: |- + If set to true, the load balancer will drain connections when the host set changes. + + Ring Hash or Maglev can be used to ensure that clients with the same key + are routed to the same upstream host. + Distruptions can cause new connections with the same key as existing connections + to be routed to different hosts. + Enabling this feature will cause the load balancer to drain existing connections + when the host set changes, ensuring that new connections with the same key are + consistently routed to the same host. + Connections are not immediately closed, but are allowed to drain + before being closed. + type: boolean + healthyPanicThreshold: + description: |- + HealthyPanicThreshold configures envoy's panic threshold percentage between 0-100. Once the number of non-healthy hosts + reaches this percentage, envoy disregards health information. + See [Envoy documentation](https://www.envoyproxy.io/docs/envoy/latest/intro/arch_overview/upstream/load_balancing/panic_threshold.html). + format: int32 + maximum: 100 + minimum: 0 + type: integer + leastRequest: + description: LeastRequest configures the least request load balancer + type. + properties: + choiceCount: + default: 2 + description: |- + How many choices to take into account. + Defaults to 2. + format: int32 + type: integer + slowStart: + description: SlowStart configures the slow start configuration + for the load balancer. + properties: + aggression: + description: |- + This parameter controls the speed of traffic increase over the slow start window. Defaults to 1.0, + so that endpoint would get linearly increasing amount of traffic. + When increasing the value for this parameter, the speed of traffic ramp-up increases non-linearly. + The value of aggression parameter should be greater than 0.0. + By tuning the parameter, is possible to achieve polynomial or exponential shape of ramp-up curve. + + During slow start window, effective weight of an endpoint would be scaled with time factor and aggression: + `new_weight = weight * max(min_weight_percent, time_factor ^ (1 / aggression))`, + where `time_factor=(time_since_start_seconds / slow_start_time_seconds)`. + + As time progresses, more and more traffic would be sent to endpoint, which is in slow start window. + Once host exits slow start, time_factor and aggression no longer affect its weight. + type: string + x-kubernetes-validations: + - message: Aggression, if specified, must be a string + representing a number greater than 0.0 + rule: (self.matches('^-?(?:[0-9]+(?:\\.[0-9]*)?|\\.[0-9]+)$') + && double(self) > 0.0) + minWeightPercent: + description: Minimum weight percentage of an endpoint + during slow start. + format: int32 + maximum: 100 + minimum: 0 + type: integer + window: + description: |- + Represents the size of slow start window. + If set, the newly created host remains in slow start mode starting from its creation time + for the duration of slow start window. + type: string + x-kubernetes-validations: + - message: invalid duration value + rule: matches(self, '^([0-9]{1,5}(h|m|s|ms)){1,4}$') + type: object + type: object + localityType: + description: |- + LocalityType specifies the locality config type to use. + See https://www.envoyproxy.io/docs/envoy/latest/api-v3/extensions/load_balancing_policies/common/v3/common.proto#envoy-v3-api-msg-extensions-load-balancing-policies-common-v3-localitylbconfig + enum: + - WeightedLb + type: string + maglev: + description: Maglev configures the maglev load balancer type. + properties: + hashPolicies: + description: HashPolicies specifies the hash policies for + hashing load balancers (RingHash, Maglev). + items: + properties: + cookie: + description: Cookie specifies a given cookie as a component + of the hash key. + properties: + httpOnly: + description: HttpOnly specifies whether the cookie + is HTTP only, i.e. not accessible to JavaScript. + type: boolean + name: + description: Name of the cookie. + minLength: 1 + type: string + path: + description: Path is the name of the path for the + cookie. + type: string + sameSite: + description: |- + SameSite controls cross-site sending of cookies. + Supported values are Strict, Lax, and None. + enum: + - Strict + - Lax + - None + type: string + secure: + description: |- + Secure specifies whether the cookie is secure. + If true, the cookie will only be sent over HTTPS. + type: boolean + ttl: + description: |- + TTL specifies the time to live of the cookie. + If specified, a cookie with the TTL will be generated if the cookie is not present. + If the TTL is present and zero, the generated cookie will be a session cookie. + type: string + x-kubernetes-validations: + - message: invalid duration value + rule: matches(self, '^([0-9]{1,5}(h|m|s|ms)){1,4}$') + required: + - name + type: object + header: + description: Header specifies a header's value as a + component of the hash key. + properties: + name: + description: Name is the name of the header to use + as a component of the hash key. + minLength: 1 + type: string + required: + - name + type: object + sourceIP: + description: SourceIP specifies whether to use the request's + source IP address as a component of the hash key. + type: object + terminal: + description: |- + Terminal, if set, and a hash key is available after evaluating this policy, will cause Envoy to skip the subsequent policies and + use the key as it is. + This is useful for defining "fallback" policies and limiting the time Envoy spends generating hash keys. + type: boolean + type: object + x-kubernetes-validations: + - message: exactly one of the fields in [header cookie sourceIP] + must be set + rule: '[has(self.header),has(self.cookie),has(self.sourceIP)].filter(x,x==true).size() + == 1' + maxItems: 16 + minItems: 1 + type: array + useHostnameForHashing: + description: |- + UseHostnameForHashing specifies whether to use the hostname instead of the resolved IP address for hashing. + Defaults to false. + type: boolean + type: object + random: + description: Random configures the random load balancer type. + type: object + ringHash: + description: RingHash configures the ring hash load balancer type. + properties: + hashPolicies: + description: HashPolicies specifies the hash policies for + hashing load balancers (RingHash, Maglev). + items: + properties: + cookie: + description: Cookie specifies a given cookie as a component + of the hash key. + properties: + httpOnly: + description: HttpOnly specifies whether the cookie + is HTTP only, i.e. not accessible to JavaScript. + type: boolean + name: + description: Name of the cookie. + minLength: 1 + type: string + path: + description: Path is the name of the path for the + cookie. + type: string + sameSite: + description: |- + SameSite controls cross-site sending of cookies. + Supported values are Strict, Lax, and None. + enum: + - Strict + - Lax + - None + type: string + secure: + description: |- + Secure specifies whether the cookie is secure. + If true, the cookie will only be sent over HTTPS. + type: boolean + ttl: + description: |- + TTL specifies the time to live of the cookie. + If specified, a cookie with the TTL will be generated if the cookie is not present. + If the TTL is present and zero, the generated cookie will be a session cookie. + type: string + x-kubernetes-validations: + - message: invalid duration value + rule: matches(self, '^([0-9]{1,5}(h|m|s|ms)){1,4}$') + required: + - name + type: object + header: + description: Header specifies a header's value as a + component of the hash key. + properties: + name: + description: Name is the name of the header to use + as a component of the hash key. + minLength: 1 + type: string + required: + - name + type: object + sourceIP: + description: SourceIP specifies whether to use the request's + source IP address as a component of the hash key. + type: object + terminal: + description: |- + Terminal, if set, and a hash key is available after evaluating this policy, will cause Envoy to skip the subsequent policies and + use the key as it is. + This is useful for defining "fallback" policies and limiting the time Envoy spends generating hash keys. + type: boolean + type: object + x-kubernetes-validations: + - message: exactly one of the fields in [header cookie sourceIP] + must be set + rule: '[has(self.header),has(self.cookie),has(self.sourceIP)].filter(x,x==true).size() + == 1' + maxItems: 16 + minItems: 1 + type: array + maximumRingSize: + description: MaximumRingSize is the maximum size of the ring. + format: int64 + minimum: 0 + type: integer + minimumRingSize: + description: MinimumRingSize is the minimum size of the ring. + format: int64 + minimum: 0 + type: integer + useHostnameForHashing: + description: |- + UseHostnameForHashing specifies whether to use the hostname instead of the resolved IP address for hashing. + Defaults to false. + type: boolean + type: object + roundRobin: + description: RoundRobin configures the round robin load balancer + type. + properties: + slowStart: + description: SlowStart configures the slow start configuration + for the load balancer. + properties: + aggression: + description: |- + This parameter controls the speed of traffic increase over the slow start window. Defaults to 1.0, + so that endpoint would get linearly increasing amount of traffic. + When increasing the value for this parameter, the speed of traffic ramp-up increases non-linearly. + The value of aggression parameter should be greater than 0.0. + By tuning the parameter, is possible to achieve polynomial or exponential shape of ramp-up curve. + + During slow start window, effective weight of an endpoint would be scaled with time factor and aggression: + `new_weight = weight * max(min_weight_percent, time_factor ^ (1 / aggression))`, + where `time_factor=(time_since_start_seconds / slow_start_time_seconds)`. + + As time progresses, more and more traffic would be sent to endpoint, which is in slow start window. + Once host exits slow start, time_factor and aggression no longer affect its weight. + type: string + x-kubernetes-validations: + - message: Aggression, if specified, must be a string + representing a number greater than 0.0 + rule: (self.matches('^-?(?:[0-9]+(?:\\.[0-9]*)?|\\.[0-9]+)$') + && double(self) > 0.0) + minWeightPercent: + description: Minimum weight percentage of an endpoint + during slow start. + format: int32 + maximum: 100 + minimum: 0 + type: integer + window: + description: |- + Represents the size of slow start window. + If set, the newly created host remains in slow start mode starting from its creation time + for the duration of slow start window. + type: string + x-kubernetes-validations: + - message: invalid duration value + rule: matches(self, '^([0-9]{1,5}(h|m|s|ms)){1,4}$') + type: object + type: object + updateMergeWindow: + description: |- + This allows batch updates of endpoints health/weight/metadata that happen during a time window. + this help lower cpu usage when endpoint change rate is high. defaults to 1 second. + Set to 0 to disable and have changes applied immediately. + type: string + x-kubernetes-validations: + - message: invalid duration value + rule: matches(self, '^([0-9]{1,5}(h|m|s|ms)){1,4}$') + type: object + x-kubernetes-validations: + - message: exactly one of the fields in [leastRequest roundRobin ringHash + maglev random] must be set + rule: '[has(self.leastRequest),has(self.roundRobin),has(self.ringHash),has(self.maglev),has(self.random)].filter(x,x==true).size() + == 1' + outlierDetection: + description: OutlierDetection contains the options necessary to configure + passive health checking. + properties: + baseEjectionTime: + default: 30s + description: |- + The base time that a host is ejected for. The real time is equal to the + base time multiplied by the number of times the host has been ejected. + Defaults to 30s. + type: string + x-kubernetes-validations: + - message: invalid duration value + rule: matches(self, '^([0-9]{1,5}(h|m|s|ms)){1,4}$') + - message: baseEjectionTime must be at least 1ms + rule: duration(self) >= duration('1ms') + consecutive5xx: + default: 5 + description: |- + The number of consecutive server-side error responses (for HTTP traffic, + 5xx responses; for TCP traffic, connection failures; etc.) before an + ejection occurs. Defaults to 5. If this is zero, consecutive 5xx passive + health checks will be disabled. In the future, other types of passive + health checking might be added, but none will be enabled by default. + format: int32 + minimum: 0 + type: integer + interval: + default: 10s + description: |- + The time interval between ejection analysis sweeps. This can result in + both new ejections as well as hosts being returned to service. Defaults + to 10s. + type: string + x-kubernetes-validations: + - message: invalid duration value + rule: matches(self, '^([0-9]{1,5}(h|m|s|ms)){1,4}$') + - message: interval must be at least 1ms + rule: duration(self) >= duration('1ms') + maxEjectionPercent: + default: 10 + description: |- + The maximum % of an upstream cluster that can be ejected due to outlier + detection. Defaults to 10%. + format: int32 + maximum: 100 + minimum: 0 + type: integer + type: object + perConnectionBufferLimitBytes: + description: |- + Soft limit on the size of the cluster's connections read and write buffers. + If unspecified, an implementation-defined default is applied (1MiB). + format: int32 + minimum: 0 + type: integer + targetRefs: + description: TargetRefs specifies the target references to attach + the policy to. + items: + description: |- + Select the object to attach the policy by Group, Kind, and Name. + The object must be in the same namespace as the policy. + You can target only one object at a time. + properties: + group: + description: |- + The API group of the target resource. + For Kubernetes Gateway API resources, the group is `gateway.networking.k8s.io`. + maxLength: 253 + pattern: ^$|^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$ + type: string + kind: + description: |- + The API kind of the target resource, + such as Gateway or HTTPRoute. + maxLength: 63 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[a-zA-Z]([-a-zA-Z0-9]*[a-zA-Z0-9])?$ + type: string + name: + description: The name of the target resource. + maxLength: 253 + minLength: 1 + type: string + required: + - group + - kind + - name + type: object + maxItems: 16 + minItems: 1 + type: array + x-kubernetes-validations: + - message: TargetRefs must reference either a Kubernetes Service, + a Backend, or an Istio Hostname + rule: self.all(r, (r.group == '' && r.kind == 'Service') || (r.group + == 'gateway.kgateway.dev' && r.kind == 'Backend') || (r.group + == 'networking.istio.io' && r.kind == 'Hostname')) + targetSelectors: + description: TargetSelectors specifies the target selectors to select + resources to attach the policy to. + items: + description: |- + LocalPolicyTargetSelector selects the object to attach the policy by Group, Kind, and MatchLabels. + The object must be in the same namespace as the policy and match the + specified labels. + Do not use targetSelectors when reconciliation times are critical, especially if you + have a large number of policies that target the same resource. + Instead, use targetRefs to attach the policy. + properties: + group: + description: |- + The API group of the target resource. + For Kubernetes Gateway API resources, the group is `gateway.networking.k8s.io`. + maxLength: 253 + pattern: ^$|^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$ + type: string + kind: + description: |- + The API kind of the target resource, + such as Gateway or HTTPRoute. + maxLength: 63 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[a-zA-Z]([-a-zA-Z0-9]*[a-zA-Z0-9])?$ + type: string + matchLabels: + additionalProperties: + type: string + description: Label selector to select the target resource. + type: object + required: + - group + - kind + - matchLabels + type: object + type: array + x-kubernetes-validations: + - message: TargetSelectors must reference either a Kubernetes Service, + a Backend, or an Istio Hostname + rule: self.all(r, (r.group == '' && r.kind == 'Service') || (r.group + == 'gateway.kgateway.dev' && r.kind == 'Backend') || (r.group + == 'networking.istio.io' && r.kind == 'Hostname')) + tcpKeepalive: + description: Configure OS-level TCP keepalive checks. + properties: + keepAliveInterval: + description: The number of seconds between keep-alive probes. + type: string + x-kubernetes-validations: + - message: invalid duration value + rule: matches(self, '^([0-9]{1,5}(h|m|s|ms)){1,4}$') + - message: keepAliveInterval must be at least 1 second + rule: duration(self) >= duration('1s') + keepAliveProbes: + description: Maximum number of keep-alive probes to send before + dropping the connection. + format: int32 + minimum: 0 + type: integer + keepAliveTime: + description: The number of seconds a connection needs to be idle + before keep-alive probes start being sent. + type: string + x-kubernetes-validations: + - message: invalid duration value + rule: matches(self, '^([0-9]{1,5}(h|m|s|ms)){1,4}$') + - message: keepAliveTime must be at least 1 second + rule: duration(self) >= duration('1s') + type: object + tls: + description: |- + TLS contains the options necessary to configure a backend to use TLS origination. + See [Envoy documentation](https://www.envoyproxy.io/docs/envoy/latest/api-v3/extensions/transport_sockets/tls/v3/tls.proto#envoy-v3-api-msg-extensions-transport-sockets-tls-v3-sslconfig) for more details. + properties: + allowRenegotiation: + description: |- + Allow Tls renegotiation, the default value is false. + TLS renegotiation is considered insecure and shouldn't be used unless absolutely necessary. + type: boolean + alpnProtocols: + description: |- + Set Application Level Protocol Negotiation + If empty, defaults to ["h2", "http/1.1"]. + items: + type: string + type: array + files: + description: File paths to certificates local to the proxy. + properties: + rootCA: + minLength: 1 + type: string + tlsCertificate: + minLength: 1 + type: string + tlsKey: + minLength: 1 + type: string + type: object + x-kubernetes-validations: + - message: At least one of tlsCertificate, tlsKey, or rootCA must + be set in TLSFiles + rule: has(self.tlsCertificate) || has(self.tlsKey) || has(self.rootCA) + insecureSkipVerify: + description: |- + InsecureSkipVerify originates TLS but skips verification of the backend's certificate. + WARNING: This is an insecure option that should only be used if the risks are understood. + type: boolean + parameters: + description: |- + General TLS parameters. See the [envoy docs](https://www.envoyproxy.io/docs/envoy/latest/api-v3/extensions/transport_sockets/tls/v3/common.proto#extensions-transport-sockets-tls-v3-tlsparameters) + for more information on the meaning of these values. + properties: + cipherSuites: + items: + type: string + type: array + ecdhCurves: + items: + type: string + type: array + maxVersion: + description: Maximum TLS version. + enum: + - AUTO + - "1.0" + - "1.1" + - "1.2" + - "1.3" + type: string + minVersion: + description: Minimum TLS version. + enum: + - AUTO + - "1.0" + - "1.1" + - "1.2" + - "1.3" + type: string + type: object + secretRef: + description: Reference to the TLS secret containing the certificate, + key, and optionally the root CA. + properties: + name: + default: "" + description: |- + Name of the referent. + This field is effectively required, but due to backwards compatibility is + allowed to be empty. Instances of this type with an empty value here are + almost certainly wrong. + More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/names/#names + type: string + type: object + x-kubernetes-map-type: atomic + simpleTLS: + description: |- + If the TLS config has the tls cert and key provided, kgateway uses it to perform mTLS by default. + Set simpleTLS to true to disable mTLS in favor of server-only TLS (one-way TLS), even if kgateway has the client cert. + If unset, defaults to false. + type: boolean + sni: + description: The SNI domains that should be considered for TLS + connection + minLength: 1 + type: string + verifySubjectAltNames: + description: |- + Verify that the Subject Alternative Name in the peer certificate is one of the specified values. + note that a root_ca must be provided if this option is used. + items: + type: string + type: array + wellKnownCACertificates: + description: |- + WellKnownCACertificates specifies whether to use a well-known set of CA + certificates for validating the backend's certificate chain. Currently, + only the system certificate pool is supported via SDS. + enum: + - System + type: string + type: object + x-kubernetes-validations: + - message: exactly one of the fields in [secretRef files insecureSkipVerify + wellKnownCACertificates] must be set + rule: '[has(self.secretRef),has(self.files),has(self.insecureSkipVerify),has(self.wellKnownCACertificates)].filter(x,x==true).size() + == 1' + type: object + x-kubernetes-validations: + - message: at most one of the fields in [http1ProtocolOptions http2ProtocolOptions] + may be set + rule: '[has(self.http1ProtocolOptions),has(self.http2ProtocolOptions)].filter(x,x==true).size() + <= 1' + status: + description: |- + PolicyStatus defines the common attributes that all Policies should include within + their status. + properties: + ancestors: + description: |- + Ancestors is a list of ancestor resources (usually Gateways) that are + associated with the policy, and the status of the policy with respect to + each ancestor. When this policy attaches to a parent, the controller that + manages the parent and the ancestors MUST add an entry to this list when + the controller first sees the policy and SHOULD update the entry as + appropriate when the relevant ancestor is modified. + + Note that choosing the relevant ancestor is left to the Policy designers; + an important part of Policy design is designing the right object level at + which to namespace this status. + + Note also that implementations MUST ONLY populate ancestor status for + the Ancestor resources they are responsible for. Implementations MUST + use the ControllerName field to uniquely identify the entries in this list + that they are responsible for. + + Note that to achieve this, the list of PolicyAncestorStatus structs + MUST be treated as a map with a composite key, made up of the AncestorRef + and ControllerName fields combined. + + A maximum of 16 ancestors will be represented in this list. An empty list + means the Policy is not relevant for any ancestors. + + If this slice is full, implementations MUST NOT add further entries. + Instead they MUST consider the policy unimplementable and signal that + on any related resources such as the ancestor that would be referenced + here. For example, if this list was full on BackendTLSPolicy, no + additional Gateways would be able to reference the Service targeted by + the BackendTLSPolicy. + items: + description: |- + PolicyAncestorStatus describes the status of a route with respect to an + associated Ancestor. + + Ancestors refer to objects that are either the Target of a policy or above it + in terms of object hierarchy. For example, if a policy targets a Service, the + Policy's Ancestors are, in order, the Service, the HTTPRoute, the Gateway, and + the GatewayClass. Almost always, in this hierarchy, the Gateway will be the most + useful object to place Policy status on, so we recommend that implementations + SHOULD use Gateway as the PolicyAncestorStatus object unless the designers + have a _very_ good reason otherwise. + + In the context of policy attachment, the Ancestor is used to distinguish which + resource results in a distinct application of this policy. For example, if a policy + targets a Service, it may have a distinct result per attached Gateway. + + Policies targeting the same resource may have different effects depending on the + ancestors of those resources. For example, different Gateways targeting the same + Service may have different capabilities, especially if they have different underlying + implementations. + + For example, in BackendTLSPolicy, the Policy attaches to a Service that is + used as a backend in a HTTPRoute that is itself attached to a Gateway. + In this case, the relevant object for status is the Gateway, and that is the + ancestor object referred to in this status. + + Note that a parent is also an ancestor, so for objects where the parent is the + relevant object for status, this struct SHOULD still be used. + + This struct is intended to be used in a slice that's effectively a map, + with a composite key made up of the AncestorRef and the ControllerName. + properties: + ancestorRef: + description: |- + AncestorRef corresponds with a ParentRef in the spec that this + PolicyAncestorStatus struct describes the status of. + properties: + group: + default: gateway.networking.k8s.io + description: |- + Group is the group of the referent. + When unspecified, "gateway.networking.k8s.io" is inferred. + To set the core API group (such as for a "Service" kind referent), + Group must be explicitly set to "" (empty string). + + Support: Core + maxLength: 253 + pattern: ^$|^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$ + type: string + kind: + default: Gateway + description: |- + Kind is kind of the referent. + + There are two kinds of parent resources with "Core" support: + + * Gateway (Gateway conformance profile) + * Service (Mesh conformance profile, ClusterIP Services only) + + Support for other resources is Implementation-Specific. + maxLength: 63 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[a-zA-Z]([-a-zA-Z0-9]*[a-zA-Z0-9])?$ + type: string + name: + description: |- + Name is the name of the referent. + + Support: Core + maxLength: 253 + minLength: 1 + type: string + namespace: + description: |- + Namespace is the namespace of the referent. When unspecified, this refers + to the local namespace of the Route. + + Note that there are specific rules for ParentRefs which cross namespace + boundaries. Cross-namespace references are only valid if they are explicitly + allowed by something in the namespace they are referring to. For example: + Gateway has the AllowedRoutes field, and ReferenceGrant provides a + generic way to enable any other kind of cross-namespace reference. + + + ParentRefs from a Route to a Service in the same namespace are "producer" + routes, which apply default routing rules to inbound connections from + any namespace to the Service. + + ParentRefs from a Route to a Service in a different namespace are + "consumer" routes, and these routing rules are only applied to outbound + connections originating from the same namespace as the Route, for which + the intended destination of the connections are a Service targeted as a + ParentRef of the Route. + + + Support: Core + maxLength: 63 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?$ + type: string + port: + description: |- + Port is the network port this Route targets. It can be interpreted + differently based on the type of parent resource. + + When the parent resource is a Gateway, this targets all listeners + listening on the specified port that also support this kind of Route(and + select this Route). It's not recommended to set `Port` unless the + networking behaviors specified in a Route must apply to a specific port + as opposed to a listener(s) whose port(s) may be changed. When both Port + and SectionName are specified, the name and port of the selected listener + must match both specified values. + + + When the parent resource is a Service, this targets a specific port in the + Service spec. When both Port (experimental) and SectionName are specified, + the name and port of the selected port must match both specified values. + + + Implementations MAY choose to support other parent resources. + Implementations supporting other types of parent resources MUST clearly + document how/if Port is interpreted. + + For the purpose of status, an attachment is considered successful as + long as the parent resource accepts it partially. For example, Gateway + listeners can restrict which Routes can attach to them by Route kind, + namespace, or hostname. If 1 of 2 Gateway listeners accept attachment + from the referencing Route, the Route MUST be considered successfully + attached. If no Gateway listeners accept attachment from this Route, + the Route MUST be considered detached from the Gateway. + + Support: Extended + format: int32 + maximum: 65535 + minimum: 1 + type: integer + sectionName: + description: |- + SectionName is the name of a section within the target resource. In the + following resources, SectionName is interpreted as the following: + + * Gateway: Listener name. When both Port (experimental) and SectionName + are specified, the name and port of the selected listener must match + both specified values. + * Service: Port name. When both Port (experimental) and SectionName + are specified, the name and port of the selected listener must match + both specified values. + + Implementations MAY choose to support attaching Routes to other resources. + If that is the case, they MUST clearly document how SectionName is + interpreted. + + When unspecified (empty string), this will reference the entire resource. + For the purpose of status, an attachment is considered successful if at + least one section in the parent resource accepts it. For example, Gateway + listeners can restrict which Routes can attach to them by Route kind, + namespace, or hostname. If 1 of 2 Gateway listeners accept attachment from + the referencing Route, the Route MUST be considered successfully + attached. If no Gateway listeners accept attachment from this Route, the + Route MUST be considered detached from the Gateway. + + Support: Core + maxLength: 253 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$ + type: string + required: + - name + type: object + conditions: + description: |- + Conditions describes the status of the Policy with respect to the given Ancestor. + + + + Notes for implementors: + + Conditions are a listType `map`, which means that they function like a + map with a key of the `type` field _in the k8s apiserver_. + + This means that implementations must obey some rules when updating this + section. + + * Implementations MUST perform a read-modify-write cycle on this field + before modifying it. That is, when modifying this field, implementations + must be confident they have fetched the most recent version of this field, + and ensure that changes they make are on that recent version. + * Implementations MUST NOT remove or reorder Conditions that they are not + directly responsible for. For example, if an implementation sees a Condition + with type `special.io/SomeField`, it MUST NOT remove, change or update that + Condition. + * Implementations MUST always _merge_ changes into Conditions of the same Type, + rather than creating more than one Condition of the same Type. + * Implementations MUST always update the `observedGeneration` field of the + Condition to the `metadata.generation` of the Gateway at the time of update creation. + * If the `observedGeneration` of a Condition is _greater than_ the value the + implementation knows about, then it MUST NOT perform the update on that Condition, + but must wait for a future reconciliation and status update. (The assumption is that + the implementation's copy of the object is stale and an update will be re-triggered + if relevant.) + + + items: + description: Condition contains details for one aspect of + the current state of this API Resource. + properties: + lastTransitionTime: + description: |- + lastTransitionTime is the last time the condition transitioned from one status to another. + This should be when the underlying condition changed. If that is not known, then using the time when the API field changed is acceptable. + format: date-time + type: string + message: + description: |- + message is a human readable message indicating details about the transition. + This may be an empty string. + maxLength: 32768 + type: string + observedGeneration: + description: |- + observedGeneration represents the .metadata.generation that the condition was set based upon. + For instance, if .metadata.generation is currently 12, but the .status.conditions[x].observedGeneration is 9, the condition is out of date + with respect to the current state of the instance. + format: int64 + minimum: 0 + type: integer + reason: + description: |- + reason contains a programmatic identifier indicating the reason for the condition's last transition. + Producers of specific condition types may define expected values and meanings for this field, + and whether the values are considered a guaranteed API. + The value should be a CamelCase string. + This field may not be empty. + maxLength: 1024 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[A-Za-z]([A-Za-z0-9_,:]*[A-Za-z0-9_])?$ + type: string + status: + description: status of the condition, one of True, False, + Unknown. + enum: + - "True" + - "False" + - Unknown + type: string + type: + description: type of condition in CamelCase or in foo.example.com/CamelCase. + maxLength: 316 + pattern: ^([a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*/)?(([A-Za-z0-9][-A-Za-z0-9_.]*)?[A-Za-z0-9])$ + type: string + required: + - lastTransitionTime + - message + - reason + - status + - type + type: object + maxItems: 8 + minItems: 1 + type: array + x-kubernetes-list-map-keys: + - type + x-kubernetes-list-type: map + controllerName: + description: |- + ControllerName is a domain/path string that indicates the name of the + controller that wrote this status. This corresponds with the + controllerName field on GatewayClass. + + Example: "example.net/gateway-controller". + + The format of this field is DOMAIN "/" PATH, where DOMAIN and PATH are + valid Kubernetes names + (https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/names/#names). + + Controllers MUST populate this field when writing status. Controllers should ensure that + entries to status populated with their ControllerName are cleaned up when they are no + longer necessary. + maxLength: 253 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*\/[A-Za-z0-9\/\-._~%!$&'()*+,;=:]+$ + type: string + required: + - ancestorRef + - conditions + - controllerName + type: object + maxItems: 16 + type: array + x-kubernetes-list-type: atomic + required: + - ancestors + type: object + required: + - spec + type: object + served: true + storage: true + subresources: + status: {} diff --git a/charts/kgateway/kgateway/charts/kgateway-crds/templates/gateway.kgateway.dev_backends.yaml b/charts/kgateway/kgateway/charts/kgateway-crds/templates/gateway.kgateway.dev_backends.yaml new file mode 100644 index 000000000..6ec5913bb --- /dev/null +++ b/charts/kgateway/kgateway/charts/kgateway-crds/templates/gateway.kgateway.dev_backends.yaml @@ -0,0 +1,310 @@ +--- +apiVersion: apiextensions.k8s.io/v1 +kind: CustomResourceDefinition +metadata: + annotations: + controller-gen.kubebuilder.io/version: v0.19.1-0.20251023132335-bf7d6b742e6a + labels: + app: kgateway + app.kubernetes.io/name: kgateway + name: backends.gateway.kgateway.dev +spec: + group: gateway.kgateway.dev + names: + categories: + - kgateway + kind: Backend + listKind: BackendList + plural: backends + singular: backend + scope: Namespaced + versions: + - additionalPrinterColumns: + - description: Which backend type? + jsonPath: .spec.type + name: Type + type: string + - description: Backend configuration acceptance status + jsonPath: .status.conditions[?(@.type=='Accepted')].status + name: Accepted + type: string + - description: The age of the backend. + jsonPath: .metadata.creationTimestamp + name: Age + type: date + name: v1alpha1 + schema: + openAPIV3Schema: + properties: + apiVersion: + description: |- + APIVersion defines the versioned schema of this representation of an object. + Servers should convert recognized schemas to the latest internal value, and + may reject unrecognized values. + More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#resources + type: string + kind: + description: |- + Kind is a string value representing the REST resource this object represents. + Servers may infer this from the endpoint the client submits requests to. + Cannot be updated. + In CamelCase. + More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#types-kinds + type: string + metadata: + type: object + spec: + description: BackendSpec defines the desired state of Backend. + properties: + aws: + description: |- + Aws is the AWS backend configuration. + The Aws backend type is only supported with envoy-based gateways, it is not supported in agentgateway. + properties: + accountId: + description: AccountId is the AWS account ID to use for the backend. + maxLength: 12 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[0-9]{12}$ + type: string + auth: + description: |- + Auth specifies an explicit AWS authentication method for the backend. + When omitted, the following credential providers are tried in order, stopping when one + of them returns an access key ID and a secret access key (the session token is optional): + 1. Environment variables: when the environment variables AWS_ACCESS_KEY_ID, AWS_SECRET_ACCESS_KEY, and AWS_SESSION_TOKEN are set. + 2. AssumeRoleWithWebIdentity API call: when the environment variables AWS_WEB_IDENTITY_TOKEN_FILE and AWS_ROLE_ARN are set. + 3. EKS Pod Identity: when the environment variable AWS_CONTAINER_AUTHORIZATION_TOKEN_FILE is set. + + See the Envoy docs for more info: + https://www.envoyproxy.io/docs/envoy/latest/configuration/http/http_filters/aws_request_signing_filter#credentials + properties: + secretRef: + description: |- + SecretRef references a Kubernetes Secret containing the AWS credentials. + The Secret must have keys "accessKey", "secretKey", and optionally "sessionToken". + properties: + name: + default: "" + description: |- + Name of the referent. + This field is effectively required, but due to backwards compatibility is + allowed to be empty. Instances of this type with an empty value here are + almost certainly wrong. + More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/names/#names + type: string + type: object + x-kubernetes-map-type: atomic + type: + description: Type specifies the authentication method to use + for the backend. + enum: + - Secret + type: string + required: + - type + type: object + x-kubernetes-validations: + - message: secretRef must be nil if the type is not 'Secret' + rule: '!(has(self.secretRef) && self.type != ''Secret'')' + - message: secretRef must be specified when type is 'Secret' + rule: '!(!has(self.secretRef) && self.type == ''Secret'')' + lambda: + description: Lambda configures the AWS lambda service. + properties: + endpointURL: + description: |- + EndpointURL is the URL or domain for the Lambda service. This is primarily + useful for testing and development purposes. When omitted, the default + lambda hostname will be used. + maxLength: 2048 + pattern: ^https?://[-a-zA-Z0-9@:%.+~#?&/=]+$ + type: string + functionName: + description: FunctionName is the name of the Lambda function + to invoke. + pattern: ^[A-Za-z0-9-_]{1,140}$ + type: string + invocationMode: + default: Sync + description: |- + InvocationMode defines how to invoke the Lambda function. + Defaults to Sync. + enum: + - Sync + - Async + type: string + payloadTransformMode: + default: Envoy + description: |- + PayloadTransformation specifies payload transformation mode before it is sent to the Lambda function. + Defaults to Envoy. + enum: + - None + - Envoy + type: string + qualifier: + default: $LATEST + description: |- + Qualifier is the alias or version for the Lambda function. + Valid values include a numeric version (e.g. "1"), an alias name + (alphanumeric plus "-" or "_"), or the special literal "$LATEST". + pattern: ^(\$LATEST|[0-9]+|[A-Za-z0-9-_]{1,128})$ + type: string + required: + - functionName + type: object + region: + default: us-east-1 + description: |- + Region is the AWS region to use for the backend. + Defaults to us-east-1 if not specified. + maxLength: 63 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[a-z0-9-]+$ + type: string + required: + - accountId + - lambda + type: object + dynamicForwardProxy: + description: DynamicForwardProxy is the dynamic forward proxy backend + configuration. + properties: + enableTls: + description: |- + EnableTls enables TLS. When true, the backend will be configured to use TLS. System CA will be used for validation. + The hostname will be used for SNI and auto SAN validation. + type: boolean + type: object + static: + description: Static is the static backend configuration. + properties: + appProtocol: + description: AppProtocol is the application protocol to use when + communicating with the backend. + enum: + - http2 + - grpc + - grpc-web + - kubernetes.io/h2c + - kubernetes.io/ws + type: string + hosts: + description: Hosts is a list of hosts to use for the backend. + items: + description: Host defines a static backend host. + properties: + host: + description: Host is the host name to use for the backend. + minLength: 1 + type: string + port: + description: Port is the port to use for the backend. + format: int32 + type: integer + required: + - host + - port + type: object + minItems: 1 + type: array + required: + - hosts + type: object + type: + description: |- + Type indicates the type of the backend to be used. + Deprecated: The Type field is deprecated and will be removed in a future release. + The backend type is inferred from the configuration. + enum: + - AWS + - Static + - DynamicForwardProxy + type: string + type: object + x-kubernetes-validations: + - message: aws backend must be specified when type is 'AWS' + rule: 'self.type == ''AWS'' ? has(self.aws) : true' + - message: static backend must be specified when type is 'Static' + rule: 'self.type == ''Static'' ? has(self.static) : true' + - message: dynamicForwardProxy backend must be specified when type is + 'DynamicForwardProxy' + rule: 'self.type == ''DynamicForwardProxy'' ? has(self.dynamicForwardProxy) + : true' + - message: exactly one of the fields in [aws static dynamicForwardProxy] + must be set + rule: '[has(self.aws),has(self.static),has(self.dynamicForwardProxy)].filter(x,x==true).size() + == 1' + status: + description: BackendStatus defines the observed state of Backend. + properties: + conditions: + description: Conditions is the list of conditions for the backend. + items: + description: Condition contains details for one aspect of the current + state of this API Resource. + properties: + lastTransitionTime: + description: |- + lastTransitionTime is the last time the condition transitioned from one status to another. + This should be when the underlying condition changed. If that is not known, then using the time when the API field changed is acceptable. + format: date-time + type: string + message: + description: |- + message is a human readable message indicating details about the transition. + This may be an empty string. + maxLength: 32768 + type: string + observedGeneration: + description: |- + observedGeneration represents the .metadata.generation that the condition was set based upon. + For instance, if .metadata.generation is currently 12, but the .status.conditions[x].observedGeneration is 9, the condition is out of date + with respect to the current state of the instance. + format: int64 + minimum: 0 + type: integer + reason: + description: |- + reason contains a programmatic identifier indicating the reason for the condition's last transition. + Producers of specific condition types may define expected values and meanings for this field, + and whether the values are considered a guaranteed API. + The value should be a CamelCase string. + This field may not be empty. + maxLength: 1024 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[A-Za-z]([A-Za-z0-9_,:]*[A-Za-z0-9_])?$ + type: string + status: + description: status of the condition, one of True, False, Unknown. + enum: + - "True" + - "False" + - Unknown + type: string + type: + description: type of condition in CamelCase or in foo.example.com/CamelCase. + maxLength: 316 + pattern: ^([a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*/)?(([A-Za-z0-9][-A-Za-z0-9_.]*)?[A-Za-z0-9])$ + type: string + required: + - lastTransitionTime + - message + - reason + - status + - type + type: object + maxItems: 8 + type: array + x-kubernetes-list-map-keys: + - type + x-kubernetes-list-type: map + type: object + required: + - spec + type: object + served: true + storage: true + subresources: + status: {} diff --git a/charts/kgateway/kgateway/charts/kgateway-crds/templates/gateway.kgateway.dev_directresponses.yaml b/charts/kgateway/kgateway/charts/kgateway-crds/templates/gateway.kgateway.dev_directresponses.yaml new file mode 100644 index 000000000..dae790295 --- /dev/null +++ b/charts/kgateway/kgateway/charts/kgateway-crds/templates/gateway.kgateway.dev_directresponses.yaml @@ -0,0 +1,75 @@ +--- +apiVersion: apiextensions.k8s.io/v1 +kind: CustomResourceDefinition +metadata: + annotations: + controller-gen.kubebuilder.io/version: v0.19.1-0.20251023132335-bf7d6b742e6a + labels: + app: kgateway + app.kubernetes.io/name: kgateway + name: directresponses.gateway.kgateway.dev +spec: + group: gateway.kgateway.dev + names: + categories: + - kgateway + kind: DirectResponse + listKind: DirectResponseList + plural: directresponses + singular: directresponse + scope: Namespaced + versions: + - name: v1alpha1 + schema: + openAPIV3Schema: + description: DirectResponse contains configuration for defining direct response + routes. + properties: + apiVersion: + description: |- + APIVersion defines the versioned schema of this representation of an object. + Servers should convert recognized schemas to the latest internal value, and + may reject unrecognized values. + More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#resources + type: string + kind: + description: |- + Kind is a string value representing the REST resource this object represents. + Servers may infer this from the endpoint the client submits requests to. + Cannot be updated. + In CamelCase. + More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#types-kinds + type: string + metadata: + type: object + spec: + description: DirectResponseSpec describes the desired state of a DirectResponse. + properties: + body: + description: |- + Body defines the content to be returned in the HTTP response body. + The maximum length of the body is restricted to prevent excessively large responses. + If this field is omitted, no body is included in the response. + maxLength: 4096 + minLength: 1 + type: string + status: + description: StatusCode defines the HTTP status code to return for + this route. + format: int32 + maximum: 599 + minimum: 200 + type: integer + required: + - status + type: object + status: + description: DirectResponseStatus defines the observed state of a DirectResponse. + type: object + required: + - spec + type: object + served: true + storage: true + subresources: + status: {} diff --git a/charts/kgateway/kgateway/charts/kgateway-crds/templates/gateway.kgateway.dev_gatewayextensions.yaml b/charts/kgateway/kgateway/charts/kgateway-crds/templates/gateway.kgateway.dev_gatewayextensions.yaml new file mode 100644 index 000000000..4ab041c59 --- /dev/null +++ b/charts/kgateway/kgateway/charts/kgateway-crds/templates/gateway.kgateway.dev_gatewayextensions.yaml @@ -0,0 +1,1623 @@ +--- +apiVersion: apiextensions.k8s.io/v1 +kind: CustomResourceDefinition +metadata: + annotations: + controller-gen.kubebuilder.io/version: v0.19.1-0.20251023132335-bf7d6b742e6a + labels: + app: kgateway + app.kubernetes.io/name: kgateway + name: gatewayextensions.gateway.kgateway.dev +spec: + group: gateway.kgateway.dev + names: + categories: + - kgateway + kind: GatewayExtension + listKind: GatewayExtensionList + plural: gatewayextensions + singular: gatewayextension + scope: Namespaced + versions: + - additionalPrinterColumns: + - description: Which extension type? + jsonPath: .spec.type + name: Type + type: string + - description: The age of the gatewayextension. + jsonPath: .metadata.creationTimestamp + name: Age + type: date + name: v1alpha1 + schema: + openAPIV3Schema: + properties: + apiVersion: + description: |- + APIVersion defines the versioned schema of this representation of an object. + Servers should convert recognized schemas to the latest internal value, and + may reject unrecognized values. + More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#resources + type: string + kind: + description: |- + Kind is a string value representing the REST resource this object represents. + Servers may infer this from the endpoint the client submits requests to. + Cannot be updated. + In CamelCase. + More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#types-kinds + type: string + metadata: + type: object + spec: + description: GatewayExtensionSpec defines the desired state of GatewayExtension. + properties: + extAuth: + description: ExtAuth configuration for ExtAuth extension type. + properties: + clearRouteCache: + default: false + description: |- + ClearRouteCache determines if the route cache should be cleared to allow the + external authentication service to correctly affect routing decisions. + type: boolean + failOpen: + default: false + description: |- + FailOpen determines if requests are allowed when the ext auth service is unavailable. + Defaults to false, meaning requests will be denied if the ext auth service is unavailable. + type: boolean + grpcService: + description: |- + GrpcService is the GRPC service that will handle the auth. + Mutually exclusive with HttpService. + properties: + authority: + description: Authority is the authority header to use for + the GRPC service. + type: string + backendRef: + description: BackendRef references the backend GRPC service. + properties: + group: + default: "" + description: |- + Group is the group of the referent. For example, "gateway.networking.k8s.io". + When unspecified or empty string, core API group is inferred. + maxLength: 253 + pattern: ^$|^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$ + type: string + kind: + default: Service + description: |- + Kind is the Kubernetes resource kind of the referent. For example + "Service". + + Defaults to "Service" when not specified. + + ExternalName services can refer to CNAME DNS records that may live + outside of the cluster and as such are difficult to reason about in + terms of conformance. They also may not be safe to forward to (see + CVE-2021-25740 for more information). Implementations SHOULD NOT + support ExternalName Services. + + Support: Core (Services with a type other than ExternalName) + + Support: Implementation-specific (Services with type ExternalName) + maxLength: 63 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[a-zA-Z]([-a-zA-Z0-9]*[a-zA-Z0-9])?$ + type: string + name: + description: Name is the name of the referent. + maxLength: 253 + minLength: 1 + type: string + namespace: + description: |- + Namespace is the namespace of the backend. When unspecified, the local + namespace is inferred. + + Note that when a namespace different than the local namespace is specified, + a ReferenceGrant object is required in the referent namespace to allow that + namespace's owner to accept the reference. See the ReferenceGrant + documentation for details. + + Support: Core + maxLength: 63 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?$ + type: string + port: + description: |- + Port specifies the destination port number to use for this resource. + Port is required when the referent is a Kubernetes Service. In this + case, the port number is the service port number, not the target port. + For other resources, destination port might be derived from the referent + resource or this field. + format: int32 + maximum: 65535 + minimum: 1 + type: integer + weight: + default: 1 + description: |- + Weight specifies the proportion of requests forwarded to the referenced + backend. This is computed as weight/(sum of all weights in this + BackendRefs list). For non-zero values, there may be some epsilon from + the exact proportion defined here depending on the precision an + implementation supports. Weight is not a percentage and the sum of + weights does not need to equal 100. + + If only one backend is specified and it has a weight greater than 0, 100% + of the traffic is forwarded to that backend. If weight is set to 0, no + traffic should be forwarded for this entry. If unspecified, weight + defaults to 1. + + Support for this field varies based on the context where used. + format: int32 + maximum: 1000000 + minimum: 0 + type: integer + required: + - name + type: object + x-kubernetes-validations: + - message: Must have port for Service reference + rule: '(size(self.group) == 0 && self.kind == ''Service'') + ? has(self.port) : true' + requestTimeout: + description: RequestTimeout is the timeout for the gRPC request. + This is the timeout for a specific request. + type: string + x-kubernetes-validations: + - message: invalid timeout value + rule: matches(self, '^([0-9]{1,5}(h|m|s|ms)){1,4}$') + - message: timeout must be at least 1ms. + rule: duration(self) >= duration('1ms') + retry: + description: Retry specifies the retry policy for gRPC streams + associated with the service. + properties: + attempts: + default: 1 + description: |- + Attempts specifies the number of retry attempts for a request. + Defaults to 1 attempt if not set. + A value of 0 effectively disables retries. + format: int32 + minimum: 0 + type: integer + backoff: + description: |- + Backoff specifies the retry backoff strategy. + If not set, a default backoff with a base interval of 1000ms is used. The default max interval is 10 times the base interval. + properties: + baseInterval: + description: BaseInterval specifies the base interval + used with a fully jittered exponential back-off + between retries. + type: string + x-kubernetes-validations: + - message: invalid duration value + rule: matches(self, '^([0-9]{1,5}(h|m|s|ms)){1,4}$') + - message: retry.BaseInterval must be at least 1ms. + rule: duration(self) >= duration('1ms') + maxInterval: + description: |- + MaxInterval specifies the maximum interval between retry attempts. + Defaults to 10 times the BaseInterval if not set. + type: string + x-kubernetes-validations: + - message: invalid duration value + rule: matches(self, '^([0-9]{1,5}(h|m|s|ms)){1,4}$') + required: + - baseInterval + type: object + x-kubernetes-validations: + - message: maxInterval must be greater than or equal to + baseInterval + rule: 'has(self.maxInterval) ? duration(self.maxInterval) + >= duration(self.baseInterval) : true' + type: object + required: + - backendRef + type: object + headersToForward: + description: |- + HeadersToForward specifies which headers from the client request should be + forwarded to the external authorization service. + + HTTP services by default have the following headers forwarded: Host, Method, Path, Content-Length, Authorization. + + If this field is omitted, gRPC services will have all client request headers forwarded, + while HTTP services will only receive the default headers described above. + + Common examples: ["cookie", "authorization", "x-forwarded-for"] + More info is available on the [Envoy docs](https://www.envoyproxy.io/docs/envoy/latest/api-v3/extensions/filters/http/ext_authz/v3/ext_authz.proto#envoy-v3-api-field-extensions-filters-http-ext-authz-v3-extauthz-allowed-headers) + items: + type: string + type: array + httpService: + description: |- + HttpService is the HTTP service that will handle the auth. + Mutually exclusive with GrpcService. + properties: + authorizationRequest: + description: AuthorizationRequest configures the authorization + request to the external service. + properties: + headersToAdd: + additionalProperties: + type: string + description: |- + HeadersToAdd specifies additional headers to add to the authorization request. + These headers are sent to the authorization service in addition to the original request headers. + Client request headers with the same key will be overridden. + The keys are header names and values are envoy format specifiers, see https://www.envoyproxy.io/docs/envoy/latest/api-v3/extensions/filters/http/ext_authz/v3/ext_authz.proto#envoy-v3-api-field-extensions-filters-http-ext-authz-v3-authorizationrequest-headers-to-add. + type: object + type: object + authorizationResponse: + description: AuthorizationResponse configures the authorization + response from the external service. + properties: + headersToBackend: + description: |- + HeadersToBackend specifies which headers from the authorization response + should be forwarded to the upstream service when the request is authorized. + Common examples: ["x-current-user", "x-user-id", "x-auth-request-email"] + items: + type: string + type: array + type: object + backendRef: + description: BackendRef references the backend HTTP service. + properties: + group: + default: "" + description: |- + Group is the group of the referent. For example, "gateway.networking.k8s.io". + When unspecified or empty string, core API group is inferred. + maxLength: 253 + pattern: ^$|^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$ + type: string + kind: + default: Service + description: |- + Kind is the Kubernetes resource kind of the referent. For example + "Service". + + Defaults to "Service" when not specified. + + ExternalName services can refer to CNAME DNS records that may live + outside of the cluster and as such are difficult to reason about in + terms of conformance. They also may not be safe to forward to (see + CVE-2021-25740 for more information). Implementations SHOULD NOT + support ExternalName Services. + + Support: Core (Services with a type other than ExternalName) + + Support: Implementation-specific (Services with type ExternalName) + maxLength: 63 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[a-zA-Z]([-a-zA-Z0-9]*[a-zA-Z0-9])?$ + type: string + name: + description: Name is the name of the referent. + maxLength: 253 + minLength: 1 + type: string + namespace: + description: |- + Namespace is the namespace of the backend. When unspecified, the local + namespace is inferred. + + Note that when a namespace different than the local namespace is specified, + a ReferenceGrant object is required in the referent namespace to allow that + namespace's owner to accept the reference. See the ReferenceGrant + documentation for details. + + Support: Core + maxLength: 63 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?$ + type: string + port: + description: |- + Port specifies the destination port number to use for this resource. + Port is required when the referent is a Kubernetes Service. In this + case, the port number is the service port number, not the target port. + For other resources, destination port might be derived from the referent + resource or this field. + format: int32 + maximum: 65535 + minimum: 1 + type: integer + weight: + default: 1 + description: |- + Weight specifies the proportion of requests forwarded to the referenced + backend. This is computed as weight/(sum of all weights in this + BackendRefs list). For non-zero values, there may be some epsilon from + the exact proportion defined here depending on the precision an + implementation supports. Weight is not a percentage and the sum of + weights does not need to equal 100. + + If only one backend is specified and it has a weight greater than 0, 100% + of the traffic is forwarded to that backend. If weight is set to 0, no + traffic should be forwarded for this entry. If unspecified, weight + defaults to 1. + + Support for this field varies based on the context where used. + format: int32 + maximum: 1000000 + minimum: 0 + type: integer + required: + - name + type: object + x-kubernetes-validations: + - message: Must have port for Service reference + rule: '(size(self.group) == 0 && self.kind == ''Service'') + ? has(self.port) : true' + pathPrefix: + description: |- + PathPrefix specifies a prefix to the value of the authorization request's path header. + This allows customizing the path at which the authorization server expects to receive requests. + For example, if the authorization server expects requests at "/verify", set this to "/verify". + If not specified, the original request path is used. + type: string + requestTimeout: + description: RequestTimeout is the timeout for the HTTP request. + Default timeout is 2 seconds. + type: string + x-kubernetes-validations: + - message: invalid timeout value + rule: matches(self, '^([0-9]{1,5}(h|m|s|ms)){1,4}$') + - message: timeout must be at least 1ms. + rule: duration(self) >= duration('1ms') + retry: + description: Retry specifies the retry policy for HTTP requests + to the authorization service. + properties: + attempts: + default: 1 + description: |- + Attempts specifies the number of retry attempts for a request. + Defaults to 1 attempt if not set. + A value of 0 effectively disables retries. + format: int32 + minimum: 0 + type: integer + backoff: + description: |- + Backoff specifies the retry backoff strategy. + If not set, a default backoff with a base interval of 1000ms is used. The default max interval is 10 times the base interval. + properties: + baseInterval: + description: BaseInterval specifies the base interval + used with a fully jittered exponential back-off + between retries. + type: string + x-kubernetes-validations: + - message: invalid duration value + rule: matches(self, '^([0-9]{1,5}(h|m|s|ms)){1,4}$') + - message: retry.BaseInterval must be at least 1ms. + rule: duration(self) >= duration('1ms') + maxInterval: + description: |- + MaxInterval specifies the maximum interval between retry attempts. + Defaults to 10 times the BaseInterval if not set. + type: string + x-kubernetes-validations: + - message: invalid duration value + rule: matches(self, '^([0-9]{1,5}(h|m|s|ms)){1,4}$') + required: + - baseInterval + type: object + x-kubernetes-validations: + - message: maxInterval must be greater than or equal to + baseInterval + rule: 'has(self.maxInterval) ? duration(self.maxInterval) + >= duration(self.baseInterval) : true' + type: object + required: + - backendRef + type: object + statPrefix: + description: |- + StatPrefix is an optional prefix to include when emitting stats from the extauthz filter, + enabling different instances of the filter to have unique stats. + minLength: 1 + type: string + statusOnError: + default: 403 + description: |- + StatusOnError sets the HTTP status response code that is returned to the client when the + auth server returns an error or cannot be reached. Must be in the range of 100-511 inclusive. + The default matches the deny response code of 403 Forbidden. + format: int32 + maximum: 511 + minimum: 100 + type: integer + withRequestBody: + description: |- + WithRequestBody allows the request body to be buffered and sent to the auth service. + Warning: buffering has implications for streaming and therefore performance. + properties: + allowPartialMessage: + default: false + description: |- + AllowPartialMessage determines if partial messages should be allowed. + When true, requests will be sent to the auth service even if they exceed maxRequestBytes. + The default behavior is false. + type: boolean + maxRequestBytes: + description: |- + MaxRequestBytes sets the maximum size of a message body to buffer. + Requests exceeding this size will receive HTTP 413 and not be sent to the auth service. + format: int32 + minimum: 1 + type: integer + packAsBytes: + default: false + description: |- + PackAsBytes determines if the body should be sent as raw bytes. + When true, the body is sent as raw bytes in the raw_body field. + When false, the body is sent as UTF-8 string in the body field. + The default behavior is false. + type: boolean + required: + - maxRequestBytes + type: object + type: object + x-kubernetes-validations: + - message: exactly one of the fields in [grpcService httpService] + must be set + rule: '[has(self.grpcService),has(self.httpService)].filter(x,x==true).size() + == 1' + extProc: + description: ExtProc configuration for ExtProc extension type. + properties: + failOpen: + default: true + description: |- + FailOpen determines if requests are allowed when the ext proc service is unavailable. + Defaults to true, meaning requests are allowed upstream even if the ext proc service is unavailable. + type: boolean + grpcService: + description: GrpcService is the GRPC service that will handle + the processing. + properties: + authority: + description: Authority is the authority header to use for + the GRPC service. + type: string + backendRef: + description: BackendRef references the backend GRPC service. + properties: + group: + default: "" + description: |- + Group is the group of the referent. For example, "gateway.networking.k8s.io". + When unspecified or empty string, core API group is inferred. + maxLength: 253 + pattern: ^$|^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$ + type: string + kind: + default: Service + description: |- + Kind is the Kubernetes resource kind of the referent. For example + "Service". + + Defaults to "Service" when not specified. + + ExternalName services can refer to CNAME DNS records that may live + outside of the cluster and as such are difficult to reason about in + terms of conformance. They also may not be safe to forward to (see + CVE-2021-25740 for more information). Implementations SHOULD NOT + support ExternalName Services. + + Support: Core (Services with a type other than ExternalName) + + Support: Implementation-specific (Services with type ExternalName) + maxLength: 63 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[a-zA-Z]([-a-zA-Z0-9]*[a-zA-Z0-9])?$ + type: string + name: + description: Name is the name of the referent. + maxLength: 253 + minLength: 1 + type: string + namespace: + description: |- + Namespace is the namespace of the backend. When unspecified, the local + namespace is inferred. + + Note that when a namespace different than the local namespace is specified, + a ReferenceGrant object is required in the referent namespace to allow that + namespace's owner to accept the reference. See the ReferenceGrant + documentation for details. + + Support: Core + maxLength: 63 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?$ + type: string + port: + description: |- + Port specifies the destination port number to use for this resource. + Port is required when the referent is a Kubernetes Service. In this + case, the port number is the service port number, not the target port. + For other resources, destination port might be derived from the referent + resource or this field. + format: int32 + maximum: 65535 + minimum: 1 + type: integer + weight: + default: 1 + description: |- + Weight specifies the proportion of requests forwarded to the referenced + backend. This is computed as weight/(sum of all weights in this + BackendRefs list). For non-zero values, there may be some epsilon from + the exact proportion defined here depending on the precision an + implementation supports. Weight is not a percentage and the sum of + weights does not need to equal 100. + + If only one backend is specified and it has a weight greater than 0, 100% + of the traffic is forwarded to that backend. If weight is set to 0, no + traffic should be forwarded for this entry. If unspecified, weight + defaults to 1. + + Support for this field varies based on the context where used. + format: int32 + maximum: 1000000 + minimum: 0 + type: integer + required: + - name + type: object + x-kubernetes-validations: + - message: Must have port for Service reference + rule: '(size(self.group) == 0 && self.kind == ''Service'') + ? has(self.port) : true' + requestTimeout: + description: RequestTimeout is the timeout for the gRPC request. + This is the timeout for a specific request. + type: string + x-kubernetes-validations: + - message: invalid timeout value + rule: matches(self, '^([0-9]{1,5}(h|m|s|ms)){1,4}$') + - message: timeout must be at least 1ms. + rule: duration(self) >= duration('1ms') + retry: + description: Retry specifies the retry policy for gRPC streams + associated with the service. + properties: + attempts: + default: 1 + description: |- + Attempts specifies the number of retry attempts for a request. + Defaults to 1 attempt if not set. + A value of 0 effectively disables retries. + format: int32 + minimum: 0 + type: integer + backoff: + description: |- + Backoff specifies the retry backoff strategy. + If not set, a default backoff with a base interval of 1000ms is used. The default max interval is 10 times the base interval. + properties: + baseInterval: + description: BaseInterval specifies the base interval + used with a fully jittered exponential back-off + between retries. + type: string + x-kubernetes-validations: + - message: invalid duration value + rule: matches(self, '^([0-9]{1,5}(h|m|s|ms)){1,4}$') + - message: retry.BaseInterval must be at least 1ms. + rule: duration(self) >= duration('1ms') + maxInterval: + description: |- + MaxInterval specifies the maximum interval between retry attempts. + Defaults to 10 times the BaseInterval if not set. + type: string + x-kubernetes-validations: + - message: invalid duration value + rule: matches(self, '^([0-9]{1,5}(h|m|s|ms)){1,4}$') + required: + - baseInterval + type: object + x-kubernetes-validations: + - message: maxInterval must be greater than or equal to + baseInterval + rule: 'has(self.maxInterval) ? duration(self.maxInterval) + >= duration(self.baseInterval) : true' + type: object + required: + - backendRef + type: object + maxMessageTimeout: + description: |- + MaxMessageTimeout specifies the upper bound of override_message_timeout that may be sent from the external processing server. + The default value 0, which effectively disables the override_message_timeout API. + type: string + x-kubernetes-validations: + - message: invalid timeout value + rule: matches(self, '^([0-9]{1,5}(h|m|s|ms)){1,4}$') + - message: timeout must be at least 1ms. + rule: duration(self) >= duration('1ms') + messageTimeout: + description: MessageTimeout is the timeout for each message sent + to the external processing server. + type: string + x-kubernetes-validations: + - message: invalid timeout value + rule: matches(self, '^([0-9]{1,5}(h|m|s|ms)){1,4}$') + - message: timeout must be at least 1ms. + rule: duration(self) >= duration('1ms') + metadataOptions: + description: |- + MetadataOptions allows configuring metadata namespaces to forwarded or received from the external + processing server. + properties: + forwarding: + description: Forwarding defines the typed or untyped dynamic + metadata namespaces to forward to the external processing + server. + properties: + typed: + items: + type: string + minItems: 1 + type: array + untyped: + items: + type: string + minItems: 1 + type: array + type: object + type: object + processingMode: + description: ProcessingMode defines how the filter should interact + with the request/response streams. + properties: + requestBodyMode: + default: NONE + description: RequestBodyMode determines how to handle the + request body + enum: + - NONE + - STREAMED + - BUFFERED + - BUFFERED_PARTIAL + - FULL_DUPLEX_STREAMED + type: string + requestHeaderMode: + default: SEND + description: RequestHeaderMode determines how to handle the + request headers + enum: + - DEFAULT + - SEND + - SKIP + type: string + requestTrailerMode: + default: SKIP + description: RequestTrailerMode determines how to handle the + request trailers + enum: + - DEFAULT + - SEND + - SKIP + type: string + responseBodyMode: + default: NONE + description: ResponseBodyMode determines how to handle the + response body + enum: + - NONE + - STREAMED + - BUFFERED + - BUFFERED_PARTIAL + - FULL_DUPLEX_STREAMED + type: string + responseHeaderMode: + default: SEND + description: ResponseHeaderMode determines how to handle the + response headers + enum: + - DEFAULT + - SEND + - SKIP + type: string + responseTrailerMode: + default: SKIP + description: ResponseTrailerMode determines how to handle + the response trailers + enum: + - DEFAULT + - SEND + - SKIP + type: string + type: object + routeCacheAction: + default: FromResponse + description: |- + RouteCacheAction describes the route cache action to be taken when an + external processor response is received in response to request headers. + The default behavior is "FromResponse" which will only clear the route cache when + an external processing response has the clear_route_cache field set. + enum: + - FromResponse + - Clear + - Retain + type: string + statPrefix: + description: |- + StatPrefix is an optional prefix to include when emitting stats from the extproc filter, + enabling different instances of the filter to have unique stats. + minLength: 1 + type: string + required: + - grpcService + type: object + jwt: + description: JWT configuration for JWT extension type. + properties: + providers: + description: |- + Providers configures named JWT providers. + If multiple providers are specified for a given JWT policy, + the providers will be `OR`-ed together and will allow validation to any of the providers. + items: + description: NamedJWTProvider is a named JWT provider entry. + properties: + audiences: + description: |- + Audiences is the list of audiences to be used for the JWT provider. + If specified an incoming JWT must have an 'aud' claim, and it must be in this list. + If not specified, the audiences will not be checked in the token. + items: + type: string + maxItems: 32 + minItems: 1 + type: array + claimsToHeaders: + description: |- + ClaimsToHeaders is the list of claims to headers to be used for the JWT provider. + Optionally set the claims from the JWT payload that you want to extract and add as headers + to the request before the request is forwarded to the upstream destination. + Note: if ClaimsToHeaders is set, the Envoy route cache will be cleared. + This allows the JWT filter to correctly affect routing decisions. + items: + description: JWTClaimToHeader allows copying verified + claims to headers sent upstream + properties: + header: + description: Header is the header the claim will be + copied to, for example, "x-sub". + maxLength: 2048 + minLength: 1 + type: string + name: + description: Name is the JWT claim name, for example, + "sub". + maxLength: 2048 + minLength: 1 + type: string + required: + - header + - name + type: object + maxItems: 32 + minItems: 1 + type: array + forwardToken: + description: |- + ForwardToken configures if the JWT token is forwarded to the upstream backend. + If true, the header containing the token will be forwarded upstream. + If false or not set, the header containing the token will be removed. + type: boolean + issuer: + description: Issuer of the JWT. the 'iss' claim of the JWT + must match this. + maxLength: 2048 + type: string + jwks: + description: JWKS is the source for the JSON Web Keys to + be used to validate the JWT. + properties: + local: + description: |- + LocalJWKS configures getting the public keys to validate the JWT from a Kubernetes configmap, + or inline (raw string) JWKS. + properties: + configMapRef: + description: |- + ConfigMapRef configures storing the JWK in a Kubernetes ConfigMap in the same namespace as the GatewayExtension. + The ConfigMap must have a data key named 'jwks' that contains the JWKS. + properties: + name: + default: "" + description: |- + Name of the referent. + This field is effectively required, but due to backwards compatibility is + allowed to be empty. Instances of this type with an empty value here are + almost certainly wrong. + More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/names/#names + type: string + type: object + x-kubernetes-map-type: atomic + inline: + description: |- + Inline is the JWKS as the raw, inline JWKS string + This can be an individual key, a key set or a pem block public key + maxLength: 16384 + minLength: 1 + type: string + type: object + x-kubernetes-validations: + - message: exactly one of the fields in [inline configMapRef] + must be set + rule: '[has(self.inline),has(self.configMapRef)].filter(x,x==true).size() + == 1' + remote: + description: RemoteJWKS configures getting the public + keys to validate the JWT from a remote JWKS server. + properties: + backendRef: + description: BackendRef is reference to the backend + of the JWKS server. + properties: + group: + default: "" + description: |- + Group is the group of the referent. For example, "gateway.networking.k8s.io". + When unspecified or empty string, core API group is inferred. + maxLength: 253 + pattern: ^$|^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$ + type: string + kind: + default: Service + description: |- + Kind is the Kubernetes resource kind of the referent. For example + "Service". + + Defaults to "Service" when not specified. + + ExternalName services can refer to CNAME DNS records that may live + outside of the cluster and as such are difficult to reason about in + terms of conformance. They also may not be safe to forward to (see + CVE-2021-25740 for more information). Implementations SHOULD NOT + support ExternalName Services. + + Support: Core (Services with a type other than ExternalName) + + Support: Implementation-specific (Services with type ExternalName) + maxLength: 63 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[a-zA-Z]([-a-zA-Z0-9]*[a-zA-Z0-9])?$ + type: string + name: + description: Name is the name of the referent. + maxLength: 253 + minLength: 1 + type: string + namespace: + description: |- + Namespace is the namespace of the backend. When unspecified, the local + namespace is inferred. + + Note that when a namespace different than the local namespace is specified, + a ReferenceGrant object is required in the referent namespace to allow that + namespace's owner to accept the reference. See the ReferenceGrant + documentation for details. + + Support: Core + maxLength: 63 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?$ + type: string + port: + description: |- + Port specifies the destination port number to use for this resource. + Port is required when the referent is a Kubernetes Service. In this + case, the port number is the service port number, not the target port. + For other resources, destination port might be derived from the referent + resource or this field. + format: int32 + maximum: 65535 + minimum: 1 + type: integer + required: + - name + type: object + x-kubernetes-validations: + - message: Must have port for Service reference + rule: '(size(self.group) == 0 && self.kind == + ''Service'') ? has(self.port) : true' + cacheDuration: + description: |- + Duration after which the cached JWKS expires. + If unspecified, the default cache duration is 5 minutes. + type: string + x-kubernetes-validations: + - message: invalid duration value + rule: matches(self, '^([0-9]{1,5}(h|m|s|ms)){1,4}$') + - message: cacheDuration must be at least 1ms. + rule: duration(self) >= duration('1ms') + url: + description: |- + URL is the URL of the remote JWKS server, it must be a full FQDN with protocol, host and path. + For example, https://example.com/keys + maxLength: 2048 + minLength: 1 + type: string + required: + - backendRef + - url + type: object + type: object + x-kubernetes-validations: + - message: exactly one of the fields in [local remote] must + be set + rule: '[has(self.local),has(self.remote)].filter(x,x==true).size() + == 1' + name: + description: Name is the unique name of the JWT provider. + maxLength: 253 + minLength: 1 + type: string + tokenSource: + description: TokenSource configures where to find the JWT + of the current provider. + properties: + header: + description: HeaderSource configures retrieving token + from a header + properties: + header: + description: Header is the name of the header. for + example, "Authorization" + maxLength: 2048 + minLength: 1 + type: string + prefix: + description: Prefix before the token. for example, + "Bearer " + maxLength: 2048 + minLength: 1 + type: string + required: + - header + type: object + queryParameter: + description: QueryParameter configures retrieving token + from the query parameter + type: string + type: object + x-kubernetes-validations: + - message: exactly one of the fields in [header queryParameter] + must be set + rule: '[has(self.header),has(self.queryParameter)].filter(x,x==true).size() + == 1' + required: + - jwks + - name + type: object + maxItems: 32 + type: array + x-kubernetes-list-map-keys: + - name + x-kubernetes-list-type: map + validationMode: + description: |- + ValidationMode configures how JWT validation behaves. + If unset or empty, Strict mode is used (JWT is required). + If set to AllowMissing, unauthenticated requests without a JWT are allowed through. + If using this mode, make sure to consider the security implications and + consider using an `RBAC` policy to enforce authorization. + enum: + - Strict + - AllowMissing + type: string + type: object + oauth2: + description: OAuth2 configuration for OAuth2 extension type. + properties: + authorizationEndpoint: + description: |- + AuthorizationEndpoint specifies the endpoint to redirect to for authorization in response to unauthorized requests. + Refer to https://datatracker.ietf.org/doc/html/rfc6749#section-3.1 for more details. + pattern: ^https://([a-zA-Z0-9]([a-zA-Z0-9\-]{0,61}[a-zA-Z0-9])?\.)*[a-zA-Z0-9]([a-zA-Z0-9\-]{0,61}[a-zA-Z0-9])?(:[0-9]{1,5})?(/[a-zA-Z0-9\-._~!$&'()*+,;=:@%]*)*/?(\?[a-zA-Z0-9\-._~!$&'()*+,;=:@%/?]*)?$ + type: string + backendRef: + description: BackendRef specifies the Backend to use for the OAuth2 + provider. + properties: + group: + default: "" + description: |- + Group is the group of the referent. For example, "gateway.networking.k8s.io". + When unspecified or empty string, core API group is inferred. + maxLength: 253 + pattern: ^$|^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$ + type: string + kind: + default: Service + description: |- + Kind is the Kubernetes resource kind of the referent. For example + "Service". + + Defaults to "Service" when not specified. + + ExternalName services can refer to CNAME DNS records that may live + outside of the cluster and as such are difficult to reason about in + terms of conformance. They also may not be safe to forward to (see + CVE-2021-25740 for more information). Implementations SHOULD NOT + support ExternalName Services. + + Support: Core (Services with a type other than ExternalName) + + Support: Implementation-specific (Services with type ExternalName) + maxLength: 63 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[a-zA-Z]([-a-zA-Z0-9]*[a-zA-Z0-9])?$ + type: string + name: + description: Name is the name of the referent. + maxLength: 253 + minLength: 1 + type: string + namespace: + description: |- + Namespace is the namespace of the backend. When unspecified, the local + namespace is inferred. + + Note that when a namespace different than the local namespace is specified, + a ReferenceGrant object is required in the referent namespace to allow that + namespace's owner to accept the reference. See the ReferenceGrant + documentation for details. + + Support: Core + maxLength: 63 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?$ + type: string + port: + description: |- + Port specifies the destination port number to use for this resource. + Port is required when the referent is a Kubernetes Service. In this + case, the port number is the service port number, not the target port. + For other resources, destination port might be derived from the referent + resource or this field. + format: int32 + maximum: 65535 + minimum: 1 + type: integer + weight: + default: 1 + description: |- + Weight specifies the proportion of requests forwarded to the referenced + backend. This is computed as weight/(sum of all weights in this + BackendRefs list). For non-zero values, there may be some epsilon from + the exact proportion defined here depending on the precision an + implementation supports. Weight is not a percentage and the sum of + weights does not need to equal 100. + + If only one backend is specified and it has a weight greater than 0, 100% + of the traffic is forwarded to that backend. If weight is set to 0, no + traffic should be forwarded for this entry. If unspecified, weight + defaults to 1. + + Support for this field varies based on the context where used. + format: int32 + maximum: 1000000 + minimum: 0 + type: integer + required: + - name + type: object + x-kubernetes-validations: + - message: Must have port for Service reference + rule: '(size(self.group) == 0 && self.kind == ''Service'') ? + has(self.port) : true' + cookies: + description: Cookies specifies the configuration for the OAuth2 + cookies. + properties: + domain: + description: |- + CookieDomain specifies the domain to set on the access and ID token cookies. + If set, the cookies will be set for the specified domain and all its subdomains. This is useful when requests + to subdomains are not required to be re-authenticated after the user has logged into the parent domain. + If not set, the cookies will default to the host of the request, not including the subdomains. + maxLength: 253 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9]))*$ + type: string + names: + description: |- + Names specifies the names of the cookies used to store the tokens. + If not set, the default names will be used. + properties: + accessToken: + description: AccessToken specifies the name of the cookie + used to store the access token. + minLength: 1 + type: string + idToken: + description: IDToken specifies the name of the cookie + used to store the ID token. + minLength: 1 + type: string + type: object + sameSite: + description: |- + SameSite specifies the SameSite attribute for the OAuth2 cookies. + If not set, the default is Lax. + enum: + - Lax + - Strict + - None + type: string + type: object + credentials: + description: Credentials specifies the Oauth2 client credentials + to use for authentication. + properties: + clientID: + description: |- + ClientID specifies the client ID issued to the client during the registration process. + Refer to https://datatracker.ietf.org/doc/html/rfc6749#section-2.3.1 for more details. + minLength: 1 + type: string + clientSecretRef: + description: |- + ClientSecretRef specifies a Secret that contains the client secret stored in the key 'client-secret' + to use in the authentication request to obtain the access token. + Refer to https://datatracker.ietf.org/doc/html/rfc6749#section-2.3.1 for more details. + properties: + name: + default: "" + description: |- + Name of the referent. + This field is effectively required, but due to backwards compatibility is + allowed to be empty. Instances of this type with an empty value here are + almost certainly wrong. + More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/names/#names + type: string + type: object + x-kubernetes-map-type: atomic + required: + - clientID + - clientSecretRef + type: object + denyRedirect: + description: |- + DenyRedirectMatcher specifies the matcher to match requests that should be denied redirects to the authorization endpoint. + Matching requests will receive a 401 Unauthorized response instead of being redirected. + This is useful for AJAX requests where redirects should be avoided. + properties: + headers: + description: Headers specifies the list of HTTP headers to + match on requests that should be denied redirects. + items: + description: |- + HTTPHeaderMatch describes how to select a HTTP route by matching HTTP request + headers. + properties: + name: + description: |- + Name is the name of the HTTP Header to be matched. Name matching MUST be + case-insensitive. (See https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc7230#section-3.2). + + If multiple entries specify equivalent header names, only the first + entry with an equivalent name MUST be considered for a match. Subsequent + entries with an equivalent header name MUST be ignored. Due to the + case-insensitivity of header names, "foo" and "Foo" are considered + equivalent. + + When a header is repeated in an HTTP request, it is + implementation-specific behavior as to how this is represented. + Generally, proxies should follow the guidance from the RFC: + https://www.rfc-editor.org/rfc/rfc7230.html#section-3.2.2 regarding + processing a repeated header, with special handling for "Set-Cookie". + maxLength: 256 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[A-Za-z0-9!#$%&'*+\-.^_\x60|~]+$ + type: string + type: + default: Exact + description: |- + Type specifies how to match against the value of the header. + + Support: Core (Exact) + + Support: Implementation-specific (RegularExpression) + + Since RegularExpression HeaderMatchType has implementation-specific + conformance, implementations can support POSIX, PCRE or any other dialects + of regular expressions. Please read the implementation's documentation to + determine the supported dialect. + enum: + - Exact + - RegularExpression + type: string + value: + description: Value is the value of HTTP Header to be + matched. + maxLength: 4096 + minLength: 1 + type: string + required: + - name + - value + type: object + maxItems: 16 + minItems: 1 + type: array + type: object + endSessionEndpoint: + description: |- + EndSessionEndpoint specifies the URL that redirects a user's browser to in order to initiate a single logout + across all applications and the OpenID provider. Users are directed to this endpoint when they access the logout path. + This should only be set when the OpenID provider supports RP-Initiated Logout and "openid" is included in the list of scopes. + Refer to https://openid.net/specs/openid-connect-rpinitiated-1_0.html#RPLogout for more details. + pattern: ^https://([a-zA-Z0-9]([a-zA-Z0-9\-]{0,61}[a-zA-Z0-9])?\.)*[a-zA-Z0-9]([a-zA-Z0-9\-]{0,61}[a-zA-Z0-9])?(:[0-9]{1,5})?(/[a-zA-Z0-9\-._~!$&'()*+,;=:@%]*)*/?(\?[a-zA-Z0-9\-._~!$&'()*+,;=:@%/?]*)?$ + type: string + forwardAccessToken: + description: |- + ForwardAccessToken specifies whether to forward the access token to the backend service. + If set to true, the token is forwarded over a cookie named BearerToken and is also set in the Authorization header. + Defaults to false. + type: boolean + issuerURI: + description: |- + IssuerURI specifies the OpenID provider's issuer URL to discover the OpenID provider's configuration. + The Issuer must be a URI RFC 3986 [RFC3986] with a scheme component that must be https, a host component, + and optionally, port and path components and no query or fragment components. + It discovers the authorizationEndpoint, tokenEndpoint, and endSessionEndpoint if specified in the discovery response. + Refer to https://openid.net/specs/openid-connect-discovery-1_0.html#ProviderConfig for more details. + Note that the OpenID provider configuration is cached and only refreshed periodically when the GatewayExtension object + is reprocessed. + pattern: ^https://([a-zA-Z0-9]([a-zA-Z0-9\-]{0,61}[a-zA-Z0-9])?\.)*[a-zA-Z0-9]([a-zA-Z0-9\-]{0,61}[a-zA-Z0-9])?(:[0-9]{1,5})?(/[a-zA-Z0-9\-._~!$&'()*+,;=:@%]*)*/?$ + type: string + logoutPath: + default: /logout + description: |- + LogoutPath specifies the path to log out a user, clearing their credential cookies. + Defaults to /logout. + minLength: 1 + type: string + redirectURI: + description: |- + RedirectURI specifies the URL passed to the authorization endpoint. + Defaults to :///oauth2/redirect, where the URL scheme and host are derived from the original request. + Refer to https://datatracker.ietf.org/doc/html/rfc6749#section-3.1.2 for more details. + type: string + scopes: + description: |- + List of OAuth scopes to be claimed in the authentication request. + Defaults to "user" scope if not specified. + When using OpenID, the "openid" scope must be included. + Refer to https://datatracker.ietf.org/doc/html/rfc6749#section-3.3 for more details. + items: + type: string + type: array + tokenEndpoint: + description: |- + TokenEndpoint specifies the endpoint on the authorization server to retrieve the access token from. + Refer to https://datatracker.ietf.org/doc/html/rfc6749#section-3.2 for more details. + pattern: ^https://([a-zA-Z0-9]([a-zA-Z0-9\-]{0,61}[a-zA-Z0-9])?\.)*[a-zA-Z0-9]([a-zA-Z0-9\-]{0,61}[a-zA-Z0-9])?(:[0-9]{1,5})?(/[a-zA-Z0-9\-._~!$&'()*+,;=:@%]*)*/?(\?[a-zA-Z0-9\-._~!$&'()*+,;=:@%/?]*)?$ + type: string + required: + - backendRef + - credentials + type: object + x-kubernetes-validations: + - message: Either issuerURI, or both authorizationEndpoint and tokenEndpoint + must be specified + rule: has(self.issuerURI) || (has(self.authorizationEndpoint) && + has(self.tokenEndpoint)) + rateLimit: + description: RateLimit configuration for RateLimit extension type. + properties: + domain: + description: |- + Domain identifies a rate limiting configuration for the rate limit service. + All rate limit requests must specify a domain, which enables the configuration + to be per application without fear of overlap (e.g., "api", "web", "admin"). + type: string + failOpen: + default: true + description: |- + FailOpen determines if requests are limited when the rate limit service is unavailable. + Defaults to true, meaning requests are allowed upstream and not limited if the rate limit service is unavailable. + type: boolean + grpcService: + description: GrpcService is the GRPC service that will handle + the rate limiting. + properties: + authority: + description: Authority is the authority header to use for + the GRPC service. + type: string + backendRef: + description: BackendRef references the backend GRPC service. + properties: + group: + default: "" + description: |- + Group is the group of the referent. For example, "gateway.networking.k8s.io". + When unspecified or empty string, core API group is inferred. + maxLength: 253 + pattern: ^$|^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$ + type: string + kind: + default: Service + description: |- + Kind is the Kubernetes resource kind of the referent. For example + "Service". + + Defaults to "Service" when not specified. + + ExternalName services can refer to CNAME DNS records that may live + outside of the cluster and as such are difficult to reason about in + terms of conformance. They also may not be safe to forward to (see + CVE-2021-25740 for more information). Implementations SHOULD NOT + support ExternalName Services. + + Support: Core (Services with a type other than ExternalName) + + Support: Implementation-specific (Services with type ExternalName) + maxLength: 63 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[a-zA-Z]([-a-zA-Z0-9]*[a-zA-Z0-9])?$ + type: string + name: + description: Name is the name of the referent. + maxLength: 253 + minLength: 1 + type: string + namespace: + description: |- + Namespace is the namespace of the backend. When unspecified, the local + namespace is inferred. + + Note that when a namespace different than the local namespace is specified, + a ReferenceGrant object is required in the referent namespace to allow that + namespace's owner to accept the reference. See the ReferenceGrant + documentation for details. + + Support: Core + maxLength: 63 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?$ + type: string + port: + description: |- + Port specifies the destination port number to use for this resource. + Port is required when the referent is a Kubernetes Service. In this + case, the port number is the service port number, not the target port. + For other resources, destination port might be derived from the referent + resource or this field. + format: int32 + maximum: 65535 + minimum: 1 + type: integer + weight: + default: 1 + description: |- + Weight specifies the proportion of requests forwarded to the referenced + backend. This is computed as weight/(sum of all weights in this + BackendRefs list). For non-zero values, there may be some epsilon from + the exact proportion defined here depending on the precision an + implementation supports. Weight is not a percentage and the sum of + weights does not need to equal 100. + + If only one backend is specified and it has a weight greater than 0, 100% + of the traffic is forwarded to that backend. If weight is set to 0, no + traffic should be forwarded for this entry. If unspecified, weight + defaults to 1. + + Support for this field varies based on the context where used. + format: int32 + maximum: 1000000 + minimum: 0 + type: integer + required: + - name + type: object + x-kubernetes-validations: + - message: Must have port for Service reference + rule: '(size(self.group) == 0 && self.kind == ''Service'') + ? has(self.port) : true' + requestTimeout: + description: RequestTimeout is the timeout for the gRPC request. + This is the timeout for a specific request. + type: string + x-kubernetes-validations: + - message: invalid timeout value + rule: matches(self, '^([0-9]{1,5}(h|m|s|ms)){1,4}$') + - message: timeout must be at least 1ms. + rule: duration(self) >= duration('1ms') + retry: + description: Retry specifies the retry policy for gRPC streams + associated with the service. + properties: + attempts: + default: 1 + description: |- + Attempts specifies the number of retry attempts for a request. + Defaults to 1 attempt if not set. + A value of 0 effectively disables retries. + format: int32 + minimum: 0 + type: integer + backoff: + description: |- + Backoff specifies the retry backoff strategy. + If not set, a default backoff with a base interval of 1000ms is used. The default max interval is 10 times the base interval. + properties: + baseInterval: + description: BaseInterval specifies the base interval + used with a fully jittered exponential back-off + between retries. + type: string + x-kubernetes-validations: + - message: invalid duration value + rule: matches(self, '^([0-9]{1,5}(h|m|s|ms)){1,4}$') + - message: retry.BaseInterval must be at least 1ms. + rule: duration(self) >= duration('1ms') + maxInterval: + description: |- + MaxInterval specifies the maximum interval between retry attempts. + Defaults to 10 times the BaseInterval if not set. + type: string + x-kubernetes-validations: + - message: invalid duration value + rule: matches(self, '^([0-9]{1,5}(h|m|s|ms)){1,4}$') + required: + - baseInterval + type: object + x-kubernetes-validations: + - message: maxInterval must be greater than or equal to + baseInterval + rule: 'has(self.maxInterval) ? duration(self.maxInterval) + >= duration(self.baseInterval) : true' + type: object + required: + - backendRef + type: object + timeout: + default: 100ms + description: |- + Timeout provides an optional timeout value for requests to the rate limit service. + For rate limiting, prefer using this timeout rather than setting the generic `timeout` on the `GrpcService`. + See [envoy issue](https://github.com/envoyproxy/envoy/issues/20070) for more info. + type: string + x-kubernetes-validations: + - message: invalid duration value + rule: matches(self, '^([0-9]{1,5}(h|m|s|ms)){1,4}$') + xRateLimitHeaders: + default: "Off" + description: |- + XRateLimitHeaders configures the standard version to use for X-RateLimit headers emitted. + See [envoy docs](https://www.envoyproxy.io/docs/envoy/latest/api-v3/extensions/filters/http/ratelimit/v3/rate_limit.proto#envoy-v3-api-field-extensions-filters-http-ratelimit-v3-ratelimit-enable-x-ratelimit-headers) for more info. + Disabled by default. + enum: + - "Off" + - DraftVersion03 + type: string + required: + - domain + - grpcService + type: object + type: + description: |- + Deprecated: Setting this field has no effect. + Type indicates the type of the GatewayExtension to be used. + enum: + - ExtAuth + - ExtProc + - RateLimit + - JWT + - OAuth2 + type: string + type: object + x-kubernetes-validations: + - message: extAuth must be set when type is ExtAuth + rule: 'has(self.type) && self.type == ''ExtAuth'' ? has(self.extAuth) + : true' + - message: extProc must be set when type is ExtProc + rule: 'has(self.type) && self.type == ''ExtProc'' ? has(self.extProc) + : true' + - message: rateLimit must be set when type is RateLimit + rule: 'has(self.type) && self.type == ''RateLimit'' ? has(self.rateLimit) + : true' + - message: JWT must be set when type is JWT + rule: 'has(self.type) && self.type == ''JWT'' ? has(self.jwt) : true' + - message: oauth2 must be set when type is OAuth2 + rule: 'has(self.type) && self.type == ''OAuth2'' ? has(self.oauth2) + : true' + - message: exactly one of the fields in [extAuth extProc rateLimit jwt + oauth2] must be set + rule: '[has(self.extAuth),has(self.extProc),has(self.rateLimit),has(self.jwt),has(self.oauth2)].filter(x,x==true).size() + == 1' + status: + description: GatewayExtensionStatus defines the observed state of GatewayExtension. + properties: + conditions: + description: Conditions is the list of conditions for the GatewayExtension. + items: + description: Condition contains details for one aspect of the current + state of this API Resource. + properties: + lastTransitionTime: + description: |- + lastTransitionTime is the last time the condition transitioned from one status to another. + This should be when the underlying condition changed. If that is not known, then using the time when the API field changed is acceptable. + format: date-time + type: string + message: + description: |- + message is a human readable message indicating details about the transition. + This may be an empty string. + maxLength: 32768 + type: string + observedGeneration: + description: |- + observedGeneration represents the .metadata.generation that the condition was set based upon. + For instance, if .metadata.generation is currently 12, but the .status.conditions[x].observedGeneration is 9, the condition is out of date + with respect to the current state of the instance. + format: int64 + minimum: 0 + type: integer + reason: + description: |- + reason contains a programmatic identifier indicating the reason for the condition's last transition. + Producers of specific condition types may define expected values and meanings for this field, + and whether the values are considered a guaranteed API. + The value should be a CamelCase string. + This field may not be empty. + maxLength: 1024 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[A-Za-z]([A-Za-z0-9_,:]*[A-Za-z0-9_])?$ + type: string + status: + description: status of the condition, one of True, False, Unknown. + enum: + - "True" + - "False" + - Unknown + type: string + type: + description: type of condition in CamelCase or in foo.example.com/CamelCase. + maxLength: 316 + pattern: ^([a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*/)?(([A-Za-z0-9][-A-Za-z0-9_.]*)?[A-Za-z0-9])$ + type: string + required: + - lastTransitionTime + - message + - reason + - status + - type + type: object + maxItems: 8 + type: array + x-kubernetes-list-map-keys: + - type + x-kubernetes-list-type: map + type: object + required: + - spec + type: object + served: true + storage: true + subresources: + status: {} diff --git a/charts/kgateway/kgateway/charts/kgateway-crds/templates/gateway.kgateway.dev_gatewayparameters.yaml b/charts/kgateway/kgateway/charts/kgateway-crds/templates/gateway.kgateway.dev_gatewayparameters.yaml new file mode 100644 index 000000000..683fcb2a9 --- /dev/null +++ b/charts/kgateway/kgateway/charts/kgateway-crds/templates/gateway.kgateway.dev_gatewayparameters.yaml @@ -0,0 +1,7421 @@ +--- +apiVersion: apiextensions.k8s.io/v1 +kind: CustomResourceDefinition +metadata: + annotations: + controller-gen.kubebuilder.io/version: v0.19.1-0.20251023132335-bf7d6b742e6a + labels: + app: kgateway + app.kubernetes.io/name: kgateway + name: gatewayparameters.gateway.kgateway.dev +spec: + group: gateway.kgateway.dev + names: + categories: + - kgateway + kind: GatewayParameters + listKind: GatewayParametersList + plural: gatewayparameters + singular: gatewayparameters + scope: Namespaced + versions: + - name: v1alpha1 + schema: + openAPIV3Schema: + description: |- + A GatewayParameters contains configuration that is used to dynamically + provision kgateway's data plane (Envoy or agentgateway proxy instance), based on a + Kubernetes Gateway. + properties: + apiVersion: + description: |- + APIVersion defines the versioned schema of this representation of an object. + Servers should convert recognized schemas to the latest internal value, and + may reject unrecognized values. + More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#resources + type: string + kind: + description: |- + Kind is a string value representing the REST resource this object represents. + Servers may infer this from the endpoint the client submits requests to. + Cannot be updated. + In CamelCase. + More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#types-kinds + type: string + metadata: + type: object + spec: + description: |- + A GatewayParametersSpec describes the type of environment/platform in which + the proxy will be provisioned. + properties: + kube: + description: The proxy will be deployed on Kubernetes. + properties: + agentgateway: + description: |- + Obsolete: This field is no longer used. Agentgateway configuration is now + determined automatically based on the GatewayClass controllerName + (agentgateway.dev/agentgateway). Use the AgentgatewayParameters API to + configure agentgateway deployments. Any values specified here are ignored. + properties: + enabled: + description: |- + Obsolete: This field is no longer used. The agentgateway dataplane is + automatically enabled when the Gateway references a GatewayClass with + controllerName: agentgateway.dev/agentgateway. Use the AgentgatewayParameters + API to configure agentgateway deployments. Any values specified here are ignored. + type: boolean + env: + description: The container environment variables. + items: + description: EnvVar represents an environment variable present + in a Container. + properties: + name: + description: |- + Name of the environment variable. + May consist of any printable ASCII characters except '='. + type: string + value: + description: |- + Variable references $(VAR_NAME) are expanded + using the previously defined environment variables in the container and + any service environment variables. If a variable cannot be resolved, + the reference in the input string will be unchanged. Double $$ are reduced + to a single $, which allows for escaping the $(VAR_NAME) syntax: i.e. + "$$(VAR_NAME)" will produce the string literal "$(VAR_NAME)". + Escaped references will never be expanded, regardless of whether the variable + exists or not. + Defaults to "". + type: string + valueFrom: + description: Source for the environment variable's value. + Cannot be used if value is not empty. + properties: + configMapKeyRef: + description: Selects a key of a ConfigMap. + properties: + key: + description: The key to select. + type: string + name: + default: "" + description: |- + Name of the referent. + This field is effectively required, but due to backwards compatibility is + allowed to be empty. Instances of this type with an empty value here are + almost certainly wrong. + More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/names/#names + type: string + optional: + description: Specify whether the ConfigMap or + its key must be defined + type: boolean + required: + - key + type: object + x-kubernetes-map-type: atomic + fieldRef: + description: |- + Selects a field of the pod: supports metadata.name, metadata.namespace, `metadata.labels['']`, `metadata.annotations['']`, + spec.nodeName, spec.serviceAccountName, status.hostIP, status.podIP, status.podIPs. + properties: + apiVersion: + description: Version of the schema the FieldPath + is written in terms of, defaults to "v1". + type: string + fieldPath: + description: Path of the field to select in + the specified API version. + type: string + required: + - fieldPath + type: object + x-kubernetes-map-type: atomic + fileKeyRef: + description: |- + FileKeyRef selects a key of the env file. + Requires the EnvFiles feature gate to be enabled. + properties: + key: + description: |- + The key within the env file. An invalid key will prevent the pod from starting. + The keys defined within a source may consist of any printable ASCII characters except '='. + During Alpha stage of the EnvFiles feature gate, the key size is limited to 128 characters. + type: string + optional: + default: false + description: |- + Specify whether the file or its key must be defined. If the file or key + does not exist, then the env var is not published. + If optional is set to true and the specified key does not exist, + the environment variable will not be set in the Pod's containers. + + If optional is set to false and the specified key does not exist, + an error will be returned during Pod creation. + type: boolean + path: + description: |- + The path within the volume from which to select the file. + Must be relative and may not contain the '..' path or start with '..'. + type: string + volumeName: + description: The name of the volume mount containing + the env file. + type: string + required: + - key + - path + - volumeName + type: object + x-kubernetes-map-type: atomic + resourceFieldRef: + description: |- + Selects a resource of the container: only resources limits and requests + (limits.cpu, limits.memory, limits.ephemeral-storage, requests.cpu, requests.memory and requests.ephemeral-storage) are currently supported. + properties: + containerName: + description: 'Container name: required for volumes, + optional for env vars' + type: string + divisor: + anyOf: + - type: integer + - type: string + description: Specifies the output format of + the exposed resources, defaults to "1" + pattern: ^(\+|-)?(([0-9]+(\.[0-9]*)?)|(\.[0-9]+))(([KMGTPE]i)|[numkMGTPE]|([eE](\+|-)?(([0-9]+(\.[0-9]*)?)|(\.[0-9]+))))?$ + x-kubernetes-int-or-string: true + resource: + description: 'Required: resource to select' + type: string + required: + - resource + type: object + x-kubernetes-map-type: atomic + secretKeyRef: + description: Selects a key of a secret in the pod's + namespace + properties: + key: + description: The key of the secret to select + from. Must be a valid secret key. + type: string + name: + default: "" + description: |- + Name of the referent. + This field is effectively required, but due to backwards compatibility is + allowed to be empty. Instances of this type with an empty value here are + almost certainly wrong. + More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/names/#names + type: string + optional: + description: Specify whether the Secret or its + key must be defined + type: boolean + required: + - key + type: object + x-kubernetes-map-type: atomic + type: object + required: + - name + type: object + type: array + extraVolumeMounts: + description: |- + Additional volume mounts to add to the container. See + https://kubernetes.io/docs/reference/generated/kubernetes-api/v1.26/#volumemount-v1-core + for details. + items: + description: VolumeMount describes a mounting of a Volume + within a container. + properties: + mountPath: + description: |- + Path within the container at which the volume should be mounted. Must + not contain ':'. + type: string + mountPropagation: + description: |- + mountPropagation determines how mounts are propagated from the host + to container and the other way around. + When not set, MountPropagationNone is used. + This field is beta in 1.10. + When RecursiveReadOnly is set to IfPossible or to Enabled, MountPropagation must be None or unspecified + (which defaults to None). + type: string + name: + description: This must match the Name of a Volume. + type: string + readOnly: + description: |- + Mounted read-only if true, read-write otherwise (false or unspecified). + Defaults to false. + type: boolean + recursiveReadOnly: + description: |- + RecursiveReadOnly specifies whether read-only mounts should be handled + recursively. + + If ReadOnly is false, this field has no meaning and must be unspecified. + + If ReadOnly is true, and this field is set to Disabled, the mount is not made + recursively read-only. If this field is set to IfPossible, the mount is made + recursively read-only, if it is supported by the container runtime. If this + field is set to Enabled, the mount is made recursively read-only if it is + supported by the container runtime, otherwise the pod will not be started and + an error will be generated to indicate the reason. + + If this field is set to IfPossible or Enabled, MountPropagation must be set to + None (or be unspecified, which defaults to None). + + If this field is not specified, it is treated as an equivalent of Disabled. + type: string + subPath: + description: |- + Path within the volume from which the container's volume should be mounted. + Defaults to "" (volume's root). + type: string + subPathExpr: + description: |- + Expanded path within the volume from which the container's volume should be mounted. + Behaves similarly to SubPath but environment variable references $(VAR_NAME) are expanded using the container's environment. + Defaults to "" (volume's root). + SubPathExpr and SubPath are mutually exclusive. + type: string + required: + - mountPath + - name + type: object + type: array + image: + description: "The agentgateway container image. See\nhttps://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/containers/images\nfor + details.\n\nDefault values, which may be overridden individually:\n\n\tregistry: + cr.agentgateway.dev\n\trepository: agentgateway\n\ttag: + \n\tpullPolicy: IfNotPresent" + properties: + digest: + description: The hash digest of the image, e.g. `sha256:12345...` + type: string + pullPolicy: + description: |- + The image pull policy for the container. See + https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/containers/images/#image-pull-policy + for details. + type: string + registry: + description: The image registry. + type: string + repository: + description: The image repository (name). + type: string + tag: + description: The image tag. + type: string + type: object + logLevel: + description: |- + Log level for the agentgateway. Defaults to info. + Levels include "trace", "debug", "info", "error", "warn". See: https://docs.rs/tracing/latest/tracing/struct.Level.html + type: string + resources: + description: |- + The compute resources required by this container. See + https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/configuration/manage-resources-containers/ + for details. + properties: + claims: + description: |- + Claims lists the names of resources, defined in spec.resourceClaims, + that are used by this container. + + This field depends on the + DynamicResourceAllocation feature gate. + + This field is immutable. It can only be set for containers. + items: + description: ResourceClaim references one entry in PodSpec.ResourceClaims. + properties: + name: + description: |- + Name must match the name of one entry in pod.spec.resourceClaims of + the Pod where this field is used. It makes that resource available + inside a container. + type: string + request: + description: |- + Request is the name chosen for a request in the referenced claim. + If empty, everything from the claim is made available, otherwise + only the result of this request. + type: string + required: + - name + type: object + type: array + x-kubernetes-list-map-keys: + - name + x-kubernetes-list-type: map + limits: + additionalProperties: + anyOf: + - type: integer + - type: string + pattern: ^(\+|-)?(([0-9]+(\.[0-9]*)?)|(\.[0-9]+))(([KMGTPE]i)|[numkMGTPE]|([eE](\+|-)?(([0-9]+(\.[0-9]*)?)|(\.[0-9]+))))?$ + x-kubernetes-int-or-string: true + description: |- + Limits describes the maximum amount of compute resources allowed. + More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/configuration/manage-resources-containers/ + type: object + requests: + additionalProperties: + anyOf: + - type: integer + - type: string + pattern: ^(\+|-)?(([0-9]+(\.[0-9]*)?)|(\.[0-9]+))(([KMGTPE]i)|[numkMGTPE]|([eE](\+|-)?(([0-9]+(\.[0-9]*)?)|(\.[0-9]+))))?$ + x-kubernetes-int-or-string: true + description: |- + Requests describes the minimum amount of compute resources required. + If Requests is omitted for a container, it defaults to Limits if that is explicitly specified, + otherwise to an implementation-defined value. Requests cannot exceed Limits. + More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/configuration/manage-resources-containers/ + type: object + type: object + securityContext: + description: |- + The security context for this container. See + https://kubernetes.io/docs/reference/generated/kubernetes-api/v1.26/#securitycontext-v1-core + for details. + properties: + allowPrivilegeEscalation: + description: |- + AllowPrivilegeEscalation controls whether a process can gain more + privileges than its parent process. This bool directly controls if + the no_new_privs flag will be set on the container process. + AllowPrivilegeEscalation is true always when the container is: + 1) run as Privileged + 2) has CAP_SYS_ADMIN + Note that this field cannot be set when spec.os.name is windows. + type: boolean + appArmorProfile: + description: |- + appArmorProfile is the AppArmor options to use by this container. If set, this profile + overrides the pod's appArmorProfile. + Note that this field cannot be set when spec.os.name is windows. + properties: + localhostProfile: + description: |- + localhostProfile indicates a profile loaded on the node that should be used. + The profile must be preconfigured on the node to work. + Must match the loaded name of the profile. + Must be set if and only if type is "Localhost". + type: string + type: + description: |- + type indicates which kind of AppArmor profile will be applied. + Valid options are: + Localhost - a profile pre-loaded on the node. + RuntimeDefault - the container runtime's default profile. + Unconfined - no AppArmor enforcement. + type: string + required: + - type + type: object + capabilities: + description: |- + The capabilities to add/drop when running containers. + Defaults to the default set of capabilities granted by the container runtime. + Note that this field cannot be set when spec.os.name is windows. + properties: + add: + description: Added capabilities + items: + description: Capability represent POSIX capabilities + type + type: string + type: array + x-kubernetes-list-type: atomic + drop: + description: Removed capabilities + items: + description: Capability represent POSIX capabilities + type + type: string + type: array + x-kubernetes-list-type: atomic + type: object + privileged: + description: |- + Run container in privileged mode. + Processes in privileged containers are essentially equivalent to root on the host. + Defaults to false. + Note that this field cannot be set when spec.os.name is windows. + type: boolean + procMount: + description: |- + procMount denotes the type of proc mount to use for the containers. + The default value is Default which uses the container runtime defaults for + readonly paths and masked paths. + This requires the ProcMountType feature flag to be enabled. + Note that this field cannot be set when spec.os.name is windows. + type: string + readOnlyRootFilesystem: + description: |- + Whether this container has a read-only root filesystem. + Default is false. + Note that this field cannot be set when spec.os.name is windows. + type: boolean + runAsGroup: + description: |- + The GID to run the entrypoint of the container process. + Uses runtime default if unset. + May also be set in PodSecurityContext. If set in both SecurityContext and + PodSecurityContext, the value specified in SecurityContext takes precedence. + Note that this field cannot be set when spec.os.name is windows. + format: int64 + type: integer + runAsNonRoot: + description: |- + Indicates that the container must run as a non-root user. + If true, the Kubelet will validate the image at runtime to ensure that it + does not run as UID 0 (root) and fail to start the container if it does. + If unset or false, no such validation will be performed. + May also be set in PodSecurityContext. If set in both SecurityContext and + PodSecurityContext, the value specified in SecurityContext takes precedence. + type: boolean + runAsUser: + description: |- + The UID to run the entrypoint of the container process. + Defaults to user specified in image metadata if unspecified. + May also be set in PodSecurityContext. If set in both SecurityContext and + PodSecurityContext, the value specified in SecurityContext takes precedence. + Note that this field cannot be set when spec.os.name is windows. + format: int64 + type: integer + seLinuxOptions: + description: |- + The SELinux context to be applied to the container. + If unspecified, the container runtime will allocate a random SELinux context for each + container. May also be set in PodSecurityContext. If set in both SecurityContext and + PodSecurityContext, the value specified in SecurityContext takes precedence. + Note that this field cannot be set when spec.os.name is windows. + properties: + level: + description: Level is SELinux level label that applies + to the container. + type: string + role: + description: Role is a SELinux role label that applies + to the container. + type: string + type: + description: Type is a SELinux type label that applies + to the container. + type: string + user: + description: User is a SELinux user label that applies + to the container. + type: string + type: object + seccompProfile: + description: |- + The seccomp options to use by this container. If seccomp options are + provided at both the pod & container level, the container options + override the pod options. + Note that this field cannot be set when spec.os.name is windows. + properties: + localhostProfile: + description: |- + localhostProfile indicates a profile defined in a file on the node should be used. + The profile must be preconfigured on the node to work. + Must be a descending path, relative to the kubelet's configured seccomp profile location. + Must be set if type is "Localhost". Must NOT be set for any other type. + type: string + type: + description: |- + type indicates which kind of seccomp profile will be applied. + Valid options are: + + Localhost - a profile defined in a file on the node should be used. + RuntimeDefault - the container runtime default profile should be used. + Unconfined - no profile should be applied. + type: string + required: + - type + type: object + windowsOptions: + description: |- + The Windows specific settings applied to all containers. + If unspecified, the options from the PodSecurityContext will be used. + If set in both SecurityContext and PodSecurityContext, the value specified in SecurityContext takes precedence. + Note that this field cannot be set when spec.os.name is linux. + properties: + gmsaCredentialSpec: + description: |- + GMSACredentialSpec is where the GMSA admission webhook + (https://github.com/kubernetes-sigs/windows-gmsa) inlines the contents of the + GMSA credential spec named by the GMSACredentialSpecName field. + type: string + gmsaCredentialSpecName: + description: GMSACredentialSpecName is the name of + the GMSA credential spec to use. + type: string + hostProcess: + description: |- + HostProcess determines if a container should be run as a 'Host Process' container. + All of a Pod's containers must have the same effective HostProcess value + (it is not allowed to have a mix of HostProcess containers and non-HostProcess containers). + In addition, if HostProcess is true then HostNetwork must also be set to true. + type: boolean + runAsUserName: + description: |- + The UserName in Windows to run the entrypoint of the container process. + Defaults to the user specified in image metadata if unspecified. + May also be set in PodSecurityContext. If set in both SecurityContext and + PodSecurityContext, the value specified in SecurityContext takes precedence. + type: string + type: object + type: object + type: object + deployment: + description: |- + Use a Kubernetes deployment as the proxy workload type. Currently, this is the only + supported workload type. + properties: + replicas: + description: |- + The number of desired pods. + If omitted, behavior will be managed by the K8s control plane, and will default to 1. + If you are using an HPA, make sure to not explicitly define this. + K8s reference: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/controllers/deployment/#replicas + format: int32 + minimum: 0 + type: integer + strategy: + description: |- + The deployment strategy to use to replace existing pods with new + ones. The Kubernetes default is a RollingUpdate with 25% maxUnavailable, + 25% maxSurge. + + E.g., to recreate pods, minimizing resources for the rollout but causing downtime: + strategy: + type: Recreate + E.g., to roll out as a RollingUpdate but with non-default parameters: + strategy: + type: RollingUpdate + rollingUpdate: + maxSurge: 100% + properties: + rollingUpdate: + description: |- + Rolling update config params. Present only if DeploymentStrategyType = + RollingUpdate. + properties: + maxSurge: + anyOf: + - type: integer + - type: string + description: |- + The maximum number of pods that can be scheduled above the desired number of + pods. + Value can be an absolute number (ex: 5) or a percentage of desired pods (ex: 10%). + This can not be 0 if MaxUnavailable is 0. + Absolute number is calculated from percentage by rounding up. + Defaults to 25%. + Example: when this is set to 30%, the new ReplicaSet can be scaled up immediately when + the rolling update starts, such that the total number of old and new pods do not exceed + 130% of desired pods. Once old pods have been killed, + new ReplicaSet can be scaled up further, ensuring that total number of pods running + at any time during the update is at most 130% of desired pods. + x-kubernetes-int-or-string: true + maxUnavailable: + anyOf: + - type: integer + - type: string + description: |- + The maximum number of pods that can be unavailable during the update. + Value can be an absolute number (ex: 5) or a percentage of desired pods (ex: 10%). + Absolute number is calculated from percentage by rounding down. + This can not be 0 if MaxSurge is 0. + Defaults to 25%. + Example: when this is set to 30%, the old ReplicaSet can be scaled down to 70% of desired pods + immediately when the rolling update starts. Once new pods are ready, old ReplicaSet + can be scaled down further, followed by scaling up the new ReplicaSet, ensuring + that the total number of pods available at all times during the update is at + least 70% of desired pods. + x-kubernetes-int-or-string: true + type: object + type: + description: Type of deployment. Can be "Recreate" or + "RollingUpdate". Default is RollingUpdate. + type: string + type: object + type: object + envoyContainer: + description: Configuration for the container running Envoy. + properties: + bootstrap: + description: Initial envoy configuration. + properties: + componentLogLevels: + additionalProperties: + type: string + description: "Envoy log levels for specific components. + The keys are component names and\nthe values are one + of \"trace\", \"debug\", \"info\", \"warn\", \"error\",\n\"critical\", + or \"off\", e.g.\n\n\t```yaml\n\tcomponentLogLevels:\n\t + \ upstream: debug\n\t connection: trace\n\t```\n\nThese + will be converted to the `--component-log-level` Envoy + argument\nvalue. See\nhttps://www.envoyproxy.io/docs/envoy/latest/start/quick-start/run-envoy#debugging-envoy\nfor + more information.\n\nNote: the keys and values cannot + be empty, but they are not otherwise validated." + type: object + logLevel: + description: |- + Envoy log level. Options include "trace", "debug", "info", "warn", "error", + "critical" and "off". Defaults to "info". See + https://www.envoyproxy.io/docs/envoy/latest/start/quick-start/run-envoy#debugging-envoy + for more information. + type: string + type: object + env: + description: The container environment variables. + items: + description: EnvVar represents an environment variable present + in a Container. + properties: + name: + description: |- + Name of the environment variable. + May consist of any printable ASCII characters except '='. + type: string + value: + description: |- + Variable references $(VAR_NAME) are expanded + using the previously defined environment variables in the container and + any service environment variables. If a variable cannot be resolved, + the reference in the input string will be unchanged. Double $$ are reduced + to a single $, which allows for escaping the $(VAR_NAME) syntax: i.e. + "$$(VAR_NAME)" will produce the string literal "$(VAR_NAME)". + Escaped references will never be expanded, regardless of whether the variable + exists or not. + Defaults to "". + type: string + valueFrom: + description: Source for the environment variable's value. + Cannot be used if value is not empty. + properties: + configMapKeyRef: + description: Selects a key of a ConfigMap. + properties: + key: + description: The key to select. + type: string + name: + default: "" + description: |- + Name of the referent. + This field is effectively required, but due to backwards compatibility is + allowed to be empty. Instances of this type with an empty value here are + almost certainly wrong. + More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/names/#names + type: string + optional: + description: Specify whether the ConfigMap or + its key must be defined + type: boolean + required: + - key + type: object + x-kubernetes-map-type: atomic + fieldRef: + description: |- + Selects a field of the pod: supports metadata.name, metadata.namespace, `metadata.labels['']`, `metadata.annotations['']`, + spec.nodeName, spec.serviceAccountName, status.hostIP, status.podIP, status.podIPs. + properties: + apiVersion: + description: Version of the schema the FieldPath + is written in terms of, defaults to "v1". + type: string + fieldPath: + description: Path of the field to select in + the specified API version. + type: string + required: + - fieldPath + type: object + x-kubernetes-map-type: atomic + fileKeyRef: + description: |- + FileKeyRef selects a key of the env file. + Requires the EnvFiles feature gate to be enabled. + properties: + key: + description: |- + The key within the env file. An invalid key will prevent the pod from starting. + The keys defined within a source may consist of any printable ASCII characters except '='. + During Alpha stage of the EnvFiles feature gate, the key size is limited to 128 characters. + type: string + optional: + default: false + description: |- + Specify whether the file or its key must be defined. If the file or key + does not exist, then the env var is not published. + If optional is set to true and the specified key does not exist, + the environment variable will not be set in the Pod's containers. + + If optional is set to false and the specified key does not exist, + an error will be returned during Pod creation. + type: boolean + path: + description: |- + The path within the volume from which to select the file. + Must be relative and may not contain the '..' path or start with '..'. + type: string + volumeName: + description: The name of the volume mount containing + the env file. + type: string + required: + - key + - path + - volumeName + type: object + x-kubernetes-map-type: atomic + resourceFieldRef: + description: |- + Selects a resource of the container: only resources limits and requests + (limits.cpu, limits.memory, limits.ephemeral-storage, requests.cpu, requests.memory and requests.ephemeral-storage) are currently supported. + properties: + containerName: + description: 'Container name: required for volumes, + optional for env vars' + type: string + divisor: + anyOf: + - type: integer + - type: string + description: Specifies the output format of + the exposed resources, defaults to "1" + pattern: ^(\+|-)?(([0-9]+(\.[0-9]*)?)|(\.[0-9]+))(([KMGTPE]i)|[numkMGTPE]|([eE](\+|-)?(([0-9]+(\.[0-9]*)?)|(\.[0-9]+))))?$ + x-kubernetes-int-or-string: true + resource: + description: 'Required: resource to select' + type: string + required: + - resource + type: object + x-kubernetes-map-type: atomic + secretKeyRef: + description: Selects a key of a secret in the pod's + namespace + properties: + key: + description: The key of the secret to select + from. Must be a valid secret key. + type: string + name: + default: "" + description: |- + Name of the referent. + This field is effectively required, but due to backwards compatibility is + allowed to be empty. Instances of this type with an empty value here are + almost certainly wrong. + More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/names/#names + type: string + optional: + description: Specify whether the Secret or its + key must be defined + type: boolean + required: + - key + type: object + x-kubernetes-map-type: atomic + type: object + required: + - name + type: object + type: array + extraVolumeMounts: + description: |- + Additional volume mounts to add to the container. See + https://kubernetes.io/docs/reference/generated/kubernetes-api/v1.26/#volumemount-v1-core + for details. + items: + description: VolumeMount describes a mounting of a Volume + within a container. + properties: + mountPath: + description: |- + Path within the container at which the volume should be mounted. Must + not contain ':'. + type: string + mountPropagation: + description: |- + mountPropagation determines how mounts are propagated from the host + to container and the other way around. + When not set, MountPropagationNone is used. + This field is beta in 1.10. + When RecursiveReadOnly is set to IfPossible or to Enabled, MountPropagation must be None or unspecified + (which defaults to None). + type: string + name: + description: This must match the Name of a Volume. + type: string + readOnly: + description: |- + Mounted read-only if true, read-write otherwise (false or unspecified). + Defaults to false. + type: boolean + recursiveReadOnly: + description: |- + RecursiveReadOnly specifies whether read-only mounts should be handled + recursively. + + If ReadOnly is false, this field has no meaning and must be unspecified. + + If ReadOnly is true, and this field is set to Disabled, the mount is not made + recursively read-only. If this field is set to IfPossible, the mount is made + recursively read-only, if it is supported by the container runtime. If this + field is set to Enabled, the mount is made recursively read-only if it is + supported by the container runtime, otherwise the pod will not be started and + an error will be generated to indicate the reason. + + If this field is set to IfPossible or Enabled, MountPropagation must be set to + None (or be unspecified, which defaults to None). + + If this field is not specified, it is treated as an equivalent of Disabled. + type: string + subPath: + description: |- + Path within the volume from which the container's volume should be mounted. + Defaults to "" (volume's root). + type: string + subPathExpr: + description: |- + Expanded path within the volume from which the container's volume should be mounted. + Behaves similarly to SubPath but environment variable references $(VAR_NAME) are expanded using the container's environment. + Defaults to "" (volume's root). + SubPathExpr and SubPath are mutually exclusive. + type: string + required: + - mountPath + - name + type: object + type: array + image: + description: "The envoy container image. See\nhttps://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/containers/images\nfor + details.\n\nDefault values, which may be overridden individually:\n\n\tregistry: + quay.io/solo-io\n\trepository: envoy-wrapper\n\ttag: \n\tpullPolicy: IfNotPresent" + properties: + digest: + description: The hash digest of the image, e.g. `sha256:12345...` + type: string + pullPolicy: + description: |- + The image pull policy for the container. See + https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/containers/images/#image-pull-policy + for details. + type: string + registry: + description: The image registry. + type: string + repository: + description: The image repository (name). + type: string + tag: + description: The image tag. + type: string + type: object + resources: + description: |- + The compute resources required by this container. See + https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/configuration/manage-resources-containers/ + for details. + properties: + claims: + description: |- + Claims lists the names of resources, defined in spec.resourceClaims, + that are used by this container. + + This field depends on the + DynamicResourceAllocation feature gate. + + This field is immutable. It can only be set for containers. + items: + description: ResourceClaim references one entry in PodSpec.ResourceClaims. + properties: + name: + description: |- + Name must match the name of one entry in pod.spec.resourceClaims of + the Pod where this field is used. It makes that resource available + inside a container. + type: string + request: + description: |- + Request is the name chosen for a request in the referenced claim. + If empty, everything from the claim is made available, otherwise + only the result of this request. + type: string + required: + - name + type: object + type: array + x-kubernetes-list-map-keys: + - name + x-kubernetes-list-type: map + limits: + additionalProperties: + anyOf: + - type: integer + - type: string + pattern: ^(\+|-)?(([0-9]+(\.[0-9]*)?)|(\.[0-9]+))(([KMGTPE]i)|[numkMGTPE]|([eE](\+|-)?(([0-9]+(\.[0-9]*)?)|(\.[0-9]+))))?$ + x-kubernetes-int-or-string: true + description: |- + Limits describes the maximum amount of compute resources allowed. + More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/configuration/manage-resources-containers/ + type: object + requests: + additionalProperties: + anyOf: + - type: integer + - type: string + pattern: ^(\+|-)?(([0-9]+(\.[0-9]*)?)|(\.[0-9]+))(([KMGTPE]i)|[numkMGTPE]|([eE](\+|-)?(([0-9]+(\.[0-9]*)?)|(\.[0-9]+))))?$ + x-kubernetes-int-or-string: true + description: |- + Requests describes the minimum amount of compute resources required. + If Requests is omitted for a container, it defaults to Limits if that is explicitly specified, + otherwise to an implementation-defined value. Requests cannot exceed Limits. + More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/configuration/manage-resources-containers/ + type: object + type: object + securityContext: + description: |- + The security context for this container. See + https://kubernetes.io/docs/reference/generated/kubernetes-api/v1.26/#securitycontext-v1-core + for details. + properties: + allowPrivilegeEscalation: + description: |- + AllowPrivilegeEscalation controls whether a process can gain more + privileges than its parent process. This bool directly controls if + the no_new_privs flag will be set on the container process. + AllowPrivilegeEscalation is true always when the container is: + 1) run as Privileged + 2) has CAP_SYS_ADMIN + Note that this field cannot be set when spec.os.name is windows. + type: boolean + appArmorProfile: + description: |- + appArmorProfile is the AppArmor options to use by this container. If set, this profile + overrides the pod's appArmorProfile. + Note that this field cannot be set when spec.os.name is windows. + properties: + localhostProfile: + description: |- + localhostProfile indicates a profile loaded on the node that should be used. + The profile must be preconfigured on the node to work. + Must match the loaded name of the profile. + Must be set if and only if type is "Localhost". + type: string + type: + description: |- + type indicates which kind of AppArmor profile will be applied. + Valid options are: + Localhost - a profile pre-loaded on the node. + RuntimeDefault - the container runtime's default profile. + Unconfined - no AppArmor enforcement. + type: string + required: + - type + type: object + capabilities: + description: |- + The capabilities to add/drop when running containers. + Defaults to the default set of capabilities granted by the container runtime. + Note that this field cannot be set when spec.os.name is windows. + properties: + add: + description: Added capabilities + items: + description: Capability represent POSIX capabilities + type + type: string + type: array + x-kubernetes-list-type: atomic + drop: + description: Removed capabilities + items: + description: Capability represent POSIX capabilities + type + type: string + type: array + x-kubernetes-list-type: atomic + type: object + privileged: + description: |- + Run container in privileged mode. + Processes in privileged containers are essentially equivalent to root on the host. + Defaults to false. + Note that this field cannot be set when spec.os.name is windows. + type: boolean + procMount: + description: |- + procMount denotes the type of proc mount to use for the containers. + The default value is Default which uses the container runtime defaults for + readonly paths and masked paths. + This requires the ProcMountType feature flag to be enabled. + Note that this field cannot be set when spec.os.name is windows. + type: string + readOnlyRootFilesystem: + description: |- + Whether this container has a read-only root filesystem. + Default is false. + Note that this field cannot be set when spec.os.name is windows. + type: boolean + runAsGroup: + description: |- + The GID to run the entrypoint of the container process. + Uses runtime default if unset. + May also be set in PodSecurityContext. If set in both SecurityContext and + PodSecurityContext, the value specified in SecurityContext takes precedence. + Note that this field cannot be set when spec.os.name is windows. + format: int64 + type: integer + runAsNonRoot: + description: |- + Indicates that the container must run as a non-root user. + If true, the Kubelet will validate the image at runtime to ensure that it + does not run as UID 0 (root) and fail to start the container if it does. + If unset or false, no such validation will be performed. + May also be set in PodSecurityContext. If set in both SecurityContext and + PodSecurityContext, the value specified in SecurityContext takes precedence. + type: boolean + runAsUser: + description: |- + The UID to run the entrypoint of the container process. + Defaults to user specified in image metadata if unspecified. + May also be set in PodSecurityContext. If set in both SecurityContext and + PodSecurityContext, the value specified in SecurityContext takes precedence. + Note that this field cannot be set when spec.os.name is windows. + format: int64 + type: integer + seLinuxOptions: + description: |- + The SELinux context to be applied to the container. + If unspecified, the container runtime will allocate a random SELinux context for each + container. May also be set in PodSecurityContext. If set in both SecurityContext and + PodSecurityContext, the value specified in SecurityContext takes precedence. + Note that this field cannot be set when spec.os.name is windows. + properties: + level: + description: Level is SELinux level label that applies + to the container. + type: string + role: + description: Role is a SELinux role label that applies + to the container. + type: string + type: + description: Type is a SELinux type label that applies + to the container. + type: string + user: + description: User is a SELinux user label that applies + to the container. + type: string + type: object + seccompProfile: + description: |- + The seccomp options to use by this container. If seccomp options are + provided at both the pod & container level, the container options + override the pod options. + Note that this field cannot be set when spec.os.name is windows. + properties: + localhostProfile: + description: |- + localhostProfile indicates a profile defined in a file on the node should be used. + The profile must be preconfigured on the node to work. + Must be a descending path, relative to the kubelet's configured seccomp profile location. + Must be set if type is "Localhost". Must NOT be set for any other type. + type: string + type: + description: |- + type indicates which kind of seccomp profile will be applied. + Valid options are: + + Localhost - a profile defined in a file on the node should be used. + RuntimeDefault - the container runtime default profile should be used. + Unconfined - no profile should be applied. + type: string + required: + - type + type: object + windowsOptions: + description: |- + The Windows specific settings applied to all containers. + If unspecified, the options from the PodSecurityContext will be used. + If set in both SecurityContext and PodSecurityContext, the value specified in SecurityContext takes precedence. + Note that this field cannot be set when spec.os.name is linux. + properties: + gmsaCredentialSpec: + description: |- + GMSACredentialSpec is where the GMSA admission webhook + (https://github.com/kubernetes-sigs/windows-gmsa) inlines the contents of the + GMSA credential spec named by the GMSACredentialSpecName field. + type: string + gmsaCredentialSpecName: + description: GMSACredentialSpecName is the name of + the GMSA credential spec to use. + type: string + hostProcess: + description: |- + HostProcess determines if a container should be run as a 'Host Process' container. + All of a Pod's containers must have the same effective HostProcess value + (it is not allowed to have a mix of HostProcess containers and non-HostProcess containers). + In addition, if HostProcess is true then HostNetwork must also be set to true. + type: boolean + runAsUserName: + description: |- + The UserName in Windows to run the entrypoint of the container process. + Defaults to the user specified in image metadata if unspecified. + May also be set in PodSecurityContext. If set in both SecurityContext and + PodSecurityContext, the value specified in SecurityContext takes precedence. + type: string + type: object + type: object + type: object + istio: + description: Configuration for the Istio integration. + properties: + customSidecars: + description: |- + do not use slice of pointers: https://github.com/kubernetes/code-generator/issues/166 + Override the default Istio sidecar in gateway-proxy with a custom container. + items: + description: A single application container that you want + to run within a pod. + properties: + args: + description: |- + Arguments to the entrypoint. + The container image's CMD is used if this is not provided. + Variable references $(VAR_NAME) are expanded using the container's environment. If a variable + cannot be resolved, the reference in the input string will be unchanged. Double $$ are reduced + to a single $, which allows for escaping the $(VAR_NAME) syntax: i.e. "$$(VAR_NAME)" will + produce the string literal "$(VAR_NAME)". Escaped references will never be expanded, regardless + of whether the variable exists or not. Cannot be updated. + More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/inject-data-application/define-command-argument-container/#running-a-command-in-a-shell + items: + type: string + type: array + x-kubernetes-list-type: atomic + command: + description: |- + Entrypoint array. Not executed within a shell. + The container image's ENTRYPOINT is used if this is not provided. + Variable references $(VAR_NAME) are expanded using the container's environment. If a variable + cannot be resolved, the reference in the input string will be unchanged. Double $$ are reduced + to a single $, which allows for escaping the $(VAR_NAME) syntax: i.e. "$$(VAR_NAME)" will + produce the string literal "$(VAR_NAME)". Escaped references will never be expanded, regardless + of whether the variable exists or not. Cannot be updated. + More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/inject-data-application/define-command-argument-container/#running-a-command-in-a-shell + items: + type: string + type: array + x-kubernetes-list-type: atomic + env: + description: |- + List of environment variables to set in the container. + Cannot be updated. + items: + description: EnvVar represents an environment variable + present in a Container. + properties: + name: + description: |- + Name of the environment variable. + May consist of any printable ASCII characters except '='. + type: string + value: + description: |- + Variable references $(VAR_NAME) are expanded + using the previously defined environment variables in the container and + any service environment variables. If a variable cannot be resolved, + the reference in the input string will be unchanged. Double $$ are reduced + to a single $, which allows for escaping the $(VAR_NAME) syntax: i.e. + "$$(VAR_NAME)" will produce the string literal "$(VAR_NAME)". + Escaped references will never be expanded, regardless of whether the variable + exists or not. + Defaults to "". + type: string + valueFrom: + description: Source for the environment variable's + value. Cannot be used if value is not empty. + properties: + configMapKeyRef: + description: Selects a key of a ConfigMap. + properties: + key: + description: The key to select. + type: string + name: + default: "" + description: |- + Name of the referent. + This field is effectively required, but due to backwards compatibility is + allowed to be empty. Instances of this type with an empty value here are + almost certainly wrong. + More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/names/#names + type: string + optional: + description: Specify whether the ConfigMap + or its key must be defined + type: boolean + required: + - key + type: object + x-kubernetes-map-type: atomic + fieldRef: + description: |- + Selects a field of the pod: supports metadata.name, metadata.namespace, `metadata.labels['']`, `metadata.annotations['']`, + spec.nodeName, spec.serviceAccountName, status.hostIP, status.podIP, status.podIPs. + properties: + apiVersion: + description: Version of the schema the + FieldPath is written in terms of, defaults + to "v1". + type: string + fieldPath: + description: Path of the field to select + in the specified API version. + type: string + required: + - fieldPath + type: object + x-kubernetes-map-type: atomic + fileKeyRef: + description: |- + FileKeyRef selects a key of the env file. + Requires the EnvFiles feature gate to be enabled. + properties: + key: + description: |- + The key within the env file. An invalid key will prevent the pod from starting. + The keys defined within a source may consist of any printable ASCII characters except '='. + During Alpha stage of the EnvFiles feature gate, the key size is limited to 128 characters. + type: string + optional: + default: false + description: |- + Specify whether the file or its key must be defined. If the file or key + does not exist, then the env var is not published. + If optional is set to true and the specified key does not exist, + the environment variable will not be set in the Pod's containers. + + If optional is set to false and the specified key does not exist, + an error will be returned during Pod creation. + type: boolean + path: + description: |- + The path within the volume from which to select the file. + Must be relative and may not contain the '..' path or start with '..'. + type: string + volumeName: + description: The name of the volume mount + containing the env file. + type: string + required: + - key + - path + - volumeName + type: object + x-kubernetes-map-type: atomic + resourceFieldRef: + description: |- + Selects a resource of the container: only resources limits and requests + (limits.cpu, limits.memory, limits.ephemeral-storage, requests.cpu, requests.memory and requests.ephemeral-storage) are currently supported. + properties: + containerName: + description: 'Container name: required + for volumes, optional for env vars' + type: string + divisor: + anyOf: + - type: integer + - type: string + description: Specifies the output format + of the exposed resources, defaults to + "1" + pattern: ^(\+|-)?(([0-9]+(\.[0-9]*)?)|(\.[0-9]+))(([KMGTPE]i)|[numkMGTPE]|([eE](\+|-)?(([0-9]+(\.[0-9]*)?)|(\.[0-9]+))))?$ + x-kubernetes-int-or-string: true + resource: + description: 'Required: resource to select' + type: string + required: + - resource + type: object + x-kubernetes-map-type: atomic + secretKeyRef: + description: Selects a key of a secret in + the pod's namespace + properties: + key: + description: The key of the secret to + select from. Must be a valid secret + key. + type: string + name: + default: "" + description: |- + Name of the referent. + This field is effectively required, but due to backwards compatibility is + allowed to be empty. Instances of this type with an empty value here are + almost certainly wrong. + More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/names/#names + type: string + optional: + description: Specify whether the Secret + or its key must be defined + type: boolean + required: + - key + type: object + x-kubernetes-map-type: atomic + type: object + required: + - name + type: object + type: array + x-kubernetes-list-map-keys: + - name + x-kubernetes-list-type: map + envFrom: + description: |- + List of sources to populate environment variables in the container. + The keys defined within a source may consist of any printable ASCII characters except '='. + When a key exists in multiple + sources, the value associated with the last source will take precedence. + Values defined by an Env with a duplicate key will take precedence. + Cannot be updated. + items: + description: EnvFromSource represents the source of + a set of ConfigMaps or Secrets + properties: + configMapRef: + description: The ConfigMap to select from + properties: + name: + default: "" + description: |- + Name of the referent. + This field is effectively required, but due to backwards compatibility is + allowed to be empty. Instances of this type with an empty value here are + almost certainly wrong. + More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/names/#names + type: string + optional: + description: Specify whether the ConfigMap + must be defined + type: boolean + type: object + x-kubernetes-map-type: atomic + prefix: + description: |- + Optional text to prepend to the name of each environment variable. + May consist of any printable ASCII characters except '='. + type: string + secretRef: + description: The Secret to select from + properties: + name: + default: "" + description: |- + Name of the referent. + This field is effectively required, but due to backwards compatibility is + allowed to be empty. Instances of this type with an empty value here are + almost certainly wrong. + More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/names/#names + type: string + optional: + description: Specify whether the Secret must + be defined + type: boolean + type: object + x-kubernetes-map-type: atomic + type: object + type: array + x-kubernetes-list-type: atomic + image: + description: |- + Container image name. + More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/containers/images + This field is optional to allow higher level config management to default or override + container images in workload controllers like Deployments and StatefulSets. + type: string + imagePullPolicy: + description: |- + Image pull policy. + One of Always, Never, IfNotPresent. + Defaults to Always if :latest tag is specified, or IfNotPresent otherwise. + Cannot be updated. + More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/containers/images#updating-images + type: string + lifecycle: + description: |- + Actions that the management system should take in response to container lifecycle events. + Cannot be updated. + properties: + postStart: + description: |- + PostStart is called immediately after a container is created. If the handler fails, + the container is terminated and restarted according to its restart policy. + Other management of the container blocks until the hook completes. + More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/containers/container-lifecycle-hooks/#container-hooks + properties: + exec: + description: Exec specifies a command to execute + in the container. + properties: + command: + description: |- + Command is the command line to execute inside the container, the working directory for the + command is root ('/') in the container's filesystem. The command is simply exec'd, it is + not run inside a shell, so traditional shell instructions ('|', etc) won't work. To use + a shell, you need to explicitly call out to that shell. + Exit status of 0 is treated as live/healthy and non-zero is unhealthy. + items: + type: string + type: array + x-kubernetes-list-type: atomic + type: object + httpGet: + description: HTTPGet specifies an HTTP GET request + to perform. + properties: + host: + description: |- + Host name to connect to, defaults to the pod IP. You probably want to set + "Host" in httpHeaders instead. + type: string + httpHeaders: + description: Custom headers to set in the + request. HTTP allows repeated headers. + items: + description: HTTPHeader describes a custom + header to be used in HTTP probes + properties: + name: + description: |- + The header field name. + This will be canonicalized upon output, so case-variant names will be understood as the same header. + type: string + value: + description: The header field value + type: string + required: + - name + - value + type: object + type: array + x-kubernetes-list-type: atomic + path: + description: Path to access on the HTTP + server. + type: string + port: + anyOf: + - type: integer + - type: string + description: |- + Name or number of the port to access on the container. + Number must be in the range 1 to 65535. + Name must be an IANA_SVC_NAME. + x-kubernetes-int-or-string: true + scheme: + description: |- + Scheme to use for connecting to the host. + Defaults to HTTP. + type: string + required: + - port + type: object + sleep: + description: Sleep represents a duration that + the container should sleep. + properties: + seconds: + description: Seconds is the number of seconds + to sleep. + format: int64 + type: integer + required: + - seconds + type: object + tcpSocket: + description: |- + Deprecated. TCPSocket is NOT supported as a LifecycleHandler and kept + for backward compatibility. There is no validation of this field and + lifecycle hooks will fail at runtime when it is specified. + properties: + host: + description: 'Optional: Host name to connect + to, defaults to the pod IP.' + type: string + port: + anyOf: + - type: integer + - type: string + description: |- + Number or name of the port to access on the container. + Number must be in the range 1 to 65535. + Name must be an IANA_SVC_NAME. + x-kubernetes-int-or-string: true + required: + - port + type: object + type: object + preStop: + description: |- + PreStop is called immediately before a container is terminated due to an + API request or management event such as liveness/startup probe failure, + preemption, resource contention, etc. The handler is not called if the + container crashes or exits. The Pod's termination grace period countdown begins before the + PreStop hook is executed. Regardless of the outcome of the handler, the + container will eventually terminate within the Pod's termination grace + period (unless delayed by finalizers). Other management of the container blocks until the hook completes + or until the termination grace period is reached. + More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/containers/container-lifecycle-hooks/#container-hooks + properties: + exec: + description: Exec specifies a command to execute + in the container. + properties: + command: + description: |- + Command is the command line to execute inside the container, the working directory for the + command is root ('/') in the container's filesystem. The command is simply exec'd, it is + not run inside a shell, so traditional shell instructions ('|', etc) won't work. To use + a shell, you need to explicitly call out to that shell. + Exit status of 0 is treated as live/healthy and non-zero is unhealthy. + items: + type: string + type: array + x-kubernetes-list-type: atomic + type: object + httpGet: + description: HTTPGet specifies an HTTP GET request + to perform. + properties: + host: + description: |- + Host name to connect to, defaults to the pod IP. You probably want to set + "Host" in httpHeaders instead. + type: string + httpHeaders: + description: Custom headers to set in the + request. HTTP allows repeated headers. + items: + description: HTTPHeader describes a custom + header to be used in HTTP probes + properties: + name: + description: |- + The header field name. + This will be canonicalized upon output, so case-variant names will be understood as the same header. + type: string + value: + description: The header field value + type: string + required: + - name + - value + type: object + type: array + x-kubernetes-list-type: atomic + path: + description: Path to access on the HTTP + server. + type: string + port: + anyOf: + - type: integer + - type: string + description: |- + Name or number of the port to access on the container. + Number must be in the range 1 to 65535. + Name must be an IANA_SVC_NAME. + x-kubernetes-int-or-string: true + scheme: + description: |- + Scheme to use for connecting to the host. + Defaults to HTTP. + type: string + required: + - port + type: object + sleep: + description: Sleep represents a duration that + the container should sleep. + properties: + seconds: + description: Seconds is the number of seconds + to sleep. + format: int64 + type: integer + required: + - seconds + type: object + tcpSocket: + description: |- + Deprecated. TCPSocket is NOT supported as a LifecycleHandler and kept + for backward compatibility. There is no validation of this field and + lifecycle hooks will fail at runtime when it is specified. + properties: + host: + description: 'Optional: Host name to connect + to, defaults to the pod IP.' + type: string + port: + anyOf: + - type: integer + - type: string + description: |- + Number or name of the port to access on the container. + Number must be in the range 1 to 65535. + Name must be an IANA_SVC_NAME. + x-kubernetes-int-or-string: true + required: + - port + type: object + type: object + stopSignal: + description: |- + StopSignal defines which signal will be sent to a container when it is being stopped. + If not specified, the default is defined by the container runtime in use. + StopSignal can only be set for Pods with a non-empty .spec.os.name + type: string + type: object + livenessProbe: + description: |- + Periodic probe of container liveness. + Container will be restarted if the probe fails. + Cannot be updated. + More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle#container-probes + properties: + exec: + description: Exec specifies a command to execute + in the container. + properties: + command: + description: |- + Command is the command line to execute inside the container, the working directory for the + command is root ('/') in the container's filesystem. The command is simply exec'd, it is + not run inside a shell, so traditional shell instructions ('|', etc) won't work. To use + a shell, you need to explicitly call out to that shell. + Exit status of 0 is treated as live/healthy and non-zero is unhealthy. + items: + type: string + type: array + x-kubernetes-list-type: atomic + type: object + failureThreshold: + description: |- + Minimum consecutive failures for the probe to be considered failed after having succeeded. + Defaults to 3. Minimum value is 1. + format: int32 + type: integer + grpc: + description: GRPC specifies a GRPC HealthCheckRequest. + properties: + port: + description: Port number of the gRPC service. + Number must be in the range 1 to 65535. + format: int32 + type: integer + service: + default: "" + description: |- + Service is the name of the service to place in the gRPC HealthCheckRequest + (see https://github.com/grpc/grpc/blob/master/doc/health-checking.md). + + If this is not specified, the default behavior is defined by gRPC. + type: string + required: + - port + type: object + httpGet: + description: HTTPGet specifies an HTTP GET request + to perform. + properties: + host: + description: |- + Host name to connect to, defaults to the pod IP. You probably want to set + "Host" in httpHeaders instead. + type: string + httpHeaders: + description: Custom headers to set in the request. + HTTP allows repeated headers. + items: + description: HTTPHeader describes a custom + header to be used in HTTP probes + properties: + name: + description: |- + The header field name. + This will be canonicalized upon output, so case-variant names will be understood as the same header. + type: string + value: + description: The header field value + type: string + required: + - name + - value + type: object + type: array + x-kubernetes-list-type: atomic + path: + description: Path to access on the HTTP server. + type: string + port: + anyOf: + - type: integer + - type: string + description: |- + Name or number of the port to access on the container. + Number must be in the range 1 to 65535. + Name must be an IANA_SVC_NAME. + x-kubernetes-int-or-string: true + scheme: + description: |- + Scheme to use for connecting to the host. + Defaults to HTTP. + type: string + required: + - port + type: object + initialDelaySeconds: + description: |- + Number of seconds after the container has started before liveness probes are initiated. + More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle#container-probes + format: int32 + type: integer + periodSeconds: + description: |- + How often (in seconds) to perform the probe. + Default to 10 seconds. Minimum value is 1. + format: int32 + type: integer + successThreshold: + description: |- + Minimum consecutive successes for the probe to be considered successful after having failed. + Defaults to 1. Must be 1 for liveness and startup. Minimum value is 1. + format: int32 + type: integer + tcpSocket: + description: TCPSocket specifies a connection to + a TCP port. + properties: + host: + description: 'Optional: Host name to connect + to, defaults to the pod IP.' + type: string + port: + anyOf: + - type: integer + - type: string + description: |- + Number or name of the port to access on the container. + Number must be in the range 1 to 65535. + Name must be an IANA_SVC_NAME. + x-kubernetes-int-or-string: true + required: + - port + type: object + terminationGracePeriodSeconds: + description: |- + Optional duration in seconds the pod needs to terminate gracefully upon probe failure. + The grace period is the duration in seconds after the processes running in the pod are sent + a termination signal and the time when the processes are forcibly halted with a kill signal. + Set this value longer than the expected cleanup time for your process. + If this value is nil, the pod's terminationGracePeriodSeconds will be used. Otherwise, this + value overrides the value provided by the pod spec. + Value must be non-negative integer. The value zero indicates stop immediately via + the kill signal (no opportunity to shut down). + This is a beta field and requires enabling ProbeTerminationGracePeriod feature gate. + Minimum value is 1. spec.terminationGracePeriodSeconds is used if unset. + format: int64 + type: integer + timeoutSeconds: + description: |- + Number of seconds after which the probe times out. + Defaults to 1 second. Minimum value is 1. + More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle#container-probes + format: int32 + type: integer + type: object + name: + description: |- + Name of the container specified as a DNS_LABEL. + Each container in a pod must have a unique name (DNS_LABEL). + Cannot be updated. + type: string + ports: + description: |- + List of ports to expose from the container. Not specifying a port here + DOES NOT prevent that port from being exposed. Any port which is + listening on the default "0.0.0.0" address inside a container will be + accessible from the network. + Modifying this array with strategic merge patch may corrupt the data. + For more information See https://github.com/kubernetes/kubernetes/issues/108255. + Cannot be updated. + items: + description: ContainerPort represents a network port + in a single container. + properties: + containerPort: + description: |- + Number of port to expose on the pod's IP address. + This must be a valid port number, 0 < x < 65536. + format: int32 + type: integer + hostIP: + description: What host IP to bind the external + port to. + type: string + hostPort: + description: |- + Number of port to expose on the host. + If specified, this must be a valid port number, 0 < x < 65536. + If HostNetwork is specified, this must match ContainerPort. + Most containers do not need this. + format: int32 + type: integer + name: + description: |- + If specified, this must be an IANA_SVC_NAME and unique within the pod. Each + named port in a pod must have a unique name. Name for the port that can be + referred to by services. + type: string + protocol: + default: TCP + description: |- + Protocol for port. Must be UDP, TCP, or SCTP. + Defaults to "TCP". + type: string + required: + - containerPort + type: object + type: array + x-kubernetes-list-map-keys: + - containerPort + - protocol + x-kubernetes-list-type: map + readinessProbe: + description: |- + Periodic probe of container service readiness. + Container will be removed from service endpoints if the probe fails. + Cannot be updated. + More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle#container-probes + properties: + exec: + description: Exec specifies a command to execute + in the container. + properties: + command: + description: |- + Command is the command line to execute inside the container, the working directory for the + command is root ('/') in the container's filesystem. The command is simply exec'd, it is + not run inside a shell, so traditional shell instructions ('|', etc) won't work. To use + a shell, you need to explicitly call out to that shell. + Exit status of 0 is treated as live/healthy and non-zero is unhealthy. + items: + type: string + type: array + x-kubernetes-list-type: atomic + type: object + failureThreshold: + description: |- + Minimum consecutive failures for the probe to be considered failed after having succeeded. + Defaults to 3. Minimum value is 1. + format: int32 + type: integer + grpc: + description: GRPC specifies a GRPC HealthCheckRequest. + properties: + port: + description: Port number of the gRPC service. + Number must be in the range 1 to 65535. + format: int32 + type: integer + service: + default: "" + description: |- + Service is the name of the service to place in the gRPC HealthCheckRequest + (see https://github.com/grpc/grpc/blob/master/doc/health-checking.md). + + If this is not specified, the default behavior is defined by gRPC. + type: string + required: + - port + type: object + httpGet: + description: HTTPGet specifies an HTTP GET request + to perform. + properties: + host: + description: |- + Host name to connect to, defaults to the pod IP. You probably want to set + "Host" in httpHeaders instead. + type: string + httpHeaders: + description: Custom headers to set in the request. + HTTP allows repeated headers. + items: + description: HTTPHeader describes a custom + header to be used in HTTP probes + properties: + name: + description: |- + The header field name. + This will be canonicalized upon output, so case-variant names will be understood as the same header. + type: string + value: + description: The header field value + type: string + required: + - name + - value + type: object + type: array + x-kubernetes-list-type: atomic + path: + description: Path to access on the HTTP server. + type: string + port: + anyOf: + - type: integer + - type: string + description: |- + Name or number of the port to access on the container. + Number must be in the range 1 to 65535. + Name must be an IANA_SVC_NAME. + x-kubernetes-int-or-string: true + scheme: + description: |- + Scheme to use for connecting to the host. + Defaults to HTTP. + type: string + required: + - port + type: object + initialDelaySeconds: + description: |- + Number of seconds after the container has started before liveness probes are initiated. + More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle#container-probes + format: int32 + type: integer + periodSeconds: + description: |- + How often (in seconds) to perform the probe. + Default to 10 seconds. Minimum value is 1. + format: int32 + type: integer + successThreshold: + description: |- + Minimum consecutive successes for the probe to be considered successful after having failed. + Defaults to 1. Must be 1 for liveness and startup. Minimum value is 1. + format: int32 + type: integer + tcpSocket: + description: TCPSocket specifies a connection to + a TCP port. + properties: + host: + description: 'Optional: Host name to connect + to, defaults to the pod IP.' + type: string + port: + anyOf: + - type: integer + - type: string + description: |- + Number or name of the port to access on the container. + Number must be in the range 1 to 65535. + Name must be an IANA_SVC_NAME. + x-kubernetes-int-or-string: true + required: + - port + type: object + terminationGracePeriodSeconds: + description: |- + Optional duration in seconds the pod needs to terminate gracefully upon probe failure. + The grace period is the duration in seconds after the processes running in the pod are sent + a termination signal and the time when the processes are forcibly halted with a kill signal. + Set this value longer than the expected cleanup time for your process. + If this value is nil, the pod's terminationGracePeriodSeconds will be used. Otherwise, this + value overrides the value provided by the pod spec. + Value must be non-negative integer. The value zero indicates stop immediately via + the kill signal (no opportunity to shut down). + This is a beta field and requires enabling ProbeTerminationGracePeriod feature gate. + Minimum value is 1. spec.terminationGracePeriodSeconds is used if unset. + format: int64 + type: integer + timeoutSeconds: + description: |- + Number of seconds after which the probe times out. + Defaults to 1 second. Minimum value is 1. + More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle#container-probes + format: int32 + type: integer + type: object + resizePolicy: + description: Resources resize policy for the container. + items: + description: ContainerResizePolicy represents resource + resize policy for the container. + properties: + resourceName: + description: |- + Name of the resource to which this resource resize policy applies. + Supported values: cpu, memory. + type: string + restartPolicy: + description: |- + Restart policy to apply when specified resource is resized. + If not specified, it defaults to NotRequired. + type: string + required: + - resourceName + - restartPolicy + type: object + type: array + x-kubernetes-list-type: atomic + resources: + description: |- + Compute Resources required by this container. + Cannot be updated. + More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/configuration/manage-resources-containers/ + properties: + claims: + description: |- + Claims lists the names of resources, defined in spec.resourceClaims, + that are used by this container. + + This field depends on the + DynamicResourceAllocation feature gate. + + This field is immutable. It can only be set for containers. + items: + description: ResourceClaim references one entry + in PodSpec.ResourceClaims. + properties: + name: + description: |- + Name must match the name of one entry in pod.spec.resourceClaims of + the Pod where this field is used. It makes that resource available + inside a container. + type: string + request: + description: |- + Request is the name chosen for a request in the referenced claim. + If empty, everything from the claim is made available, otherwise + only the result of this request. + type: string + required: + - name + type: object + type: array + x-kubernetes-list-map-keys: + - name + x-kubernetes-list-type: map + limits: + additionalProperties: + anyOf: + - type: integer + - type: string + pattern: ^(\+|-)?(([0-9]+(\.[0-9]*)?)|(\.[0-9]+))(([KMGTPE]i)|[numkMGTPE]|([eE](\+|-)?(([0-9]+(\.[0-9]*)?)|(\.[0-9]+))))?$ + x-kubernetes-int-or-string: true + description: |- + Limits describes the maximum amount of compute resources allowed. + More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/configuration/manage-resources-containers/ + type: object + requests: + additionalProperties: + anyOf: + - type: integer + - type: string + pattern: ^(\+|-)?(([0-9]+(\.[0-9]*)?)|(\.[0-9]+))(([KMGTPE]i)|[numkMGTPE]|([eE](\+|-)?(([0-9]+(\.[0-9]*)?)|(\.[0-9]+))))?$ + x-kubernetes-int-or-string: true + description: |- + Requests describes the minimum amount of compute resources required. + If Requests is omitted for a container, it defaults to Limits if that is explicitly specified, + otherwise to an implementation-defined value. Requests cannot exceed Limits. + More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/configuration/manage-resources-containers/ + type: object + type: object + restartPolicy: + description: |- + RestartPolicy defines the restart behavior of individual containers in a pod. + This overrides the pod-level restart policy. When this field is not specified, + the restart behavior is defined by the Pod's restart policy and the container type. + Additionally, setting the RestartPolicy as "Always" for the init container will + have the following effect: + this init container will be continually restarted on + exit until all regular containers have terminated. Once all regular + containers have completed, all init containers with restartPolicy "Always" + will be shut down. This lifecycle differs from normal init containers and + is often referred to as a "sidecar" container. Although this init + container still starts in the init container sequence, it does not wait + for the container to complete before proceeding to the next init + container. Instead, the next init container starts immediately after this + init container is started, or after any startupProbe has successfully + completed. + type: string + restartPolicyRules: + description: |- + Represents a list of rules to be checked to determine if the + container should be restarted on exit. The rules are evaluated in + order. Once a rule matches a container exit condition, the remaining + rules are ignored. If no rule matches the container exit condition, + the Container-level restart policy determines the whether the container + is restarted or not. Constraints on the rules: + - At most 20 rules are allowed. + - Rules can have the same action. + - Identical rules are not forbidden in validations. + When rules are specified, container MUST set RestartPolicy explicitly + even it if matches the Pod's RestartPolicy. + items: + description: ContainerRestartRule describes how a + container exit is handled. + properties: + action: + description: |- + Specifies the action taken on a container exit if the requirements + are satisfied. The only possible value is "Restart" to restart the + container. + type: string + exitCodes: + description: Represents the exit codes to check + on container exits. + properties: + operator: + description: |- + Represents the relationship between the container exit code(s) and the + specified values. Possible values are: + - In: the requirement is satisfied if the container exit code is in the + set of specified values. + - NotIn: the requirement is satisfied if the container exit code is + not in the set of specified values. + type: string + values: + description: |- + Specifies the set of values to check for container exit codes. + At most 255 elements are allowed. + items: + format: int32 + type: integer + type: array + x-kubernetes-list-type: set + required: + - operator + type: object + required: + - action + type: object + type: array + x-kubernetes-list-type: atomic + securityContext: + description: |- + SecurityContext defines the security options the container should be run with. + If set, the fields of SecurityContext override the equivalent fields of PodSecurityContext. + More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/configure-pod-container/security-context/ + properties: + allowPrivilegeEscalation: + description: |- + AllowPrivilegeEscalation controls whether a process can gain more + privileges than its parent process. This bool directly controls if + the no_new_privs flag will be set on the container process. + AllowPrivilegeEscalation is true always when the container is: + 1) run as Privileged + 2) has CAP_SYS_ADMIN + Note that this field cannot be set when spec.os.name is windows. + type: boolean + appArmorProfile: + description: |- + appArmorProfile is the AppArmor options to use by this container. If set, this profile + overrides the pod's appArmorProfile. + Note that this field cannot be set when spec.os.name is windows. + properties: + localhostProfile: + description: |- + localhostProfile indicates a profile loaded on the node that should be used. + The profile must be preconfigured on the node to work. + Must match the loaded name of the profile. + Must be set if and only if type is "Localhost". + type: string + type: + description: |- + type indicates which kind of AppArmor profile will be applied. + Valid options are: + Localhost - a profile pre-loaded on the node. + RuntimeDefault - the container runtime's default profile. + Unconfined - no AppArmor enforcement. + type: string + required: + - type + type: object + capabilities: + description: |- + The capabilities to add/drop when running containers. + Defaults to the default set of capabilities granted by the container runtime. + Note that this field cannot be set when spec.os.name is windows. + properties: + add: + description: Added capabilities + items: + description: Capability represent POSIX capabilities + type + type: string + type: array + x-kubernetes-list-type: atomic + drop: + description: Removed capabilities + items: + description: Capability represent POSIX capabilities + type + type: string + type: array + x-kubernetes-list-type: atomic + type: object + privileged: + description: |- + Run container in privileged mode. + Processes in privileged containers are essentially equivalent to root on the host. + Defaults to false. + Note that this field cannot be set when spec.os.name is windows. + type: boolean + procMount: + description: |- + procMount denotes the type of proc mount to use for the containers. + The default value is Default which uses the container runtime defaults for + readonly paths and masked paths. + This requires the ProcMountType feature flag to be enabled. + Note that this field cannot be set when spec.os.name is windows. + type: string + readOnlyRootFilesystem: + description: |- + Whether this container has a read-only root filesystem. + Default is false. + Note that this field cannot be set when spec.os.name is windows. + type: boolean + runAsGroup: + description: |- + The GID to run the entrypoint of the container process. + Uses runtime default if unset. + May also be set in PodSecurityContext. If set in both SecurityContext and + PodSecurityContext, the value specified in SecurityContext takes precedence. + Note that this field cannot be set when spec.os.name is windows. + format: int64 + type: integer + runAsNonRoot: + description: |- + Indicates that the container must run as a non-root user. + If true, the Kubelet will validate the image at runtime to ensure that it + does not run as UID 0 (root) and fail to start the container if it does. + If unset or false, no such validation will be performed. + May also be set in PodSecurityContext. If set in both SecurityContext and + PodSecurityContext, the value specified in SecurityContext takes precedence. + type: boolean + runAsUser: + description: |- + The UID to run the entrypoint of the container process. + Defaults to user specified in image metadata if unspecified. + May also be set in PodSecurityContext. If set in both SecurityContext and + PodSecurityContext, the value specified in SecurityContext takes precedence. + Note that this field cannot be set when spec.os.name is windows. + format: int64 + type: integer + seLinuxOptions: + description: |- + The SELinux context to be applied to the container. + If unspecified, the container runtime will allocate a random SELinux context for each + container. May also be set in PodSecurityContext. If set in both SecurityContext and + PodSecurityContext, the value specified in SecurityContext takes precedence. + Note that this field cannot be set when spec.os.name is windows. + properties: + level: + description: Level is SELinux level label that + applies to the container. + type: string + role: + description: Role is a SELinux role label that + applies to the container. + type: string + type: + description: Type is a SELinux type label that + applies to the container. + type: string + user: + description: User is a SELinux user label that + applies to the container. + type: string + type: object + seccompProfile: + description: |- + The seccomp options to use by this container. If seccomp options are + provided at both the pod & container level, the container options + override the pod options. + Note that this field cannot be set when spec.os.name is windows. + properties: + localhostProfile: + description: |- + localhostProfile indicates a profile defined in a file on the node should be used. + The profile must be preconfigured on the node to work. + Must be a descending path, relative to the kubelet's configured seccomp profile location. + Must be set if type is "Localhost". Must NOT be set for any other type. + type: string + type: + description: |- + type indicates which kind of seccomp profile will be applied. + Valid options are: + + Localhost - a profile defined in a file on the node should be used. + RuntimeDefault - the container runtime default profile should be used. + Unconfined - no profile should be applied. + type: string + required: + - type + type: object + windowsOptions: + description: |- + The Windows specific settings applied to all containers. + If unspecified, the options from the PodSecurityContext will be used. + If set in both SecurityContext and PodSecurityContext, the value specified in SecurityContext takes precedence. + Note that this field cannot be set when spec.os.name is linux. + properties: + gmsaCredentialSpec: + description: |- + GMSACredentialSpec is where the GMSA admission webhook + (https://github.com/kubernetes-sigs/windows-gmsa) inlines the contents of the + GMSA credential spec named by the GMSACredentialSpecName field. + type: string + gmsaCredentialSpecName: + description: GMSACredentialSpecName is the name + of the GMSA credential spec to use. + type: string + hostProcess: + description: |- + HostProcess determines if a container should be run as a 'Host Process' container. + All of a Pod's containers must have the same effective HostProcess value + (it is not allowed to have a mix of HostProcess containers and non-HostProcess containers). + In addition, if HostProcess is true then HostNetwork must also be set to true. + type: boolean + runAsUserName: + description: |- + The UserName in Windows to run the entrypoint of the container process. + Defaults to the user specified in image metadata if unspecified. + May also be set in PodSecurityContext. If set in both SecurityContext and + PodSecurityContext, the value specified in SecurityContext takes precedence. + type: string + type: object + type: object + startupProbe: + description: |- + StartupProbe indicates that the Pod has successfully initialized. + If specified, no other probes are executed until this completes successfully. + If this probe fails, the Pod will be restarted, just as if the livenessProbe failed. + This can be used to provide different probe parameters at the beginning of a Pod's lifecycle, + when it might take a long time to load data or warm a cache, than during steady-state operation. + This cannot be updated. + More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle#container-probes + properties: + exec: + description: Exec specifies a command to execute + in the container. + properties: + command: + description: |- + Command is the command line to execute inside the container, the working directory for the + command is root ('/') in the container's filesystem. The command is simply exec'd, it is + not run inside a shell, so traditional shell instructions ('|', etc) won't work. To use + a shell, you need to explicitly call out to that shell. + Exit status of 0 is treated as live/healthy and non-zero is unhealthy. + items: + type: string + type: array + x-kubernetes-list-type: atomic + type: object + failureThreshold: + description: |- + Minimum consecutive failures for the probe to be considered failed after having succeeded. + Defaults to 3. Minimum value is 1. + format: int32 + type: integer + grpc: + description: GRPC specifies a GRPC HealthCheckRequest. + properties: + port: + description: Port number of the gRPC service. + Number must be in the range 1 to 65535. + format: int32 + type: integer + service: + default: "" + description: |- + Service is the name of the service to place in the gRPC HealthCheckRequest + (see https://github.com/grpc/grpc/blob/master/doc/health-checking.md). + + If this is not specified, the default behavior is defined by gRPC. + type: string + required: + - port + type: object + httpGet: + description: HTTPGet specifies an HTTP GET request + to perform. + properties: + host: + description: |- + Host name to connect to, defaults to the pod IP. You probably want to set + "Host" in httpHeaders instead. + type: string + httpHeaders: + description: Custom headers to set in the request. + HTTP allows repeated headers. + items: + description: HTTPHeader describes a custom + header to be used in HTTP probes + properties: + name: + description: |- + The header field name. + This will be canonicalized upon output, so case-variant names will be understood as the same header. + type: string + value: + description: The header field value + type: string + required: + - name + - value + type: object + type: array + x-kubernetes-list-type: atomic + path: + description: Path to access on the HTTP server. + type: string + port: + anyOf: + - type: integer + - type: string + description: |- + Name or number of the port to access on the container. + Number must be in the range 1 to 65535. + Name must be an IANA_SVC_NAME. + x-kubernetes-int-or-string: true + scheme: + description: |- + Scheme to use for connecting to the host. + Defaults to HTTP. + type: string + required: + - port + type: object + initialDelaySeconds: + description: |- + Number of seconds after the container has started before liveness probes are initiated. + More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle#container-probes + format: int32 + type: integer + periodSeconds: + description: |- + How often (in seconds) to perform the probe. + Default to 10 seconds. Minimum value is 1. + format: int32 + type: integer + successThreshold: + description: |- + Minimum consecutive successes for the probe to be considered successful after having failed. + Defaults to 1. Must be 1 for liveness and startup. Minimum value is 1. + format: int32 + type: integer + tcpSocket: + description: TCPSocket specifies a connection to + a TCP port. + properties: + host: + description: 'Optional: Host name to connect + to, defaults to the pod IP.' + type: string + port: + anyOf: + - type: integer + - type: string + description: |- + Number or name of the port to access on the container. + Number must be in the range 1 to 65535. + Name must be an IANA_SVC_NAME. + x-kubernetes-int-or-string: true + required: + - port + type: object + terminationGracePeriodSeconds: + description: |- + Optional duration in seconds the pod needs to terminate gracefully upon probe failure. + The grace period is the duration in seconds after the processes running in the pod are sent + a termination signal and the time when the processes are forcibly halted with a kill signal. + Set this value longer than the expected cleanup time for your process. + If this value is nil, the pod's terminationGracePeriodSeconds will be used. Otherwise, this + value overrides the value provided by the pod spec. + Value must be non-negative integer. The value zero indicates stop immediately via + the kill signal (no opportunity to shut down). + This is a beta field and requires enabling ProbeTerminationGracePeriod feature gate. + Minimum value is 1. spec.terminationGracePeriodSeconds is used if unset. + format: int64 + type: integer + timeoutSeconds: + description: |- + Number of seconds after which the probe times out. + Defaults to 1 second. Minimum value is 1. + More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle#container-probes + format: int32 + type: integer + type: object + stdin: + description: |- + Whether this container should allocate a buffer for stdin in the container runtime. If this + is not set, reads from stdin in the container will always result in EOF. + Default is false. + type: boolean + stdinOnce: + description: |- + Whether the container runtime should close the stdin channel after it has been opened by + a single attach. When stdin is true the stdin stream will remain open across multiple attach + sessions. If stdinOnce is set to true, stdin is opened on container start, is empty until the + first client attaches to stdin, and then remains open and accepts data until the client disconnects, + at which time stdin is closed and remains closed until the container is restarted. If this + flag is false, a container processes that reads from stdin will never receive an EOF. + Default is false + type: boolean + terminationMessagePath: + description: |- + Optional: Path at which the file to which the container's termination message + will be written is mounted into the container's filesystem. + Message written is intended to be brief final status, such as an assertion failure message. + Will be truncated by the node if greater than 4096 bytes. The total message length across + all containers will be limited to 12kb. + Defaults to /dev/termination-log. + Cannot be updated. + type: string + terminationMessagePolicy: + description: |- + Indicate how the termination message should be populated. File will use the contents of + terminationMessagePath to populate the container status message on both success and failure. + FallbackToLogsOnError will use the last chunk of container log output if the termination + message file is empty and the container exited with an error. + The log output is limited to 2048 bytes or 80 lines, whichever is smaller. + Defaults to File. + Cannot be updated. + type: string + tty: + description: |- + Whether this container should allocate a TTY for itself, also requires 'stdin' to be true. + Default is false. + type: boolean + volumeDevices: + description: volumeDevices is the list of block devices + to be used by the container. + items: + description: volumeDevice describes a mapping of a + raw block device within a container. + properties: + devicePath: + description: devicePath is the path inside of + the container that the device will be mapped + to. + type: string + name: + description: name must match the name of a persistentVolumeClaim + in the pod + type: string + required: + - devicePath + - name + type: object + type: array + x-kubernetes-list-map-keys: + - devicePath + x-kubernetes-list-type: map + volumeMounts: + description: |- + Pod volumes to mount into the container's filesystem. + Cannot be updated. + items: + description: VolumeMount describes a mounting of a + Volume within a container. + properties: + mountPath: + description: |- + Path within the container at which the volume should be mounted. Must + not contain ':'. + type: string + mountPropagation: + description: |- + mountPropagation determines how mounts are propagated from the host + to container and the other way around. + When not set, MountPropagationNone is used. + This field is beta in 1.10. + When RecursiveReadOnly is set to IfPossible or to Enabled, MountPropagation must be None or unspecified + (which defaults to None). + type: string + name: + description: This must match the Name of a Volume. + type: string + readOnly: + description: |- + Mounted read-only if true, read-write otherwise (false or unspecified). + Defaults to false. + type: boolean + recursiveReadOnly: + description: |- + RecursiveReadOnly specifies whether read-only mounts should be handled + recursively. + + If ReadOnly is false, this field has no meaning and must be unspecified. + + If ReadOnly is true, and this field is set to Disabled, the mount is not made + recursively read-only. If this field is set to IfPossible, the mount is made + recursively read-only, if it is supported by the container runtime. If this + field is set to Enabled, the mount is made recursively read-only if it is + supported by the container runtime, otherwise the pod will not be started and + an error will be generated to indicate the reason. + + If this field is set to IfPossible or Enabled, MountPropagation must be set to + None (or be unspecified, which defaults to None). + + If this field is not specified, it is treated as an equivalent of Disabled. + type: string + subPath: + description: |- + Path within the volume from which the container's volume should be mounted. + Defaults to "" (volume's root). + type: string + subPathExpr: + description: |- + Expanded path within the volume from which the container's volume should be mounted. + Behaves similarly to SubPath but environment variable references $(VAR_NAME) are expanded using the container's environment. + Defaults to "" (volume's root). + SubPathExpr and SubPath are mutually exclusive. + type: string + required: + - mountPath + - name + type: object + type: array + x-kubernetes-list-map-keys: + - mountPath + x-kubernetes-list-type: map + workingDir: + description: |- + Container's working directory. + If not specified, the container runtime's default will be used, which + might be configured in the container image. + Cannot be updated. + type: string + required: + - name + type: object + type: array + istioProxyContainer: + description: |- + Configuration for the container running istio-proxy. + Note that if Istio integration is not enabled, the istio container will not be injected + into the gateway proxy deployment. + properties: + image: + description: |- + The container image. See + https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/containers/images + for details. + properties: + digest: + description: The hash digest of the image, e.g. `sha256:12345...` + type: string + pullPolicy: + description: |- + The image pull policy for the container. See + https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/containers/images/#image-pull-policy + for details. + type: string + registry: + description: The image registry. + type: string + repository: + description: The image repository (name). + type: string + tag: + description: The image tag. + type: string + type: object + istioDiscoveryAddress: + description: The address of the istio discovery service. + Defaults to "istiod.istio-system.svc:15012". + type: string + istioMetaClusterId: + description: The cluster id of the istio cluster. Defaults + to "Kubernetes". + type: string + istioMetaMeshId: + description: The mesh id of the istio mesh. Defaults to + "cluster.local". + type: string + logLevel: + description: |- + Log level for istio-proxy. Options include "info", "debug", "warning", and "error". + Default level is info Default is "warning". + type: string + resources: + description: |- + The compute resources required by this container. See + https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/configuration/manage-resources-containers/ + for details. + properties: + claims: + description: |- + Claims lists the names of resources, defined in spec.resourceClaims, + that are used by this container. + + This field depends on the + DynamicResourceAllocation feature gate. + + This field is immutable. It can only be set for containers. + items: + description: ResourceClaim references one entry + in PodSpec.ResourceClaims. + properties: + name: + description: |- + Name must match the name of one entry in pod.spec.resourceClaims of + the Pod where this field is used. It makes that resource available + inside a container. + type: string + request: + description: |- + Request is the name chosen for a request in the referenced claim. + If empty, everything from the claim is made available, otherwise + only the result of this request. + type: string + required: + - name + type: object + type: array + x-kubernetes-list-map-keys: + - name + x-kubernetes-list-type: map + limits: + additionalProperties: + anyOf: + - type: integer + - type: string + pattern: ^(\+|-)?(([0-9]+(\.[0-9]*)?)|(\.[0-9]+))(([KMGTPE]i)|[numkMGTPE]|([eE](\+|-)?(([0-9]+(\.[0-9]*)?)|(\.[0-9]+))))?$ + x-kubernetes-int-or-string: true + description: |- + Limits describes the maximum amount of compute resources allowed. + More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/configuration/manage-resources-containers/ + type: object + requests: + additionalProperties: + anyOf: + - type: integer + - type: string + pattern: ^(\+|-)?(([0-9]+(\.[0-9]*)?)|(\.[0-9]+))(([KMGTPE]i)|[numkMGTPE]|([eE](\+|-)?(([0-9]+(\.[0-9]*)?)|(\.[0-9]+))))?$ + x-kubernetes-int-or-string: true + description: |- + Requests describes the minimum amount of compute resources required. + If Requests is omitted for a container, it defaults to Limits if that is explicitly specified, + otherwise to an implementation-defined value. Requests cannot exceed Limits. + More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/configuration/manage-resources-containers/ + type: object + type: object + securityContext: + description: |- + The security context for this container. See + https://kubernetes.io/docs/reference/generated/kubernetes-api/v1.26/#securitycontext-v1-core + for details. + properties: + allowPrivilegeEscalation: + description: |- + AllowPrivilegeEscalation controls whether a process can gain more + privileges than its parent process. This bool directly controls if + the no_new_privs flag will be set on the container process. + AllowPrivilegeEscalation is true always when the container is: + 1) run as Privileged + 2) has CAP_SYS_ADMIN + Note that this field cannot be set when spec.os.name is windows. + type: boolean + appArmorProfile: + description: |- + appArmorProfile is the AppArmor options to use by this container. If set, this profile + overrides the pod's appArmorProfile. + Note that this field cannot be set when spec.os.name is windows. + properties: + localhostProfile: + description: |- + localhostProfile indicates a profile loaded on the node that should be used. + The profile must be preconfigured on the node to work. + Must match the loaded name of the profile. + Must be set if and only if type is "Localhost". + type: string + type: + description: |- + type indicates which kind of AppArmor profile will be applied. + Valid options are: + Localhost - a profile pre-loaded on the node. + RuntimeDefault - the container runtime's default profile. + Unconfined - no AppArmor enforcement. + type: string + required: + - type + type: object + capabilities: + description: |- + The capabilities to add/drop when running containers. + Defaults to the default set of capabilities granted by the container runtime. + Note that this field cannot be set when spec.os.name is windows. + properties: + add: + description: Added capabilities + items: + description: Capability represent POSIX capabilities + type + type: string + type: array + x-kubernetes-list-type: atomic + drop: + description: Removed capabilities + items: + description: Capability represent POSIX capabilities + type + type: string + type: array + x-kubernetes-list-type: atomic + type: object + privileged: + description: |- + Run container in privileged mode. + Processes in privileged containers are essentially equivalent to root on the host. + Defaults to false. + Note that this field cannot be set when spec.os.name is windows. + type: boolean + procMount: + description: |- + procMount denotes the type of proc mount to use for the containers. + The default value is Default which uses the container runtime defaults for + readonly paths and masked paths. + This requires the ProcMountType feature flag to be enabled. + Note that this field cannot be set when spec.os.name is windows. + type: string + readOnlyRootFilesystem: + description: |- + Whether this container has a read-only root filesystem. + Default is false. + Note that this field cannot be set when spec.os.name is windows. + type: boolean + runAsGroup: + description: |- + The GID to run the entrypoint of the container process. + Uses runtime default if unset. + May also be set in PodSecurityContext. If set in both SecurityContext and + PodSecurityContext, the value specified in SecurityContext takes precedence. + Note that this field cannot be set when spec.os.name is windows. + format: int64 + type: integer + runAsNonRoot: + description: |- + Indicates that the container must run as a non-root user. + If true, the Kubelet will validate the image at runtime to ensure that it + does not run as UID 0 (root) and fail to start the container if it does. + If unset or false, no such validation will be performed. + May also be set in PodSecurityContext. If set in both SecurityContext and + PodSecurityContext, the value specified in SecurityContext takes precedence. + type: boolean + runAsUser: + description: |- + The UID to run the entrypoint of the container process. + Defaults to user specified in image metadata if unspecified. + May also be set in PodSecurityContext. If set in both SecurityContext and + PodSecurityContext, the value specified in SecurityContext takes precedence. + Note that this field cannot be set when spec.os.name is windows. + format: int64 + type: integer + seLinuxOptions: + description: |- + The SELinux context to be applied to the container. + If unspecified, the container runtime will allocate a random SELinux context for each + container. May also be set in PodSecurityContext. If set in both SecurityContext and + PodSecurityContext, the value specified in SecurityContext takes precedence. + Note that this field cannot be set when spec.os.name is windows. + properties: + level: + description: Level is SELinux level label that + applies to the container. + type: string + role: + description: Role is a SELinux role label that + applies to the container. + type: string + type: + description: Type is a SELinux type label that + applies to the container. + type: string + user: + description: User is a SELinux user label that + applies to the container. + type: string + type: object + seccompProfile: + description: |- + The seccomp options to use by this container. If seccomp options are + provided at both the pod & container level, the container options + override the pod options. + Note that this field cannot be set when spec.os.name is windows. + properties: + localhostProfile: + description: |- + localhostProfile indicates a profile defined in a file on the node should be used. + The profile must be preconfigured on the node to work. + Must be a descending path, relative to the kubelet's configured seccomp profile location. + Must be set if type is "Localhost". Must NOT be set for any other type. + type: string + type: + description: |- + type indicates which kind of seccomp profile will be applied. + Valid options are: + + Localhost - a profile defined in a file on the node should be used. + RuntimeDefault - the container runtime default profile should be used. + Unconfined - no profile should be applied. + type: string + required: + - type + type: object + windowsOptions: + description: |- + The Windows specific settings applied to all containers. + If unspecified, the options from the PodSecurityContext will be used. + If set in both SecurityContext and PodSecurityContext, the value specified in SecurityContext takes precedence. + Note that this field cannot be set when spec.os.name is linux. + properties: + gmsaCredentialSpec: + description: |- + GMSACredentialSpec is where the GMSA admission webhook + (https://github.com/kubernetes-sigs/windows-gmsa) inlines the contents of the + GMSA credential spec named by the GMSACredentialSpecName field. + type: string + gmsaCredentialSpecName: + description: GMSACredentialSpecName is the name + of the GMSA credential spec to use. + type: string + hostProcess: + description: |- + HostProcess determines if a container should be run as a 'Host Process' container. + All of a Pod's containers must have the same effective HostProcess value + (it is not allowed to have a mix of HostProcess containers and non-HostProcess containers). + In addition, if HostProcess is true then HostNetwork must also be set to true. + type: boolean + runAsUserName: + description: |- + The UserName in Windows to run the entrypoint of the container process. + Defaults to the user specified in image metadata if unspecified. + May also be set in PodSecurityContext. If set in both SecurityContext and + PodSecurityContext, the value specified in SecurityContext takes precedence. + type: string + type: object + type: object + type: object + type: object + omitDefaultSecurityContext: + description: |- + OmitDefaultSecurityContext is used to control whether or not + `securityContext` fields should be rendered for the various generated + Deployments/Containers that are dynamically provisioned by the deployer. + + When set to true, no `securityContexts` will be provided and will left + to the user/platform to be provided. + + This should be enabled on platforms such as Red Hat OpenShift where the + `securityContext` will be dynamically added to enforce the appropriate + level of security. + type: boolean + podTemplate: + description: Configuration for the pods that will be created. + properties: + affinity: + description: |- + If specified, the pod's scheduling constraints. See + https://kubernetes.io/docs/reference/generated/kubernetes-api/v1.26/#affinity-v1-core + for details. + properties: + nodeAffinity: + description: Describes node affinity scheduling rules + for the pod. + properties: + preferredDuringSchedulingIgnoredDuringExecution: + description: |- + The scheduler will prefer to schedule pods to nodes that satisfy + the affinity expressions specified by this field, but it may choose + a node that violates one or more of the expressions. The node that is + most preferred is the one with the greatest sum of weights, i.e. + for each node that meets all of the scheduling requirements (resource + request, requiredDuringScheduling affinity expressions, etc.), + compute a sum by iterating through the elements of this field and adding + "weight" to the sum if the node matches the corresponding matchExpressions; the + node(s) with the highest sum are the most preferred. + items: + description: |- + An empty preferred scheduling term matches all objects with implicit weight 0 + (i.e. it's a no-op). A null preferred scheduling term matches no objects (i.e. is also a no-op). + properties: + preference: + description: A node selector term, associated + with the corresponding weight. + properties: + matchExpressions: + description: A list of node selector requirements + by node's labels. + items: + description: |- + A node selector requirement is a selector that contains values, a key, and an operator + that relates the key and values. + properties: + key: + description: The label key that the + selector applies to. + type: string + operator: + description: |- + Represents a key's relationship to a set of values. + Valid operators are In, NotIn, Exists, DoesNotExist. Gt, and Lt. + type: string + values: + description: |- + An array of string values. If the operator is In or NotIn, + the values array must be non-empty. If the operator is Exists or DoesNotExist, + the values array must be empty. If the operator is Gt or Lt, the values + array must have a single element, which will be interpreted as an integer. + This array is replaced during a strategic merge patch. + items: + type: string + type: array + x-kubernetes-list-type: atomic + required: + - key + - operator + type: object + type: array + x-kubernetes-list-type: atomic + matchFields: + description: A list of node selector requirements + by node's fields. + items: + description: |- + A node selector requirement is a selector that contains values, a key, and an operator + that relates the key and values. + properties: + key: + description: The label key that the + selector applies to. + type: string + operator: + description: |- + Represents a key's relationship to a set of values. + Valid operators are In, NotIn, Exists, DoesNotExist. Gt, and Lt. + type: string + values: + description: |- + An array of string values. If the operator is In or NotIn, + the values array must be non-empty. If the operator is Exists or DoesNotExist, + the values array must be empty. If the operator is Gt or Lt, the values + array must have a single element, which will be interpreted as an integer. + This array is replaced during a strategic merge patch. + items: + type: string + type: array + x-kubernetes-list-type: atomic + required: + - key + - operator + type: object + type: array + x-kubernetes-list-type: atomic + type: object + x-kubernetes-map-type: atomic + weight: + description: Weight associated with matching + the corresponding nodeSelectorTerm, in the + range 1-100. + format: int32 + type: integer + required: + - preference + - weight + type: object + type: array + x-kubernetes-list-type: atomic + requiredDuringSchedulingIgnoredDuringExecution: + description: |- + If the affinity requirements specified by this field are not met at + scheduling time, the pod will not be scheduled onto the node. + If the affinity requirements specified by this field cease to be met + at some point during pod execution (e.g. due to an update), the system + may or may not try to eventually evict the pod from its node. + properties: + nodeSelectorTerms: + description: Required. A list of node selector + terms. The terms are ORed. + items: + description: |- + A null or empty node selector term matches no objects. The requirements of + them are ANDed. + The TopologySelectorTerm type implements a subset of the NodeSelectorTerm. + properties: + matchExpressions: + description: A list of node selector requirements + by node's labels. + items: + description: |- + A node selector requirement is a selector that contains values, a key, and an operator + that relates the key and values. + properties: + key: + description: The label key that the + selector applies to. + type: string + operator: + description: |- + Represents a key's relationship to a set of values. + Valid operators are In, NotIn, Exists, DoesNotExist. Gt, and Lt. + type: string + values: + description: |- + An array of string values. If the operator is In or NotIn, + the values array must be non-empty. If the operator is Exists or DoesNotExist, + the values array must be empty. If the operator is Gt or Lt, the values + array must have a single element, which will be interpreted as an integer. + This array is replaced during a strategic merge patch. + items: + type: string + type: array + x-kubernetes-list-type: atomic + required: + - key + - operator + type: object + type: array + x-kubernetes-list-type: atomic + matchFields: + description: A list of node selector requirements + by node's fields. + items: + description: |- + A node selector requirement is a selector that contains values, a key, and an operator + that relates the key and values. + properties: + key: + description: The label key that the + selector applies to. + type: string + operator: + description: |- + Represents a key's relationship to a set of values. + Valid operators are In, NotIn, Exists, DoesNotExist. Gt, and Lt. + type: string + values: + description: |- + An array of string values. If the operator is In or NotIn, + the values array must be non-empty. If the operator is Exists or DoesNotExist, + the values array must be empty. If the operator is Gt or Lt, the values + array must have a single element, which will be interpreted as an integer. + This array is replaced during a strategic merge patch. + items: + type: string + type: array + x-kubernetes-list-type: atomic + required: + - key + - operator + type: object + type: array + x-kubernetes-list-type: atomic + type: object + x-kubernetes-map-type: atomic + type: array + x-kubernetes-list-type: atomic + required: + - nodeSelectorTerms + type: object + x-kubernetes-map-type: atomic + type: object + podAffinity: + description: Describes pod affinity scheduling rules (e.g. + co-locate this pod in the same node, zone, etc. as some + other pod(s)). + properties: + preferredDuringSchedulingIgnoredDuringExecution: + description: |- + The scheduler will prefer to schedule pods to nodes that satisfy + the affinity expressions specified by this field, but it may choose + a node that violates one or more of the expressions. The node that is + most preferred is the one with the greatest sum of weights, i.e. + for each node that meets all of the scheduling requirements (resource + request, requiredDuringScheduling affinity expressions, etc.), + compute a sum by iterating through the elements of this field and adding + "weight" to the sum if the node has pods which matches the corresponding podAffinityTerm; the + node(s) with the highest sum are the most preferred. + items: + description: The weights of all of the matched WeightedPodAffinityTerm + fields are added per-node to find the most preferred + node(s) + properties: + podAffinityTerm: + description: Required. A pod affinity term, + associated with the corresponding weight. + properties: + labelSelector: + description: |- + A label query over a set of resources, in this case pods. + If it's null, this PodAffinityTerm matches with no Pods. + properties: + matchExpressions: + description: matchExpressions is a list + of label selector requirements. The + requirements are ANDed. + items: + description: |- + A label selector requirement is a selector that contains values, a key, and an operator that + relates the key and values. + properties: + key: + description: key is the label + key that the selector applies + to. + type: string + operator: + description: |- + operator represents a key's relationship to a set of values. + Valid operators are In, NotIn, Exists and DoesNotExist. + type: string + values: + description: |- + values is an array of string values. If the operator is In or NotIn, + the values array must be non-empty. If the operator is Exists or DoesNotExist, + the values array must be empty. This array is replaced during a strategic + merge patch. + items: + type: string + type: array + x-kubernetes-list-type: atomic + required: + - key + - operator + type: object + type: array + x-kubernetes-list-type: atomic + matchLabels: + additionalProperties: + type: string + description: |- + matchLabels is a map of {key,value} pairs. A single {key,value} in the matchLabels + map is equivalent to an element of matchExpressions, whose key field is "key", the + operator is "In", and the values array contains only "value". The requirements are ANDed. + type: object + type: object + x-kubernetes-map-type: atomic + matchLabelKeys: + description: |- + MatchLabelKeys is a set of pod label keys to select which pods will + be taken into consideration. The keys are used to lookup values from the + incoming pod labels, those key-value labels are merged with `labelSelector` as `key in (value)` + to select the group of existing pods which pods will be taken into consideration + for the incoming pod's pod (anti) affinity. Keys that don't exist in the incoming + pod labels will be ignored. The default value is empty. + The same key is forbidden to exist in both matchLabelKeys and labelSelector. + Also, matchLabelKeys cannot be set when labelSelector isn't set. + items: + type: string + type: array + x-kubernetes-list-type: atomic + mismatchLabelKeys: + description: |- + MismatchLabelKeys is a set of pod label keys to select which pods will + be taken into consideration. The keys are used to lookup values from the + incoming pod labels, those key-value labels are merged with `labelSelector` as `key notin (value)` + to select the group of existing pods which pods will be taken into consideration + for the incoming pod's pod (anti) affinity. Keys that don't exist in the incoming + pod labels will be ignored. The default value is empty. + The same key is forbidden to exist in both mismatchLabelKeys and labelSelector. + Also, mismatchLabelKeys cannot be set when labelSelector isn't set. + items: + type: string + type: array + x-kubernetes-list-type: atomic + namespaceSelector: + description: |- + A label query over the set of namespaces that the term applies to. + The term is applied to the union of the namespaces selected by this field + and the ones listed in the namespaces field. + null selector and null or empty namespaces list means "this pod's namespace". + An empty selector ({}) matches all namespaces. + properties: + matchExpressions: + description: matchExpressions is a list + of label selector requirements. The + requirements are ANDed. + items: + description: |- + A label selector requirement is a selector that contains values, a key, and an operator that + relates the key and values. + properties: + key: + description: key is the label + key that the selector applies + to. + type: string + operator: + description: |- + operator represents a key's relationship to a set of values. + Valid operators are In, NotIn, Exists and DoesNotExist. + type: string + values: + description: |- + values is an array of string values. If the operator is In or NotIn, + the values array must be non-empty. If the operator is Exists or DoesNotExist, + the values array must be empty. This array is replaced during a strategic + merge patch. + items: + type: string + type: array + x-kubernetes-list-type: atomic + required: + - key + - operator + type: object + type: array + x-kubernetes-list-type: atomic + matchLabels: + additionalProperties: + type: string + description: |- + matchLabels is a map of {key,value} pairs. A single {key,value} in the matchLabels + map is equivalent to an element of matchExpressions, whose key field is "key", the + operator is "In", and the values array contains only "value". The requirements are ANDed. + type: object + type: object + x-kubernetes-map-type: atomic + namespaces: + description: |- + namespaces specifies a static list of namespace names that the term applies to. + The term is applied to the union of the namespaces listed in this field + and the ones selected by namespaceSelector. + null or empty namespaces list and null namespaceSelector means "this pod's namespace". + items: + type: string + type: array + x-kubernetes-list-type: atomic + topologyKey: + description: |- + This pod should be co-located (affinity) or not co-located (anti-affinity) with the pods matching + the labelSelector in the specified namespaces, where co-located is defined as running on a node + whose value of the label with key topologyKey matches that of any node on which any of the + selected pods is running. + Empty topologyKey is not allowed. + type: string + required: + - topologyKey + type: object + weight: + description: |- + weight associated with matching the corresponding podAffinityTerm, + in the range 1-100. + format: int32 + type: integer + required: + - podAffinityTerm + - weight + type: object + type: array + x-kubernetes-list-type: atomic + requiredDuringSchedulingIgnoredDuringExecution: + description: |- + If the affinity requirements specified by this field are not met at + scheduling time, the pod will not be scheduled onto the node. + If the affinity requirements specified by this field cease to be met + at some point during pod execution (e.g. due to a pod label update), the + system may or may not try to eventually evict the pod from its node. + When there are multiple elements, the lists of nodes corresponding to each + podAffinityTerm are intersected, i.e. all terms must be satisfied. + items: + description: |- + Defines a set of pods (namely those matching the labelSelector + relative to the given namespace(s)) that this pod should be + co-located (affinity) or not co-located (anti-affinity) with, + where co-located is defined as running on a node whose value of + the label with key matches that of any node on which + a pod of the set of pods is running + properties: + labelSelector: + description: |- + A label query over a set of resources, in this case pods. + If it's null, this PodAffinityTerm matches with no Pods. + properties: + matchExpressions: + description: matchExpressions is a list + of label selector requirements. The requirements + are ANDed. + items: + description: |- + A label selector requirement is a selector that contains values, a key, and an operator that + relates the key and values. + properties: + key: + description: key is the label key + that the selector applies to. + type: string + operator: + description: |- + operator represents a key's relationship to a set of values. + Valid operators are In, NotIn, Exists and DoesNotExist. + type: string + values: + description: |- + values is an array of string values. If the operator is In or NotIn, + the values array must be non-empty. If the operator is Exists or DoesNotExist, + the values array must be empty. This array is replaced during a strategic + merge patch. + items: + type: string + type: array + x-kubernetes-list-type: atomic + required: + - key + - operator + type: object + type: array + x-kubernetes-list-type: atomic + matchLabels: + additionalProperties: + type: string + description: |- + matchLabels is a map of {key,value} pairs. A single {key,value} in the matchLabels + map is equivalent to an element of matchExpressions, whose key field is "key", the + operator is "In", and the values array contains only "value". The requirements are ANDed. + type: object + type: object + x-kubernetes-map-type: atomic + matchLabelKeys: + description: |- + MatchLabelKeys is a set of pod label keys to select which pods will + be taken into consideration. The keys are used to lookup values from the + incoming pod labels, those key-value labels are merged with `labelSelector` as `key in (value)` + to select the group of existing pods which pods will be taken into consideration + for the incoming pod's pod (anti) affinity. Keys that don't exist in the incoming + pod labels will be ignored. The default value is empty. + The same key is forbidden to exist in both matchLabelKeys and labelSelector. + Also, matchLabelKeys cannot be set when labelSelector isn't set. + items: + type: string + type: array + x-kubernetes-list-type: atomic + mismatchLabelKeys: + description: |- + MismatchLabelKeys is a set of pod label keys to select which pods will + be taken into consideration. The keys are used to lookup values from the + incoming pod labels, those key-value labels are merged with `labelSelector` as `key notin (value)` + to select the group of existing pods which pods will be taken into consideration + for the incoming pod's pod (anti) affinity. Keys that don't exist in the incoming + pod labels will be ignored. The default value is empty. + The same key is forbidden to exist in both mismatchLabelKeys and labelSelector. + Also, mismatchLabelKeys cannot be set when labelSelector isn't set. + items: + type: string + type: array + x-kubernetes-list-type: atomic + namespaceSelector: + description: |- + A label query over the set of namespaces that the term applies to. + The term is applied to the union of the namespaces selected by this field + and the ones listed in the namespaces field. + null selector and null or empty namespaces list means "this pod's namespace". + An empty selector ({}) matches all namespaces. + properties: + matchExpressions: + description: matchExpressions is a list + of label selector requirements. The requirements + are ANDed. + items: + description: |- + A label selector requirement is a selector that contains values, a key, and an operator that + relates the key and values. + properties: + key: + description: key is the label key + that the selector applies to. + type: string + operator: + description: |- + operator represents a key's relationship to a set of values. + Valid operators are In, NotIn, Exists and DoesNotExist. + type: string + values: + description: |- + values is an array of string values. If the operator is In or NotIn, + the values array must be non-empty. If the operator is Exists or DoesNotExist, + the values array must be empty. This array is replaced during a strategic + merge patch. + items: + type: string + type: array + x-kubernetes-list-type: atomic + required: + - key + - operator + type: object + type: array + x-kubernetes-list-type: atomic + matchLabels: + additionalProperties: + type: string + description: |- + matchLabels is a map of {key,value} pairs. A single {key,value} in the matchLabels + map is equivalent to an element of matchExpressions, whose key field is "key", the + operator is "In", and the values array contains only "value". The requirements are ANDed. + type: object + type: object + x-kubernetes-map-type: atomic + namespaces: + description: |- + namespaces specifies a static list of namespace names that the term applies to. + The term is applied to the union of the namespaces listed in this field + and the ones selected by namespaceSelector. + null or empty namespaces list and null namespaceSelector means "this pod's namespace". + items: + type: string + type: array + x-kubernetes-list-type: atomic + topologyKey: + description: |- + This pod should be co-located (affinity) or not co-located (anti-affinity) with the pods matching + the labelSelector in the specified namespaces, where co-located is defined as running on a node + whose value of the label with key topologyKey matches that of any node on which any of the + selected pods is running. + Empty topologyKey is not allowed. + type: string + required: + - topologyKey + type: object + type: array + x-kubernetes-list-type: atomic + type: object + podAntiAffinity: + description: Describes pod anti-affinity scheduling rules + (e.g. avoid putting this pod in the same node, zone, + etc. as some other pod(s)). + properties: + preferredDuringSchedulingIgnoredDuringExecution: + description: |- + The scheduler will prefer to schedule pods to nodes that satisfy + the anti-affinity expressions specified by this field, but it may choose + a node that violates one or more of the expressions. The node that is + most preferred is the one with the greatest sum of weights, i.e. + for each node that meets all of the scheduling requirements (resource + request, requiredDuringScheduling anti-affinity expressions, etc.), + compute a sum by iterating through the elements of this field and subtracting + "weight" from the sum if the node has pods which matches the corresponding podAffinityTerm; the + node(s) with the highest sum are the most preferred. + items: + description: The weights of all of the matched WeightedPodAffinityTerm + fields are added per-node to find the most preferred + node(s) + properties: + podAffinityTerm: + description: Required. A pod affinity term, + associated with the corresponding weight. + properties: + labelSelector: + description: |- + A label query over a set of resources, in this case pods. + If it's null, this PodAffinityTerm matches with no Pods. + properties: + matchExpressions: + description: matchExpressions is a list + of label selector requirements. The + requirements are ANDed. + items: + description: |- + A label selector requirement is a selector that contains values, a key, and an operator that + relates the key and values. + properties: + key: + description: key is the label + key that the selector applies + to. + type: string + operator: + description: |- + operator represents a key's relationship to a set of values. + Valid operators are In, NotIn, Exists and DoesNotExist. + type: string + values: + description: |- + values is an array of string values. If the operator is In or NotIn, + the values array must be non-empty. If the operator is Exists or DoesNotExist, + the values array must be empty. This array is replaced during a strategic + merge patch. + items: + type: string + type: array + x-kubernetes-list-type: atomic + required: + - key + - operator + type: object + type: array + x-kubernetes-list-type: atomic + matchLabels: + additionalProperties: + type: string + description: |- + matchLabels is a map of {key,value} pairs. A single {key,value} in the matchLabels + map is equivalent to an element of matchExpressions, whose key field is "key", the + operator is "In", and the values array contains only "value". The requirements are ANDed. + type: object + type: object + x-kubernetes-map-type: atomic + matchLabelKeys: + description: |- + MatchLabelKeys is a set of pod label keys to select which pods will + be taken into consideration. The keys are used to lookup values from the + incoming pod labels, those key-value labels are merged with `labelSelector` as `key in (value)` + to select the group of existing pods which pods will be taken into consideration + for the incoming pod's pod (anti) affinity. Keys that don't exist in the incoming + pod labels will be ignored. The default value is empty. + The same key is forbidden to exist in both matchLabelKeys and labelSelector. + Also, matchLabelKeys cannot be set when labelSelector isn't set. + items: + type: string + type: array + x-kubernetes-list-type: atomic + mismatchLabelKeys: + description: |- + MismatchLabelKeys is a set of pod label keys to select which pods will + be taken into consideration. The keys are used to lookup values from the + incoming pod labels, those key-value labels are merged with `labelSelector` as `key notin (value)` + to select the group of existing pods which pods will be taken into consideration + for the incoming pod's pod (anti) affinity. Keys that don't exist in the incoming + pod labels will be ignored. The default value is empty. + The same key is forbidden to exist in both mismatchLabelKeys and labelSelector. + Also, mismatchLabelKeys cannot be set when labelSelector isn't set. + items: + type: string + type: array + x-kubernetes-list-type: atomic + namespaceSelector: + description: |- + A label query over the set of namespaces that the term applies to. + The term is applied to the union of the namespaces selected by this field + and the ones listed in the namespaces field. + null selector and null or empty namespaces list means "this pod's namespace". + An empty selector ({}) matches all namespaces. + properties: + matchExpressions: + description: matchExpressions is a list + of label selector requirements. The + requirements are ANDed. + items: + description: |- + A label selector requirement is a selector that contains values, a key, and an operator that + relates the key and values. + properties: + key: + description: key is the label + key that the selector applies + to. + type: string + operator: + description: |- + operator represents a key's relationship to a set of values. + Valid operators are In, NotIn, Exists and DoesNotExist. + type: string + values: + description: |- + values is an array of string values. If the operator is In or NotIn, + the values array must be non-empty. If the operator is Exists or DoesNotExist, + the values array must be empty. This array is replaced during a strategic + merge patch. + items: + type: string + type: array + x-kubernetes-list-type: atomic + required: + - key + - operator + type: object + type: array + x-kubernetes-list-type: atomic + matchLabels: + additionalProperties: + type: string + description: |- + matchLabels is a map of {key,value} pairs. A single {key,value} in the matchLabels + map is equivalent to an element of matchExpressions, whose key field is "key", the + operator is "In", and the values array contains only "value". The requirements are ANDed. + type: object + type: object + x-kubernetes-map-type: atomic + namespaces: + description: |- + namespaces specifies a static list of namespace names that the term applies to. + The term is applied to the union of the namespaces listed in this field + and the ones selected by namespaceSelector. + null or empty namespaces list and null namespaceSelector means "this pod's namespace". + items: + type: string + type: array + x-kubernetes-list-type: atomic + topologyKey: + description: |- + This pod should be co-located (affinity) or not co-located (anti-affinity) with the pods matching + the labelSelector in the specified namespaces, where co-located is defined as running on a node + whose value of the label with key topologyKey matches that of any node on which any of the + selected pods is running. + Empty topologyKey is not allowed. + type: string + required: + - topologyKey + type: object + weight: + description: |- + weight associated with matching the corresponding podAffinityTerm, + in the range 1-100. + format: int32 + type: integer + required: + - podAffinityTerm + - weight + type: object + type: array + x-kubernetes-list-type: atomic + requiredDuringSchedulingIgnoredDuringExecution: + description: |- + If the anti-affinity requirements specified by this field are not met at + scheduling time, the pod will not be scheduled onto the node. + If the anti-affinity requirements specified by this field cease to be met + at some point during pod execution (e.g. due to a pod label update), the + system may or may not try to eventually evict the pod from its node. + When there are multiple elements, the lists of nodes corresponding to each + podAffinityTerm are intersected, i.e. all terms must be satisfied. + items: + description: |- + Defines a set of pods (namely those matching the labelSelector + relative to the given namespace(s)) that this pod should be + co-located (affinity) or not co-located (anti-affinity) with, + where co-located is defined as running on a node whose value of + the label with key matches that of any node on which + a pod of the set of pods is running + properties: + labelSelector: + description: |- + A label query over a set of resources, in this case pods. + If it's null, this PodAffinityTerm matches with no Pods. + properties: + matchExpressions: + description: matchExpressions is a list + of label selector requirements. The requirements + are ANDed. + items: + description: |- + A label selector requirement is a selector that contains values, a key, and an operator that + relates the key and values. + properties: + key: + description: key is the label key + that the selector applies to. + type: string + operator: + description: |- + operator represents a key's relationship to a set of values. + Valid operators are In, NotIn, Exists and DoesNotExist. + type: string + values: + description: |- + values is an array of string values. If the operator is In or NotIn, + the values array must be non-empty. If the operator is Exists or DoesNotExist, + the values array must be empty. This array is replaced during a strategic + merge patch. + items: + type: string + type: array + x-kubernetes-list-type: atomic + required: + - key + - operator + type: object + type: array + x-kubernetes-list-type: atomic + matchLabels: + additionalProperties: + type: string + description: |- + matchLabels is a map of {key,value} pairs. A single {key,value} in the matchLabels + map is equivalent to an element of matchExpressions, whose key field is "key", the + operator is "In", and the values array contains only "value". The requirements are ANDed. + type: object + type: object + x-kubernetes-map-type: atomic + matchLabelKeys: + description: |- + MatchLabelKeys is a set of pod label keys to select which pods will + be taken into consideration. The keys are used to lookup values from the + incoming pod labels, those key-value labels are merged with `labelSelector` as `key in (value)` + to select the group of existing pods which pods will be taken into consideration + for the incoming pod's pod (anti) affinity. Keys that don't exist in the incoming + pod labels will be ignored. The default value is empty. + The same key is forbidden to exist in both matchLabelKeys and labelSelector. + Also, matchLabelKeys cannot be set when labelSelector isn't set. + items: + type: string + type: array + x-kubernetes-list-type: atomic + mismatchLabelKeys: + description: |- + MismatchLabelKeys is a set of pod label keys to select which pods will + be taken into consideration. The keys are used to lookup values from the + incoming pod labels, those key-value labels are merged with `labelSelector` as `key notin (value)` + to select the group of existing pods which pods will be taken into consideration + for the incoming pod's pod (anti) affinity. Keys that don't exist in the incoming + pod labels will be ignored. The default value is empty. + The same key is forbidden to exist in both mismatchLabelKeys and labelSelector. + Also, mismatchLabelKeys cannot be set when labelSelector isn't set. + items: + type: string + type: array + x-kubernetes-list-type: atomic + namespaceSelector: + description: |- + A label query over the set of namespaces that the term applies to. + The term is applied to the union of the namespaces selected by this field + and the ones listed in the namespaces field. + null selector and null or empty namespaces list means "this pod's namespace". + An empty selector ({}) matches all namespaces. + properties: + matchExpressions: + description: matchExpressions is a list + of label selector requirements. The requirements + are ANDed. + items: + description: |- + A label selector requirement is a selector that contains values, a key, and an operator that + relates the key and values. + properties: + key: + description: key is the label key + that the selector applies to. + type: string + operator: + description: |- + operator represents a key's relationship to a set of values. + Valid operators are In, NotIn, Exists and DoesNotExist. + type: string + values: + description: |- + values is an array of string values. If the operator is In or NotIn, + the values array must be non-empty. If the operator is Exists or DoesNotExist, + the values array must be empty. This array is replaced during a strategic + merge patch. + items: + type: string + type: array + x-kubernetes-list-type: atomic + required: + - key + - operator + type: object + type: array + x-kubernetes-list-type: atomic + matchLabels: + additionalProperties: + type: string + description: |- + matchLabels is a map of {key,value} pairs. A single {key,value} in the matchLabels + map is equivalent to an element of matchExpressions, whose key field is "key", the + operator is "In", and the values array contains only "value". The requirements are ANDed. + type: object + type: object + x-kubernetes-map-type: atomic + namespaces: + description: |- + namespaces specifies a static list of namespace names that the term applies to. + The term is applied to the union of the namespaces listed in this field + and the ones selected by namespaceSelector. + null or empty namespaces list and null namespaceSelector means "this pod's namespace". + items: + type: string + type: array + x-kubernetes-list-type: atomic + topologyKey: + description: |- + This pod should be co-located (affinity) or not co-located (anti-affinity) with the pods matching + the labelSelector in the specified namespaces, where co-located is defined as running on a node + whose value of the label with key topologyKey matches that of any node on which any of the + selected pods is running. + Empty topologyKey is not allowed. + type: string + required: + - topologyKey + type: object + type: array + x-kubernetes-list-type: atomic + type: object + type: object + extraAnnotations: + additionalProperties: + type: string + description: |- + Additional annotations to add to the Pod object metadata. + If the same annotation is present on `Gateway.spec.infrastructure.annotations`, the `Gateway` takes precedence. + type: object + extraLabels: + additionalProperties: + type: string + description: |- + Additional labels to add to the Pod object metadata. + If the same label is present on `Gateway.spec.infrastructure.labels`, the `Gateway` takes precedence. + type: object + extraVolumes: + description: |- + Additional volumes to add to the pod. See + https://kubernetes.io/docs/reference/generated/kubernetes-api/v1.26/#volume-v1-core + for details. + items: + description: Volume represents a named volume in a pod that + may be accessed by any container in the pod. + properties: + awsElasticBlockStore: + description: |- + awsElasticBlockStore represents an AWS Disk resource that is attached to a + kubelet's host machine and then exposed to the pod. + Deprecated: AWSElasticBlockStore is deprecated. All operations for the in-tree + awsElasticBlockStore type are redirected to the ebs.csi.aws.com CSI driver. + More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/storage/volumes#awselasticblockstore + properties: + fsType: + description: |- + fsType is the filesystem type of the volume that you want to mount. + Tip: Ensure that the filesystem type is supported by the host operating system. + Examples: "ext4", "xfs", "ntfs". Implicitly inferred to be "ext4" if unspecified. + More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/storage/volumes#awselasticblockstore + type: string + partition: + description: |- + partition is the partition in the volume that you want to mount. + If omitted, the default is to mount by volume name. + Examples: For volume /dev/sda1, you specify the partition as "1". + Similarly, the volume partition for /dev/sda is "0" (or you can leave the property empty). + format: int32 + type: integer + readOnly: + description: |- + readOnly value true will force the readOnly setting in VolumeMounts. + More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/storage/volumes#awselasticblockstore + type: boolean + volumeID: + description: |- + volumeID is unique ID of the persistent disk resource in AWS (Amazon EBS volume). + More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/storage/volumes#awselasticblockstore + type: string + required: + - volumeID + type: object + azureDisk: + description: |- + azureDisk represents an Azure Data Disk mount on the host and bind mount to the pod. + Deprecated: AzureDisk is deprecated. All operations for the in-tree azureDisk type + are redirected to the disk.csi.azure.com CSI driver. + properties: + cachingMode: + description: 'cachingMode is the Host Caching mode: + None, Read Only, Read Write.' + type: string + diskName: + description: diskName is the Name of the data disk + in the blob storage + type: string + diskURI: + description: diskURI is the URI of data disk in + the blob storage + type: string + fsType: + default: ext4 + description: |- + fsType is Filesystem type to mount. + Must be a filesystem type supported by the host operating system. + Ex. "ext4", "xfs", "ntfs". Implicitly inferred to be "ext4" if unspecified. + type: string + kind: + description: 'kind expected values are Shared: multiple + blob disks per storage account Dedicated: single + blob disk per storage account Managed: azure + managed data disk (only in managed availability + set). defaults to shared' + type: string + readOnly: + default: false + description: |- + readOnly Defaults to false (read/write). ReadOnly here will force + the ReadOnly setting in VolumeMounts. + type: boolean + required: + - diskName + - diskURI + type: object + azureFile: + description: |- + azureFile represents an Azure File Service mount on the host and bind mount to the pod. + Deprecated: AzureFile is deprecated. All operations for the in-tree azureFile type + are redirected to the file.csi.azure.com CSI driver. + properties: + readOnly: + description: |- + readOnly defaults to false (read/write). ReadOnly here will force + the ReadOnly setting in VolumeMounts. + type: boolean + secretName: + description: secretName is the name of secret that + contains Azure Storage Account Name and Key + type: string + shareName: + description: shareName is the azure share Name + type: string + required: + - secretName + - shareName + type: object + cephfs: + description: |- + cephFS represents a Ceph FS mount on the host that shares a pod's lifetime. + Deprecated: CephFS is deprecated and the in-tree cephfs type is no longer supported. + properties: + monitors: + description: |- + monitors is Required: Monitors is a collection of Ceph monitors + More info: https://examples.k8s.io/volumes/cephfs/README.md#how-to-use-it + items: + type: string + type: array + x-kubernetes-list-type: atomic + path: + description: 'path is Optional: Used as the mounted + root, rather than the full Ceph tree, default + is /' + type: string + readOnly: + description: |- + readOnly is Optional: Defaults to false (read/write). ReadOnly here will force + the ReadOnly setting in VolumeMounts. + More info: https://examples.k8s.io/volumes/cephfs/README.md#how-to-use-it + type: boolean + secretFile: + description: |- + secretFile is Optional: SecretFile is the path to key ring for User, default is /etc/ceph/user.secret + More info: https://examples.k8s.io/volumes/cephfs/README.md#how-to-use-it + type: string + secretRef: + description: |- + secretRef is Optional: SecretRef is reference to the authentication secret for User, default is empty. + More info: https://examples.k8s.io/volumes/cephfs/README.md#how-to-use-it + properties: + name: + default: "" + description: |- + Name of the referent. + This field is effectively required, but due to backwards compatibility is + allowed to be empty. Instances of this type with an empty value here are + almost certainly wrong. + More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/names/#names + type: string + type: object + x-kubernetes-map-type: atomic + user: + description: |- + user is optional: User is the rados user name, default is admin + More info: https://examples.k8s.io/volumes/cephfs/README.md#how-to-use-it + type: string + required: + - monitors + type: object + cinder: + description: |- + cinder represents a cinder volume attached and mounted on kubelets host machine. + Deprecated: Cinder is deprecated. All operations for the in-tree cinder type + are redirected to the cinder.csi.openstack.org CSI driver. + More info: https://examples.k8s.io/mysql-cinder-pd/README.md + properties: + fsType: + description: |- + fsType is the filesystem type to mount. + Must be a filesystem type supported by the host operating system. + Examples: "ext4", "xfs", "ntfs". Implicitly inferred to be "ext4" if unspecified. + More info: https://examples.k8s.io/mysql-cinder-pd/README.md + type: string + readOnly: + description: |- + readOnly defaults to false (read/write). ReadOnly here will force + the ReadOnly setting in VolumeMounts. + More info: https://examples.k8s.io/mysql-cinder-pd/README.md + type: boolean + secretRef: + description: |- + secretRef is optional: points to a secret object containing parameters used to connect + to OpenStack. + properties: + name: + default: "" + description: |- + Name of the referent. + This field is effectively required, but due to backwards compatibility is + allowed to be empty. Instances of this type with an empty value here are + almost certainly wrong. + More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/names/#names + type: string + type: object + x-kubernetes-map-type: atomic + volumeID: + description: |- + volumeID used to identify the volume in cinder. + More info: https://examples.k8s.io/mysql-cinder-pd/README.md + type: string + required: + - volumeID + type: object + configMap: + description: configMap represents a configMap that should + populate this volume + properties: + defaultMode: + description: |- + defaultMode is optional: mode bits used to set permissions on created files by default. + Must be an octal value between 0000 and 0777 or a decimal value between 0 and 511. + YAML accepts both octal and decimal values, JSON requires decimal values for mode bits. + Defaults to 0644. + Directories within the path are not affected by this setting. + This might be in conflict with other options that affect the file + mode, like fsGroup, and the result can be other mode bits set. + format: int32 + type: integer + items: + description: |- + items if unspecified, each key-value pair in the Data field of the referenced + ConfigMap will be projected into the volume as a file whose name is the + key and content is the value. If specified, the listed keys will be + projected into the specified paths, and unlisted keys will not be + present. If a key is specified which is not present in the ConfigMap, + the volume setup will error unless it is marked optional. Paths must be + relative and may not contain the '..' path or start with '..'. + items: + description: Maps a string key to a path within + a volume. + properties: + key: + description: key is the key to project. + type: string + mode: + description: |- + mode is Optional: mode bits used to set permissions on this file. + Must be an octal value between 0000 and 0777 or a decimal value between 0 and 511. + YAML accepts both octal and decimal values, JSON requires decimal values for mode bits. + If not specified, the volume defaultMode will be used. + This might be in conflict with other options that affect the file + mode, like fsGroup, and the result can be other mode bits set. + format: int32 + type: integer + path: + description: |- + path is the relative path of the file to map the key to. + May not be an absolute path. + May not contain the path element '..'. + May not start with the string '..'. + type: string + required: + - key + - path + type: object + type: array + x-kubernetes-list-type: atomic + name: + default: "" + description: |- + Name of the referent. + This field is effectively required, but due to backwards compatibility is + allowed to be empty. Instances of this type with an empty value here are + almost certainly wrong. + More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/names/#names + type: string + optional: + description: optional specify whether the ConfigMap + or its keys must be defined + type: boolean + type: object + x-kubernetes-map-type: atomic + csi: + description: csi (Container Storage Interface) represents + ephemeral storage that is handled by certain external + CSI drivers. + properties: + driver: + description: |- + driver is the name of the CSI driver that handles this volume. + Consult with your admin for the correct name as registered in the cluster. + type: string + fsType: + description: |- + fsType to mount. Ex. "ext4", "xfs", "ntfs". + If not provided, the empty value is passed to the associated CSI driver + which will determine the default filesystem to apply. + type: string + nodePublishSecretRef: + description: |- + nodePublishSecretRef is a reference to the secret object containing + sensitive information to pass to the CSI driver to complete the CSI + NodePublishVolume and NodeUnpublishVolume calls. + This field is optional, and may be empty if no secret is required. If the + secret object contains more than one secret, all secret references are passed. + properties: + name: + default: "" + description: |- + Name of the referent. + This field is effectively required, but due to backwards compatibility is + allowed to be empty. Instances of this type with an empty value here are + almost certainly wrong. + More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/names/#names + type: string + type: object + x-kubernetes-map-type: atomic + readOnly: + description: |- + readOnly specifies a read-only configuration for the volume. + Defaults to false (read/write). + type: boolean + volumeAttributes: + additionalProperties: + type: string + description: |- + volumeAttributes stores driver-specific properties that are passed to the CSI + driver. Consult your driver's documentation for supported values. + type: object + required: + - driver + type: object + downwardAPI: + description: downwardAPI represents downward API about + the pod that should populate this volume + properties: + defaultMode: + description: |- + Optional: mode bits to use on created files by default. Must be a + Optional: mode bits used to set permissions on created files by default. + Must be an octal value between 0000 and 0777 or a decimal value between 0 and 511. + YAML accepts both octal and decimal values, JSON requires decimal values for mode bits. + Defaults to 0644. + Directories within the path are not affected by this setting. + This might be in conflict with other options that affect the file + mode, like fsGroup, and the result can be other mode bits set. + format: int32 + type: integer + items: + description: Items is a list of downward API volume + file + items: + description: DownwardAPIVolumeFile represents + information to create the file containing the + pod field + properties: + fieldRef: + description: 'Required: Selects a field of + the pod: only annotations, labels, name, + namespace and uid are supported.' + properties: + apiVersion: + description: Version of the schema the + FieldPath is written in terms of, defaults + to "v1". + type: string + fieldPath: + description: Path of the field to select + in the specified API version. + type: string + required: + - fieldPath + type: object + x-kubernetes-map-type: atomic + mode: + description: |- + Optional: mode bits used to set permissions on this file, must be an octal value + between 0000 and 0777 or a decimal value between 0 and 511. + YAML accepts both octal and decimal values, JSON requires decimal values for mode bits. + If not specified, the volume defaultMode will be used. + This might be in conflict with other options that affect the file + mode, like fsGroup, and the result can be other mode bits set. + format: int32 + type: integer + path: + description: 'Required: Path is the relative + path name of the file to be created. Must + not be absolute or contain the ''..'' path. + Must be utf-8 encoded. The first item of + the relative path must not start with ''..''' + type: string + resourceFieldRef: + description: |- + Selects a resource of the container: only resources limits and requests + (limits.cpu, limits.memory, requests.cpu and requests.memory) are currently supported. + properties: + containerName: + description: 'Container name: required + for volumes, optional for env vars' + type: string + divisor: + anyOf: + - type: integer + - type: string + description: Specifies the output format + of the exposed resources, defaults to + "1" + pattern: ^(\+|-)?(([0-9]+(\.[0-9]*)?)|(\.[0-9]+))(([KMGTPE]i)|[numkMGTPE]|([eE](\+|-)?(([0-9]+(\.[0-9]*)?)|(\.[0-9]+))))?$ + x-kubernetes-int-or-string: true + resource: + description: 'Required: resource to select' + type: string + required: + - resource + type: object + x-kubernetes-map-type: atomic + required: + - path + type: object + type: array + x-kubernetes-list-type: atomic + type: object + emptyDir: + description: |- + emptyDir represents a temporary directory that shares a pod's lifetime. + More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/storage/volumes#emptydir + properties: + medium: + description: |- + medium represents what type of storage medium should back this directory. + The default is "" which means to use the node's default medium. + Must be an empty string (default) or Memory. + More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/storage/volumes#emptydir + type: string + sizeLimit: + anyOf: + - type: integer + - type: string + description: |- + sizeLimit is the total amount of local storage required for this EmptyDir volume. + The size limit is also applicable for memory medium. + The maximum usage on memory medium EmptyDir would be the minimum value between + the SizeLimit specified here and the sum of memory limits of all containers in a pod. + The default is nil which means that the limit is undefined. + More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/storage/volumes#emptydir + pattern: ^(\+|-)?(([0-9]+(\.[0-9]*)?)|(\.[0-9]+))(([KMGTPE]i)|[numkMGTPE]|([eE](\+|-)?(([0-9]+(\.[0-9]*)?)|(\.[0-9]+))))?$ + x-kubernetes-int-or-string: true + type: object + ephemeral: + description: |- + ephemeral represents a volume that is handled by a cluster storage driver. + The volume's lifecycle is tied to the pod that defines it - it will be created before the pod starts, + and deleted when the pod is removed. + + Use this if: + a) the volume is only needed while the pod runs, + b) features of normal volumes like restoring from snapshot or capacity + tracking are needed, + c) the storage driver is specified through a storage class, and + d) the storage driver supports dynamic volume provisioning through + a PersistentVolumeClaim (see EphemeralVolumeSource for more + information on the connection between this volume type + and PersistentVolumeClaim). + + Use PersistentVolumeClaim or one of the vendor-specific + APIs for volumes that persist for longer than the lifecycle + of an individual pod. + + Use CSI for light-weight local ephemeral volumes if the CSI driver is meant to + be used that way - see the documentation of the driver for + more information. + + A pod can use both types of ephemeral volumes and + persistent volumes at the same time. + properties: + volumeClaimTemplate: + description: |- + Will be used to create a stand-alone PVC to provision the volume. + The pod in which this EphemeralVolumeSource is embedded will be the + owner of the PVC, i.e. the PVC will be deleted together with the + pod. The name of the PVC will be `-` where + `` is the name from the `PodSpec.Volumes` array + entry. Pod validation will reject the pod if the concatenated name + is not valid for a PVC (for example, too long). + + An existing PVC with that name that is not owned by the pod + will *not* be used for the pod to avoid using an unrelated + volume by mistake. Starting the pod is then blocked until + the unrelated PVC is removed. If such a pre-created PVC is + meant to be used by the pod, the PVC has to updated with an + owner reference to the pod once the pod exists. Normally + this should not be necessary, but it may be useful when + manually reconstructing a broken cluster. + + This field is read-only and no changes will be made by Kubernetes + to the PVC after it has been created. + + Required, must not be nil. + properties: + metadata: + description: |- + May contain labels and annotations that will be copied into the PVC + when creating it. No other fields are allowed and will be rejected during + validation. + type: object + spec: + description: |- + The specification for the PersistentVolumeClaim. The entire content is + copied unchanged into the PVC that gets created from this + template. The same fields as in a PersistentVolumeClaim + are also valid here. + properties: + accessModes: + description: |- + accessModes contains the desired access modes the volume should have. + More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/storage/persistent-volumes#access-modes-1 + items: + type: string + type: array + x-kubernetes-list-type: atomic + dataSource: + description: |- + dataSource field can be used to specify either: + * An existing VolumeSnapshot object (snapshot.storage.k8s.io/VolumeSnapshot) + * An existing PVC (PersistentVolumeClaim) + If the provisioner or an external controller can support the specified data source, + it will create a new volume based on the contents of the specified data source. + When the AnyVolumeDataSource feature gate is enabled, dataSource contents will be copied to dataSourceRef, + and dataSourceRef contents will be copied to dataSource when dataSourceRef.namespace is not specified. + If the namespace is specified, then dataSourceRef will not be copied to dataSource. + properties: + apiGroup: + description: |- + APIGroup is the group for the resource being referenced. + If APIGroup is not specified, the specified Kind must be in the core API group. + For any other third-party types, APIGroup is required. + type: string + kind: + description: Kind is the type of resource + being referenced + type: string + name: + description: Name is the name of resource + being referenced + type: string + required: + - kind + - name + type: object + x-kubernetes-map-type: atomic + dataSourceRef: + description: |- + dataSourceRef specifies the object from which to populate the volume with data, if a non-empty + volume is desired. This may be any object from a non-empty API group (non + core object) or a PersistentVolumeClaim object. + When this field is specified, volume binding will only succeed if the type of + the specified object matches some installed volume populator or dynamic + provisioner. + This field will replace the functionality of the dataSource field and as such + if both fields are non-empty, they must have the same value. For backwards + compatibility, when namespace isn't specified in dataSourceRef, + both fields (dataSource and dataSourceRef) will be set to the same + value automatically if one of them is empty and the other is non-empty. + When namespace is specified in dataSourceRef, + dataSource isn't set to the same value and must be empty. + There are three important differences between dataSource and dataSourceRef: + * While dataSource only allows two specific types of objects, dataSourceRef + allows any non-core object, as well as PersistentVolumeClaim objects. + * While dataSource ignores disallowed values (dropping them), dataSourceRef + preserves all values, and generates an error if a disallowed value is + specified. + * While dataSource only allows local objects, dataSourceRef allows objects + in any namespaces. + (Beta) Using this field requires the AnyVolumeDataSource feature gate to be enabled. + (Alpha) Using the namespace field of dataSourceRef requires the CrossNamespaceVolumeDataSource feature gate to be enabled. + properties: + apiGroup: + description: |- + APIGroup is the group for the resource being referenced. + If APIGroup is not specified, the specified Kind must be in the core API group. + For any other third-party types, APIGroup is required. + type: string + kind: + description: Kind is the type of resource + being referenced + type: string + name: + description: Name is the name of resource + being referenced + type: string + namespace: + description: |- + Namespace is the namespace of resource being referenced + Note that when a namespace is specified, a gateway.networking.k8s.io/ReferenceGrant object is required in the referent namespace to allow that namespace's owner to accept the reference. See the ReferenceGrant documentation for details. + (Alpha) This field requires the CrossNamespaceVolumeDataSource feature gate to be enabled. + type: string + required: + - kind + - name + type: object + resources: + description: |- + resources represents the minimum resources the volume should have. + If RecoverVolumeExpansionFailure feature is enabled users are allowed to specify resource requirements + that are lower than previous value but must still be higher than capacity recorded in the + status field of the claim. + More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/storage/persistent-volumes#resources + properties: + limits: + additionalProperties: + anyOf: + - type: integer + - type: string + pattern: ^(\+|-)?(([0-9]+(\.[0-9]*)?)|(\.[0-9]+))(([KMGTPE]i)|[numkMGTPE]|([eE](\+|-)?(([0-9]+(\.[0-9]*)?)|(\.[0-9]+))))?$ + x-kubernetes-int-or-string: true + description: |- + Limits describes the maximum amount of compute resources allowed. + More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/configuration/manage-resources-containers/ + type: object + requests: + additionalProperties: + anyOf: + - type: integer + - type: string + pattern: ^(\+|-)?(([0-9]+(\.[0-9]*)?)|(\.[0-9]+))(([KMGTPE]i)|[numkMGTPE]|([eE](\+|-)?(([0-9]+(\.[0-9]*)?)|(\.[0-9]+))))?$ + x-kubernetes-int-or-string: true + description: |- + Requests describes the minimum amount of compute resources required. + If Requests is omitted for a container, it defaults to Limits if that is explicitly specified, + otherwise to an implementation-defined value. Requests cannot exceed Limits. + More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/configuration/manage-resources-containers/ + type: object + type: object + selector: + description: selector is a label query over + volumes to consider for binding. + properties: + matchExpressions: + description: matchExpressions is a list + of label selector requirements. The + requirements are ANDed. + items: + description: |- + A label selector requirement is a selector that contains values, a key, and an operator that + relates the key and values. + properties: + key: + description: key is the label + key that the selector applies + to. + type: string + operator: + description: |- + operator represents a key's relationship to a set of values. + Valid operators are In, NotIn, Exists and DoesNotExist. + type: string + values: + description: |- + values is an array of string values. If the operator is In or NotIn, + the values array must be non-empty. If the operator is Exists or DoesNotExist, + the values array must be empty. This array is replaced during a strategic + merge patch. + items: + type: string + type: array + x-kubernetes-list-type: atomic + required: + - key + - operator + type: object + type: array + x-kubernetes-list-type: atomic + matchLabels: + additionalProperties: + type: string + description: |- + matchLabels is a map of {key,value} pairs. A single {key,value} in the matchLabels + map is equivalent to an element of matchExpressions, whose key field is "key", the + operator is "In", and the values array contains only "value". The requirements are ANDed. + type: object + type: object + x-kubernetes-map-type: atomic + storageClassName: + description: |- + storageClassName is the name of the StorageClass required by the claim. + More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/storage/persistent-volumes#class-1 + type: string + volumeAttributesClassName: + description: |- + volumeAttributesClassName may be used to set the VolumeAttributesClass used by this claim. + If specified, the CSI driver will create or update the volume with the attributes defined + in the corresponding VolumeAttributesClass. This has a different purpose than storageClassName, + it can be changed after the claim is created. An empty string or nil value indicates that no + VolumeAttributesClass will be applied to the claim. If the claim enters an Infeasible error state, + this field can be reset to its previous value (including nil) to cancel the modification. + If the resource referred to by volumeAttributesClass does not exist, this PersistentVolumeClaim will be + set to a Pending state, as reflected by the modifyVolumeStatus field, until such as a resource + exists. + More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/storage/volume-attributes-classes/ + type: string + volumeMode: + description: |- + volumeMode defines what type of volume is required by the claim. + Value of Filesystem is implied when not included in claim spec. + type: string + volumeName: + description: volumeName is the binding reference + to the PersistentVolume backing this claim. + type: string + type: object + required: + - spec + type: object + type: object + fc: + description: fc represents a Fibre Channel resource + that is attached to a kubelet's host machine and then + exposed to the pod. + properties: + fsType: + description: |- + fsType is the filesystem type to mount. + Must be a filesystem type supported by the host operating system. + Ex. "ext4", "xfs", "ntfs". Implicitly inferred to be "ext4" if unspecified. + type: string + lun: + description: 'lun is Optional: FC target lun number' + format: int32 + type: integer + readOnly: + description: |- + readOnly is Optional: Defaults to false (read/write). ReadOnly here will force + the ReadOnly setting in VolumeMounts. + type: boolean + targetWWNs: + description: 'targetWWNs is Optional: FC target + worldwide names (WWNs)' + items: + type: string + type: array + x-kubernetes-list-type: atomic + wwids: + description: |- + wwids Optional: FC volume world wide identifiers (wwids) + Either wwids or combination of targetWWNs and lun must be set, but not both simultaneously. + items: + type: string + type: array + x-kubernetes-list-type: atomic + type: object + flexVolume: + description: |- + flexVolume represents a generic volume resource that is + provisioned/attached using an exec based plugin. + Deprecated: FlexVolume is deprecated. Consider using a CSIDriver instead. + properties: + driver: + description: driver is the name of the driver to + use for this volume. + type: string + fsType: + description: |- + fsType is the filesystem type to mount. + Must be a filesystem type supported by the host operating system. + Ex. "ext4", "xfs", "ntfs". The default filesystem depends on FlexVolume script. + type: string + options: + additionalProperties: + type: string + description: 'options is Optional: this field holds + extra command options if any.' + type: object + readOnly: + description: |- + readOnly is Optional: defaults to false (read/write). ReadOnly here will force + the ReadOnly setting in VolumeMounts. + type: boolean + secretRef: + description: |- + secretRef is Optional: secretRef is reference to the secret object containing + sensitive information to pass to the plugin scripts. This may be + empty if no secret object is specified. If the secret object + contains more than one secret, all secrets are passed to the plugin + scripts. + properties: + name: + default: "" + description: |- + Name of the referent. + This field is effectively required, but due to backwards compatibility is + allowed to be empty. Instances of this type with an empty value here are + almost certainly wrong. + More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/names/#names + type: string + type: object + x-kubernetes-map-type: atomic + required: + - driver + type: object + flocker: + description: |- + flocker represents a Flocker volume attached to a kubelet's host machine. This depends on the Flocker control service being running. + Deprecated: Flocker is deprecated and the in-tree flocker type is no longer supported. + properties: + datasetName: + description: |- + datasetName is Name of the dataset stored as metadata -> name on the dataset for Flocker + should be considered as deprecated + type: string + datasetUUID: + description: datasetUUID is the UUID of the dataset. + This is unique identifier of a Flocker dataset + type: string + type: object + gcePersistentDisk: + description: |- + gcePersistentDisk represents a GCE Disk resource that is attached to a + kubelet's host machine and then exposed to the pod. + Deprecated: GCEPersistentDisk is deprecated. All operations for the in-tree + gcePersistentDisk type are redirected to the pd.csi.storage.gke.io CSI driver. + More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/storage/volumes#gcepersistentdisk + properties: + fsType: + description: |- + fsType is filesystem type of the volume that you want to mount. + Tip: Ensure that the filesystem type is supported by the host operating system. + Examples: "ext4", "xfs", "ntfs". Implicitly inferred to be "ext4" if unspecified. + More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/storage/volumes#gcepersistentdisk + type: string + partition: + description: |- + partition is the partition in the volume that you want to mount. + If omitted, the default is to mount by volume name. + Examples: For volume /dev/sda1, you specify the partition as "1". + Similarly, the volume partition for /dev/sda is "0" (or you can leave the property empty). + More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/storage/volumes#gcepersistentdisk + format: int32 + type: integer + pdName: + description: |- + pdName is unique name of the PD resource in GCE. Used to identify the disk in GCE. + More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/storage/volumes#gcepersistentdisk + type: string + readOnly: + description: |- + readOnly here will force the ReadOnly setting in VolumeMounts. + Defaults to false. + More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/storage/volumes#gcepersistentdisk + type: boolean + required: + - pdName + type: object + gitRepo: + description: |- + gitRepo represents a git repository at a particular revision. + Deprecated: GitRepo is deprecated. To provision a container with a git repo, mount an + EmptyDir into an InitContainer that clones the repo using git, then mount the EmptyDir + into the Pod's container. + properties: + directory: + description: |- + directory is the target directory name. + Must not contain or start with '..'. If '.' is supplied, the volume directory will be the + git repository. Otherwise, if specified, the volume will contain the git repository in + the subdirectory with the given name. + type: string + repository: + description: repository is the URL + type: string + revision: + description: revision is the commit hash for the + specified revision. + type: string + required: + - repository + type: object + glusterfs: + description: |- + glusterfs represents a Glusterfs mount on the host that shares a pod's lifetime. + Deprecated: Glusterfs is deprecated and the in-tree glusterfs type is no longer supported. + properties: + endpoints: + description: endpoints is the endpoint name that + details Glusterfs topology. + type: string + path: + description: |- + path is the Glusterfs volume path. + More info: https://examples.k8s.io/volumes/glusterfs/README.md#create-a-pod + type: string + readOnly: + description: |- + readOnly here will force the Glusterfs volume to be mounted with read-only permissions. + Defaults to false. + More info: https://examples.k8s.io/volumes/glusterfs/README.md#create-a-pod + type: boolean + required: + - endpoints + - path + type: object + hostPath: + description: |- + hostPath represents a pre-existing file or directory on the host + machine that is directly exposed to the container. This is generally + used for system agents or other privileged things that are allowed + to see the host machine. Most containers will NOT need this. + More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/storage/volumes#hostpath + properties: + path: + description: |- + path of the directory on the host. + If the path is a symlink, it will follow the link to the real path. + More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/storage/volumes#hostpath + type: string + type: + description: |- + type for HostPath Volume + Defaults to "" + More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/storage/volumes#hostpath + type: string + required: + - path + type: object + image: + description: |- + image represents an OCI object (a container image or artifact) pulled and mounted on the kubelet's host machine. + The volume is resolved at pod startup depending on which PullPolicy value is provided: + + - Always: the kubelet always attempts to pull the reference. Container creation will fail If the pull fails. + - Never: the kubelet never pulls the reference and only uses a local image or artifact. Container creation will fail if the reference isn't present. + - IfNotPresent: the kubelet pulls if the reference isn't already present on disk. Container creation will fail if the reference isn't present and the pull fails. + + The volume gets re-resolved if the pod gets deleted and recreated, which means that new remote content will become available on pod recreation. + A failure to resolve or pull the image during pod startup will block containers from starting and may add significant latency. Failures will be retried using normal volume backoff and will be reported on the pod reason and message. + The types of objects that may be mounted by this volume are defined by the container runtime implementation on a host machine and at minimum must include all valid types supported by the container image field. + The OCI object gets mounted in a single directory (spec.containers[*].volumeMounts.mountPath) by merging the manifest layers in the same way as for container images. + The volume will be mounted read-only (ro) and non-executable files (noexec). + Sub path mounts for containers are not supported (spec.containers[*].volumeMounts.subpath) before 1.33. + The field spec.securityContext.fsGroupChangePolicy has no effect on this volume type. + properties: + pullPolicy: + description: |- + Policy for pulling OCI objects. Possible values are: + Always: the kubelet always attempts to pull the reference. Container creation will fail If the pull fails. + Never: the kubelet never pulls the reference and only uses a local image or artifact. Container creation will fail if the reference isn't present. + IfNotPresent: the kubelet pulls if the reference isn't already present on disk. Container creation will fail if the reference isn't present and the pull fails. + Defaults to Always if :latest tag is specified, or IfNotPresent otherwise. + type: string + reference: + description: |- + Required: Image or artifact reference to be used. + Behaves in the same way as pod.spec.containers[*].image. + Pull secrets will be assembled in the same way as for the container image by looking up node credentials, SA image pull secrets, and pod spec image pull secrets. + More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/containers/images + This field is optional to allow higher level config management to default or override + container images in workload controllers like Deployments and StatefulSets. + type: string + type: object + iscsi: + description: |- + iscsi represents an ISCSI Disk resource that is attached to a + kubelet's host machine and then exposed to the pod. + More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/storage/volumes/#iscsi + properties: + chapAuthDiscovery: + description: chapAuthDiscovery defines whether support + iSCSI Discovery CHAP authentication + type: boolean + chapAuthSession: + description: chapAuthSession defines whether support + iSCSI Session CHAP authentication + type: boolean + fsType: + description: |- + fsType is the filesystem type of the volume that you want to mount. + Tip: Ensure that the filesystem type is supported by the host operating system. + Examples: "ext4", "xfs", "ntfs". Implicitly inferred to be "ext4" if unspecified. + More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/storage/volumes#iscsi + type: string + initiatorName: + description: |- + initiatorName is the custom iSCSI Initiator Name. + If initiatorName is specified with iscsiInterface simultaneously, new iSCSI interface + : will be created for the connection. + type: string + iqn: + description: iqn is the target iSCSI Qualified Name. + type: string + iscsiInterface: + default: default + description: |- + iscsiInterface is the interface Name that uses an iSCSI transport. + Defaults to 'default' (tcp). + type: string + lun: + description: lun represents iSCSI Target Lun number. + format: int32 + type: integer + portals: + description: |- + portals is the iSCSI Target Portal List. The portal is either an IP or ip_addr:port if the port + is other than default (typically TCP ports 860 and 3260). + items: + type: string + type: array + x-kubernetes-list-type: atomic + readOnly: + description: |- + readOnly here will force the ReadOnly setting in VolumeMounts. + Defaults to false. + type: boolean + secretRef: + description: secretRef is the CHAP Secret for iSCSI + target and initiator authentication + properties: + name: + default: "" + description: |- + Name of the referent. + This field is effectively required, but due to backwards compatibility is + allowed to be empty. Instances of this type with an empty value here are + almost certainly wrong. + More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/names/#names + type: string + type: object + x-kubernetes-map-type: atomic + targetPortal: + description: |- + targetPortal is iSCSI Target Portal. The Portal is either an IP or ip_addr:port if the port + is other than default (typically TCP ports 860 and 3260). + type: string + required: + - iqn + - lun + - targetPortal + type: object + name: + description: |- + name of the volume. + Must be a DNS_LABEL and unique within the pod. + More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/names/#names + type: string + nfs: + description: |- + nfs represents an NFS mount on the host that shares a pod's lifetime + More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/storage/volumes#nfs + properties: + path: + description: |- + path that is exported by the NFS server. + More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/storage/volumes#nfs + type: string + readOnly: + description: |- + readOnly here will force the NFS export to be mounted with read-only permissions. + Defaults to false. + More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/storage/volumes#nfs + type: boolean + server: + description: |- + server is the hostname or IP address of the NFS server. + More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/storage/volumes#nfs + type: string + required: + - path + - server + type: object + persistentVolumeClaim: + description: |- + persistentVolumeClaimVolumeSource represents a reference to a + PersistentVolumeClaim in the same namespace. + More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/storage/persistent-volumes#persistentvolumeclaims + properties: + claimName: + description: |- + claimName is the name of a PersistentVolumeClaim in the same namespace as the pod using this volume. + More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/storage/persistent-volumes#persistentvolumeclaims + type: string + readOnly: + description: |- + readOnly Will force the ReadOnly setting in VolumeMounts. + Default false. + type: boolean + required: + - claimName + type: object + photonPersistentDisk: + description: |- + photonPersistentDisk represents a PhotonController persistent disk attached and mounted on kubelets host machine. + Deprecated: PhotonPersistentDisk is deprecated and the in-tree photonPersistentDisk type is no longer supported. + properties: + fsType: + description: |- + fsType is the filesystem type to mount. + Must be a filesystem type supported by the host operating system. + Ex. "ext4", "xfs", "ntfs". Implicitly inferred to be "ext4" if unspecified. + type: string + pdID: + description: pdID is the ID that identifies Photon + Controller persistent disk + type: string + required: + - pdID + type: object + portworxVolume: + description: |- + portworxVolume represents a portworx volume attached and mounted on kubelets host machine. + Deprecated: PortworxVolume is deprecated. All operations for the in-tree portworxVolume type + are redirected to the pxd.portworx.com CSI driver when the CSIMigrationPortworx feature-gate + is on. + properties: + fsType: + description: |- + fSType represents the filesystem type to mount + Must be a filesystem type supported by the host operating system. + Ex. "ext4", "xfs". Implicitly inferred to be "ext4" if unspecified. + type: string + readOnly: + description: |- + readOnly defaults to false (read/write). ReadOnly here will force + the ReadOnly setting in VolumeMounts. + type: boolean + volumeID: + description: volumeID uniquely identifies a Portworx + volume + type: string + required: + - volumeID + type: object + projected: + description: projected items for all in one resources + secrets, configmaps, and downward API + properties: + defaultMode: + description: |- + defaultMode are the mode bits used to set permissions on created files by default. + Must be an octal value between 0000 and 0777 or a decimal value between 0 and 511. + YAML accepts both octal and decimal values, JSON requires decimal values for mode bits. + Directories within the path are not affected by this setting. + This might be in conflict with other options that affect the file + mode, like fsGroup, and the result can be other mode bits set. + format: int32 + type: integer + sources: + description: |- + sources is the list of volume projections. Each entry in this list + handles one source. + items: + description: |- + Projection that may be projected along with other supported volume types. + Exactly one of these fields must be set. + properties: + clusterTrustBundle: + description: |- + ClusterTrustBundle allows a pod to access the `.spec.trustBundle` field + of ClusterTrustBundle objects in an auto-updating file. + + Alpha, gated by the ClusterTrustBundleProjection feature gate. + + ClusterTrustBundle objects can either be selected by name, or by the + combination of signer name and a label selector. + + Kubelet performs aggressive normalization of the PEM contents written + into the pod filesystem. Esoteric PEM features such as inter-block + comments and block headers are stripped. Certificates are deduplicated. + The ordering of certificates within the file is arbitrary, and Kubelet + may change the order over time. + properties: + labelSelector: + description: |- + Select all ClusterTrustBundles that match this label selector. Only has + effect if signerName is set. Mutually-exclusive with name. If unset, + interpreted as "match nothing". If set but empty, interpreted as "match + everything". + properties: + matchExpressions: + description: matchExpressions is a + list of label selector requirements. + The requirements are ANDed. + items: + description: |- + A label selector requirement is a selector that contains values, a key, and an operator that + relates the key and values. + properties: + key: + description: key is the label + key that the selector applies + to. + type: string + operator: + description: |- + operator represents a key's relationship to a set of values. + Valid operators are In, NotIn, Exists and DoesNotExist. + type: string + values: + description: |- + values is an array of string values. If the operator is In or NotIn, + the values array must be non-empty. If the operator is Exists or DoesNotExist, + the values array must be empty. This array is replaced during a strategic + merge patch. + items: + type: string + type: array + x-kubernetes-list-type: atomic + required: + - key + - operator + type: object + type: array + x-kubernetes-list-type: atomic + matchLabels: + additionalProperties: + type: string + description: |- + matchLabels is a map of {key,value} pairs. A single {key,value} in the matchLabels + map is equivalent to an element of matchExpressions, whose key field is "key", the + operator is "In", and the values array contains only "value". The requirements are ANDed. + type: object + type: object + x-kubernetes-map-type: atomic + name: + description: |- + Select a single ClusterTrustBundle by object name. Mutually-exclusive + with signerName and labelSelector. + type: string + optional: + description: |- + If true, don't block pod startup if the referenced ClusterTrustBundle(s) + aren't available. If using name, then the named ClusterTrustBundle is + allowed not to exist. If using signerName, then the combination of + signerName and labelSelector is allowed to match zero + ClusterTrustBundles. + type: boolean + path: + description: Relative path from the volume + root to write the bundle. + type: string + signerName: + description: |- + Select all ClusterTrustBundles that match this signer name. + Mutually-exclusive with name. The contents of all selected + ClusterTrustBundles will be unified and deduplicated. + type: string + required: + - path + type: object + configMap: + description: configMap information about the + configMap data to project + properties: + items: + description: |- + items if unspecified, each key-value pair in the Data field of the referenced + ConfigMap will be projected into the volume as a file whose name is the + key and content is the value. If specified, the listed keys will be + projected into the specified paths, and unlisted keys will not be + present. If a key is specified which is not present in the ConfigMap, + the volume setup will error unless it is marked optional. Paths must be + relative and may not contain the '..' path or start with '..'. + items: + description: Maps a string key to a + path within a volume. + properties: + key: + description: key is the key to project. + type: string + mode: + description: |- + mode is Optional: mode bits used to set permissions on this file. + Must be an octal value between 0000 and 0777 or a decimal value between 0 and 511. + YAML accepts both octal and decimal values, JSON requires decimal values for mode bits. + If not specified, the volume defaultMode will be used. + This might be in conflict with other options that affect the file + mode, like fsGroup, and the result can be other mode bits set. + format: int32 + type: integer + path: + description: |- + path is the relative path of the file to map the key to. + May not be an absolute path. + May not contain the path element '..'. + May not start with the string '..'. + type: string + required: + - key + - path + type: object + type: array + x-kubernetes-list-type: atomic + name: + default: "" + description: |- + Name of the referent. + This field is effectively required, but due to backwards compatibility is + allowed to be empty. Instances of this type with an empty value here are + almost certainly wrong. + More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/names/#names + type: string + optional: + description: optional specify whether + the ConfigMap or its keys must be defined + type: boolean + type: object + x-kubernetes-map-type: atomic + downwardAPI: + description: downwardAPI information about + the downwardAPI data to project + properties: + items: + description: Items is a list of DownwardAPIVolume + file + items: + description: DownwardAPIVolumeFile represents + information to create the file containing + the pod field + properties: + fieldRef: + description: 'Required: Selects + a field of the pod: only annotations, + labels, name, namespace and uid + are supported.' + properties: + apiVersion: + description: Version of the + schema the FieldPath is written + in terms of, defaults to "v1". + type: string + fieldPath: + description: Path of the field + to select in the specified + API version. + type: string + required: + - fieldPath + type: object + x-kubernetes-map-type: atomic + mode: + description: |- + Optional: mode bits used to set permissions on this file, must be an octal value + between 0000 and 0777 or a decimal value between 0 and 511. + YAML accepts both octal and decimal values, JSON requires decimal values for mode bits. + If not specified, the volume defaultMode will be used. + This might be in conflict with other options that affect the file + mode, like fsGroup, and the result can be other mode bits set. + format: int32 + type: integer + path: + description: 'Required: Path is the + relative path name of the file + to be created. Must not be absolute + or contain the ''..'' path. Must + be utf-8 encoded. The first item + of the relative path must not + start with ''..''' + type: string + resourceFieldRef: + description: |- + Selects a resource of the container: only resources limits and requests + (limits.cpu, limits.memory, requests.cpu and requests.memory) are currently supported. + properties: + containerName: + description: 'Container name: + required for volumes, optional + for env vars' + type: string + divisor: + anyOf: + - type: integer + - type: string + description: Specifies the output + format of the exposed resources, + defaults to "1" + pattern: ^(\+|-)?(([0-9]+(\.[0-9]*)?)|(\.[0-9]+))(([KMGTPE]i)|[numkMGTPE]|([eE](\+|-)?(([0-9]+(\.[0-9]*)?)|(\.[0-9]+))))?$ + x-kubernetes-int-or-string: true + resource: + description: 'Required: resource + to select' + type: string + required: + - resource + type: object + x-kubernetes-map-type: atomic + required: + - path + type: object + type: array + x-kubernetes-list-type: atomic + type: object + podCertificate: + description: |- + Projects an auto-rotating credential bundle (private key and certificate + chain) that the pod can use either as a TLS client or server. + + Kubelet generates a private key and uses it to send a + PodCertificateRequest to the named signer. Once the signer approves the + request and issues a certificate chain, Kubelet writes the key and + certificate chain to the pod filesystem. The pod does not start until + certificates have been issued for each podCertificate projected volume + source in its spec. + + Kubelet will begin trying to rotate the certificate at the time indicated + by the signer using the PodCertificateRequest.Status.BeginRefreshAt + timestamp. + + Kubelet can write a single file, indicated by the credentialBundlePath + field, or separate files, indicated by the keyPath and + certificateChainPath fields. + + The credential bundle is a single file in PEM format. The first PEM + entry is the private key (in PKCS#8 format), and the remaining PEM + entries are the certificate chain issued by the signer (typically, + signers will return their certificate chain in leaf-to-root order). + + Prefer using the credential bundle format, since your application code + can read it atomically. If you use keyPath and certificateChainPath, + your application must make two separate file reads. If these coincide + with a certificate rotation, it is possible that the private key and leaf + certificate you read may not correspond to each other. Your application + will need to check for this condition, and re-read until they are + consistent. + + The named signer controls chooses the format of the certificate it + issues; consult the signer implementation's documentation to learn how to + use the certificates it issues. + properties: + certificateChainPath: + description: |- + Write the certificate chain at this path in the projected volume. + + Most applications should use credentialBundlePath. When using keyPath + and certificateChainPath, your application needs to check that the key + and leaf certificate are consistent, because it is possible to read the + files mid-rotation. + type: string + credentialBundlePath: + description: |- + Write the credential bundle at this path in the projected volume. + + The credential bundle is a single file that contains multiple PEM blocks. + The first PEM block is a PRIVATE KEY block, containing a PKCS#8 private + key. + + The remaining blocks are CERTIFICATE blocks, containing the issued + certificate chain from the signer (leaf and any intermediates). + + Using credentialBundlePath lets your Pod's application code make a single + atomic read that retrieves a consistent key and certificate chain. If you + project them to separate files, your application code will need to + additionally check that the leaf certificate was issued to the key. + type: string + keyPath: + description: |- + Write the key at this path in the projected volume. + + Most applications should use credentialBundlePath. When using keyPath + and certificateChainPath, your application needs to check that the key + and leaf certificate are consistent, because it is possible to read the + files mid-rotation. + type: string + keyType: + description: |- + The type of keypair Kubelet will generate for the pod. + + Valid values are "RSA3072", "RSA4096", "ECDSAP256", "ECDSAP384", + "ECDSAP521", and "ED25519". + type: string + maxExpirationSeconds: + description: |- + maxExpirationSeconds is the maximum lifetime permitted for the + certificate. + + Kubelet copies this value verbatim into the PodCertificateRequests it + generates for this projection. + + If omitted, kube-apiserver will set it to 86400(24 hours). kube-apiserver + will reject values shorter than 3600 (1 hour). The maximum allowable + value is 7862400 (91 days). + + The signer implementation is then free to issue a certificate with any + lifetime *shorter* than MaxExpirationSeconds, but no shorter than 3600 + seconds (1 hour). This constraint is enforced by kube-apiserver. + `kubernetes.io` signers will never issue certificates with a lifetime + longer than 24 hours. + format: int32 + type: integer + signerName: + description: Kubelet's generated CSRs + will be addressed to this signer. + type: string + required: + - keyType + - signerName + type: object + secret: + description: secret information about the + secret data to project + properties: + items: + description: |- + items if unspecified, each key-value pair in the Data field of the referenced + Secret will be projected into the volume as a file whose name is the + key and content is the value. If specified, the listed keys will be + projected into the specified paths, and unlisted keys will not be + present. If a key is specified which is not present in the Secret, + the volume setup will error unless it is marked optional. Paths must be + relative and may not contain the '..' path or start with '..'. + items: + description: Maps a string key to a + path within a volume. + properties: + key: + description: key is the key to project. + type: string + mode: + description: |- + mode is Optional: mode bits used to set permissions on this file. + Must be an octal value between 0000 and 0777 or a decimal value between 0 and 511. + YAML accepts both octal and decimal values, JSON requires decimal values for mode bits. + If not specified, the volume defaultMode will be used. + This might be in conflict with other options that affect the file + mode, like fsGroup, and the result can be other mode bits set. + format: int32 + type: integer + path: + description: |- + path is the relative path of the file to map the key to. + May not be an absolute path. + May not contain the path element '..'. + May not start with the string '..'. + type: string + required: + - key + - path + type: object + type: array + x-kubernetes-list-type: atomic + name: + default: "" + description: |- + Name of the referent. + This field is effectively required, but due to backwards compatibility is + allowed to be empty. Instances of this type with an empty value here are + almost certainly wrong. + More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/names/#names + type: string + optional: + description: optional field specify whether + the Secret or its key must be defined + type: boolean + type: object + x-kubernetes-map-type: atomic + serviceAccountToken: + description: serviceAccountToken is information + about the serviceAccountToken data to project + properties: + audience: + description: |- + audience is the intended audience of the token. A recipient of a token + must identify itself with an identifier specified in the audience of the + token, and otherwise should reject the token. The audience defaults to the + identifier of the apiserver. + type: string + expirationSeconds: + description: |- + expirationSeconds is the requested duration of validity of the service + account token. As the token approaches expiration, the kubelet volume + plugin will proactively rotate the service account token. The kubelet will + start trying to rotate the token if the token is older than 80 percent of + its time to live or if the token is older than 24 hours.Defaults to 1 hour + and must be at least 10 minutes. + format: int64 + type: integer + path: + description: |- + path is the path relative to the mount point of the file to project the + token into. + type: string + required: + - path + type: object + type: object + type: array + x-kubernetes-list-type: atomic + type: object + quobyte: + description: |- + quobyte represents a Quobyte mount on the host that shares a pod's lifetime. + Deprecated: Quobyte is deprecated and the in-tree quobyte type is no longer supported. + properties: + group: + description: |- + group to map volume access to + Default is no group + type: string + readOnly: + description: |- + readOnly here will force the Quobyte volume to be mounted with read-only permissions. + Defaults to false. + type: boolean + registry: + description: |- + registry represents a single or multiple Quobyte Registry services + specified as a string as host:port pair (multiple entries are separated with commas) + which acts as the central registry for volumes + type: string + tenant: + description: |- + tenant owning the given Quobyte volume in the Backend + Used with dynamically provisioned Quobyte volumes, value is set by the plugin + type: string + user: + description: |- + user to map volume access to + Defaults to serivceaccount user + type: string + volume: + description: volume is a string that references + an already created Quobyte volume by name. + type: string + required: + - registry + - volume + type: object + rbd: + description: |- + rbd represents a Rados Block Device mount on the host that shares a pod's lifetime. + Deprecated: RBD is deprecated and the in-tree rbd type is no longer supported. + properties: + fsType: + description: |- + fsType is the filesystem type of the volume that you want to mount. + Tip: Ensure that the filesystem type is supported by the host operating system. + Examples: "ext4", "xfs", "ntfs". Implicitly inferred to be "ext4" if unspecified. + More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/storage/volumes#rbd + type: string + image: + description: |- + image is the rados image name. + More info: https://examples.k8s.io/volumes/rbd/README.md#how-to-use-it + type: string + keyring: + default: /etc/ceph/keyring + description: |- + keyring is the path to key ring for RBDUser. + Default is /etc/ceph/keyring. + More info: https://examples.k8s.io/volumes/rbd/README.md#how-to-use-it + type: string + monitors: + description: |- + monitors is a collection of Ceph monitors. + More info: https://examples.k8s.io/volumes/rbd/README.md#how-to-use-it + items: + type: string + type: array + x-kubernetes-list-type: atomic + pool: + default: rbd + description: |- + pool is the rados pool name. + Default is rbd. + More info: https://examples.k8s.io/volumes/rbd/README.md#how-to-use-it + type: string + readOnly: + description: |- + readOnly here will force the ReadOnly setting in VolumeMounts. + Defaults to false. + More info: https://examples.k8s.io/volumes/rbd/README.md#how-to-use-it + type: boolean + secretRef: + description: |- + secretRef is name of the authentication secret for RBDUser. If provided + overrides keyring. + Default is nil. + More info: https://examples.k8s.io/volumes/rbd/README.md#how-to-use-it + properties: + name: + default: "" + description: |- + Name of the referent. + This field is effectively required, but due to backwards compatibility is + allowed to be empty. Instances of this type with an empty value here are + almost certainly wrong. + More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/names/#names + type: string + type: object + x-kubernetes-map-type: atomic + user: + default: admin + description: |- + user is the rados user name. + Default is admin. + More info: https://examples.k8s.io/volumes/rbd/README.md#how-to-use-it + type: string + required: + - image + - monitors + type: object + scaleIO: + description: |- + scaleIO represents a ScaleIO persistent volume attached and mounted on Kubernetes nodes. + Deprecated: ScaleIO is deprecated and the in-tree scaleIO type is no longer supported. + properties: + fsType: + default: xfs + description: |- + fsType is the filesystem type to mount. + Must be a filesystem type supported by the host operating system. + Ex. "ext4", "xfs", "ntfs". + Default is "xfs". + type: string + gateway: + description: gateway is the host address of the + ScaleIO API Gateway. + type: string + protectionDomain: + description: protectionDomain is the name of the + ScaleIO Protection Domain for the configured storage. + type: string + readOnly: + description: |- + readOnly Defaults to false (read/write). ReadOnly here will force + the ReadOnly setting in VolumeMounts. + type: boolean + secretRef: + description: |- + secretRef references to the secret for ScaleIO user and other + sensitive information. If this is not provided, Login operation will fail. + properties: + name: + default: "" + description: |- + Name of the referent. + This field is effectively required, but due to backwards compatibility is + allowed to be empty. Instances of this type with an empty value here are + almost certainly wrong. + More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/names/#names + type: string + type: object + x-kubernetes-map-type: atomic + sslEnabled: + description: sslEnabled Flag enable/disable SSL + communication with Gateway, default false + type: boolean + storageMode: + default: ThinProvisioned + description: |- + storageMode indicates whether the storage for a volume should be ThickProvisioned or ThinProvisioned. + Default is ThinProvisioned. + type: string + storagePool: + description: storagePool is the ScaleIO Storage + Pool associated with the protection domain. + type: string + system: + description: system is the name of the storage system + as configured in ScaleIO. + type: string + volumeName: + description: |- + volumeName is the name of a volume already created in the ScaleIO system + that is associated with this volume source. + type: string + required: + - gateway + - secretRef + - system + type: object + secret: + description: |- + secret represents a secret that should populate this volume. + More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/storage/volumes#secret + properties: + defaultMode: + description: |- + defaultMode is Optional: mode bits used to set permissions on created files by default. + Must be an octal value between 0000 and 0777 or a decimal value between 0 and 511. + YAML accepts both octal and decimal values, JSON requires decimal values + for mode bits. Defaults to 0644. + Directories within the path are not affected by this setting. + This might be in conflict with other options that affect the file + mode, like fsGroup, and the result can be other mode bits set. + format: int32 + type: integer + items: + description: |- + items If unspecified, each key-value pair in the Data field of the referenced + Secret will be projected into the volume as a file whose name is the + key and content is the value. If specified, the listed keys will be + projected into the specified paths, and unlisted keys will not be + present. If a key is specified which is not present in the Secret, + the volume setup will error unless it is marked optional. Paths must be + relative and may not contain the '..' path or start with '..'. + items: + description: Maps a string key to a path within + a volume. + properties: + key: + description: key is the key to project. + type: string + mode: + description: |- + mode is Optional: mode bits used to set permissions on this file. + Must be an octal value between 0000 and 0777 or a decimal value between 0 and 511. + YAML accepts both octal and decimal values, JSON requires decimal values for mode bits. + If not specified, the volume defaultMode will be used. + This might be in conflict with other options that affect the file + mode, like fsGroup, and the result can be other mode bits set. + format: int32 + type: integer + path: + description: |- + path is the relative path of the file to map the key to. + May not be an absolute path. + May not contain the path element '..'. + May not start with the string '..'. + type: string + required: + - key + - path + type: object + type: array + x-kubernetes-list-type: atomic + optional: + description: optional field specify whether the + Secret or its keys must be defined + type: boolean + secretName: + description: |- + secretName is the name of the secret in the pod's namespace to use. + More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/storage/volumes#secret + type: string + type: object + storageos: + description: |- + storageOS represents a StorageOS volume attached and mounted on Kubernetes nodes. + Deprecated: StorageOS is deprecated and the in-tree storageos type is no longer supported. + properties: + fsType: + description: |- + fsType is the filesystem type to mount. + Must be a filesystem type supported by the host operating system. + Ex. "ext4", "xfs", "ntfs". Implicitly inferred to be "ext4" if unspecified. + type: string + readOnly: + description: |- + readOnly defaults to false (read/write). ReadOnly here will force + the ReadOnly setting in VolumeMounts. + type: boolean + secretRef: + description: |- + secretRef specifies the secret to use for obtaining the StorageOS API + credentials. If not specified, default values will be attempted. + properties: + name: + default: "" + description: |- + Name of the referent. + This field is effectively required, but due to backwards compatibility is + allowed to be empty. Instances of this type with an empty value here are + almost certainly wrong. + More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/names/#names + type: string + type: object + x-kubernetes-map-type: atomic + volumeName: + description: |- + volumeName is the human-readable name of the StorageOS volume. Volume + names are only unique within a namespace. + type: string + volumeNamespace: + description: |- + volumeNamespace specifies the scope of the volume within StorageOS. If no + namespace is specified then the Pod's namespace will be used. This allows the + Kubernetes name scoping to be mirrored within StorageOS for tighter integration. + Set VolumeName to any name to override the default behaviour. + Set to "default" if you are not using namespaces within StorageOS. + Namespaces that do not pre-exist within StorageOS will be created. + type: string + type: object + vsphereVolume: + description: |- + vsphereVolume represents a vSphere volume attached and mounted on kubelets host machine. + Deprecated: VsphereVolume is deprecated. All operations for the in-tree vsphereVolume type + are redirected to the csi.vsphere.vmware.com CSI driver. + properties: + fsType: + description: |- + fsType is filesystem type to mount. + Must be a filesystem type supported by the host operating system. + Ex. "ext4", "xfs", "ntfs". Implicitly inferred to be "ext4" if unspecified. + type: string + storagePolicyID: + description: storagePolicyID is the storage Policy + Based Management (SPBM) profile ID associated + with the StoragePolicyName. + type: string + storagePolicyName: + description: storagePolicyName is the storage Policy + Based Management (SPBM) profile name. + type: string + volumePath: + description: volumePath is the path that identifies + vSphere volume vmdk + type: string + required: + - volumePath + type: object + required: + - name + type: object + type: array + gracefulShutdown: + description: If specified, the pod's graceful shutdown spec. + properties: + enabled: + description: Enable grace period before shutdown to finish + current requests while Envoy health checks fail to e.g. + notify external load balancers. *NOTE:* This will not + have any effect if you have not defined health checks + via the health check filter + type: boolean + sleepTimeSeconds: + description: Time (in seconds) for the preStop hook to + wait before allowing Envoy to terminate + format: int64 + maximum: 31536000 + minimum: 0 + type: integer + type: object + imagePullSecrets: + description: |- + An optional list of references to secrets in the same namespace to use for + pulling any of the images used by this Pod spec. See + https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/containers/images/#specifying-imagepullsecrets-on-a-pod + for details. + items: + description: |- + LocalObjectReference contains enough information to let you locate the + referenced object inside the same namespace. + properties: + name: + default: "" + description: |- + Name of the referent. + This field is effectively required, but due to backwards compatibility is + allowed to be empty. Instances of this type with an empty value here are + almost certainly wrong. + More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/names/#names + type: string + type: object + x-kubernetes-map-type: atomic + type: array + livenessProbe: + description: |- + If specified, the pod's liveness probe. Periodic probe of container service readiness. + Container will be restarted if the probe fails. See + https://kubernetes.io/docs/reference/generated/kubernetes-api/v1.26/#probe-v1-core + for details. + properties: + exec: + description: Exec specifies a command to execute in the + container. + properties: + command: + description: |- + Command is the command line to execute inside the container, the working directory for the + command is root ('/') in the container's filesystem. The command is simply exec'd, it is + not run inside a shell, so traditional shell instructions ('|', etc) won't work. To use + a shell, you need to explicitly call out to that shell. + Exit status of 0 is treated as live/healthy and non-zero is unhealthy. + items: + type: string + type: array + x-kubernetes-list-type: atomic + type: object + failureThreshold: + description: |- + Minimum consecutive failures for the probe to be considered failed after having succeeded. + Defaults to 3. Minimum value is 1. + format: int32 + type: integer + grpc: + description: GRPC specifies a GRPC HealthCheckRequest. + properties: + port: + description: Port number of the gRPC service. Number + must be in the range 1 to 65535. + format: int32 + type: integer + service: + default: "" + description: |- + Service is the name of the service to place in the gRPC HealthCheckRequest + (see https://github.com/grpc/grpc/blob/master/doc/health-checking.md). + + If this is not specified, the default behavior is defined by gRPC. + type: string + required: + - port + type: object + httpGet: + description: HTTPGet specifies an HTTP GET request to + perform. + properties: + host: + description: |- + Host name to connect to, defaults to the pod IP. You probably want to set + "Host" in httpHeaders instead. + type: string + httpHeaders: + description: Custom headers to set in the request. + HTTP allows repeated headers. + items: + description: HTTPHeader describes a custom header + to be used in HTTP probes + properties: + name: + description: |- + The header field name. + This will be canonicalized upon output, so case-variant names will be understood as the same header. + type: string + value: + description: The header field value + type: string + required: + - name + - value + type: object + type: array + x-kubernetes-list-type: atomic + path: + description: Path to access on the HTTP server. + type: string + port: + anyOf: + - type: integer + - type: string + description: |- + Name or number of the port to access on the container. + Number must be in the range 1 to 65535. + Name must be an IANA_SVC_NAME. + x-kubernetes-int-or-string: true + scheme: + description: |- + Scheme to use for connecting to the host. + Defaults to HTTP. + type: string + required: + - port + type: object + initialDelaySeconds: + description: |- + Number of seconds after the container has started before liveness probes are initiated. + More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle#container-probes + format: int32 + type: integer + periodSeconds: + description: |- + How often (in seconds) to perform the probe. + Default to 10 seconds. Minimum value is 1. + format: int32 + type: integer + successThreshold: + description: |- + Minimum consecutive successes for the probe to be considered successful after having failed. + Defaults to 1. Must be 1 for liveness and startup. Minimum value is 1. + format: int32 + type: integer + tcpSocket: + description: TCPSocket specifies a connection to a TCP + port. + properties: + host: + description: 'Optional: Host name to connect to, defaults + to the pod IP.' + type: string + port: + anyOf: + - type: integer + - type: string + description: |- + Number or name of the port to access on the container. + Number must be in the range 1 to 65535. + Name must be an IANA_SVC_NAME. + x-kubernetes-int-or-string: true + required: + - port + type: object + terminationGracePeriodSeconds: + description: |- + Optional duration in seconds the pod needs to terminate gracefully upon probe failure. + The grace period is the duration in seconds after the processes running in the pod are sent + a termination signal and the time when the processes are forcibly halted with a kill signal. + Set this value longer than the expected cleanup time for your process. + If this value is nil, the pod's terminationGracePeriodSeconds will be used. Otherwise, this + value overrides the value provided by the pod spec. + Value must be non-negative integer. The value zero indicates stop immediately via + the kill signal (no opportunity to shut down). + This is a beta field and requires enabling ProbeTerminationGracePeriod feature gate. + Minimum value is 1. spec.terminationGracePeriodSeconds is used if unset. + format: int64 + type: integer + timeoutSeconds: + description: |- + Number of seconds after which the probe times out. + Defaults to 1 second. Minimum value is 1. + More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle#container-probes + format: int32 + type: integer + type: object + nodeSelector: + additionalProperties: + type: string + description: |- + A selector which must be true for the pod to fit on a node. See + https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/configuration/assign-pod-node/ for + details. + type: object + priorityClassName: + description: |- + If specified, the pod's PriorityClass. See + https://kubernetes.io/docs/reference/generated/kubernetes-api/v1.26/#podspec-v1-core + for details + type: string + readinessProbe: + description: |- + If specified, the pod's readiness probe. Periodic probe of container service readiness. + Container will be removed from service endpoints if the probe fails. See + https://kubernetes.io/docs/reference/generated/kubernetes-api/v1.26/#probe-v1-core + for details. + properties: + exec: + description: Exec specifies a command to execute in the + container. + properties: + command: + description: |- + Command is the command line to execute inside the container, the working directory for the + command is root ('/') in the container's filesystem. The command is simply exec'd, it is + not run inside a shell, so traditional shell instructions ('|', etc) won't work. To use + a shell, you need to explicitly call out to that shell. + Exit status of 0 is treated as live/healthy and non-zero is unhealthy. + items: + type: string + type: array + x-kubernetes-list-type: atomic + type: object + failureThreshold: + description: |- + Minimum consecutive failures for the probe to be considered failed after having succeeded. + Defaults to 3. Minimum value is 1. + format: int32 + type: integer + grpc: + description: GRPC specifies a GRPC HealthCheckRequest. + properties: + port: + description: Port number of the gRPC service. Number + must be in the range 1 to 65535. + format: int32 + type: integer + service: + default: "" + description: |- + Service is the name of the service to place in the gRPC HealthCheckRequest + (see https://github.com/grpc/grpc/blob/master/doc/health-checking.md). + + If this is not specified, the default behavior is defined by gRPC. + type: string + required: + - port + type: object + httpGet: + description: HTTPGet specifies an HTTP GET request to + perform. + properties: + host: + description: |- + Host name to connect to, defaults to the pod IP. You probably want to set + "Host" in httpHeaders instead. + type: string + httpHeaders: + description: Custom headers to set in the request. + HTTP allows repeated headers. + items: + description: HTTPHeader describes a custom header + to be used in HTTP probes + properties: + name: + description: |- + The header field name. + This will be canonicalized upon output, so case-variant names will be understood as the same header. + type: string + value: + description: The header field value + type: string + required: + - name + - value + type: object + type: array + x-kubernetes-list-type: atomic + path: + description: Path to access on the HTTP server. + type: string + port: + anyOf: + - type: integer + - type: string + description: |- + Name or number of the port to access on the container. + Number must be in the range 1 to 65535. + Name must be an IANA_SVC_NAME. + x-kubernetes-int-or-string: true + scheme: + description: |- + Scheme to use for connecting to the host. + Defaults to HTTP. + type: string + required: + - port + type: object + initialDelaySeconds: + description: |- + Number of seconds after the container has started before liveness probes are initiated. + More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle#container-probes + format: int32 + type: integer + periodSeconds: + description: |- + How often (in seconds) to perform the probe. + Default to 10 seconds. Minimum value is 1. + format: int32 + type: integer + successThreshold: + description: |- + Minimum consecutive successes for the probe to be considered successful after having failed. + Defaults to 1. Must be 1 for liveness and startup. Minimum value is 1. + format: int32 + type: integer + tcpSocket: + description: TCPSocket specifies a connection to a TCP + port. + properties: + host: + description: 'Optional: Host name to connect to, defaults + to the pod IP.' + type: string + port: + anyOf: + - type: integer + - type: string + description: |- + Number or name of the port to access on the container. + Number must be in the range 1 to 65535. + Name must be an IANA_SVC_NAME. + x-kubernetes-int-or-string: true + required: + - port + type: object + terminationGracePeriodSeconds: + description: |- + Optional duration in seconds the pod needs to terminate gracefully upon probe failure. + The grace period is the duration in seconds after the processes running in the pod are sent + a termination signal and the time when the processes are forcibly halted with a kill signal. + Set this value longer than the expected cleanup time for your process. + If this value is nil, the pod's terminationGracePeriodSeconds will be used. Otherwise, this + value overrides the value provided by the pod spec. + Value must be non-negative integer. The value zero indicates stop immediately via + the kill signal (no opportunity to shut down). + This is a beta field and requires enabling ProbeTerminationGracePeriod feature gate. + Minimum value is 1. spec.terminationGracePeriodSeconds is used if unset. + format: int64 + type: integer + timeoutSeconds: + description: |- + Number of seconds after which the probe times out. + Defaults to 1 second. Minimum value is 1. + More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle#container-probes + format: int32 + type: integer + type: object + securityContext: + description: |- + The pod security context. See + https://kubernetes.io/docs/reference/generated/kubernetes-api/v1.26/#podsecuritycontext-v1-core + for details. + properties: + appArmorProfile: + description: |- + appArmorProfile is the AppArmor options to use by the containers in this pod. + Note that this field cannot be set when spec.os.name is windows. + properties: + localhostProfile: + description: |- + localhostProfile indicates a profile loaded on the node that should be used. + The profile must be preconfigured on the node to work. + Must match the loaded name of the profile. + Must be set if and only if type is "Localhost". + type: string + type: + description: |- + type indicates which kind of AppArmor profile will be applied. + Valid options are: + Localhost - a profile pre-loaded on the node. + RuntimeDefault - the container runtime's default profile. + Unconfined - no AppArmor enforcement. + type: string + required: + - type + type: object + fsGroup: + description: |- + A special supplemental group that applies to all containers in a pod. + Some volume types allow the Kubelet to change the ownership of that volume + to be owned by the pod: + + 1. The owning GID will be the FSGroup + 2. The setgid bit is set (new files created in the volume will be owned by FSGroup) + 3. The permission bits are OR'd with rw-rw---- + + If unset, the Kubelet will not modify the ownership and permissions of any volume. + Note that this field cannot be set when spec.os.name is windows. + format: int64 + type: integer + fsGroupChangePolicy: + description: |- + fsGroupChangePolicy defines behavior of changing ownership and permission of the volume + before being exposed inside Pod. This field will only apply to + volume types which support fsGroup based ownership(and permissions). + It will have no effect on ephemeral volume types such as: secret, configmaps + and emptydir. + Valid values are "OnRootMismatch" and "Always". If not specified, "Always" is used. + Note that this field cannot be set when spec.os.name is windows. + type: string + runAsGroup: + description: |- + The GID to run the entrypoint of the container process. + Uses runtime default if unset. + May also be set in SecurityContext. If set in both SecurityContext and + PodSecurityContext, the value specified in SecurityContext takes precedence + for that container. + Note that this field cannot be set when spec.os.name is windows. + format: int64 + type: integer + runAsNonRoot: + description: |- + Indicates that the container must run as a non-root user. + If true, the Kubelet will validate the image at runtime to ensure that it + does not run as UID 0 (root) and fail to start the container if it does. + If unset or false, no such validation will be performed. + May also be set in SecurityContext. If set in both SecurityContext and + PodSecurityContext, the value specified in SecurityContext takes precedence. + type: boolean + runAsUser: + description: |- + The UID to run the entrypoint of the container process. + Defaults to user specified in image metadata if unspecified. + May also be set in SecurityContext. If set in both SecurityContext and + PodSecurityContext, the value specified in SecurityContext takes precedence + for that container. + Note that this field cannot be set when spec.os.name is windows. + format: int64 + type: integer + seLinuxChangePolicy: + description: |- + seLinuxChangePolicy defines how the container's SELinux label is applied to all volumes used by the Pod. + It has no effect on nodes that do not support SELinux or to volumes does not support SELinux. + Valid values are "MountOption" and "Recursive". + + "Recursive" means relabeling of all files on all Pod volumes by the container runtime. + This may be slow for large volumes, but allows mixing privileged and unprivileged Pods sharing the same volume on the same node. + + "MountOption" mounts all eligible Pod volumes with `-o context` mount option. + This requires all Pods that share the same volume to use the same SELinux label. + It is not possible to share the same volume among privileged and unprivileged Pods. + Eligible volumes are in-tree FibreChannel and iSCSI volumes, and all CSI volumes + whose CSI driver announces SELinux support by setting spec.seLinuxMount: true in their + CSIDriver instance. Other volumes are always re-labelled recursively. + "MountOption" value is allowed only when SELinuxMount feature gate is enabled. + + If not specified and SELinuxMount feature gate is enabled, "MountOption" is used. + If not specified and SELinuxMount feature gate is disabled, "MountOption" is used for ReadWriteOncePod volumes + and "Recursive" for all other volumes. + + This field affects only Pods that have SELinux label set, either in PodSecurityContext or in SecurityContext of all containers. + + All Pods that use the same volume should use the same seLinuxChangePolicy, otherwise some pods can get stuck in ContainerCreating state. + Note that this field cannot be set when spec.os.name is windows. + type: string + seLinuxOptions: + description: |- + The SELinux context to be applied to all containers. + If unspecified, the container runtime will allocate a random SELinux context for each + container. May also be set in SecurityContext. If set in + both SecurityContext and PodSecurityContext, the value specified in SecurityContext + takes precedence for that container. + Note that this field cannot be set when spec.os.name is windows. + properties: + level: + description: Level is SELinux level label that applies + to the container. + type: string + role: + description: Role is a SELinux role label that applies + to the container. + type: string + type: + description: Type is a SELinux type label that applies + to the container. + type: string + user: + description: User is a SELinux user label that applies + to the container. + type: string + type: object + seccompProfile: + description: |- + The seccomp options to use by the containers in this pod. + Note that this field cannot be set when spec.os.name is windows. + properties: + localhostProfile: + description: |- + localhostProfile indicates a profile defined in a file on the node should be used. + The profile must be preconfigured on the node to work. + Must be a descending path, relative to the kubelet's configured seccomp profile location. + Must be set if type is "Localhost". Must NOT be set for any other type. + type: string + type: + description: |- + type indicates which kind of seccomp profile will be applied. + Valid options are: + + Localhost - a profile defined in a file on the node should be used. + RuntimeDefault - the container runtime default profile should be used. + Unconfined - no profile should be applied. + type: string + required: + - type + type: object + supplementalGroups: + description: |- + A list of groups applied to the first process run in each container, in + addition to the container's primary GID and fsGroup (if specified). If + the SupplementalGroupsPolicy feature is enabled, the + supplementalGroupsPolicy field determines whether these are in addition + to or instead of any group memberships defined in the container image. + If unspecified, no additional groups are added, though group memberships + defined in the container image may still be used, depending on the + supplementalGroupsPolicy field. + Note that this field cannot be set when spec.os.name is windows. + items: + format: int64 + type: integer + type: array + x-kubernetes-list-type: atomic + supplementalGroupsPolicy: + description: |- + Defines how supplemental groups of the first container processes are calculated. + Valid values are "Merge" and "Strict". If not specified, "Merge" is used. + (Alpha) Using the field requires the SupplementalGroupsPolicy feature gate to be enabled + and the container runtime must implement support for this feature. + Note that this field cannot be set when spec.os.name is windows. + type: string + sysctls: + description: |- + Sysctls hold a list of namespaced sysctls used for the pod. Pods with unsupported + sysctls (by the container runtime) might fail to launch. + Note that this field cannot be set when spec.os.name is windows. + items: + description: Sysctl defines a kernel parameter to be + set + properties: + name: + description: Name of a property to set + type: string + value: + description: Value of a property to set + type: string + required: + - name + - value + type: object + type: array + x-kubernetes-list-type: atomic + windowsOptions: + description: |- + The Windows specific settings applied to all containers. + If unspecified, the options within a container's SecurityContext will be used. + If set in both SecurityContext and PodSecurityContext, the value specified in SecurityContext takes precedence. + Note that this field cannot be set when spec.os.name is linux. + properties: + gmsaCredentialSpec: + description: |- + GMSACredentialSpec is where the GMSA admission webhook + (https://github.com/kubernetes-sigs/windows-gmsa) inlines the contents of the + GMSA credential spec named by the GMSACredentialSpecName field. + type: string + gmsaCredentialSpecName: + description: GMSACredentialSpecName is the name of + the GMSA credential spec to use. + type: string + hostProcess: + description: |- + HostProcess determines if a container should be run as a 'Host Process' container. + All of a Pod's containers must have the same effective HostProcess value + (it is not allowed to have a mix of HostProcess containers and non-HostProcess containers). + In addition, if HostProcess is true then HostNetwork must also be set to true. + type: boolean + runAsUserName: + description: |- + The UserName in Windows to run the entrypoint of the container process. + Defaults to the user specified in image metadata if unspecified. + May also be set in PodSecurityContext. If set in both SecurityContext and + PodSecurityContext, the value specified in SecurityContext takes precedence. + type: string + type: object + type: object + startupProbe: + description: |- + If specified, the pod's startup probe. A probe of container startup readiness. + Container will be only be added to service endpoints if the probe succeeds. See + https://kubernetes.io/docs/reference/generated/kubernetes-api/v1.26/#probe-v1-core + for details. + properties: + exec: + description: Exec specifies a command to execute in the + container. + properties: + command: + description: |- + Command is the command line to execute inside the container, the working directory for the + command is root ('/') in the container's filesystem. The command is simply exec'd, it is + not run inside a shell, so traditional shell instructions ('|', etc) won't work. To use + a shell, you need to explicitly call out to that shell. + Exit status of 0 is treated as live/healthy and non-zero is unhealthy. + items: + type: string + type: array + x-kubernetes-list-type: atomic + type: object + failureThreshold: + description: |- + Minimum consecutive failures for the probe to be considered failed after having succeeded. + Defaults to 3. Minimum value is 1. + format: int32 + type: integer + grpc: + description: GRPC specifies a GRPC HealthCheckRequest. + properties: + port: + description: Port number of the gRPC service. Number + must be in the range 1 to 65535. + format: int32 + type: integer + service: + default: "" + description: |- + Service is the name of the service to place in the gRPC HealthCheckRequest + (see https://github.com/grpc/grpc/blob/master/doc/health-checking.md). + + If this is not specified, the default behavior is defined by gRPC. + type: string + required: + - port + type: object + httpGet: + description: HTTPGet specifies an HTTP GET request to + perform. + properties: + host: + description: |- + Host name to connect to, defaults to the pod IP. You probably want to set + "Host" in httpHeaders instead. + type: string + httpHeaders: + description: Custom headers to set in the request. + HTTP allows repeated headers. + items: + description: HTTPHeader describes a custom header + to be used in HTTP probes + properties: + name: + description: |- + The header field name. + This will be canonicalized upon output, so case-variant names will be understood as the same header. + type: string + value: + description: The header field value + type: string + required: + - name + - value + type: object + type: array + x-kubernetes-list-type: atomic + path: + description: Path to access on the HTTP server. + type: string + port: + anyOf: + - type: integer + - type: string + description: |- + Name or number of the port to access on the container. + Number must be in the range 1 to 65535. + Name must be an IANA_SVC_NAME. + x-kubernetes-int-or-string: true + scheme: + description: |- + Scheme to use for connecting to the host. + Defaults to HTTP. + type: string + required: + - port + type: object + initialDelaySeconds: + description: |- + Number of seconds after the container has started before liveness probes are initiated. + More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle#container-probes + format: int32 + type: integer + periodSeconds: + description: |- + How often (in seconds) to perform the probe. + Default to 10 seconds. Minimum value is 1. + format: int32 + type: integer + successThreshold: + description: |- + Minimum consecutive successes for the probe to be considered successful after having failed. + Defaults to 1. Must be 1 for liveness and startup. Minimum value is 1. + format: int32 + type: integer + tcpSocket: + description: TCPSocket specifies a connection to a TCP + port. + properties: + host: + description: 'Optional: Host name to connect to, defaults + to the pod IP.' + type: string + port: + anyOf: + - type: integer + - type: string + description: |- + Number or name of the port to access on the container. + Number must be in the range 1 to 65535. + Name must be an IANA_SVC_NAME. + x-kubernetes-int-or-string: true + required: + - port + type: object + terminationGracePeriodSeconds: + description: |- + Optional duration in seconds the pod needs to terminate gracefully upon probe failure. + The grace period is the duration in seconds after the processes running in the pod are sent + a termination signal and the time when the processes are forcibly halted with a kill signal. + Set this value longer than the expected cleanup time for your process. + If this value is nil, the pod's terminationGracePeriodSeconds will be used. Otherwise, this + value overrides the value provided by the pod spec. + Value must be non-negative integer. The value zero indicates stop immediately via + the kill signal (no opportunity to shut down). + This is a beta field and requires enabling ProbeTerminationGracePeriod feature gate. + Minimum value is 1. spec.terminationGracePeriodSeconds is used if unset. + format: int64 + type: integer + timeoutSeconds: + description: |- + Number of seconds after which the probe times out. + Defaults to 1 second. Minimum value is 1. + More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle#container-probes + format: int32 + type: integer + type: object + terminationGracePeriodSeconds: + description: |- + If specified, the pod's termination grace period in seconds. See + https://kubernetes.io/docs/reference/generated/kubernetes-api/v1.26/#pod-v1-core + for details + format: int64 + maximum: 31536000 + minimum: 0 + type: integer + tolerations: + description: |- + do not use slice of pointers: https://github.com/kubernetes/code-generator/issues/166 + If specified, the pod's tolerations. See + https://kubernetes.io/docs/reference/generated/kubernetes-api/v1.26/#toleration-v1-core + for details. + items: + description: |- + The pod this Toleration is attached to tolerates any taint that matches + the triple using the matching operator . + properties: + effect: + description: |- + Effect indicates the taint effect to match. Empty means match all taint effects. + When specified, allowed values are NoSchedule, PreferNoSchedule and NoExecute. + type: string + key: + description: |- + Key is the taint key that the toleration applies to. Empty means match all taint keys. + If the key is empty, operator must be Exists; this combination means to match all values and all keys. + type: string + operator: + description: |- + Operator represents a key's relationship to the value. + Valid operators are Exists and Equal. Defaults to Equal. + Exists is equivalent to wildcard for value, so that a pod can + tolerate all taints of a particular category. + type: string + tolerationSeconds: + description: |- + TolerationSeconds represents the period of time the toleration (which must be + of effect NoExecute, otherwise this field is ignored) tolerates the taint. By default, + it is not set, which means tolerate the taint forever (do not evict). Zero and + negative values will be treated as 0 (evict immediately) by the system. + format: int64 + type: integer + value: + description: |- + Value is the taint value the toleration matches to. + If the operator is Exists, the value should be empty, otherwise just a regular string. + type: string + type: object + type: array + topologySpreadConstraints: + description: |- + If specified, the pod's topology spread constraints. See + https://kubernetes.io/docs/reference/generated/kubernetes-api/v1.26/#topologyspreadconstraint-v1-core + for details. + items: + description: TopologySpreadConstraint specifies how to spread + matching pods among the given topology. + properties: + labelSelector: + description: |- + LabelSelector is used to find matching pods. + Pods that match this label selector are counted to determine the number of pods + in their corresponding topology domain. + properties: + matchExpressions: + description: matchExpressions is a list of label + selector requirements. The requirements are ANDed. + items: + description: |- + A label selector requirement is a selector that contains values, a key, and an operator that + relates the key and values. + properties: + key: + description: key is the label key that the + selector applies to. + type: string + operator: + description: |- + operator represents a key's relationship to a set of values. + Valid operators are In, NotIn, Exists and DoesNotExist. + type: string + values: + description: |- + values is an array of string values. If the operator is In or NotIn, + the values array must be non-empty. If the operator is Exists or DoesNotExist, + the values array must be empty. This array is replaced during a strategic + merge patch. + items: + type: string + type: array + x-kubernetes-list-type: atomic + required: + - key + - operator + type: object + type: array + x-kubernetes-list-type: atomic + matchLabels: + additionalProperties: + type: string + description: |- + matchLabels is a map of {key,value} pairs. A single {key,value} in the matchLabels + map is equivalent to an element of matchExpressions, whose key field is "key", the + operator is "In", and the values array contains only "value". The requirements are ANDed. + type: object + type: object + x-kubernetes-map-type: atomic + matchLabelKeys: + description: |- + MatchLabelKeys is a set of pod label keys to select the pods over which + spreading will be calculated. The keys are used to lookup values from the + incoming pod labels, those key-value labels are ANDed with labelSelector + to select the group of existing pods over which spreading will be calculated + for the incoming pod. The same key is forbidden to exist in both MatchLabelKeys and LabelSelector. + MatchLabelKeys cannot be set when LabelSelector isn't set. + Keys that don't exist in the incoming pod labels will + be ignored. A null or empty list means only match against labelSelector. + + This is a beta field and requires the MatchLabelKeysInPodTopologySpread feature gate to be enabled (enabled by default). + items: + type: string + type: array + x-kubernetes-list-type: atomic + maxSkew: + description: |- + MaxSkew describes the degree to which pods may be unevenly distributed. + When `whenUnsatisfiable=DoNotSchedule`, it is the maximum permitted difference + between the number of matching pods in the target topology and the global minimum. + The global minimum is the minimum number of matching pods in an eligible domain + or zero if the number of eligible domains is less than MinDomains. + For example, in a 3-zone cluster, MaxSkew is set to 1, and pods with the same + labelSelector spread as 2/2/1: + In this case, the global minimum is 1. + | zone1 | zone2 | zone3 | + | P P | P P | P | + - if MaxSkew is 1, incoming pod can only be scheduled to zone3 to become 2/2/2; + scheduling it onto zone1(zone2) would make the ActualSkew(3-1) on zone1(zone2) + violate MaxSkew(1). + - if MaxSkew is 2, incoming pod can be scheduled onto any zone. + When `whenUnsatisfiable=ScheduleAnyway`, it is used to give higher precedence + to topologies that satisfy it. + It's a required field. Default value is 1 and 0 is not allowed. + format: int32 + type: integer + minDomains: + description: |- + MinDomains indicates a minimum number of eligible domains. + When the number of eligible domains with matching topology keys is less than minDomains, + Pod Topology Spread treats "global minimum" as 0, and then the calculation of Skew is performed. + And when the number of eligible domains with matching topology keys equals or greater than minDomains, + this value has no effect on scheduling. + As a result, when the number of eligible domains is less than minDomains, + scheduler won't schedule more than maxSkew Pods to those domains. + If value is nil, the constraint behaves as if MinDomains is equal to 1. + Valid values are integers greater than 0. + When value is not nil, WhenUnsatisfiable must be DoNotSchedule. + + For example, in a 3-zone cluster, MaxSkew is set to 2, MinDomains is set to 5 and pods with the same + labelSelector spread as 2/2/2: + | zone1 | zone2 | zone3 | + | P P | P P | P P | + The number of domains is less than 5(MinDomains), so "global minimum" is treated as 0. + In this situation, new pod with the same labelSelector cannot be scheduled, + because computed skew will be 3(3 - 0) if new Pod is scheduled to any of the three zones, + it will violate MaxSkew. + format: int32 + type: integer + nodeAffinityPolicy: + description: |- + NodeAffinityPolicy indicates how we will treat Pod's nodeAffinity/nodeSelector + when calculating pod topology spread skew. Options are: + - Honor: only nodes matching nodeAffinity/nodeSelector are included in the calculations. + - Ignore: nodeAffinity/nodeSelector are ignored. All nodes are included in the calculations. + + If this value is nil, the behavior is equivalent to the Honor policy. + type: string + nodeTaintsPolicy: + description: |- + NodeTaintsPolicy indicates how we will treat node taints when calculating + pod topology spread skew. Options are: + - Honor: nodes without taints, along with tainted nodes for which the incoming pod + has a toleration, are included. + - Ignore: node taints are ignored. All nodes are included. + + If this value is nil, the behavior is equivalent to the Ignore policy. + type: string + topologyKey: + description: |- + TopologyKey is the key of node labels. Nodes that have a label with this key + and identical values are considered to be in the same topology. + We consider each as a "bucket", and try to put balanced number + of pods into each bucket. + We define a domain as a particular instance of a topology. + Also, we define an eligible domain as a domain whose nodes meet the requirements of + nodeAffinityPolicy and nodeTaintsPolicy. + e.g. If TopologyKey is "kubernetes.io/hostname", each Node is a domain of that topology. + And, if TopologyKey is "topology.kubernetes.io/zone", each zone is a domain of that topology. + It's a required field. + type: string + whenUnsatisfiable: + description: |- + WhenUnsatisfiable indicates how to deal with a pod if it doesn't satisfy + the spread constraint. + - DoNotSchedule (default) tells the scheduler not to schedule it. + - ScheduleAnyway tells the scheduler to schedule the pod in any location, + but giving higher precedence to topologies that would help reduce the + skew. + A constraint is considered "Unsatisfiable" for an incoming pod + if and only if every possible node assignment for that pod would violate + "MaxSkew" on some topology. + For example, in a 3-zone cluster, MaxSkew is set to 1, and pods with the same + labelSelector spread as 3/1/1: + | zone1 | zone2 | zone3 | + | P P P | P | P | + If WhenUnsatisfiable is set to DoNotSchedule, incoming pod can only be scheduled + to zone2(zone3) to become 3/2/1(3/1/2) as ActualSkew(2-1) on zone2(zone3) satisfies + MaxSkew(1). In other words, the cluster can still be imbalanced, but scheduler + won't make it *more* imbalanced. + It's a required field. + type: string + required: + - maxSkew + - topologyKey + - whenUnsatisfiable + type: object + type: array + type: object + sdsContainer: + description: Configuration for the container running the Secret + Discovery Service (SDS). + properties: + bootstrap: + description: Initial SDS container configuration. + properties: + logLevel: + description: |- + Log level for SDS. Options include "info", "debug", "warn", "error", "panic" and "fatal". + Default level is "info". + type: string + type: object + image: + description: |- + The SDS container image. See + https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/containers/images + for details. + properties: + digest: + description: The hash digest of the image, e.g. `sha256:12345...` + type: string + pullPolicy: + description: |- + The image pull policy for the container. See + https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/containers/images/#image-pull-policy + for details. + type: string + registry: + description: The image registry. + type: string + repository: + description: The image repository (name). + type: string + tag: + description: The image tag. + type: string + type: object + resources: + description: |- + The compute resources required by this container. See + https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/configuration/manage-resources-containers/ + for details. + properties: + claims: + description: |- + Claims lists the names of resources, defined in spec.resourceClaims, + that are used by this container. + + This field depends on the + DynamicResourceAllocation feature gate. + + This field is immutable. It can only be set for containers. + items: + description: ResourceClaim references one entry in PodSpec.ResourceClaims. + properties: + name: + description: |- + Name must match the name of one entry in pod.spec.resourceClaims of + the Pod where this field is used. It makes that resource available + inside a container. + type: string + request: + description: |- + Request is the name chosen for a request in the referenced claim. + If empty, everything from the claim is made available, otherwise + only the result of this request. + type: string + required: + - name + type: object + type: array + x-kubernetes-list-map-keys: + - name + x-kubernetes-list-type: map + limits: + additionalProperties: + anyOf: + - type: integer + - type: string + pattern: ^(\+|-)?(([0-9]+(\.[0-9]*)?)|(\.[0-9]+))(([KMGTPE]i)|[numkMGTPE]|([eE](\+|-)?(([0-9]+(\.[0-9]*)?)|(\.[0-9]+))))?$ + x-kubernetes-int-or-string: true + description: |- + Limits describes the maximum amount of compute resources allowed. + More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/configuration/manage-resources-containers/ + type: object + requests: + additionalProperties: + anyOf: + - type: integer + - type: string + pattern: ^(\+|-)?(([0-9]+(\.[0-9]*)?)|(\.[0-9]+))(([KMGTPE]i)|[numkMGTPE]|([eE](\+|-)?(([0-9]+(\.[0-9]*)?)|(\.[0-9]+))))?$ + x-kubernetes-int-or-string: true + description: |- + Requests describes the minimum amount of compute resources required. + If Requests is omitted for a container, it defaults to Limits if that is explicitly specified, + otherwise to an implementation-defined value. Requests cannot exceed Limits. + More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/configuration/manage-resources-containers/ + type: object + type: object + securityContext: + description: |- + The security context for this container. See + https://kubernetes.io/docs/reference/generated/kubernetes-api/v1.26/#securitycontext-v1-core + for details. + properties: + allowPrivilegeEscalation: + description: |- + AllowPrivilegeEscalation controls whether a process can gain more + privileges than its parent process. This bool directly controls if + the no_new_privs flag will be set on the container process. + AllowPrivilegeEscalation is true always when the container is: + 1) run as Privileged + 2) has CAP_SYS_ADMIN + Note that this field cannot be set when spec.os.name is windows. + type: boolean + appArmorProfile: + description: |- + appArmorProfile is the AppArmor options to use by this container. If set, this profile + overrides the pod's appArmorProfile. + Note that this field cannot be set when spec.os.name is windows. + properties: + localhostProfile: + description: |- + localhostProfile indicates a profile loaded on the node that should be used. + The profile must be preconfigured on the node to work. + Must match the loaded name of the profile. + Must be set if and only if type is "Localhost". + type: string + type: + description: |- + type indicates which kind of AppArmor profile will be applied. + Valid options are: + Localhost - a profile pre-loaded on the node. + RuntimeDefault - the container runtime's default profile. + Unconfined - no AppArmor enforcement. + type: string + required: + - type + type: object + capabilities: + description: |- + The capabilities to add/drop when running containers. + Defaults to the default set of capabilities granted by the container runtime. + Note that this field cannot be set when spec.os.name is windows. + properties: + add: + description: Added capabilities + items: + description: Capability represent POSIX capabilities + type + type: string + type: array + x-kubernetes-list-type: atomic + drop: + description: Removed capabilities + items: + description: Capability represent POSIX capabilities + type + type: string + type: array + x-kubernetes-list-type: atomic + type: object + privileged: + description: |- + Run container in privileged mode. + Processes in privileged containers are essentially equivalent to root on the host. + Defaults to false. + Note that this field cannot be set when spec.os.name is windows. + type: boolean + procMount: + description: |- + procMount denotes the type of proc mount to use for the containers. + The default value is Default which uses the container runtime defaults for + readonly paths and masked paths. + This requires the ProcMountType feature flag to be enabled. + Note that this field cannot be set when spec.os.name is windows. + type: string + readOnlyRootFilesystem: + description: |- + Whether this container has a read-only root filesystem. + Default is false. + Note that this field cannot be set when spec.os.name is windows. + type: boolean + runAsGroup: + description: |- + The GID to run the entrypoint of the container process. + Uses runtime default if unset. + May also be set in PodSecurityContext. If set in both SecurityContext and + PodSecurityContext, the value specified in SecurityContext takes precedence. + Note that this field cannot be set when spec.os.name is windows. + format: int64 + type: integer + runAsNonRoot: + description: |- + Indicates that the container must run as a non-root user. + If true, the Kubelet will validate the image at runtime to ensure that it + does not run as UID 0 (root) and fail to start the container if it does. + If unset or false, no such validation will be performed. + May also be set in PodSecurityContext. If set in both SecurityContext and + PodSecurityContext, the value specified in SecurityContext takes precedence. + type: boolean + runAsUser: + description: |- + The UID to run the entrypoint of the container process. + Defaults to user specified in image metadata if unspecified. + May also be set in PodSecurityContext. If set in both SecurityContext and + PodSecurityContext, the value specified in SecurityContext takes precedence. + Note that this field cannot be set when spec.os.name is windows. + format: int64 + type: integer + seLinuxOptions: + description: |- + The SELinux context to be applied to the container. + If unspecified, the container runtime will allocate a random SELinux context for each + container. May also be set in PodSecurityContext. If set in both SecurityContext and + PodSecurityContext, the value specified in SecurityContext takes precedence. + Note that this field cannot be set when spec.os.name is windows. + properties: + level: + description: Level is SELinux level label that applies + to the container. + type: string + role: + description: Role is a SELinux role label that applies + to the container. + type: string + type: + description: Type is a SELinux type label that applies + to the container. + type: string + user: + description: User is a SELinux user label that applies + to the container. + type: string + type: object + seccompProfile: + description: |- + The seccomp options to use by this container. If seccomp options are + provided at both the pod & container level, the container options + override the pod options. + Note that this field cannot be set when spec.os.name is windows. + properties: + localhostProfile: + description: |- + localhostProfile indicates a profile defined in a file on the node should be used. + The profile must be preconfigured on the node to work. + Must be a descending path, relative to the kubelet's configured seccomp profile location. + Must be set if type is "Localhost". Must NOT be set for any other type. + type: string + type: + description: |- + type indicates which kind of seccomp profile will be applied. + Valid options are: + + Localhost - a profile defined in a file on the node should be used. + RuntimeDefault - the container runtime default profile should be used. + Unconfined - no profile should be applied. + type: string + required: + - type + type: object + windowsOptions: + description: |- + The Windows specific settings applied to all containers. + If unspecified, the options from the PodSecurityContext will be used. + If set in both SecurityContext and PodSecurityContext, the value specified in SecurityContext takes precedence. + Note that this field cannot be set when spec.os.name is linux. + properties: + gmsaCredentialSpec: + description: |- + GMSACredentialSpec is where the GMSA admission webhook + (https://github.com/kubernetes-sigs/windows-gmsa) inlines the contents of the + GMSA credential spec named by the GMSACredentialSpecName field. + type: string + gmsaCredentialSpecName: + description: GMSACredentialSpecName is the name of + the GMSA credential spec to use. + type: string + hostProcess: + description: |- + HostProcess determines if a container should be run as a 'Host Process' container. + All of a Pod's containers must have the same effective HostProcess value + (it is not allowed to have a mix of HostProcess containers and non-HostProcess containers). + In addition, if HostProcess is true then HostNetwork must also be set to true. + type: boolean + runAsUserName: + description: |- + The UserName in Windows to run the entrypoint of the container process. + Defaults to the user specified in image metadata if unspecified. + May also be set in PodSecurityContext. If set in both SecurityContext and + PodSecurityContext, the value specified in SecurityContext takes precedence. + type: string + type: object + type: object + type: object + service: + description: |- + Configuration for the Kubernetes Service that exposes the proxy over + the network. + properties: + clusterIP: + description: |- + The manually specified IP address of the service, if a randomly assigned + IP is not desired. See + https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/services-networking/service/#choosing-your-own-ip-address + and + https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/services-networking/service/#headless-services + on the implications of setting `clusterIP`. + type: string + externalTrafficPolicy: + description: |- + ExternalTrafficPolicy defines the external traffic policy for the service. + Valid values are Cluster and Local. Default value is Cluster. + type: string + extraAnnotations: + additionalProperties: + type: string + description: |- + Additional annotations to add to the Service object metadata. + If the same annotation is present on `Gateway.spec.infrastructure.annotations`, the `Gateway` takes precedence. + type: object + extraLabels: + additionalProperties: + type: string + description: |- + Additional labels to add to the Service object metadata. + If the same label is present on `Gateway.spec.infrastructure.labels`, the `Gateway` takes precedence. + type: object + ports: + description: |- + Additional configuration for the service ports. + The actual port numbers are specified in the Gateway resource. + items: + properties: + nodePort: + description: |- + The NodePort to be used for the service. If not specified, a random port + will be assigned by the Kubernetes API server. + format: int32 + maximum: 65535 + minimum: 1 + type: integer + port: + description: The port number to match on the Gateway + format: int32 + maximum: 65535 + minimum: 1 + type: integer + required: + - port + type: object + type: array + type: + description: The Kubernetes Service type. + enum: + - ClusterIP + - NodePort + - LoadBalancer + - ExternalName + type: string + type: object + serviceAccount: + description: Configuration for the Kubernetes ServiceAccount used + by the proxy pods. + properties: + extraAnnotations: + additionalProperties: + type: string + description: |- + Additional annotations to add to the ServiceAccount object metadata. + If the same annotation is present on `Gateway.spec.infrastructure.annotations`, the `Gateway` takes precedence. + type: object + extraLabels: + additionalProperties: + type: string + description: Additional labels to add to the ServiceAccount + object metadata. + type: object + type: object + stats: + description: Configuration for the stats server. + properties: + enableStatsRoute: + description: Enables an additional route to the stats cluster + defaulting to /stats + type: boolean + enabled: + description: Whether to expose metrics annotations and ports + for scraping metrics. + type: boolean + matcher: + description: |- + Matcher configures inclusion or exclusion lists for Envoy stats. + Only one of inclusionList or exclusionList may be set. + If unset, Envoy's default stats emission behavior applies. + maxProperties: 1 + minProperties: 1 + properties: + exclusionList: + description: exclusionList specifies which stats to exclude, + using string matchers. + items: + description: Specifies the way to match a string. + properties: + contains: + description: |- + The input string must contain the substring specified here. + Example: abc matches the value xyz.abc.def + type: string + exact: + description: |- + The input string must match exactly the string specified here. + Example: abc matches the value abc + type: string + ignoreCase: + description: |- + If true, indicates the exact/prefix/suffix/contains matching should be + case insensitive. This has no effect on the regex match. + For example, the matcher data will match both input string Data and data if this + option is set to true. + type: boolean + prefix: + description: |- + The input string must have the prefix specified here. + Note: empty prefix is not allowed, please use regex instead. + Example: abc matches the value abc.xyz + type: string + safeRegex: + description: |- + The input string must match the Google RE2 regular expression specified here. + See https://github.com/google/re2/wiki/Syntax for the syntax. + type: string + suffix: + description: |- + The input string must have the suffix specified here. + Note: empty prefix is not allowed, please use regex instead. + Example: abc matches the value xyz.abc + type: string + type: object + x-kubernetes-validations: + - message: exactly one of the fields in [exact prefix + suffix contains safeRegex] must be set + rule: '[has(self.exact),has(self.prefix),has(self.suffix),has(self.contains),has(self.safeRegex)].filter(x,x==true).size() + == 1' + maxItems: 16 + type: array + inclusionList: + description: inclusionList specifies which stats to include, + using string matchers. + items: + description: Specifies the way to match a string. + properties: + contains: + description: |- + The input string must contain the substring specified here. + Example: abc matches the value xyz.abc.def + type: string + exact: + description: |- + The input string must match exactly the string specified here. + Example: abc matches the value abc + type: string + ignoreCase: + description: |- + If true, indicates the exact/prefix/suffix/contains matching should be + case insensitive. This has no effect on the regex match. + For example, the matcher data will match both input string Data and data if this + option is set to true. + type: boolean + prefix: + description: |- + The input string must have the prefix specified here. + Note: empty prefix is not allowed, please use regex instead. + Example: abc matches the value abc.xyz + type: string + safeRegex: + description: |- + The input string must match the Google RE2 regular expression specified here. + See https://github.com/google/re2/wiki/Syntax for the syntax. + type: string + suffix: + description: |- + The input string must have the suffix specified here. + Note: empty prefix is not allowed, please use regex instead. + Example: abc matches the value xyz.abc + type: string + type: object + x-kubernetes-validations: + - message: exactly one of the fields in [exact prefix + suffix contains safeRegex] must be set + rule: '[has(self.exact),has(self.prefix),has(self.suffix),has(self.contains),has(self.safeRegex)].filter(x,x==true).size() + == 1' + maxItems: 16 + type: array + type: object + routePrefixRewrite: + description: The Envoy stats endpoint to which the metrics + are written + type: string + statsRoutePrefixRewrite: + description: The Envoy stats endpoint with general metrics + for the additional stats route + type: string + type: object + type: object + selfManaged: + description: The proxy will be self-managed and not auto-provisioned. + type: object + x-kubernetes-preserve-unknown-fields: true + type: object + x-kubernetes-validations: + - message: exactly one of the fields in [kube selfManaged] must be set + rule: '[has(self.kube),has(self.selfManaged)].filter(x,x==true).size() + == 1' + status: + description: The current conditions of the GatewayParameters. This is + not currently implemented. + type: object + required: + - spec + type: object + served: true + storage: true + subresources: + status: {} diff --git a/charts/kgateway/kgateway/charts/kgateway-crds/templates/gateway.kgateway.dev_httplistenerpolicies.yaml b/charts/kgateway/kgateway/charts/kgateway-crds/templates/gateway.kgateway.dev_httplistenerpolicies.yaml new file mode 100644 index 000000000..5f2f68832 --- /dev/null +++ b/charts/kgateway/kgateway/charts/kgateway-crds/templates/gateway.kgateway.dev_httplistenerpolicies.yaml @@ -0,0 +1,2176 @@ +--- +apiVersion: apiextensions.k8s.io/v1 +kind: CustomResourceDefinition +metadata: + annotations: + controller-gen.kubebuilder.io/version: v0.19.1-0.20251023132335-bf7d6b742e6a + labels: + app: kgateway + app.kubernetes.io/name: kgateway + gateway.networking.k8s.io/policy: Direct + name: httplistenerpolicies.gateway.kgateway.dev +spec: + group: gateway.kgateway.dev + names: + categories: + - kgateway + kind: HTTPListenerPolicy + listKind: HTTPListenerPolicyList + plural: httplistenerpolicies + singular: httplistenerpolicy + scope: Namespaced + versions: + - additionalPrinterColumns: + - description: HTTP listener policy acceptance status + jsonPath: .status.ancestors[*].conditions[?(@.type=='Accepted')].status + name: Accepted + type: string + - description: HTTP listener policy attachment status + jsonPath: .status.ancestors[*].conditions[?(@.type=='Attached')].status + name: Attached + type: string + name: v1alpha1 + schema: + openAPIV3Schema: + description: |- + HTTPListenerPolicy is intended to be used for configuring the Envoy `HttpConnectionManager` and any other config or policy + that should map 1-to-1 with a given HTTP listener, such as the Envoy health check HTTP filter. + Currently these policies can only be applied per `Gateway` but support for `Listener` attachment may be added in the future. + See https://github.com/kgateway-dev/kgateway/issues/11786 for more details. + Deprecated: Use the httpSettings field on ListenerPolicy instead. + properties: + apiVersion: + description: |- + APIVersion defines the versioned schema of this representation of an object. + Servers should convert recognized schemas to the latest internal value, and + may reject unrecognized values. + More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#resources + type: string + kind: + description: |- + Kind is a string value representing the REST resource this object represents. + Servers may infer this from the endpoint the client submits requests to. + Cannot be updated. + In CamelCase. + More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#types-kinds + type: string + metadata: + type: object + spec: + description: HTTPListenerPolicySpec defines the desired state of a HTTP + listener policy. + properties: + acceptHttp10: + description: |- + AcceptHTTP10 determines whether to accept incoming HTTP/1.0 and HTTP 0.9 requests. + See here for more information: https://www.envoyproxy.io/docs/envoy/latest/api-v3/config/core/v3/protocol.proto#config-core-v3-http1protocoloptions + type: boolean + accessLog: + description: |- + AccessLoggingConfig contains various settings for Envoy's access logging service. + See here for more information: https://www.envoyproxy.io/docs/envoy/v1.33.0/api-v3/config/accesslog/v3/accesslog.proto + items: + description: AccessLog represents the top-level access log configuration. + properties: + fileSink: + description: Output access logs to local file + properties: + jsonFormat: + description: |- + the format object by which to envoy will emit the logs in a structured way. + https://www.envoyproxy.io/docs/envoy/v1.33.0/configuration/observability/access_log/usage#format-dictionaries + type: object + x-kubernetes-preserve-unknown-fields: true + path: + description: the file path to which the file access logging + service will sink + type: string + stringFormat: + description: |- + the format string by which envoy will format the log lines + https://www.envoyproxy.io/docs/envoy/v1.33.0/configuration/observability/access_log/usage#format-strings + type: string + required: + - path + type: object + x-kubernetes-validations: + - message: exactly one of the fields in [stringFormat jsonFormat] + must be set + rule: '[has(self.stringFormat),has(self.jsonFormat)].filter(x,x==true).size() + == 1' + filter: + allOf: + - maxProperties: 1 + minProperties: 1 + - maxProperties: 1 + minProperties: 1 + description: Filter access logs configuration + properties: + andFilter: + description: |- + Performs a logical "and" operation on the result of each individual filter. + Based on: https://www.envoyproxy.io/docs/envoy/v1.33.0/api-v3/config/accesslog/v3/accesslog.proto#config-accesslog-v3-andfilter + items: + description: |- + FilterType represents the type of filter to apply (only one of these should be set). + Based on: https://www.envoyproxy.io/docs/envoy/v1.33.0/api-v3/config/accesslog/v3/accesslog.proto#envoy-v3-api-msg-config-accesslog-v3-accesslogfilter + maxProperties: 1 + minProperties: 1 + properties: + celFilter: + description: CELFilter filters requests based on Common + Expression Language (CEL). + properties: + match: + description: |- + The CEL expressions to evaluate. AccessLogs are only emitted when the CEL expressions evaluates to true. + see: https://www.envoyproxy.io/docs/envoy/v1.33.0/xds/type/v3/cel.proto.html#common-expression-language-cel-proto + type: string + required: + - match + type: object + durationFilter: + description: |- + DurationFilter filters based on request duration. + Based on: https://www.envoyproxy.io/docs/envoy/v1.33.0/api-v3/config/accesslog/v3/accesslog.proto#config-accesslog-v3-durationfilter + properties: + op: + description: Op represents comparison operators. + enum: + - EQ + - GE + - LE + type: string + value: + description: Value to compare against. + format: int32 + maximum: 4294967295 + minimum: 0 + type: integer + required: + - op + - value + type: object + grpcStatusFilter: + description: |- + GrpcStatusFilter filters gRPC requests based on their response status. + Based on: https://www.envoyproxy.io/docs/envoy/v1.33.0/api-v3/config/accesslog/v3/accesslog.proto#enum-config-accesslog-v3-grpcstatusfilter-status + properties: + exclude: + type: boolean + statuses: + items: + description: GrpcStatus represents possible + gRPC statuses. + enum: + - OK + - CANCELED + - UNKNOWN + - INVALID_ARGUMENT + - DEADLINE_EXCEEDED + - NOT_FOUND + - ALREADY_EXISTS + - PERMISSION_DENIED + - RESOURCE_EXHAUSTED + - FAILED_PRECONDITION + - ABORTED + - OUT_OF_RANGE + - UNIMPLEMENTED + - INTERNAL + - UNAVAILABLE + - DATA_LOSS + - UNAUTHENTICATED + type: string + minItems: 1 + type: array + type: object + headerFilter: + description: |- + HeaderFilter filters requests based on headers. + Based on: https://www.envoyproxy.io/docs/envoy/v1.33.0/api-v3/config/accesslog/v3/accesslog.proto#config-accesslog-v3-headerfilter + properties: + header: + description: |- + HTTPHeaderMatch describes how to select a HTTP route by matching HTTP request + headers. + properties: + name: + description: |- + Name is the name of the HTTP Header to be matched. Name matching MUST be + case-insensitive. (See https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc7230#section-3.2). + + If multiple entries specify equivalent header names, only the first + entry with an equivalent name MUST be considered for a match. Subsequent + entries with an equivalent header name MUST be ignored. Due to the + case-insensitivity of header names, "foo" and "Foo" are considered + equivalent. + + When a header is repeated in an HTTP request, it is + implementation-specific behavior as to how this is represented. + Generally, proxies should follow the guidance from the RFC: + https://www.rfc-editor.org/rfc/rfc7230.html#section-3.2.2 regarding + processing a repeated header, with special handling for "Set-Cookie". + maxLength: 256 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[A-Za-z0-9!#$%&'*+\-.^_\x60|~]+$ + type: string + type: + default: Exact + description: |- + Type specifies how to match against the value of the header. + + Support: Core (Exact) + + Support: Implementation-specific (RegularExpression) + + Since RegularExpression HeaderMatchType has implementation-specific + conformance, implementations can support POSIX, PCRE or any other dialects + of regular expressions. Please read the implementation's documentation to + determine the supported dialect. + enum: + - Exact + - RegularExpression + type: string + value: + description: Value is the value of HTTP Header + to be matched. + maxLength: 4096 + minLength: 1 + type: string + required: + - name + - value + type: object + required: + - header + type: object + notHealthCheckFilter: + description: |- + Filters for requests that are not health check requests. + Based on: https://www.envoyproxy.io/docs/envoy/v1.33.0/api-v3/config/accesslog/v3/accesslog.proto#config-accesslog-v3-nothealthcheckfilter + type: boolean + responseFlagFilter: + description: |- + ResponseFlagFilter filters based on response flags. + Based on: https://www.envoyproxy.io/docs/envoy/v1.33.0/api-v3/config/accesslog/v3/accesslog.proto#config-accesslog-v3-responseflagfilter + properties: + flags: + items: + type: string + minItems: 1 + type: array + required: + - flags + type: object + statusCodeFilter: + description: |- + StatusCodeFilter filters based on HTTP status code. + Based on: https://www.envoyproxy.io/docs/envoy/v1.33.0/api-v3/config/accesslog/v3/accesslog.proto#envoy-v3-api-msg-config-accesslog-v3-statuscodefilter + properties: + op: + description: Op represents comparison operators. + enum: + - EQ + - GE + - LE + type: string + value: + description: Value to compare against. + format: int32 + maximum: 4294967295 + minimum: 0 + type: integer + required: + - op + - value + type: object + traceableFilter: + description: |- + Filters for requests that are traceable. + Based on: https://www.envoyproxy.io/docs/envoy/v1.33.0/api-v3/config/accesslog/v3/accesslog.proto#config-accesslog-v3-traceablefilter + type: boolean + type: object + minItems: 2 + type: array + celFilter: + description: CELFilter filters requests based on Common + Expression Language (CEL). + properties: + match: + description: |- + The CEL expressions to evaluate. AccessLogs are only emitted when the CEL expressions evaluates to true. + see: https://www.envoyproxy.io/docs/envoy/v1.33.0/xds/type/v3/cel.proto.html#common-expression-language-cel-proto + type: string + required: + - match + type: object + durationFilter: + description: |- + DurationFilter filters based on request duration. + Based on: https://www.envoyproxy.io/docs/envoy/v1.33.0/api-v3/config/accesslog/v3/accesslog.proto#config-accesslog-v3-durationfilter + properties: + op: + description: Op represents comparison operators. + enum: + - EQ + - GE + - LE + type: string + value: + description: Value to compare against. + format: int32 + maximum: 4294967295 + minimum: 0 + type: integer + required: + - op + - value + type: object + grpcStatusFilter: + description: |- + GrpcStatusFilter filters gRPC requests based on their response status. + Based on: https://www.envoyproxy.io/docs/envoy/v1.33.0/api-v3/config/accesslog/v3/accesslog.proto#enum-config-accesslog-v3-grpcstatusfilter-status + properties: + exclude: + type: boolean + statuses: + items: + description: GrpcStatus represents possible gRPC statuses. + enum: + - OK + - CANCELED + - UNKNOWN + - INVALID_ARGUMENT + - DEADLINE_EXCEEDED + - NOT_FOUND + - ALREADY_EXISTS + - PERMISSION_DENIED + - RESOURCE_EXHAUSTED + - FAILED_PRECONDITION + - ABORTED + - OUT_OF_RANGE + - UNIMPLEMENTED + - INTERNAL + - UNAVAILABLE + - DATA_LOSS + - UNAUTHENTICATED + type: string + minItems: 1 + type: array + type: object + headerFilter: + description: |- + HeaderFilter filters requests based on headers. + Based on: https://www.envoyproxy.io/docs/envoy/v1.33.0/api-v3/config/accesslog/v3/accesslog.proto#config-accesslog-v3-headerfilter + properties: + header: + description: |- + HTTPHeaderMatch describes how to select a HTTP route by matching HTTP request + headers. + properties: + name: + description: |- + Name is the name of the HTTP Header to be matched. Name matching MUST be + case-insensitive. (See https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc7230#section-3.2). + + If multiple entries specify equivalent header names, only the first + entry with an equivalent name MUST be considered for a match. Subsequent + entries with an equivalent header name MUST be ignored. Due to the + case-insensitivity of header names, "foo" and "Foo" are considered + equivalent. + + When a header is repeated in an HTTP request, it is + implementation-specific behavior as to how this is represented. + Generally, proxies should follow the guidance from the RFC: + https://www.rfc-editor.org/rfc/rfc7230.html#section-3.2.2 regarding + processing a repeated header, with special handling for "Set-Cookie". + maxLength: 256 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[A-Za-z0-9!#$%&'*+\-.^_\x60|~]+$ + type: string + type: + default: Exact + description: |- + Type specifies how to match against the value of the header. + + Support: Core (Exact) + + Support: Implementation-specific (RegularExpression) + + Since RegularExpression HeaderMatchType has implementation-specific + conformance, implementations can support POSIX, PCRE or any other dialects + of regular expressions. Please read the implementation's documentation to + determine the supported dialect. + enum: + - Exact + - RegularExpression + type: string + value: + description: Value is the value of HTTP Header to + be matched. + maxLength: 4096 + minLength: 1 + type: string + required: + - name + - value + type: object + required: + - header + type: object + notHealthCheckFilter: + description: |- + Filters for requests that are not health check requests. + Based on: https://www.envoyproxy.io/docs/envoy/v1.33.0/api-v3/config/accesslog/v3/accesslog.proto#config-accesslog-v3-nothealthcheckfilter + type: boolean + orFilter: + description: |- + Performs a logical "or" operation on the result of each individual filter. + Based on: https://www.envoyproxy.io/docs/envoy/v1.33.0/api-v3/config/accesslog/v3/accesslog.proto#config-accesslog-v3-orfilter + items: + description: |- + FilterType represents the type of filter to apply (only one of these should be set). + Based on: https://www.envoyproxy.io/docs/envoy/v1.33.0/api-v3/config/accesslog/v3/accesslog.proto#envoy-v3-api-msg-config-accesslog-v3-accesslogfilter + maxProperties: 1 + minProperties: 1 + properties: + celFilter: + description: CELFilter filters requests based on Common + Expression Language (CEL). + properties: + match: + description: |- + The CEL expressions to evaluate. AccessLogs are only emitted when the CEL expressions evaluates to true. + see: https://www.envoyproxy.io/docs/envoy/v1.33.0/xds/type/v3/cel.proto.html#common-expression-language-cel-proto + type: string + required: + - match + type: object + durationFilter: + description: |- + DurationFilter filters based on request duration. + Based on: https://www.envoyproxy.io/docs/envoy/v1.33.0/api-v3/config/accesslog/v3/accesslog.proto#config-accesslog-v3-durationfilter + properties: + op: + description: Op represents comparison operators. + enum: + - EQ + - GE + - LE + type: string + value: + description: Value to compare against. + format: int32 + maximum: 4294967295 + minimum: 0 + type: integer + required: + - op + - value + type: object + grpcStatusFilter: + description: |- + GrpcStatusFilter filters gRPC requests based on their response status. + Based on: https://www.envoyproxy.io/docs/envoy/v1.33.0/api-v3/config/accesslog/v3/accesslog.proto#enum-config-accesslog-v3-grpcstatusfilter-status + properties: + exclude: + type: boolean + statuses: + items: + description: GrpcStatus represents possible + gRPC statuses. + enum: + - OK + - CANCELED + - UNKNOWN + - INVALID_ARGUMENT + - DEADLINE_EXCEEDED + - NOT_FOUND + - ALREADY_EXISTS + - PERMISSION_DENIED + - RESOURCE_EXHAUSTED + - FAILED_PRECONDITION + - ABORTED + - OUT_OF_RANGE + - UNIMPLEMENTED + - INTERNAL + - UNAVAILABLE + - DATA_LOSS + - UNAUTHENTICATED + type: string + minItems: 1 + type: array + type: object + headerFilter: + description: |- + HeaderFilter filters requests based on headers. + Based on: https://www.envoyproxy.io/docs/envoy/v1.33.0/api-v3/config/accesslog/v3/accesslog.proto#config-accesslog-v3-headerfilter + properties: + header: + description: |- + HTTPHeaderMatch describes how to select a HTTP route by matching HTTP request + headers. + properties: + name: + description: |- + Name is the name of the HTTP Header to be matched. Name matching MUST be + case-insensitive. (See https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc7230#section-3.2). + + If multiple entries specify equivalent header names, only the first + entry with an equivalent name MUST be considered for a match. Subsequent + entries with an equivalent header name MUST be ignored. Due to the + case-insensitivity of header names, "foo" and "Foo" are considered + equivalent. + + When a header is repeated in an HTTP request, it is + implementation-specific behavior as to how this is represented. + Generally, proxies should follow the guidance from the RFC: + https://www.rfc-editor.org/rfc/rfc7230.html#section-3.2.2 regarding + processing a repeated header, with special handling for "Set-Cookie". + maxLength: 256 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[A-Za-z0-9!#$%&'*+\-.^_\x60|~]+$ + type: string + type: + default: Exact + description: |- + Type specifies how to match against the value of the header. + + Support: Core (Exact) + + Support: Implementation-specific (RegularExpression) + + Since RegularExpression HeaderMatchType has implementation-specific + conformance, implementations can support POSIX, PCRE or any other dialects + of regular expressions. Please read the implementation's documentation to + determine the supported dialect. + enum: + - Exact + - RegularExpression + type: string + value: + description: Value is the value of HTTP Header + to be matched. + maxLength: 4096 + minLength: 1 + type: string + required: + - name + - value + type: object + required: + - header + type: object + notHealthCheckFilter: + description: |- + Filters for requests that are not health check requests. + Based on: https://www.envoyproxy.io/docs/envoy/v1.33.0/api-v3/config/accesslog/v3/accesslog.proto#config-accesslog-v3-nothealthcheckfilter + type: boolean + responseFlagFilter: + description: |- + ResponseFlagFilter filters based on response flags. + Based on: https://www.envoyproxy.io/docs/envoy/v1.33.0/api-v3/config/accesslog/v3/accesslog.proto#config-accesslog-v3-responseflagfilter + properties: + flags: + items: + type: string + minItems: 1 + type: array + required: + - flags + type: object + statusCodeFilter: + description: |- + StatusCodeFilter filters based on HTTP status code. + Based on: https://www.envoyproxy.io/docs/envoy/v1.33.0/api-v3/config/accesslog/v3/accesslog.proto#envoy-v3-api-msg-config-accesslog-v3-statuscodefilter + properties: + op: + description: Op represents comparison operators. + enum: + - EQ + - GE + - LE + type: string + value: + description: Value to compare against. + format: int32 + maximum: 4294967295 + minimum: 0 + type: integer + required: + - op + - value + type: object + traceableFilter: + description: |- + Filters for requests that are traceable. + Based on: https://www.envoyproxy.io/docs/envoy/v1.33.0/api-v3/config/accesslog/v3/accesslog.proto#config-accesslog-v3-traceablefilter + type: boolean + type: object + minItems: 2 + type: array + responseFlagFilter: + description: |- + ResponseFlagFilter filters based on response flags. + Based on: https://www.envoyproxy.io/docs/envoy/v1.33.0/api-v3/config/accesslog/v3/accesslog.proto#config-accesslog-v3-responseflagfilter + properties: + flags: + items: + type: string + minItems: 1 + type: array + required: + - flags + type: object + statusCodeFilter: + description: |- + StatusCodeFilter filters based on HTTP status code. + Based on: https://www.envoyproxy.io/docs/envoy/v1.33.0/api-v3/config/accesslog/v3/accesslog.proto#envoy-v3-api-msg-config-accesslog-v3-statuscodefilter + properties: + op: + description: Op represents comparison operators. + enum: + - EQ + - GE + - LE + type: string + value: + description: Value to compare against. + format: int32 + maximum: 4294967295 + minimum: 0 + type: integer + required: + - op + - value + type: object + traceableFilter: + description: |- + Filters for requests that are traceable. + Based on: https://www.envoyproxy.io/docs/envoy/v1.33.0/api-v3/config/accesslog/v3/accesslog.proto#config-accesslog-v3-traceablefilter + type: boolean + type: object + grpcService: + description: Send access logs to gRPC service + properties: + additionalRequestHeadersToLog: + description: Additional request headers to log in the access + log + items: + type: string + type: array + additionalResponseHeadersToLog: + description: Additional response headers to log in the access + log + items: + type: string + type: array + additionalResponseTrailersToLog: + description: Additional response trailers to log in the + access log + items: + type: string + type: array + authority: + description: |- + The :authority header in the grpc request. If this field is not set, the authority header value will be cluster_name. + Note that this authority does not override the SNI. The SNI is provided by the transport socket of the cluster. + type: string + backendRef: + description: The backend gRPC service. Can be any type of + supported backend (Kubernetes Service, kgateway Backend, + etc..) + properties: + group: + default: "" + description: |- + Group is the group of the referent. For example, "gateway.networking.k8s.io". + When unspecified or empty string, core API group is inferred. + maxLength: 253 + pattern: ^$|^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$ + type: string + kind: + default: Service + description: |- + Kind is the Kubernetes resource kind of the referent. For example + "Service". + + Defaults to "Service" when not specified. + + ExternalName services can refer to CNAME DNS records that may live + outside of the cluster and as such are difficult to reason about in + terms of conformance. They also may not be safe to forward to (see + CVE-2021-25740 for more information). Implementations SHOULD NOT + support ExternalName Services. + + Support: Core (Services with a type other than ExternalName) + + Support: Implementation-specific (Services with type ExternalName) + maxLength: 63 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[a-zA-Z]([-a-zA-Z0-9]*[a-zA-Z0-9])?$ + type: string + name: + description: Name is the name of the referent. + maxLength: 253 + minLength: 1 + type: string + namespace: + description: |- + Namespace is the namespace of the backend. When unspecified, the local + namespace is inferred. + + Note that when a namespace different than the local namespace is specified, + a ReferenceGrant object is required in the referent namespace to allow that + namespace's owner to accept the reference. See the ReferenceGrant + documentation for details. + + Support: Core + maxLength: 63 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?$ + type: string + port: + description: |- + Port specifies the destination port number to use for this resource. + Port is required when the referent is a Kubernetes Service. In this + case, the port number is the service port number, not the target port. + For other resources, destination port might be derived from the referent + resource or this field. + format: int32 + maximum: 65535 + minimum: 1 + type: integer + weight: + default: 1 + description: |- + Weight specifies the proportion of requests forwarded to the referenced + backend. This is computed as weight/(sum of all weights in this + BackendRefs list). For non-zero values, there may be some epsilon from + the exact proportion defined here depending on the precision an + implementation supports. Weight is not a percentage and the sum of + weights does not need to equal 100. + + If only one backend is specified and it has a weight greater than 0, 100% + of the traffic is forwarded to that backend. If weight is set to 0, no + traffic should be forwarded for this entry. If unspecified, weight + defaults to 1. + + Support for this field varies based on the context where used. + format: int32 + maximum: 1000000 + minimum: 0 + type: integer + required: + - name + type: object + x-kubernetes-validations: + - message: Must have port for Service reference + rule: '(size(self.group) == 0 && self.kind == ''Service'') + ? has(self.port) : true' + initialMetadata: + description: |- + Additional metadata to include in streams initiated to the GrpcService. + This can be used for scenarios in which additional ad hoc authorization headers (e.g. x-foo-bar: baz-key) are to be injected + items: + description: |- + Header name/value pair. + Ref: https://www.envoyproxy.io/docs/envoy/latest/api-v3/config/core/v3/base.proto#envoy-v3-api-msg-config-core-v3-headervalue + properties: + key: + description: Header name. + type: string + value: + description: Header value. + type: string + required: + - key + type: object + type: array + logName: + description: name of log stream + type: string + maxReceiveMessageLength: + description: |- + Maximum gRPC message size that is allowed to be received. If a message over this limit is received, the gRPC stream is terminated with the RESOURCE_EXHAUSTED error. + Defaults to 0, which means unlimited. + format: int32 + minimum: 1 + type: integer + retryPolicy: + description: |- + Indicates the retry policy for re-establishing the gRPC stream. + If max interval is not provided, it will be set to ten times the provided base interval + properties: + numRetries: + description: Specifies the allowed number of retries. + Defaults to 1. + format: int32 + minimum: 1 + type: integer + retryBackOff: + description: |- + Specifies parameters that control retry backoff strategy. + the default base interval is 1000 milliseconds and the default maximum interval is 10 times the base interval. + properties: + baseInterval: + description: The base interval to be used for the + next back off computation. It should be greater + than zero and less than or equal to max_interval. + type: string + x-kubernetes-validations: + - message: invalid duration value + rule: matches(self, '^([0-9]{1,5}(h|m|s|ms)){1,4}$') + maxInterval: + description: Specifies the maximum interval between + retries. This parameter is optional, but must + be greater than or equal to the base_interval + if set. The default is 10 times the base_interval. + type: string + x-kubernetes-validations: + - message: invalid duration value + rule: matches(self, '^([0-9]{1,5}(h|m|s|ms)){1,4}$') + required: + - baseInterval + type: object + type: object + skipEnvoyHeaders: + description: This provides gRPC client level control over + envoy generated headers. If false, the header will be + sent but it can be overridden by per stream option. If + true, the header will be removed and can not be overridden + by per stream option. Default to false. + type: boolean + timeout: + description: The timeout for the gRPC request. This is the + timeout for a specific request + type: string + x-kubernetes-validations: + - message: invalid duration value + rule: matches(self, '^([0-9]{1,5}(h|m|s|ms)){1,4}$') + required: + - backendRef + - logName + type: object + openTelemetry: + description: Send access logs to an OTel collector + properties: + attributes: + description: Additional attributes that describe the specific + event occurrence. + properties: + values: + description: A collection of key/value pairs of key-value + pairs. + items: + description: KeyValue is a key-value pair that is + used to store Span attributes, Link attributes, + etc. + properties: + key: + description: Attribute keys must be unique + type: string + value: + description: Value may contain a primitive value + such as a string or integer or it may contain + an arbitrary nested object containing arrays, + key-value lists and primitives. + maxProperties: 1 + minProperties: 1 + properties: + arrayValue: + items: + type: object + x-kubernetes-preserve-unknown-fields: true + type: array + kvListValue: + type: object + x-kubernetes-preserve-unknown-fields: true + stringValue: + type: string + type: object + required: + - key + - value + type: object + type: array + type: object + body: + description: OpenTelemetry LogResource fields, following + Envoy access logging formatting. + type: string + disableBuiltinLabels: + description: If specified, Envoy will not generate built-in + resource labels like log_name, zone_name, cluster_name, + node_name. + type: boolean + grpcService: + description: Send access logs to gRPC service + properties: + authority: + description: |- + The :authority header in the grpc request. If this field is not set, the authority header value will be cluster_name. + Note that this authority does not override the SNI. The SNI is provided by the transport socket of the cluster. + type: string + backendRef: + description: The backend gRPC service. Can be any type + of supported backend (Kubernetes Service, kgateway + Backend, etc..) + properties: + group: + default: "" + description: |- + Group is the group of the referent. For example, "gateway.networking.k8s.io". + When unspecified or empty string, core API group is inferred. + maxLength: 253 + pattern: ^$|^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$ + type: string + kind: + default: Service + description: |- + Kind is the Kubernetes resource kind of the referent. For example + "Service". + + Defaults to "Service" when not specified. + + ExternalName services can refer to CNAME DNS records that may live + outside of the cluster and as such are difficult to reason about in + terms of conformance. They also may not be safe to forward to (see + CVE-2021-25740 for more information). Implementations SHOULD NOT + support ExternalName Services. + + Support: Core (Services with a type other than ExternalName) + + Support: Implementation-specific (Services with type ExternalName) + maxLength: 63 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[a-zA-Z]([-a-zA-Z0-9]*[a-zA-Z0-9])?$ + type: string + name: + description: Name is the name of the referent. + maxLength: 253 + minLength: 1 + type: string + namespace: + description: |- + Namespace is the namespace of the backend. When unspecified, the local + namespace is inferred. + + Note that when a namespace different than the local namespace is specified, + a ReferenceGrant object is required in the referent namespace to allow that + namespace's owner to accept the reference. See the ReferenceGrant + documentation for details. + + Support: Core + maxLength: 63 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?$ + type: string + port: + description: |- + Port specifies the destination port number to use for this resource. + Port is required when the referent is a Kubernetes Service. In this + case, the port number is the service port number, not the target port. + For other resources, destination port might be derived from the referent + resource or this field. + format: int32 + maximum: 65535 + minimum: 1 + type: integer + weight: + default: 1 + description: |- + Weight specifies the proportion of requests forwarded to the referenced + backend. This is computed as weight/(sum of all weights in this + BackendRefs list). For non-zero values, there may be some epsilon from + the exact proportion defined here depending on the precision an + implementation supports. Weight is not a percentage and the sum of + weights does not need to equal 100. + + If only one backend is specified and it has a weight greater than 0, 100% + of the traffic is forwarded to that backend. If weight is set to 0, no + traffic should be forwarded for this entry. If unspecified, weight + defaults to 1. + + Support for this field varies based on the context where used. + format: int32 + maximum: 1000000 + minimum: 0 + type: integer + required: + - name + type: object + x-kubernetes-validations: + - message: Must have port for Service reference + rule: '(size(self.group) == 0 && self.kind == ''Service'') + ? has(self.port) : true' + initialMetadata: + description: |- + Additional metadata to include in streams initiated to the GrpcService. + This can be used for scenarios in which additional ad hoc authorization headers (e.g. x-foo-bar: baz-key) are to be injected + items: + description: |- + Header name/value pair. + Ref: https://www.envoyproxy.io/docs/envoy/latest/api-v3/config/core/v3/base.proto#envoy-v3-api-msg-config-core-v3-headervalue + properties: + key: + description: Header name. + type: string + value: + description: Header value. + type: string + required: + - key + type: object + type: array + logName: + description: name of log stream + type: string + maxReceiveMessageLength: + description: |- + Maximum gRPC message size that is allowed to be received. If a message over this limit is received, the gRPC stream is terminated with the RESOURCE_EXHAUSTED error. + Defaults to 0, which means unlimited. + format: int32 + minimum: 1 + type: integer + retryPolicy: + description: |- + Indicates the retry policy for re-establishing the gRPC stream. + If max interval is not provided, it will be set to ten times the provided base interval + properties: + numRetries: + description: Specifies the allowed number of retries. + Defaults to 1. + format: int32 + minimum: 1 + type: integer + retryBackOff: + description: |- + Specifies parameters that control retry backoff strategy. + the default base interval is 1000 milliseconds and the default maximum interval is 10 times the base interval. + properties: + baseInterval: + description: The base interval to be used for + the next back off computation. It should be + greater than zero and less than or equal to + max_interval. + type: string + x-kubernetes-validations: + - message: invalid duration value + rule: matches(self, '^([0-9]{1,5}(h|m|s|ms)){1,4}$') + maxInterval: + description: Specifies the maximum interval + between retries. This parameter is optional, + but must be greater than or equal to the base_interval + if set. The default is 10 times the base_interval. + type: string + x-kubernetes-validations: + - message: invalid duration value + rule: matches(self, '^([0-9]{1,5}(h|m|s|ms)){1,4}$') + required: + - baseInterval + type: object + type: object + skipEnvoyHeaders: + description: This provides gRPC client level control + over envoy generated headers. If false, the header + will be sent but it can be overridden by per stream + option. If true, the header will be removed and can + not be overridden by per stream option. Default to + false. + type: boolean + timeout: + description: The timeout for the gRPC request. This + is the timeout for a specific request + type: string + x-kubernetes-validations: + - message: invalid duration value + rule: matches(self, '^([0-9]{1,5}(h|m|s|ms)){1,4}$') + required: + - backendRef + - logName + type: object + resourceAttributes: + description: |- + Additional resource attributes that describe the resource. + If the `service.name` resource attribute is not specified, it adds it with the default value + of the envoy cluster name, ie: `.` + properties: + values: + description: A collection of key/value pairs of key-value + pairs. + items: + description: KeyValue is a key-value pair that is + used to store Span attributes, Link attributes, + etc. + properties: + key: + description: Attribute keys must be unique + type: string + value: + description: Value may contain a primitive value + such as a string or integer or it may contain + an arbitrary nested object containing arrays, + key-value lists and primitives. + maxProperties: 1 + minProperties: 1 + properties: + arrayValue: + items: + type: object + x-kubernetes-preserve-unknown-fields: true + type: array + kvListValue: + type: object + x-kubernetes-preserve-unknown-fields: true + stringValue: + type: string + type: object + required: + - key + - value + type: object + type: array + type: object + required: + - grpcService + type: object + type: object + maxItems: 16 + type: array + defaultHostForHttp10: + description: |- + DefaultHostForHttp10 specifies a default host for HTTP/1.0 requests. This is highly suggested if acceptHttp10 is true and a no-op if acceptHttp10 is false. + See here for more information: https://www.envoyproxy.io/docs/envoy/latest/api-v3/config/core/v3/protocol.proto#config-core-v3-http1protocoloptions + minLength: 1 + type: string + earlyRequestHeaderModifier: + description: |- + EarlyRequestHeaderModifier defines header modifications to be applied early in the request processing, + before route selection. + For example, if you use ExternalAuthz to add a header, you may want to remove it here, to make + sure it did not come from the client. + properties: + add: + description: |- + Add adds the given header(s) (name, value) to the request + before the action. It appends to any existing values associated + with the header name. + + Input: + GET /foo HTTP/1.1 + my-header: foo + + Config: + add: + - name: "my-header" + value: "bar,baz" + + Output: + GET /foo HTTP/1.1 + my-header: foo,bar,baz + items: + description: HTTPHeader represents an HTTP Header name and value + as defined by RFC 7230. + properties: + name: + description: |- + Name is the name of the HTTP Header to be matched. Name matching MUST be + case-insensitive. (See https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc7230#section-3.2). + + If multiple entries specify equivalent header names, the first entry with + an equivalent name MUST be considered for a match. Subsequent entries + with an equivalent header name MUST be ignored. Due to the + case-insensitivity of header names, "foo" and "Foo" are considered + equivalent. + maxLength: 256 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[A-Za-z0-9!#$%&'*+\-.^_\x60|~]+$ + type: string + value: + description: Value is the value of HTTP Header to be matched. + maxLength: 4096 + minLength: 1 + type: string + required: + - name + - value + type: object + maxItems: 16 + type: array + x-kubernetes-list-map-keys: + - name + x-kubernetes-list-type: map + remove: + description: |- + Remove the given header(s) from the HTTP request before the action. The + value of Remove is a list of HTTP header names. Note that the header + names are case-insensitive (see + https://datatracker.ietf.org/doc/html/rfc2616#section-4.2). + + Input: + GET /foo HTTP/1.1 + my-header1: foo + my-header2: bar + my-header3: baz + + Config: + remove: ["my-header1", "my-header3"] + + Output: + GET /foo HTTP/1.1 + my-header2: bar + items: + type: string + maxItems: 16 + type: array + x-kubernetes-list-type: set + set: + description: |- + Set overwrites the request with the given header (name, value) + before the action. + + Input: + GET /foo HTTP/1.1 + my-header: foo + + Config: + set: + - name: "my-header" + value: "bar" + + Output: + GET /foo HTTP/1.1 + my-header: bar + items: + description: HTTPHeader represents an HTTP Header name and value + as defined by RFC 7230. + properties: + name: + description: |- + Name is the name of the HTTP Header to be matched. Name matching MUST be + case-insensitive. (See https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc7230#section-3.2). + + If multiple entries specify equivalent header names, the first entry with + an equivalent name MUST be considered for a match. Subsequent entries + with an equivalent header name MUST be ignored. Due to the + case-insensitivity of header names, "foo" and "Foo" are considered + equivalent. + maxLength: 256 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[A-Za-z0-9!#$%&'*+\-.^_\x60|~]+$ + type: string + value: + description: Value is the value of HTTP Header to be matched. + maxLength: 4096 + minLength: 1 + type: string + required: + - name + - value + type: object + maxItems: 16 + type: array + x-kubernetes-list-map-keys: + - name + x-kubernetes-list-type: map + type: object + generateRequestId: + description: |- + GenerateRequestId: Whether the connection manager will generate the x-request-id header if it does not exist. + This defaults to true. Generating a random UUID4 is expensive so in high throughput scenarios where this feature is not desired it can be disabled. + See here for more information https://www.envoyproxy.io/docs/envoy/latest/api-v3/extensions/filters/network/http_connection_manager/v3/http_connection_manager.proto#envoy-v3-api-field-extensions-filters-network-http-connection-manager-v3-httpconnectionmanager-generate-request-id + type: boolean + healthCheck: + description: HealthCheck configures [Envoy health checks](https://www.envoyproxy.io/docs/envoy/latest/api-v3/extensions/filters/http/health_check/v3/health_check.proto) + properties: + path: + description: Path defines the exact path that will be matched + for health check requests. + maxLength: 2048 + pattern: ^/[-a-zA-Z0-9@:%.+~#?&/=_]+$ + type: string + required: + - path + type: object + idleTimeout: + description: |- + IdleTimeout is the idle timeout for connnections. + See here for more information: https://www.envoyproxy.io/docs/envoy/latest/api-v3/config/core/v3/protocol.proto#envoy-v3-api-msg-config-core-v3-httpprotocoloptions + type: string + x-kubernetes-validations: + - message: invalid duration value + rule: matches(self, '^([0-9]{1,5}(h|m|s|ms)){1,4}$') + maxRequestHeadersKb: + description: |- + MaxRequestHeadersKb sets the maximum size of request headers that Envoy will accept. + If unset, the Envoy default is 60 KiB. + See here for more information: https://www.envoyproxy.io/docs/envoy/latest/api-v3/extensions/filters/network/http_connection_manager/v3/http_connection_manager.proto#envoy-v3-api-field-extensions-filters-network-http-connection-manager-v3-httpconnectionmanager-max-request-headers-kb + format: int32 + maximum: 8192 + minimum: 1 + type: integer + preserveExternalRequestId: + description: |- + PreserveExternalRequestId determines whether the connection manager will keep the x-request-id header if passed for + a request that is edge (Edge request is the request from external clients to front Envoy) and not reset it, which is the current Envoy behaviour. This defaults to false. + See here for more information https://www.envoyproxy.io/docs/envoy/latest/api-v3/extensions/filters/network/http_connection_manager/v3/http_connection_manager.proto#envoy-v3-api-field-extensions-filters-network-http-connection-manager-v3-httpconnectionmanager-preserve-external-request-id + type: boolean + preserveHttp1HeaderCase: + description: |- + PreserveHttp1HeaderCase determines whether to preserve the case of HTTP1 request headers. + See here for more information: https://www.envoyproxy.io/docs/envoy/latest/configuration/http/http_conn_man/header_casing + type: boolean + serverHeaderTransformation: + description: |- + ServerHeaderTransformation determines how the server header is transformed. + See here for more information: https://www.envoyproxy.io/docs/envoy/latest/api-v3/extensions/filters/network/http_connection_manager/v3/http_connection_manager.proto#envoy-v3-api-field-extensions-filters-network-http-connection-manager-v3-httpconnectionmanager-server-header-transformation + enum: + - Overwrite + - AppendIfAbsent + - PassThrough + type: string + streamIdleTimeout: + description: |- + StreamIdleTimeout is the idle timeout for HTTP streams. + See here for more information: https://www.envoyproxy.io/docs/envoy/latest/api-v3/extensions/filters/network/http_connection_manager/v3/http_connection_manager.proto#envoy-v3-api-field-extensions-filters-network-http-connection-manager-v3-httpconnectionmanager-stream-idle-timeout + type: string + x-kubernetes-validations: + - message: invalid duration value + rule: matches(self, '^([0-9]{1,5}(h|m|s|ms)){1,4}$') + targetRefs: + description: TargetRefs specifies the target resources by reference + to attach the policy to. + items: + description: |- + Select the object to attach the policy by Group, Kind, and Name. + The object must be in the same namespace as the policy. + You can target only one object at a time. + properties: + group: + description: |- + The API group of the target resource. + For Kubernetes Gateway API resources, the group is `gateway.networking.k8s.io`. + maxLength: 253 + pattern: ^$|^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$ + type: string + kind: + description: |- + The API kind of the target resource, + such as Gateway or HTTPRoute. + maxLength: 63 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[a-zA-Z]([-a-zA-Z0-9]*[a-zA-Z0-9])?$ + type: string + name: + description: The name of the target resource. + maxLength: 253 + minLength: 1 + type: string + required: + - group + - kind + - name + type: object + maxItems: 16 + minItems: 1 + type: array + x-kubernetes-validations: + - message: targetRefs may only reference Gateway resources + rule: self.all(r, r.kind == 'Gateway' && (!has(r.group) || r.group + == 'gateway.networking.k8s.io')) + targetSelectors: + description: TargetSelectors specifies the target selectors to select + resources to attach the policy to. + items: + description: |- + LocalPolicyTargetSelector selects the object to attach the policy by Group, Kind, and MatchLabels. + The object must be in the same namespace as the policy and match the + specified labels. + Do not use targetSelectors when reconciliation times are critical, especially if you + have a large number of policies that target the same resource. + Instead, use targetRefs to attach the policy. + properties: + group: + description: |- + The API group of the target resource. + For Kubernetes Gateway API resources, the group is `gateway.networking.k8s.io`. + maxLength: 253 + pattern: ^$|^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$ + type: string + kind: + description: |- + The API kind of the target resource, + such as Gateway or HTTPRoute. + maxLength: 63 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[a-zA-Z]([-a-zA-Z0-9]*[a-zA-Z0-9])?$ + type: string + matchLabels: + additionalProperties: + type: string + description: Label selector to select the target resource. + type: object + required: + - group + - kind + - matchLabels + type: object + type: array + x-kubernetes-validations: + - message: targetSelectors may only reference Gateway resources + rule: self.all(r, r.kind == 'Gateway' && (!has(r.group) || r.group + == 'gateway.networking.k8s.io')) + tracing: + description: |- + Tracing contains various settings for Envoy's OpenTelemetry tracer. + See here for more information: https://www.envoyproxy.io/docs/envoy/latest/api-v3/config/trace/v3/opentelemetry.proto.html + properties: + attributes: + description: A list of attributes with a unique name to create + attributes for the active span. + items: + description: |- + Describes attributes for the active span. + Ref: https://www.envoyproxy.io/docs/envoy/latest/api-v3/type/tracing/v3/custom_tag.proto#envoy-v3-api-msg-type-tracing-v3-customtag + maxProperties: 2 + minProperties: 1 + properties: + environment: + description: An environment attribute value. + properties: + defaultValue: + description: |- + When the environment variable is not found, the attribute value will be populated with this default value if specified, + otherwise no attribute will be populated. + type: string + name: + description: Environment variable name to obtain the + value to populate the attribute value. + type: string + required: + - name + type: object + literal: + description: A literal attribute value. + properties: + value: + description: Static literal value to populate the attribute + value. + type: string + required: + - value + type: object + metadata: + description: An attribute to obtain the value from the metadata. + properties: + defaultValue: + description: When no valid metadata is found, the attribute + value would be populated with this default value if + specified, otherwise no attribute would be populated. + type: string + kind: + description: Specify what kind of metadata to obtain + attribute value from + enum: + - Request + - Route + - Cluster + - Host + type: string + metadataKey: + description: Metadata key to define the path to retrieve + the attribute value. + properties: + key: + description: The key name of the Metadata from which + to retrieve the Struct + type: string + path: + description: |- + The path used to retrieve a specific Value from the Struct. This can be either a prefix or a full path, + depending on the use case + items: + description: Specifies a segment in a path for + retrieving values from Metadata. + properties: + key: + description: The key used to retrieve the + value in the struct + type: string + required: + - key + type: object + type: array + required: + - key + - path + type: object + required: + - kind + - metadataKey + type: object + name: + description: The name of the attribute + type: string + requestHeader: + description: A request header attribute value. + properties: + defaultValue: + description: |- + When the header does not exist, the attribute value will be populated with this default value if specified, + otherwise no attribute will be populated. + type: string + name: + description: Header name to obtain the value to populate + the attribute value. + type: string + required: + - name + type: object + required: + - name + type: object + type: array + clientSampling: + description: Target percentage of requests managed by this HTTP + connection manager that will be force traced if the x-client-trace-id + header is set. Defaults to 100% + format: int32 + maximum: 100 + minimum: 0 + type: integer + maxPathTagLength: + description: 'Maximum length of the request path to extract and + include in the HttpUrl tag. Used to truncate lengthy request + paths to meet the needs of a tracing backend. Default: 256' + format: int32 + minimum: 1 + type: integer + overallSampling: + description: Target percentage of requests managed by this HTTP + connection manager that will be traced after all other sampling + checks have been applied (client-directed, force tracing, random + sampling). Defaults to 100% + format: int32 + maximum: 100 + minimum: 0 + type: integer + provider: + description: Provider defines the upstream to which envoy sends + traces + maxProperties: 1 + minProperties: 1 + properties: + openTelemetry: + description: Tracing contains various settings for Envoy's + OTel tracer. + properties: + grpcService: + description: Send traces to the gRPC service + properties: + authority: + description: |- + The :authority header in the grpc request. If this field is not set, the authority header value will be cluster_name. + Note that this authority does not override the SNI. The SNI is provided by the transport socket of the cluster. + type: string + backendRef: + description: The backend gRPC service. Can be any + type of supported backend (Kubernetes Service, kgateway + Backend, etc..) + properties: + group: + default: "" + description: |- + Group is the group of the referent. For example, "gateway.networking.k8s.io". + When unspecified or empty string, core API group is inferred. + maxLength: 253 + pattern: ^$|^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$ + type: string + kind: + default: Service + description: |- + Kind is the Kubernetes resource kind of the referent. For example + "Service". + + Defaults to "Service" when not specified. + + ExternalName services can refer to CNAME DNS records that may live + outside of the cluster and as such are difficult to reason about in + terms of conformance. They also may not be safe to forward to (see + CVE-2021-25740 for more information). Implementations SHOULD NOT + support ExternalName Services. + + Support: Core (Services with a type other than ExternalName) + + Support: Implementation-specific (Services with type ExternalName) + maxLength: 63 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[a-zA-Z]([-a-zA-Z0-9]*[a-zA-Z0-9])?$ + type: string + name: + description: Name is the name of the referent. + maxLength: 253 + minLength: 1 + type: string + namespace: + description: |- + Namespace is the namespace of the backend. When unspecified, the local + namespace is inferred. + + Note that when a namespace different than the local namespace is specified, + a ReferenceGrant object is required in the referent namespace to allow that + namespace's owner to accept the reference. See the ReferenceGrant + documentation for details. + + Support: Core + maxLength: 63 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?$ + type: string + port: + description: |- + Port specifies the destination port number to use for this resource. + Port is required when the referent is a Kubernetes Service. In this + case, the port number is the service port number, not the target port. + For other resources, destination port might be derived from the referent + resource or this field. + format: int32 + maximum: 65535 + minimum: 1 + type: integer + weight: + default: 1 + description: |- + Weight specifies the proportion of requests forwarded to the referenced + backend. This is computed as weight/(sum of all weights in this + BackendRefs list). For non-zero values, there may be some epsilon from + the exact proportion defined here depending on the precision an + implementation supports. Weight is not a percentage and the sum of + weights does not need to equal 100. + + If only one backend is specified and it has a weight greater than 0, 100% + of the traffic is forwarded to that backend. If weight is set to 0, no + traffic should be forwarded for this entry. If unspecified, weight + defaults to 1. + + Support for this field varies based on the context where used. + format: int32 + maximum: 1000000 + minimum: 0 + type: integer + required: + - name + type: object + x-kubernetes-validations: + - message: Must have port for Service reference + rule: '(size(self.group) == 0 && self.kind == ''Service'') + ? has(self.port) : true' + initialMetadata: + description: |- + Additional metadata to include in streams initiated to the GrpcService. + This can be used for scenarios in which additional ad hoc authorization headers (e.g. x-foo-bar: baz-key) are to be injected + items: + description: |- + Header name/value pair. + Ref: https://www.envoyproxy.io/docs/envoy/latest/api-v3/config/core/v3/base.proto#envoy-v3-api-msg-config-core-v3-headervalue + properties: + key: + description: Header name. + type: string + value: + description: Header value. + type: string + required: + - key + type: object + type: array + maxReceiveMessageLength: + description: |- + Maximum gRPC message size that is allowed to be received. If a message over this limit is received, the gRPC stream is terminated with the RESOURCE_EXHAUSTED error. + Defaults to 0, which means unlimited. + format: int32 + minimum: 1 + type: integer + retryPolicy: + description: |- + Indicates the retry policy for re-establishing the gRPC stream. + If max interval is not provided, it will be set to ten times the provided base interval + properties: + numRetries: + description: Specifies the allowed number of retries. + Defaults to 1. + format: int32 + minimum: 1 + type: integer + retryBackOff: + description: |- + Specifies parameters that control retry backoff strategy. + the default base interval is 1000 milliseconds and the default maximum interval is 10 times the base interval. + properties: + baseInterval: + description: The base interval to be used + for the next back off computation. It should + be greater than zero and less than or equal + to max_interval. + type: string + x-kubernetes-validations: + - message: invalid duration value + rule: matches(self, '^([0-9]{1,5}(h|m|s|ms)){1,4}$') + maxInterval: + description: Specifies the maximum interval + between retries. This parameter is optional, + but must be greater than or equal to the + base_interval if set. The default is 10 + times the base_interval. + type: string + x-kubernetes-validations: + - message: invalid duration value + rule: matches(self, '^([0-9]{1,5}(h|m|s|ms)){1,4}$') + required: + - baseInterval + type: object + type: object + skipEnvoyHeaders: + description: This provides gRPC client level control + over envoy generated headers. If false, the header + will be sent but it can be overridden by per stream + option. If true, the header will be removed and + can not be overridden by per stream option. Default + to false. + type: boolean + timeout: + description: The timeout for the gRPC request. This + is the timeout for a specific request + type: string + x-kubernetes-validations: + - message: invalid duration value + rule: matches(self, '^([0-9]{1,5}(h|m|s|ms)){1,4}$') + required: + - backendRef + type: object + resourceDetectors: + description: An ordered list of resource detectors. Currently + supported values are `EnvironmentResourceDetector` + items: + description: ResourceDetector defines the list of supported + ResourceDetectors + maxProperties: 1 + minProperties: 1 + properties: + environmentResourceDetector: + description: EnvironmentResourceDetectorConfig specified + the EnvironmentResourceDetector + type: object + type: object + type: array + sampler: + description: |- + Specifies the sampler to be used by the OpenTelemetry tracer. This field can be left empty. In this case, the default Envoy sampling decision is used. + Currently supported values are `AlwaysOn` + maxProperties: 1 + minProperties: 1 + properties: + alwaysOnConfig: + description: AlwaysOnConfig specified the AlwaysOn + samplerc + type: object + type: object + serviceName: + description: |- + The name for the service. This will be populated in the ResourceSpan Resource attributes + Defaults to the envoy cluster name. Ie: `.` + type: string + required: + - grpcService + type: object + type: object + randomSampling: + description: Target percentage of requests managed by this HTTP + connection manager that will be randomly selected for trace + generation, if not requested by the client or not forced. Defaults + to 100% + format: int32 + maximum: 100 + minimum: 0 + type: integer + spawnUpstreamSpan: + description: |- + Create separate tracing span for each upstream request if true. Defaults to false + Link to envoy docs for more info + type: boolean + verbose: + description: Whether to annotate spans with additional data. If + true, spans will include logs for stream events. Defaults to + false + type: boolean + required: + - provider + type: object + upgradeConfig: + description: |- + UpgradeConfig contains configuration for HTTP upgrades like WebSocket. + See here for more information: https://www.envoyproxy.io/docs/envoy/v1.34.1/intro/arch_overview/http/upgrades.html + properties: + enabledUpgrades: + description: List of upgrade types to enable (e.g. "websocket", + "CONNECT", etc.) + items: + type: string + minItems: 1 + type: array + type: object + useRemoteAddress: + description: |- + UseRemoteAddress determines whether to use the remote address for the original client. + Note: If this field is omitted, it will fallback to the default value of 'true', which we set for all Envoy HCMs. + Thus, setting this explicitly to true is unnecessary (but will not cause any harm). + When true, Envoy will use the remote address of the connection as the client address. + When false, Envoy will use the X-Forwarded-For header to determine the client address. + See here for more information: https://www.envoyproxy.io/docs/envoy/latest/api-v3/extensions/filters/network/http_connection_manager/v3/http_connection_manager.proto#envoy-v3-api-field-extensions-filters-network-http-connection-manager-v3-httpconnectionmanager-use-remote-address + type: boolean + xffNumTrustedHops: + description: |- + XffNumTrustedHops is the number of additional ingress proxy hops from the right side of the X-Forwarded-For HTTP header to trust when determining the origin client's IP address. + See here for more information: https://www.envoyproxy.io/docs/envoy/latest/api-v3/extensions/filters/network/http_connection_manager/v3/http_connection_manager.proto#envoy-v3-api-field-extensions-filters-network-http-connection-manager-v3-httpconnectionmanager-xff-num-trusted-hops + format: int32 + minimum: 0 + type: integer + type: object + status: + description: |- + PolicyStatus defines the common attributes that all Policies should include within + their status. + properties: + ancestors: + description: |- + Ancestors is a list of ancestor resources (usually Gateways) that are + associated with the policy, and the status of the policy with respect to + each ancestor. When this policy attaches to a parent, the controller that + manages the parent and the ancestors MUST add an entry to this list when + the controller first sees the policy and SHOULD update the entry as + appropriate when the relevant ancestor is modified. + + Note that choosing the relevant ancestor is left to the Policy designers; + an important part of Policy design is designing the right object level at + which to namespace this status. + + Note also that implementations MUST ONLY populate ancestor status for + the Ancestor resources they are responsible for. Implementations MUST + use the ControllerName field to uniquely identify the entries in this list + that they are responsible for. + + Note that to achieve this, the list of PolicyAncestorStatus structs + MUST be treated as a map with a composite key, made up of the AncestorRef + and ControllerName fields combined. + + A maximum of 16 ancestors will be represented in this list. An empty list + means the Policy is not relevant for any ancestors. + + If this slice is full, implementations MUST NOT add further entries. + Instead they MUST consider the policy unimplementable and signal that + on any related resources such as the ancestor that would be referenced + here. For example, if this list was full on BackendTLSPolicy, no + additional Gateways would be able to reference the Service targeted by + the BackendTLSPolicy. + items: + description: |- + PolicyAncestorStatus describes the status of a route with respect to an + associated Ancestor. + + Ancestors refer to objects that are either the Target of a policy or above it + in terms of object hierarchy. For example, if a policy targets a Service, the + Policy's Ancestors are, in order, the Service, the HTTPRoute, the Gateway, and + the GatewayClass. Almost always, in this hierarchy, the Gateway will be the most + useful object to place Policy status on, so we recommend that implementations + SHOULD use Gateway as the PolicyAncestorStatus object unless the designers + have a _very_ good reason otherwise. + + In the context of policy attachment, the Ancestor is used to distinguish which + resource results in a distinct application of this policy. For example, if a policy + targets a Service, it may have a distinct result per attached Gateway. + + Policies targeting the same resource may have different effects depending on the + ancestors of those resources. For example, different Gateways targeting the same + Service may have different capabilities, especially if they have different underlying + implementations. + + For example, in BackendTLSPolicy, the Policy attaches to a Service that is + used as a backend in a HTTPRoute that is itself attached to a Gateway. + In this case, the relevant object for status is the Gateway, and that is the + ancestor object referred to in this status. + + Note that a parent is also an ancestor, so for objects where the parent is the + relevant object for status, this struct SHOULD still be used. + + This struct is intended to be used in a slice that's effectively a map, + with a composite key made up of the AncestorRef and the ControllerName. + properties: + ancestorRef: + description: |- + AncestorRef corresponds with a ParentRef in the spec that this + PolicyAncestorStatus struct describes the status of. + properties: + group: + default: gateway.networking.k8s.io + description: |- + Group is the group of the referent. + When unspecified, "gateway.networking.k8s.io" is inferred. + To set the core API group (such as for a "Service" kind referent), + Group must be explicitly set to "" (empty string). + + Support: Core + maxLength: 253 + pattern: ^$|^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$ + type: string + kind: + default: Gateway + description: |- + Kind is kind of the referent. + + There are two kinds of parent resources with "Core" support: + + * Gateway (Gateway conformance profile) + * Service (Mesh conformance profile, ClusterIP Services only) + + Support for other resources is Implementation-Specific. + maxLength: 63 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[a-zA-Z]([-a-zA-Z0-9]*[a-zA-Z0-9])?$ + type: string + name: + description: |- + Name is the name of the referent. + + Support: Core + maxLength: 253 + minLength: 1 + type: string + namespace: + description: |- + Namespace is the namespace of the referent. When unspecified, this refers + to the local namespace of the Route. + + Note that there are specific rules for ParentRefs which cross namespace + boundaries. Cross-namespace references are only valid if they are explicitly + allowed by something in the namespace they are referring to. For example: + Gateway has the AllowedRoutes field, and ReferenceGrant provides a + generic way to enable any other kind of cross-namespace reference. + + + ParentRefs from a Route to a Service in the same namespace are "producer" + routes, which apply default routing rules to inbound connections from + any namespace to the Service. + + ParentRefs from a Route to a Service in a different namespace are + "consumer" routes, and these routing rules are only applied to outbound + connections originating from the same namespace as the Route, for which + the intended destination of the connections are a Service targeted as a + ParentRef of the Route. + + + Support: Core + maxLength: 63 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?$ + type: string + port: + description: |- + Port is the network port this Route targets. It can be interpreted + differently based on the type of parent resource. + + When the parent resource is a Gateway, this targets all listeners + listening on the specified port that also support this kind of Route(and + select this Route). It's not recommended to set `Port` unless the + networking behaviors specified in a Route must apply to a specific port + as opposed to a listener(s) whose port(s) may be changed. When both Port + and SectionName are specified, the name and port of the selected listener + must match both specified values. + + + When the parent resource is a Service, this targets a specific port in the + Service spec. When both Port (experimental) and SectionName are specified, + the name and port of the selected port must match both specified values. + + + Implementations MAY choose to support other parent resources. + Implementations supporting other types of parent resources MUST clearly + document how/if Port is interpreted. + + For the purpose of status, an attachment is considered successful as + long as the parent resource accepts it partially. For example, Gateway + listeners can restrict which Routes can attach to them by Route kind, + namespace, or hostname. If 1 of 2 Gateway listeners accept attachment + from the referencing Route, the Route MUST be considered successfully + attached. If no Gateway listeners accept attachment from this Route, + the Route MUST be considered detached from the Gateway. + + Support: Extended + format: int32 + maximum: 65535 + minimum: 1 + type: integer + sectionName: + description: |- + SectionName is the name of a section within the target resource. In the + following resources, SectionName is interpreted as the following: + + * Gateway: Listener name. When both Port (experimental) and SectionName + are specified, the name and port of the selected listener must match + both specified values. + * Service: Port name. When both Port (experimental) and SectionName + are specified, the name and port of the selected listener must match + both specified values. + + Implementations MAY choose to support attaching Routes to other resources. + If that is the case, they MUST clearly document how SectionName is + interpreted. + + When unspecified (empty string), this will reference the entire resource. + For the purpose of status, an attachment is considered successful if at + least one section in the parent resource accepts it. For example, Gateway + listeners can restrict which Routes can attach to them by Route kind, + namespace, or hostname. If 1 of 2 Gateway listeners accept attachment from + the referencing Route, the Route MUST be considered successfully + attached. If no Gateway listeners accept attachment from this Route, the + Route MUST be considered detached from the Gateway. + + Support: Core + maxLength: 253 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$ + type: string + required: + - name + type: object + conditions: + description: |- + Conditions describes the status of the Policy with respect to the given Ancestor. + + + + Notes for implementors: + + Conditions are a listType `map`, which means that they function like a + map with a key of the `type` field _in the k8s apiserver_. + + This means that implementations must obey some rules when updating this + section. + + * Implementations MUST perform a read-modify-write cycle on this field + before modifying it. That is, when modifying this field, implementations + must be confident they have fetched the most recent version of this field, + and ensure that changes they make are on that recent version. + * Implementations MUST NOT remove or reorder Conditions that they are not + directly responsible for. For example, if an implementation sees a Condition + with type `special.io/SomeField`, it MUST NOT remove, change or update that + Condition. + * Implementations MUST always _merge_ changes into Conditions of the same Type, + rather than creating more than one Condition of the same Type. + * Implementations MUST always update the `observedGeneration` field of the + Condition to the `metadata.generation` of the Gateway at the time of update creation. + * If the `observedGeneration` of a Condition is _greater than_ the value the + implementation knows about, then it MUST NOT perform the update on that Condition, + but must wait for a future reconciliation and status update. (The assumption is that + the implementation's copy of the object is stale and an update will be re-triggered + if relevant.) + + + items: + description: Condition contains details for one aspect of + the current state of this API Resource. + properties: + lastTransitionTime: + description: |- + lastTransitionTime is the last time the condition transitioned from one status to another. + This should be when the underlying condition changed. If that is not known, then using the time when the API field changed is acceptable. + format: date-time + type: string + message: + description: |- + message is a human readable message indicating details about the transition. + This may be an empty string. + maxLength: 32768 + type: string + observedGeneration: + description: |- + observedGeneration represents the .metadata.generation that the condition was set based upon. + For instance, if .metadata.generation is currently 12, but the .status.conditions[x].observedGeneration is 9, the condition is out of date + with respect to the current state of the instance. + format: int64 + minimum: 0 + type: integer + reason: + description: |- + reason contains a programmatic identifier indicating the reason for the condition's last transition. + Producers of specific condition types may define expected values and meanings for this field, + and whether the values are considered a guaranteed API. + The value should be a CamelCase string. + This field may not be empty. + maxLength: 1024 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[A-Za-z]([A-Za-z0-9_,:]*[A-Za-z0-9_])?$ + type: string + status: + description: status of the condition, one of True, False, + Unknown. + enum: + - "True" + - "False" + - Unknown + type: string + type: + description: type of condition in CamelCase or in foo.example.com/CamelCase. + maxLength: 316 + pattern: ^([a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*/)?(([A-Za-z0-9][-A-Za-z0-9_.]*)?[A-Za-z0-9])$ + type: string + required: + - lastTransitionTime + - message + - reason + - status + - type + type: object + maxItems: 8 + minItems: 1 + type: array + x-kubernetes-list-map-keys: + - type + x-kubernetes-list-type: map + controllerName: + description: |- + ControllerName is a domain/path string that indicates the name of the + controller that wrote this status. This corresponds with the + controllerName field on GatewayClass. + + Example: "example.net/gateway-controller". + + The format of this field is DOMAIN "/" PATH, where DOMAIN and PATH are + valid Kubernetes names + (https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/names/#names). + + Controllers MUST populate this field when writing status. Controllers should ensure that + entries to status populated with their ControllerName are cleaned up when they are no + longer necessary. + maxLength: 253 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*\/[A-Za-z0-9\/\-._~%!$&'()*+,;=:]+$ + type: string + required: + - ancestorRef + - conditions + - controllerName + type: object + maxItems: 16 + type: array + x-kubernetes-list-type: atomic + required: + - ancestors + type: object + required: + - spec + type: object + served: true + storage: true + subresources: + status: {} diff --git a/charts/kgateway/kgateway/charts/kgateway-crds/templates/gateway.kgateway.dev_listenerpolicies.yaml b/charts/kgateway/kgateway/charts/kgateway-crds/templates/gateway.kgateway.dev_listenerpolicies.yaml new file mode 100644 index 000000000..4d228838e --- /dev/null +++ b/charts/kgateway/kgateway/charts/kgateway-crds/templates/gateway.kgateway.dev_listenerpolicies.yaml @@ -0,0 +1,4028 @@ +--- +apiVersion: apiextensions.k8s.io/v1 +kind: CustomResourceDefinition +metadata: + annotations: + controller-gen.kubebuilder.io/version: v0.19.1-0.20251023132335-bf7d6b742e6a + labels: + app: kgateway + app.kubernetes.io/name: kgateway + gateway.networking.k8s.io/policy: Direct + name: listenerpolicies.gateway.kgateway.dev +spec: + group: gateway.kgateway.dev + names: + categories: + - kgateway + kind: ListenerPolicy + listKind: ListenerPolicyList + plural: listenerpolicies + singular: listenerpolicy + scope: Namespaced + versions: + - additionalPrinterColumns: + - description: Listener policy acceptance status + jsonPath: .status.ancestors[*].conditions[?(@.type=='Accepted')].status + name: Accepted + type: string + - description: Listener policy attachment status + jsonPath: .status.ancestors[*].conditions[?(@.type=='Attached')].status + name: Attached + type: string + name: v1alpha1 + schema: + openAPIV3Schema: + description: |- + ListenerPolicy is used for configuring Envoy listener-level settings that apply to all protocol types (HTTP, HTTPS, TCP, TLS). + These policies can only target `Gateway` objects. + properties: + apiVersion: + description: |- + APIVersion defines the versioned schema of this representation of an object. + Servers should convert recognized schemas to the latest internal value, and + may reject unrecognized values. + More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#resources + type: string + kind: + description: |- + Kind is a string value representing the REST resource this object represents. + Servers may infer this from the endpoint the client submits requests to. + Cannot be updated. + In CamelCase. + More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#types-kinds + type: string + metadata: + type: object + spec: + description: ListenerPolicySpec defines the desired state of a listener + policy. + properties: + default: + description: |- + Default specifies default listener configuration for all Listeners, unless a per-port + configuration is defined. + properties: + httpSettings: + description: |- + HTTPListenerPolicy is intended to be used for configuring the Envoy `HttpConnectionManager` and any other config or policy + that should map 1-to-1 with a given HTTP listener, such as the Envoy health check HTTP filter. + properties: + acceptHttp10: + description: |- + AcceptHTTP10 determines whether to accept incoming HTTP/1.0 and HTTP 0.9 requests. + See here for more information: https://www.envoyproxy.io/docs/envoy/latest/api-v3/config/core/v3/protocol.proto#config-core-v3-http1protocoloptions + type: boolean + accessLog: + description: |- + AccessLoggingConfig contains various settings for Envoy's access logging service. + See here for more information: https://www.envoyproxy.io/docs/envoy/v1.33.0/api-v3/config/accesslog/v3/accesslog.proto + items: + description: AccessLog represents the top-level access log + configuration. + properties: + fileSink: + description: Output access logs to local file + properties: + jsonFormat: + description: |- + the format object by which to envoy will emit the logs in a structured way. + https://www.envoyproxy.io/docs/envoy/v1.33.0/configuration/observability/access_log/usage#format-dictionaries + type: object + x-kubernetes-preserve-unknown-fields: true + path: + description: the file path to which the file access + logging service will sink + type: string + stringFormat: + description: |- + the format string by which envoy will format the log lines + https://www.envoyproxy.io/docs/envoy/v1.33.0/configuration/observability/access_log/usage#format-strings + type: string + required: + - path + type: object + x-kubernetes-validations: + - message: exactly one of the fields in [stringFormat + jsonFormat] must be set + rule: '[has(self.stringFormat),has(self.jsonFormat)].filter(x,x==true).size() + == 1' + filter: + allOf: + - maxProperties: 1 + minProperties: 1 + - maxProperties: 1 + minProperties: 1 + description: Filter access logs configuration + properties: + andFilter: + description: |- + Performs a logical "and" operation on the result of each individual filter. + Based on: https://www.envoyproxy.io/docs/envoy/v1.33.0/api-v3/config/accesslog/v3/accesslog.proto#config-accesslog-v3-andfilter + items: + description: |- + FilterType represents the type of filter to apply (only one of these should be set). + Based on: https://www.envoyproxy.io/docs/envoy/v1.33.0/api-v3/config/accesslog/v3/accesslog.proto#envoy-v3-api-msg-config-accesslog-v3-accesslogfilter + maxProperties: 1 + minProperties: 1 + properties: + celFilter: + description: CELFilter filters requests based + on Common Expression Language (CEL). + properties: + match: + description: |- + The CEL expressions to evaluate. AccessLogs are only emitted when the CEL expressions evaluates to true. + see: https://www.envoyproxy.io/docs/envoy/v1.33.0/xds/type/v3/cel.proto.html#common-expression-language-cel-proto + type: string + required: + - match + type: object + durationFilter: + description: |- + DurationFilter filters based on request duration. + Based on: https://www.envoyproxy.io/docs/envoy/v1.33.0/api-v3/config/accesslog/v3/accesslog.proto#config-accesslog-v3-durationfilter + properties: + op: + description: Op represents comparison + operators. + enum: + - EQ + - GE + - LE + type: string + value: + description: Value to compare against. + format: int32 + maximum: 4294967295 + minimum: 0 + type: integer + required: + - op + - value + type: object + grpcStatusFilter: + description: |- + GrpcStatusFilter filters gRPC requests based on their response status. + Based on: https://www.envoyproxy.io/docs/envoy/v1.33.0/api-v3/config/accesslog/v3/accesslog.proto#enum-config-accesslog-v3-grpcstatusfilter-status + properties: + exclude: + type: boolean + statuses: + items: + description: GrpcStatus represents possible + gRPC statuses. + enum: + - OK + - CANCELED + - UNKNOWN + - INVALID_ARGUMENT + - DEADLINE_EXCEEDED + - NOT_FOUND + - ALREADY_EXISTS + - PERMISSION_DENIED + - RESOURCE_EXHAUSTED + - FAILED_PRECONDITION + - ABORTED + - OUT_OF_RANGE + - UNIMPLEMENTED + - INTERNAL + - UNAVAILABLE + - DATA_LOSS + - UNAUTHENTICATED + type: string + minItems: 1 + type: array + type: object + headerFilter: + description: |- + HeaderFilter filters requests based on headers. + Based on: https://www.envoyproxy.io/docs/envoy/v1.33.0/api-v3/config/accesslog/v3/accesslog.proto#config-accesslog-v3-headerfilter + properties: + header: + description: |- + HTTPHeaderMatch describes how to select a HTTP route by matching HTTP request + headers. + properties: + name: + description: |- + Name is the name of the HTTP Header to be matched. Name matching MUST be + case-insensitive. (See https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc7230#section-3.2). + + If multiple entries specify equivalent header names, only the first + entry with an equivalent name MUST be considered for a match. Subsequent + entries with an equivalent header name MUST be ignored. Due to the + case-insensitivity of header names, "foo" and "Foo" are considered + equivalent. + + When a header is repeated in an HTTP request, it is + implementation-specific behavior as to how this is represented. + Generally, proxies should follow the guidance from the RFC: + https://www.rfc-editor.org/rfc/rfc7230.html#section-3.2.2 regarding + processing a repeated header, with special handling for "Set-Cookie". + maxLength: 256 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[A-Za-z0-9!#$%&'*+\-.^_\x60|~]+$ + type: string + type: + default: Exact + description: |- + Type specifies how to match against the value of the header. + + Support: Core (Exact) + + Support: Implementation-specific (RegularExpression) + + Since RegularExpression HeaderMatchType has implementation-specific + conformance, implementations can support POSIX, PCRE or any other dialects + of regular expressions. Please read the implementation's documentation to + determine the supported dialect. + enum: + - Exact + - RegularExpression + type: string + value: + description: Value is the value of + HTTP Header to be matched. + maxLength: 4096 + minLength: 1 + type: string + required: + - name + - value + type: object + required: + - header + type: object + notHealthCheckFilter: + description: |- + Filters for requests that are not health check requests. + Based on: https://www.envoyproxy.io/docs/envoy/v1.33.0/api-v3/config/accesslog/v3/accesslog.proto#config-accesslog-v3-nothealthcheckfilter + type: boolean + responseFlagFilter: + description: |- + ResponseFlagFilter filters based on response flags. + Based on: https://www.envoyproxy.io/docs/envoy/v1.33.0/api-v3/config/accesslog/v3/accesslog.proto#config-accesslog-v3-responseflagfilter + properties: + flags: + items: + type: string + minItems: 1 + type: array + required: + - flags + type: object + statusCodeFilter: + description: |- + StatusCodeFilter filters based on HTTP status code. + Based on: https://www.envoyproxy.io/docs/envoy/v1.33.0/api-v3/config/accesslog/v3/accesslog.proto#envoy-v3-api-msg-config-accesslog-v3-statuscodefilter + properties: + op: + description: Op represents comparison + operators. + enum: + - EQ + - GE + - LE + type: string + value: + description: Value to compare against. + format: int32 + maximum: 4294967295 + minimum: 0 + type: integer + required: + - op + - value + type: object + traceableFilter: + description: |- + Filters for requests that are traceable. + Based on: https://www.envoyproxy.io/docs/envoy/v1.33.0/api-v3/config/accesslog/v3/accesslog.proto#config-accesslog-v3-traceablefilter + type: boolean + type: object + minItems: 2 + type: array + celFilter: + description: CELFilter filters requests based on + Common Expression Language (CEL). + properties: + match: + description: |- + The CEL expressions to evaluate. AccessLogs are only emitted when the CEL expressions evaluates to true. + see: https://www.envoyproxy.io/docs/envoy/v1.33.0/xds/type/v3/cel.proto.html#common-expression-language-cel-proto + type: string + required: + - match + type: object + durationFilter: + description: |- + DurationFilter filters based on request duration. + Based on: https://www.envoyproxy.io/docs/envoy/v1.33.0/api-v3/config/accesslog/v3/accesslog.proto#config-accesslog-v3-durationfilter + properties: + op: + description: Op represents comparison operators. + enum: + - EQ + - GE + - LE + type: string + value: + description: Value to compare against. + format: int32 + maximum: 4294967295 + minimum: 0 + type: integer + required: + - op + - value + type: object + grpcStatusFilter: + description: |- + GrpcStatusFilter filters gRPC requests based on their response status. + Based on: https://www.envoyproxy.io/docs/envoy/v1.33.0/api-v3/config/accesslog/v3/accesslog.proto#enum-config-accesslog-v3-grpcstatusfilter-status + properties: + exclude: + type: boolean + statuses: + items: + description: GrpcStatus represents possible + gRPC statuses. + enum: + - OK + - CANCELED + - UNKNOWN + - INVALID_ARGUMENT + - DEADLINE_EXCEEDED + - NOT_FOUND + - ALREADY_EXISTS + - PERMISSION_DENIED + - RESOURCE_EXHAUSTED + - FAILED_PRECONDITION + - ABORTED + - OUT_OF_RANGE + - UNIMPLEMENTED + - INTERNAL + - UNAVAILABLE + - DATA_LOSS + - UNAUTHENTICATED + type: string + minItems: 1 + type: array + type: object + headerFilter: + description: |- + HeaderFilter filters requests based on headers. + Based on: https://www.envoyproxy.io/docs/envoy/v1.33.0/api-v3/config/accesslog/v3/accesslog.proto#config-accesslog-v3-headerfilter + properties: + header: + description: |- + HTTPHeaderMatch describes how to select a HTTP route by matching HTTP request + headers. + properties: + name: + description: |- + Name is the name of the HTTP Header to be matched. Name matching MUST be + case-insensitive. (See https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc7230#section-3.2). + + If multiple entries specify equivalent header names, only the first + entry with an equivalent name MUST be considered for a match. Subsequent + entries with an equivalent header name MUST be ignored. Due to the + case-insensitivity of header names, "foo" and "Foo" are considered + equivalent. + + When a header is repeated in an HTTP request, it is + implementation-specific behavior as to how this is represented. + Generally, proxies should follow the guidance from the RFC: + https://www.rfc-editor.org/rfc/rfc7230.html#section-3.2.2 regarding + processing a repeated header, with special handling for "Set-Cookie". + maxLength: 256 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[A-Za-z0-9!#$%&'*+\-.^_\x60|~]+$ + type: string + type: + default: Exact + description: |- + Type specifies how to match against the value of the header. + + Support: Core (Exact) + + Support: Implementation-specific (RegularExpression) + + Since RegularExpression HeaderMatchType has implementation-specific + conformance, implementations can support POSIX, PCRE or any other dialects + of regular expressions. Please read the implementation's documentation to + determine the supported dialect. + enum: + - Exact + - RegularExpression + type: string + value: + description: Value is the value of HTTP + Header to be matched. + maxLength: 4096 + minLength: 1 + type: string + required: + - name + - value + type: object + required: + - header + type: object + notHealthCheckFilter: + description: |- + Filters for requests that are not health check requests. + Based on: https://www.envoyproxy.io/docs/envoy/v1.33.0/api-v3/config/accesslog/v3/accesslog.proto#config-accesslog-v3-nothealthcheckfilter + type: boolean + orFilter: + description: |- + Performs a logical "or" operation on the result of each individual filter. + Based on: https://www.envoyproxy.io/docs/envoy/v1.33.0/api-v3/config/accesslog/v3/accesslog.proto#config-accesslog-v3-orfilter + items: + description: |- + FilterType represents the type of filter to apply (only one of these should be set). + Based on: https://www.envoyproxy.io/docs/envoy/v1.33.0/api-v3/config/accesslog/v3/accesslog.proto#envoy-v3-api-msg-config-accesslog-v3-accesslogfilter + maxProperties: 1 + minProperties: 1 + properties: + celFilter: + description: CELFilter filters requests based + on Common Expression Language (CEL). + properties: + match: + description: |- + The CEL expressions to evaluate. AccessLogs are only emitted when the CEL expressions evaluates to true. + see: https://www.envoyproxy.io/docs/envoy/v1.33.0/xds/type/v3/cel.proto.html#common-expression-language-cel-proto + type: string + required: + - match + type: object + durationFilter: + description: |- + DurationFilter filters based on request duration. + Based on: https://www.envoyproxy.io/docs/envoy/v1.33.0/api-v3/config/accesslog/v3/accesslog.proto#config-accesslog-v3-durationfilter + properties: + op: + description: Op represents comparison + operators. + enum: + - EQ + - GE + - LE + type: string + value: + description: Value to compare against. + format: int32 + maximum: 4294967295 + minimum: 0 + type: integer + required: + - op + - value + type: object + grpcStatusFilter: + description: |- + GrpcStatusFilter filters gRPC requests based on their response status. + Based on: https://www.envoyproxy.io/docs/envoy/v1.33.0/api-v3/config/accesslog/v3/accesslog.proto#enum-config-accesslog-v3-grpcstatusfilter-status + properties: + exclude: + type: boolean + statuses: + items: + description: GrpcStatus represents possible + gRPC statuses. + enum: + - OK + - CANCELED + - UNKNOWN + - INVALID_ARGUMENT + - DEADLINE_EXCEEDED + - NOT_FOUND + - ALREADY_EXISTS + - PERMISSION_DENIED + - RESOURCE_EXHAUSTED + - FAILED_PRECONDITION + - ABORTED + - OUT_OF_RANGE + - UNIMPLEMENTED + - INTERNAL + - UNAVAILABLE + - DATA_LOSS + - UNAUTHENTICATED + type: string + minItems: 1 + type: array + type: object + headerFilter: + description: |- + HeaderFilter filters requests based on headers. + Based on: https://www.envoyproxy.io/docs/envoy/v1.33.0/api-v3/config/accesslog/v3/accesslog.proto#config-accesslog-v3-headerfilter + properties: + header: + description: |- + HTTPHeaderMatch describes how to select a HTTP route by matching HTTP request + headers. + properties: + name: + description: |- + Name is the name of the HTTP Header to be matched. Name matching MUST be + case-insensitive. (See https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc7230#section-3.2). + + If multiple entries specify equivalent header names, only the first + entry with an equivalent name MUST be considered for a match. Subsequent + entries with an equivalent header name MUST be ignored. Due to the + case-insensitivity of header names, "foo" and "Foo" are considered + equivalent. + + When a header is repeated in an HTTP request, it is + implementation-specific behavior as to how this is represented. + Generally, proxies should follow the guidance from the RFC: + https://www.rfc-editor.org/rfc/rfc7230.html#section-3.2.2 regarding + processing a repeated header, with special handling for "Set-Cookie". + maxLength: 256 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[A-Za-z0-9!#$%&'*+\-.^_\x60|~]+$ + type: string + type: + default: Exact + description: |- + Type specifies how to match against the value of the header. + + Support: Core (Exact) + + Support: Implementation-specific (RegularExpression) + + Since RegularExpression HeaderMatchType has implementation-specific + conformance, implementations can support POSIX, PCRE or any other dialects + of regular expressions. Please read the implementation's documentation to + determine the supported dialect. + enum: + - Exact + - RegularExpression + type: string + value: + description: Value is the value of + HTTP Header to be matched. + maxLength: 4096 + minLength: 1 + type: string + required: + - name + - value + type: object + required: + - header + type: object + notHealthCheckFilter: + description: |- + Filters for requests that are not health check requests. + Based on: https://www.envoyproxy.io/docs/envoy/v1.33.0/api-v3/config/accesslog/v3/accesslog.proto#config-accesslog-v3-nothealthcheckfilter + type: boolean + responseFlagFilter: + description: |- + ResponseFlagFilter filters based on response flags. + Based on: https://www.envoyproxy.io/docs/envoy/v1.33.0/api-v3/config/accesslog/v3/accesslog.proto#config-accesslog-v3-responseflagfilter + properties: + flags: + items: + type: string + minItems: 1 + type: array + required: + - flags + type: object + statusCodeFilter: + description: |- + StatusCodeFilter filters based on HTTP status code. + Based on: https://www.envoyproxy.io/docs/envoy/v1.33.0/api-v3/config/accesslog/v3/accesslog.proto#envoy-v3-api-msg-config-accesslog-v3-statuscodefilter + properties: + op: + description: Op represents comparison + operators. + enum: + - EQ + - GE + - LE + type: string + value: + description: Value to compare against. + format: int32 + maximum: 4294967295 + minimum: 0 + type: integer + required: + - op + - value + type: object + traceableFilter: + description: |- + Filters for requests that are traceable. + Based on: https://www.envoyproxy.io/docs/envoy/v1.33.0/api-v3/config/accesslog/v3/accesslog.proto#config-accesslog-v3-traceablefilter + type: boolean + type: object + minItems: 2 + type: array + responseFlagFilter: + description: |- + ResponseFlagFilter filters based on response flags. + Based on: https://www.envoyproxy.io/docs/envoy/v1.33.0/api-v3/config/accesslog/v3/accesslog.proto#config-accesslog-v3-responseflagfilter + properties: + flags: + items: + type: string + minItems: 1 + type: array + required: + - flags + type: object + statusCodeFilter: + description: |- + StatusCodeFilter filters based on HTTP status code. + Based on: https://www.envoyproxy.io/docs/envoy/v1.33.0/api-v3/config/accesslog/v3/accesslog.proto#envoy-v3-api-msg-config-accesslog-v3-statuscodefilter + properties: + op: + description: Op represents comparison operators. + enum: + - EQ + - GE + - LE + type: string + value: + description: Value to compare against. + format: int32 + maximum: 4294967295 + minimum: 0 + type: integer + required: + - op + - value + type: object + traceableFilter: + description: |- + Filters for requests that are traceable. + Based on: https://www.envoyproxy.io/docs/envoy/v1.33.0/api-v3/config/accesslog/v3/accesslog.proto#config-accesslog-v3-traceablefilter + type: boolean + type: object + grpcService: + description: Send access logs to gRPC service + properties: + additionalRequestHeadersToLog: + description: Additional request headers to log in + the access log + items: + type: string + type: array + additionalResponseHeadersToLog: + description: Additional response headers to log + in the access log + items: + type: string + type: array + additionalResponseTrailersToLog: + description: Additional response trailers to log + in the access log + items: + type: string + type: array + authority: + description: |- + The :authority header in the grpc request. If this field is not set, the authority header value will be cluster_name. + Note that this authority does not override the SNI. The SNI is provided by the transport socket of the cluster. + type: string + backendRef: + description: The backend gRPC service. Can be any + type of supported backend (Kubernetes Service, + kgateway Backend, etc..) + properties: + group: + default: "" + description: |- + Group is the group of the referent. For example, "gateway.networking.k8s.io". + When unspecified or empty string, core API group is inferred. + maxLength: 253 + pattern: ^$|^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$ + type: string + kind: + default: Service + description: |- + Kind is the Kubernetes resource kind of the referent. For example + "Service". + + Defaults to "Service" when not specified. + + ExternalName services can refer to CNAME DNS records that may live + outside of the cluster and as such are difficult to reason about in + terms of conformance. They also may not be safe to forward to (see + CVE-2021-25740 for more information). Implementations SHOULD NOT + support ExternalName Services. + + Support: Core (Services with a type other than ExternalName) + + Support: Implementation-specific (Services with type ExternalName) + maxLength: 63 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[a-zA-Z]([-a-zA-Z0-9]*[a-zA-Z0-9])?$ + type: string + name: + description: Name is the name of the referent. + maxLength: 253 + minLength: 1 + type: string + namespace: + description: |- + Namespace is the namespace of the backend. When unspecified, the local + namespace is inferred. + + Note that when a namespace different than the local namespace is specified, + a ReferenceGrant object is required in the referent namespace to allow that + namespace's owner to accept the reference. See the ReferenceGrant + documentation for details. + + Support: Core + maxLength: 63 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?$ + type: string + port: + description: |- + Port specifies the destination port number to use for this resource. + Port is required when the referent is a Kubernetes Service. In this + case, the port number is the service port number, not the target port. + For other resources, destination port might be derived from the referent + resource or this field. + format: int32 + maximum: 65535 + minimum: 1 + type: integer + weight: + default: 1 + description: |- + Weight specifies the proportion of requests forwarded to the referenced + backend. This is computed as weight/(sum of all weights in this + BackendRefs list). For non-zero values, there may be some epsilon from + the exact proportion defined here depending on the precision an + implementation supports. Weight is not a percentage and the sum of + weights does not need to equal 100. + + If only one backend is specified and it has a weight greater than 0, 100% + of the traffic is forwarded to that backend. If weight is set to 0, no + traffic should be forwarded for this entry. If unspecified, weight + defaults to 1. + + Support for this field varies based on the context where used. + format: int32 + maximum: 1000000 + minimum: 0 + type: integer + required: + - name + type: object + x-kubernetes-validations: + - message: Must have port for Service reference + rule: '(size(self.group) == 0 && self.kind == + ''Service'') ? has(self.port) : true' + initialMetadata: + description: |- + Additional metadata to include in streams initiated to the GrpcService. + This can be used for scenarios in which additional ad hoc authorization headers (e.g. x-foo-bar: baz-key) are to be injected + items: + description: |- + Header name/value pair. + Ref: https://www.envoyproxy.io/docs/envoy/latest/api-v3/config/core/v3/base.proto#envoy-v3-api-msg-config-core-v3-headervalue + properties: + key: + description: Header name. + type: string + value: + description: Header value. + type: string + required: + - key + type: object + type: array + logName: + description: name of log stream + type: string + maxReceiveMessageLength: + description: |- + Maximum gRPC message size that is allowed to be received. If a message over this limit is received, the gRPC stream is terminated with the RESOURCE_EXHAUSTED error. + Defaults to 0, which means unlimited. + format: int32 + minimum: 1 + type: integer + retryPolicy: + description: |- + Indicates the retry policy for re-establishing the gRPC stream. + If max interval is not provided, it will be set to ten times the provided base interval + properties: + numRetries: + description: Specifies the allowed number of + retries. Defaults to 1. + format: int32 + minimum: 1 + type: integer + retryBackOff: + description: |- + Specifies parameters that control retry backoff strategy. + the default base interval is 1000 milliseconds and the default maximum interval is 10 times the base interval. + properties: + baseInterval: + description: The base interval to be used + for the next back off computation. It + should be greater than zero and less than + or equal to max_interval. + type: string + x-kubernetes-validations: + - message: invalid duration value + rule: matches(self, '^([0-9]{1,5}(h|m|s|ms)){1,4}$') + maxInterval: + description: Specifies the maximum interval + between retries. This parameter is optional, + but must be greater than or equal to the + base_interval if set. The default is 10 + times the base_interval. + type: string + x-kubernetes-validations: + - message: invalid duration value + rule: matches(self, '^([0-9]{1,5}(h|m|s|ms)){1,4}$') + required: + - baseInterval + type: object + type: object + skipEnvoyHeaders: + description: This provides gRPC client level control + over envoy generated headers. If false, the header + will be sent but it can be overridden by per stream + option. If true, the header will be removed and + can not be overridden by per stream option. Default + to false. + type: boolean + timeout: + description: The timeout for the gRPC request. This + is the timeout for a specific request + type: string + x-kubernetes-validations: + - message: invalid duration value + rule: matches(self, '^([0-9]{1,5}(h|m|s|ms)){1,4}$') + required: + - backendRef + - logName + type: object + openTelemetry: + description: Send access logs to an OTel collector + properties: + attributes: + description: Additional attributes that describe + the specific event occurrence. + properties: + values: + description: A collection of key/value pairs + of key-value pairs. + items: + description: KeyValue is a key-value pair + that is used to store Span attributes, Link + attributes, etc. + properties: + key: + description: Attribute keys must be unique + type: string + value: + description: Value may contain a primitive + value such as a string or integer or + it may contain an arbitrary nested object + containing arrays, key-value lists and + primitives. + maxProperties: 1 + minProperties: 1 + properties: + arrayValue: + items: + type: object + x-kubernetes-preserve-unknown-fields: true + type: array + kvListValue: + type: object + x-kubernetes-preserve-unknown-fields: true + stringValue: + type: string + type: object + required: + - key + - value + type: object + type: array + type: object + body: + description: OpenTelemetry LogResource fields, following + Envoy access logging formatting. + type: string + disableBuiltinLabels: + description: If specified, Envoy will not generate + built-in resource labels like log_name, zone_name, + cluster_name, node_name. + type: boolean + grpcService: + description: Send access logs to gRPC service + properties: + authority: + description: |- + The :authority header in the grpc request. If this field is not set, the authority header value will be cluster_name. + Note that this authority does not override the SNI. The SNI is provided by the transport socket of the cluster. + type: string + backendRef: + description: The backend gRPC service. Can be + any type of supported backend (Kubernetes + Service, kgateway Backend, etc..) + properties: + group: + default: "" + description: |- + Group is the group of the referent. For example, "gateway.networking.k8s.io". + When unspecified or empty string, core API group is inferred. + maxLength: 253 + pattern: ^$|^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$ + type: string + kind: + default: Service + description: |- + Kind is the Kubernetes resource kind of the referent. For example + "Service". + + Defaults to "Service" when not specified. + + ExternalName services can refer to CNAME DNS records that may live + outside of the cluster and as such are difficult to reason about in + terms of conformance. They also may not be safe to forward to (see + CVE-2021-25740 for more information). Implementations SHOULD NOT + support ExternalName Services. + + Support: Core (Services with a type other than ExternalName) + + Support: Implementation-specific (Services with type ExternalName) + maxLength: 63 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[a-zA-Z]([-a-zA-Z0-9]*[a-zA-Z0-9])?$ + type: string + name: + description: Name is the name of the referent. + maxLength: 253 + minLength: 1 + type: string + namespace: + description: |- + Namespace is the namespace of the backend. When unspecified, the local + namespace is inferred. + + Note that when a namespace different than the local namespace is specified, + a ReferenceGrant object is required in the referent namespace to allow that + namespace's owner to accept the reference. See the ReferenceGrant + documentation for details. + + Support: Core + maxLength: 63 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?$ + type: string + port: + description: |- + Port specifies the destination port number to use for this resource. + Port is required when the referent is a Kubernetes Service. In this + case, the port number is the service port number, not the target port. + For other resources, destination port might be derived from the referent + resource or this field. + format: int32 + maximum: 65535 + minimum: 1 + type: integer + weight: + default: 1 + description: |- + Weight specifies the proportion of requests forwarded to the referenced + backend. This is computed as weight/(sum of all weights in this + BackendRefs list). For non-zero values, there may be some epsilon from + the exact proportion defined here depending on the precision an + implementation supports. Weight is not a percentage and the sum of + weights does not need to equal 100. + + If only one backend is specified and it has a weight greater than 0, 100% + of the traffic is forwarded to that backend. If weight is set to 0, no + traffic should be forwarded for this entry. If unspecified, weight + defaults to 1. + + Support for this field varies based on the context where used. + format: int32 + maximum: 1000000 + minimum: 0 + type: integer + required: + - name + type: object + x-kubernetes-validations: + - message: Must have port for Service reference + rule: '(size(self.group) == 0 && self.kind + == ''Service'') ? has(self.port) : true' + initialMetadata: + description: |- + Additional metadata to include in streams initiated to the GrpcService. + This can be used for scenarios in which additional ad hoc authorization headers (e.g. x-foo-bar: baz-key) are to be injected + items: + description: |- + Header name/value pair. + Ref: https://www.envoyproxy.io/docs/envoy/latest/api-v3/config/core/v3/base.proto#envoy-v3-api-msg-config-core-v3-headervalue + properties: + key: + description: Header name. + type: string + value: + description: Header value. + type: string + required: + - key + type: object + type: array + logName: + description: name of log stream + type: string + maxReceiveMessageLength: + description: |- + Maximum gRPC message size that is allowed to be received. If a message over this limit is received, the gRPC stream is terminated with the RESOURCE_EXHAUSTED error. + Defaults to 0, which means unlimited. + format: int32 + minimum: 1 + type: integer + retryPolicy: + description: |- + Indicates the retry policy for re-establishing the gRPC stream. + If max interval is not provided, it will be set to ten times the provided base interval + properties: + numRetries: + description: Specifies the allowed number + of retries. Defaults to 1. + format: int32 + minimum: 1 + type: integer + retryBackOff: + description: |- + Specifies parameters that control retry backoff strategy. + the default base interval is 1000 milliseconds and the default maximum interval is 10 times the base interval. + properties: + baseInterval: + description: The base interval to be + used for the next back off computation. + It should be greater than zero and + less than or equal to max_interval. + type: string + x-kubernetes-validations: + - message: invalid duration value + rule: matches(self, '^([0-9]{1,5}(h|m|s|ms)){1,4}$') + maxInterval: + description: Specifies the maximum interval + between retries. This parameter is + optional, but must be greater than + or equal to the base_interval if set. + The default is 10 times the base_interval. + type: string + x-kubernetes-validations: + - message: invalid duration value + rule: matches(self, '^([0-9]{1,5}(h|m|s|ms)){1,4}$') + required: + - baseInterval + type: object + type: object + skipEnvoyHeaders: + description: This provides gRPC client level + control over envoy generated headers. If false, + the header will be sent but it can be overridden + by per stream option. If true, the header + will be removed and can not be overridden + by per stream option. Default to false. + type: boolean + timeout: + description: The timeout for the gRPC request. + This is the timeout for a specific request + type: string + x-kubernetes-validations: + - message: invalid duration value + rule: matches(self, '^([0-9]{1,5}(h|m|s|ms)){1,4}$') + required: + - backendRef + - logName + type: object + resourceAttributes: + description: |- + Additional resource attributes that describe the resource. + If the `service.name` resource attribute is not specified, it adds it with the default value + of the envoy cluster name, ie: `.` + properties: + values: + description: A collection of key/value pairs + of key-value pairs. + items: + description: KeyValue is a key-value pair + that is used to store Span attributes, Link + attributes, etc. + properties: + key: + description: Attribute keys must be unique + type: string + value: + description: Value may contain a primitive + value such as a string or integer or + it may contain an arbitrary nested object + containing arrays, key-value lists and + primitives. + maxProperties: 1 + minProperties: 1 + properties: + arrayValue: + items: + type: object + x-kubernetes-preserve-unknown-fields: true + type: array + kvListValue: + type: object + x-kubernetes-preserve-unknown-fields: true + stringValue: + type: string + type: object + required: + - key + - value + type: object + type: array + type: object + required: + - grpcService + type: object + type: object + maxItems: 16 + type: array + defaultHostForHttp10: + description: |- + DefaultHostForHttp10 specifies a default host for HTTP/1.0 requests. This is highly suggested if acceptHttp10 is true and a no-op if acceptHttp10 is false. + See here for more information: https://www.envoyproxy.io/docs/envoy/latest/api-v3/config/core/v3/protocol.proto#config-core-v3-http1protocoloptions + minLength: 1 + type: string + earlyRequestHeaderModifier: + description: |- + EarlyRequestHeaderModifier defines header modifications to be applied early in the request processing, + before route selection. + For example, if you use ExternalAuthz to add a header, you may want to remove it here, to make + sure it did not come from the client. + properties: + add: + description: |- + Add adds the given header(s) (name, value) to the request + before the action. It appends to any existing values associated + with the header name. + + Input: + GET /foo HTTP/1.1 + my-header: foo + + Config: + add: + - name: "my-header" + value: "bar,baz" + + Output: + GET /foo HTTP/1.1 + my-header: foo,bar,baz + items: + description: HTTPHeader represents an HTTP Header name + and value as defined by RFC 7230. + properties: + name: + description: |- + Name is the name of the HTTP Header to be matched. Name matching MUST be + case-insensitive. (See https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc7230#section-3.2). + + If multiple entries specify equivalent header names, the first entry with + an equivalent name MUST be considered for a match. Subsequent entries + with an equivalent header name MUST be ignored. Due to the + case-insensitivity of header names, "foo" and "Foo" are considered + equivalent. + maxLength: 256 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[A-Za-z0-9!#$%&'*+\-.^_\x60|~]+$ + type: string + value: + description: Value is the value of HTTP Header to + be matched. + maxLength: 4096 + minLength: 1 + type: string + required: + - name + - value + type: object + maxItems: 16 + type: array + x-kubernetes-list-map-keys: + - name + x-kubernetes-list-type: map + remove: + description: |- + Remove the given header(s) from the HTTP request before the action. The + value of Remove is a list of HTTP header names. Note that the header + names are case-insensitive (see + https://datatracker.ietf.org/doc/html/rfc2616#section-4.2). + + Input: + GET /foo HTTP/1.1 + my-header1: foo + my-header2: bar + my-header3: baz + + Config: + remove: ["my-header1", "my-header3"] + + Output: + GET /foo HTTP/1.1 + my-header2: bar + items: + type: string + maxItems: 16 + type: array + x-kubernetes-list-type: set + set: + description: |- + Set overwrites the request with the given header (name, value) + before the action. + + Input: + GET /foo HTTP/1.1 + my-header: foo + + Config: + set: + - name: "my-header" + value: "bar" + + Output: + GET /foo HTTP/1.1 + my-header: bar + items: + description: HTTPHeader represents an HTTP Header name + and value as defined by RFC 7230. + properties: + name: + description: |- + Name is the name of the HTTP Header to be matched. Name matching MUST be + case-insensitive. (See https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc7230#section-3.2). + + If multiple entries specify equivalent header names, the first entry with + an equivalent name MUST be considered for a match. Subsequent entries + with an equivalent header name MUST be ignored. Due to the + case-insensitivity of header names, "foo" and "Foo" are considered + equivalent. + maxLength: 256 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[A-Za-z0-9!#$%&'*+\-.^_\x60|~]+$ + type: string + value: + description: Value is the value of HTTP Header to + be matched. + maxLength: 4096 + minLength: 1 + type: string + required: + - name + - value + type: object + maxItems: 16 + type: array + x-kubernetes-list-map-keys: + - name + x-kubernetes-list-type: map + type: object + generateRequestId: + description: |- + GenerateRequestId: Whether the connection manager will generate the x-request-id header if it does not exist. + This defaults to true. Generating a random UUID4 is expensive so in high throughput scenarios where this feature is not desired it can be disabled. + See here for more information https://www.envoyproxy.io/docs/envoy/latest/api-v3/extensions/filters/network/http_connection_manager/v3/http_connection_manager.proto#envoy-v3-api-field-extensions-filters-network-http-connection-manager-v3-httpconnectionmanager-generate-request-id + type: boolean + healthCheck: + description: HealthCheck configures [Envoy health checks](https://www.envoyproxy.io/docs/envoy/latest/api-v3/extensions/filters/http/health_check/v3/health_check.proto) + properties: + path: + description: Path defines the exact path that will be + matched for health check requests. + maxLength: 2048 + pattern: ^/[-a-zA-Z0-9@:%.+~#?&/=_]+$ + type: string + required: + - path + type: object + idleTimeout: + description: |- + IdleTimeout is the idle timeout for connnections. + See here for more information: https://www.envoyproxy.io/docs/envoy/latest/api-v3/config/core/v3/protocol.proto#envoy-v3-api-msg-config-core-v3-httpprotocoloptions + type: string + x-kubernetes-validations: + - message: invalid duration value + rule: matches(self, '^([0-9]{1,5}(h|m|s|ms)){1,4}$') + maxRequestHeadersKb: + description: |- + MaxRequestHeadersKb sets the maximum size of request headers that Envoy will accept. + If unset, the Envoy default is 60 KiB. + See here for more information: https://www.envoyproxy.io/docs/envoy/latest/api-v3/extensions/filters/network/http_connection_manager/v3/http_connection_manager.proto#envoy-v3-api-field-extensions-filters-network-http-connection-manager-v3-httpconnectionmanager-max-request-headers-kb + format: int32 + maximum: 8192 + minimum: 1 + type: integer + preserveExternalRequestId: + description: |- + PreserveExternalRequestId determines whether the connection manager will keep the x-request-id header if passed for + a request that is edge (Edge request is the request from external clients to front Envoy) and not reset it, which is the current Envoy behaviour. This defaults to false. + See here for more information https://www.envoyproxy.io/docs/envoy/latest/api-v3/extensions/filters/network/http_connection_manager/v3/http_connection_manager.proto#envoy-v3-api-field-extensions-filters-network-http-connection-manager-v3-httpconnectionmanager-preserve-external-request-id + type: boolean + preserveHttp1HeaderCase: + description: |- + PreserveHttp1HeaderCase determines whether to preserve the case of HTTP1 request headers. + See here for more information: https://www.envoyproxy.io/docs/envoy/latest/configuration/http/http_conn_man/header_casing + type: boolean + serverHeaderTransformation: + description: |- + ServerHeaderTransformation determines how the server header is transformed. + See here for more information: https://www.envoyproxy.io/docs/envoy/latest/api-v3/extensions/filters/network/http_connection_manager/v3/http_connection_manager.proto#envoy-v3-api-field-extensions-filters-network-http-connection-manager-v3-httpconnectionmanager-server-header-transformation + enum: + - Overwrite + - AppendIfAbsent + - PassThrough + type: string + streamIdleTimeout: + description: |- + StreamIdleTimeout is the idle timeout for HTTP streams. + See here for more information: https://www.envoyproxy.io/docs/envoy/latest/api-v3/extensions/filters/network/http_connection_manager/v3/http_connection_manager.proto#envoy-v3-api-field-extensions-filters-network-http-connection-manager-v3-httpconnectionmanager-stream-idle-timeout + type: string + x-kubernetes-validations: + - message: invalid duration value + rule: matches(self, '^([0-9]{1,5}(h|m|s|ms)){1,4}$') + tracing: + description: |- + Tracing contains various settings for Envoy's OpenTelemetry tracer. + See here for more information: https://www.envoyproxy.io/docs/envoy/latest/api-v3/config/trace/v3/opentelemetry.proto.html + properties: + attributes: + description: A list of attributes with a unique name to + create attributes for the active span. + items: + description: |- + Describes attributes for the active span. + Ref: https://www.envoyproxy.io/docs/envoy/latest/api-v3/type/tracing/v3/custom_tag.proto#envoy-v3-api-msg-type-tracing-v3-customtag + maxProperties: 2 + minProperties: 1 + properties: + environment: + description: An environment attribute value. + properties: + defaultValue: + description: |- + When the environment variable is not found, the attribute value will be populated with this default value if specified, + otherwise no attribute will be populated. + type: string + name: + description: Environment variable name to obtain + the value to populate the attribute value. + type: string + required: + - name + type: object + literal: + description: A literal attribute value. + properties: + value: + description: Static literal value to populate + the attribute value. + type: string + required: + - value + type: object + metadata: + description: An attribute to obtain the value from + the metadata. + properties: + defaultValue: + description: When no valid metadata is found, + the attribute value would be populated with + this default value if specified, otherwise + no attribute would be populated. + type: string + kind: + description: Specify what kind of metadata to + obtain attribute value from + enum: + - Request + - Route + - Cluster + - Host + type: string + metadataKey: + description: Metadata key to define the path + to retrieve the attribute value. + properties: + key: + description: The key name of the Metadata + from which to retrieve the Struct + type: string + path: + description: |- + The path used to retrieve a specific Value from the Struct. This can be either a prefix or a full path, + depending on the use case + items: + description: Specifies a segment in a + path for retrieving values from Metadata. + properties: + key: + description: The key used to retrieve + the value in the struct + type: string + required: + - key + type: object + type: array + required: + - key + - path + type: object + required: + - kind + - metadataKey + type: object + name: + description: The name of the attribute + type: string + requestHeader: + description: A request header attribute value. + properties: + defaultValue: + description: |- + When the header does not exist, the attribute value will be populated with this default value if specified, + otherwise no attribute will be populated. + type: string + name: + description: Header name to obtain the value + to populate the attribute value. + type: string + required: + - name + type: object + required: + - name + type: object + type: array + clientSampling: + description: Target percentage of requests managed by + this HTTP connection manager that will be force traced + if the x-client-trace-id header is set. Defaults to + 100% + format: int32 + maximum: 100 + minimum: 0 + type: integer + maxPathTagLength: + description: 'Maximum length of the request path to extract + and include in the HttpUrl tag. Used to truncate lengthy + request paths to meet the needs of a tracing backend. + Default: 256' + format: int32 + minimum: 1 + type: integer + overallSampling: + description: Target percentage of requests managed by + this HTTP connection manager that will be traced after + all other sampling checks have been applied (client-directed, + force tracing, random sampling). Defaults to 100% + format: int32 + maximum: 100 + minimum: 0 + type: integer + provider: + description: Provider defines the upstream to which envoy + sends traces + maxProperties: 1 + minProperties: 1 + properties: + openTelemetry: + description: Tracing contains various settings for + Envoy's OTel tracer. + properties: + grpcService: + description: Send traces to the gRPC service + properties: + authority: + description: |- + The :authority header in the grpc request. If this field is not set, the authority header value will be cluster_name. + Note that this authority does not override the SNI. The SNI is provided by the transport socket of the cluster. + type: string + backendRef: + description: The backend gRPC service. Can + be any type of supported backend (Kubernetes + Service, kgateway Backend, etc..) + properties: + group: + default: "" + description: |- + Group is the group of the referent. For example, "gateway.networking.k8s.io". + When unspecified or empty string, core API group is inferred. + maxLength: 253 + pattern: ^$|^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$ + type: string + kind: + default: Service + description: |- + Kind is the Kubernetes resource kind of the referent. For example + "Service". + + Defaults to "Service" when not specified. + + ExternalName services can refer to CNAME DNS records that may live + outside of the cluster and as such are difficult to reason about in + terms of conformance. They also may not be safe to forward to (see + CVE-2021-25740 for more information). Implementations SHOULD NOT + support ExternalName Services. + + Support: Core (Services with a type other than ExternalName) + + Support: Implementation-specific (Services with type ExternalName) + maxLength: 63 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[a-zA-Z]([-a-zA-Z0-9]*[a-zA-Z0-9])?$ + type: string + name: + description: Name is the name of the referent. + maxLength: 253 + minLength: 1 + type: string + namespace: + description: |- + Namespace is the namespace of the backend. When unspecified, the local + namespace is inferred. + + Note that when a namespace different than the local namespace is specified, + a ReferenceGrant object is required in the referent namespace to allow that + namespace's owner to accept the reference. See the ReferenceGrant + documentation for details. + + Support: Core + maxLength: 63 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?$ + type: string + port: + description: |- + Port specifies the destination port number to use for this resource. + Port is required when the referent is a Kubernetes Service. In this + case, the port number is the service port number, not the target port. + For other resources, destination port might be derived from the referent + resource or this field. + format: int32 + maximum: 65535 + minimum: 1 + type: integer + weight: + default: 1 + description: |- + Weight specifies the proportion of requests forwarded to the referenced + backend. This is computed as weight/(sum of all weights in this + BackendRefs list). For non-zero values, there may be some epsilon from + the exact proportion defined here depending on the precision an + implementation supports. Weight is not a percentage and the sum of + weights does not need to equal 100. + + If only one backend is specified and it has a weight greater than 0, 100% + of the traffic is forwarded to that backend. If weight is set to 0, no + traffic should be forwarded for this entry. If unspecified, weight + defaults to 1. + + Support for this field varies based on the context where used. + format: int32 + maximum: 1000000 + minimum: 0 + type: integer + required: + - name + type: object + x-kubernetes-validations: + - message: Must have port for Service reference + rule: '(size(self.group) == 0 && self.kind + == ''Service'') ? has(self.port) : true' + initialMetadata: + description: |- + Additional metadata to include in streams initiated to the GrpcService. + This can be used for scenarios in which additional ad hoc authorization headers (e.g. x-foo-bar: baz-key) are to be injected + items: + description: |- + Header name/value pair. + Ref: https://www.envoyproxy.io/docs/envoy/latest/api-v3/config/core/v3/base.proto#envoy-v3-api-msg-config-core-v3-headervalue + properties: + key: + description: Header name. + type: string + value: + description: Header value. + type: string + required: + - key + type: object + type: array + maxReceiveMessageLength: + description: |- + Maximum gRPC message size that is allowed to be received. If a message over this limit is received, the gRPC stream is terminated with the RESOURCE_EXHAUSTED error. + Defaults to 0, which means unlimited. + format: int32 + minimum: 1 + type: integer + retryPolicy: + description: |- + Indicates the retry policy for re-establishing the gRPC stream. + If max interval is not provided, it will be set to ten times the provided base interval + properties: + numRetries: + description: Specifies the allowed number + of retries. Defaults to 1. + format: int32 + minimum: 1 + type: integer + retryBackOff: + description: |- + Specifies parameters that control retry backoff strategy. + the default base interval is 1000 milliseconds and the default maximum interval is 10 times the base interval. + properties: + baseInterval: + description: The base interval to + be used for the next back off computation. + It should be greater than zero and + less than or equal to max_interval. + type: string + x-kubernetes-validations: + - message: invalid duration value + rule: matches(self, '^([0-9]{1,5}(h|m|s|ms)){1,4}$') + maxInterval: + description: Specifies the maximum + interval between retries. This parameter + is optional, but must be greater + than or equal to the base_interval + if set. The default is 10 times + the base_interval. + type: string + x-kubernetes-validations: + - message: invalid duration value + rule: matches(self, '^([0-9]{1,5}(h|m|s|ms)){1,4}$') + required: + - baseInterval + type: object + type: object + skipEnvoyHeaders: + description: This provides gRPC client level + control over envoy generated headers. If + false, the header will be sent but it can + be overridden by per stream option. If true, + the header will be removed and can not be + overridden by per stream option. Default + to false. + type: boolean + timeout: + description: The timeout for the gRPC request. + This is the timeout for a specific request + type: string + x-kubernetes-validations: + - message: invalid duration value + rule: matches(self, '^([0-9]{1,5}(h|m|s|ms)){1,4}$') + required: + - backendRef + type: object + resourceDetectors: + description: An ordered list of resource detectors. + Currently supported values are `EnvironmentResourceDetector` + items: + description: ResourceDetector defines the list + of supported ResourceDetectors + maxProperties: 1 + minProperties: 1 + properties: + environmentResourceDetector: + description: EnvironmentResourceDetectorConfig + specified the EnvironmentResourceDetector + type: object + type: object + type: array + sampler: + description: |- + Specifies the sampler to be used by the OpenTelemetry tracer. This field can be left empty. In this case, the default Envoy sampling decision is used. + Currently supported values are `AlwaysOn` + maxProperties: 1 + minProperties: 1 + properties: + alwaysOnConfig: + description: AlwaysOnConfig specified the + AlwaysOn samplerc + type: object + type: object + serviceName: + description: |- + The name for the service. This will be populated in the ResourceSpan Resource attributes + Defaults to the envoy cluster name. Ie: `.` + type: string + required: + - grpcService + type: object + type: object + randomSampling: + description: Target percentage of requests managed by + this HTTP connection manager that will be randomly selected + for trace generation, if not requested by the client + or not forced. Defaults to 100% + format: int32 + maximum: 100 + minimum: 0 + type: integer + spawnUpstreamSpan: + description: |- + Create separate tracing span for each upstream request if true. Defaults to false + Link to envoy docs for more info + type: boolean + verbose: + description: Whether to annotate spans with additional + data. If true, spans will include logs for stream events. + Defaults to false + type: boolean + required: + - provider + type: object + upgradeConfig: + description: |- + UpgradeConfig contains configuration for HTTP upgrades like WebSocket. + See here for more information: https://www.envoyproxy.io/docs/envoy/v1.34.1/intro/arch_overview/http/upgrades.html + properties: + enabledUpgrades: + description: List of upgrade types to enable (e.g. "websocket", + "CONNECT", etc.) + items: + type: string + minItems: 1 + type: array + type: object + useRemoteAddress: + description: |- + UseRemoteAddress determines whether to use the remote address for the original client. + Note: If this field is omitted, it will fallback to the default value of 'true', which we set for all Envoy HCMs. + Thus, setting this explicitly to true is unnecessary (but will not cause any harm). + When true, Envoy will use the remote address of the connection as the client address. + When false, Envoy will use the X-Forwarded-For header to determine the client address. + See here for more information: https://www.envoyproxy.io/docs/envoy/latest/api-v3/extensions/filters/network/http_connection_manager/v3/http_connection_manager.proto#envoy-v3-api-field-extensions-filters-network-http-connection-manager-v3-httpconnectionmanager-use-remote-address + type: boolean + xffNumTrustedHops: + description: |- + XffNumTrustedHops is the number of additional ingress proxy hops from the right side of the X-Forwarded-For HTTP header to trust when determining the origin client's IP address. + See here for more information: https://www.envoyproxy.io/docs/envoy/latest/api-v3/extensions/filters/network/http_connection_manager/v3/http_connection_manager.proto#envoy-v3-api-field-extensions-filters-network-http-connection-manager-v3-httpconnectionmanager-xff-num-trusted-hops + format: int32 + minimum: 0 + type: integer + type: object + perConnectionBufferLimitBytes: + description: |- + PerConnectionBufferLimitBytes sets the per-connection buffer limit for all listeners on the gateway. + This controls the maximum size of read and write buffers for new connections. + When using Envoy as an edge proxy, configuring the listener buffer limit is important to guard against + potential attacks or misconfigured downstreams that could hog the proxy's resources. + If unspecified, an implementation-defined default is applied (1MiB). + See here for more information: https://www.envoyproxy.io/docs/envoy/latest/api-v3/config/listener/v3/listener.proto#envoy-v3-api-field-config-listener-v3-listener-per-connection-buffer-limit-bytes + format: int32 + minimum: 0 + type: integer + proxyProtocol: + description: |- + ProxyProtocol configures the PROXY protocol listener filter. + When set, Envoy will expect connections to include the PROXY protocol header. + This is commonly used when kgateway is behind a load balancer that preserves client IP information. + See here for more information: https://www.envoyproxy.io/docs/envoy/latest/api-v3/extensions/filters/listener/proxy_protocol/v3/proxy_protocol.proto + type: object + type: object + perPort: + description: |- + Per port configuration allows overriding the listener config per port. Once set, this + configuration completely replaces the default configuration for all listeners handling traffic + that match this port. Unspecified fields in per-port configuration will not inherit values from default. + items: + properties: + listener: + description: |- + Listener stores the configuration that will be applied to all Listeners handling + matching the given port. + properties: + httpSettings: + description: |- + HTTPListenerPolicy is intended to be used for configuring the Envoy `HttpConnectionManager` and any other config or policy + that should map 1-to-1 with a given HTTP listener, such as the Envoy health check HTTP filter. + properties: + acceptHttp10: + description: |- + AcceptHTTP10 determines whether to accept incoming HTTP/1.0 and HTTP 0.9 requests. + See here for more information: https://www.envoyproxy.io/docs/envoy/latest/api-v3/config/core/v3/protocol.proto#config-core-v3-http1protocoloptions + type: boolean + accessLog: + description: |- + AccessLoggingConfig contains various settings for Envoy's access logging service. + See here for more information: https://www.envoyproxy.io/docs/envoy/v1.33.0/api-v3/config/accesslog/v3/accesslog.proto + items: + description: AccessLog represents the top-level access + log configuration. + properties: + fileSink: + description: Output access logs to local file + properties: + jsonFormat: + description: |- + the format object by which to envoy will emit the logs in a structured way. + https://www.envoyproxy.io/docs/envoy/v1.33.0/configuration/observability/access_log/usage#format-dictionaries + type: object + x-kubernetes-preserve-unknown-fields: true + path: + description: the file path to which the file + access logging service will sink + type: string + stringFormat: + description: |- + the format string by which envoy will format the log lines + https://www.envoyproxy.io/docs/envoy/v1.33.0/configuration/observability/access_log/usage#format-strings + type: string + required: + - path + type: object + x-kubernetes-validations: + - message: exactly one of the fields in [stringFormat + jsonFormat] must be set + rule: '[has(self.stringFormat),has(self.jsonFormat)].filter(x,x==true).size() + == 1' + filter: + allOf: + - maxProperties: 1 + minProperties: 1 + - maxProperties: 1 + minProperties: 1 + description: Filter access logs configuration + properties: + andFilter: + description: |- + Performs a logical "and" operation on the result of each individual filter. + Based on: https://www.envoyproxy.io/docs/envoy/v1.33.0/api-v3/config/accesslog/v3/accesslog.proto#config-accesslog-v3-andfilter + items: + description: |- + FilterType represents the type of filter to apply (only one of these should be set). + Based on: https://www.envoyproxy.io/docs/envoy/v1.33.0/api-v3/config/accesslog/v3/accesslog.proto#envoy-v3-api-msg-config-accesslog-v3-accesslogfilter + maxProperties: 1 + minProperties: 1 + properties: + celFilter: + description: CELFilter filters requests + based on Common Expression Language + (CEL). + properties: + match: + description: |- + The CEL expressions to evaluate. AccessLogs are only emitted when the CEL expressions evaluates to true. + see: https://www.envoyproxy.io/docs/envoy/v1.33.0/xds/type/v3/cel.proto.html#common-expression-language-cel-proto + type: string + required: + - match + type: object + durationFilter: + description: |- + DurationFilter filters based on request duration. + Based on: https://www.envoyproxy.io/docs/envoy/v1.33.0/api-v3/config/accesslog/v3/accesslog.proto#config-accesslog-v3-durationfilter + properties: + op: + description: Op represents comparison + operators. + enum: + - EQ + - GE + - LE + type: string + value: + description: Value to compare against. + format: int32 + maximum: 4294967295 + minimum: 0 + type: integer + required: + - op + - value + type: object + grpcStatusFilter: + description: |- + GrpcStatusFilter filters gRPC requests based on their response status. + Based on: https://www.envoyproxy.io/docs/envoy/v1.33.0/api-v3/config/accesslog/v3/accesslog.proto#enum-config-accesslog-v3-grpcstatusfilter-status + properties: + exclude: + type: boolean + statuses: + items: + description: GrpcStatus represents + possible gRPC statuses. + enum: + - OK + - CANCELED + - UNKNOWN + - INVALID_ARGUMENT + - DEADLINE_EXCEEDED + - NOT_FOUND + - ALREADY_EXISTS + - PERMISSION_DENIED + - RESOURCE_EXHAUSTED + - FAILED_PRECONDITION + - ABORTED + - OUT_OF_RANGE + - UNIMPLEMENTED + - INTERNAL + - UNAVAILABLE + - DATA_LOSS + - UNAUTHENTICATED + type: string + minItems: 1 + type: array + type: object + headerFilter: + description: |- + HeaderFilter filters requests based on headers. + Based on: https://www.envoyproxy.io/docs/envoy/v1.33.0/api-v3/config/accesslog/v3/accesslog.proto#config-accesslog-v3-headerfilter + properties: + header: + description: |- + HTTPHeaderMatch describes how to select a HTTP route by matching HTTP request + headers. + properties: + name: + description: |- + Name is the name of the HTTP Header to be matched. Name matching MUST be + case-insensitive. (See https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc7230#section-3.2). + + If multiple entries specify equivalent header names, only the first + entry with an equivalent name MUST be considered for a match. Subsequent + entries with an equivalent header name MUST be ignored. Due to the + case-insensitivity of header names, "foo" and "Foo" are considered + equivalent. + + When a header is repeated in an HTTP request, it is + implementation-specific behavior as to how this is represented. + Generally, proxies should follow the guidance from the RFC: + https://www.rfc-editor.org/rfc/rfc7230.html#section-3.2.2 regarding + processing a repeated header, with special handling for "Set-Cookie". + maxLength: 256 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[A-Za-z0-9!#$%&'*+\-.^_\x60|~]+$ + type: string + type: + default: Exact + description: |- + Type specifies how to match against the value of the header. + + Support: Core (Exact) + + Support: Implementation-specific (RegularExpression) + + Since RegularExpression HeaderMatchType has implementation-specific + conformance, implementations can support POSIX, PCRE or any other dialects + of regular expressions. Please read the implementation's documentation to + determine the supported dialect. + enum: + - Exact + - RegularExpression + type: string + value: + description: Value is the value + of HTTP Header to be matched. + maxLength: 4096 + minLength: 1 + type: string + required: + - name + - value + type: object + required: + - header + type: object + notHealthCheckFilter: + description: |- + Filters for requests that are not health check requests. + Based on: https://www.envoyproxy.io/docs/envoy/v1.33.0/api-v3/config/accesslog/v3/accesslog.proto#config-accesslog-v3-nothealthcheckfilter + type: boolean + responseFlagFilter: + description: |- + ResponseFlagFilter filters based on response flags. + Based on: https://www.envoyproxy.io/docs/envoy/v1.33.0/api-v3/config/accesslog/v3/accesslog.proto#config-accesslog-v3-responseflagfilter + properties: + flags: + items: + type: string + minItems: 1 + type: array + required: + - flags + type: object + statusCodeFilter: + description: |- + StatusCodeFilter filters based on HTTP status code. + Based on: https://www.envoyproxy.io/docs/envoy/v1.33.0/api-v3/config/accesslog/v3/accesslog.proto#envoy-v3-api-msg-config-accesslog-v3-statuscodefilter + properties: + op: + description: Op represents comparison + operators. + enum: + - EQ + - GE + - LE + type: string + value: + description: Value to compare against. + format: int32 + maximum: 4294967295 + minimum: 0 + type: integer + required: + - op + - value + type: object + traceableFilter: + description: |- + Filters for requests that are traceable. + Based on: https://www.envoyproxy.io/docs/envoy/v1.33.0/api-v3/config/accesslog/v3/accesslog.proto#config-accesslog-v3-traceablefilter + type: boolean + type: object + minItems: 2 + type: array + celFilter: + description: CELFilter filters requests based + on Common Expression Language (CEL). + properties: + match: + description: |- + The CEL expressions to evaluate. AccessLogs are only emitted when the CEL expressions evaluates to true. + see: https://www.envoyproxy.io/docs/envoy/v1.33.0/xds/type/v3/cel.proto.html#common-expression-language-cel-proto + type: string + required: + - match + type: object + durationFilter: + description: |- + DurationFilter filters based on request duration. + Based on: https://www.envoyproxy.io/docs/envoy/v1.33.0/api-v3/config/accesslog/v3/accesslog.proto#config-accesslog-v3-durationfilter + properties: + op: + description: Op represents comparison + operators. + enum: + - EQ + - GE + - LE + type: string + value: + description: Value to compare against. + format: int32 + maximum: 4294967295 + minimum: 0 + type: integer + required: + - op + - value + type: object + grpcStatusFilter: + description: |- + GrpcStatusFilter filters gRPC requests based on their response status. + Based on: https://www.envoyproxy.io/docs/envoy/v1.33.0/api-v3/config/accesslog/v3/accesslog.proto#enum-config-accesslog-v3-grpcstatusfilter-status + properties: + exclude: + type: boolean + statuses: + items: + description: GrpcStatus represents possible + gRPC statuses. + enum: + - OK + - CANCELED + - UNKNOWN + - INVALID_ARGUMENT + - DEADLINE_EXCEEDED + - NOT_FOUND + - ALREADY_EXISTS + - PERMISSION_DENIED + - RESOURCE_EXHAUSTED + - FAILED_PRECONDITION + - ABORTED + - OUT_OF_RANGE + - UNIMPLEMENTED + - INTERNAL + - UNAVAILABLE + - DATA_LOSS + - UNAUTHENTICATED + type: string + minItems: 1 + type: array + type: object + headerFilter: + description: |- + HeaderFilter filters requests based on headers. + Based on: https://www.envoyproxy.io/docs/envoy/v1.33.0/api-v3/config/accesslog/v3/accesslog.proto#config-accesslog-v3-headerfilter + properties: + header: + description: |- + HTTPHeaderMatch describes how to select a HTTP route by matching HTTP request + headers. + properties: + name: + description: |- + Name is the name of the HTTP Header to be matched. Name matching MUST be + case-insensitive. (See https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc7230#section-3.2). + + If multiple entries specify equivalent header names, only the first + entry with an equivalent name MUST be considered for a match. Subsequent + entries with an equivalent header name MUST be ignored. Due to the + case-insensitivity of header names, "foo" and "Foo" are considered + equivalent. + + When a header is repeated in an HTTP request, it is + implementation-specific behavior as to how this is represented. + Generally, proxies should follow the guidance from the RFC: + https://www.rfc-editor.org/rfc/rfc7230.html#section-3.2.2 regarding + processing a repeated header, with special handling for "Set-Cookie". + maxLength: 256 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[A-Za-z0-9!#$%&'*+\-.^_\x60|~]+$ + type: string + type: + default: Exact + description: |- + Type specifies how to match against the value of the header. + + Support: Core (Exact) + + Support: Implementation-specific (RegularExpression) + + Since RegularExpression HeaderMatchType has implementation-specific + conformance, implementations can support POSIX, PCRE or any other dialects + of regular expressions. Please read the implementation's documentation to + determine the supported dialect. + enum: + - Exact + - RegularExpression + type: string + value: + description: Value is the value of + HTTP Header to be matched. + maxLength: 4096 + minLength: 1 + type: string + required: + - name + - value + type: object + required: + - header + type: object + notHealthCheckFilter: + description: |- + Filters for requests that are not health check requests. + Based on: https://www.envoyproxy.io/docs/envoy/v1.33.0/api-v3/config/accesslog/v3/accesslog.proto#config-accesslog-v3-nothealthcheckfilter + type: boolean + orFilter: + description: |- + Performs a logical "or" operation on the result of each individual filter. + Based on: https://www.envoyproxy.io/docs/envoy/v1.33.0/api-v3/config/accesslog/v3/accesslog.proto#config-accesslog-v3-orfilter + items: + description: |- + FilterType represents the type of filter to apply (only one of these should be set). + Based on: https://www.envoyproxy.io/docs/envoy/v1.33.0/api-v3/config/accesslog/v3/accesslog.proto#envoy-v3-api-msg-config-accesslog-v3-accesslogfilter + maxProperties: 1 + minProperties: 1 + properties: + celFilter: + description: CELFilter filters requests + based on Common Expression Language + (CEL). + properties: + match: + description: |- + The CEL expressions to evaluate. AccessLogs are only emitted when the CEL expressions evaluates to true. + see: https://www.envoyproxy.io/docs/envoy/v1.33.0/xds/type/v3/cel.proto.html#common-expression-language-cel-proto + type: string + required: + - match + type: object + durationFilter: + description: |- + DurationFilter filters based on request duration. + Based on: https://www.envoyproxy.io/docs/envoy/v1.33.0/api-v3/config/accesslog/v3/accesslog.proto#config-accesslog-v3-durationfilter + properties: + op: + description: Op represents comparison + operators. + enum: + - EQ + - GE + - LE + type: string + value: + description: Value to compare against. + format: int32 + maximum: 4294967295 + minimum: 0 + type: integer + required: + - op + - value + type: object + grpcStatusFilter: + description: |- + GrpcStatusFilter filters gRPC requests based on their response status. + Based on: https://www.envoyproxy.io/docs/envoy/v1.33.0/api-v3/config/accesslog/v3/accesslog.proto#enum-config-accesslog-v3-grpcstatusfilter-status + properties: + exclude: + type: boolean + statuses: + items: + description: GrpcStatus represents + possible gRPC statuses. + enum: + - OK + - CANCELED + - UNKNOWN + - INVALID_ARGUMENT + - DEADLINE_EXCEEDED + - NOT_FOUND + - ALREADY_EXISTS + - PERMISSION_DENIED + - RESOURCE_EXHAUSTED + - FAILED_PRECONDITION + - ABORTED + - OUT_OF_RANGE + - UNIMPLEMENTED + - INTERNAL + - UNAVAILABLE + - DATA_LOSS + - UNAUTHENTICATED + type: string + minItems: 1 + type: array + type: object + headerFilter: + description: |- + HeaderFilter filters requests based on headers. + Based on: https://www.envoyproxy.io/docs/envoy/v1.33.0/api-v3/config/accesslog/v3/accesslog.proto#config-accesslog-v3-headerfilter + properties: + header: + description: |- + HTTPHeaderMatch describes how to select a HTTP route by matching HTTP request + headers. + properties: + name: + description: |- + Name is the name of the HTTP Header to be matched. Name matching MUST be + case-insensitive. (See https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc7230#section-3.2). + + If multiple entries specify equivalent header names, only the first + entry with an equivalent name MUST be considered for a match. Subsequent + entries with an equivalent header name MUST be ignored. Due to the + case-insensitivity of header names, "foo" and "Foo" are considered + equivalent. + + When a header is repeated in an HTTP request, it is + implementation-specific behavior as to how this is represented. + Generally, proxies should follow the guidance from the RFC: + https://www.rfc-editor.org/rfc/rfc7230.html#section-3.2.2 regarding + processing a repeated header, with special handling for "Set-Cookie". + maxLength: 256 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[A-Za-z0-9!#$%&'*+\-.^_\x60|~]+$ + type: string + type: + default: Exact + description: |- + Type specifies how to match against the value of the header. + + Support: Core (Exact) + + Support: Implementation-specific (RegularExpression) + + Since RegularExpression HeaderMatchType has implementation-specific + conformance, implementations can support POSIX, PCRE or any other dialects + of regular expressions. Please read the implementation's documentation to + determine the supported dialect. + enum: + - Exact + - RegularExpression + type: string + value: + description: Value is the value + of HTTP Header to be matched. + maxLength: 4096 + minLength: 1 + type: string + required: + - name + - value + type: object + required: + - header + type: object + notHealthCheckFilter: + description: |- + Filters for requests that are not health check requests. + Based on: https://www.envoyproxy.io/docs/envoy/v1.33.0/api-v3/config/accesslog/v3/accesslog.proto#config-accesslog-v3-nothealthcheckfilter + type: boolean + responseFlagFilter: + description: |- + ResponseFlagFilter filters based on response flags. + Based on: https://www.envoyproxy.io/docs/envoy/v1.33.0/api-v3/config/accesslog/v3/accesslog.proto#config-accesslog-v3-responseflagfilter + properties: + flags: + items: + type: string + minItems: 1 + type: array + required: + - flags + type: object + statusCodeFilter: + description: |- + StatusCodeFilter filters based on HTTP status code. + Based on: https://www.envoyproxy.io/docs/envoy/v1.33.0/api-v3/config/accesslog/v3/accesslog.proto#envoy-v3-api-msg-config-accesslog-v3-statuscodefilter + properties: + op: + description: Op represents comparison + operators. + enum: + - EQ + - GE + - LE + type: string + value: + description: Value to compare against. + format: int32 + maximum: 4294967295 + minimum: 0 + type: integer + required: + - op + - value + type: object + traceableFilter: + description: |- + Filters for requests that are traceable. + Based on: https://www.envoyproxy.io/docs/envoy/v1.33.0/api-v3/config/accesslog/v3/accesslog.proto#config-accesslog-v3-traceablefilter + type: boolean + type: object + minItems: 2 + type: array + responseFlagFilter: + description: |- + ResponseFlagFilter filters based on response flags. + Based on: https://www.envoyproxy.io/docs/envoy/v1.33.0/api-v3/config/accesslog/v3/accesslog.proto#config-accesslog-v3-responseflagfilter + properties: + flags: + items: + type: string + minItems: 1 + type: array + required: + - flags + type: object + statusCodeFilter: + description: |- + StatusCodeFilter filters based on HTTP status code. + Based on: https://www.envoyproxy.io/docs/envoy/v1.33.0/api-v3/config/accesslog/v3/accesslog.proto#envoy-v3-api-msg-config-accesslog-v3-statuscodefilter + properties: + op: + description: Op represents comparison + operators. + enum: + - EQ + - GE + - LE + type: string + value: + description: Value to compare against. + format: int32 + maximum: 4294967295 + minimum: 0 + type: integer + required: + - op + - value + type: object + traceableFilter: + description: |- + Filters for requests that are traceable. + Based on: https://www.envoyproxy.io/docs/envoy/v1.33.0/api-v3/config/accesslog/v3/accesslog.proto#config-accesslog-v3-traceablefilter + type: boolean + type: object + grpcService: + description: Send access logs to gRPC service + properties: + additionalRequestHeadersToLog: + description: Additional request headers to + log in the access log + items: + type: string + type: array + additionalResponseHeadersToLog: + description: Additional response headers to + log in the access log + items: + type: string + type: array + additionalResponseTrailersToLog: + description: Additional response trailers + to log in the access log + items: + type: string + type: array + authority: + description: |- + The :authority header in the grpc request. If this field is not set, the authority header value will be cluster_name. + Note that this authority does not override the SNI. The SNI is provided by the transport socket of the cluster. + type: string + backendRef: + description: The backend gRPC service. Can + be any type of supported backend (Kubernetes + Service, kgateway Backend, etc..) + properties: + group: + default: "" + description: |- + Group is the group of the referent. For example, "gateway.networking.k8s.io". + When unspecified or empty string, core API group is inferred. + maxLength: 253 + pattern: ^$|^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$ + type: string + kind: + default: Service + description: |- + Kind is the Kubernetes resource kind of the referent. For example + "Service". + + Defaults to "Service" when not specified. + + ExternalName services can refer to CNAME DNS records that may live + outside of the cluster and as such are difficult to reason about in + terms of conformance. They also may not be safe to forward to (see + CVE-2021-25740 for more information). Implementations SHOULD NOT + support ExternalName Services. + + Support: Core (Services with a type other than ExternalName) + + Support: Implementation-specific (Services with type ExternalName) + maxLength: 63 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[a-zA-Z]([-a-zA-Z0-9]*[a-zA-Z0-9])?$ + type: string + name: + description: Name is the name of the referent. + maxLength: 253 + minLength: 1 + type: string + namespace: + description: |- + Namespace is the namespace of the backend. When unspecified, the local + namespace is inferred. + + Note that when a namespace different than the local namespace is specified, + a ReferenceGrant object is required in the referent namespace to allow that + namespace's owner to accept the reference. See the ReferenceGrant + documentation for details. + + Support: Core + maxLength: 63 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?$ + type: string + port: + description: |- + Port specifies the destination port number to use for this resource. + Port is required when the referent is a Kubernetes Service. In this + case, the port number is the service port number, not the target port. + For other resources, destination port might be derived from the referent + resource or this field. + format: int32 + maximum: 65535 + minimum: 1 + type: integer + weight: + default: 1 + description: |- + Weight specifies the proportion of requests forwarded to the referenced + backend. This is computed as weight/(sum of all weights in this + BackendRefs list). For non-zero values, there may be some epsilon from + the exact proportion defined here depending on the precision an + implementation supports. Weight is not a percentage and the sum of + weights does not need to equal 100. + + If only one backend is specified and it has a weight greater than 0, 100% + of the traffic is forwarded to that backend. If weight is set to 0, no + traffic should be forwarded for this entry. If unspecified, weight + defaults to 1. + + Support for this field varies based on the context where used. + format: int32 + maximum: 1000000 + minimum: 0 + type: integer + required: + - name + type: object + x-kubernetes-validations: + - message: Must have port for Service reference + rule: '(size(self.group) == 0 && self.kind + == ''Service'') ? has(self.port) : true' + initialMetadata: + description: |- + Additional metadata to include in streams initiated to the GrpcService. + This can be used for scenarios in which additional ad hoc authorization headers (e.g. x-foo-bar: baz-key) are to be injected + items: + description: |- + Header name/value pair. + Ref: https://www.envoyproxy.io/docs/envoy/latest/api-v3/config/core/v3/base.proto#envoy-v3-api-msg-config-core-v3-headervalue + properties: + key: + description: Header name. + type: string + value: + description: Header value. + type: string + required: + - key + type: object + type: array + logName: + description: name of log stream + type: string + maxReceiveMessageLength: + description: |- + Maximum gRPC message size that is allowed to be received. If a message over this limit is received, the gRPC stream is terminated with the RESOURCE_EXHAUSTED error. + Defaults to 0, which means unlimited. + format: int32 + minimum: 1 + type: integer + retryPolicy: + description: |- + Indicates the retry policy for re-establishing the gRPC stream. + If max interval is not provided, it will be set to ten times the provided base interval + properties: + numRetries: + description: Specifies the allowed number + of retries. Defaults to 1. + format: int32 + minimum: 1 + type: integer + retryBackOff: + description: |- + Specifies parameters that control retry backoff strategy. + the default base interval is 1000 milliseconds and the default maximum interval is 10 times the base interval. + properties: + baseInterval: + description: The base interval to + be used for the next back off computation. + It should be greater than zero and + less than or equal to max_interval. + type: string + x-kubernetes-validations: + - message: invalid duration value + rule: matches(self, '^([0-9]{1,5}(h|m|s|ms)){1,4}$') + maxInterval: + description: Specifies the maximum + interval between retries. This parameter + is optional, but must be greater + than or equal to the base_interval + if set. The default is 10 times + the base_interval. + type: string + x-kubernetes-validations: + - message: invalid duration value + rule: matches(self, '^([0-9]{1,5}(h|m|s|ms)){1,4}$') + required: + - baseInterval + type: object + type: object + skipEnvoyHeaders: + description: This provides gRPC client level + control over envoy generated headers. If + false, the header will be sent but it can + be overridden by per stream option. If true, + the header will be removed and can not be + overridden by per stream option. Default + to false. + type: boolean + timeout: + description: The timeout for the gRPC request. + This is the timeout for a specific request + type: string + x-kubernetes-validations: + - message: invalid duration value + rule: matches(self, '^([0-9]{1,5}(h|m|s|ms)){1,4}$') + required: + - backendRef + - logName + type: object + openTelemetry: + description: Send access logs to an OTel collector + properties: + attributes: + description: Additional attributes that describe + the specific event occurrence. + properties: + values: + description: A collection of key/value + pairs of key-value pairs. + items: + description: KeyValue is a key-value + pair that is used to store Span attributes, + Link attributes, etc. + properties: + key: + description: Attribute keys must + be unique + type: string + value: + description: Value may contain a + primitive value such as a string + or integer or it may contain an + arbitrary nested object containing + arrays, key-value lists and primitives. + maxProperties: 1 + minProperties: 1 + properties: + arrayValue: + items: + type: object + x-kubernetes-preserve-unknown-fields: true + type: array + kvListValue: + type: object + x-kubernetes-preserve-unknown-fields: true + stringValue: + type: string + type: object + required: + - key + - value + type: object + type: array + type: object + body: + description: OpenTelemetry LogResource fields, + following Envoy access logging formatting. + type: string + disableBuiltinLabels: + description: If specified, Envoy will not + generate built-in resource labels like log_name, + zone_name, cluster_name, node_name. + type: boolean + grpcService: + description: Send access logs to gRPC service + properties: + authority: + description: |- + The :authority header in the grpc request. If this field is not set, the authority header value will be cluster_name. + Note that this authority does not override the SNI. The SNI is provided by the transport socket of the cluster. + type: string + backendRef: + description: The backend gRPC service. + Can be any type of supported backend + (Kubernetes Service, kgateway Backend, + etc..) + properties: + group: + default: "" + description: |- + Group is the group of the referent. For example, "gateway.networking.k8s.io". + When unspecified or empty string, core API group is inferred. + maxLength: 253 + pattern: ^$|^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$ + type: string + kind: + default: Service + description: |- + Kind is the Kubernetes resource kind of the referent. For example + "Service". + + Defaults to "Service" when not specified. + + ExternalName services can refer to CNAME DNS records that may live + outside of the cluster and as such are difficult to reason about in + terms of conformance. They also may not be safe to forward to (see + CVE-2021-25740 for more information). Implementations SHOULD NOT + support ExternalName Services. + + Support: Core (Services with a type other than ExternalName) + + Support: Implementation-specific (Services with type ExternalName) + maxLength: 63 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[a-zA-Z]([-a-zA-Z0-9]*[a-zA-Z0-9])?$ + type: string + name: + description: Name is the name of the + referent. + maxLength: 253 + minLength: 1 + type: string + namespace: + description: |- + Namespace is the namespace of the backend. When unspecified, the local + namespace is inferred. + + Note that when a namespace different than the local namespace is specified, + a ReferenceGrant object is required in the referent namespace to allow that + namespace's owner to accept the reference. See the ReferenceGrant + documentation for details. + + Support: Core + maxLength: 63 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?$ + type: string + port: + description: |- + Port specifies the destination port number to use for this resource. + Port is required when the referent is a Kubernetes Service. In this + case, the port number is the service port number, not the target port. + For other resources, destination port might be derived from the referent + resource or this field. + format: int32 + maximum: 65535 + minimum: 1 + type: integer + weight: + default: 1 + description: |- + Weight specifies the proportion of requests forwarded to the referenced + backend. This is computed as weight/(sum of all weights in this + BackendRefs list). For non-zero values, there may be some epsilon from + the exact proportion defined here depending on the precision an + implementation supports. Weight is not a percentage and the sum of + weights does not need to equal 100. + + If only one backend is specified and it has a weight greater than 0, 100% + of the traffic is forwarded to that backend. If weight is set to 0, no + traffic should be forwarded for this entry. If unspecified, weight + defaults to 1. + + Support for this field varies based on the context where used. + format: int32 + maximum: 1000000 + minimum: 0 + type: integer + required: + - name + type: object + x-kubernetes-validations: + - message: Must have port for Service + reference + rule: '(size(self.group) == 0 && self.kind + == ''Service'') ? has(self.port) : + true' + initialMetadata: + description: |- + Additional metadata to include in streams initiated to the GrpcService. + This can be used for scenarios in which additional ad hoc authorization headers (e.g. x-foo-bar: baz-key) are to be injected + items: + description: |- + Header name/value pair. + Ref: https://www.envoyproxy.io/docs/envoy/latest/api-v3/config/core/v3/base.proto#envoy-v3-api-msg-config-core-v3-headervalue + properties: + key: + description: Header name. + type: string + value: + description: Header value. + type: string + required: + - key + type: object + type: array + logName: + description: name of log stream + type: string + maxReceiveMessageLength: + description: |- + Maximum gRPC message size that is allowed to be received. If a message over this limit is received, the gRPC stream is terminated with the RESOURCE_EXHAUSTED error. + Defaults to 0, which means unlimited. + format: int32 + minimum: 1 + type: integer + retryPolicy: + description: |- + Indicates the retry policy for re-establishing the gRPC stream. + If max interval is not provided, it will be set to ten times the provided base interval + properties: + numRetries: + description: Specifies the allowed + number of retries. Defaults to 1. + format: int32 + minimum: 1 + type: integer + retryBackOff: + description: |- + Specifies parameters that control retry backoff strategy. + the default base interval is 1000 milliseconds and the default maximum interval is 10 times the base interval. + properties: + baseInterval: + description: The base interval + to be used for the next back + off computation. It should be + greater than zero and less than + or equal to max_interval. + type: string + x-kubernetes-validations: + - message: invalid duration value + rule: matches(self, '^([0-9]{1,5}(h|m|s|ms)){1,4}$') + maxInterval: + description: Specifies the maximum + interval between retries. This + parameter is optional, but must + be greater than or equal to + the base_interval if set. The + default is 10 times the base_interval. + type: string + x-kubernetes-validations: + - message: invalid duration value + rule: matches(self, '^([0-9]{1,5}(h|m|s|ms)){1,4}$') + required: + - baseInterval + type: object + type: object + skipEnvoyHeaders: + description: This provides gRPC client + level control over envoy generated headers. + If false, the header will be sent but + it can be overridden by per stream option. + If true, the header will be removed + and can not be overridden by per stream + option. Default to false. + type: boolean + timeout: + description: The timeout for the gRPC + request. This is the timeout for a specific + request + type: string + x-kubernetes-validations: + - message: invalid duration value + rule: matches(self, '^([0-9]{1,5}(h|m|s|ms)){1,4}$') + required: + - backendRef + - logName + type: object + resourceAttributes: + description: |- + Additional resource attributes that describe the resource. + If the `service.name` resource attribute is not specified, it adds it with the default value + of the envoy cluster name, ie: `.` + properties: + values: + description: A collection of key/value + pairs of key-value pairs. + items: + description: KeyValue is a key-value + pair that is used to store Span attributes, + Link attributes, etc. + properties: + key: + description: Attribute keys must + be unique + type: string + value: + description: Value may contain a + primitive value such as a string + or integer or it may contain an + arbitrary nested object containing + arrays, key-value lists and primitives. + maxProperties: 1 + minProperties: 1 + properties: + arrayValue: + items: + type: object + x-kubernetes-preserve-unknown-fields: true + type: array + kvListValue: + type: object + x-kubernetes-preserve-unknown-fields: true + stringValue: + type: string + type: object + required: + - key + - value + type: object + type: array + type: object + required: + - grpcService + type: object + type: object + maxItems: 16 + type: array + defaultHostForHttp10: + description: |- + DefaultHostForHttp10 specifies a default host for HTTP/1.0 requests. This is highly suggested if acceptHttp10 is true and a no-op if acceptHttp10 is false. + See here for more information: https://www.envoyproxy.io/docs/envoy/latest/api-v3/config/core/v3/protocol.proto#config-core-v3-http1protocoloptions + minLength: 1 + type: string + earlyRequestHeaderModifier: + description: |- + EarlyRequestHeaderModifier defines header modifications to be applied early in the request processing, + before route selection. + For example, if you use ExternalAuthz to add a header, you may want to remove it here, to make + sure it did not come from the client. + properties: + add: + description: |- + Add adds the given header(s) (name, value) to the request + before the action. It appends to any existing values associated + with the header name. + + Input: + GET /foo HTTP/1.1 + my-header: foo + + Config: + add: + - name: "my-header" + value: "bar,baz" + + Output: + GET /foo HTTP/1.1 + my-header: foo,bar,baz + items: + description: HTTPHeader represents an HTTP Header + name and value as defined by RFC 7230. + properties: + name: + description: |- + Name is the name of the HTTP Header to be matched. Name matching MUST be + case-insensitive. (See https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc7230#section-3.2). + + If multiple entries specify equivalent header names, the first entry with + an equivalent name MUST be considered for a match. Subsequent entries + with an equivalent header name MUST be ignored. Due to the + case-insensitivity of header names, "foo" and "Foo" are considered + equivalent. + maxLength: 256 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[A-Za-z0-9!#$%&'*+\-.^_\x60|~]+$ + type: string + value: + description: Value is the value of HTTP Header + to be matched. + maxLength: 4096 + minLength: 1 + type: string + required: + - name + - value + type: object + maxItems: 16 + type: array + x-kubernetes-list-map-keys: + - name + x-kubernetes-list-type: map + remove: + description: |- + Remove the given header(s) from the HTTP request before the action. The + value of Remove is a list of HTTP header names. Note that the header + names are case-insensitive (see + https://datatracker.ietf.org/doc/html/rfc2616#section-4.2). + + Input: + GET /foo HTTP/1.1 + my-header1: foo + my-header2: bar + my-header3: baz + + Config: + remove: ["my-header1", "my-header3"] + + Output: + GET /foo HTTP/1.1 + my-header2: bar + items: + type: string + maxItems: 16 + type: array + x-kubernetes-list-type: set + set: + description: |- + Set overwrites the request with the given header (name, value) + before the action. + + Input: + GET /foo HTTP/1.1 + my-header: foo + + Config: + set: + - name: "my-header" + value: "bar" + + Output: + GET /foo HTTP/1.1 + my-header: bar + items: + description: HTTPHeader represents an HTTP Header + name and value as defined by RFC 7230. + properties: + name: + description: |- + Name is the name of the HTTP Header to be matched. Name matching MUST be + case-insensitive. (See https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc7230#section-3.2). + + If multiple entries specify equivalent header names, the first entry with + an equivalent name MUST be considered for a match. Subsequent entries + with an equivalent header name MUST be ignored. Due to the + case-insensitivity of header names, "foo" and "Foo" are considered + equivalent. + maxLength: 256 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[A-Za-z0-9!#$%&'*+\-.^_\x60|~]+$ + type: string + value: + description: Value is the value of HTTP Header + to be matched. + maxLength: 4096 + minLength: 1 + type: string + required: + - name + - value + type: object + maxItems: 16 + type: array + x-kubernetes-list-map-keys: + - name + x-kubernetes-list-type: map + type: object + generateRequestId: + description: |- + GenerateRequestId: Whether the connection manager will generate the x-request-id header if it does not exist. + This defaults to true. Generating a random UUID4 is expensive so in high throughput scenarios where this feature is not desired it can be disabled. + See here for more information https://www.envoyproxy.io/docs/envoy/latest/api-v3/extensions/filters/network/http_connection_manager/v3/http_connection_manager.proto#envoy-v3-api-field-extensions-filters-network-http-connection-manager-v3-httpconnectionmanager-generate-request-id + type: boolean + healthCheck: + description: HealthCheck configures [Envoy health checks](https://www.envoyproxy.io/docs/envoy/latest/api-v3/extensions/filters/http/health_check/v3/health_check.proto) + properties: + path: + description: Path defines the exact path that will + be matched for health check requests. + maxLength: 2048 + pattern: ^/[-a-zA-Z0-9@:%.+~#?&/=_]+$ + type: string + required: + - path + type: object + idleTimeout: + description: |- + IdleTimeout is the idle timeout for connnections. + See here for more information: https://www.envoyproxy.io/docs/envoy/latest/api-v3/config/core/v3/protocol.proto#envoy-v3-api-msg-config-core-v3-httpprotocoloptions + type: string + x-kubernetes-validations: + - message: invalid duration value + rule: matches(self, '^([0-9]{1,5}(h|m|s|ms)){1,4}$') + maxRequestHeadersKb: + description: |- + MaxRequestHeadersKb sets the maximum size of request headers that Envoy will accept. + If unset, the Envoy default is 60 KiB. + See here for more information: https://www.envoyproxy.io/docs/envoy/latest/api-v3/extensions/filters/network/http_connection_manager/v3/http_connection_manager.proto#envoy-v3-api-field-extensions-filters-network-http-connection-manager-v3-httpconnectionmanager-max-request-headers-kb + format: int32 + maximum: 8192 + minimum: 1 + type: integer + preserveExternalRequestId: + description: |- + PreserveExternalRequestId determines whether the connection manager will keep the x-request-id header if passed for + a request that is edge (Edge request is the request from external clients to front Envoy) and not reset it, which is the current Envoy behaviour. This defaults to false. + See here for more information https://www.envoyproxy.io/docs/envoy/latest/api-v3/extensions/filters/network/http_connection_manager/v3/http_connection_manager.proto#envoy-v3-api-field-extensions-filters-network-http-connection-manager-v3-httpconnectionmanager-preserve-external-request-id + type: boolean + preserveHttp1HeaderCase: + description: |- + PreserveHttp1HeaderCase determines whether to preserve the case of HTTP1 request headers. + See here for more information: https://www.envoyproxy.io/docs/envoy/latest/configuration/http/http_conn_man/header_casing + type: boolean + serverHeaderTransformation: + description: |- + ServerHeaderTransformation determines how the server header is transformed. + See here for more information: https://www.envoyproxy.io/docs/envoy/latest/api-v3/extensions/filters/network/http_connection_manager/v3/http_connection_manager.proto#envoy-v3-api-field-extensions-filters-network-http-connection-manager-v3-httpconnectionmanager-server-header-transformation + enum: + - Overwrite + - AppendIfAbsent + - PassThrough + type: string + streamIdleTimeout: + description: |- + StreamIdleTimeout is the idle timeout for HTTP streams. + See here for more information: https://www.envoyproxy.io/docs/envoy/latest/api-v3/extensions/filters/network/http_connection_manager/v3/http_connection_manager.proto#envoy-v3-api-field-extensions-filters-network-http-connection-manager-v3-httpconnectionmanager-stream-idle-timeout + type: string + x-kubernetes-validations: + - message: invalid duration value + rule: matches(self, '^([0-9]{1,5}(h|m|s|ms)){1,4}$') + tracing: + description: |- + Tracing contains various settings for Envoy's OpenTelemetry tracer. + See here for more information: https://www.envoyproxy.io/docs/envoy/latest/api-v3/config/trace/v3/opentelemetry.proto.html + properties: + attributes: + description: A list of attributes with a unique + name to create attributes for the active span. + items: + description: |- + Describes attributes for the active span. + Ref: https://www.envoyproxy.io/docs/envoy/latest/api-v3/type/tracing/v3/custom_tag.proto#envoy-v3-api-msg-type-tracing-v3-customtag + maxProperties: 2 + minProperties: 1 + properties: + environment: + description: An environment attribute value. + properties: + defaultValue: + description: |- + When the environment variable is not found, the attribute value will be populated with this default value if specified, + otherwise no attribute will be populated. + type: string + name: + description: Environment variable name + to obtain the value to populate the + attribute value. + type: string + required: + - name + type: object + literal: + description: A literal attribute value. + properties: + value: + description: Static literal value to populate + the attribute value. + type: string + required: + - value + type: object + metadata: + description: An attribute to obtain the value + from the metadata. + properties: + defaultValue: + description: When no valid metadata is + found, the attribute value would be + populated with this default value if + specified, otherwise no attribute would + be populated. + type: string + kind: + description: Specify what kind of metadata + to obtain attribute value from + enum: + - Request + - Route + - Cluster + - Host + type: string + metadataKey: + description: Metadata key to define the + path to retrieve the attribute value. + properties: + key: + description: The key name of the Metadata + from which to retrieve the Struct + type: string + path: + description: |- + The path used to retrieve a specific Value from the Struct. This can be either a prefix or a full path, + depending on the use case + items: + description: Specifies a segment + in a path for retrieving values + from Metadata. + properties: + key: + description: The key used to + retrieve the value in the + struct + type: string + required: + - key + type: object + type: array + required: + - key + - path + type: object + required: + - kind + - metadataKey + type: object + name: + description: The name of the attribute + type: string + requestHeader: + description: A request header attribute value. + properties: + defaultValue: + description: |- + When the header does not exist, the attribute value will be populated with this default value if specified, + otherwise no attribute will be populated. + type: string + name: + description: Header name to obtain the + value to populate the attribute value. + type: string + required: + - name + type: object + required: + - name + type: object + type: array + clientSampling: + description: Target percentage of requests managed + by this HTTP connection manager that will be force + traced if the x-client-trace-id header is set. + Defaults to 100% + format: int32 + maximum: 100 + minimum: 0 + type: integer + maxPathTagLength: + description: 'Maximum length of the request path + to extract and include in the HttpUrl tag. Used + to truncate lengthy request paths to meet the + needs of a tracing backend. Default: 256' + format: int32 + minimum: 1 + type: integer + overallSampling: + description: Target percentage of requests managed + by this HTTP connection manager that will be traced + after all other sampling checks have been applied + (client-directed, force tracing, random sampling). + Defaults to 100% + format: int32 + maximum: 100 + minimum: 0 + type: integer + provider: + description: Provider defines the upstream to which + envoy sends traces + maxProperties: 1 + minProperties: 1 + properties: + openTelemetry: + description: Tracing contains various settings + for Envoy's OTel tracer. + properties: + grpcService: + description: Send traces to the gRPC service + properties: + authority: + description: |- + The :authority header in the grpc request. If this field is not set, the authority header value will be cluster_name. + Note that this authority does not override the SNI. The SNI is provided by the transport socket of the cluster. + type: string + backendRef: + description: The backend gRPC service. + Can be any type of supported backend + (Kubernetes Service, kgateway Backend, + etc..) + properties: + group: + default: "" + description: |- + Group is the group of the referent. For example, "gateway.networking.k8s.io". + When unspecified or empty string, core API group is inferred. + maxLength: 253 + pattern: ^$|^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$ + type: string + kind: + default: Service + description: |- + Kind is the Kubernetes resource kind of the referent. For example + "Service". + + Defaults to "Service" when not specified. + + ExternalName services can refer to CNAME DNS records that may live + outside of the cluster and as such are difficult to reason about in + terms of conformance. They also may not be safe to forward to (see + CVE-2021-25740 for more information). Implementations SHOULD NOT + support ExternalName Services. + + Support: Core (Services with a type other than ExternalName) + + Support: Implementation-specific (Services with type ExternalName) + maxLength: 63 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[a-zA-Z]([-a-zA-Z0-9]*[a-zA-Z0-9])?$ + type: string + name: + description: Name is the name of + the referent. + maxLength: 253 + minLength: 1 + type: string + namespace: + description: |- + Namespace is the namespace of the backend. When unspecified, the local + namespace is inferred. + + Note that when a namespace different than the local namespace is specified, + a ReferenceGrant object is required in the referent namespace to allow that + namespace's owner to accept the reference. See the ReferenceGrant + documentation for details. + + Support: Core + maxLength: 63 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?$ + type: string + port: + description: |- + Port specifies the destination port number to use for this resource. + Port is required when the referent is a Kubernetes Service. In this + case, the port number is the service port number, not the target port. + For other resources, destination port might be derived from the referent + resource or this field. + format: int32 + maximum: 65535 + minimum: 1 + type: integer + weight: + default: 1 + description: |- + Weight specifies the proportion of requests forwarded to the referenced + backend. This is computed as weight/(sum of all weights in this + BackendRefs list). For non-zero values, there may be some epsilon from + the exact proportion defined here depending on the precision an + implementation supports. Weight is not a percentage and the sum of + weights does not need to equal 100. + + If only one backend is specified and it has a weight greater than 0, 100% + of the traffic is forwarded to that backend. If weight is set to 0, no + traffic should be forwarded for this entry. If unspecified, weight + defaults to 1. + + Support for this field varies based on the context where used. + format: int32 + maximum: 1000000 + minimum: 0 + type: integer + required: + - name + type: object + x-kubernetes-validations: + - message: Must have port for Service + reference + rule: '(size(self.group) == 0 && self.kind + == ''Service'') ? has(self.port) + : true' + initialMetadata: + description: |- + Additional metadata to include in streams initiated to the GrpcService. + This can be used for scenarios in which additional ad hoc authorization headers (e.g. x-foo-bar: baz-key) are to be injected + items: + description: |- + Header name/value pair. + Ref: https://www.envoyproxy.io/docs/envoy/latest/api-v3/config/core/v3/base.proto#envoy-v3-api-msg-config-core-v3-headervalue + properties: + key: + description: Header name. + type: string + value: + description: Header value. + type: string + required: + - key + type: object + type: array + maxReceiveMessageLength: + description: |- + Maximum gRPC message size that is allowed to be received. If a message over this limit is received, the gRPC stream is terminated with the RESOURCE_EXHAUSTED error. + Defaults to 0, which means unlimited. + format: int32 + minimum: 1 + type: integer + retryPolicy: + description: |- + Indicates the retry policy for re-establishing the gRPC stream. + If max interval is not provided, it will be set to ten times the provided base interval + properties: + numRetries: + description: Specifies the allowed + number of retries. Defaults to + 1. + format: int32 + minimum: 1 + type: integer + retryBackOff: + description: |- + Specifies parameters that control retry backoff strategy. + the default base interval is 1000 milliseconds and the default maximum interval is 10 times the base interval. + properties: + baseInterval: + description: The base interval + to be used for the next back + off computation. It should + be greater than zero and less + than or equal to max_interval. + type: string + x-kubernetes-validations: + - message: invalid duration + value + rule: matches(self, '^([0-9]{1,5}(h|m|s|ms)){1,4}$') + maxInterval: + description: Specifies the maximum + interval between retries. + This parameter is optional, + but must be greater than or + equal to the base_interval + if set. The default is 10 + times the base_interval. + type: string + x-kubernetes-validations: + - message: invalid duration + value + rule: matches(self, '^([0-9]{1,5}(h|m|s|ms)){1,4}$') + required: + - baseInterval + type: object + type: object + skipEnvoyHeaders: + description: This provides gRPC client + level control over envoy generated + headers. If false, the header will + be sent but it can be overridden by + per stream option. If true, the header + will be removed and can not be overridden + by per stream option. Default to false. + type: boolean + timeout: + description: The timeout for the gRPC + request. This is the timeout for a + specific request + type: string + x-kubernetes-validations: + - message: invalid duration value + rule: matches(self, '^([0-9]{1,5}(h|m|s|ms)){1,4}$') + required: + - backendRef + type: object + resourceDetectors: + description: An ordered list of resource + detectors. Currently supported values + are `EnvironmentResourceDetector` + items: + description: ResourceDetector defines + the list of supported ResourceDetectors + maxProperties: 1 + minProperties: 1 + properties: + environmentResourceDetector: + description: EnvironmentResourceDetectorConfig + specified the EnvironmentResourceDetector + type: object + type: object + type: array + sampler: + description: |- + Specifies the sampler to be used by the OpenTelemetry tracer. This field can be left empty. In this case, the default Envoy sampling decision is used. + Currently supported values are `AlwaysOn` + maxProperties: 1 + minProperties: 1 + properties: + alwaysOnConfig: + description: AlwaysOnConfig specified + the AlwaysOn samplerc + type: object + type: object + serviceName: + description: |- + The name for the service. This will be populated in the ResourceSpan Resource attributes + Defaults to the envoy cluster name. Ie: `.` + type: string + required: + - grpcService + type: object + type: object + randomSampling: + description: Target percentage of requests managed + by this HTTP connection manager that will be randomly + selected for trace generation, if not requested + by the client or not forced. Defaults to 100% + format: int32 + maximum: 100 + minimum: 0 + type: integer + spawnUpstreamSpan: + description: |- + Create separate tracing span for each upstream request if true. Defaults to false + Link to envoy docs for more info + type: boolean + verbose: + description: Whether to annotate spans with additional + data. If true, spans will include logs for stream + events. Defaults to false + type: boolean + required: + - provider + type: object + upgradeConfig: + description: |- + UpgradeConfig contains configuration for HTTP upgrades like WebSocket. + See here for more information: https://www.envoyproxy.io/docs/envoy/v1.34.1/intro/arch_overview/http/upgrades.html + properties: + enabledUpgrades: + description: List of upgrade types to enable (e.g. + "websocket", "CONNECT", etc.) + items: + type: string + minItems: 1 + type: array + type: object + useRemoteAddress: + description: |- + UseRemoteAddress determines whether to use the remote address for the original client. + Note: If this field is omitted, it will fallback to the default value of 'true', which we set for all Envoy HCMs. + Thus, setting this explicitly to true is unnecessary (but will not cause any harm). + When true, Envoy will use the remote address of the connection as the client address. + When false, Envoy will use the X-Forwarded-For header to determine the client address. + See here for more information: https://www.envoyproxy.io/docs/envoy/latest/api-v3/extensions/filters/network/http_connection_manager/v3/http_connection_manager.proto#envoy-v3-api-field-extensions-filters-network-http-connection-manager-v3-httpconnectionmanager-use-remote-address + type: boolean + xffNumTrustedHops: + description: |- + XffNumTrustedHops is the number of additional ingress proxy hops from the right side of the X-Forwarded-For HTTP header to trust when determining the origin client's IP address. + See here for more information: https://www.envoyproxy.io/docs/envoy/latest/api-v3/extensions/filters/network/http_connection_manager/v3/http_connection_manager.proto#envoy-v3-api-field-extensions-filters-network-http-connection-manager-v3-httpconnectionmanager-xff-num-trusted-hops + format: int32 + minimum: 0 + type: integer + type: object + perConnectionBufferLimitBytes: + description: |- + PerConnectionBufferLimitBytes sets the per-connection buffer limit for all listeners on the gateway. + This controls the maximum size of read and write buffers for new connections. + When using Envoy as an edge proxy, configuring the listener buffer limit is important to guard against + potential attacks or misconfigured downstreams that could hog the proxy's resources. + If unspecified, an implementation-defined default is applied (1MiB). + See here for more information: https://www.envoyproxy.io/docs/envoy/latest/api-v3/config/listener/v3/listener.proto#envoy-v3-api-field-config-listener-v3-listener-per-connection-buffer-limit-bytes + format: int32 + minimum: 0 + type: integer + proxyProtocol: + description: |- + ProxyProtocol configures the PROXY protocol listener filter. + When set, Envoy will expect connections to include the PROXY protocol header. + This is commonly used when kgateway is behind a load balancer that preserves client IP information. + See here for more information: https://www.envoyproxy.io/docs/envoy/latest/api-v3/extensions/filters/listener/proxy_protocol/v3/proxy_protocol.proto + type: object + type: object + port: + description: |- + The Port indicates the Port Number to which the Listener configuration will be + applied. This configuration will be applied to all Listeners handling + traffic that match this port. + format: int32 + maximum: 65535 + minimum: 1 + type: integer + required: + - listener + - port + type: object + maxItems: 64 + type: array + x-kubernetes-list-map-keys: + - port + x-kubernetes-list-type: map + x-kubernetes-validations: + - message: Port for listener configuration must be unique within the + Gateway + rule: self.all(t1, self.exists_one(t2, t1.port == t2.port)) + targetRefs: + description: |- + TargetRefs specifies the target resources by reference to attach the policy to. + Only supports `Gateway` resources + items: + description: |- + Select the object to attach the policy by Group, Kind, and Name. + The object must be in the same namespace as the policy. + You can target only one object at a time. + properties: + group: + description: |- + The API group of the target resource. + For Kubernetes Gateway API resources, the group is `gateway.networking.k8s.io`. + maxLength: 253 + pattern: ^$|^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$ + type: string + kind: + description: |- + The API kind of the target resource, + such as Gateway or HTTPRoute. + maxLength: 63 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[a-zA-Z]([-a-zA-Z0-9]*[a-zA-Z0-9])?$ + type: string + name: + description: The name of the target resource. + maxLength: 253 + minLength: 1 + type: string + required: + - group + - kind + - name + type: object + maxItems: 16 + minItems: 1 + type: array + x-kubernetes-validations: + - message: targetRefs may only reference Gateway resource + rule: self.all(r, r.kind == 'Gateway' && (!has(r.group) || r.group + == 'gateway.networking.k8s.io')) + targetSelectors: + description: TargetSelectors specifies the target selectors to select + `Gateway` resources to attach the policy to. + items: + description: |- + LocalPolicyTargetSelector selects the object to attach the policy by Group, Kind, and MatchLabels. + The object must be in the same namespace as the policy and match the + specified labels. + Do not use targetSelectors when reconciliation times are critical, especially if you + have a large number of policies that target the same resource. + Instead, use targetRefs to attach the policy. + properties: + group: + description: |- + The API group of the target resource. + For Kubernetes Gateway API resources, the group is `gateway.networking.k8s.io`. + maxLength: 253 + pattern: ^$|^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$ + type: string + kind: + description: |- + The API kind of the target resource, + such as Gateway or HTTPRoute. + maxLength: 63 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[a-zA-Z]([-a-zA-Z0-9]*[a-zA-Z0-9])?$ + type: string + matchLabels: + additionalProperties: + type: string + description: Label selector to select the target resource. + type: object + required: + - group + - kind + - matchLabels + type: object + type: array + x-kubernetes-validations: + - message: targetSelectors may only reference Gateway resource + rule: self.all(r, r.kind == 'Gateway' && (!has(r.group) || r.group + == 'gateway.networking.k8s.io')) + type: object + status: + description: |- + PolicyStatus defines the common attributes that all Policies should include within + their status. + properties: + ancestors: + description: |- + Ancestors is a list of ancestor resources (usually Gateways) that are + associated with the policy, and the status of the policy with respect to + each ancestor. When this policy attaches to a parent, the controller that + manages the parent and the ancestors MUST add an entry to this list when + the controller first sees the policy and SHOULD update the entry as + appropriate when the relevant ancestor is modified. + + Note that choosing the relevant ancestor is left to the Policy designers; + an important part of Policy design is designing the right object level at + which to namespace this status. + + Note also that implementations MUST ONLY populate ancestor status for + the Ancestor resources they are responsible for. Implementations MUST + use the ControllerName field to uniquely identify the entries in this list + that they are responsible for. + + Note that to achieve this, the list of PolicyAncestorStatus structs + MUST be treated as a map with a composite key, made up of the AncestorRef + and ControllerName fields combined. + + A maximum of 16 ancestors will be represented in this list. An empty list + means the Policy is not relevant for any ancestors. + + If this slice is full, implementations MUST NOT add further entries. + Instead they MUST consider the policy unimplementable and signal that + on any related resources such as the ancestor that would be referenced + here. For example, if this list was full on BackendTLSPolicy, no + additional Gateways would be able to reference the Service targeted by + the BackendTLSPolicy. + items: + description: |- + PolicyAncestorStatus describes the status of a route with respect to an + associated Ancestor. + + Ancestors refer to objects that are either the Target of a policy or above it + in terms of object hierarchy. For example, if a policy targets a Service, the + Policy's Ancestors are, in order, the Service, the HTTPRoute, the Gateway, and + the GatewayClass. Almost always, in this hierarchy, the Gateway will be the most + useful object to place Policy status on, so we recommend that implementations + SHOULD use Gateway as the PolicyAncestorStatus object unless the designers + have a _very_ good reason otherwise. + + In the context of policy attachment, the Ancestor is used to distinguish which + resource results in a distinct application of this policy. For example, if a policy + targets a Service, it may have a distinct result per attached Gateway. + + Policies targeting the same resource may have different effects depending on the + ancestors of those resources. For example, different Gateways targeting the same + Service may have different capabilities, especially if they have different underlying + implementations. + + For example, in BackendTLSPolicy, the Policy attaches to a Service that is + used as a backend in a HTTPRoute that is itself attached to a Gateway. + In this case, the relevant object for status is the Gateway, and that is the + ancestor object referred to in this status. + + Note that a parent is also an ancestor, so for objects where the parent is the + relevant object for status, this struct SHOULD still be used. + + This struct is intended to be used in a slice that's effectively a map, + with a composite key made up of the AncestorRef and the ControllerName. + properties: + ancestorRef: + description: |- + AncestorRef corresponds with a ParentRef in the spec that this + PolicyAncestorStatus struct describes the status of. + properties: + group: + default: gateway.networking.k8s.io + description: |- + Group is the group of the referent. + When unspecified, "gateway.networking.k8s.io" is inferred. + To set the core API group (such as for a "Service" kind referent), + Group must be explicitly set to "" (empty string). + + Support: Core + maxLength: 253 + pattern: ^$|^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$ + type: string + kind: + default: Gateway + description: |- + Kind is kind of the referent. + + There are two kinds of parent resources with "Core" support: + + * Gateway (Gateway conformance profile) + * Service (Mesh conformance profile, ClusterIP Services only) + + Support for other resources is Implementation-Specific. + maxLength: 63 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[a-zA-Z]([-a-zA-Z0-9]*[a-zA-Z0-9])?$ + type: string + name: + description: |- + Name is the name of the referent. + + Support: Core + maxLength: 253 + minLength: 1 + type: string + namespace: + description: |- + Namespace is the namespace of the referent. When unspecified, this refers + to the local namespace of the Route. + + Note that there are specific rules for ParentRefs which cross namespace + boundaries. Cross-namespace references are only valid if they are explicitly + allowed by something in the namespace they are referring to. For example: + Gateway has the AllowedRoutes field, and ReferenceGrant provides a + generic way to enable any other kind of cross-namespace reference. + + + ParentRefs from a Route to a Service in the same namespace are "producer" + routes, which apply default routing rules to inbound connections from + any namespace to the Service. + + ParentRefs from a Route to a Service in a different namespace are + "consumer" routes, and these routing rules are only applied to outbound + connections originating from the same namespace as the Route, for which + the intended destination of the connections are a Service targeted as a + ParentRef of the Route. + + + Support: Core + maxLength: 63 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?$ + type: string + port: + description: |- + Port is the network port this Route targets. It can be interpreted + differently based on the type of parent resource. + + When the parent resource is a Gateway, this targets all listeners + listening on the specified port that also support this kind of Route(and + select this Route). It's not recommended to set `Port` unless the + networking behaviors specified in a Route must apply to a specific port + as opposed to a listener(s) whose port(s) may be changed. When both Port + and SectionName are specified, the name and port of the selected listener + must match both specified values. + + + When the parent resource is a Service, this targets a specific port in the + Service spec. When both Port (experimental) and SectionName are specified, + the name and port of the selected port must match both specified values. + + + Implementations MAY choose to support other parent resources. + Implementations supporting other types of parent resources MUST clearly + document how/if Port is interpreted. + + For the purpose of status, an attachment is considered successful as + long as the parent resource accepts it partially. For example, Gateway + listeners can restrict which Routes can attach to them by Route kind, + namespace, or hostname. If 1 of 2 Gateway listeners accept attachment + from the referencing Route, the Route MUST be considered successfully + attached. If no Gateway listeners accept attachment from this Route, + the Route MUST be considered detached from the Gateway. + + Support: Extended + format: int32 + maximum: 65535 + minimum: 1 + type: integer + sectionName: + description: |- + SectionName is the name of a section within the target resource. In the + following resources, SectionName is interpreted as the following: + + * Gateway: Listener name. When both Port (experimental) and SectionName + are specified, the name and port of the selected listener must match + both specified values. + * Service: Port name. When both Port (experimental) and SectionName + are specified, the name and port of the selected listener must match + both specified values. + + Implementations MAY choose to support attaching Routes to other resources. + If that is the case, they MUST clearly document how SectionName is + interpreted. + + When unspecified (empty string), this will reference the entire resource. + For the purpose of status, an attachment is considered successful if at + least one section in the parent resource accepts it. For example, Gateway + listeners can restrict which Routes can attach to them by Route kind, + namespace, or hostname. If 1 of 2 Gateway listeners accept attachment from + the referencing Route, the Route MUST be considered successfully + attached. If no Gateway listeners accept attachment from this Route, the + Route MUST be considered detached from the Gateway. + + Support: Core + maxLength: 253 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$ + type: string + required: + - name + type: object + conditions: + description: |- + Conditions describes the status of the Policy with respect to the given Ancestor. + + + + Notes for implementors: + + Conditions are a listType `map`, which means that they function like a + map with a key of the `type` field _in the k8s apiserver_. + + This means that implementations must obey some rules when updating this + section. + + * Implementations MUST perform a read-modify-write cycle on this field + before modifying it. That is, when modifying this field, implementations + must be confident they have fetched the most recent version of this field, + and ensure that changes they make are on that recent version. + * Implementations MUST NOT remove or reorder Conditions that they are not + directly responsible for. For example, if an implementation sees a Condition + with type `special.io/SomeField`, it MUST NOT remove, change or update that + Condition. + * Implementations MUST always _merge_ changes into Conditions of the same Type, + rather than creating more than one Condition of the same Type. + * Implementations MUST always update the `observedGeneration` field of the + Condition to the `metadata.generation` of the Gateway at the time of update creation. + * If the `observedGeneration` of a Condition is _greater than_ the value the + implementation knows about, then it MUST NOT perform the update on that Condition, + but must wait for a future reconciliation and status update. (The assumption is that + the implementation's copy of the object is stale and an update will be re-triggered + if relevant.) + + + items: + description: Condition contains details for one aspect of + the current state of this API Resource. + properties: + lastTransitionTime: + description: |- + lastTransitionTime is the last time the condition transitioned from one status to another. + This should be when the underlying condition changed. If that is not known, then using the time when the API field changed is acceptable. + format: date-time + type: string + message: + description: |- + message is a human readable message indicating details about the transition. + This may be an empty string. + maxLength: 32768 + type: string + observedGeneration: + description: |- + observedGeneration represents the .metadata.generation that the condition was set based upon. + For instance, if .metadata.generation is currently 12, but the .status.conditions[x].observedGeneration is 9, the condition is out of date + with respect to the current state of the instance. + format: int64 + minimum: 0 + type: integer + reason: + description: |- + reason contains a programmatic identifier indicating the reason for the condition's last transition. + Producers of specific condition types may define expected values and meanings for this field, + and whether the values are considered a guaranteed API. + The value should be a CamelCase string. + This field may not be empty. + maxLength: 1024 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[A-Za-z]([A-Za-z0-9_,:]*[A-Za-z0-9_])?$ + type: string + status: + description: status of the condition, one of True, False, + Unknown. + enum: + - "True" + - "False" + - Unknown + type: string + type: + description: type of condition in CamelCase or in foo.example.com/CamelCase. + maxLength: 316 + pattern: ^([a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*/)?(([A-Za-z0-9][-A-Za-z0-9_.]*)?[A-Za-z0-9])$ + type: string + required: + - lastTransitionTime + - message + - reason + - status + - type + type: object + maxItems: 8 + minItems: 1 + type: array + x-kubernetes-list-map-keys: + - type + x-kubernetes-list-type: map + controllerName: + description: |- + ControllerName is a domain/path string that indicates the name of the + controller that wrote this status. This corresponds with the + controllerName field on GatewayClass. + + Example: "example.net/gateway-controller". + + The format of this field is DOMAIN "/" PATH, where DOMAIN and PATH are + valid Kubernetes names + (https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/names/#names). + + Controllers MUST populate this field when writing status. Controllers should ensure that + entries to status populated with their ControllerName are cleaned up when they are no + longer necessary. + maxLength: 253 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*\/[A-Za-z0-9\/\-._~%!$&'()*+,;=:]+$ + type: string + required: + - ancestorRef + - conditions + - controllerName + type: object + maxItems: 16 + type: array + x-kubernetes-list-type: atomic + required: + - ancestors + type: object + required: + - spec + type: object + served: true + storage: true + subresources: + status: {} diff --git a/charts/kgateway/kgateway/charts/kgateway-crds/templates/gateway.kgateway.dev_trafficpolicies.yaml b/charts/kgateway/kgateway/charts/kgateway-crds/templates/gateway.kgateway.dev_trafficpolicies.yaml new file mode 100644 index 000000000..b2dff7dd8 --- /dev/null +++ b/charts/kgateway/kgateway/charts/kgateway-crds/templates/gateway.kgateway.dev_trafficpolicies.yaml @@ -0,0 +1,2171 @@ +--- +apiVersion: apiextensions.k8s.io/v1 +kind: CustomResourceDefinition +metadata: + annotations: + controller-gen.kubebuilder.io/version: v0.19.1-0.20251023132335-bf7d6b742e6a + labels: + app: kgateway + app.kubernetes.io/name: kgateway + gateway.networking.k8s.io/policy: Direct + name: trafficpolicies.gateway.kgateway.dev +spec: + group: gateway.kgateway.dev + names: + categories: + - kgateway + kind: TrafficPolicy + listKind: TrafficPolicyList + plural: trafficpolicies + singular: trafficpolicy + scope: Namespaced + versions: + - additionalPrinterColumns: + - description: Traffic policy acceptance status + jsonPath: .status.ancestors[*].conditions[?(@.type=='Accepted')].status + name: Accepted + type: string + - description: Traffic policy attachment status + jsonPath: .status.ancestors[*].conditions[?(@.type=='Attached')].status + name: Attached + type: string + name: v1alpha1 + schema: + openAPIV3Schema: + properties: + apiVersion: + description: |- + APIVersion defines the versioned schema of this representation of an object. + Servers should convert recognized schemas to the latest internal value, and + may reject unrecognized values. + More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#resources + type: string + kind: + description: |- + Kind is a string value representing the REST resource this object represents. + Servers may infer this from the endpoint the client submits requests to. + Cannot be updated. + In CamelCase. + More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#types-kinds + type: string + metadata: + type: object + spec: + description: TrafficPolicySpec defines the desired state of a traffic + policy. + properties: + apiKeyAuth: + description: APIKeyAuth authenticates users based on a configured + API Key. + properties: + clientIdHeader: + description: |- + clientIdHeader specifies the header name to forward the authenticated client identifier. + If not specified, the client identifier will not be forwarded in any header. + Example: "x-client-id" + type: string + disable: + description: |- + Disable the API key authentication filter. + Can be used to disable API key authentication policies applied at a higher level in the config hierarchy. + type: object + forwardCredential: + description: |- + forwardCredential controls whether the API key is included in the request sent to the upstream. + If false (default), the API key is removed from the request before sending to upstream. + If true, the API key is included in the request sent to upstream. + This applies to all configured key sources (header, query parameter, or cookie). + type: boolean + keySources: + description: |- + keySources specifies the list of key sources to extract the API key from. + Key sources are processed in array order and the first one that successfully + extracts a key is used. Within each key source, if multiple types (header, query, cookie) are + specified, precedence is: header > query parameter > cookie. + + If empty, defaults to a single key source with header "api-key". + + Example: + keySources: + - header: "X-API-KEY" + - query: "api_key" + - header: "Authorization" + query: "token" + cookie: "auth_token" + + In this example, the system will: + 1. First try header "X-API-KEY" + 2. If not found, try query parameter "api_key" + 3. If not found, try header "Authorization" (then query "token", then cookie "auth_token" within that key source) + items: + description: |- + APIKeySource defines where to extract the API key from within a single key source. + Within a single key source, if multiple types are specified, precedence is: + header > query parameter > cookie. The header is checked first, and only falls back + to query parameter if the header is not present, then to cookie if both header and query + are not present. + properties: + cookie: + description: cookie specifies the name of the cookie that + contains the API key. + maxLength: 256 + minLength: 1 + type: string + header: + description: header specifies the name of the header that + contains the API key. + maxLength: 256 + minLength: 1 + type: string + query: + description: query specifies the name of the query parameter + that contains the API key. + maxLength: 256 + minLength: 1 + type: string + type: object + x-kubernetes-validations: + - message: at least one of the fields in [header query cookie] + must be set + rule: '[has(self.header),has(self.query),has(self.cookie)].filter(x,x==true).size() + >= 1' + maxItems: 16 + minItems: 0 + type: array + secretRef: + description: |- + secretRef references a Kubernetes secret storing a set of API Keys. If there are many keys, 'secretSelector' can be + used instead. + + Each entry in the Secret represents one API Key. The key is an arbitrary identifier. + The value is a string, representing the API Key. + + Example: + + apiVersion: v1 + kind: Secret + metadata: + name: api-key + stringData: + client1: "k-123" + client2: "k-456" + properties: + group: + default: "" + description: |- + Group is the group of the referent. For example, "gateway.networking.k8s.io". + When unspecified or empty string, core API group is inferred. + maxLength: 253 + pattern: ^$|^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$ + type: string + kind: + default: Secret + description: Kind is kind of the referent. For example "Secret". + maxLength: 63 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[a-zA-Z]([-a-zA-Z0-9]*[a-zA-Z0-9])?$ + type: string + name: + description: Name is the name of the referent. + maxLength: 253 + minLength: 1 + type: string + namespace: + description: |- + Namespace is the namespace of the referenced object. When unspecified, the local + namespace is inferred. + + Note that when a namespace different than the local namespace is specified, + a ReferenceGrant object is required in the referent namespace to allow that + namespace's owner to accept the reference. See the ReferenceGrant + documentation for details. + + Support: Core + maxLength: 63 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?$ + type: string + required: + - name + type: object + secretSelector: + description: |- + secretSelector selects multiple secrets containing API Keys. If the same key is defined in multiple secrets, the + behavior is undefined. + + Each entry in the Secret represents one API Key. The key is an arbitrary identifier. + The value is a string, representing the API Key. + + Example: + + apiVersion: v1 + kind: Secret + metadata: + name: api-key + stringData: + client1: "k-123" + client2: "k-456" + properties: + matchLabels: + additionalProperties: + type: string + description: Label selector to select the target resource. + type: object + required: + - matchLabels + type: object + type: object + x-kubernetes-validations: + - message: exactly one of the fields in [secretRef secretSelector + disable] must be set + rule: '[has(self.secretRef),has(self.secretSelector),has(self.disable)].filter(x,x==true).size() + == 1' + autoHostRewrite: + description: |- + AutoHostRewrite rewrites the Host header to the DNS name of the selected upstream. + NOTE: This field is only honored for HTTPRoute targets. + NOTE: If `autoHostRewrite` is set on a route that also has a [URLRewrite filter](https://gateway-api.sigs.k8s.io/reference/spec/#httpurlrewritefilter) + configured to override the `hostname`, the `hostname` value will be used and `autoHostRewrite` will be ignored. + type: boolean + basicAuth: + description: |- + BasicAuth specifies the HTTP basic authentication configuration for the policy. + This controls authentication using username/password credentials in the Authorization header. + properties: + disable: + description: |- + Disable basic auth. + Can be used to disable basic auth policies applied at a higher level in the config hierarchy. + type: object + secretRef: + description: |- + SecretRef references a Kubernetes secret containing htpasswd data. + The secret must contain username/password pairs in htpasswd format. + properties: + key: + default: .htpasswd + description: |- + Key in the secret that contains the htpasswd data. + Defaults to ".htpasswd" if not specified. + minLength: 1 + type: string + name: + description: Name of the secret containing htpasswd data. + maxLength: 253 + minLength: 1 + type: string + namespace: + description: |- + Namespace of the secret. If not specified, defaults to the namespace of the TrafficPolicy. + Note that a secret in a different namespace requires a ReferenceGrant to be accessible. + maxLength: 63 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?$ + type: string + required: + - name + type: object + users: + description: |- + Users provides an inline list of username/password pairs in htpasswd format. + Each entry should be formatted as "username:hashed_password". + The only supported hash format is SHA-1 + + Example entries: + - "user1:{SHA}d95o2uzYI7q7tY7bHI4U1xBug7s=" + items: + type: string + maxItems: 256 + minItems: 1 + type: array + type: object + x-kubernetes-validations: + - message: exactly one of the fields in [users secretRef disable] + must be set + rule: '[has(self.users),has(self.secretRef),has(self.disable)].filter(x,x==true).size() + == 1' + buffer: + description: |- + Buffer can be used to set the maximum request size that will be buffered. + Requests exceeding this size will return a 413 response. + properties: + disable: + description: |- + Disable the buffer filter. + Can be used to disable buffer policies applied at a higher level in the config hierarchy. + type: object + maxRequestSize: + anyOf: + - type: integer + - type: string + description: |- + MaxRequestSize sets the maximum size in bytes of a message body to buffer. + Requests exceeding this size will receive HTTP 413. + Example format: "1Mi", "512Ki", "1Gi" + pattern: ^(\+|-)?(([0-9]+(\.[0-9]*)?)|(\.[0-9]+))(([KMGTPE]i)|[numkMGTPE]|([eE](\+|-)?(([0-9]+(\.[0-9]*)?)|(\.[0-9]+))))?$ + x-kubernetes-int-or-string: true + x-kubernetes-validations: + - message: maxRequestSize must be greater than 0 and less than + 4Gi + rule: (type(self) == int && int(self) > 0 && int(self) < 4294967296) + || (type(self) == string && quantity(self).isGreaterThan(quantity('0')) + && quantity(self).isLessThan(quantity('4Gi'))) + type: object + x-kubernetes-validations: + - message: exactly one of the fields in [maxRequestSize disable] must + be set + rule: '[has(self.maxRequestSize),has(self.disable)].filter(x,x==true).size() + == 1' + compression: + description: |- + Compression configures response compression (per-route) and request/response + decompression (listener-level insertion triggered by route enable). + The response compression configuration is only honored for HTTPRoute targets. + properties: + requestDecompression: + description: |- + RequestDecompression controls request decompression. + If set, gzip requests will be decompressed. + properties: + disable: + description: Disables decompression. + type: object + type: object + responseCompression: + description: |- + ResponseCompression controls response compression to the downstream. + If set, responses with the appropriate `Accept-Encoding` header with certain textual content types will be compressed using gzip. + The content-types that will be compressed are: + - `application/javascript` + - `application/json` + - `application/xhtml+xml` + - `image/svg+xml` + - `text/css` + - `text/html` + - `text/plain` + - `text/xml` + properties: + disable: + description: Disables compression. + type: object + type: object + type: object + x-kubernetes-validations: + - message: at least one of the fields in [responseCompression requestDecompression] + must be set + rule: '[has(self.responseCompression),has(self.requestDecompression)].filter(x,x==true).size() + >= 1' + cors: + description: Cors specifies the CORS configuration for the policy. + properties: + allowCredentials: + description: |- + AllowCredentials indicates whether the actual cross-origin request allows + to include credentials. + + When set to true, the gateway will include the `Access-Control-Allow-Credentials` + response header with value true (case-sensitive). + + When set to false or omitted the gateway will omit the header + `Access-Control-Allow-Credentials` entirely (this is the standard CORS + behavior). + + Support: Extended + type: boolean + allowHeaders: + description: |- + AllowHeaders indicates which HTTP request headers are supported for + accessing the requested resource. + + Header names are not case sensitive. + + Multiple header names in the value of the `Access-Control-Allow-Headers` + response header are separated by a comma (","). + + When the `AllowHeaders` field is configured with one or more headers, the + gateway must return the `Access-Control-Allow-Headers` response header + which value is present in the `AllowHeaders` field. + + If any header name in the `Access-Control-Request-Headers` request header + is not included in the list of header names specified by the response + header `Access-Control-Allow-Headers`, it will present an error on the + client side. + + If any header name in the `Access-Control-Allow-Headers` response header + does not recognize by the client, it will also occur an error on the + client side. + + A wildcard indicates that the requests with all HTTP headers are allowed. + The `Access-Control-Allow-Headers` response header can only use `*` + wildcard as value when the `AllowCredentials` field is false or omitted. + + When the `AllowCredentials` field is true and `AllowHeaders` field + specified with the `*` wildcard, the gateway must specify one or more + HTTP headers in the value of the `Access-Control-Allow-Headers` response + header. The value of the header `Access-Control-Allow-Headers` is same as + the `Access-Control-Request-Headers` header provided by the client. If + the header `Access-Control-Request-Headers` is not included in the + request, the gateway will omit the `Access-Control-Allow-Headers` + response header, instead of specifying the `*` wildcard. A Gateway + implementation may choose to add implementation-specific default headers. + + Support: Extended + items: + description: |- + HTTPHeaderName is the name of an HTTP header. + + Valid values include: + + * "Authorization" + * "Set-Cookie" + + Invalid values include: + + - ":method" - ":" is an invalid character. This means that HTTP/2 pseudo + headers are not currently supported by this type. + - "/invalid" - "/ " is an invalid character + maxLength: 256 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[A-Za-z0-9!#$%&'*+\-.^_\x60|~]+$ + type: string + maxItems: 64 + type: array + x-kubernetes-list-type: set + allowMethods: + description: |- + AllowMethods indicates which HTTP methods are supported for accessing the + requested resource. + + Valid values are any method defined by RFC9110, along with the special + value `*`, which represents all HTTP methods are allowed. + + Method names are case sensitive, so these values are also case-sensitive. + (See https://www.rfc-editor.org/rfc/rfc2616#section-5.1.1) + + Multiple method names in the value of the `Access-Control-Allow-Methods` + response header are separated by a comma (","). + + A CORS-safelisted method is a method that is `GET`, `HEAD`, or `POST`. + (See https://fetch.spec.whatwg.org/#cors-safelisted-method) The + CORS-safelisted methods are always allowed, regardless of whether they + are specified in the `AllowMethods` field. + + When the `AllowMethods` field is configured with one or more methods, the + gateway must return the `Access-Control-Allow-Methods` response header + which value is present in the `AllowMethods` field. + + If the HTTP method of the `Access-Control-Request-Method` request header + is not included in the list of methods specified by the response header + `Access-Control-Allow-Methods`, it will present an error on the client + side. + + The `Access-Control-Allow-Methods` response header can only use `*` + wildcard as value when the `AllowCredentials` field is false or omitted. + + When the `AllowCredentials` field is true and `AllowMethods` field + specified with the `*` wildcard, the gateway must specify one HTTP method + in the value of the Access-Control-Allow-Methods response header. The + value of the header `Access-Control-Allow-Methods` is same as the + `Access-Control-Request-Method` header provided by the client. If the + header `Access-Control-Request-Method` is not included in the request, + the gateway will omit the `Access-Control-Allow-Methods` response header, + instead of specifying the `*` wildcard. A Gateway implementation may + choose to add implementation-specific default methods. + + Support: Extended + items: + enum: + - GET + - HEAD + - POST + - PUT + - DELETE + - CONNECT + - OPTIONS + - TRACE + - PATCH + - '*' + type: string + maxItems: 9 + type: array + x-kubernetes-list-type: set + x-kubernetes-validations: + - message: AllowMethods cannot contain '*' alongside other methods + rule: '!(''*'' in self && self.size() > 1)' + allowOrigins: + description: |- + AllowOrigins indicates whether the response can be shared with requested + resource from the given `Origin`. + + The `Origin` consists of a scheme and a host, with an optional port, and + takes the form `://(:)`. + + Valid values for scheme are: `http` and `https`. + + Valid values for port are any integer between 1 and 65535 (the list of + available TCP/UDP ports). Note that, if not included, port `80` is + assumed for `http` scheme origins, and port `443` is assumed for `https` + origins. This may affect origin matching. + + The host part of the origin may contain the wildcard character `*`. These + wildcard characters behave as follows: + + * `*` is a greedy match to the _left_, including any number of + DNS labels to the left of its position. This also means that + `*` will include any number of period `.` characters to the + left of its position. + * A wildcard by itself matches all hosts. + + An origin value that includes _only_ the `*` character indicates requests + from all `Origin`s are allowed. + + When the `AllowOrigins` field is configured with multiple origins, it + means the server supports clients from multiple origins. If the request + `Origin` matches the configured allowed origins, the gateway must return + the given `Origin` and sets value of the header + `Access-Control-Allow-Origin` same as the `Origin` header provided by the + client. + + The status code of a successful response to a "preflight" request is + always an OK status (i.e., 204 or 200). + + If the request `Origin` does not match the configured allowed origins, + the gateway returns 204/200 response but doesn't set the relevant + cross-origin response headers. Alternatively, the gateway responds with + 403 status to the "preflight" request is denied, coupled with omitting + the CORS headers. The cross-origin request fails on the client side. + Therefore, the client doesn't attempt the actual cross-origin request. + + The `Access-Control-Allow-Origin` response header can only use `*` + wildcard as value when the `AllowCredentials` field is false or omitted. + + When the `AllowCredentials` field is true and `AllowOrigins` field + specified with the `*` wildcard, the gateway must return a single origin + in the value of the `Access-Control-Allow-Origin` response header, + instead of specifying the `*` wildcard. The value of the header + `Access-Control-Allow-Origin` is same as the `Origin` header provided by + the client. + + Support: Extended + items: + description: |- + The CORSOrigin MUST NOT be a relative URI, and it MUST follow the URI syntax and + encoding rules specified in RFC3986. The CORSOrigin MUST include both a + scheme (e.g., "http" or "spiffe") and a scheme-specific-part, or it should be a single '*' character. + URIs that include an authority MUST include a fully qualified domain name or + IP address as the host. + The below regex was generated to simplify the assertion of scheme://host: being port optional + maxLength: 253 + minLength: 1 + pattern: (^\*$)|(^([a-zA-Z][a-zA-Z0-9+\-.]+):\/\/([^:/?#]+)(:([0-9]{1,5}))?$) + type: string + maxItems: 64 + type: array + x-kubernetes-list-type: set + x-kubernetes-validations: + - message: AllowOrigins cannot contain '*' alongside other origins + rule: '!(''*'' in self && self.size() > 1)' + disable: + description: |- + Disable the CORS filter. + Can be used to disable CORS policies applied at a higher level in the config hierarchy. + type: object + exposeHeaders: + description: |- + ExposeHeaders indicates which HTTP response headers can be exposed + to client-side scripts in response to a cross-origin request. + + A CORS-safelisted response header is an HTTP header in a CORS response + that it is considered safe to expose to the client scripts. + The CORS-safelisted response headers include the following headers: + `Cache-Control` + `Content-Language` + `Content-Length` + `Content-Type` + `Expires` + `Last-Modified` + `Pragma` + (See https://fetch.spec.whatwg.org/#cors-safelisted-response-header-name) + The CORS-safelisted response headers are exposed to client by default. + + When an HTTP header name is specified using the `ExposeHeaders` field, + this additional header will be exposed as part of the response to the + client. + + Header names are not case sensitive. + + Multiple header names in the value of the `Access-Control-Expose-Headers` + response header are separated by a comma (","). + + A wildcard indicates that the responses with all HTTP headers are exposed + to clients. The `Access-Control-Expose-Headers` response header can only + use `*` wildcard as value when the `AllowCredentials` field is false or omitted. + + Support: Extended + items: + description: |- + HTTPHeaderName is the name of an HTTP header. + + Valid values include: + + * "Authorization" + * "Set-Cookie" + + Invalid values include: + + - ":method" - ":" is an invalid character. This means that HTTP/2 pseudo + headers are not currently supported by this type. + - "/invalid" - "/ " is an invalid character + maxLength: 256 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[A-Za-z0-9!#$%&'*+\-.^_\x60|~]+$ + type: string + maxItems: 64 + type: array + x-kubernetes-list-type: set + maxAge: + default: 5 + description: |- + MaxAge indicates the duration (in seconds) for the client to cache the + results of a "preflight" request. + + The information provided by the `Access-Control-Allow-Methods` and + `Access-Control-Allow-Headers` response headers can be cached by the + client until the time specified by `Access-Control-Max-Age` elapses. + + The default value of `Access-Control-Max-Age` response header is 5 + (seconds). + format: int32 + minimum: 1 + type: integer + type: object + x-kubernetes-preserve-unknown-fields: true + csrf: + description: Csrf specifies the Cross-Site Request Forgery (CSRF) + policy for this traffic policy. + properties: + additionalOrigins: + description: Specifies additional source origins that will be + allowed in addition to the destination origin. + items: + description: Specifies the way to match a string. + properties: + contains: + description: |- + The input string must contain the substring specified here. + Example: abc matches the value xyz.abc.def + type: string + exact: + description: |- + The input string must match exactly the string specified here. + Example: abc matches the value abc + type: string + ignoreCase: + description: |- + If true, indicates the exact/prefix/suffix/contains matching should be + case insensitive. This has no effect on the regex match. + For example, the matcher data will match both input string Data and data if this + option is set to true. + type: boolean + prefix: + description: |- + The input string must have the prefix specified here. + Note: empty prefix is not allowed, please use regex instead. + Example: abc matches the value abc.xyz + type: string + safeRegex: + description: |- + The input string must match the Google RE2 regular expression specified here. + See https://github.com/google/re2/wiki/Syntax for the syntax. + type: string + suffix: + description: |- + The input string must have the suffix specified here. + Note: empty prefix is not allowed, please use regex instead. + Example: abc matches the value xyz.abc + type: string + type: object + x-kubernetes-validations: + - message: exactly one of the fields in [exact prefix suffix + contains safeRegex] must be set + rule: '[has(self.exact),has(self.prefix),has(self.suffix),has(self.contains),has(self.safeRegex)].filter(x,x==true).size() + == 1' + maxItems: 16 + type: array + percentageEnabled: + description: Specifies the percentage of requests for which the + CSRF filter is enabled. + format: int32 + maximum: 100 + minimum: 0 + type: integer + percentageShadowed: + description: Specifies that CSRF policies will be evaluated and + tracked, but not enforced. + format: int32 + maximum: 100 + minimum: 0 + type: integer + type: object + x-kubernetes-validations: + - message: at most one of the fields in [percentageEnabled percentageShadowed] + may be set + rule: '[has(self.percentageEnabled),has(self.percentageShadowed)].filter(x,x==true).size() + <= 1' + extAuth: + description: |- + ExtAuth specifies the external authentication configuration for the policy. + This controls what external server to send requests to for authentication. + properties: + contextExtensions: + additionalProperties: + type: string + description: Additional context for the auth service. + type: object + disable: + description: |- + Disable all external auth filters. + Can be used to disable external auth policies applied at a higher level in the config hierarchy. + type: object + extensionRef: + description: ExtensionRef references the GatewayExtension that + should be used for auth. + properties: + name: + description: The name of the target resource. + maxLength: 253 + minLength: 1 + type: string + namespace: + description: |- + The namespace of the target resource. + If not set, defaults to the namespace of the parent object. + maxLength: 63 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?$ + type: string + required: + - name + type: object + withRequestBody: + description: |- + WithRequestBody allows the request body to be buffered and sent to the auth service. + Warning buffering has implications for streaming and therefore performance. + properties: + allowPartialMessage: + default: false + description: |- + AllowPartialMessage determines if partial messages should be allowed. + When true, requests will be sent to the auth service even if they exceed maxRequestBytes. + The default behavior is false. + type: boolean + maxRequestBytes: + description: |- + MaxRequestBytes sets the maximum size of a message body to buffer. + Requests exceeding this size will receive HTTP 413 and not be sent to the auth service. + format: int32 + minimum: 1 + type: integer + packAsBytes: + default: false + description: |- + PackAsBytes determines if the body should be sent as raw bytes. + When true, the body is sent as raw bytes in the raw_body field. + When false, the body is sent as UTF-8 string in the body field. + The default behavior is false. + type: boolean + required: + - maxRequestBytes + type: object + type: object + x-kubernetes-validations: + - message: exactly one of the fields in [extensionRef disable] must + be set + rule: '[has(self.extensionRef),has(self.disable)].filter(x,x==true).size() + == 1' + extProc: + description: ExtProc specifies the external processing configuration + for the policy. + properties: + disable: + description: |- + Disable all external processing filters. + Can be used to disable external processing policies applied at a higher level in the config hierarchy. + type: object + extensionRef: + description: ExtensionRef references the GatewayExtension that + should be used for external processing. + properties: + name: + description: The name of the target resource. + maxLength: 253 + minLength: 1 + type: string + namespace: + description: |- + The namespace of the target resource. + If not set, defaults to the namespace of the parent object. + maxLength: 63 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?$ + type: string + required: + - name + type: object + processingMode: + description: ProcessingMode defines how the filter should interact + with the request/response streams + properties: + requestBodyMode: + default: NONE + description: RequestBodyMode determines how to handle the + request body + enum: + - NONE + - STREAMED + - BUFFERED + - BUFFERED_PARTIAL + - FULL_DUPLEX_STREAMED + type: string + requestHeaderMode: + default: SEND + description: RequestHeaderMode determines how to handle the + request headers + enum: + - DEFAULT + - SEND + - SKIP + type: string + requestTrailerMode: + default: SKIP + description: RequestTrailerMode determines how to handle the + request trailers + enum: + - DEFAULT + - SEND + - SKIP + type: string + responseBodyMode: + default: NONE + description: ResponseBodyMode determines how to handle the + response body + enum: + - NONE + - STREAMED + - BUFFERED + - BUFFERED_PARTIAL + - FULL_DUPLEX_STREAMED + type: string + responseHeaderMode: + default: SEND + description: ResponseHeaderMode determines how to handle the + response headers + enum: + - DEFAULT + - SEND + - SKIP + type: string + responseTrailerMode: + default: SKIP + description: ResponseTrailerMode determines how to handle + the response trailers + enum: + - DEFAULT + - SEND + - SKIP + type: string + type: object + type: object + x-kubernetes-validations: + - message: exactly one of the fields in [extensionRef disable] must + be set + rule: '[has(self.extensionRef),has(self.disable)].filter(x,x==true).size() + == 1' + headerModifiers: + description: HeaderModifiers defines the policy to modify request + and response headers. + properties: + request: + description: Request modifies request headers. + properties: + add: + description: |- + Add adds the given header(s) (name, value) to the request + before the action. It appends to any existing values associated + with the header name. + + Input: + GET /foo HTTP/1.1 + my-header: foo + + Config: + add: + - name: "my-header" + value: "bar,baz" + + Output: + GET /foo HTTP/1.1 + my-header: foo,bar,baz + items: + description: HTTPHeader represents an HTTP Header name and + value as defined by RFC 7230. + properties: + name: + description: |- + Name is the name of the HTTP Header to be matched. Name matching MUST be + case-insensitive. (See https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc7230#section-3.2). + + If multiple entries specify equivalent header names, the first entry with + an equivalent name MUST be considered for a match. Subsequent entries + with an equivalent header name MUST be ignored. Due to the + case-insensitivity of header names, "foo" and "Foo" are considered + equivalent. + maxLength: 256 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[A-Za-z0-9!#$%&'*+\-.^_\x60|~]+$ + type: string + value: + description: Value is the value of HTTP Header to be + matched. + maxLength: 4096 + minLength: 1 + type: string + required: + - name + - value + type: object + maxItems: 16 + type: array + x-kubernetes-list-map-keys: + - name + x-kubernetes-list-type: map + remove: + description: |- + Remove the given header(s) from the HTTP request before the action. The + value of Remove is a list of HTTP header names. Note that the header + names are case-insensitive (see + https://datatracker.ietf.org/doc/html/rfc2616#section-4.2). + + Input: + GET /foo HTTP/1.1 + my-header1: foo + my-header2: bar + my-header3: baz + + Config: + remove: ["my-header1", "my-header3"] + + Output: + GET /foo HTTP/1.1 + my-header2: bar + items: + type: string + maxItems: 16 + type: array + x-kubernetes-list-type: set + set: + description: |- + Set overwrites the request with the given header (name, value) + before the action. + + Input: + GET /foo HTTP/1.1 + my-header: foo + + Config: + set: + - name: "my-header" + value: "bar" + + Output: + GET /foo HTTP/1.1 + my-header: bar + items: + description: HTTPHeader represents an HTTP Header name and + value as defined by RFC 7230. + properties: + name: + description: |- + Name is the name of the HTTP Header to be matched. Name matching MUST be + case-insensitive. (See https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc7230#section-3.2). + + If multiple entries specify equivalent header names, the first entry with + an equivalent name MUST be considered for a match. Subsequent entries + with an equivalent header name MUST be ignored. Due to the + case-insensitivity of header names, "foo" and "Foo" are considered + equivalent. + maxLength: 256 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[A-Za-z0-9!#$%&'*+\-.^_\x60|~]+$ + type: string + value: + description: Value is the value of HTTP Header to be + matched. + maxLength: 4096 + minLength: 1 + type: string + required: + - name + - value + type: object + maxItems: 16 + type: array + x-kubernetes-list-map-keys: + - name + x-kubernetes-list-type: map + type: object + response: + description: Response modifies response headers. + properties: + add: + description: |- + Add adds the given header(s) (name, value) to the request + before the action. It appends to any existing values associated + with the header name. + + Input: + GET /foo HTTP/1.1 + my-header: foo + + Config: + add: + - name: "my-header" + value: "bar,baz" + + Output: + GET /foo HTTP/1.1 + my-header: foo,bar,baz + items: + description: HTTPHeader represents an HTTP Header name and + value as defined by RFC 7230. + properties: + name: + description: |- + Name is the name of the HTTP Header to be matched. Name matching MUST be + case-insensitive. (See https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc7230#section-3.2). + + If multiple entries specify equivalent header names, the first entry with + an equivalent name MUST be considered for a match. Subsequent entries + with an equivalent header name MUST be ignored. Due to the + case-insensitivity of header names, "foo" and "Foo" are considered + equivalent. + maxLength: 256 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[A-Za-z0-9!#$%&'*+\-.^_\x60|~]+$ + type: string + value: + description: Value is the value of HTTP Header to be + matched. + maxLength: 4096 + minLength: 1 + type: string + required: + - name + - value + type: object + maxItems: 16 + type: array + x-kubernetes-list-map-keys: + - name + x-kubernetes-list-type: map + remove: + description: |- + Remove the given header(s) from the HTTP request before the action. The + value of Remove is a list of HTTP header names. Note that the header + names are case-insensitive (see + https://datatracker.ietf.org/doc/html/rfc2616#section-4.2). + + Input: + GET /foo HTTP/1.1 + my-header1: foo + my-header2: bar + my-header3: baz + + Config: + remove: ["my-header1", "my-header3"] + + Output: + GET /foo HTTP/1.1 + my-header2: bar + items: + type: string + maxItems: 16 + type: array + x-kubernetes-list-type: set + set: + description: |- + Set overwrites the request with the given header (name, value) + before the action. + + Input: + GET /foo HTTP/1.1 + my-header: foo + + Config: + set: + - name: "my-header" + value: "bar" + + Output: + GET /foo HTTP/1.1 + my-header: bar + items: + description: HTTPHeader represents an HTTP Header name and + value as defined by RFC 7230. + properties: + name: + description: |- + Name is the name of the HTTP Header to be matched. Name matching MUST be + case-insensitive. (See https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc7230#section-3.2). + + If multiple entries specify equivalent header names, the first entry with + an equivalent name MUST be considered for a match. Subsequent entries + with an equivalent header name MUST be ignored. Due to the + case-insensitivity of header names, "foo" and "Foo" are considered + equivalent. + maxLength: 256 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[A-Za-z0-9!#$%&'*+\-.^_\x60|~]+$ + type: string + value: + description: Value is the value of HTTP Header to be + matched. + maxLength: 4096 + minLength: 1 + type: string + required: + - name + - value + type: object + maxItems: 16 + type: array + x-kubernetes-list-map-keys: + - name + x-kubernetes-list-type: map + type: object + type: object + x-kubernetes-validations: + - message: at least one of the fields in [request response] must be + set + rule: '[has(self.request),has(self.response)].filter(x,x==true).size() + >= 1' + jwtAuth: + description: |- + JWT specifies the JWT authentication configuration for the policy. + This defines the JWT providers and their configurations. + properties: + disable: + description: |- + Disable all JWT filters. + Can be used to disable JWT policies applied at a higher level in the config hierarchy. + type: object + extensionRef: + description: ExtensionRef references a GatewayExtension that provides + the jwt providers + properties: + name: + description: The name of the target resource. + maxLength: 253 + minLength: 1 + type: string + namespace: + description: |- + The namespace of the target resource. + If not set, defaults to the namespace of the parent object. + maxLength: 63 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?$ + type: string + required: + - name + type: object + type: object + x-kubernetes-validations: + - message: exactly one of the fields in [extensionRef disable] must + be set + rule: '[has(self.extensionRef),has(self.disable)].filter(x,x==true).size() + == 1' + oauth2: + description: |- + OAuth2 specifies the configuration to use for OAuth2/OIDC. + Note: the OAuth2 filter does not protect against Cross-Site-Request-Forgery attacks on domains with cached + authentication (in the form of cookies). It is recommended to pair this with the CSRF policy to prevent + malicious social engineering. + properties: + extensionRef: + description: ExtensionRef specifies the GatewayExtension that + should be used for OAuth2. + properties: + name: + description: The name of the target resource. + maxLength: 253 + minLength: 1 + type: string + namespace: + description: |- + The namespace of the target resource. + If not set, defaults to the namespace of the parent object. + maxLength: 63 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?$ + type: string + required: + - name + type: object + required: + - extensionRef + type: object + rateLimit: + description: |- + RateLimit specifies the rate limiting configuration for the policy. + This controls the rate at which requests are allowed to be processed. + properties: + global: + description: Global defines a global rate limiting policy using + an external service. + properties: + descriptors: + description: |- + Descriptors define the dimensions for rate limiting. + These values are passed to the rate limit service which applies configured limits based on them. + Each descriptor represents a single rate limit rule with one or more entries. + items: + description: |- + RateLimitDescriptor defines a descriptor for rate limiting. + A descriptor is a group of entries that form a single rate limit rule. + properties: + entries: + description: |- + Entries are the individual components that make up this descriptor. + When translated to Envoy, these entries combine to form a single descriptor. + items: + description: |- + RateLimitDescriptorEntry defines a single entry in a rate limit descriptor. + Only one entry type may be specified. + properties: + generic: + description: |- + Generic contains the configuration for a generic key-value descriptor entry. + This field must be specified when Type is Generic. + properties: + key: + description: Key is the name of this descriptor + entry. + minLength: 1 + type: string + value: + description: Value is the static value for + this descriptor entry. + minLength: 1 + type: string + required: + - key + - value + type: object + header: + description: |- + Header specifies a request header to extract the descriptor value from. + This field must be specified when Type is Header. + minLength: 1 + type: string + type: + description: Type specifies what kind of rate + limit descriptor entry this is. + enum: + - Generic + - Header + - RemoteAddress + - Path + type: string + required: + - type + type: object + x-kubernetes-validations: + - message: exactly one entry type must be specified + rule: (has(self.type) && (self.type == 'Generic' + && has(self.generic) && !has(self.header)) || + (self.type == 'Header' && has(self.header) && + !has(self.generic)) || (self.type == 'RemoteAddress' + && !has(self.generic) && !has(self.header)) || + (self.type == 'Path' && !has(self.generic) && + !has(self.header))) + minItems: 1 + type: array + required: + - entries + type: object + minItems: 1 + type: array + extensionRef: + description: ExtensionRef references a GatewayExtension that + provides the global rate limit service. + properties: + name: + description: The name of the target resource. + maxLength: 253 + minLength: 1 + type: string + namespace: + description: |- + The namespace of the target resource. + If not set, defaults to the namespace of the parent object. + maxLength: 63 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?$ + type: string + required: + - name + type: object + required: + - descriptors + - extensionRef + type: object + local: + description: Local defines a local rate limiting policy. + properties: + tokenBucket: + description: |- + TokenBucket represents the configuration for a token bucket local rate-limiting mechanism. + It defines the parameters for controlling the rate at which requests are allowed. + properties: + fillInterval: + description: |- + FillInterval defines the time duration between consecutive token fills. + This value must be a valid duration string (e.g., "1s", "500ms"). + It determines the frequency of token replenishment. + type: string + x-kubernetes-validations: + - message: invalid duration value + rule: matches(self, '^([0-9]{1,5}(h|m|s|ms)){1,4}$') + - message: must be at least 50ms + rule: duration(self) >= duration('50ms') + maxTokens: + description: |- + MaxTokens specifies the maximum number of tokens that the bucket can hold. + This value must be greater than or equal to 1. + It determines the burst capacity of the rate limiter. + format: int32 + minimum: 1 + type: integer + tokensPerFill: + default: 1 + description: |- + TokensPerFill specifies the number of tokens added to the bucket during each fill interval. + If not specified, it defaults to 1. + This controls the steady-state rate of token generation. + format: int32 + minimum: 1 + type: integer + required: + - fillInterval + - maxTokens + type: object + type: object + type: object + rbac: + description: |- + RBAC specifies the role-based access control configuration for the policy. + This defines the rules for authorization based on roles and permissions. + RBAC policies applied at different attachment points in the configuration + hierarchy are not cumulative, and only the most specific policy is enforced. This means an RBAC policy + attached to a route will override any RBAC policies applied to the gateway or listener. + properties: + action: + default: Allow + description: |- + Action defines whether the rule allows or denies the request if matched. + If unspecified, the default is "Allow". + enum: + - Allow + - Deny + type: string + policy: + description: |- + Policy specifies the Authorization rule to evaluate. + A policy matches when **any** of the conditions evaluates to true. + properties: + matchExpressions: + description: |- + MatchExpressions defines a set of conditions that must be satisfied for the rule to match. + These expression should be in the form of a Common Expression Language (CEL) expression. + items: + description: CELExpression represents a Common Expression + Language (CEL) expression. + maxLength: 16384 + minLength: 1 + type: string + maxItems: 256 + minItems: 1 + type: array + required: + - matchExpressions + type: object + required: + - policy + type: object + retry: + description: |- + Retry defines the policy for retrying requests. + It is applicable to HTTPRoutes, Gateway listeners and XListenerSets, and ignored for other targeted kinds. + properties: + attempts: + default: 1 + description: |- + Attempts specifies the number of retry attempts for a request. + Defaults to 1 attempt if not set. + A value of 0 effectively disables retries. + format: int32 + minimum: 0 + type: integer + backoffBaseInterval: + default: 25ms + description: |- + BackoffBaseInterval specifies the base interval used with a fully jittered exponential back-off between retries. + Defaults to 25ms if not set. + Given a backoff base interval B and retry number N, the back-off for the retry is in the range [0, (2^N-1)*B]. + The backoff interval is capped at a max of 10 times the base interval. + E.g., given a value of 25ms, the first retry will be delayed randomly by 0-24ms, the 2nd by 0-74ms, + the 3rd by 0-174ms, and so on, and capped to a max of 10 times the base interval (250ms). + type: string + x-kubernetes-validations: + - message: invalid duration value + rule: matches(self, '^([0-9]{1,5}(h|m|s|ms)){1,4}$') + - message: retry.backoffBaseInterval must be at least 1ms. + rule: duration(self) >= duration('1ms') + perTryTimeout: + description: |- + PerTryTimeout specifies the timeout per retry attempt (incliding the initial attempt). + If a global timeout is configured on a route, this timeout must be less than the global + route timeout. + It is specified as a sequence of decimal numbers, each with optional fraction and a unit suffix, such as "1s" or "500ms". + type: string + x-kubernetes-validations: + - message: invalid duration value + rule: matches(self, '^([0-9]{1,5}(h|m|s|ms)){1,4}$') + - message: retry.perTryTimeout must be at least 1ms. + rule: duration(self) >= duration('1ms') + retryOn: + description: RetryOn specifies the conditions under which a retry + should be attempted. + items: + description: RetryOnCondition specifies the condition under + which retry takes place. + enum: + - 5xx + - gateway-error + - reset + - reset-before-request + - connect-failure + - envoy-ratelimited + - retriable-4xx + - refused-stream + - retriable-status-codes + - http3-post-connect-failure + - cancelled + - deadline-exceeded + - internal + - resource-exhausted + - unavailable + type: string + minItems: 1 + type: array + statusCodes: + description: |- + StatusCodes specifies the HTTP status codes in the range 400-599 that should be retried in addition + to the conditions specified in RetryOn. + items: + description: |- + HTTPRouteRetryStatusCode defines an HTTP response status code for + which a backend request should be retried. + + Implementations MUST support the following status codes as retryable: + + * 500 + * 502 + * 503 + * 504 + + Implementations MAY support specifying additional discrete values in the + 500-599 range. + + Implementations MAY support specifying discrete values in the 400-499 range, + which are often inadvisable to retry. + + + maximum: 599 + minimum: 400 + type: integer + minItems: 1 + type: array + type: object + x-kubernetes-validations: + - message: retryOn or statusCodes must be set. + rule: has(self.retryOn) || has(self.statusCodes) + targetRefs: + description: TargetRefs specifies the target resources by reference + to attach the policy to. + items: + description: |- + Select the object to attach the policy by Group, Kind, Name and SectionName. + The object must be in the same namespace as the policy. + You can target only one object at a time. + properties: + group: + description: |- + The API group of the target resource. + For Kubernetes Gateway API resources, the group is `gateway.networking.k8s.io`. + maxLength: 253 + pattern: ^$|^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$ + type: string + kind: + description: |- + The API kind of the target resource, + such as Gateway or HTTPRoute. + maxLength: 63 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[a-zA-Z]([-a-zA-Z0-9]*[a-zA-Z0-9])?$ + type: string + name: + description: The name of the target resource. + maxLength: 253 + minLength: 1 + type: string + sectionName: + description: The section name of the target resource. + maxLength: 253 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$ + type: string + required: + - group + - kind + - name + type: object + maxItems: 16 + minItems: 1 + type: array + x-kubernetes-validations: + - message: targetRefs may only reference Gateway, HTTPRoute, or ListenerSet + resources + rule: self.all(r, (r.kind == 'Gateway' || r.kind == 'HTTPRoute' + || r.kind.endsWith('ListenerSet'))) + targetSelectors: + description: TargetSelectors specifies the target selectors to select + resources to attach the policy to. + items: + description: |- + LocalPolicyTargetSelectorWithSectionName the object to attach the policy by Group, Kind, MatchLabels, and optionally SectionName. + The object must be in the same namespace as the policy and match the + specified labels. + Do not use targetSelectors when reconciliation times are critical, especially if you + have a large number of policies that target the same resource. + Instead, use targetRefs to attach the policy. + properties: + group: + description: |- + The API group of the target resource. + For Kubernetes Gateway API resources, the group is `gateway.networking.k8s.io`. + maxLength: 253 + pattern: ^$|^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$ + type: string + kind: + description: |- + The API kind of the target resource, + such as Gateway or HTTPRoute. + maxLength: 63 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[a-zA-Z]([-a-zA-Z0-9]*[a-zA-Z0-9])?$ + type: string + matchLabels: + additionalProperties: + type: string + description: Label selector to select the target resource. + type: object + sectionName: + description: The section name of the target resource. + maxLength: 253 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$ + type: string + required: + - group + - kind + - matchLabels + type: object + type: array + x-kubernetes-validations: + - message: targetSelectors may only reference Gateway, HTTPRoute, + or ListenerSet resources + rule: self.all(r, (r.kind == 'Gateway' || r.kind == 'HTTPRoute' + || r.kind.endsWith('ListenerSet'))) + timeouts: + description: |- + Timeouts defines the timeouts for requests + It is applicable to HTTPRoutes and ignored for other targeted kinds. + properties: + request: + description: |- + Request specifies a timeout for an individual request from the gateway to a backend. + This spans between the point at which the entire downstream request (i.e. end-of-stream) has been + processed and when the backend response has been completely processed. + A value of 0 effectively disables the timeout. + It is specified as a sequence of decimal numbers, each with optional fraction and a unit suffix, such as "1s" or "500ms". + type: string + x-kubernetes-validations: + - message: invalid duration value + rule: matches(self, '^([0-9]{1,5}(h|m|s|ms)){1,4}$') + streamIdle: + description: |- + StreamIdle specifies a timeout for a requests' idle streams. + A value of 0 effectively disables the timeout. + type: string + x-kubernetes-validations: + - message: invalid duration value + rule: matches(self, '^([0-9]{1,5}(h|m|s|ms)){1,4}$') + type: object + transformation: + description: |- + Transformation is used to mutate and transform requests and responses + before forwarding them to the destination. + properties: + request: + description: Request is used to modify the request path. + properties: + add: + description: |- + Add is a list of headers to add to the request and what that value should be set to. + If there is already a header with these values then append the value as an extra entry. + Add is not supported on arm64 build, see https://github.com/kgateway-dev/kgateway/blob/v2.2.x/docs/guides/transformation.md for details + items: + properties: + name: + description: Name is the name of the header to interact + with. + type: string + value: + description: Value is the Inja template to apply to + generate the output value for the header. + type: string + required: + - name + type: object + maxItems: 16 + type: array + x-kubernetes-list-map-keys: + - name + x-kubernetes-list-type: map + body: + description: |- + Body controls both how to parse the body and if needed how to set. + If empty, body will not be buffered. + properties: + parseAs: + default: AsString + description: |- + ParseAs defines what auto formatting should be applied to the body. + This can make interacting with keys within a json body much easier if AsJson is selected. + enum: + - AsString + - AsJson + type: string + value: + description: |- + Value is the template to apply to generate the output value for the body. + Only Inja templates are supported. + type: string + type: object + remove: + description: Remove is a list of header names to remove from + the request/response. + items: + type: string + maxItems: 16 + type: array + x-kubernetes-list-type: set + set: + description: Set is a list of headers and the value they should + be set to. + items: + properties: + name: + description: Name is the name of the header to interact + with. + type: string + value: + description: Value is the Inja template to apply to + generate the output value for the header. + type: string + required: + - name + type: object + maxItems: 16 + type: array + x-kubernetes-list-map-keys: + - name + x-kubernetes-list-type: map + type: object + response: + description: Response is used to modify the response path. + properties: + add: + description: |- + Add is a list of headers to add to the request and what that value should be set to. + If there is already a header with these values then append the value as an extra entry. + Add is not supported on arm64 build, see https://github.com/kgateway-dev/kgateway/blob/v2.2.x/docs/guides/transformation.md for details + items: + properties: + name: + description: Name is the name of the header to interact + with. + type: string + value: + description: Value is the Inja template to apply to + generate the output value for the header. + type: string + required: + - name + type: object + maxItems: 16 + type: array + x-kubernetes-list-map-keys: + - name + x-kubernetes-list-type: map + body: + description: |- + Body controls both how to parse the body and if needed how to set. + If empty, body will not be buffered. + properties: + parseAs: + default: AsString + description: |- + ParseAs defines what auto formatting should be applied to the body. + This can make interacting with keys within a json body much easier if AsJson is selected. + enum: + - AsString + - AsJson + type: string + value: + description: |- + Value is the template to apply to generate the output value for the body. + Only Inja templates are supported. + type: string + type: object + remove: + description: Remove is a list of header names to remove from + the request/response. + items: + type: string + maxItems: 16 + type: array + x-kubernetes-list-type: set + set: + description: Set is a list of headers and the value they should + be set to. + items: + properties: + name: + description: Name is the name of the header to interact + with. + type: string + value: + description: Value is the Inja template to apply to + generate the output value for the header. + type: string + required: + - name + type: object + maxItems: 16 + type: array + x-kubernetes-list-map-keys: + - name + x-kubernetes-list-type: map + type: object + type: object + urlRewrite: + description: |- + UrlRewrite specifies URL rewrite rules for matching requests. + NOTE: This field is only honored for HTTPRoute targets. + properties: + pathRegex: + description: Path specifies the path rewrite configuration. + properties: + pattern: + description: |- + Pattern is the regex pattern that matches the URL path. + The pattern must be a valid RE2 regular expression. + If the HTTPRoute uses a RegularExpression path match, this field can use capture groups + from that match. + maxLength: 1024 + minLength: 1 + type: string + substitution: + description: |- + Substitution is the replacement string for the matched pattern. + It can include backreferences to captured groups from the pattern (e.g., \1, \2) + or named groups (e.g., \g). + maxLength: 1024 + minLength: 1 + type: string + required: + - pattern + - substitution + type: object + type: object + x-kubernetes-validations: + - message: at least one of the fields in [pathRegex] must be set + rule: '[has(self.pathRegex)].filter(x,x==true).size() >= 1' + type: object + x-kubernetes-validations: + - message: autoHostRewrite can only be used when targeting HTTPRoute resources + rule: '!has(self.autoHostRewrite) || ((has(self.targetRefs) && self.targetRefs.all(r, + r.kind == ''HTTPRoute'')) || (has(self.targetSelectors) && self.targetSelectors.all(r, + r.kind == ''HTTPRoute'')))' + - message: retry.perTryTimeout must be less than timeouts.request + rule: 'has(self.retry) && has(self.timeouts) ? (has(self.retry.perTryTimeout) + && has(self.timeouts.request) ? duration(self.retry.perTryTimeout) + < duration(self.timeouts.request) : true) : true' + - message: targetRefs[].sectionName must be set when targeting Gateway + resources with retry policy + rule: 'has(self.retry) && has(self.targetRefs) ? self.targetRefs.all(r, + (r.kind == ''Gateway'' ? has(r.sectionName) : true )) : true' + - message: targetSelectors[].sectionName must be set when targeting Gateway + resources with retry policy + rule: 'has(self.retry) && has(self.targetSelectors) ? self.targetSelectors.all(r, + (r.kind == ''Gateway'' ? has(r.sectionName) : true )) : true' + status: + description: |- + PolicyStatus defines the common attributes that all Policies should include within + their status. + properties: + ancestors: + description: |- + Ancestors is a list of ancestor resources (usually Gateways) that are + associated with the policy, and the status of the policy with respect to + each ancestor. When this policy attaches to a parent, the controller that + manages the parent and the ancestors MUST add an entry to this list when + the controller first sees the policy and SHOULD update the entry as + appropriate when the relevant ancestor is modified. + + Note that choosing the relevant ancestor is left to the Policy designers; + an important part of Policy design is designing the right object level at + which to namespace this status. + + Note also that implementations MUST ONLY populate ancestor status for + the Ancestor resources they are responsible for. Implementations MUST + use the ControllerName field to uniquely identify the entries in this list + that they are responsible for. + + Note that to achieve this, the list of PolicyAncestorStatus structs + MUST be treated as a map with a composite key, made up of the AncestorRef + and ControllerName fields combined. + + A maximum of 16 ancestors will be represented in this list. An empty list + means the Policy is not relevant for any ancestors. + + If this slice is full, implementations MUST NOT add further entries. + Instead they MUST consider the policy unimplementable and signal that + on any related resources such as the ancestor that would be referenced + here. For example, if this list was full on BackendTLSPolicy, no + additional Gateways would be able to reference the Service targeted by + the BackendTLSPolicy. + items: + description: |- + PolicyAncestorStatus describes the status of a route with respect to an + associated Ancestor. + + Ancestors refer to objects that are either the Target of a policy or above it + in terms of object hierarchy. For example, if a policy targets a Service, the + Policy's Ancestors are, in order, the Service, the HTTPRoute, the Gateway, and + the GatewayClass. Almost always, in this hierarchy, the Gateway will be the most + useful object to place Policy status on, so we recommend that implementations + SHOULD use Gateway as the PolicyAncestorStatus object unless the designers + have a _very_ good reason otherwise. + + In the context of policy attachment, the Ancestor is used to distinguish which + resource results in a distinct application of this policy. For example, if a policy + targets a Service, it may have a distinct result per attached Gateway. + + Policies targeting the same resource may have different effects depending on the + ancestors of those resources. For example, different Gateways targeting the same + Service may have different capabilities, especially if they have different underlying + implementations. + + For example, in BackendTLSPolicy, the Policy attaches to a Service that is + used as a backend in a HTTPRoute that is itself attached to a Gateway. + In this case, the relevant object for status is the Gateway, and that is the + ancestor object referred to in this status. + + Note that a parent is also an ancestor, so for objects where the parent is the + relevant object for status, this struct SHOULD still be used. + + This struct is intended to be used in a slice that's effectively a map, + with a composite key made up of the AncestorRef and the ControllerName. + properties: + ancestorRef: + description: |- + AncestorRef corresponds with a ParentRef in the spec that this + PolicyAncestorStatus struct describes the status of. + properties: + group: + default: gateway.networking.k8s.io + description: |- + Group is the group of the referent. + When unspecified, "gateway.networking.k8s.io" is inferred. + To set the core API group (such as for a "Service" kind referent), + Group must be explicitly set to "" (empty string). + + Support: Core + maxLength: 253 + pattern: ^$|^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$ + type: string + kind: + default: Gateway + description: |- + Kind is kind of the referent. + + There are two kinds of parent resources with "Core" support: + + * Gateway (Gateway conformance profile) + * Service (Mesh conformance profile, ClusterIP Services only) + + Support for other resources is Implementation-Specific. + maxLength: 63 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[a-zA-Z]([-a-zA-Z0-9]*[a-zA-Z0-9])?$ + type: string + name: + description: |- + Name is the name of the referent. + + Support: Core + maxLength: 253 + minLength: 1 + type: string + namespace: + description: |- + Namespace is the namespace of the referent. When unspecified, this refers + to the local namespace of the Route. + + Note that there are specific rules for ParentRefs which cross namespace + boundaries. Cross-namespace references are only valid if they are explicitly + allowed by something in the namespace they are referring to. For example: + Gateway has the AllowedRoutes field, and ReferenceGrant provides a + generic way to enable any other kind of cross-namespace reference. + + + ParentRefs from a Route to a Service in the same namespace are "producer" + routes, which apply default routing rules to inbound connections from + any namespace to the Service. + + ParentRefs from a Route to a Service in a different namespace are + "consumer" routes, and these routing rules are only applied to outbound + connections originating from the same namespace as the Route, for which + the intended destination of the connections are a Service targeted as a + ParentRef of the Route. + + + Support: Core + maxLength: 63 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?$ + type: string + port: + description: |- + Port is the network port this Route targets. It can be interpreted + differently based on the type of parent resource. + + When the parent resource is a Gateway, this targets all listeners + listening on the specified port that also support this kind of Route(and + select this Route). It's not recommended to set `Port` unless the + networking behaviors specified in a Route must apply to a specific port + as opposed to a listener(s) whose port(s) may be changed. When both Port + and SectionName are specified, the name and port of the selected listener + must match both specified values. + + + When the parent resource is a Service, this targets a specific port in the + Service spec. When both Port (experimental) and SectionName are specified, + the name and port of the selected port must match both specified values. + + + Implementations MAY choose to support other parent resources. + Implementations supporting other types of parent resources MUST clearly + document how/if Port is interpreted. + + For the purpose of status, an attachment is considered successful as + long as the parent resource accepts it partially. For example, Gateway + listeners can restrict which Routes can attach to them by Route kind, + namespace, or hostname. If 1 of 2 Gateway listeners accept attachment + from the referencing Route, the Route MUST be considered successfully + attached. If no Gateway listeners accept attachment from this Route, + the Route MUST be considered detached from the Gateway. + + Support: Extended + format: int32 + maximum: 65535 + minimum: 1 + type: integer + sectionName: + description: |- + SectionName is the name of a section within the target resource. In the + following resources, SectionName is interpreted as the following: + + * Gateway: Listener name. When both Port (experimental) and SectionName + are specified, the name and port of the selected listener must match + both specified values. + * Service: Port name. When both Port (experimental) and SectionName + are specified, the name and port of the selected listener must match + both specified values. + + Implementations MAY choose to support attaching Routes to other resources. + If that is the case, they MUST clearly document how SectionName is + interpreted. + + When unspecified (empty string), this will reference the entire resource. + For the purpose of status, an attachment is considered successful if at + least one section in the parent resource accepts it. For example, Gateway + listeners can restrict which Routes can attach to them by Route kind, + namespace, or hostname. If 1 of 2 Gateway listeners accept attachment from + the referencing Route, the Route MUST be considered successfully + attached. If no Gateway listeners accept attachment from this Route, the + Route MUST be considered detached from the Gateway. + + Support: Core + maxLength: 253 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$ + type: string + required: + - name + type: object + conditions: + description: |- + Conditions describes the status of the Policy with respect to the given Ancestor. + + + + Notes for implementors: + + Conditions are a listType `map`, which means that they function like a + map with a key of the `type` field _in the k8s apiserver_. + + This means that implementations must obey some rules when updating this + section. + + * Implementations MUST perform a read-modify-write cycle on this field + before modifying it. That is, when modifying this field, implementations + must be confident they have fetched the most recent version of this field, + and ensure that changes they make are on that recent version. + * Implementations MUST NOT remove or reorder Conditions that they are not + directly responsible for. For example, if an implementation sees a Condition + with type `special.io/SomeField`, it MUST NOT remove, change or update that + Condition. + * Implementations MUST always _merge_ changes into Conditions of the same Type, + rather than creating more than one Condition of the same Type. + * Implementations MUST always update the `observedGeneration` field of the + Condition to the `metadata.generation` of the Gateway at the time of update creation. + * If the `observedGeneration` of a Condition is _greater than_ the value the + implementation knows about, then it MUST NOT perform the update on that Condition, + but must wait for a future reconciliation and status update. (The assumption is that + the implementation's copy of the object is stale and an update will be re-triggered + if relevant.) + + + items: + description: Condition contains details for one aspect of + the current state of this API Resource. + properties: + lastTransitionTime: + description: |- + lastTransitionTime is the last time the condition transitioned from one status to another. + This should be when the underlying condition changed. If that is not known, then using the time when the API field changed is acceptable. + format: date-time + type: string + message: + description: |- + message is a human readable message indicating details about the transition. + This may be an empty string. + maxLength: 32768 + type: string + observedGeneration: + description: |- + observedGeneration represents the .metadata.generation that the condition was set based upon. + For instance, if .metadata.generation is currently 12, but the .status.conditions[x].observedGeneration is 9, the condition is out of date + with respect to the current state of the instance. + format: int64 + minimum: 0 + type: integer + reason: + description: |- + reason contains a programmatic identifier indicating the reason for the condition's last transition. + Producers of specific condition types may define expected values and meanings for this field, + and whether the values are considered a guaranteed API. + The value should be a CamelCase string. + This field may not be empty. + maxLength: 1024 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[A-Za-z]([A-Za-z0-9_,:]*[A-Za-z0-9_])?$ + type: string + status: + description: status of the condition, one of True, False, + Unknown. + enum: + - "True" + - "False" + - Unknown + type: string + type: + description: type of condition in CamelCase or in foo.example.com/CamelCase. + maxLength: 316 + pattern: ^([a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*/)?(([A-Za-z0-9][-A-Za-z0-9_.]*)?[A-Za-z0-9])$ + type: string + required: + - lastTransitionTime + - message + - reason + - status + - type + type: object + maxItems: 8 + minItems: 1 + type: array + x-kubernetes-list-map-keys: + - type + x-kubernetes-list-type: map + controllerName: + description: |- + ControllerName is a domain/path string that indicates the name of the + controller that wrote this status. This corresponds with the + controllerName field on GatewayClass. + + Example: "example.net/gateway-controller". + + The format of this field is DOMAIN "/" PATH, where DOMAIN and PATH are + valid Kubernetes names + (https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/names/#names). + + Controllers MUST populate this field when writing status. Controllers should ensure that + entries to status populated with their ControllerName are cleaned up when they are no + longer necessary. + maxLength: 253 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*\/[A-Za-z0-9\/\-._~%!$&'()*+,;=:]+$ + type: string + required: + - ancestorRef + - conditions + - controllerName + type: object + maxItems: 16 + type: array + x-kubernetes-list-type: atomic + required: + - ancestors + type: object + required: + - spec + type: object + served: true + storage: true + subresources: + status: {} diff --git a/charts/kgateway/kgateway/charts/kgateway-crds/values.yaml b/charts/kgateway/kgateway/charts/kgateway-crds/values.yaml new file mode 100644 index 000000000..67d2386dd --- /dev/null +++ b/charts/kgateway/kgateway/charts/kgateway-crds/values.yaml @@ -0,0 +1 @@ +# Default values for kgateway-crds. diff --git a/charts/kgateway/kgateway/charts/kgateway/.helmignore b/charts/kgateway/kgateway/charts/kgateway/.helmignore new file mode 100644 index 000000000..0e8a0eb36 --- /dev/null +++ b/charts/kgateway/kgateway/charts/kgateway/.helmignore @@ -0,0 +1,23 @@ +# Patterns to ignore when building packages. +# This supports shell glob matching, relative path matching, and +# negation (prefixed with !). Only one pattern per line. +.DS_Store +# Common VCS dirs +.git/ +.gitignore +.bzr/ +.bzrignore +.hg/ +.hgignore +.svn/ +# Common backup files +*.swp +*.bak +*.tmp +*.orig +*~ +# Various IDEs +.project +.idea/ +*.tmproj +.vscode/ diff --git a/charts/kgateway/kgateway/charts/kgateway/Chart.yaml b/charts/kgateway/kgateway/charts/kgateway/Chart.yaml new file mode 100644 index 000000000..df3bf79a6 --- /dev/null +++ b/charts/kgateway/kgateway/charts/kgateway/Chart.yaml @@ -0,0 +1,7 @@ +apiVersion: v2 +appVersion: v2.2.1 +description: A Helm chart for the kgateway project +icon: https://raw.githubusercontent.com/kgateway-dev/kgateway.dev/main/static/favicon.svg +name: kgateway +type: application +version: v2.2.1 diff --git a/charts/kgateway/kgateway/charts/kgateway/README.md b/charts/kgateway/kgateway/charts/kgateway/README.md new file mode 100644 index 000000000..a6c7cdb68 --- /dev/null +++ b/charts/kgateway/kgateway/charts/kgateway/README.md @@ -0,0 +1,54 @@ +# kgateway + +![Version: v2.2.1](https://img.shields.io/badge/Version-v2.2.1-informational?style=flat-square) ![Type: application](https://img.shields.io/badge/Type-application-informational?style=flat-square) ![AppVersion: v2.2.1](https://img.shields.io/badge/AppVersion-v2.2.1-informational?style=flat-square) + +A Helm chart for the kgateway project + +## Values + +| Key | Type | Default | Description | +|-----|------|---------|-------------| +| affinity | object | `{}` | Set affinity rules for pod scheduling, such as 'nodeAffinity:'. | +| controller | object | `{"extraEnv":{},"image":{"pullPolicy":"","registry":"","repository":"kgateway","tag":""},"logLevel":"info","podDisruptionBudget":{},"replicaCount":1,"service":{"ports":{"grpc":9977,"health":9093,"metrics":9092},"type":"ClusterIP"},"strategy":{},"xds":{"tls":{"enabled":false}}}` | Configure the kgateway control plane deployment. | +| controller.extraEnv | object | `{}` | Add extra environment variables to the controller container. | +| controller.image | object | `{"pullPolicy":"","registry":"","repository":"kgateway","tag":""}` | Configure the controller container image. | +| controller.image.pullPolicy | string | `""` | Set the image pull policy for the controller. | +| controller.image.registry | string | `""` | Set the image registry for the controller. | +| controller.image.repository | string | `"kgateway"` | Set the image repository for the controller. | +| controller.image.tag | string | `""` | Set the image tag for the controller. | +| controller.logLevel | string | `"info"` | Set the log level for the controller. | +| controller.podDisruptionBudget | object | `{}` | Set pod disruption budget for the controller. Note that this does not affect the data plane. E.g.: podDisruptionBudget: minAvailable: 100% | +| controller.replicaCount | int | `1` | Set the number of controller pod replicas. | +| controller.service | object | `{"ports":{"grpc":9977,"health":9093,"metrics":9092},"type":"ClusterIP"}` | Configure the controller service. | +| controller.service.ports | object | `{"grpc":9977,"health":9093,"metrics":9092}` | Set the service ports for gRPC and health endpoints. | +| controller.service.type | string | `"ClusterIP"` | Set the service type for the controller. | +| controller.strategy | object | `{}` | Change the rollout strategy from the Kubernetes default of a RollingUpdate with 25% maxUnavailable, 25% maxSurge. E.g., to recreate pods, minimizing resources for the rollout but causing downtime: strategy: type: Recreate E.g., to roll out as a RollingUpdate but with non-default parameters: strategy: type: RollingUpdate rollingUpdate: maxSurge: 100% | +| controller.xds | object | `{"tls":{"enabled":false}}` | Configure TLS settings for the xDS gRPC servers. | +| controller.xds.tls.enabled | bool | `false` | Enable TLS encryption for xDS communication. When enabled, both the main xDS server (port 9977) and agent gateway xDS server (port 9978) will use TLS. When TLS is enabled, you must create a Secret named 'kgateway-xds-cert' in the kgateway installation namespace. The Secret must be of type 'kubernetes.io/tls' with 'tls.crt', 'tls.key', and 'ca.crt' data fields present. | +| deploymentAnnotations | object | `{}` | Add annotations to the kgateway deployment. | +| discoveryNamespaceSelectors | list | `[]` | List of namespace selectors (OR'ed): each entry can use 'matchLabels' or 'matchExpressions' (AND'ed within each entry if used together). Kgateway includes the selected namespaces in config discovery. For more information, see the docs https://kgateway.dev/docs/latest/install/advanced/#namespace-discovery. | +| fullnameOverride | string | `""` | Override the full name of resources created by the Helm chart, which is 'kgateway'. If you set 'fullnameOverride: "foo", the full name of the resources that the Helm release creates become 'foo', such as the deployment, service, and service account for the kgateway control plane in the kgateway-system namespace. | +| gatewayClassParametersRefs | object | `{}` | Map of GatewayClass names to GatewayParameters references that will be set on the default GatewayClasses managed by kgateway. Each entry must define both the name and namespace of the GatewayParameters resource. The default GatewayClasses managed by kgateway are: - kgateway - kgateway-waypoint Example: gatewayClassParametersRefs: kgateway: name: shared-gwp namespace: kgateway-system | +| image | object | `{"pullPolicy":"IfNotPresent","registry":"cr.kgateway.dev/kgateway-dev","tag":""}` | Configure the default container image for the components that Helm deploys. You can override these settings for each particular component in that component's section, such as 'controller.image' for the kgateway control plane. If you use your own private registry, make sure to include the imagePullSecrets. | +| image.pullPolicy | string | `"IfNotPresent"` | Set the default image pull policy. | +| image.registry | string | `"cr.kgateway.dev/kgateway-dev"` | Set the default image registry. | +| image.tag | string | `""` | Set the default image tag. | +| imagePullSecrets | list | `[]` | Set a list of image pull secrets for Kubernetes to use when pulling container images from your own private registry instead of the default kgateway registry. | +| nameOverride | string | `""` | Add a name to the default Helm base release, which is 'kgateway'. If you set 'nameOverride: "foo", the name of the resources that the Helm release creates become 'kgateway-foo', such as the deployment, service, and service account for the kgateway control plane in the kgateway-system namespace. | +| nodeSelector | object | `{}` | Set node selector labels for pod scheduling, such as 'kubernetes.io/arch: amd64'. | +| podAnnotations | object | `{"prometheus.io/scrape":"true"}` | Add annotations to the kgateway pods. | +| podSecurityContext | object | `{}` | Set the pod-level security context. For example, 'fsGroup: 2000' sets the filesystem group to 2000. | +| policyMerge | object | `{}` | Policy merging settings. Currently, TrafficPolicy's extAuth, extProc, and transformation policies support deep merging. E.g., to enable deep merging of extProc policy in TrafficPolicy: policyMerge: trafficPolicy: extProc: DeepMerge | +| resources | object | `{}` | Configure resource requests and limits for the container, such as 'limits.cpu: 100m' or 'requests.memory: 128Mi'. | +| securityContext | object | `{}` | Set the container-level security context, such as 'runAsNonRoot: true'. | +| serviceAccount | object | `{"annotations":{},"create":true,"name":""}` | Configure the service account for the deployment. | +| serviceAccount.annotations | object | `{}` | Add annotations to the service account. | +| serviceAccount.create | bool | `true` | Specify whether a service account should be created. | +| serviceAccount.name | string | `""` | Set the name of the service account to use. If not set and create is true, a name is generated using the fullname template. | +| tolerations | list | `[]` | Set tolerations for pod scheduling, such as 'key: "nvidia.com/gpu"'. | +| validation | object | `{"level":"standard"}` | Configure validation behavior for route and policy safety checks in the control plane. This setting determines how invalid configuration is handled to prevent security bypasses and to maintain multi-tenant isolation. | +| validation.level | string | `"standard"` | Validation level. Accepted values: "standard" or "strict" (case-insensitive). Standard replaces invalid routes with a direct 500 response and continues applying valid configuration. Strict adds xDS preflight validation and blocks snapshots that would NACK in Envoy. Default is "standard". | +| waypoint | object | `{"enabled":false}` | Enable the waypoint integration. This enables kgateway to translate istio waypoints and use kgateway as a waypoint in an Istio Ambient service mesh setup. | + +---------------------------------------------- +Autogenerated from chart metadata using [helm-docs v1.11.0](https://github.com/norwoodj/helm-docs/releases/v1.11.0) diff --git a/charts/kgateway/kgateway/charts/kgateway/templates/NOTES.txt b/charts/kgateway/kgateway/charts/kgateway/templates/NOTES.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000..bd65c3e26 --- /dev/null +++ b/charts/kgateway/kgateway/charts/kgateway/templates/NOTES.txt @@ -0,0 +1,19 @@ +Thank you for installing the {{ .Chart.Name }} chart. + +Your release "{{ .Release.Name }}" has been deployed in the "{{ .Release.Namespace }}" namespace. + +To check the status of the deployment: + + helm status {{ .Release.Name }} --namespace {{ .Release.Namespace }} + +To view the resources created by this chart: + + kubectl get all -n {{ .Release.Namespace }} + +To learn how to access and use kgateway, please visit the official documentation: + + https://kgateway.dev/docs/ + +To uninstall the kgateway deployment: + + helm uninstall {{ .Release.Name }} --namespace {{ .Release.Namespace }} diff --git a/charts/kgateway/kgateway/charts/kgateway/templates/_helpers.tpl b/charts/kgateway/kgateway/charts/kgateway/templates/_helpers.tpl new file mode 100644 index 000000000..fdb72c025 --- /dev/null +++ b/charts/kgateway/kgateway/charts/kgateway/templates/_helpers.tpl @@ -0,0 +1,76 @@ +{{/* +Expand the name of the chart. +*/}} +{{- define "kgateway.name" -}} +{{- default .Chart.Name .Values.nameOverride | trunc 63 | trimSuffix "-" }} +{{- end }} + +{{/* +Create a default fully qualified app name. +We truncate at 63 chars because some Kubernetes name fields are limited to this (by the DNS naming spec). +If release name contains chart name it will be used as a full name. +*/}} +{{- define "kgateway.fullname" -}} +{{- if .Values.fullnameOverride }} +{{- .Values.fullnameOverride | trunc 63 | trimSuffix "-" }} +{{- else }} +{{- $name := default .Chart.Name .Values.nameOverride }} +{{- if contains $name .Release.Name }} +{{- .Release.Name | trunc 63 | trimSuffix "-" }} +{{- else }} +{{- printf "%s-%s" .Release.Name $name | trunc 63 | trimSuffix "-" }} +{{- end }} +{{- end }} +{{- end }} + +{{/* +Create chart name and version as used by the chart label. +*/}} +{{- define "kgateway.chart" -}} +{{- printf "%s-%s" .Chart.Name .Chart.Version | replace "+" "_" | trunc 63 | trimSuffix "-" }} +{{- end }} + +{{/* +Common labels +*/}} +{{- define "kgateway.labels" -}} +helm.sh/chart: {{ include "kgateway.chart" . }} +{{ include "kgateway.selectorLabels" . }} +{{- if .Chart.AppVersion }} +app.kubernetes.io/version: {{ .Chart.AppVersion | quote }} +{{- end }} +app.kubernetes.io/managed-by: {{ .Release.Service }} +{{- end }} + +{{/* +Selector labels +*/}} +{{- define "kgateway.selectorLabels" -}} +kgateway: kgateway +app.kubernetes.io/name: {{ include "kgateway.name" . }} +app.kubernetes.io/instance: {{ .Release.Name }} +{{- end }} + +{{/* +Create the name of the service account to use +*/}} +{{- define "kgateway.serviceAccountName" -}} +{{- if .Values.serviceAccount.create }} +{{- default (include "kgateway.fullname" .) .Values.serviceAccount.name }} +{{- else }} +{{- default "default" .Values.serviceAccount.name }} +{{- end }} +{{- end }} + +{{/* +Validate validation level and return the validated value. +Supported values: "standard" or "strict" (case-insensitive). +*/}} +{{- define "kgateway.validationLevel" -}} +{{- $level := .Values.validation.level | lower | trimAll " " -}} +{{- if or (eq $level "standard") (eq $level "strict") -}} +{{- $level -}} +{{- else -}} +{{- printf "ERROR: Invalid validation.level '%s'. Must be 'standard' or 'strict' (case-insensitive). Current value: '%s'" $level .Values.validation.level | fail -}} +{{- end -}} +{{- end }} diff --git a/charts/kgateway/kgateway/charts/kgateway/templates/deployment.yaml b/charts/kgateway/kgateway/charts/kgateway/templates/deployment.yaml new file mode 100644 index 000000000..da9f2f168 --- /dev/null +++ b/charts/kgateway/kgateway/charts/kgateway/templates/deployment.yaml @@ -0,0 +1,159 @@ +apiVersion: apps/v1 +kind: Deployment +metadata: + name: {{ include "kgateway.fullname" . }} + namespace: {{ .Release.Namespace }} + labels: + {{- include "kgateway.labels" . | nindent 4 }} + {{- with .Values.deploymentAnnotations }} + annotations: + {{- toYaml . | nindent 4 }} + {{- end }} +spec: + replicas: {{ .Values.controller.replicaCount }} + selector: + matchLabels: + {{- include "kgateway.selectorLabels" . | nindent 6 }} + {{- with .Values.controller.strategy }} + strategy: + {{- toYaml . | nindent 4 }} + {{- end }} + template: + metadata: + annotations: + prometheus.io/path: "/metrics" + prometheus.io/port: {{ .Values.controller.service.ports.metrics | default 9092 | quote}} + {{- toYaml .Values.podAnnotations | nindent 8 }} + labels: + {{- include "kgateway.selectorLabels" . | nindent 8 }} + spec: + {{- with .Values.imagePullSecrets }} + imagePullSecrets: + {{- toYaml . | nindent 8 }} + {{- end }} + serviceAccountName: {{ include "kgateway.serviceAccountName" . }} + {{- with .Values.podSecurityContext }} + securityContext: + {{- toYaml . | nindent 8 }} + {{- end }} + containers: + - name: controller + {{- with .Values.securityContext }} + securityContext: + {{- toYaml . | nindent 12 }} + {{- end }} + image: "{{ .Values.controller.image.registry | default .Values.image.registry }}/{{ .Values.controller.image.repository }}:{{ .Values.controller.image.tag | default .Values.image.tag | default .Chart.AppVersion }}" + imagePullPolicy: {{ .Values.controller.image.pullPolicy | default .Values.image.pullPolicy }} + ports: + - containerPort: {{ .Values.controller.service.ports.grpc }} + name: grpc-xds + protocol: TCP + - containerPort: {{ .Values.controller.service.ports.health }} + name: health + protocol: TCP + - containerPort: {{ .Values.controller.service.ports.metrics }} + name: metrics + protocol: TCP + readinessProbe: + httpGet: + path: /readyz + port: {{ .Values.controller.service.ports.health }} + initialDelaySeconds: 1 + periodSeconds: 10 + startupProbe: + httpGet: + path: /readyz + port: {{ .Values.controller.service.ports.health }} + initialDelaySeconds: 0 + periodSeconds: 1 + {{/* Allow failing for 120s before the pod is killed */}} + failureThreshold: 120 + env: + - name: GOMEMLIMIT + valueFrom: + resourceFieldRef: + divisor: "1" + resource: limits.memory + - name: GOMAXPROCS + valueFrom: + resourceFieldRef: + divisor: "1" + resource: limits.cpu + - name: KGW_LOG_LEVEL + value: {{ .Values.controller.logLevel | quote }} + - name: KGW_XDS_SERVICE_NAME + value: {{ include "kgateway.fullname" . }} + - name: KGW_XDS_SERVICE_PORT + value: {{ .Values.controller.service.ports.grpc | quote }} + - name: KGW_DEFAULT_IMAGE_REGISTRY + value: {{ .Values.image.registry }} + - name: KGW_DEFAULT_IMAGE_TAG + value: {{ .Values.image.tag | default .Chart.AppVersion }} + - name: KGW_DEFAULT_IMAGE_PULL_POLICY + value: {{ .Values.image.pullPolicy | default "IfNotPresent" }} + - name: KGW_DISCOVERY_NAMESPACE_SELECTORS + value: {{ .Values.discoveryNamespaceSelectors | toJson | quote }} + - name: KGW_POLICY_MERGE + value: {{ .Values.policyMerge | toJson | quote }} + - name: KGW_VALIDATION_MODE + value: {{ include "kgateway.validationLevel" . | quote }} + {{- if .Values.controller.extraEnv }} + {{- range $key, $value := .Values.controller.extraEnv }} + - name: {{ $key }} + value: {{ $value | quote }} + {{- end }} + {{- end }} + - name: KGW_ENABLE_AGENTGATEWAY + value: "false" + - name: KGW_ENABLE_ENVOY + value: "true" + - name: KGW_GATEWAY_CLASS_PARAMETERS_REFS + value: {{ .Values.gatewayClassParametersRefs | toJson | quote }} + {{- if .Values.waypoint.enabled }} + - name: KGW_ENABLE_WAYPOINT + value: "true" + {{- end }} + {{- if .Values.controller.xds.tls.enabled }} + - name: KGW_XDS_TLS_ENABLED + value: "true" + {{- end }} + - name: POD_NAMESPACE + valueFrom: + fieldRef: + fieldPath: metadata.namespace + resources: + {{- toYaml .Values.resources | nindent 12 }} + {{- if .Values.controller.xds.tls.enabled }} + volumeMounts: + - name: xds-tls + mountPath: /etc/xds-tls + readOnly: true + {{- end }} + {{- if .Values.controller.xds.tls.enabled }} + volumes: + - name: xds-tls + secret: + secretName: kgateway-xds-cert + {{- end }} + {{- with .Values.nodeSelector }} + nodeSelector: + {{- toYaml . | nindent 8 }} + {{- end }} + {{- with .Values.affinity }} + affinity: + {{- toYaml . | nindent 8 }} + {{- end }} + {{- with .Values.tolerations }} + tolerations: + {{- toYaml . | nindent 8 }} + {{- end }} +{{- if .Values.gatewayClassParametersRefs }} +{{- range $className, $ref := .Values.gatewayClassParametersRefs }} +{{- if not $ref.name }} +{{ fail (printf "gatewayClassParametersRefs.%s.name must be set" $className) }} +{{- end }} +{{- if not $ref.namespace }} +{{ fail (printf "gatewayClassParametersRefs.%s.namespace must be set" $className) }} +{{- end }} +{{- end }} +{{- end }} diff --git a/charts/kgateway/kgateway/charts/kgateway/templates/poddisruptionbudget.yaml b/charts/kgateway/kgateway/charts/kgateway/templates/poddisruptionbudget.yaml new file mode 100644 index 000000000..68e4460f8 --- /dev/null +++ b/charts/kgateway/kgateway/charts/kgateway/templates/poddisruptionbudget.yaml @@ -0,0 +1,16 @@ +{{- if .Values.controller.podDisruptionBudget }} +apiVersion: policy/v1 +kind: PodDisruptionBudget +metadata: + name: {{ include "kgateway.fullname" . }} + namespace: {{ .Release.Namespace }} + labels: + {{- include "kgateway.labels" . | nindent 4 }} +spec: + selector: + matchLabels: + {{- include "kgateway.selectorLabels" . | nindent 6 }} + {{- with .Values.controller.podDisruptionBudget }} + {{- toYaml . | nindent 2 }} + {{- end }} +{{- end }} diff --git a/charts/kgateway/kgateway/charts/kgateway/templates/role.yaml b/charts/kgateway/kgateway/charts/kgateway/templates/role.yaml new file mode 100644 index 000000000..4021de240 --- /dev/null +++ b/charts/kgateway/kgateway/charts/kgateway/templates/role.yaml @@ -0,0 +1,196 @@ +--- +apiVersion: rbac.authorization.k8s.io/v1 +kind: ClusterRole +metadata: + name: kgateway-{{ .Release.Namespace }} +rules: +- apiGroups: + - "" + resources: + - configmaps + - services + verbs: + - create + - delete + - get + - list + - patch + - update + - watch +- apiGroups: + - "" + resources: + - endpoints + - namespaces + - nodes + - pods + verbs: + - get + - list + - watch +- apiGroups: + - "" + resources: + - events + verbs: + - create + - patch +- apiGroups: + - "" + resources: + - secrets + - serviceaccounts + verbs: + - create + - delete + - get + - list + - patch + - watch +- apiGroups: + - apiextensions.k8s.io + resources: + - customresourcedefinitions + verbs: + - get + - list + - watch +- apiGroups: + - apps + resources: + - deployments + verbs: + - create + - delete + - get + - list + - patch + - update + - watch +- apiGroups: + - authentication.k8s.io + resources: + - tokenreviews + verbs: + - create +- apiGroups: + - coordination.k8s.io + resources: + - leases + verbs: + - create + - get + - update +- apiGroups: + - discovery.k8s.io + resources: + - endpointslices + verbs: + - get + - list + - watch +- apiGroups: + - gateway.kgateway.dev + resources: + - agentgatewaybackends + - agentgatewaypolicies + - backendconfigpolicies + - backends + - directresponses + - gatewayextensions + - gatewayparameters + - httplistenerpolicies + - listenerpolicies + - trafficpolicies + verbs: + - get + - list + - watch +- apiGroups: + - gateway.kgateway.dev + resources: + - agentgatewaybackends/status + - agentgatewaypolicies/status + - backendconfigpolicies/status + - backends/status + - directresponses/status + - gatewayextensions/status + - gatewayparameters/status + - httplistenerpolicies/status + - listenerpolicies/status + - trafficpolicies/status + verbs: + - get + - patch + - update +- apiGroups: + - gateway.networking.k8s.io + resources: + - backendtlspolicies + - gateways + - grpcroutes + - httproutes + - referencegrants + - tcproutes + - tlsroutes + verbs: + - get + - list + - watch +- apiGroups: + - gateway.networking.k8s.io + resources: + - backendtlspolicies/status + - gatewayclasses/status + - gateways/status + - grpcroutes/status + - httproutes/status + - tcproutes/status + - tlsroutes/status + verbs: + - patch + - update +- apiGroups: + - gateway.networking.k8s.io + resources: + - gatewayclasses + verbs: + - create + - get + - list + - patch + - update + - watch +- apiGroups: + - gateway.networking.x-k8s.io + resources: + - xlistenersets + verbs: + - get + - list + - watch +- apiGroups: + - gateway.networking.x-k8s.io + resources: + - xlistenersets/status + verbs: + - patch + - update +- apiGroups: + - networking.istio.io + resources: + - destinationrules + - serviceentries + - workloadentries + verbs: + - get + - list + - watch +- apiGroups: + - security.istio.io + resources: + - authorizationpolicies + verbs: + - get + - list + - watch diff --git a/charts/kgateway/kgateway/charts/kgateway/templates/service.yaml b/charts/kgateway/kgateway/charts/kgateway/templates/service.yaml new file mode 100644 index 000000000..40f0caec6 --- /dev/null +++ b/charts/kgateway/kgateway/charts/kgateway/templates/service.yaml @@ -0,0 +1,16 @@ +apiVersion: v1 +kind: Service +metadata: + name: {{ include "kgateway.fullname" . }} + namespace: {{ .Release.Namespace }} + labels: + {{- include "kgateway.labels" . | nindent 4 }} +spec: + type: {{ .Values.controller.service.type }} + ports: + - name: grpc-xds + protocol: TCP + port: {{ .Values.controller.service.ports.grpc }} + targetPort: {{ .Values.controller.service.ports.grpc }} + selector: + {{- include "kgateway.selectorLabels" . | nindent 4 }} diff --git a/charts/kgateway/kgateway/charts/kgateway/templates/serviceaccount.yaml b/charts/kgateway/kgateway/charts/kgateway/templates/serviceaccount.yaml new file mode 100644 index 000000000..fd1cc9030 --- /dev/null +++ b/charts/kgateway/kgateway/charts/kgateway/templates/serviceaccount.yaml @@ -0,0 +1,26 @@ +{{- if .Values.serviceAccount.create -}} +apiVersion: v1 +kind: ServiceAccount +metadata: + name: {{ include "kgateway.serviceAccountName" . }} + namespace: {{ .Release.Namespace }} + labels: + {{- include "kgateway.labels" . | nindent 4 }} + {{- with .Values.serviceAccount.annotations }} + annotations: + {{- toYaml . | nindent 4 }} + {{- end }} +{{- end }} +--- +apiVersion: rbac.authorization.k8s.io/v1 +kind: ClusterRoleBinding +metadata: + name: {{ include "kgateway.name" . }}-role-{{ .Release.Namespace }} +subjects: +- kind: ServiceAccount + name: {{ include "kgateway.serviceAccountName" . }} + namespace: {{ .Release.Namespace }} +roleRef: + kind: ClusterRole + name: kgateway-{{ .Release.Namespace }} + apiGroup: rbac.authorization.k8s.io diff --git a/charts/kgateway/kgateway/charts/kgateway/values.yaml b/charts/kgateway/kgateway/charts/kgateway/values.yaml new file mode 100644 index 000000000..d815fb80f --- /dev/null +++ b/charts/kgateway/kgateway/charts/kgateway/values.yaml @@ -0,0 +1,139 @@ +# -- Set a list of image pull secrets for Kubernetes to use when pulling container images from your own private registry instead of the default kgateway registry. +imagePullSecrets: [] + +# -- Add a name to the default Helm base release, which is 'kgateway'. If you set 'nameOverride: "foo", the name of the resources that the Helm release creates become 'kgateway-foo', such as the deployment, service, and service account for the kgateway control plane in the kgateway-system namespace. +nameOverride: "" + +# -- Override the full name of resources created by the Helm chart, which is 'kgateway'. If you set 'fullnameOverride: "foo", the full name of the resources that the Helm release creates become 'foo', such as the deployment, service, and service account for the kgateway control plane in the kgateway-system namespace. +fullnameOverride: "" + +# -- Configure the service account for the deployment. +serviceAccount: + # -- Specify whether a service account should be created. + create: true + # -- Add annotations to the service account. + annotations: {} + # -- Set the name of the service account to use. If not set and create is true, a name is generated using the fullname template. + name: "" + +# -- Add annotations to the kgateway deployment. +deploymentAnnotations: {} + +# -- Add annotations to the kgateway pods. +podAnnotations: + prometheus.io/scrape: "true" + +# -- Set the pod-level security context. For example, 'fsGroup: 2000' sets the filesystem group to 2000. +podSecurityContext: {} + +# -- Set the container-level security context, such as 'runAsNonRoot: true'. +securityContext: {} + +# -- Configure resource requests and limits for the container, such as 'limits.cpu: 100m' or 'requests.memory: 128Mi'. +resources: {} + +# -- Set node selector labels for pod scheduling, such as 'kubernetes.io/arch: amd64'. +nodeSelector: {} + +# -- Set tolerations for pod scheduling, such as 'key: "nvidia.com/gpu"'. +tolerations: [] + +# -- Set affinity rules for pod scheduling, such as 'nodeAffinity:'. +affinity: {} + +# -- Configure the kgateway control plane deployment. +controller: + # -- Set the number of controller pod replicas. + replicaCount: 1 + # -- Set the log level for the controller. + logLevel: info + # -- Configure the controller container image. + image: + # -- Set the image registry for the controller. + registry: "" + # -- Set the image repository for the controller. + repository: kgateway + # -- Set the image pull policy for the controller. + pullPolicy: "" + # -- Set the image tag for the controller. + tag: "" + # -- Configure the controller service. + service: + # -- Set the service type for the controller. + type: ClusterIP + # -- Set the service ports for gRPC and health endpoints. + ports: + grpc: 9977 + health: 9093 + metrics: 9092 + # -- Add extra environment variables to the controller container. + extraEnv: {} + # -- Configure TLS settings for the xDS gRPC servers. + xds: + tls: + # -- Enable TLS encryption for xDS communication. When enabled, both the main xDS server (port 9977) and agent gateway xDS server (port 9978) will use TLS. When TLS is enabled, you must create a Secret named 'kgateway-xds-cert' in the kgateway installation namespace. The Secret must be of type 'kubernetes.io/tls' with 'tls.crt', 'tls.key', and 'ca.crt' data fields present. + enabled: false + # -- Change the rollout strategy from the Kubernetes default of a RollingUpdate with 25% maxUnavailable, 25% maxSurge. + # E.g., to recreate pods, minimizing resources for the rollout but causing downtime: + # strategy: + # type: Recreate + # E.g., to roll out as a RollingUpdate but with non-default parameters: + # strategy: + # type: RollingUpdate + # rollingUpdate: + # maxSurge: 100% + strategy: {} + # -- Set pod disruption budget for the controller. Note that this does not + # affect the data plane. + # E.g.: + # + # podDisruptionBudget: + # minAvailable: 100% + podDisruptionBudget: {} + +# -- Configure the default container image for the components that Helm deploys. You can override these settings for each particular component in that component's section, such as 'controller.image' for the kgateway control plane. If you use your own private registry, make sure to include the imagePullSecrets. +image: + # -- Set the default image registry. + registry: cr.kgateway.dev/kgateway-dev + # -- Set the default image tag. + tag: "" + # -- Set the default image pull policy. + pullPolicy: IfNotPresent + +# -- List of namespace selectors (OR'ed): each entry can use 'matchLabels' or 'matchExpressions' (AND'ed within each entry if used together). Kgateway includes the selected namespaces in config discovery. For more information, see the docs https://kgateway.dev/docs/latest/install/advanced/#namespace-discovery. +discoveryNamespaceSelectors: [] + +# -- Map of GatewayClass names to GatewayParameters references that will be set on +# the default GatewayClasses managed by kgateway. Each entry must define both the +# name and namespace of the GatewayParameters resource. +# The default GatewayClasses managed by kgateway are: +# - kgateway +# - kgateway-waypoint +# Example: +# gatewayClassParametersRefs: +# kgateway: +# name: shared-gwp +# namespace: kgateway-system +gatewayClassParametersRefs: {} + +# -- Policy merging settings. Currently, TrafficPolicy's extAuth, extProc, and transformation policies support deep merging. +# E.g., to enable deep merging of extProc policy in TrafficPolicy: +# policyMerge: +# trafficPolicy: +# extProc: DeepMerge +policyMerge: {} + +# -- Enable the waypoint integration. This enables kgateway to translate istio waypoints and use kgateway as a waypoint in an Istio Ambient service mesh setup. +waypoint: + enabled: false + +# -- Configure validation behavior for route and policy safety checks in the control plane. +# This setting determines how invalid configuration is handled to prevent security bypasses +# and to maintain multi-tenant isolation. +validation: + # -- Validation level. Accepted values: "standard" or "strict" (case-insensitive). + # Standard replaces invalid routes with a direct 500 response and continues applying valid configuration. + # Strict adds xDS preflight validation and blocks snapshots that would NACK in Envoy. + # Default is "standard". + level: standard + diff --git a/charts/kgateway/kgateway/values.schema.json b/charts/kgateway/kgateway/values.schema.json new file mode 100644 index 000000000..b39a57e9a --- /dev/null +++ b/charts/kgateway/kgateway/values.schema.json @@ -0,0 +1,54 @@ +{ + "$schema": "http://json-schema.org/schema#", + "type": "object", + "title": "Kgateway (Wrapper) Values", + "description": "Schema for the wrapper chart values. Only recommended configuration options are exposed.", + "properties": { + "installK8sGatewayAPI": { + "type": "boolean", + "title": "Install Gateway API CRDs", + "description": "Whether to install the Kubernetes Gateway API CRDs by deploying the gateway-api dependency chart.", + "default": false + }, + "kgateway": { + "type": "object", + "title": "Kgateway", + "description": "Values passed to the vendored kgateway subchart.", + "properties": { + "image": { + "type": "object", + "title": "Default image settings", + "description": "Default registry/tag/pullPolicy used by kgateway components.", + "properties": { + "registry": { + "type": "string", + "title": "Default image registry", + "description": "Default image registry.", + "default": "cr.kgateway.dev/kgateway-dev" + } + } + }, + "controller": { + "type": "object", + "title": "Controller", + "description": "Settings for the kgateway control plane deployment.", + "properties": { + "logLevel": { + "type": "string", + "title": "Log level", + "description": "Log level for the controller.", + "default": "info" + }, + "replicaCount": { + "type": "integer", + "title": "Replicas", + "description": "Number of controller replicas.", + "default": 1, + "minimum": 1 + } + } + } + } + } + } +} \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/charts/kgateway/kgateway/values.yaml b/charts/kgateway/kgateway/values.yaml new file mode 100644 index 000000000..4b6e8ab88 --- /dev/null +++ b/charts/kgateway/kgateway/values.yaml @@ -0,0 +1,129 @@ +# child values +kgateway: + # -- Set a list of image pull secrets for Kubernetes to use when pulling container images from your own private registry instead of the default kgateway registry. + imagePullSecrets: [] + # -- Add a name to the default Helm base release, which is 'kgateway'. If you set 'nameOverride: "foo", the name of the resources that the Helm release creates become 'kgateway-foo', such as the deployment, service, and service account for the kgateway control plane in the kgateway-system namespace. + nameOverride: "" + # -- Override the full name of resources created by the Helm chart, which is 'kgateway'. If you set 'fullnameOverride: "foo", the full name of the resources that the Helm release creates become 'foo', such as the deployment, service, and service account for the kgateway control plane in the kgateway-system namespace. + fullnameOverride: "" + # -- Configure the service account for the deployment. + serviceAccount: + # -- Specify whether a service account should be created. + create: true + # -- Add annotations to the service account. + annotations: {} + # -- Set the name of the service account to use. If not set and create is true, a name is generated using the fullname template. + name: "" + # -- Add annotations to the kgateway deployment. + deploymentAnnotations: {} + # -- Add annotations to the kgateway pods. + podAnnotations: + prometheus.io/scrape: "true" + # -- Set the pod-level security context. For example, 'fsGroup: 2000' sets the filesystem group to 2000. + podSecurityContext: {} + # -- Set the container-level security context, such as 'runAsNonRoot: true'. + securityContext: {} + # -- Configure resource requests and limits for the container, such as 'limits.cpu: 100m' or 'requests.memory: 128Mi'. + resources: + requests: + cpu: 256mi + memory: 400Mi + limits: + cpu: 512mi + memory: 800Mi + # -- Set node selector labels for pod scheduling, such as 'kubernetes.io/arch: amd64'. + nodeSelector: {} + # -- Set tolerations for pod scheduling, such as 'key: "nvidia.com/gpu"'. + tolerations: [] + # -- Set affinity rules for pod scheduling, such as 'nodeAffinity:'. + affinity: {} + # -- Configure the kgateway control plane deployment. + controller: + # -- Set the number of controller pod replicas. + replicaCount: 1 + # -- Set the log level for the controller. + logLevel: info + # -- Configure the controller container image. + image: + # -- Set the image registry for the controller. + registry: "" + # -- Set the image repository for the controller. + repository: kgateway + # -- Set the image pull policy for the controller. + pullPolicy: "" + # -- Set the image tag for the controller. + tag: "" + # -- Configure the controller service. + service: + # -- Set the service type for the controller. + type: ClusterIP + # -- Set the service ports for gRPC and health endpoints. + ports: + grpc: 9977 + health: 9093 + metrics: 9092 + # -- Add extra environment variables to the controller container. + extraEnv: {} + # -- Configure TLS settings for the xDS gRPC servers. + xds: + tls: + # -- Enable TLS encryption for xDS communication. When enabled, both the main xDS server (port 9977) and agent gateway xDS server (port 9978) will use TLS. When TLS is enabled, you must create a Secret named 'kgateway-xds-cert' in the kgateway installation namespace. The Secret must be of type 'kubernetes.io/tls' with 'tls.crt', 'tls.key', and 'ca.crt' data fields present. + enabled: false + # -- Change the rollout strategy from the Kubernetes default of a RollingUpdate with 25% maxUnavailable, 25% maxSurge. + # E.g., to recreate pods, minimizing resources for the rollout but causing downtime: + # strategy: + # type: Recreate + # E.g., to roll out as a RollingUpdate but with non-default parameters: + # strategy: + # type: RollingUpdate + # rollingUpdate: + # maxSurge: 100% + strategy: {} + # -- Set pod disruption budget for the controller. Note that this does not + # affect the data plane. + # E.g.: + # + # podDisruptionBudget: + # minAvailable: 100% + podDisruptionBudget: {} + # -- Configure the default container image for the components that Helm deploys. You can override these settings for each particular component in that component's section, such as 'controller.image' for the kgateway control plane. If you use your own private registry, make sure to include the imagePullSecrets. + image: + # -- Set the default image registry. + registry: cr.kgateway.dev/kgateway-dev + # -- Set the default image tag. + tag: "v2.2.1" + # -- Set the default image pull policy. + pullPolicy: IfNotPresent + # -- List of namespace selectors (OR'ed): each entry can use 'matchLabels' or 'matchExpressions' (AND'ed within each entry if used together). Kgateway includes the selected namespaces in config discovery. For more information, see the docs https://kgateway.dev/docs/latest/install/advanced/#namespace-discovery. + discoveryNamespaceSelectors: [] + # -- Map of GatewayClass names to GatewayParameters references that will be set on + # the default GatewayClasses managed by kgateway. Each entry must define both the + # name and namespace of the GatewayParameters resource. + # The default GatewayClasses managed by kgateway are: + # - kgateway + # - kgateway-waypoint + # Example: + # gatewayClassParametersRefs: + # kgateway: + # name: shared-gwp + # namespace: kgateway-system + gatewayClassParametersRefs: {} + # -- Policy merging settings. Currently, TrafficPolicy's extAuth, extProc, and transformation policies support deep merging. + # E.g., to enable deep merging of extProc policy in TrafficPolicy: + # policyMerge: + # trafficPolicy: + # extProc: DeepMerge + policyMerge: {} + # -- Enable the waypoint integration. This enables kgateway to translate istio waypoints and use kgateway as a waypoint in an Istio Ambient service mesh setup. + waypoint: + enabled: false + # -- Configure validation behavior for route and policy safety checks in the control plane. + # This setting determines how invalid configuration is handled to prevent security bypasses + # and to maintain multi-tenant isolation. + validation: + # -- Validation level. Accepted values: "standard" or "strict" (case-insensitive). + # Standard replaces invalid routes with a direct 500 response and continues applying valid configuration. + # Strict adds xDS preflight validation and blocks snapshots that would NACK in Envoy. + # Default is "standard". + level: standard +installK8sGatewayAPI: false diff --git a/charts/kgateway/parent/.relok8s-images.yaml b/charts/kgateway/parent/.relok8s-images.yaml new file mode 100644 index 000000000..31c2ac8e3 --- /dev/null +++ b/charts/kgateway/parent/.relok8s-images.yaml @@ -0,0 +1,2 @@ +- "{{ .kgateway.image.registry }}/{{ .kgateway.controller.image.repository }}:{{ .kgateway.controller.image.tag | default .kgateway.image.tag | default \"v2.2.1\" }}" +- "{{ .kgateway.image.registry }}/envoy-wrapper:{{ .kgateway.image.tag }}" diff --git a/charts/kgateway/parent/values.schema.json b/charts/kgateway/parent/values.schema.json new file mode 100644 index 000000000..b39a57e9a --- /dev/null +++ b/charts/kgateway/parent/values.schema.json @@ -0,0 +1,54 @@ +{ + "$schema": "http://json-schema.org/schema#", + "type": "object", + "title": "Kgateway (Wrapper) Values", + "description": "Schema for the wrapper chart values. Only recommended configuration options are exposed.", + "properties": { + "installK8sGatewayAPI": { + "type": "boolean", + "title": "Install Gateway API CRDs", + "description": "Whether to install the Kubernetes Gateway API CRDs by deploying the gateway-api dependency chart.", + "default": false + }, + "kgateway": { + "type": "object", + "title": "Kgateway", + "description": "Values passed to the vendored kgateway subchart.", + "properties": { + "image": { + "type": "object", + "title": "Default image settings", + "description": "Default registry/tag/pullPolicy used by kgateway components.", + "properties": { + "registry": { + "type": "string", + "title": "Default image registry", + "description": "Default image registry.", + "default": "cr.kgateway.dev/kgateway-dev" + } + } + }, + "controller": { + "type": "object", + "title": "Controller", + "description": "Settings for the kgateway control plane deployment.", + "properties": { + "logLevel": { + "type": "string", + "title": "Log level", + "description": "Log level for the controller.", + "default": "info" + }, + "replicaCount": { + "type": "integer", + "title": "Replicas", + "description": "Number of controller replicas.", + "default": 1, + "minimum": 1 + } + } + } + } + } + } +} \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/scripts/generateChart.sh b/scripts/generateChart.sh index 02154545f..3abefaa2b 100755 --- a/scripts/generateChart.sh +++ b/scripts/generateChart.sh @@ -89,7 +89,11 @@ else fi cd $BUILD_DIR -helm pull ${REPO_NAME}/${CHART_NAME} --untar --version $VERSION +if [ "${IS_OCI_REPO}" == "true" ] ; then + helm pull "${OCI_CHART_REF}" --untar --version $VERSION +else + helm pull ${REPO_NAME}/${CHART_NAME} --untar --version $VERSION +fi (($?!=0)) && echo "error, failed to helm pull" && exit 8 mv ${BUILD_DIR}/$(ls ${BUILD_DIR} ) ${BUILD_DIR}/child @@ -99,7 +103,11 @@ mkdir -p $CHART_BUILD_DIR mkdir -p ${CHART_BUILD_DIR}/charts cd ${CHART_BUILD_DIR}/charts -helm pull ${REPO_NAME}/${CHART_NAME} --untar --version $VERSION +if [ "${IS_OCI_REPO}" == "true" ] ; then + helm pull "${OCI_CHART_REF}" --untar --version $VERSION +else + helm pull ${REPO_NAME}/${CHART_NAME} --untar --version $VERSION +fi (($?!=0)) && echo "error, failed to helm pull" && exit 8 for FILE in README.md Chart.yaml values.schema.json ; do @@ -156,16 +164,24 @@ fi if grep "dependencies:" ${CHART_BUILD_DIR}/Chart.yaml &>/dev/null ; then set -x LINE=` cat ${CHART_BUILD_DIR}/Chart.yaml | grep -n "dependencies:" | awk -F: '{print $1}' ` - sed -i ${LINE}' a\ repository: '"${REPO_URL}"'' ${CHART_BUILD_DIR}/Chart.yaml + DEP_REPO_URL="${REPO_URL}" + if [ "${IS_OCI_REPO}" == "true" ] && [[ "${REPO_URL}" == */${CHART_NAME} ]] ; then + DEP_REPO_URL="${REPO_URL%/${CHART_NAME}}" + fi + sed -i ${LINE}' a\ repository: '"${DEP_REPO_URL}"'' ${CHART_BUILD_DIR}/Chart.yaml sed -i ${LINE}' a\ version: '"${VERSION}"'' ${CHART_BUILD_DIR}/Chart.yaml sed -i ${LINE}' a\ - name: '"${CHART_NAME}"'' ${CHART_BUILD_DIR}/Chart.yaml set +x else + DEP_REPO_URL="${REPO_URL}" + if [ "${IS_OCI_REPO}" == "true" ] && [[ "${REPO_URL}" == */${CHART_NAME} ]] ; then + DEP_REPO_URL="${REPO_URL%/${CHART_NAME}}" + fi cat <> ${CHART_BUILD_DIR}/Chart.yaml dependencies: - name: $CHART_NAME version: "${VERSION}" - repository: "${REPO_URL}" + repository: "${DEP_REPO_URL}" EOF fi diff --git a/test/kgateway/install.sh b/test/kgateway/install.sh new file mode 100644 index 000000000..efe7c1b08 --- /dev/null +++ b/test/kgateway/install.sh @@ -0,0 +1,52 @@ +#!/bin/bash + +CURRENT_FILENAME=$( basename "$0" ) +CURRENT_DIR_PATH=$(cd `dirname $0` ; pwd ) + +KIND_KUBECONFIG=$1 +CHART_DIR=$( cd ${CURRENT_DIR_PATH}/../../charts/kgateway/kgateway ; pwd ) + +[ -d "$CHART_DIR" ] || { echo "error, failed to find chart $CHART_DIR " ; exit 1 ; } +[ -f "$KIND_KUBECONFIG" ] || { echo "error, failed to find kubeconfig $KIND_KUBECONFIG " ; exit 1 ; } + +echo "CHART_DIR: $CHART_DIR" +echo "KIND_KUBECONFIG: $KIND_KUBECONFIG" + +helm repo update chart-museum --kubeconfig ${KIND_KUBECONFIG} +HELM_MUST_OPTION=" --timeout 10m0s --wait --debug --kubeconfig ${KIND_KUBECONFIG} " + +set -e +set -x + +NAMESPACE=kgateway-system +RELEASE=kgateway + +# install kgateway with optional gateway-api CRDs enabled +# shellcheck disable=SC2086 +helm install ${RELEASE} chart-museum/kgateway ${HELM_MUST_OPTION} --namespace ${NAMESPACE} --create-namespace --set installGatewayApiCrd=true + +# Basic checks +kubectl --kubeconfig ${KIND_KUBECONFIG} get ns ${NAMESPACE} +helm --kubeconfig ${KIND_KUBECONFIG} -n ${NAMESPACE} status ${RELEASE} + +# Validate CRDs +REQUIRED_CRDS=( + gatewayclasses.gateway.networking.k8s.io + gateways.gateway.networking.k8s.io + httproutes.gateway.networking.k8s.io + referencegrants.gateway.networking.k8s.io + gatewayextensions.gateway.kgateway.dev + backends.gateway.kgateway.dev + backendconfigpolicies.gateway.kgateway.dev + directresponses.gateway.kgateway.dev + trafficpolicies.gateway.kgateway.dev + httplistenerpolicies.gateway.kgateway.dev + listenerpolicies.gateway.kgateway.dev + gatewayparameters.gateway.kgateway.dev +) + +for CRD in "${REQUIRED_CRDS[@]}" ; do + kubectl --kubeconfig ${KIND_KUBECONFIG} get crd ${CRD} || { echo "error, missing CRD: ${CRD}" ; exit 1 ; } +done + +exit 0